Finger Tips 2022 - Part - 1

FINGER TIPS FOR PROMOTION TEST 2022
FINGER TIPS IN YOUR HANDS

CIRCULARS AT YOUR
fF
FINGER TIPS
PART - 1 ONE LINER
PROMOTION TEST 2022
[Type a quote from the document or

the summary of an interesting point.
You can position the text box
anywhere in the document. Use the
Text Box Tools tab to change the
formatting of the pull quote text box.]
KNOW YOUR CIRCULARS

Though we have taken enough care to go through the notes provided
here, we shall not be responsible for any loss or damage, resulting from
any action taken on the basis of the contents.
We request everyone to go through the
Internal circulars, Knowledge Park and PNB UNIV
& bank’s website and update yourself with the latest
information through RBI website and other authenticated sources.
In case you find any incorrect/doubtful information, kindly
update us also (along with the source link/reference for the correction).
0
COMPILED BY
Page
A.K.SINGH, CHIEF MANAGER, STAFF TRAINING CENTRE, NOIDA

A.K.SINGH,
Compiled DMLRO,
by A.K.Singh CIRCLE
, Chief OFFICE,
Manager, MUMBAI
Staff Training SUBURB
Centre, Noida
MOBILE No.- 7033595537 : EMAIL- ak.singh2@pnb.co.in
IMPORTANT POINTS OF CIRCULARS

ISSUED FROM 01.01.2021 TO 22.11.2021
INDEX
S.NO. DIVISIONS PAGE
1 Board and Coordination Division BOARD 02
2 Compliance Division COMP 02
3 Corporate Communication Division CCD 05
4 Credit Audit And Review Division CARD 06
5 Credit Card Division: Credit Card CCD 08
6 Credit Card Division: Merchant Aquiring Business CCDMAB 16
7 Credit Review And Monitoring Division CRMD 17
8 Customer Acquisition Division CAD 20
9 Customer Care Centre CCC 25
10 Cyber and Information Security Division CISD 33
11 Digital Banking Division DBD 37
12 Finance Division FD 43
13 Fin Tech Division FINTECH 49
14 Fraud Risk Management Division FRMD 49
15 General Services Administration Division GSAD 55
16 Government Business Division GBD 60
17 Human Resources Development Division HRDD 70
18 Human Resources Management Division HRMD 74
19 Inspection and Audit Division IAD 79
20 Integrated Risk Management Division : IRMD IRMD 89
21 Integrated Risk Management Division : Loans and Advances L&A 94
22 International Banking Division : IBD Exchange Control IBDFeC 143
23 International Banking Division : IBD Foreign Exchange IBDFeX 148
24 Law Division LAW 160
25 Management Information System Division MISD 164
26 Micro, Small and Mediuam Enterprises Division MSME 166
27 Operation Division: CASA Back Office BO 181
28 Operation Division: General Banking GB 182
29 Operation Division: KYC Operation KYC 183
30 Financial Inclusion PSFID/FI 190
31 Priority Sector PSFID/PS 195
32 Rajbhasha Vibhag (Official Language Division) OL 210
33 Retal Assets Division RAD 211
34 Retal Liability Business Division RLBD 252
35 SASTRA Division SASTRA 256
36 Security Division Security 280
37 Finacle 10: Module-wise Menu Options 282
38 EVENTS DIARY 2021 - RESERVE BANK OF INDIA 297
Disclaimer
Though we have taken enough care to go through the notes provided here, we shall not be
responsible for any loss or damage, resulting from any action taken on the basis of the contents.
We request everyone to go through the Internal circulars, Knowledge Park and PNB UNIV &
bank’s website and update your self with the latest information through RBI website and other
1
authenticated sources. In case you find any incorrect/doubtful information,kindly update us also
Page
(along with the source link/reference for the correction).
Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Board and Coordination Division

Policy on Related Party Transactions (RPTs) is applicable to all Related Parties
BOARD
transactions made with a) Board of Directors & their Relatives b)
01/2021
Key Management Personnel (KMP) & their Relatives; and c)
Dt. 02.06.2021
______.
BOARD Policy on Related Party Transactions (RPTs) shall remain valid for 31st March 2024
01/2021 a period of three years up to ______ or till a new policy is formed
Dt. 02.06.2021 due to change in any regulatory guidelines.
BOARD In terms of Policy on Related Party Transactions, all the RPTs Audit Committee of
01/2021 shall be approved by the ______except those transactions for Board (ACB)
Dt. 02.06.2021 which the Audit committee has granted omnibus approval.
A transaction with related party shall be considered material if the 10%.
BOARD transaction(s) to be entered into individually or taken together with
01/2021 previous transactions during a financial year exceeds ______%of
Dt. 02.06.2021 the Annual Consolidated Income of the Bank as per the last
Audited Financial Statements of the Bank.
A transaction involving payments made to a related party with 5%
respect to brand usage or royalty shall be considered material if
BOARD
the transaction(s) to be entered into individually or taken together
01/2021
with previous transactions during a financial year, exceed
Dt. 02.06.2021
______5% of the Annual Consolidated Income of the Bank as per
the last Audited Financial Statements of the Bank.
In terms of Regulation 2(1)(zb) of the SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 20%
BOARD
Any person or entity belonging to the promoter or promoter group
01/2021
of the listed entity and holding ______% or more of shareholding
Dt. 02.06.2021
in the listed entity shall be deemed to be a related party.
BOARD All Related Party Transactions shall require prior approval of the SEBI (LODR)
01/2021 Audit Committee of Board in accordance with this Policy in terms Regulations
Dt. 02.06.2021 of Regulation 23 (2) of the ______.
The Bank shall submit within ______ days from the date of 30 days
BOARD
publication of its Standalone and Consolidated Financial Results
01/2021
for the half year; disclosures of Related Party Transactions on a
Dt. 02.06.2021
consolidated basis
Compliance Division
COMP 03/2021 RBI conducts Inspection for Supervisory Evaluation (ISE) of the 35
Dt. 06.04.2021 Bank under Section ______ of Banking Regulation Act, 1949.
COMP 03/2021 RBI conducts compliance assessment of the Bank under ______ Risk Based Supervision
Dt. 06.04.2021 framework. (RBS)
Compliance Function to ensure strict compliance with the Risk Assessment Report
COMP 03/2021
observations raised through Major Area of Non Compliance (RAR)
Dt. 06.04.2021
(MANP), Risk Mitigation Plan (RMP) and ______ given by RBI.
COMP 03/2021 In terms of RBI guidelines, the Bank’s Board may delegate Audit Committee of
Dt.06.04.2021 overseeing of implementation of Compliance Policy to ______. Board (ACB)
COMP 03/2021 ______ will be the highest authority to resolve compliance issues MD & CEO
Dt. 06.04.2021 within the Bank.
The GCCO shall be appointed for a minimum fixed tenure of not 3 years
COMP 03/2021 less than______ years. The Audit Committee of the Board (ACB) /
Dt. 06.04.2021 Managing Director (MD) & CEO will factor this requirement while
appointing GCCO.
The GCCO shall be a senior executive of the bank, preferably in 55 years
COMP 03/2021
the rank of a General Manager or an equivalent position (not
2
Dt.06.04.2021
below two levels from the CEO) with Age not more than ______.
Page
COMP 03/2021 The GCCO shall have an overall experience of at least ______ 15 years ; 5 years

Dt. 06.04.2021 years in the banking or financial services, out of which minimum
______ years shall be in the Audit / Finance / Compliance / Legal
/ Risk Management functions
COMP 03/2021 The ______ will be the Nodal Point of contact between the Bank GCCO
Dt. 06.04.2021 and the Regulator (RBI).
GCCO will be a member of SPACE to ensure that all new System & Product
COMP 03/2021
products/ new processes have clearance from all perspectives Approval Committee of
Dt.06.04.2021
including Compliance. Expand the term SPACE ______. Executives
GCCO will be empowered to get the Compliance Review/ MD & CEO
COMP 03/2021 Investigations conducted through internal/external experts
Dt. 06.04.2021 wherever required. The authority to use external experts for the
purpose of investigations, if required, will be approved by ______.
Responsibility of ensuring compliance with the Statutory head of the operating
COMP 03/2021
Obligations / Regulatory Directions or guidelines and Bank’s business / control units
Dt. 06.04.2021
internal guidelines by the Bank will be with ______.
Compliance division will disseminate guidelines issued by various TASC+ / other similar
COMP 03/2021
Regulators/Statutory Bodies across the Head Office Divisions portal
Dt. 06.04.2021
through ______.
______of the concerned HO Division will have the responsibility to General Manager
COMP 03/2021
ensure issuance of guidelines in compliance with the guidelines
Dt.06.04.2021
issued by Regulatory / Statutory Bodies.
______ of the respective division to identify compliance check Divisional Compliance
COMP 03/2021 points and update the comprehensive Compliance framework Officer (DCO)
Dt. 06.04.2021 related to the division and share the same with Compliance
Division.
DCO of the division will submit ATR to Compliance Division 15 days
through TASC+ portal immediately after the action taken by
COMP 03/2021 division. In case, where no action has been taken or the matter is
Dt. 06.04.2021 under process, DCO will submit interim reply in TASC+ within
______ from the date of creation of task in TASC+ or other similar
portal.
COMP 03/2021 ______ will define role and responsibilities of designated/ GCCO
Dt.06.04.2021 dedicated Compliance Officers posted at different units.
GCCO will preferably conduct ______ meeting with Divisional quarterly
Compliance Officers of HO divisions for follow up of regulatory
COMP 03/2021
guidelines and to review the effect and monitoring procedure
Dt. 06.04.2021
adopted by HO divisions to test check compliance of guidelines
issued by their divisions by field functionaries.
GCCO will conduct ______ review meeting with Zonal annual
Compliance Officers and Circle Compliance Officers to review the
COMP 03/2021 process of compliance testing and monitoring of business /
Dt. 06.04.2021 administrative offices under the purview of Zonal Offices and
Circle Offices in order to improve effectiveness of compliance
reporting system.
Respective unit head i.e. General Manager at HO Divisions and AGM or above
COMP 03/2021 Zonal Manager at Zonal Offices will designate one officer in the
Dt.06.04.2021 rank of ______ as DCO and ZCO respectively through office
order.
COMP 03/2021 Administrative control including performance appraisal of GCCO
Dt. 06.04.2021 dedicated compliance officers will rest with ______.
COMP 03/2021 Zonal/Circle Compliance Officer will preferably be posted for at two years ; two years
Dt. 06.04.2021 least ______ years and may continue for next ______years.
COMP 03/2021 All the Compliance Officers within the Bank will have a direct GCCO
Dt. 06.04.2021 reporting line to ______.
Compliance Champion of General Banking Branches, AD 2nd Man of the unit
COMP 03/2021
Branches/IBB, Currency Chests, Back Offices (Account Opening / (Designated)
Dt.06.04.2021
Clearing / Foreign Branches) will be ______.
3
COMP 03/2021 Each HO Division will have a designated DCO not below the rank Assistant General
Page
Dt. 06.04.2021 of ______. Manager

COMP 03/2021 ______ will be the competent authority to frame Role and GCCO
Dt. 06.04.2021 responsibilities of DCO.
COMP 03/2021 As per our Compliance Policy, Each Zonal Office will have a Assistant General
Dt.06.04.2021 designated ZCO not below the rank of ______. Manager
As per our Compliance Policy, Each Circle Office will have a Chief Manager ; Sr.
COMP 03/2021
dedicated Compliance Officer in the rank of ______in case of Manager
Dt. 06.04.2021
DGM headed circles & _______ in AGM headed circles.
For compliance monitoring & reporting purposes, Compliance GCCO
COMP 03/2021
Officers posted at Overseas Branches will directly report to
Dt. 06.04.2021
______ on monthly basis.
COMP 03/2021 Compliance Officers posted at Overseas Branches will directly GCCO
Dt.06.04.2021 report to ______ on monthly basis.
COMP 03/2021 Risk Officers posted at overseas branches will report directly to Group Chief Risk Officer
Dt. 06.04.2021 ______. (GCRO)
Compliance Division will conduct Compliance Risk Assessment Bi-Monthly
COMP 03/2021 for High Risk Branches (General Banking) on a ______ periodicity
Dt. 06.04.2021 where Compliance Risk Score is Needs Improvement or Control
Risk is High.
Compliance Division will conduct Compliance Risk Assessment Half Yearly
COMP 03/2021 for Medium Risk Branches (General Banking) on a ______
Dt. 06.04.2021 periodicity where Compliance Risk Score is Marginal or Average
Compliant or Control Risk is Medium.
Compliance Division will conduct Compliance Risk Assessment Annual
COMP 03/2021 for Low Risk Branches (General Banking) on a ______ periodicity
Dt.06.04.2021 where Compliance Risk Score is Acceptable or Highly Compliant
or Control Risk is Low .
COMP 03/2021 Compliance Division will conduct Compliance Risk Assessment Bi-Monthly
Dt. 06.04.2021 for LCB/ELCB/MCC on a ______ periodicity.
COMP 03/2021 Compliance Division will conduct Compliance Risk Assessment Quarterly
Dt. 06.04.2021 for PNB Loan Points - RAM/ iRAM on a ______ periodicity.
Compliance Division will conduct Compliance Risk Assessment Quarterly
COMP 03/2021
for Currency Chests, AD Branches, Back Offices (COSCA) on a
Dt.06.04.2021
______ periodicity.
COMP 03/2021 Periodicity of Compliance Risk Assessment for Back Office Annual
Dt. 06.04.2021 (Foreign Branches) will be ______.
COMP 03/2021 Periodicity of Compliance Risk Assessment for Trade Finance Bi-Monthly
Dt. 06.04.2021 Centres (TFCs) and SWIFT Centre will be ______.
COMP 03/2021 Periodicity of Compliance Risk Assessment for RTGS/NEFT Quarterly
Dt.06.04.2021 Centre and CAML Cell will be ______.
COMP 03/2021 Periodicity of Compliance Risk Assessment for all Circle Offices, Annually
Dt. 06.04.2021 Zonal Offices and HO Divisions will be ______.
COMP 03/2021 Review / updation of Compliance Policy of the Bank will be placed ACB/ Board
Dt. 06.04.2021 before ______ on annual basis.
COMP 03/2021 Annual Compliance Plan of the Bank will be placed before ______ ACB
Dt. 06.04.2021 on annual basis.
COMP 03/2021 Risk Mitigation Plan and Risk Assessment Report will be placed Board
Dt.06.04.2021 before ______ on receipt.
Status of Compliance with Risk Mitigation Plan and Risk Board ; Quarterly
COMP 03/2021
Assessment Report will be placed before ______ on ______
Dt. 06.04.2021
basis.
As per our Compliance Policy, Synopsis on Regulations / ACB /Board ;
COMP 03/2021
Directions / Guidelines issued during the month and action taken Quarterly
Dt. 06.04.2021
by the Bank will be placed before ______ on ______ basis.
COMP 03/2021 Independent Compliance Risk Assessment will be placed before ACB ; Quarterly
Dt.06.04.2021 ______ on ______.
COMP 03/2021 Compliance Division will monitor Compliance Risk level of the Compliance Risk Model
Dt. 06.04.2021 Bank through______ on regular basis. (CRM)
4
COMP 03/2021 Q-o-Q comparative position of Compliance Risk Level of the Bank ACB/ Board
Page
Dt. 06.04.2021 will be placed before ______ on quarterly basis through review of

Compliance functions.
Corporate Communication Division

In compliance of CVC guidelines, Bank has decided to observe Independent India @
CORP 09/2021
Vigilance Awareness Week (VAW) 2021 from 26th October to 75: Self Reliance with
Dt. 01.10.2021
01st November 2021. Theme of VAW-2021 is ______. Integrity
______ will act as Chief spokespersons on behalf of the bank. MD & CEO/EDs ; MD
CORP 07/2021
Announcements in respect of any information, news, policy & CEO/EDs
Dt. 22.04.2021
decision, future plans, etc. shall be made by ______.
Depending upon the issues/events the______ may authorize any MD & CEO
CORP 07/2021
of the CGM/GM/Head of treasury Division/Heads of Overseas
Dt. 22.04.2021
territories to speak on behalf of the Bank.
______ may speak on behalf of the Bank on published data about The Corporate
CORP 07/2021 the respective verticals, in response to queries from media CGMs/GMs/ Heads of
Dt. 22.04.2022 (print/electronic) on ongoing projects/ campaigns by various verticals
media agencies.
CORP 07/2021 ______shall act as a Spokesperson in respect of any information/ Zonal Managers
Dt. 22.04.2023 news relating to business activities of Zone/Circle Offices.
______may also take part in live debates & discussions on their The Corporate
CORP 07/2021 domain areas and make general submission/views pertaining to CGMs/GMs/ Heads of
Dt. 22.04.2024 the subject matter after taking concurrence from concerned ED verticals/Zonal
Managers
CORP 07/2021 ______ Division at HO shall be the Nodal Division for press Corporate
Dt. 22.04.2025 releases to be released from Head Office. Communication Division
Press releases relating to branches/Circles/ZOs shall only be sent concerned ED
CORP 07/2021
to the Press/Media by Circle Offices/Zonal Offices after getting the
Dt. 22.04.2026
same approved by ______.
CORP 06/2021 Corporate Social Responsibility is governed by Clause 135 of the Companies Act 2013
Dt. 22.04.2021 ______.
A company having Net Worth of Rs. ______ or more; or turnover Rs. 500 crore ;
of Rs.______ or more; or Net Profit of Rs. ______ or more during Rs.1000 crore ; Rs. 5
CORP 06/2021
any Financial Year shall be required to constitute a CSR crore
Dt. 22.04.2021
Committee of the Board and spend not less than 2% of the
average net Profits during the three immediately preceding FYs.
CORP 05/2021 ______shall be the competent authority to decide the social media MD & CEO (through
Dt. 22.04.2021 platforms to be used by the Bank as per market trend. Publicity committee )
______shall be authorized to approve the Daily/ Fortnightly/ CGM / GM (Corporate
CORP 05/2021
Monthly content plan for posting on Social Media. Communication
Dt. 22.04.2021
Division)
The Publicity Budget for every Financial Year shall be got Board of Directors ;
approved from the ______ before the close of the last financial MD & CEO
CORP 04/2021
year. The ______ shall be the competent authority to further
D. 22.04.2021
allocate the budget to Zonal Offices and retain the remaining
budget at HO Level.
CORP 04/2021 ______ shall have the power to review the Constitution i.e. MD & CEO
Dt. 22.04.2021 Members of the Publicity Committee at HO.
CORP 04/2021 ______shall be the competent authority to reallocate the budget of CGM/ GM (CCD )
Dt. 22.04.2021 Zonal Offices as and when required.
CORP 04/2021 The activities/ proposals pertaining to the Publicity at HO/ZO/CO Publicity Committee at
Dt. 22.04.2021 level are to be approved by the _______. HO/ZO/CO respectively
For Advertisements relating to mandatory requirements, the GSAD, HO
CORP 04/2021
powers to be utilized in terms of guidelines issued by _______
Dt. 22.04.2021
from time to time.
The Reserve Bank of India has laid down the basic framework for 1 per cent
5
CORP 04/2021
the policy relating to donations given by Banks to various entities.
Page
Dt. 22.04.2021
As per RBI the Bank may make donations during a financial year

aggregating up to _______ per cent of the published profit of the

Bank for the previous year.
As per RBI, In case of loss during the previous Financial Year, Rs. 5.00 Lacs
CORP 04/2021
Bank can make donations totalling Rs. ______ only in a financial
Dt. 22.04.2021
year
Donations should be made only to institutions / NGOs eligible for Rs. 1.00 Lac
tax exemptions. However, Donations in special cases / events
CORP 04/2021
may be made to societies / institutions / organizations not holding
Dt. 22.04.2021
Income Tax Exemption. However, such amount will be restricted
to Rs. 1.00 Lac per reference.
Credit Audit And Review Division

Honourably retired senior officers (Scale-IV & above as per cut off 15 years
date in the circular inviting application for selection) having
CA&RD satisfactory past service record in Public Sector Banks and
03/2021 Dat. experience of minimum _____years or more in the bank provided
04.05.2021 there is no vigilance related penalty and no major penalty imposed
by the bank during entire service period may be outsourced as
CARD auditor.
For outsourcing of Credit Audit of High Value Loan Accounts, 3 - 5 years
CA&RD Retired Senior Officers of the Bank must have ______ years
03/2021 Dat. experience of handling mid/large corporate borrowal accounts for
04.05.2021 Group ‘A’ accounts i.e. Accounts with aggregate exposure not
exceeding Rs.250 crore.
For outsourcing of Credit Audit of High Value Loan Accounts, 5 years
CA&RD Retired Senior Officers of the Bank must have ______ years
03/2021 Dat. experience of handling mid/large corporate borrowal accounts for
04.05.2021 Group ‘B’ accounts i.e. Accounts with aggregate exposure of
exceeding Rs.250 crore.
Outsourced Retired Senior Officers of the Bank shall be allowed 65 years
CA&RD
to serve as CARD Auditor for period of five (5) years or till
03/2021 Dat.
achievement the age of ______ years subject to his/her are
04.05.2021
medically fit to perform the required job of credit audit.
For Group ‘A’ accounts i.e. Accounts with aggregate exposure not Rs.10,000/-
CA&RD exceeding Rs.250, Consolidated remuneration of Rs. ______ per
03/2021 Dat. account credit audited would be paid to the Outsourced Retired
04.05.2021 Senior Officers of the Bank, irrespective of time taken in respect of
preferred circles.
For Group ‘B’ accounts i.e. Accounts with aggregate exposure Rs.12,500/-
CA&RD exceeding Rs.250, Consolidated remuneration of Rs. ______ per
03/2021 Dat. account credit audited would be paid to the Outsourced Retired
04.05.2021 Senior Officers of the Bank, irrespective of time taken in respect of
preferred circles
CA&RD Time frame for Credit Audit for outsourced auditors (retired Sr. 2 days
03/2021 Dat. Officers) will be ______ days for Group ‘A’ accounts i.e. Accounts
04.05.2021 with aggregate exposure not exceeding Rs.250 crore.
CA&RD Time frame for Credit Audit for outsourced auditors (retired Sr. 4 days
03/2021 Dat. Officers) will be ______ days for Group ‘B’ accounts i.e. Accounts
04.05.2021 with aggregate exposure exceeding Rs.250 crore.
An outsourced auditor (retired Sr. Officers) shall be allotted a 7 ; 5 ; 7
CA&RD
maximum of ______accounts of Group A or maximum ______
03/2021 Dat.
accounts of Group B, total accounts are not exceeding ______ in
04.05.2021
any combination of Group A & Group B during a month.
All Standard Risk Rated Borrowal accounts (fresh proposals and Rs. 10.00 Crore& above
6
CARD 02/2021
proposals for renewal /enhancement of limits within 3 months from (FB+NFB)
Page
Dt. 01.05.2021
the end of quarter, during which loan was sanctioned/first

disbursed) of the bank with aggregate Credit facilities with

exposure of ______ are eligible for reviewed under Credit
audit/Loan Review Mechanism (LRM).
CARD 02/2021 The cut off limit for the purpose of credit audit/LRM of all Standard Rs. 10.00 Crore& above
Dt. 01.05.2021 Restructured Accounts shall be Rs. ______.
In case of Taken Over borrowal accounts, Credit audit/LRM will be Rs.1 crore ; 3 months
conducted for accounts with exposure (FB+NFB) of ______ and ; 3 months
above. The first such audit is to be got done within ______
CARD 02/2021
months from the end of quarter, during which loan was
Dt. 01.05.2021
sanctioned/first disbursed and the next audit is to be carried out
within ______ months after completion of one year of first credit
audit.
Credit audit/LRM will be conducted 5-10% randomly selected Rs.5 crore and above ;
sanctions having exposure (FB+NFB) Rs.______ from the rest of 50
CARD 02/2021
the rated portfolio including those Zonal Offices where total
Dt. 01.05.2021
Number of accounts with aggregate exposure of Rs.10 crore &
above (FB+NFB) are less than ______ in a FinancialYear.
In case of accounts of ______, Credit audit/Loan Review sister Concern
CARD 02/2021
Mechanism (LRM) may be conducted, even if the limit is less than /Group/Associate
Dt. 01.05.2021
cut off limit of Rs.10.00 crore (FB+NFB). Concerns
In case of Take Over accounts, Data of taken over accounts will TOACM
CARD 02/2021
be captured in CBS System through menu option ______ after
Dt. 01.05.2021
opening account in CBS System.
All eligible Accounts shall be subjected to credit audit annually. 6 months ; 1 year
CARD 02/2021 However, the frequency of review will be ______ months for the
Dt. 01.05.2021 high risk accounts (C-1 to C-3) and ______ for the Medium risk
(B-1 to B-3) & low risk accounts (A-1 to A-4).
Where there is decline in Credit Risk Rating (Internal as well as two ; two ; two
External) by ______ notches and/or decline in PMS Rank by
______ notches (constantly in the PMS Rank 3 and above for the
CARD 02/2021
last 3 months) and /or account is persistently in SMA-II category
Dt. 01.05.2021
for ______ quarters continuously, half yearly Credit audit shall be
conducted in respect of accounts with aggregate exposure of Rs.5
or 10 crore and above (FB+NFB).
A period of ______ days will be allotted to Internal CARD 2 working days ; 3
Auditors, for conducting credit audit of each Group A account working days
CARD 02/2021
with aggregate exposure upto Rs.250 crores. For credit audit of
Dt. 01.05.2021
Group B accounts with exposure above Rs.250 crore,) a period of
______ days will be allowed.
The Internal CARD Auditors /Outsourced Auditors after CA&RD, HO
completion of audit assignment at a particular branch will submit
account wise reports in soft copy to the ______, copy to the
CARD 02/2021
branch, Concurrent Auditor of respective Branch and concerned
Dt. 01.05.2021
Circle Office (in case of RAMs) and Zonal Office (in case of
MCCs) and CA&RD, HO (in case of LCBs) for compliance of the
observations.
Observations related to Early Warning Signal (EWS) made by CA&RD, HO
CARD 02/2021 CARD Auditors /Outsourced Auditors during audit of an account
Dt. 01.05.2021 as per online Format in Credit Audit Module, EWS observations
will be dealt, processed, dropped & closed by ______.
Upon receipt of credit audit reports, the branch should take 6 weeks
immediate remedial measures and submit their account wise
CARD 02/2021 compliance report directly to the concerned Circle office (in case
Dt. 01.05.2021 of RAMs) and Zonal Office (in case of MCCs) under copy to
CA&RD, HO & LCB directly to CARD,HO within ______ from the
date of receipt of such Credit Audit Report.
On receipt of reply from the branch, Circle Office / Zonal Office (as 10 days
7
CARD 02/2021 the case may be) should send their views i.e. concurrence or
Page
Dt. 01.05.2021 otherwise on the same within ______ days time to CA&RD, HO
which will then be processed for compliance of the Credit

Audit/LRM Report.
The Competent Authority for marking off/dropping “Early Warning Divisional Head
CARD 02/2021 Signals” of the observation(s) and closure of the report will be (CA&RD) ; General
Dt. 01.05.2021 ______ for all reports up to Rs. 50 crore and ______ for all Manager
reports above Rs. 50 crore
All Card Audit Reports (Early Warning Signals) should be closed 3 months
CARD 02/2021
within a period of ______ after the end of the quarter of Card
Dt. 01.05.2021
Audit report.
Credit Card Division: Credit Card

RBI released guidelines regarding “Processing of e-mandates for Rs. 5000/-
recurring transactions” wherein it was decided to increase the
CCD 09/2021
maximum limit for Additional Factor of Authentication (AFA)
Dt. 09.11.2021
relaxation from Rs. 2,000/- to Rs. ______ per transaction, with
effect from January 1, 2021.
The e-mandate arrangement on cards shall be only for recurring Rupay Credit Cards
CCD 09/2021
transactions and not for a ‘once-only’ payment. This functionality
Dt. 09.11.2021
has been made live for Bank’s ______ Cards.
Credit Card accounts which were Standard as on 31.03.2021 but Standard
subsequently slipped to NPA between 01.04.2021 and date of
CCD 05/2021
invocation are eligible for resolution under the Resolution
Dt. 21.06.2021
Framework 2.0 and may be upgraded as ______ as on the date of
implementation of the resolution plan.
Credit Card accounts which were classified as Standard as on 31-03-2021
CCD 04/2021
______ are eligible under Resolution Framework 2.0 for Credit
Dt. 28.05.2021
Card accounts.
CCD 04/2021 The Resolution Framework 2.0 for Credit Card accounts is not Credit Card issued
Dt. 28.05.2021 applicable to Staff /Ex staff Credit Card Accounts and ______. against Fixed Deposit
Sanctioning powers for restructuring of credit card accounts upto Chief Manager, (CCPC,
CCD 04/2021
Rs. 5 lakhs is vested with _______ and for amount above Rs.5 HO) ; AGM
Dt. 28.05.2021
lakh and upto Rs. 10 lakh power is vested with _______. (HO:CC&MAB Division)
CCD 04/2021 For account above Rs 10 lakh, Sanctioning powers for GM (HO:CC&MAB
Dt. 28.05.2021 restructuring of credit card is vested with _______. Division)
The Resolution Plan under Resolution Framework 2.0 for Credit 90 days
CCD 04/2021
Card accounts will be implemented within maximum ______ days
Dt. 28.05.2021
from the date of invocation.
No restructuring under Resolution Framework 2.0 for Credit Card Rs.2000/-
CCD 04/2021 accounts will be done in those Credit Card accounts where the
Dt. 28.05.2021 dues outstanding ,as on date of invocation, is less than
Rs.______.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0 for Credit Card accounts, If 03 months to 12 months
CCD 04/2021 outstanding dues as on 31.03.2021 or date of invocation (in multiple of 3 months)
Dt. 28.05.2021 (whichever is lower) is Rs. 2000/- and upto Rs. 50000/-, Re-
structuring/EMI Period will be ______.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0 for Credit Card accounts, If 03 months to 24 months
CCD 04/2021 outstanding dues as on 31.03.2021 or date of invocation (in multiple of 3 months)
Dt. 28.05.2021 (whichever is lower) is above Rs. 50000/-, Re-structuring/EMI
Period will be ______.
The finance charges on restructured Credit Card accounts will be 18%
CCD 04/2021
levied @ ______% per annum plus applicable GST under
Dt. 28.05.2021
Resolution Framework 2.0.
Where a resolution plan is implemented under Resolution 10 percent of the
Framework 2.0 for Credit Card accounts, provisions will be renegotiated debt i.e.
CCD 04/2021
maintained from date of implementation at higher of the (a) dues restructured in
Dt. 28.05.2021
8
Provisions held as per extant IRAC norms immediately before case of Credit Card
Page
implementation (b) ______. accounts.

CCD 04/2021 In case of Credit Card accounts resolved under under Resolution 20% ; 10%

Dt. 28.05.2021 Framework 2.0, half of the provisions may be written back upon
the borrower paying at least ______% of the residual debt without
slipping into NPA post implementation of the plan, and the
remaining half may be written back upon the Cardholder paying
another ______% of the residual debt without slipping into NPA
subsequently.
At the request of primary credit card holder, maximum ______ two
CCD 03/2021
add-on cards can be issued only to spouse, mother, father, major
Dt. 25.05.2021
son and daughter (unmarried) of the primary cardholder.
CCD 03/2021 The age of add on credit card holder should be between 18 and 65 years
Dt. 25.05.2021 ______ years.
The PNB Credit Cards are accepted for payment at all Merchant Electronic Data
Establishments having EDC like Shops, Restaurants, Railways, Capturing Machines
CCD 03/2021
Airlines, Petrol Pumps, Hotels, Traders etc. globally (for
Dt. 25.05.2021
international usage enabled cards), who accept VISA / Rupay
Card. Expand the term EDC ______.
CCD 03/2021 Credit Card Applications details are entered by branches through CCAPP
Dt. 25.05.2021 Menu option ______.
CCD 03/2021 The Credit Card applicant should be between the age of _______ 21 years and up to 70
Dt. 25.05.2021 years.
In case of application against FD, minimum age is 18 years and there is no ceiling on the
CCD 03/2021
maximum age is ______ years for primary as well as add-on upper age
Dt. 25.05.2021
Credit cards.
Credit Cards to individuals are issued on the basis of minimum Rs. 2,50,000/-
CCD 03/2021 annual income with documentary evidence. Minimum Annual
Dt. 25.05.2021 Income for PNB customers will be Rs.______ for VISA Classic &
Rupay Platinum Credit Card.
CCD 03/2021 Minimum Annual Income for PNB customers will be Rs.______ for Rs. 3,50,000/-
Dt. 25.05.2021 VISA Gold Credit Card.
Dt. 25.05.2021 VISA Platinum, Rupay Select& PNB Millennial Credit Card.
Dt. 25.05.2021 VISA Signature Credit Card.
CCD 03/2021 Minimum Annual Income for non PNB customers will be Rs. 3,50,000/-
Dt. 25.05.2021 Rs.______ for VISA Classic & Rupay Platinum Credit Card.
Dt. 25.05.2021 VISA Gold Credit Card.
Dt. 25.05.2021 VISA Platinum, Rupay Select& PNB Millennial Credit Card.
Dt. 25.05.2021 VISA Signature Credit Card.
CCD 03/2021 PNB VISA Classic Credit Cards are issued for credit limits ranging Rs.10,000 to
Dt. 25.05.2021 from Rs.______. Rs.1,00,000
CCD 03/2021 PNB VISA Gold credit cards are issued with credit limit of Rs.50,000 to
Dt. 25.05.2021 Rs.______. Rs.5,00,000
CCD 03/2021 PNB VISA Platinum Credit Cards is a premium category card Rs.50,000 to
Dt. 25.05.2021 issued with credit limit of Rs.______. Rs.10,00,000
CCD 03/2021 PNB VISA Signature Credit Cards are issued for credit limits Rs.1,25,000 to
Dt. 25.05.2021 ranging from ______. Rs.15,00,000
CCD 03/2021 Minimum educational qualification of Credt Card applicant should Applicant should be
Dt. 25.05.2021 be______ to be eligible for PNB credit cards for all variants. literate
To leverage the advantage of RFID or NFC technology and to Wave n Pay
remain ahead from our Peers, our bank has launched a
CCD 03/2021
contactless Platinum card in the name of ______ having some
Dt. 25.05.2021
additional features apart from regular features of a Platinum credit
card.
Purchase transactions upto Rs ______ can be made through the Rs 5000/-
9
CCD 03/2021
contactless card-Wave n Pay. It is almost twice as fast as
Page
Dt. 25.05.2021
conventional Credit Card purchases because no signature or PIN

verification isrequired
Maximum 10 Contactless transactions can be done in a day Rs.30000/-
CCD 03/2021
through contactless card- Wave n Pay with per day maximum limit
Dt. 25.05.2021
of Rs.______.
CCD 03/2021 VISA Signature Credit Cards are issued with credit limit of Rs Rs 1,25,000/- to Rs
Dt. 25.05.2021 ______. 15,00,000/-.
No joining or annual fee is to be charged to staff/ex-staff members 50%
CCD 03/2021 in case of Classic, Gold & Platinum. (Primary Cards). For VISA
Dt. 25.05.2021 Signature Credit Card ______% of joining fee & annual fee (as
applicable to public) will be charged to staff/ex-staff members.
Under PNB VISA credit card, ______ cards including add-on Classic & Gold ;
CCD 03/2021 cards may be non-photo or photo cards depending upon the Platinum
Dt. 25.05.2021 choice of the applicant . However, ______ cards are issued as
photo cards only.
CCD 03/2021 Free credit period for minimum 20 days and maximum upto _____ 50 days
Dt. 25.05.2021 days is available on purchases for VISA Credit Card holder.
Under PNB VISA credit card, One reward point valuing Rs. 0.50 Rs.100 ; Rs.150
(fifty paisa) for every spend of Rs.______ is given on individual
CCD 03/2021
cards in case of Classic & Gold Credit Cards whereas, two reward
Dt. 25.05.2021
points are given for every spend of Rs.______ for Platinum Credit
Card.
Under PNB VISA credit card, Reward points can be redeemed 500 points
CCD 03/2021
provided a minimum of ______points are redeemed by request in
Dt. 25.05.2021
writing
Under PNB VISA credit card, The reward points on Credit Cards 3 years
CCD 03/2021
will be expired if not redeemed within ______ from the date of
Dt. 25.05.2021
accrual.
Under PNB VISA credit card, Refund of fuel surcharge is given on Rs.400/- to Rs.3000/- ;
every purchase of fuel for an amount, ranging between Rs.______ Rs.500/- to Rs.4000/-
CCD 03/2021
for Classic & Gold cards and between Rs.______ for Platinum
Dt. 25.05.2021
cards, from any Petrol Pump except for corporate card with
corporate liability and individual liability.
CCD 03/2021 Under PNB VISA credit card, a fee of Rs. ______ is charged for No fee
Dt. 25.05.2021 issuance of add-on cards to Classic & Gold credit cardholders.
CCD 03/2021 Lost Card Liability Insurance of VISA Platinum Credit Cards will Rs.50,000/-
Dt. 25.05.2021 be upto Rs.______after reporting of the loss of card.
Under PNB VISA credit card, Cash withdrawal limits are currently 20% ; 50%
CCD 03/2021
allowed ______% of the card limit and out of the cash limit, single
Dt. 25.05.2021
Transaction Limit will be ______% of the Available Cash Limit.
Under PNB VISA credit card, Out of the available Credit Card limit 50%
CCD 03/2021
i.e. limit available for Card usage, ______% of the available limit
Dt. 25.05.2021
can be used for purchase of gold/jewellery.
CCD 03/2021 Our bank offers two variants of PNB Rupay Credit Cards on NPCI PNB Rupay “SELECT” /
Dt. 25.05.2021 platform- i) PNB Rupay “PLATINUM” and (ii) ______ PNB Millennial
Current limits of PNB RuPay Platinum Credit Card is ______. Minimum: Rs. 25,000/-
CCD 03/2021
and Maximum:
Dt. 25.05.2021
Rs.5,00,000/-
Under PNB Rupay Platinum credit card, Cash withdrawal limits 20% ; 50%
CCD 03/2021 are currently allowed ______% of the card limit and out of the
Dt. 25.05.2021 cash limit, single Transaction Limit will be ______% of the
available Cash Limit.
CCD 03/2021 Under PNB RuPay Platinum Credit Card, Lost Card Liability will Rs.50,000/-
Dt. 25.05.2021 be upto Rs.______ after reporting loss of card to the bank.
Current limits of Global RuPay Select Credit Card/PNB millennial Minimum: Rs. 50,000/-
CCD 03/2021
are ______. and Maximum:
Dt. 25.05.2021
Rs.10,00,000/-
10
Under PNB Rupay Select credit card/PNB millennial, Cash 20% ; 50%
CCD 03/2021
withdrawal limits are currently allowed ______% of the card limit
Page
Dt. 25.05.2021
and out of the cash limit, single Transaction Limit will be ______%

of the Available Cash Limit.

Under PNB Rupay Select credit card/PNB millennial, Out of the 50%
CCD 03/2021 available Credit Card limit i.e. limit available for Card usage,
Dt. 25.05.2021 ______% of the available limit can be used for purchase of
gold/jewellery.
Under PNB Rupay Select credit card/PNB millennial, Lost Card Rs.50,000/-
CCD 03/2021
Liability will be upto Rs.______ after reporting loss of card to the
Dt. 25.05.2021
bank.
In order to augment defence business portfolio of the bank, our PNB Rakshak Rupay
CCD 03/2021
bank has added two more variants of PNB credit cards which are Select Credit Card
Dt. 25.05.2021
i) PNB Rakshak RuPay Platinum Credit Card and ii) ______.
PNB Rakshak RuPay Platinum Credit Card and PNB Rakshak defence
CCD 03/2021
Rupay Select Credit Card can be issued to _______ maintaining personnel/officers
Dt. 25.05.2021
salary or deposit account with our bank.
PNB Rakshak Platinum Rupay Credit Cards can be issued to below officer rank ;
CCD 03/2021 personnel ______ and PNB Rakshak Select Rupay Credit Cards officer rank
Dt. 25.05.2021 to ______, with a separate card design and logo of defence
forces.
PNB Rakshak Platinum and PNB Rakshak Select RuPayCredit Zero Joining Fee
CCD 03/2021
Cards will be issued to PBOR and Officers respectively with
Dt. 25.05.2021
Joining Fee of Rs.______.
CCD 03/2021 The reward points on PNB credit cards will be expired if not 3 years
Dt. 25.05.2021 redeemed within ______ years from the date of accrual.
Refund of fuel surcharge is given on every purchase of fuel for an Rs.400/- to Rs.3000/- ;
amount, ranging between Rs.______ for Classic & Gold credit Rs.500/- to Rs.4000/-
CCD 03/2021
cards and between Rs.______ for Platinum credit cards, from any
Dt. 25.05.2021
Petrol Pump except for corporate card with corporate liability and
individual liability.
The Applicants that holds either an NRE/NRO/ or FCNR fixed INR 100000
deposit Account with PNB in their own name are eligible under the
CCD 03/2021
Scheme For PNB Global Credit Card For NRIs. The minimum
Dt. 25.05.2021
amount held in NRE/NRO/ or FCNR should be equivalent of
______.
CCD 03/2021 Card Credit limit for NRIs under VISA Gold/Platinum variants will 80%
Dt. 25.05.2021 be ______% of the amount of deposit with PNB.
Minimum Card Credit limit of PNB VISA Gold/Platinum Credit INR 80000/- ; INR
CCD 03/2021
Card for NRIs VISA Gold/Platinum variants will be ______ and 500000/-
Dt. 25.05.2021
maximu m will be ______.
In compliance of RBI instructions all payments of credit card dues NRE/ NRO or FCNR (B)
CCD 03/2021 under the Scheme for PNB Credit Card for NRIs will be made
Dt. 25.05.2021 through inward remittances or out of balances held in ______
deposit account.
Under the scheme, PNB Credit Card By Marking Lien On Term Rs. 1000/- ; 80%
CCD 03/2021 Deposit Held With Bank, Card Credit Limit will be set up in
Dt. 25.05.2021 multiples of ______ on the lower side of ______% of Term
Deposit amount
Any Individual having a Term Deposit with PNB in his name either Rs.13000/-
CCD 03/2021 singly or jointly with a family member, for a minimum amount of
Dt. 25.05.2021 Rs.______ is eligible under the scheme, PNB Credit Card By
Marking Lien On Term Deposit Held With Bank,
Under the scheme, PNB Credit Card By Marking Lien On Term There is no ceiling on
CCD 03/2021
Deposit Held With Bank, Minimum age should be 18 years and the upper age limit
Dt. 25.05.2021
maximum will be ______ years.
Under the scheme, PNB Credit Card By Marking Lien On Term 10 days'
Deposit Held With Bank, In case cardholder desires for
CCD 03/2021 premature closure of Term Deposits, the cardholder has to give at
11
Dt. 25.05.2021 least ______ days' notice for the same and simultaneously
surrender the credit card at the branch office, duly cut diagonally
Page
in four pieces.

Under the scheme, PNB Credit Card By Marking Lien On Term 60 days
Deposit Held With Bank, In case, a Credit Card holder fails to
make payment of monthly Credit Card dues till the expiry of
CCD 03/2021
______ days of „payment due date‟, the outstanding against the
Dt. 25.05.2021
Credit Card account will be liquidated by making premature
encashment of Term Deposit and by appropriating the proceeds
towards repayment of Credit Card dues.
Under the scheme, PNB Credit Card By Marking Lien On Term Nil.
CCD 03/2021
Deposit Held With Bank, Joining/Annual/Renewal Fee will be Rs.
Dt. 25.05.2021
______.
Under the Scheme For Credit Cards To Housing Loan 10% of HL amount
CCD 03/2021 Customers of PNB, where amount of housing loan Sanctioned is
Dt. 25.05.2021 between Rs. 2,00,000 to Rs. 5,00,000, VISA Classic Credit card
will be issued and pre- approved Card limit will be ______.
Under the Scheme For Credit Cards To Housing Loan Rs.1.00 lac
Customers of PNB, where amount of housing loan Sanctioned is
CCD 03/2021
between Rs 5,00,001 to Rs. 20,00,000, VISA Gold / Rupay
Dt. 25.05.2021
Platinum Credit card will be issued and pre- approved Card limit
will be 10% of HL amount subject to maximum of Rs.______.
Under the Scheme For Credit Cards To Housing Loan 5% ; Rs.3.00 lacs
Customers of PNB, where amount of housing loan Sanctioned is
Above Rs.20,00,000, VISA Gold / Rupay Platinum Credit card will
CCD 03/2021
be issued and pre- approved Card limit will be ______% of HL
Dt. 25.05.2021
amount subject to maximum of Rs.______ or as per
recommendation of the branch based on the value of relationship
with the bank.
CCD 03/2021 Under the Scheme For Credit Card To Visually Impaired Persons, Minimum: Rs.10,000/- ,
Dt. 25.05.2021 Card Credit Limit will be Rs. ______. Maximum: Rs.25,000/-
Under the Scheme For Credit Card To Visually Impaired Persons, 20% ; 50%
CCD 03/2021 Cash withdrawal limit will be ______% of card credit limit.Out of
Dt. 25.05.2021 this cash limit, single Transaction Limit will be ______% of the
Available Cash Limit.
For Credit Cards to Individuals, drawing salary from their account Rs.20,000/-
CCD 03/2021
maintained with PNB , Minimum net salary credited to account
Dt. 25.05.2021
should be Rs.______& above per month.
For Credit Cards to Individuals, drawing salary from their account Rs.30,000/-
CCD 03/2021
maintained with other than PNB , Minimum net salary credited to
Dt. 25.05.2021
account should be Rs.______& above per month.
For Credit Cards to Individuals, drawing salary from their account two ; Rs. 5000/-
maintained with PNB or any other nationalized/private/ foreign
CCD 03/2021
bank, Card credit limit will be calculated as ______ times of
Dt. 25.05.2021
average of last six months net salary. The card limit for this
scheme will be fixed at the lower side of multiples of Rs. ______.
CCD 03/2021 Maximum limit of Credit Card that can be sanctioned under Rs 5.00 Lakh
Dt. 25.05.2021 salaried category will be Rs ______.
The Subordinate Staff of sponsored RRBs of Amalgamated entity Nil ; Nil
CCD 03/2021
would be offered Credit Cards with the maximum credit limits of
Dt. 25.05.2021
Rs. ______ with cash Limit of Rs. ______.
The Clerical Staff of of sponsored RRBs of Amalgamated entity Rs.1,00,000 ;
CCD 03/2021
would be offered Credit Cards with the maximum credit limits of Rs.20,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
Rs. ______ with cash Limit of Rs. ______.
The Officers in JMG Scale-I of of sponsored RRBs of Rs.2,00,000 ; Rs.
CCD 03/2021 Amalgamated entity would be offered Credit Cards with the 40,000
Dt. 25.05.2021 maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with cash Limit of Rs.
______.
The Officers in MMG Scale-II & III of of sponsored RRBs of Rs.3,00,000 ; Rs.
12
CCD 03/2021 Amalgamated entity would be offered Credit Cards with the 60,000
Page
______.

The Officers in MMG Scale-IV & V of sponsored RRBs of Rs.5,00,000 ;

CCD 03/2021 Amalgamated entity would be offered Credit Cards with the Rs.1,00,000
______.
The Subordinate Staff of our Bank would be offered Credit Cards Rs. 25,000 ; Rs.
CCD 03/2021
with the maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with cash Limit of 5,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
Rs. ______.
The Clerical Staff of our Bank would be offered Credit Cards with Rs. 1,00,000 ; Rs.
CCD 03/2021
the maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with cash Limit of Rs. 20,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
______.
The Officers in JMG Scale-I of our Bank would be offered Credit Rs. 2,00,000 ; Rs.
CCD 03/2021
Cards with the maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with cash 40,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
Limit of Rs. ______.
The Officers in MMG Scale-II & III of our Bank would be offered Rs. 3,00,000 ; Rs.
CCD 03/2021
Credit Cards with the maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with 60,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
cash Limit of Rs. ______.
The Officers in SMG Scale-IV & V of our Bank would be offered Rs. 5,00,000 ; Rs.
CCD 03/2021
Credit Cards with the maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with 1,00,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
cash Limit of Rs. ______.
The Officers in TEG VI of our Bank would be offered Credit Cards Rs.7,00,000 ;
CCD 03/2021
with the maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with cash Limit of Rs.1,40,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
Rs. ______.
The Officers in TEG VII & VIII of our Bank would be offered Credit Rs.7,00,000 ;
CCD 03/2021
Cards with the maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with cash Rs.1,40,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
Limit of Rs. ______.
The ED of our Bank would be offered Credit Cards with the Rs.10,00,000 ; Rs.
CCD 03/2021
maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with cash Limit of Rs. 2,00,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
______.
The CMD/MD&CEO of our Bank would be offered Credit Cards Rs.10,00,000 ; Rs.
CCD 03/2021
with the maximum credit limits of Rs. ______ with cash Limit of 2,00,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
Rs. ______.
CCD 03/2021 Except Subordinate Staff, all the staff members of our Bank would Two
Dt. 25.05.2021 be offered ______ Add-on Credit Cards
CCD 03/2021 Subordinate Staff of our Bank would be offered ______ Add-on Nil
Dt. 25.05.2021 Credit Cards
RuPay PLATINUM and RuPay Select CREDIT CARDS will be III & above
CCD 03/2021 issued to officers in Scale ______,
Dt. 25.05.2021 VISAGold/VISAClassic/RuPayPlatinumCredit Cards will be given
to all other officers including clerical and sub-staff cadre.
Cardholder can get the facility to transfer the balance from any Rs.2000 ; 90%
other bank's Credit Card to PNBCredit Card under EMI scheme
CCD 03/2021 with repayment period of 6 months months. Eligible Amount under
Dt. 25.05.2021 this facility will be minimum Rs.______and maximum: upto
______% of Card Credit Limit or available credit limit whichever is
lower.
The repayment period under Easy Pay plan is ______ months. 3, 6, 9, 12, 18, & 24
CCD 03/2021
The tenure option of 36 months is only available for booking months ; Rs. 30,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
amount greater than or equal to Rs. ______.
CCD 03/2021 Under PNB Insta Pay EMI Scheme At PoS& e-Commerce, Rs.2500/-
Dt. 25.05.2021 Minimum transaction amount should be Rs.______ or above.
To continue bank's legacy of offering best of the services and PNB Genie
products to its customers, our bank has got developed a fully
CCD 03/2021
loaded Mobile App ______. The app is full of features and acts as
Dt. 25.05.2021
single point destination for cardholders to operate their credit card
accounts seamlessly and without hassles.
CCD 03/2021 PNB e-Credit Card is a digital replica of physical Credit Cards PNB Mobile App-Genie
13
Dt. 25.05.2021 issued to the customer and is available on ______.

CCD 03/2021 Under Category of Corporate Credit Card with Individual Liability, 50,000/- ; 5,00,000/-
Page
Dt. 25.05.2021 Gold & Platinum Card will be issued for minimum limit of ; 20%

Rs.______ and maximum upto Rs. ______ with ______% Cash

limit.
Under Category of Corporate Credit Card with Individual Liability, Rs.3,50,000
CCD 03/2021
The applicant should have minimum annual Income of Rs.______
Dt. 25.05.2021
for Gold & Platinum Card.
In case of Corporate Credit Cards with Individual Liability, Rs.1000/-
CCD 03/2021
minimum Joining fees and annual fees (2nd Year onwards)
Dt. 25.05.2021
@______ is payable by the Corporate.
In case of Corporate Credit Cards with Corporate Liability, Rs.2000/-
CCD 03/2021
minimum Joining fees and annual fees (2nd Year onwards)
Dt. 25.05.2021
@______ is payable by the Corporate.
Minimum annual income for Corporate Credit Card with Individual Rs.2,50,000 ;
CCD 03/2021
Liability should be Rs. ______ for Classic Credit Card and Rs. Rs.3,50,000
Dt. 25.05.2021
______ for Gold Credit Card
Corporate Credit card limit will be sanctioned to the Corporate two ; A4
after assessment of the Credit worthiness of the corporate. For
Corporate Credit Card with Corporate Liability (CCCL), Corporate
CCD 03/2021 should be profit generating organizations at least for the
Dt. 25.05.2021 last______ previous years or Should have minimum credit rating
of ______ as given by an Internal (IRB assessment) or
corresponding rating by an External Authorized Credit Rating
Agency.
For Corporate Enjoying Credit Exposure From The Bank, The 15%
CCD 03/2021 maximum corporate card limit per corporate for corporate card
Dt. 25.05.2021 with corporate liability shall not exceed ______% of average
operating expenses of the previous three years.
For Corporate not enjoying Credit Exposure from the Bank, Limit 20% ; Rs 5.00 lakh
for corporate card with corporate liability will be assessed based
CCD 03/2021 on the credit summations in the account of the corporate i.e.
Dt. 25.05.2021 ______% of average credit summations of previous two years
with maximum corporate credit card limit of Rs ______, whichever
is lower.
For Corporate having Deposit with the Bank, Limit for corporate 80% ; Rs.50 lakh
card with corporate liability will be assessed based on the TERM
CCD 03/2021
DEPOSIT/OTHER DEPOSITS pledged with bank i.e. Maximum
Dt. 25.05.2021
______% of the Term Deposit/Other deposits amount or Rs.50
lakh, whichever is lower.
Normally the Corporate Credit cards limit per corporate on Rs.50,00,000/- (fifty
Corporate Credit Cards with corporate liability is Rs.______. lacs) ;
CCD 03/2021 However, In the case of big corporate, exporters etc., who Rs.1,00,00,000/- (One
Dt. 25.05.2021 frequently travel abroad higher limits can be considered on merits Crore)
having a bearing on the Working Capital Limit sanctioned to the
Corporate by the bank subject to maximum of Rs.______.
Under Corporate Credit Card with Corporate Liability (CCCL), Per Rs. 50,000 to
CCD 03/2021 employee/executive Credit Card limit for the individual card holder Rs.10,00,000/-
Dt. 25.05.2021 within the overall Corporate Credit Card limit is ______ i.e. 0-40%
of Corporate Credit Card limit, as agreed with the corporate.
CCD 03/2021 In case of Corporate Credit Cards with Corporate liability Joining Corporate
Dt. 25.05.2021 and annual fees is payable by the ______.
Card credit limit shall be assessed by processing of every 40
CCD 03/2021 application through the credit card scoring model. The minimum
Dt. 25.05.2021 score as per bank‟s scoring model for issuance of credit card is
______.
Applicable CIC Score for sanctioning of Credit Card should be in 645 & above
CCD 03/2021
the range of ______ (for CIBIL TU) OR equivalent score of other
Dt. 25.05.2021
CICs
14
CCD 03/2021 Credit Cards can be issued to PNB staff members where the Rs.10,000/-
Dt. 25.05.2021 default amount as per CIBIL report is up to Rs.______.
Page
CCD 03/2021 Credit Cards can be issued to the customers (other than staff) Rs.5,000/-

Dt. 25.05.2021 where the default amount as per CIBIL report is up to ______.
Corporate Credit Cards may be issued to Senior Officers of the Chief Manager
CCD 03/2021
Bank not bellow the rank of ______ & above for meeting the
Dt. 25.05.2021
expenses on behalf of the Bank for various business activities.
Corporate Credit Cards may be issued to Chief Manager of the Rs.1.00 lac ; Rs.1.50
CCD 03/2021 Bank for meeting the expenses on behalf of the Bank for various lac
Dt. 25.05.2021 business activities with maximum limits of Rs. ______ and Rs.
______ to AGM.
Corporate Credit Cards may be issued to DGM of the Bank for Rs.2.00 lac ; Rs.2.50
CCD 03/2021 meeting the expenses on behalf of the Bank for various business lac
Dt. 25.05.2021 activities with maximum limits of Rs. ______ and Rs. ______ to
CGM/GM.
Corporate Credit Cards may be issued to MD & CEO and EDs of Rs.4.00 lac
CCD 03/2021
the Bank for meeting the expenses on behalf of the Bank for
Dt. 25.05.2021
various business activities with maximum limits of Rs. ______.
For Sales of Credit Card, Marketing Tie-Ups, Product PNB Cards & Services
CCD 03/2021 Development and for Collection including Recovery, Our Bank has Ltd.
Dt. 25.05.2021 incorporated its wholly owned Credit Card Subsidiary in the name
of ______.
Credit Cardholders are allowed interest free credit period subject 20 days
CCD 02/2021 to certain terms & conditions. The monthly statements are issued
Dt. 12.05.2021 on prescribed dates allowing at least ______days period from
date of statement, to make payment.
A Credit Card account is treated as non-performing asset if the 90 days
CCD 02/2021
Minimum Amount Due, as mentioned in the statement, is not paid
Dt. 12.05.2021
fully within ______ from the payment due date.
The Credit Card account which has remained NPA for a period 12 months
CCD 02/2021
less than or equal to _______ months shall be a sub-standard
Dt. 12.05.2021
account.
CCD 02/2021 Loss Credit Card accounts will be one where the account has 12 months
Dt. 12.05.2021 remained NPA for more than ______ months.
All delinquent Credit Card accounts after ______ days of payment 60 days
CCD 02/2021 due date, NPA accounts (whether non-suit filed, suit filed or
Dt. 12.05.2021 decreed), all written off accounts may be assigned to Bank
approved Recovery Agents/Agencies for recovery.
In case of Credit Card overdue for 60-90 days, The rate of 10% ; 15%
CCD 02/2021
commission payable to Recovery Agents/Agencies is ______% of
Dt. 12.05.2021
amount recovered and ______% for overdue upto 1 years.
In case of Credit Card overdue above 2 years & upto 3 years, The 30% ; 40%
CCD 02/2021 rate of commission payable to Recovery Agents/Agencies is
Dt. 12.05.2021 ______% of amount recovered and ______% for overdue above 3
years.
Under OTS policy for NPA Credit Cards, ______% of OTS offer 10%
CCD 02/2021
amount as upfront payment is to be made at the time of request
Dt. 12.05.2021
for OTS.
CCD 02/2021 For Standard asset, Provisioning requirements for Credit Card 0.40%
Dt. 12.05.2021 receivables will be @ ______%as per RBI guidelines
CCD 02/2021 For Sub-standard asset, Provisioning requirements for Credit 25%
Dt. 12.05.2021 Card receivables will be @ ______%as per RBI guidelines
For Loss asset (age of NPA above one year), Provisioning 100%
CCD 02/2021
requirements for Credit Card receivables will be @ ______%as
Dt. 12.05.2021
per RBI guidelines
CCD 02/2021 Write-off of Credit Card will be done after ______ days from date 365 days
Dt. 12.05.2021 of NPA for all those cases which are in Loss category,
15 Page

Credit Card Division: Merchant Aquiring Bisiness

CCDMAB Revised POS Monthly Rent (all type of terminals) for above NIL
07/2021 minimum transaction amount will be Rs. ______.
Dt. 30.10.2021
If POS terminal is de-installed within 3 months from Date of Rs. 750.00
CCDMAB
Installation, De-installation charges (One Time) will be charged @
07/2021
______ after commissioning of terminal or terminal is marked
Dt. 30.10.2021
under De-installation Commission report
If POS terminal is de-installed after 3 months but before 12 Rs. 500.00
CCDMAB
months from Date of Installation, De-installation charges (One
07/2021
Time) will be charged @ ______ after commissioning of terminal
Dt. 30.10.2021
or terminal is marked under De-installation Commission report
If POS terminal is de-installed after 12 months from Date of NIL
CCDMAB
Installation, De-installation charges (One Time) will be charged @
07/2021
______ after commissioning of terminal or terminal is marked
Dt. 30.10.2021
under De-installation Commission report
CCDMAB POS Terminal lost charges for all type of terminals will be charged Rs. 8,000/-
07/2021 Rs.______ or Written Down Value whichever is lower.
Dt. 30.10.2021
CCDMAB Waiver on Low POS Usage Charges for CC/OD Customers will 20%.
07/2021 be ______% of POS Monthly Rental Charges in case CC/OD Limit
Dt. 30.10.2021 is above 10 Lac to 20 Lac.
Dt. 30.10.2021 is above 20 Lac to 5 Crore.
Dt. 30.10.2021 is above 5 Crore.
CCDMAB NPCI vide its circular NPCI/UPI/OC No.112/2021-22 dt 08.07.2021 UPI Prepaid Voucher
05/2021 has introduced ______ to enable services such as COVID
Dt. 22.07.2021 Vaccine, donations and gift vouchers, etc.
UPI Prepaid Voucher shall be issued in ______ Category. Any Business to Consumer
CCDMAB
Corporate or Government or any businesses willing to contribute (B2C)
05/2021
in nationwide vaccination drive can issue UPI Prepaid vouchers to
Dt. 22.07.2021
its Employees and distribute vouchers to their employees for COVI
CCDMAB Our bank has launched a Mobile App for POS Merchants where My POS Manager
02/2021 merchants can directly lodge complaints, check transaction details
Dt. 21.05.2021 and download statement. Name this App ______.
CCDMAB To enhance merchant convenience & ease of access “My POS M/s Worldline
02/2021 Manager” mobile app has been developed by our service provider
Dt. 21.05.2021 ______ which is available on android and iOS platforms.
To acquire merchants on a large scale and to boost digital BHIMSHOP
CCDMAB payments, Bank has launched PNB BHIM UPI QR Merchant
01/2021 Acquiring Solution (P2M/ P2PM). The merchant can be on-
Dt. 23.02.2021 boarded on BHIM UPI QR platform through CBS menu option
______.
CCDMAB Merchants having Saving Fund A/c can be on-boarded on BHIM Current, OD, CC
01/2021 UPI QR platform along with ______ accounts.
Dt. 23.02.2021
16
Page

Credit Review and Monitoring Division

While opening of any new loan account/ review/ renew/ 60 days
CRMD 33/2021 enhancement, system should check for latest updation of KYC as
Dt.16.11.2021 part of CDD. The KYC updation date should not be more than
______ days prior from date of ibid activities.
Approval/Verification of CBS entry for CBS Menu LOANCHRG Rs. 50 crore
CRMD 32/2021
shall not be allowed at respective branch for borrowers wherein
Dt.10.11.2021
total limit marked in MENU is above Rs. ______.
Designated ZC User not below the Rank of ______ in CRMD Chief Manager
CRMD 32/2021 vertical at Zonal offices shall check and verify the entry in CBS in
Dt.10.11.2021 menu LOANCHRG after ensuring the correctness as per sanction
note provided.
For borrowers having exposure more than Rs. 50 crores, once RELAXSC/RELAXAP
CRMD 32/2021
concessions marked in LOANCHRG, no modification shall be
Dt.10.11.2021
allowed to happen in CBS menu ______ for the financial year.
One of the primary conditions of for re-structuring under OTR 2.0 31.03.2021
CRMD 28/2021
is the presence of Covid related stress and that account should be
Dt.26.08.2021
standard as on ______.
CRMD 27/2021 The details of ASM (Agencies for Specialized Monitoring) will be ASMDET
Dt.23.08.2021 captured in system through menu option ______.
As per Section 19(2) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, The thirty ; thirty
Bank shall not hold shares in any company, whether as pledgee,
CRMD 26/2021 mortgagee or absolute owner, of an amount exceeding ______
Dt.06.08.2021 percent of the paid-up share capital of that company or ______
percent of its own paid-up share capital and reserves, whichever
is less.
EMS Portal has been created for automated monitoring of NFDTL
exposure ceiling limits. In order to capture Sector, Sub-sector,
CRMD 25/2021 and Purpose of Advance, Industry or further distinctive
Dt.03.08.2021 characteristics like Advance Type is of utmost importance for Non
Fund based facilities in CBS, menu option ______ has been
customized.
It is mandatory for corporate borrowers having aggregate fund- Rs.5 crore
based and non fund based exposure of Rs.______ & above from
CRMD 20/2021
Banks to obtain Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) registration and
Dt.18.06.2021
capture the same in the Central Repository of Information on
Large Credits (CRILC).
The Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) is a ______ character 20
CRMD 20/2021
alphanumeric code used to uniquely identify parties for financial
Dt.18.06.2021
transactions worldwide.
RBI has mandated LEI system for all payment transactions of 01.04.2021
CRMD 20/2021
value Rs.50 crores and above undertaken by non-individual
Dt.18.06.2021
entities using RTGS and NEFT w.e.f ______.
The credit facilities sanctioned to Senior Officers (Scale-IV & 7 days
CRMD 17/2021
above) and their relatives reported on Quarterly basis within
Dt.22.04.2021
______ days from the end of the quarter
Incumbent of GBBs shall report credit facilities sanctioned to Circle Offices
CRMD 17/2021
Senior Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their relatives to ______
Dt.22.04.2021
on Quarterly basis
Incumbent of PLPs and MCCs shall report credit facilities Zonal Offices
CRMD 17/2021
sanctioned to Senior Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their
Dt.22.04.2021
relatives to ______ on Quarterly basis
LCBs/ELCBs shall report credit facilities sanctioned to Senior Credit Review &
CRMD 17/2021
Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their relatives directly to Monitoring Division
Dt.22.04.2021
17
______on Quarterly basis (CRMD), Head Office

Circle Offices shall submit consolidated report of credit facilities 10 days
CRMD 17/2021
Page
sanctioned to Senior Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their

Dt.22.04.2021
relatives sanctioned at GBBs to their Zonal Offices (ZOs) on

Quarterly basis within ______ days from the end of the quarter.
Zonal Offices shall monitor advances to Senior Officers (Scale-IV 15 days
& above) and their relativesat their level and submit the
CRMD 17/2021 consolidated report of such cases sanctioned at
Dt.22.04.2021 GBB/PLP/MCC/ZO level to Credit Review & Monitoring Division,
HO on Quarterly basis within ______ days from the end of the
quarter.
As regards borrowal accounts having aggregate limit of Rs.1 crore three years
CRMD 16/2021
& above, valuation of immovable properties charged/mortgaged to
Dt.19.04.2021
the Bank be got done from approved valuer once in ______ years.
As regards borrowal accounts having aggregate limit of below five years
CRMD 16/2021
Rs.1 crore, valuation of immovable properties charged /
Dt.
mortgaged to the Bank be got done from approved valuer once in
19.04.2021
______ years.
In any case, the revaluations in all eligible accounts having limits two years
CRMD 16/2021
of below Rs. 1 Crore shall have to be invariably obtained within a
Dt.19.04.2021
timeline of ______ years.
Where the value of immovable property to be mortgaged/ charged ₹5 crore
CRMD 16/2021 is more than ₹______, branches shall get valuation of such IPs
Dt.19.04.2021 done from minimum two valuers of category A or B on the Bank’s
approved panel.
Where the value of immovable property to be mortgaged/ charged 20%
CRMD 16/2021 is more than ₹5 crore, In case the difference in the valuation
Dt.19.04.2021 arrived at by both the valuers is not more than ______%, the
average value may be considered.
Where the value of immovable property to be mortgaged/ charged 20%
CRMD 16/2021 is more than ₹5 crore, In case the difference in valuations is more
Dt. than ______%, 3rd valuation may be got done from a senior
19.04.2021 valuer in A category and the average of the lower two valuation
reports shall be taken
In all agricultural loans above Rs.______, the valuation of Rs.200 Lacs
CRMD 16/2021
agricultural land shall be continued to be taken from empanelled
Dt.19.04.2021
valuer.
CRMD 16/2021 The valuation details of Assets in CBS System will be captured HCLM
Dt.19.04.2021 theough menu option ______..
The Department of Financial Services as part of the Rs. 250 cr
recommendations under the PSB Reforms Agenda EASE had
proposed an action point relating to tie up with Agencies for
CRMD 15/2021
Specialized Monitoring (ASMs) for clean and effective post-
Dt.12.04.2021
sanction follow-up in case of consortium lending, having credit
exposures above Rs. ______ and exposure of a specialized
nature.
As per suggestion by IBA, a weightage of ______% to be given 70% ; 30%
CRMD 15/2021
on technical capability and ______% to financial quotations
Dt.12.04.2021
submitted by ASM for appointment.
In respect of consortium advances where Borrowers having Consortium member /
CRMD 15/2021 overall exposure of above Rs. 250 cr, the appointment / waiver of lenders by “majority”
Dt.12.04.2021 work allocation to ASM and the scope of work to be allotted may
be decided / approved by the ______.
In respect of consortium advances, The decision in majority may 75 ; 60
be defined as any decision agreed by lenders representing
CRMD 15/2021
______ per cent by value of total outstanding credit facilities (fund
Dt.12.04.2021
based as well non-fund based) and ______ per cent of lenders by
number.
In case of Borrowers having loan accounts of above Rs. 50 cr and 2 months ; B3
up to Rs. 250 cr, Committee consisting of 2 General Managers (1
18
CRMD 15/2021
from CCD, HO and 1 from CRMD, HO) without intervention of ZO
Dt.12.04.2021
/ ELCB / LCB shall decide whether ASM to be appointed or not in
Page
accounts with PMS rank 5 continuously for ______ months and

the internal risk rating of the account is ______ or below.

In case of borrowers with valid External Risk Rating of ______ for AAA or AA
CRMD 15/2021 Bank credit, Sanctioning Authority is empowered for considering
Dt.12.04.2021 waiver of appointment of ASMs on merits of the case in accounts
having overall exposure of above Rs. 250 cr.
In other cases, waiver of ASM in any account may beconsidered HOCAC – III
CRMD 15/2021
in exceptional circumstances by MC in case of MC power
Dt.12.04.2021
accounts and by ______ in all other accounts.
Our Bank has developed API based data integration and deployed Application
the same in Finacle system to ensure registration of eligible Programming Interface
CRMD 12/2021
Immovable Properties with CERSAI on real time basis with a view
Dt.15.03.2021
to overcome time gap and pendency issue related to registration
of security interest with CERSAI. Expand the term API ______.
Bank has subscribed the services of M/s CIBIL Transunion Ltd. for Rs.1.00 Crore
CRMD 11/2021
EWS triggers of all Retail & MSME accounts having exposure
Dt.17.03.2021
upto Rs.______.
For Closure of the EWS Alerts, ______ will generate the alerts on M/S CIBIL TU
CRMD 11/2021 daily basis for Retail portfolio and MSME (exposure up to Rs. 1.00
Dt.17.03.2021 Crore) and share generated alerts through FTP with HO divisions
(MISD, IRMD) on daily basis..
PMS (Preventive Monitoring System) is one of the effective Post- Rs. 1.00 Crore
CRMD 11/2021
sanction credit monitoring tools for all borrowal accounts having
Dt.17.03.2021
exposure above Rs. ______.
In order to ensure effective monitoring especially in case of project TOPM
CRMD 08/2021 financing having longer gestation period; Bank has system to
Dt.02.03.2021 capture project loan accounts either through CBS menu-______
or SAJAG (EWS+PMS).
In terms of RBI guidelines, the threshold for EWS and RFA is an Rs.50 crore
CRMD 04/2021 exposure of Rs.______ or more at the level of a bank irrespective
Dt.22.01.2021 of the lending arrangement ( Solo, Multiple or Consortium
banking).
Accounts classified in NPA category with exposure of Rs.______ Rs.50 crore
CRMD 04/2021 or more irrespective of the lending arrangement (whether Solo
Dt.22.01.2021 banking, Multiple banking or Consortium) shall be considered for
classification as RFA and examination of fraud angle.
Other than NPA accounts (SMA/ Standard) with exposure of Rs.50 crore
CRMD 04/2021 Rs.______ or more (Solo/MBA/Consortium basis) where EWS
Dt.22.01.2021 noticed. shall be considered for classification as RFA and
examination of fraud angle.
Accounts of Rs.______ & above under Consortium /Multiple Rs.3 crore
Banking accounts where majority of member Banks (60% &
CRMD 04/2021
above) have taken decision to treat account as RFA are to be
Dt.22.01.2021
categorized under RFA from the perspective of examination of
fraud angle.
In accounts where lending is under Consortium or Multiple individual bank
CRMD 04/2021 Banking, the______ has to take initial decision to classify any
Dt.22.01.2021 standard or NPA
account as RFA or Fraud.
In accounts where lending is under Consortium or Multiple 21 days
Banking, In case it is decided at the individual bank level to
CRMD 04/2021
classify the a/c as ‘Fraud’straightway at this stage itself, the bank
Dt.22.01.2021
may then report the fraud to RBI within ______ days of detection
and also report the case to CBI/Police, as is being done hitherto.
Accounts where lending is under Consortium or Multiple Banking, 15 days
Within ______ days, the bank which has ‘RedFlagged’ the
CRMD 04/2021
account or detected the fraud would ask the consortium leader or
19
Dt.22.01.2021
the largest lender under MBA to convene a meeting of JLF to
discuss the issue.
Page
CRMD 04/2021 Red Flagged Accounts where lending is under Consortium or three months

Dt.22.01.2021 Multiple Banking, The forensic audit must be completed within a

maximum period of ______ months from the date of JLF meeting
authorizing the audit.
In case the decision is to classify the account as fraud where a week
CRMD 04/2021 lending is under Consortium or Multiple Banking, the RFA status
Dt.22.01.2021 would change to Fraud in all banks and reported to RBI and on
the CRILC platform within ______ of the said decision.
Within ______ days of the RBI reporting, the bank commissioning/ 30 days
CRMD 04/2021
initiating the forensic audit would lodge a complaint with the CBI
Dt.22.01.2021
on behalf of all banks in the consortium/MBA.
Entire exercise will be completed in ______ months from the date six months
CRMD 04/2021
when the sole banker/first member bank reported the account as
Dt.22.01.2021
RFA/Fraud on CRILC platform.
CRMD 04/2021 All RFA or Frauds accounts with exposure of Rs.3 crore & above CFMC, RBI (CRILC
Dt.22.01.2021 shall be reported to ______. platform)
The RFA accounts with exposure of Rs.3 crore & above shall be CRMD, HO ; FRMD,
CRMD 04/2021
reported through ______ & Frauds shall be be reported through HO
Dt.22.01.2021
______.
Current Accounts for real estate projects mandated under Section 70%
4 (2) l (D) of the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act,
2016 for the purpose of maintaining ______% of advance
CRMD 03/2021
payments collected from the home buyers may be open without
Dt.19.01.2021
any restrictions placed in terms of the RBI its notification No
DOR.NO.BP.BC.30/21.04.048/2020-21 dated 14th December,
2020.
Customer Acquisition Division

Our Bank offers depository services as a Depository Participant of IDBI Capital Market &
CAD 90/2021 NSDL and CDSL and has a tie up for opening Trading Account Securities Ltd.
Dt.06.11.2021 with 1. SMC Global Securities Ltd., 2. Geojit Financial Services
Ltd. 3. Aditya Birla Money Ltd. and 4. ______.
To provide an alternative platform, where client is not interested in NSDL
CAD 78/2021
online trading our bank has introduced the new facilities viz.,
Dt.26.10.2021
SPEED-e, IDeAS and e-DIS in association with______.
The users of SPEED-e can check latest balances and Internet-based Demat
CAD 78/2021 transactions in their demat accounts through a facility called Account Statement
Dt.26.10.2021 IDEAS and monitor the status of execution of instructions. Expand
the term IDEAS ______
IDeAS (Internet-based Demat Account Statement) is the facility 30 minutes
CAD 78/2021 for viewing balances and transactions in the demat account
Dt.26.10.2021 updated on an online basis with a delay of maximum ______
minutes.
Clients will have two options for submitting instructions to confirming the
Depository Back Office through SPEED-e facility i.e., either by instruction details
CAD 78/2021
entering instructions details in favour of the pre-notified CM or by uploaded by the pre-
Dt.26.10.2021
______. notified Clearing
Member (CM)
Bank is having Corporate Agency arrangement with Life Canara HSBC OBC Life
CAD 70/2021 Insurance Corporation of India (LIC), PNB MetLife India Insurance Insurance Co. Ltd.
Dt.22.10.2021 Company Ltd.(PMLI) and ______ for distribution of Life Insurance (CHOICe)
products to its customers..
Looking at the indemnity needs of our priority customers who are M/s Bajaj Allianz GIC
Medical practitioners or Medical establishments by profession, Ltd
CAD 70/2021
Our bank has approved the distribution of “Professional Indemnity
20
Dt.22.10.2021
Insurance for Medical Practitioners and Institutions” offered by
______.
Page
CAD 64/2021 Our General Insurance partner M/s Bajaj Allianz General two wheelers

Dt.18.10.2021 Insurance Company Ltd. (BAGIC) has introduced a mechanism

through which our customers can instantly insure their ______ by
scanning a QR code placed in branches from the mobile phone of
the customers.
Our bank has a Corporate Agency Tie up with Oriental Insurance Cholamandalam MS
CAD 58/2021 Company Ltd. (OICL), Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company General Insurance Co.
Dt.30.09.2021 Ltd. (BAGIC) and ______ for distribution of General Insurance Ltd. (CHOLA)
products to its customers.
Oriental Insurance is offering higher discount in Motor Insurance 85%
CAD 58/2021
for Bank staff, Bank ex-staff and Bank owned vehicles up to
Dt.30.09.2021
______%.
Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company Ltd. (BAGIC) is offering 80%
CAD 58/2021 a discount of upto ______% to the employees (in service or
Dt.30.09.2021 retired) of the Bank on renewing motor insurance policies from
them on all the models except KIA motors.
If Bank has sanctioned a loan of ₹ 20 Lakh for purchase of a Rs. 40 Lakh
CAD 57/2021
House whose actual value is ₹ 40 Lakh, the Insurance Policy of
Dt.03.09.2021
the house should have a Sum Insured of Rs. ______.
CAD 57/2021 No Policy where Sum Insured is above ₹ ______ shall be solicited ₹ 5 Crore
Dt.03.09.2021 under Bank’s Corporate Agency Code.
Name the Portal for monitoring performance of Customer Performance Mirror
CAD 54/2021
Acquisition Centres (CACs) & Government Business Vertical
Dt.11.08.2021
Centres (GBVs) ______.
The mandate for Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life INSADM
CAD 46/2021
Insurance Co. Ltd. (CHOICe) can be captured at any branch
Dt.13.07.2021
through menu option _____.
The registered mandate for premium payment of Canara HSBC NSUPLD
CAD 46/2021
Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Co. Ltd. (CHOICe) can
Dt.13.07.2021
be uploaded through menu option ______.
Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Co. Ltd. (CHOLA) offers Chola Arogya Plus
CAD 44/2021
two customized Group Health Insurance products by the name of
Dt.02.07.2021
Chola Arogya and______ specifically for PNB customers.
CAD 44/2021 Entry Age under Chola Arogya and Chola Arogya Plus will be 18 to 79 Years
Dt.02.07.2021 ______.
CAD 44/2021 Sum Insured Options under Chola Arogya Plan will be avalable for Rs. 3 lacs / 4 lacs / 5
Dt.02.07.2021 ______. lacs / 7.50 lacs / 10 lacs
CAD 44/2021 Sum Insured Options under Chola Arogya Plus will be avalable for Rs. 3 lacs / 5 lacs / 7.50
Dt.02.07.2021 ______. lacs / 10 lacs
CAD 44/2021 Self, Spouse and ______ Dependent Children are covered under 3
Dt.02.07.2021 Chola Arogya Plan
CAD 44/2021 Self, Spouse and 3 Dependent Children and ______ are covered Parents
Dt.02.07.2021 under Chola Arogya Plus Plan.
Minimum Entry age under Chola Arogya and Chola Arogya Plus 18 years ; 90 days
CAD 44/2021
for Self and Spouse will be ______ and ______for Dependent
Dt.02.07.2021
Children
Maximum Entry age under Chola Arogya and Chola Arogya Plus 79 years ; 26 years
CAD 44/2021
for Self and Spouse & Parents will be upto ______ and ______for
Dt.02.07.2021
Dependent Children
Maternity Coverage (Normal & Caesarean) under Chola Arogya Rs.20,000/-
CAD 44/2021
and Chola Arogya Plus will be up to Rs.______ per child
Dt.02.07.2021
(Maximum up to 2 children )
CAD 44/2021 Domiciliary Hospitalization Coverage under Chola Arogya and 20%
Dt.02.07.2021 Chola Arogya Plus will up to ______% of Sum Insured.
Pre-Hospitalization Benefits under Chola Arogya and Chola 60 days ; 90 days
CAD 44/2021
Arogya Plus is available for ______ days and ______ days for
Dt.02.07.2021
Post-Hospitalization.
21
Our Bank provides Depository Services (Demat) as a Depository DP Secure Plus

CAD 43/2021
Participant of NSDL and CDSL. The services are offered through
Page
Dt.24.06.2021
all Branches, Depository Back Office and DIS Hubs. The

Depository application has been migrated on ______ for PNB 2.0

which is available for Branches, DIS Hubs and DBOs for day-to-
day operations.
Depository Back Office application (DpSecure Plus) can be MBD module
CAD 43/2021
accessed through “Non-CBS” tab on CBS homepage under
Dt.24.06.2021
______ by all Branches.
The Oriental Insurance Co. Ltd. has launched a New Health Rs. 25 Lac
CAD 42/2021 Insurance Policy in the name of Bank Saathi Policy. The
Dt.25.06.2021 maximum Sum Insured (S.I) under this scheme will be up to Rs.
______.
PNB / OBC Oriental Royal Mediclaim (RMC) is now Discontinued 30 Days
w.e.f. 01/06/2021. Customers whose Existing Royal Mediclaim
Policies are due for renewal on or before 29th August, 2021, they
CAD 42/2021 can can renew their policy under the existing Royal Mediclaim
Dt.25.06.2021 Policy itself for another 1 year or they can migrate their policies to
Bank Saathi Policy OR any other retail policy of OICL along with
Continuity Benefits on renewal maximum ______ days before
renewal.
Customers whose Existing Royal Mediclaim Policies are due for 30 Days
renewal on or after 29th August, 2021, have the option to migrate
CAD 42/2021
their policy into Bank Saathi Policy OR any other retail policy of
Dt.25.06.2021
OICL along with continuity benefits on renewal maximum
______days before renewal).
CAD 42/2021 Maximum Entry Age is ______ years for all members under 70 years
Dt.25.06.2021 Oriental Insurance Bank Saathi Policy.
Upto three Dependent Children (natural or legally adopted) 91days to 18 years
CAD 42/2021
between the ages of ______ are eligible under Oriental Insurance
Dt.25.06.2021
Bank Saathi Policy.
Under Oriental Insurance Bank Saathi Policy, male child can be 26 years
CAD 42/2021 covered upto the age of ______ years if he is a bonafide regular
Dt.25.06.2021 student and financially dependent. Female child can be covered
until she gets married.
CAD 42/2021 Pre & Post Hospitalisation Expenses under Oriental Insurance 30 & 60 Days
Dt.25.06.2021 Bank Saathi Policy are covered upto ______ Days respectively
Maternity Expenses under Oriental Insurance Bank Saathi Policy 10 Lacs
CAD 42/2021
are covered upto 2.5% of Sum Insured for Sum Insured of INR
Dt.25.06.2021
______& above.
CAD 42/2021 Under Oriental Insurance Bank Saathi Policy, Mental Illness Sum Insured
Dt.25.06.2021 treatment taken as In patient is covered upto ______.
CAD 42/2021 New Born Baby expenses covered upto ______% of Sum Insured 2.50%
Dt.25.06.2021 under Plan B Oriental Insurance Bank Saathi Policy.
Under Oriental Insurance Bank Saathi Policy, ICU limits are 2% ; 1%
CAD 42/2021
______% of the Sum Insured per day upto 10 lacs. For SI levels
Dt.25.06.2021
above 10 Lacs, ______% of every additional 1 Lac of SI
Presently, Demat Account can be opened through Physical Demat Internet Banking Service
CAD 41/2021
Account opening form submitted to the Branch/DBO and Insta
Dt.09.06.2021
Demat through ______s (Individual account only).
An Unique 3-in-1 Account facilityi.e. Bank A/c & Demat A/c with PNB TRIUMPH
CAD 39/2021
the Bank and Trading A/c with any of the partner broker entities is
Dt.29.05.2021
available under ______.
Individual investors can open Demat account on Joint name three
CAD 39/2021
operated jointly by all joint holders only . Maximum______ holders
Dt.29.05.2021
are allowed in joint demat account.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) is applicable for Common Reporting
CAD 39/2021
US resident and US Citizen only, and ______ is applicable for Standard (CRS)
Dt.29.05.2021
residents of countries other than USA.
22
ASBA is an application made by an investor, containing an Application Supported

CAD 39/2021
authorization to Self-Certified Syndicate Bank (SCSB) to block by Blocked Amount
Page
Dt.29.05.2021
funds in applicant’s Bank Account (other than loan account) for

subscribing to an Issue, to the extent of application money, till

finalization of allotment in the issue. Full form of ASBA is ______.
CAD 39/2021 NISM means is a public trust, established by SEBI, the Regulator National Institute of
Dt.29.05.2021 of Securities markets in India. Full form of NISM is ______. Securities Market
CAD 39/2021 The relationship between the Depositories and the Bank shall be Principal and Participant
Dt.29.05.2021 solely that of ______.
Nomination can be made only by individuals holding beneficiary 3 (three)
CAD 39/2021
Demat account either singly or jointly.Maximum upto ______
Dt.29.05.2021
nominations can be made for one depository account
In relation to Demat accounts, the process by which securities of a Transmission
CAD 39/2021 deceased account holder are transferred to the account of the
Dt.29.05.2021 surviving joint holder(s)/nominee/legal heirs of the deceased
account holder is called ______..
Transactions above Rs. ______ for Third Party Products should Rs. 50,000/-
CAD 39/2021
only be accepted through debit to customers account with the
Dt.29.05.2021
Bank or other banks.
Any transaction above Rs.______ in relation to Third Party Rs. 50,000/-
CAD 39/2021
Products is to be undertaken only post- submission of PAN by the
Dt.29.05.2021
customer, in case the same is not already seeded to the account.
ISNP is a digital platform for sales of insurance products through Insurer Self Networking
CAD 36/2021
their digital mediums like website, mobile application, etc. Full Platform
Dt.27.04.2021
form of ISNP is ______,
CAD 36/2021 Presently, the ISNP is functional for solicitation of Life Insurance Canara HSBC OBC Life
Dt.27.04.2021 Business for PNB MetLife India Insurance Co. Ltd. and ______. Insurance Co. Ltd
As per IRDAI, a corporate agent can solicit, procure and distribute 3 (three) in Life
insurance business of maximum ______companies. Insurance, General
CAD 31/2021
Insurance and
Dt.15.04.2021
Standalone Health
Insurance
Under Group Health Insurance, Bank may have Group Insurance any number of
CAD 31/2021
arrangements with ______ Insurance companies for the Insurance companies
Dt.15.04.2021
Insurance needs of its customers.
The tie ups arrangement with Insurance companies will be valid three years
CAD 31/2021
for a period of ______ years or as decided by competent
Dt.15.04.2021
authority.
Extension/continuation of the existing agreements with Insurance Managing Director &
CAD 31/2021
companies will be routed through ORMC for approval by ______. CEO through domain
Dt.15.04.2021
The same shall be placed to RMC and Board for approval. ED
The tie ups arrangement with Insurance companies shall have to 30 days
CAD 31/2021
be disclosed to IRDAI within ______days of entering into such
Dt.15.04.2021
arrangements.
IRDAI stipulates that every corporate agent, where the revenues 50%
from their insurance intermediation activities is more than
CAD 31/2021 ______% of their total revenue from all the activities, shall take
Dt.15.04.2021 out and maintain at all times a professional indemnity insurance
cover throughout the validity of the period of the registration
granted to it.
The limit of indemnity shall be two times the total annual Rs. 15 Lakh ; Rs. 100
CAD 31/2021 remuneration of the Bank derived from their insurance Crore
Dt.15.04.2021 intermediation activities in a year subject to a minimum of Rs.
______ and a maximum of Rs. ______.
The Bank shall furnish half-yearly returns to IRDAI of insurer-wise 31st October and 30th
CAD 31/2021 business placed separately in respect of life, general and health April
Dt.15.04.2021 insurance, in the formats specified by IRDAI, before ______ every
year
CAD 29/2021 The Depository module is now harmonized for PNB 2.0 and is M/s TCS Limited
23
Dt.25.03.2021 being provided through DpSecure Plus application by ______.

CAD 29/2021 Depository Back Office application (DpSecure Plus) can be MBD module
Page
Dt.25.03.2021 accessed through “Non-CBS” tab on CBS homepage under

______ by all Branches

To get income and protection for whole life (till the age of 100 PNB MetLife Century
CAD 28/2021
years), PNB MetLife has launched a new life insurance plan under Plan
Dt.20.03.2021
the name of ______.
PNB MetLife Century Plan provides is Choice of 3 Income options Future Income option
CAD 28/2021
based on customer need i.e. Super Income option, Smart Income
Dt.20.03.2021
option and ______.
Under PNB MetLife Century Plan, customer can get Guaranteed 10% ; 30%
CAD 28/2021
Cash bonus (if declared) @______% under Super Income option
Dt.20.03.2021
and @ ______% under Future Income option
Now, Investors can apply in public issues of debt securities Rs. 2 Lac
CAD 21/2021 through the app/web interface of Stock Exchange(s) with a facility
Dt.17.02.2021 to block funds (ASBA) through Unified Payments Interface (UPI)
mechanism for application value up to Rs. ______.
Our Bank provides depository services to its customers having DEMAT
CAD 20/2021 saving/current accounts with the Bank. Menu option used by
Dt.23.02.2021 Depository Back office (DBO) to link or delink Demat account with
charges Bank account is ______.
CAD 18/2021 To process Debt issue/NCDs (non-convertible debentures), Menu DEBTBID
Dt.16.02.2021 option in CBS is ______ under Branch Module.
CAD 18/2021 To process Debt issue/NCDs (non-convertible debentures), Menu ASBA
Dt.16.02.2021 option in CBS is ______ under Admin Module.
To process Debt issue/NCDs (non-convertible debentures), The DEBTSER
CAD 18/2021
admin user can use menu option ______ for
Dt.16.02.2021
creation/modification/Inquiry of Debt Series
To process Debt issue/NCDs (non-convertible debentures), The DEBTCAT
CAD 18/2021
admin user can use menu option ______for creation/modification
Dt.16.02.2021
of Debt Categories
The admin user can use ______ menu option for downloading the DEBTDNL
CAD 18/2021
records of entered applications for uploading to BSE/NSE Bidding
Dt.16.02.2021
Platform
CAD 18/2021 The admin user can use ______ menu option for uploading the DETBDREF
Dt.16.02.2021 response success/error file received from NSE/ BSE after bidding
For the collection of Fresh and Renewal Premium of PNB MetLife PAYPREM
CAD 18/2021
and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Co.
Dt.16.02.2021
Ltd. (CHOICe), Menu option in CBS is ______.
All the bank account holders in the age group of ______ years will 18 to 70 years
CAD 13/2021
be entitled to join the Group Personal Accident Insurance Product
Dt.03.02.2021
By Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Co. Ltd. (BAGIC)
Under Group Personal Accident Insurance Product By Bajaj ₹4 Lakhs
CAD 13/2021 Allianz General Insurance Co. Ltd. (BAGIC), Maximum Sum
Dt.03.02.2021 Insured that can be offered to a customer even if the customer
have multiple accounts is ₹______ only.
Under Group Personal Accident Insurance Product By Bajaj 15%
CAD 13/2021 Allianz General Insurance Co. Ltd. (BAGIC), Bank will earn a
Dt.03.02.2021 maximum permissible commission of ______% of the premium
mobilized.
Under Group Personal Accident Insurance Product By Bajaj 125%
CAD 13/2021
Allianz General Insurance Co. Ltd. (BAGIC), In case of Permanent
Dt.03.02.2021
Total Disability Compensation will be ______% of Sum Insured
Under Group Personal Accident Insurance Product By Bajaj ₹17/- ; ₹68/-
CAD 13/2021 Allianz General Insurance Co. Ltd. (BAGIC), Premium will be
Dt.03.02.2021 charged @ ______ including GST for Sum Insured of ₹1 Lakh
and ₹_______ including GST for Sum Insured of ₹4 Lakh
CAD 10/2021 Our bank has launched a new Savings cum Protection Plan CHOICe Guaranteed
Dt.25.01.2021 product namely ______. Income4Life
24
CAD 10/2021 Minimum Entry Age under CHOICe Guaranteed Income4Life will 3 years ; 60 years
Dt. be ______as on Last Birthday and Maximum entry age will be
Page
25.01.2021 ______.

Minimum Maturity Age under CHOICe Guaranteed Income4Life 18 years ; 75 years

CAD 10/2021
will be ______as on Last Birthday and Maximum entry age will be
Dt.25.01.2021
______.
CAD 10/2021 Minimum Annual Premium under CHOICe Guaranteed Rs. 24000/- ; No limit
Dt.25.01.2021 Income4Life will be Rs. ______ and Maximum will be Rs.______.
Under PNB MetLife POS Suraksha, On maturity, the amount 100%
CAD 09/2021
payable will be ______% of the total premiums paid by insured
Dt.25.01.2021
excluding taxes.
CAD 09/2021 Under PNB MetLife POS Suraksha, On maturity, No medicals 55 years
Dt.25.01.2021 required till ______ years of age.
Minimum Basic Sum Assured under PNB MetLife POS Suraksha Rs.50,000/- ;
CAD 09/2021
will be Rs. ______ and maximum will be Rs. ______. 25,00,000 (in multiples
Dt.25.01.2021
of 50,000)
CAD 09/2021 Income Payout Period under PNB MetLife POS Suraksha will be 120 months (10 years)
Dt.25.01.2021 _______.
CAD 09/2021 Maximum age at maturity under PNB MetLife POS Suraksha will 65 years
Dt.25.01.2021 be _______.
Bank as a Corporate Agent for General Insurance business can ₹5 crores
solicit, procure and service retail lines of general insurance
CAD 07/2021
products and commercial lines of such insurers having a total sum
Dt.27.01.2021
insured not exceeding Rs. _______ per risk for all insurances
combined.
As per IRDA, Any premium received by the Branch against any 24 hours
CAD 07/2021
proposal/policy should be remitted to the Insurer immediately but
Dt.27.01.2021
not later than _______ of receipt.
As per IRDA, The documents collected at the branch for sourcing 72 hours
CAD 07/2021
of Insurance business should be dispatched to the concerned
Dt.27.01.2021
insurer immediately but not later than ______ of receipt
Customer Care Centre

Doorstep Banking Services can be obtained through outsourced 60:40
CCC 12/2021
agencies – M/s Atyati & M/s Integra as per the area assigned to
Dt.06.08.2021
them respectively in the ratio of ______ respectively.
Under the initiative certain basic banking services under Doorstep Rs.75+GST
CCC 12/2021
Banking Services are offered to customers through designated
Dt.06.08.2021
branches and have a uniform charge of Rs.______.
For all the Doorstep Banking (DSB) service requests received till 06.00PM
CCC 12/2021
03.00PM, these have to be completed by ______ same day and
Dt.06.08.2021
mark completion status in respective vendor portal.
The service requests under Doorstep Banking received after 01.00PM
CCC 12/2021
03.00 PM on a day have to be completed by the designated
Dt.06.08.2021
branch by ______ next working day.
After supplying necessary inputs the customer will be registered 10KM
CCC 12/2021 with the DSB System. The DSB system will locate a branch of the
Dt.06.08.2021 Bank in the service area within ______
from the customer’s location.
A customer’s entitlement to zero liability shall arise where the three working days
deficiency in unauthorized electronic Banking Transactions lies
CCC 10/2021
neither with the bank nor with the customer but lies elsewhere in
Dt.28.07.2021
the system, and the customer notifies the bank within ______ of
receiving the communication.
In cases where the responsibility for the unauthorized electronic Rs. 5000/-
banking transaction lies neither with the bank nor with the
CCC 10/2021 customer, but lies elsewhere in the system and the customer
25
Dt.28.07.2021 notifies such transaction on fourth to seventh day after receiving

the communication from the bank, per transaction liability of the
Page
customer shall be limited to the transaction value or Rs.______,

whichever is lower in BSBD accounts.

Per transaction liability of the customer shall be limited to the Rs. 10000/-
CCC 10/2021
transaction value or Rs.______, whichever is lower in all other SB
Dt.28.07.2021
accounts except BSBDA if reported within 4th to 7th working day.
CCC 10/2021 transaction value or Rs.______, whichever is lower in Prepaid
Dt.28.07.2021 Payment Instruments and Gift Cards if reported within 4th to 7th
working day.
CCC 10/2021 transaction value or Rs.______, whichever is lower in
Dt.28.07.2021 Current/Cash Credit/Overdraft accounts of MSMEs if reported
within 4th to 7th working day.
transaction value or Rs.______, whichever is lower in
CCC 10/2021
Current/Cash Credit/Overdraft accounts of individuals with
Dt.28.07.2021
average anual balance limit upto Rs. 25 Lakh if reported within
4th to 7th working day.
CCC 10/2021
transaction value or Rs.______, whichever is lower in Credit
Dt.28.07.2021
Cards upto Rs. 5 lakh if reported within 4th to 7th working day.
transaction value or Rs.______, whichever is lower in all other
CCC 10/2021
Current/Cash Credit/Overdraft accounts other than MSMEs and
Dt.28.07.2021
individuals with average anual balance limit upto Rs. 25 Lakh if
reported within 4th to 7th working day.
CCC 10/2021
transaction value or Rs.______, whichever is lower in Credit
Dt.28.07.2021
Cards above Rs. 5 lakh if reported within 4th to 7th working day.
The customer will bear the entire loss until he reports the Rs. 25000/-
unauthorized transaction to the bank. However, depending on
case to case basis, Bank may compensate customer an amount
CCC 10/2021
of maximum Rs ______ (if reported beyond 7th Working day and
Dt.28.07.2021
within 30 days) irrespective of the fact whether there is single or
multiple number of transactions or transaction amount whichever
is lower.
On being notified by the customer, the Bank shall credit( shadow 10 working days
reversal) the amount involved in the unauthorized electronic
CCC 10/2021
transaction to the customer’s account within ______ from the date
Dt.28.07.2021
of such notification by the customer (without waiting for settlement
of insurance claim , if any) .
The burden of proving the customer liability in case of DBD Division ; FRMD
unauthorized electronic Banking transactions shall lie on the
CCC 10/2021 Bank. Such cases of Zero liability / limited liability of customers
Dt.28.07.2021 and compensation amount shall be examined and decided by
______ in case of unauthorized electronic transactions and by
______ in case of fraudulent electronic transactions.
In case verification of the entry reported to be erroneous by the seven working days
CCC 10/2021 customer does not involve a third party, the bank will endeavor to
Dt.28.07.2021 complete the process of verification within a maximum period of
_______ from the date of reporting of erroneous debit.
In case, the verification involves a third party or where verification one month
CCC 10/2021 is to be done at overseas centers, the bank shall complete the
Dt.28.07.2021 verification process within a maximum period of ________ from
the date of reporting of erroneous transaction by the customer.
Where it is established that bank had issued and activated a credit twice the value of
card without written consent of the recipient, the bank would not charges
CCC 10/2021
26
only reverse the charges immediately but also pay a penalty

Dt.28.07.2021
without demur to the recipient amounting to ______ reversed as
Page
per regulatory guidelines in this regard.

In case a cheque has been paid after stop payment instruction is two working days
CCC 10/2021 acknowledged by the bank, the bank shall reverse the transaction
Dt.28.07.2021 within _______ after receiving the intimation and give value-dated
credit to protect the interest of the customer.
In case of delay in collection of local cheques, If the proceeds of Saving Bank Rate
CCC 10/2021 cheque under collection were to be credited to Savings Bank or
Dt.28.07.2021 Current account of the customer, interest shall be paid at the rate
of ______ for the period of delay.
In case of delay in collection of outstation cheques, If the Saving Bank Rate
proceeds of cheque under collection were to be credited to
CCC 10/2021 Savings Bank or Current account of the customer, interest shall
Dt.28.07.2021 be paid at the rate of ______ for the period of delay beyond
7/10/14 days as the case may be in collection of outstation
cheques.
In case of delay in collection of outstation cheques, If the higher
CCC 10/2021 Savings Bank or Current account of the customer and where the
Dt.28.07.2021 delay is beyond 14 days but up to 90 days, interest will be paid at
the rate applicable to term deposit for the corresponding period or
Saving Bank rate, whichever is ______.
In case of delay in collection of outstation cheques, If the term deposit
CCC 10/2021 Savings Bank or Current account of the customer, Interest for
Dt.28.07.2021 extraordinary delays, i.e. delays exceeding 90 days, will be paid at
the rate of 2% above the rate applicable to ______for the
corresponding period.
In case of delay in collection of outstation cheques, If the overdraft/loan account
proceeds of cheque under collection were to be credited to an
CCC 10/2021
overdraft / loan account of the customer, Interest for delayed
Dt.28.07.2021
collection shall be paid at the the rate applicable to the ______ for
the period of delay.
In case of delay in collection of outstation cheques, If the 2%
proceeds of cheque under collection were to be credited to an
CCC 10/2021 overdraft / loan account of the customer, Interest for extraordinary
Dt.28.07.2021 delays, i.e. delays exceeding 90 days interest for delayed
collection will be paid at the rate of ______% above the rate
applicable to the loan account.
In case of delay in Collection of Cheques / Instruments (Payable savings bank interest
Outside India), authorized Dealers shall pay or send Intimation,
CCC 10/2021 as the case may be, to the beneficiary in two working days from
Dt.28.07.2021 the date of receipt of credit advice / nostro statement. In case of
delay, the bank shall pay the beneficiary interest @ 2 % over its
______ rate.
In case of delay in crediting the beneficiary customer’s account or two percent
in returning the un-credited amount to the remitter in case of
CCC 10/2021 NEFT, Bank shall pay penal interest at the current RBI LAF Repo
Dt.28.07.2021 Rate plus _______ for the period of delay/till the date of refund as
the case may be to the affected customers suo moto, without
waiting for claim from customers.
On receipt of credit advice/statement of Nostro/Vostro account, two working days ;
the Bank shall transfer funds to the credit of exporter’s account export credit
CCC 10/2021 within ______. If this stipulated time limit is not observed, Bank
Dt.28.07.2021 shall pay compensation for the delayed period at the minimum
interest rate charged on ________ as advised by RBI from time to
time.
In case of payment of Inward Remittance, Bank shall pay or send two working days ;
27
intimation, as the case may be, to the beneficiary within ______ savings bank interest
CCC 10/2021
from the date of receipt of credit advice/nostro statement. In case
Dt.28.07.2021
Page
of delay, Bank shall pay the beneficiary interest @ 2% over the

______ rate.

In the event a cheque or an instrument accepted for collection is 15 days

lost in transit or in the clearing process or at the paying bank’s
branch, bank will pay interest on the amount of the cheque for a
CCC 10/2021
further period of ______ days at Savings Bank rate to provide for
Dt.28.07.2021
likely further delay in obtaining duplicate cheque/instrument and
collection thereof in addition to the interest for the period of delay
beyond 7/10/14 days.
Duplicate draft will be issued within ______ from the receipt of a fortnight ; fixed
such request from the purchaser along with submission of deposit
CCC 10/2021 documents as prescribed by the bank. For delay beyond the
Dt.28.07.2021 above stipulated period, interest at the rate applicable for ______
of corresponding period will be paid as compensation to the
customer for such delay.
All the pensioners are compensated for the delayed period, if 8%
CCC 10/2021
delay is on the part of the Bank, beyond the due date at a fixed
Dt.28.07.2021
interest rate of _______%.
In the event of receipt of any complaint from the customer that 7 working days
Bank’s representative / courier or Direct Selling Agent (DSA) has
engaged in any improper conduct or acted in violation of the Code
of Bank’s Commitment to Customers which the bank has adopted
CCC 10/2021
voluntarily, the bank is committed to investigate the matter and
Dt.28.07.2021
endeavor to communicate the findings to the customer within
______ from the date of receipt of complaint and wherever
justified, compensate the customer for financial losses, if any, as
contemplated under this policy.
In terms of the guidelines for lenders liability, and the Code of 15 days
Bank’s Commitment to Customers adopted by the bank, the bank
CCC 10/2021
would return to the borrowers all the securities/documents/title
Dt.28.07.2021
deeds to mortgaged property within ______ of repayment of all
dues agreed to or contracted.
Where the Branch after adjustment of the loan account does not Savings Bank
remit/ credit the remaining amount of the pledged FD to the
CCC 10/2021 customer’s account but keeps the balance in Sundry Account, the
Dt.28.07.2021 Bank will compensate to the customer the interest as payable for
the amount kept in the Sundry account at ______Rate, if the
customer has not been duly informed.
RBI directed that no changes/corrections should be carried out on date for validation period
the cheques. For any changes in the payee’s name, courtesy
CCC 10/2021
amount (amount in figures) or legal amount (amount in words) etc.
Dt.28.07.2021
excepting change in the ______, fresh cheque forms should be
used by customers.
As per Customer Compensation Policy for ASBA of our Bank, Any three months
applicant (RII) whose application has not been considered for
CCC 10/2021
allotment, due to failure on the part of the bank, shall have the
Dt.28.07.2021
option to seek redressal of the same within ______ months of the
listing date.
As per Customer Compensation Policy for ASBA of our Bank, On 15%
receipt of application/s for redressal of non-allotment due to failure
CCC 10/2021 on the part of the bank, the branch where cause of action has
Dt.28.07.2021 arisen will resolve the same within 15 days, failing which it will pay
the interest at the rate of ______% per annum for any delay
beyond the said period of 15 days.
In order to provide an efficient redressal mechanism for Rs.100/- per day or 15%
complaints from investors pertaining to Block/Unblock of funds of per annum of the
CCC 10/2021
ASBA (IPO) applications submitted via using UPI platform, to application amount,
Dt.28.07.2021
protect the interest of investors and to avoid any opportunity loss, whichever is higher
28
the compensation by SCSBs shall be ______.

As per Customer Compensation Policy for ASBA of our Bank, If Rs.100/- ; 15%
CCC 10/2021
Page
there is any delay in resolving the grievance beyond the date of

Dt.28.07.2021
receipt of complaint from investor, for each daydelay, the

compensation by Post Issue Lead Managers shall be Rs.______

per day or ______% per annum of the application amount,
whichever is higher in addition
to the compensation by SCSBs.
With a view to streamline the monitoring and resolution of Centralized Grievance
CCC 09/2021 Banking Ombudsman complaints, it has been decided that all Redressal &
Dt.08.06.2021 records related to Banking Ombudsman complaints shall now be Management System
digitized through ______ portal. (CGRMS)
The Nodal Officers handling Banking Ombudsman complaints T + 1 days
shall ensure that all the complaints received at CMS portal are
CCC 09/2021
downloaded on daily basis and the data is then shared with
Dt.08.06.2021
respective Circle Offices. Circle Offices will then enter the details
of the complaints into CGRMS portal latest by ______.
Doorstep Banking Service is aimed at providing certain basic 70 years
CCC 07/2021 banking services to senior citizens of more than ______ years of
Dt.31.03.2021 age and differently abled persons at the doorstep of such
customers in an effective and transparent manner.
At present, our Bank is offering Doorstep Banking Services 5 KMs (2 KMs for hilly/
CCC 07/2021 (DSBS) through branches to senior citizens of more than 70 difficult areas)
Dt.31.03.2021 years of age and differently abled persons within a radius of
_______ of a branch.
Doorstep Banking Services (DSBS) for senior citizens of more E or S, F or S
CCC 07/2021 than 70 years of age and differently abled persons will be made
Dt.31.03.2021 available to Single account holders and Joint account holders
with______ only.
CCC 07/2021 Branches not falling under cluster approach, the Doorstep Large/ Special Branch
Dt.31.03.2021 Banking Service to be provided as mandatory basis by ______.
CCC 07/2021 Branches not falling under cluster approach, the Doorstep Small / Medium Branch
Dt.31.03.2021 Banking Service will be provided as Best Effort Basis by ______.
CCC 07/2021 The Doorstep Banking Services through ______ will be offered to outsourced agencies
Dt.31.03.2021 all customers without any age/ physical ability criteria.
Pick up of Cash deposit and delivery of cash withdrawal up to Rs. Rs. 20,000/-
CCC 07/2021
______ will be provided by branches under Doorstep Banking
Dt.31.03.2021
Service.
CCC 07/2021 Under Doorstep Banking Service, Delivery of cash withdrawal minimum Rs.1000/ and
Dt.31.03.2021 through DSB Agent will be provided Rs. ______ maximum Rs.10,000/-
A Senior Citizen / Differently Abled customer/other customers are Rs. 100/- + GST
CCC 07/2021
required to bear the service charges @______ for Non-Financial
Dt.31.03.2021
& Financial Doorstep Banking Service provided through Branch.
A Senior Citizen / Differently Abled customer/other customers are 75/- + GST
CCC 07/2021 required to bear the service charges @______ for Non-Financial
Dt.31.03.2021 & Financial Doorstep Banking Service provided through
Authorized 3rd Party Agent.
Under Doorstep Banking Service, Any change in the charges will 30 days
CCC 07/2021
be notified to customers in advance at least ______ days before
Dt.31.03.2021
implementation.
For Life Certificate Pick-Up through branches from Rs. 60/-+GST
CCC 07/2021
pensioners/family pensioners under Doorstep Banking Service,
Dt.31.03.2021
service charges will be Rs. ______.
The delivery of Doorstep Banking Service (DSBS) would be T+2 working
CCC 07/2021
completed on best effort basis but not later than______ days
Dt.31.03.2021
(holidays excluded).
CCC 07/2021 Doorstep Banking Services will be offered only within banking 03.00 PM
Dt.31.03.2021 hours and no request shall be entertained after ______.
As per our Policy for Collection of Cheques and Instruments for 3rd working day
the year 2021-22, Bank branches situated at centers where no
29
CCC 06/2021
clearing house exists, would present local cheques on drawee
Dt.30.03.2021
banks across the counter and it would be the bank's endeavor to
Page
credit the proceeds at the earliest but not later than ______ from

the date of deposit by customer.

CCC 06/2021 Cheques / Instruments presented in high value clearing with the Rs.1 Lakh
Dt.30.03.2021 minimum value of Rs.______ shall be credited on the same day
For cheques and other instruments presented at CTS Centres and 7 days
CCC 06/2021
sent for collection to centres within the country, maximum time
Dt.30.03.2021
norms shall be______ days.
For cheques and other instruments presented at non CTS Centres 10 days
CCC 06/2021
and sent for collection to centres within the country, maximum
Dt.30.03.2021
time norms shall be______ days.
Cheques drawn on foreign countries are accepted for collection bank's Nostro Account
on the best of efforts basis. Bank would give credit to the party on
CCC 06/2021
credit of proceeds to the ______ Account with the correspondent
Dt.30.03.2021
bank after taking into account cooling periods as applicable to the
countries concerned.
Interest for delayed collection shall be paid at the ______ rate for Savings Bank
CCC 06/2021
the period of delay beyond 3 working days in case of local
Dt.30.03.2021
cheques.
Interest for delayed collection shall be paid at the ______ rate for Savings Bank
CCC 06/2021
the period of delay beyond 7 days in collection of outstation
Dt.30.03.2021
cheques payable at CTS centres and 10 days in non CTS centres.
As per our Policy for Collection of Cheques and Instruments for term deposit
CCC 06/2021 the year 2021-22, Where the delay is beyond 14 days interest for
Dt.30.03.2021 delayed collection will be paid at the rate applicable for ______ for
the respective period.
As per our Policy for Collection of Cheques and Instruments for 90 days ; 2%
the year 2021-22, In case of extraordinary delay, i.e. delays
CCC 06/2021
exceeding ______ days interest for delayed collection will be paid
Dt.30.03.2021
at the rate of ______% above the corresponding Term Deposit
rate.
In the event the proceeds of cheque under collection was to be loan account ; 2%
credited to an overdraft/loan account of the customer, interest will
CCC 06/2021
be paid at the rate applicable to the______. For extraordinary
Dt.30.03.2021
delays, interest will be paid at the rate of ______% above the rate
applicable to the loan account.
In line with the compensation policy of the bank, in respect of 15 days
instruments lost in transit, bank will pay interest on the amount of
CCC 06/2021 the cheque as compensation in addition to the interest for delayed
Dt.30.03.2021 collection, for a further period of ______ days at Savings Bank
rate to provide for likely further delay in obtaining duplicate
cheque/instrument and collection thereof.
In cases where the cheques need to be re-presented without any 24 hours(excluding
CCC 06/2021
recourse to the payee, such re-presentation shall be made in the holidays)
Dt.30.03.2021
immediate next clearing presentation not later than ______.
Cheque which are deposited with wrong account number 48 working hours
CCC 06/2021
mentioned on the pay-in slip, Bank will return such cheques to the
Dt.30.03.2021
customer on the address mentioned within ______.
Cheque received back unpaid will be returned by post/courier etc. 48 working hours
CCC 06/2021
to the customer within ______ on the address recorded in Bank's
Dt.30.03.2021
database.
In cases with incomplete address, incomplete phone no. or no 3 months
CCC 06/2021 phone number mentioned on the pay-in slip for collection of
Dt.30.03.2021 cheques, the bank will be responsible to keep these instruments
for a maximum period of ______.
In cases of Cheque received back unpaid, If not collected by the 15 days
CCC 06/2021
customer within ______, bank will send back at the recorded
Dt.30.03.2021
address by post or courier.
30
The reason for customer complaint can be divided into 3 main Technology Related
CCC 04/2021
categories i.e. Attitudinal / behavioural aspects in dealing with
Page
Dt.31.03.2021
customers, Operational aspects and ______.

Who lodges the complaint on CGRMS or access CGRMS through PNB One, We Care
CCC 04/2021 Bank’s website, Internet Service, Mobile Banking and Mobile App
Dt.31.03.2021 ,gets an automatic acknowledgement of his complaint. Name the
Mobile App______.
A customer may lodge complaint either in writing or through care@pnb.co.in
CCC 04/2021 electronic means if he is not satisfied with the services provided
Dt.31.03.2021 by the Bank.Customer can submit complaint by post or through e-
mail on ______.
All complaints will be recorded by the Bank in a database. The 3 years
CCC 04/2021 database, along with the acknowledgement letter and other
Dt.31.03.2021 correspondence will be preserved at least for ________ for future
reference.
CGRMS is made available to record complaints received online at Centralized Grievances
CCC 04/2021
Contact Centre, Head office, Circle Offices and CRM enabled Redressal Management
Dt.31.03.2021
branches. Expand the term CGRMS ______. System (CGRMS)
The customers may directly lodge the complaints on CGRMS Bank's Website, Internet
CCC 04/2021
through ______. Banking Services and
Dt.31.03.2021
Mobile Banking
On the recommendations of the _________, Bank has appointed Damodaran Committee
CCC 04/2021 Chief Customer Service Officer (CCSO) to act as Internal
Dt.31.03.2021 Ombudsman (IO) for ensuring that the minimum number of cases
gets escalated to the Banking Ombudsman (BO).
If the complaints are not resolved within _____ or in case the 30 days
CCC 04/2021 customer is not satisfied with the service or redressal provided by
Dt.31.03.2021 the bank, he can also approach the Banking Ombudsman (BO)
located in State Capitals for redressal.
The customers of overseas branches who have not been satisfied General Manager,
CCC 04/2021 by the response of Chief Executive, PNB Hong Kong / Chief International Banking
Dt.31.03.2021 Executive Officer, PNB, BO: DIFC, Dubai in respect of their Division, Head Office
complaints / grievances, may escalate their issues to ______.
Time schedule for redressal of complaints for General complaints 15 days
CCC 04/2021
and Complaints forwarded by RBI/MOF/ MPs/VVIPs/PMO is
Dt.31.03.2021
______ days.
Complaints requiring some time for examination of issues 30 days
CCC 04/2021 involved/detail investigations/enquiries; Bank will send final
Dt.31.03.2021 response or explain reasons for further time required within _____
of receipt of complaint.
Customer Service Committee of the Board chaired by the Chairman / Managing
CCC 04/2021
________ shall periodically review major areas of customer Director & CEO
Dt.31.03.2021
grievances and measures taken to improve customer service.
The Standing Committee on Customer Service will be chaired by Managing Director &
the ________ of the bank. Besides two to three senior executives CEO / Executive
CCC 04/2021
of the bank, the committee would also have two to three eminent Director
Dt.31.03.2021
non executives (one preferably a senior citizen / pensioner) drawn
from the public as members.
The Standing Committee on Customer Service would submit quarterly
CCC 04/2021
report on its performance to the Customer Service Committee of
Dt.31.03.2021
the Board at ______ interval.
As per grievances redressal policy, Bank would appoint a General Manager
CCC 04/2021 Principal Nodal Officer in the rank of ______ at Head Office level
Dt.31.03.2021 who will be responsible for the implementation and monitoring of
grievances redressal for customers in the bank.
Customer Service committees shall meet once in ______ where a month
CCC 04/2021 staff and invited customers shall interact freely on service related
Dt.31.03.2021 issues to discuss the ‘monthly theme’ to be deliberated upon by
the Branch/ Office.
31
Two nominated non-official members are to be invited in the Circle a senior citizen
CCC 04/2021
Level Customer Service Committee Meeting on quarterly basis. A
Dt.31.03.2021
Page
pensioner or in the absence of a pensioner,______ should

invariably be included in the Customer Service Committee by the

Branches and Circle Offices.
Customer Relation Programmes are to be conducted twice a year Circle Office level
CCC 04/2021
at ________, wherein customers from different segments are to
Dt.31.03.2021
be invited and their grievances / suggestions are to be looked into.
Customers’ Day is extended at the organisation structure level 3 pm and 5 pm
and be conducted on 10th of every month or next working Day if
CCC 04/2021
10th is a holiday. Office bearers at respective locations will meet
Dt.31.03.2021
customers and take necessary action for resolution of genuine
customer grievance between ______.
Monthly Theme Based Meeting is held on PAN India level on Rs.150/-
single date in all the branches of the bank to create awareness
among staff on all the products & services of the bank to serve to
CCC 04/2021
our esteemed customers in a better way. For this purpose Monthly
Dt.31.03.2021
Quiz Contest is also conducted with Monthly Theme Based
Meeting at branches and cash incentive of Rs.______ is given to
the winner of the contest.
A in-house monthly magazine named as ______is published with Customer speaks
few selected complaints in verbatim along with the manner in
CCC 04/2021 which the grievance of the customer was resolved and action
Dt.31.03.2021 taken against the erring officials. Further, appreciation given by
the customers be also published in this bulletin to motivate the
staff for better customer service. What is the name of this bulletin?
To improve Customer Service a Performance Linked Award Half Yearly
CCC 04/2021 Scheme “Best Circle for Customer Service Award” has been
Dt.31.03.2021 evolved to award a Circle for providing excellent customer service
through its branches. What is the periodicity of this scheme?
CCC 03/2021 May I help You Counter will be extended at all branches having 10
Dt.31.03.2021 staff strength of ______ or more.
The name/designation/boards of the offices/official of the banks, A and B.
CCC 03/2021
as also the name-boards of the Departments/ Divisions etc. be
Dt.31.03.2021
displayed bilingually in the offices in Regions ______.
Our Bank has designed a Booklet in the name of______. One PNB Customer Guide
copy of this Booklet will be available for easy accessibility to the
CCC 03/2021
customers at the `May I Help You’ Counter and also with the
Dt.31.03.2021
Incumbent In-charge in General Banking branches and with
Second Man in Special branches/ PLPs/ MCCs/ LCBs/ ELCBs.
Bank's Security Officers visit all the High Risk Branches once 6 months ; a year
CCC 03/2021 in______ and other low/normal risk branches once in ______to
Dt.31.03.2021 check the arrangement and guide the staff or whenever an
untoward incident takes place.
The status of working of Security gadgets is mandatorily to be Y
CCC 03/2021
entered in the CBS system in the branches before day end. By
Dt.31.03.2021
default the working status for all the systems is ______.
The duties of clerical staff should be rotated after ______. For six months ; one year
CCC 03/2021
checking staff duties, are to be interchanged at intervals not
Dt.31.03.2021
exceeding ______.
CCC 03/2021 All officers are imparted training once in ______ months and 18 months ; 24
Dt.31.03.2021 workman staff once in ______ months. months
A unique functionality in the name of ______ has been Ask a Question
CCC 03/2021 implemented on knowledge centre website, a communication tool
Dt.31.03.2021 between field functionaries and subject matter experts i.e.
Faculties in Training Centres.
For senior citizens more than ______ years of age and differently 70 years
abled or infirm persons ( having medically certified chronic illness
CCC 02/2021
or disability) including those who are visually impaired, concerted
32
Dt.31.03.2021
efforts will be made to provide door step banking for basic
banking.
Page
CCC 02/2021 As per our Customer Rights Policy, bank will inform the customer one month/30 days

Dt.31.03.2021 of any change in the terms and conditions through displaying on

website of the Bank or a letter or Statement of Account, SMS or
email as agreed by the customer, at least ______ prior to the
revised terms and conditions becoming effective.
As per our Customer Rights Policy, If the bank has made any 30 days
CCC 02/2021 change in the terms and conditions without giving such notice
Dt.31.03.2021 which is favourable to the customer, it will notify the change within
______ of such change.
As per our Customer Rights Policy, If the change in the terms and 30 days ; 60 days
conditions is adverse to the customer, prior notice of minimum
CCC 02/2021 ______ days will be provided and the customer may be provided
Dt.31.03.2021 options, to close the account or switch to any other eligible
account without having to pay the revised charge or interest within
______ of such notice.
As per our Customer Rights Policy, bank will acknowledge all three ; 15 days
formal complaints (including complaints lodged through electronic
CCC 02/2021 means) within ______working days and work to resolve it within a
Dt.31.03.2021 reasonable period, not exceeding ______ days (including the time
for escalation and examination of the complaint by the highest
ranking internal official responsible for grievance redressal).
Cyber and Information Security Division

______ is a security software that enables the Bank to implement Mobile device
CSID 14/2021
policies that secure, monitor and manage end-user devices such management (MDM)
Dt. 01.11.2021
as laptops, mobiles and tablets.
All officer of the Bank in Scale ______ should install MDM on the Scale 3 and above
CSID 14/2021
mobiles/laptops to securely access applications such as E-Mail,
Dt. 01.11.2021
HRMS etc.
a technique to obtain confidential information such as usernames, Phishing
CSID 13/2021 passwords, and debit/credit card details, by impersonating as a
Dt. 18.10.2021 trustworthy entity in an electronic communication and replay the
same details for malicious reasons is called ______.
______ are type of malicious software (malware) that encrypts the Ransomware
CSID 11/2021
contents of a computer and demands payment/ ransom to unlock
Dt. 24.09.2021
it.
The word ‘malware’ is a combination of the words ‘malicious’ and software
CSID 11/2021 ______. It includes whole range of malicious software designed to
Dt. 24.09.2021 compromise, damage or destroy your computer, device, network,
or the data contained within.
______ is the process of encoding messages (or information) in Encryption
CSID 11/2021
such a way that hackers cannot read it, but the authorised users
Dt. 24.09.2021
can access it.
______are individuals or groups who seek to disrupt systems and Hacktivists
CSID 09/2021 networks for a variety of motives, including notoriety, financial gain
Dt. 30.04.2021 or political agendas. They connect across borders to overwhelm
targeted websites and access sensitive information.
CSID 09/2021 The organizations who seek account information to make Cyber Crime Syndicates
Dt. 30.04.2021 fraudulent transactions or to siphon-off money is called______.
Trusted individuals who are motivated to compromise the Malicious Insiders
CSID 09/2021 confidentiality, integrity or availability of an organization’s
Dt. 30.04.2021 information and information systems is called ______. Their
motives may include financial gain, revenge or ideology.
CSID 09/2021 A collection of tools that are used to obtain administrator-level Rootkit
Dt. 30.04.2021 access to a computer or a network of computers is called ______.
33
A collection of software robots or bots that run automated tasks Botnet (Also called a
CSID 09/2021
over the Internet is called ______. It is a group of computers “zombie army”)
Page
Dt. 30.04.2021
connected to the Internet that have been compromised by a

hacker using a computer virus or Trojan horse.

The Botnet is under the command of a ______, usually to perform “Bot Herder” or a “Bot
CSID 09/2021
nefarious activities by running programs such as worms Trojan Master”
Dt. 30.04.2021
horses or backdoors.
An attack involves the alteration of SQL statements that are used SQL Injection
CSID 09/2021
within a web application using attacker-supplied data is known as
Dt. 30.04.2021
______.
______attack allows an attacker to log on to an application, Authentication Bypass
CSID 09/2021
potentially with administrative privileges, without supplying a valid
Dt. 30.04.2021
username and password.
______ is a type of malware that prevents or limits users from Ransomware
CSID 09/2021
accessing their system, either by locking the system's screen or by
Dt. 30.04.2021
locking the users' files unless a ransom is paid.
______ is an attack on a website that changes the visual Website defacement
CSID 09/2021 appearance of the site or a webpage. These are typically the work
Dt. 30.04.2021 of system crackers, who break into a web server and replace the
hosted website with one of their own.
______is an attack situation in which one person or program Spoofing
CSID 09/2021
successfully masquerades as another by falsifying data, thereby
Dt. 30.04.2021
gaining an illegitimate advantage.
______is the exploitation of a valid computer session to gain Session Hijacking
unauthorized access to information or services in a computer (Sometimes it is also
CSID 09/2021
system. Once the user's session has been accessed, the attacker known as, cookie
Dt. 30.04.2021
can masquerade as that user and do anything the user is hijacking)
authorized to do on the computer.
______ is an attack where the attacker secretly relays and Man in the Middle Attack
CSID 09/2021
possibly alters the communication between two parties who
Dt. 30.04.2021
believe they are directly communicating with each other.
______ is a security model that outlines the phases of a cyber- Cyber Kill chain
CSID 03/2021 attack. Understanding the stages of an attack will help
Dt. 30.03.2021 organizations to plan for preventing and detecting malicious
intruders.
______ is a type of software program designed to prevent, detect Antimalware (anti-
CSID 03/2021
and remove malicious software (malware) on IT systems, as well malware)
Dt. 30.03.2021
as individual computing devices.
______ is a kind of software used to prevent, scan, detect and
CSID 03/2021 delete viruses from a computer. Once installed, most antivirus
Dt. 30.03.2021 software run automatically in the background to provide real-time
protection against virus attacks.
A birthday attack is a type of ______, which exploits the cryptographic attack
CSID 03/2021
mathematics behind the birthday problem in probability theory to
Dt. 30.03.2021
create hash collision.
______ is a cryptographic hack that relies on guessing possible Brute force attack
combinations of a targeted password until the correct password is
CSID 03/2021
discovered. The longer the password, the more combinations that
Dt. 30.03.2021
will need to be tested. This approach is generally used by
attackers to crack the password of critical systems of the victim.
Deception also known as ______ is a deliberate and controlled act Cyber deception
to conceal our networks, create uncertainty and confusion against
CSID 03/2021
the adversary's efforts to establish situational awareness, and to
Dt. 30.03.2021
influence and misdirect adversary perceptions and decision
processes.
______ is the act of listening in on a transaction, communication, Eavesdropping
data transfer or conversation. Eavesdropping can be used to refer
CSID 03/2021
to both data packet capture on a network link (also known as
Dt. 30.03.2021
sniffing or packet capture) and to audio recording using a
34
microphone (or listening with ears).

CSID 03/2021 A process involves using communications encryption to make End-to-End Encryption
Page
Dt. 30.03.2021 information unavailable to unauthorized users is called ______.

A firewall is a network security system designed to prevent private network

unauthorized access to or from a ______. Firewalls can be
CSID 03/2021
implemented as both hardware and software, or a combination of
Dt. 30.03.2021
both. Firewall is a gateway that limits access between networks in
accordance with local security policy.
Heuristics are generally used in ______ alongside scanning antivirus software
CSID 03/2021 solutions as a way to estimate where malicious code is on your
Dt. 30.03.2021 computer. What may be referred to as a “heuristic virus” is the
detection of possible malware, adware, Trojans, or other threats.
______ are Programs that simulate one or more network services Honey pot
CSID 03/2021 that are designated on the computer's ports. An attacker assumes
Dt. 30.03.2021 you're running vulnerable services that can be used to break into
the machine.
HIDS is an intrusion detection system that monitors and analyses Host-Based Intrusion
CSID 03/2021
information from the operating system audit records occurring on Detection System
Dt. 30.03.2021
the host. Expand the term HIDS ______.
The IoT is a system of interrelated computing devices, mechanical internet of things
and digital machines, objects, animals or people that are provided
CSID 03/2021
with unique identifiers (UIDs) and the ability to transfer data over a
Dt. 30.03.2021
network without requiring human-to-human or human-to-computer
interaction. Expand the term IoT ______.
______is the exploitation of physical and software vulnerabilities in Jackpotting
automated banking machines that result in the machines
CSID 03/2021
dispensing cash. The culprits use a portable computer to
Dt. 30.03.2021
physically connect to the ATM along and use malware to target the
machine's cash dispenser.
Any attack that uses a forged identity (such as a network identity) Masquerade Attack
CSID 03/2021
to gain unofficial access to a personal or organizational computer
Dt. 30.03.2021
is called as ______.
NBAD is the continuous monitoring of a network for unusual Network behavior
events or trends. NBAD is an integral part of network behavior anomaly detection
CSID 03/2021 analysis (NBA), which offers security in addition to that provided
Dt. 30.03.2021 by traditional anti-threat applications such as firewalls, intrusion
detection systems, NBAD solutions can also monitor the behavior
of individual network subscribers. Expand the term NBAD ______.
In cyber security, ______ is a tactic used to make computer code obfuscation
CSID 03/2021
obscure or unclear, so that humans or certain security programs
Dt. 30.03.2021
(such as traditional antivirus) can’t understand it.
______ is obtaining sensitive personal information like User ID, Phishing
CSID 03/2021
Password, PIN, OTP etc. from the victim and then using the same
Dt. 30.03.2021
to commit fraud on the victim.
______ is sending targeted emails by attackers to specific group Spear Phishing
CSID 03/2021 of individuals which will contain specific information about the
Dt. 30.03.2021 target which will encourage the target to do something that they
might not otherwise do.
______ is a form of spear phishing which targets a particular Whaling
CSID 03/2021
individual of high rank within a company, to gain sensitive personal
Dt. 30.03.2021
or business information.
A______is a series of messages sent by someone attempting to port scan
CSID 03/2021 break into a computer to learn which computer network services,
Dt. 30.03.2021 each associated with a "well-known" port number, the computer
provides.
______ is the process of editing or masking the data by combining Redaction
CSID 03/2021
multiple sources so that the actual data is never visible to other
Dt. 30.03.2021
than authorized persons.
______ is a method of isolating application modules into distinct Sandboxing
35
CSID 03/2021 fault domains enforced by software. This is a technique which

Dt. 30.03.2021 allows untrusted programs written in an unsafe language, such as
Page
C, to be executed safely within the single virtual address space of

an application.
The removal of data so that it is unrecoverable from a given media Sanitization
CSID 03/2021
form to a level commensurate with the sensitivity of the information
Dt. 30.03.2021
is called ______.
SIEM is a set of network security tools, often packaged as a Security Information and
complete security solution, used by IT professionals and system Event Management
CSID 03/2021
administrators to manage multiple security applications and
Dt. 30.03.2021
devices, and to respond automatically to resolve security
incidents. Expand the term SIEM ______.
______ is a method of taking over a Web user session by Session hijacking, also
surreptitiously obtaining the session ID and masquerading as the known as TCP session
CSID 03/2021
authorized user. Once the user's session ID has been accessed hijacking
Dt. 30.03.2021
(through session prediction), the attacker can masquerade as that
user and do anything the user is authorized to do on the network.
SHA is a hash algorithm with the property that is computationally Secure Hash Algorithm
CSID 03/2021 infeasible 1) to find a message that corresponds to a given
Dt. 30.03.2021 message digest, or 2) to find two different messages that produce
the same message digest. Expand the term SHA ______.
Methods of hiding the existence of a message or other data is Steganography
CSID 03/2021 known as ______. This is different than cryptography, which hides
Dt. 30.03.2021 the meaning of a message but does not hide the message itself.
An example of this method is "invisible" ink.
Software that is secretly or surreptitiously installed into an Spyware
CSID 03/2021 information system to gather information on individuals or
Dt. 30.03.2021 organizations without their knowledge. This is a type of malicious
code and known as ______.
SOAR is a combination of software programs and tools that allow Security Orchestration
CSID 03/2021 organisations to synthesise and automate security operations, Automation and
Dt. 30.03.2021 threat intelligence and incident response. Expand the term SOAR Response
______.
A discussion-based exercise where personnel meet in a Tabletop exercise
classroom setting or breakout groups and are presented with a
CSID 03/2021
scenario to validate the content of plans, procedures, policies,
Dt. 30.03.2021
cooperative agreements or other information for managing an
incident is called ______.
CSID 03/2021 An individual, group, organization, or government that conducts or Threat actor / Threat
Dt. 30.03.2021 has the intent to conduct detrimental activities is called ______. agent
______ is the process of proactively searching across networks Cyber threat hunting
CSID 03/2021
and endpoints to identify threats that evade existing security
Dt. 30.03.2021
controls.
A computer program that appears to have a useful function, but Trojan horse
also has a hidden and potentially malicious function that evades
CSID 03/2021
security mechanisms, sometimes by exploiting legitimate
Dt. 30.03.2021
authorizations of a system entity that invokes the program is called
______.
______is a form of phishing performed over the telephone or voice Vishing (short for Voice
over IP (VoIP) technology, such as Skype. Unsuspecting victims over IP phishing)
CSID 03/2021 are duped into revealing sensitive or personal information via
Dt. 30.03.2021 telephone calls, VoIP calls or even voice mail. This sensitive
information are used for committing financial frauds by identity
theft.
A restricted-use, logical computer network that is constructed from Virtual Private Network
CSID 03/2021 the system resources often by using encryption (located at hosts (VPN)
Dt. 30.03.2021 or gateways), and often by tunneling links of the virtual network
across the real network is called ______.
WAF is a firewall that monitors, filters or blocks data packets as Web application firewall
36
CSID 03/2021 they travel to and from a Web application. A WAF can be either
Dt. 30.03.2021 network-based, host- based or cloud-based and is often deployed
Page
through a proxy and placed in front of one or more Web

applications. Expand the term WAF ______.

A computer program that can run independently, can propagate a Worm
CSID 03/2021 complete working version of itself onto other hosts on a network,
Dt. 30.03.2021 and may consume computer resources destructively is called
______.
A zero-day vulnerability is a software, hardware or firmware flaw zero-day exploit
CSID 03/2021
unknown to the manufacturer. When hackers leverage that flaw to
Dt. 30.03.2021
conduct a cyberattack, it's called a ______.
Customers and general public are getting SMS wherein the users SMSHING (a
CSID 02/2021 are lured to click on the link provided in the SMS text which has combination of the
Dt. 24.03.2021 led to frauds against the users. This type of social engineering words SMS and
attack is called ______. phishing)
Digital Banking Division

DBD 66/2021 Now Issuance charges under Rupay Platinum Debit Cards will be NIL
Dt.16.11.2021 Rs. ______.
DBD 66/2021 Accidental death insurance of Rs. ______ is available to primary Rs. 2 lacs
Dt.16.11.2021 card holder under Rupay Platinum Debit Cards.
Annual charges on Rupay Platinum Debit Cards have been Rs. 250 (plus taxes)
DBD 66/2021 increased from existing Rs. 150 (plus taxes) to Rs. ______ (plus
Dt.16.11.2021 taxes). Revised AMC is applicable only on fresh Debit Cards
issued with NIL Issuance fees.
Under Rupay Select Debit Cards(Card Type- SI), Card issuance Rs. 250 (plus taxes) ;
DBD 66/2021
charges have been reduced to Rs. ______ (plus taxes) for NIL
Dt.16.11.2021
customers and Rs. ______ for staff members.
DBD 66/2021 Accidental death insurance of Rs. ______ is available to primary Rs. 10 lacs
Dt.16.11.2021 card holder under Rupay Select Debit Cards(Card Type- SI).
Annual charges on Rupay Select Debit Cards have been Rs. 500 (plus taxes)
DBD 66/2021
increased from existing Rs. 400 (plus taxes) to Rs. ______ (plus
Dt.16.11.2021
taxes) up to 31-03-2022 post which it will be reviewed.
Based upon revised RBI direction, our bank has decided to allow PPSUR
DBD 64/2021
surrender of PNB Uphaar Cards. The Uphaar Cards shall be
Dt.15.11.2021
surrendered through ______ menu option
There are two types of IMPS transactions: 1. P2A (Person to P2P (Person to Person)
DBD 61/2021
Account) using Account number & IFSC and 2. ______. using MMID & Mobile
Dt.10.11.2021
number
DBD 61/2021 MMID (Mobile Money Identifier) is a ______digit unique number 7-digit
Dt.10.11.2021 issued by Banks.
Mobile Number and ______ are required to remit the funds MMID (Mobile Money
DBD 61/2021
through IMPS (Immediate Payment Service) under P2A (Person Identifier)
Dt.10.11.2021
to Account) transactions.
With the increasing use of digital channels for undertaking various Rs. 5 lakh (Enhance
banking and financial transactions and as per regulatory from Rs. 2 lakh)
DBD 61/2021
guidelines, the limits of IMPS have been revised for P2A type of
Dt.10.11.2021
transactions only. Revised upper limit of IMPS through IBS / MBS
will be Rs. ______ per transaction.
Revised upper limit of IMPS through Branches (Transfer mode) Rs. 5 lakh (Enhance
DBD 61/2021
for P2A type of transactions only will be Rs. ______ per from Rs. 50,000/-)
Dt.10.11.2021
transaction.
RBI issued a guideline for implementation of cassette swap in all Rs. 7 Lac
ATMs of Bank in order to mitigate risks involved in open cash
DBD 58/2021 replenishment/ top-up. For Implementation of Cassette Swap,
Dt.28.10.2021 Cassettes for ATM/BNA for ATM Category – A will be assessed
on the basis of Average of 7 peak dispensation greater than or
37
equal to Rs. ______.

DBD 58/2021 RBI issued a guideline for implementation of cassette swap in all Rs. 4 Lac
Page
Dt.28.10.2021 ATMs of Bank in order to mitigate risks involved in open cash

replenishment/ top-up. For Implementation of Cassette Swap,

Cassettes for ATM/BNA for ATM Category – B will be assessed
on the basis of Average of 7 peak dispensation greater than or
equal to Rs. ______ and less than Rs. 7 Lac.
RBI issued a guideline for implementation of cassette swap in all Rs. 4 Lac
ATMs of Bank in order to mitigate risks involved in open cash
DBD 58/2021 replenishment/ top-up. For Implementation of Cassette Swap,
Dt.28.10.2021 Cassettes for ATM/BNA for ATM Category – C will be assessed
on the basis of Average of 7 peak dispensation less than Rs.
______.
In view of improving the security of digital transactions, Reserve Completely Automated
DBD 57/2021 Bank of India has advised Banks to have strong CAPTCHA at the Public Turing Test to
Dt.14.10.2021 time of login into Internet Banking applications for Retail and Tell Computers and
Corporate customers. CAPTCHA stands for ______. Humans Apart
DOST portal has been developed to monitor the performance of DBD One Stop Tracker
the Digital Marketing Officers (DMOs) wherein all the DMOs will
DBD 56/2021
be required to update their daily business leads and get the same
Dt.08.10.2021
verified by their respective Deputy Circle Heads. The terms DOST
stands for ______.
Our bank has launched Virtual Debit Card which can be used for Rs. 60,000
DBD 55/2021 E Comm transactions at all merchant sites through Second factor
Dt.07.10.2021 authentication (OTP). The per day limit for E Comm transactions
through Virtual Debit Card will be Rs. ______.
All eligible customers using PNB One App can apply for Virtual No charge
DBD 55/2021
Debit Card. Issuance and AMC charges will be levied @ ______
Dt.07.10.2021
for these Debit Cards.
NPCI has tied up with NETS Singapore to enable international NETS enabled POS
DBD 51/2021
transactions for Domestic Rupay Debit Cards at ______. This terminals in Singapore
Dt.13.09.2021
facility will be further extended to other countries.
Our Bank has approved three vendors for supply, installation and five years
maintenance of E- surveillance System at Bank’s ATMs/BNAs/e-
DBD 50/2021
Lobbies/Sites on monthly rental basis (Opex Model). Contract with
Dt.07.09.2021
these vendors will be valid till for ______ years from the date of
signing SLA unless terminated earlier by Bank.
Vendors empanelled with Bank for implementation of E- M/s Hitachi Payments
DBD 50/2021
Surveillance solution are 1. M/s CMS Info Systems Ltd 2. M/s Services Private Limited
Dt.07.09.2021
NCR Corporation India Private Limited and 3. ______.
Allocation of Sites for installation and maintenance of E- 45:30:25
DBD 50/2021 surveillance System amongst M/s CMS Info Systems Ltd , M/s
Dt.07.09.2021 NCR Corporation India Private Limited and M/s Hitachi Payments
Services Private Limited will be in the ratio of ______
Under E- surveillance System at Bank’s ATMs/BNAs/e- 120 days
Lobbies/Sites, Images and Video for Verification locally as well on
DBD 50/2021
cloud should be stored upto ______ days. Images and Video
Dt.07.09.2021
footages related to any incident detected/deterred should be
stored beyond this period and till the closure of the case.
Under E- surveillance System at Bank’s ATMs/BNAs/e- till the dispute is
DBD 50/2021 Lobbies/Sites, To provide images and video footages for the resolved
Dt.07.09.2021 disputed ATM transactions, images and video will be stored up to
______ days.
Under E- surveillance System at Bank’s ATMs/BNAs/e- 15 months
Lobbies/Sites, Video footages related to unsuccessful/disputed/
DBD 50/2021
fraudulent transaction will be flagged by Bank and should be
Dt.07.09.2021
stored till the closure/resolution of case or ______ months from
the date of flagging.
Under E- surveillance System at Bank’s ATMs/BNAs/e- 60 seconds
DBD 50/2021
38
Lobbies/Sites, Pre-recorded message of minimum ______ should

Dt.07.09.2021
be played to deter any theft/burglary or any suspicious activity.
Page
DBD 50/2021 Under E- surveillance System at Bank’s ATMs/BNAs/e- 30 minutes

Dt.07.09.2021 Lobbies/Sites, Vendors should have a documented and tested

Business Continuity Plan (BCP), a Disaster Recovery site
according to Disaster Recovery Plan (DRP) and the documents
related to both BCP/DRP should be submitted to the Bank.The
switch over from Primary Command Centre to DR command
center should be within ______.
To attend the site within reasonable time in case of any Metro - 15 minutes
suspicious/untoward incident Quick Response Team (QRT) Urban - 15 to 20
DBD 50/2021 Servises should be available at the site within ______ of reporting minutes
Dt.07.09.2021 of the incident at Command Center Semi-Urban - 20 to 30
minutes
Rural - 30 to 40 minutes
Our Bank is offering Cash@POS facility at all designated Rs. 2,000 ; Rs.
Merchant Establishments. As per RBI guidelines, the revised 10,000
DBD 49/2021
limits for Cash@POS transactions will be Rs. ______ per
Dt.07.09.2021
transaction within the overall monthly withdrawal limit of Rs.
______.
Using Cash@POS facility, all Debit/Pre paid Card holders can Rs. 2,000 ; Rs.
withdraw cash by swiping their card at POS terminal at all 10,000
DBD 48/2021 designated merchant establishments. Now, as per RBI guidelines,
Dt.06.09.2021 the revised limits for Cash@POS transactions will be Rs.
______per transaction within the overall monthly withdrawal limit
of Rs. ______.
Under VISA Classic Debit Cards with International usage / Rs. 25,000 ; Rs.
DBD 48/2021
acceptance facility, ATM cash withdrawal limit will be Rs. ______ 60,000
Dt.06.09.2021
and Transaction Limit for POS +Ecomm will be Rs. ______.
Under VISA Classic Debit Cards with International usage / Nil ; Rs. 150
DBD 48/2021 acceptance facility Card issuance Charge will be Rs. ______ and
Dt.06.09.2021 annual maintainance charge will be Rs. ______ exclusive of
taxes.
Under VISA Gold Debit Cards with International usage / Rs. 50,000 ; Rs.
DBD 48/2021
acceptance facility, ATM cash withdrawal limit will be Rs. ______ 1,25,000
Dt.06.09.2021
Under VISA Gold Cards with International usage / acceptance Rs. 250 ; Rs. 150
DBD 48/2021
facility Card issuance Charge will be Rs. ______ and annual
Dt.06.09.2021
maintainance charge will be Rs. ______ exclusive of taxes.
Under VISA Signature Debit Cards with International usage / Rs. 50,000 ; Rs.
DBD 48/2021
acceptance facility, ATM cash withdrawal limit will be Rs. ______ 1,25,000
Dt.06.09.2021
Under VISA Signature Cards with International usage / Rs. 500 ; Rs. 200
DBD 48/2021 acceptance facility, Card issuance Charge will be Rs. ______ and
Dt.06.09.2021 annual maintainance charge will be Rs. ______ exclusive of
taxes.
Under RuPay Platinum Internationa Debit Cards, ATM cash Rs. 50,000 ; Rs.
DBD 48/2021
withdrawal limit will be Rs. ______ and Transaction Limit for POS 1,25,000
Dt.06.09.2021
+Ecomm will be Rs. ______.
Under RuPay Platinum Internationa Debit Cards, Card issuance Rs. 250 ; Rs. 150
DBD 48/2021
Charge will be Rs. ______ and annual maintainance charge will
Dt.06.09.2021
be Rs. ______ exclusive of taxes.
Under RuPay JCB and RuPay Select Internationa Debit Cards, Rs. 50,000 ; Rs.
DBD 48/2021
ATM cash withdrawal limit will be Rs. ______ and Transaction 1,25,000
Dt.06.09.2021
Limit for POS +Ecomm will be Rs. ______.
Under RuPay JCB Internationa Debit Cards, Card issuance Rs. 250 ; Rs. 100
DBD 48/2021
Dt.06.09.2021
be Rs. ______ exclusive of taxes
Under RuPay Select Internationa Debit Cards, Card issuance Rs. 500 ; Rs. 150
39
DBD 48/2021
Dt.06.09.2021
be Rs. ______ exclusive of taxes
Page
DBD 48/2021 Contactless Transaction Limit under VISA Classic, VISA Gold, Rs. 5,000

Dt.06.09.2021 VISA Signature and RuPay Platinum International Debit Cards will
be Rs. ______.
Contactless Transaction Limit under RuPay JCB and RuPay Contactless facility is not
DBD 48/2021
Select Debit Cards with International usage / acceptance facility applicable under this
Dt.06.09.2021
will be Rs. ______. variants
Fresh Issuance of Mastercard Debit Cards and Pre paid cards 22-07-2021
DBD 48/2021
(including WTC - World Travel Cards) have been discontinued
Dt.06.09.2021
W.e.f ______.
PNB’s Internet Banking (Retail) facilitates visually impaired Job Access with Speech
customers in using the same. The visually impaired customers by
DBD 45/2021
using screen reading software like JAWS which facilitates Text to
Dt.26.08.2021
Speech can avail internet banking services. Expand the term
JAWS ______.
To protect customers’ interest and to enhance the security in Android (This facilities
DBD 40/2021 PNBOne, SIM Binding and Voice Assist feature is being enabled have been withdrawn for
Dt.04.08.2021 in PNBOne. The said features of SIM Binding and Voice Assist in the time being- DBD
PNBOne will be presently available on ______. 40/2021)
DBD 30/2021 Menu option in CBS for providing E-Statement to SF/CA/CC/OD UPEMAIL
Dt.28.06.2021 account holder with valid e-mail-id is ______.
DBD 26/2021 The Cardless Cash Withdrawal facility is available to Customers PNBOne
Dt.20.05.2021 registered for Internet Banking and ______.
under Cardless cash withdrawal (Cash @ PNB), a ______digit 12-digit
DBD 26/2021 random number( Transaction reference number) will be generated
Dt.20.05.2021 automatically after submission of Cardless Cash Withdrawal
request through Internet Banking or PNBOne.
DBD 26/2021 Customer can set the ______digit TPIN for every reference 4-digit
Dt.20.05.2021 number under Cardless cash withdrawal.
Cardless Cash Withdrawal is a service which enables customer to Rs. 10000
DBD 26/2021 withdraw cash without holding any physical or virtual card.
Dt.20.05.2021 Maximum amount limit under Cardless cash withdrawal (Cash @
PNB) is Rs. ______ in a day.
DBD 26/2021 Minimum amount for cardless cash withdrawal is Rs. ______. Rs. 1000
Dt.20.05.2021
Customer can only make maximum ______ withdrawals in a day 5 (Five)
DBD 26/2021 for Cardless cash withdrawal by the customer, irrespective
Dt.20.05.2021 whether reference number generated through Internet Banking or
PNBOne.
DBD 26/2021 The transaction reference number and TPIN for Cardless cash 2 hours
Dt.20.05.2021 withdrawal are valid for ______ only.
DBD 26/2021 Presently, Charges @ Rs. ______ will be levied for using the no charges
Dt.20.05.2021 feature- Cash@PNB (cardless cash withdrawal).
As per our bank's Pre-Paid Instrument Policy, Bank can issue Closed system PPIs
DBD 24/2021 PPIs for facilitating the purchase of goods and services from a
Dt.10.05.2021 particular entity only.Cash withdrawal shall not be allowed in such
types of PPIs. This type of PPIs is called ______.
As per our bank's Pre-Paid Instrument Policy, Bank can issue Semi-closed system
PPIs for facilitating the purchase of goods and services, including PPIs
DBD 24/2021 financial services, remittance facilities, etc., at a group of clearly
Dt.10.05.2021 identified merchant locations / establishments which have a
specific contract with the bank to accept the PPIs as payment
instruments. This type of PPIs is called ______.
Under Semi-closed System Pre-Paid Instrument, PPIs up to Rs.10,000/- ;
Rs.10,000/- by accepting minimum details of the PPI holder, Rs.1,00,000/-
DBD 24/2021
The amount loaded in such PPIs during any month shall not
Dt.10.05.2021
exceed Rs.______ and the total amount loaded during the
financial year shall not exceed Rs.______.
40
Under Semi-closed System Pre-Paid Instrument, PPIs up to Rs.10,000/-

DBD 24/2021
Rs.10,000/- by accepting minimum details of the PPI holder,
Page
Dt.10.05.2021
The amount outstanding at any point of time in Pre-Paid

Instrument (PPIs) shall not exceed Rs.______.

Under Semi-closed System Pre-Paid Instrument, PPIs up to Rs.10,000/-
DBD 24/2021 Rs.10,000/- by accepting minimum details of the PPI holder,
Dt.10.05.2021 The total amount debited from Pre-Paid Instrument (PPIs) during
any given month shall not exceed Rs. ______.
Under Semi-closed System Pre-Paid Instrument, PPIs upto 24 months
Rs.10,000/- by accepting minimum details of the PPI holder
DBD 24/2021
shall be converted into KYC compliant semi-closed PPIs within a
Dt.10.05.2021
period of ______ from the date of issue of PPI, failing which no
further credit shall be allowed in such PPIs.
Under Semi-closed System Pre-Paid Instrument, The amount Rs. 1,20,000
loaded in PPIs upto Rs. 10,000/- with loading only from bank
DBD 24/2021
account during any month shall not exceed Rs. 10,000 and the
Dt.10.05.2021
total amount loaded during the financial year shall not exceed Rs.
______.
Bank shall issue Pre-Paid Instruments (PPIs) for facilitating Open System PPIs
purchase of goods and services, including financial services,
DBD 24/2021
remittance facilities, etc. Bank shall also facilitate cash withdrawal
Dt.10.05.2021
at ATMs / Point of Sale (PoS) / Business Correspondents (BCs).
This type of PPIs are called ______.
Open System Pre-Paid Instruments (PPIs) will be issued after Rs.1,00,000/-
DBD 24/2021 completing KYC of the PPI holder. The amount outstanding in
Dt.10.05.2021 Open System PPIs shall not exceed Rs.______at any point of
time.
Under Open System Pre-Paid Instruments (PPIs), In case of pre- Rs.1,00,000/- ;
DBD 24/2021 registered beneficiaries, the funds transfer limit shall not exceed Rs.10,000/-
Dt.10.05.2021 Rs.______ per month per beneficiary and Rs.______ per month
for all other cases.
Prepaid Gift instruments shall not be reloadable and no cash Rs.10,000/-
DBD 24/2021 withdrawal or funds transfer shall be permitted from such
Dt.10.05.2021 instruments. Maximum value of each prepaid gift instrument shall
not exceed Rs.______.
A maximum of ______ gift instruments per calendar year to 20
DBD 24/2021
individuals can be issued. There is no limit for issuance of Gift
Dt.10.05.2021
cards to corporate.
The facility of cross-border outward transactions through prepaid Rs.10,000/- ; Rs.
instrument shall be provided only on explicit request of the PPI 50,000/-
DBD 24/2021
holders and shall apply a per transaction limit not exceeding
Dt.10.05.2021
Rs.______, while per month limit shall not exceed Rs. ______ for
such crossborder transactions.
Under Pre-Paid Instruments (PPIs) for credit towards cross-border Rs.50,000/-
DBD 24/2021 inward remittance, Amounts only upto Rs.______ from individual
Dt.10.05.2021 inward MTSS remittance shall be permitted to be loaded /
reloaded in PPIs issued to beneficiaries.
All Pre-Paid Instruments (PPIs) issued by the bank shall have a one year ; one year
DBD 24/2021 minimum validity period of______ from the date of last loading /
Dt.10.05.2021 reloading in the PPI and No reloading of PPI will be done within
______ from expiry date.
Pre-Paid Instruments (PPIs) with no financial transaction for a one year
DBD 24/2021
consecutive period of ______ shall be made inactive after sending
Dt.10.05.2021
a notice to the PPI holder/s.
Pre-Paid Instrument (PPI) holder will be cautioned, at reasonable 45 days
DBD 24/2021 intervals, during the ______ days period prior to expiry of the
Dt.10.05.2021 validity period of the PPI. The caution advice shall be sent by
SMS / e-mail.
Bank issues cards with 16 digit card number printed on the card. 6 digits ; 2 digits
41
DBD 24/2021 First ______ digits represent Bank's identification No. (BIN), next
Dt.10.05.2021 ______ digits represent product code and remaining digits
Page
indicate serial number of the cards.

Card Verification Value (CVV) is a ______ digit number printed Three (03)
DBD 24/2021
(usually) on the reverse/back side of the card& is used for
Dt.10.05.2021
validation of online transactions.
EMV stands for ______, which provides the global standard for Europay, MasterCard
DBD 24/2021
Credit, Debit and prepaid cards payment based on chip card and Visa
Dt.10.05.2021
technology.
PIN of a Card is a ______ digit code/ number referred to as the FOUR (04)
DBD 24/2021 Personal Identification Number (PIN) which is assigned by the
Dt.10.05.2021 Bank to the cardholder for validation of ATM/ POS transactions as
second factor of authentication (2FA).
Paperless and instant generation of Personal Identification Green PIN
DBD 24/2021
Number (PIN) for Debit Cards through self-service option is called
Dt.10.05.2021
______.
OTP is a ______ digit dynamic PIN provided to the customer for Six
DBD 24/2021
authentication of eCommerce transactions which is valid for one
Dt.10.05.2021
transaction and for a specific period of time.
At present bank is issuing a Open loop full KYC pre paid Rs. 25000
DBD 24/2021
instrument in the form of physical card (Reloadable)in the name of
Dt.10.05.2021
PNB Suvidha Card with per day limit of Rs. ______.
At present bank is issuing a Semi closed instrument in the form of Rs. 10000
DBD 24/2021
physical card in the name of PNB Suvidha Card with per day
Dt.10.05.2021
limit of Rs. ______. It is non re loadable in nature.
At present bank is issuing a co branded pre paid cards for Rs. 25000
DBD 24/2021
corporate as Corporate card (reloadable) in the name of PNB Kite
Dt.10.05.2021
with per day limit of Rs. ______.
At present bank is issuing a co branded pre paid Gift card (use & Rs. 10000
DBD 24/2021
throw, non reloadable) in the name of PNB Kite with per day limit
Dt.10.05.2021
of Rs. ______.
Bank shall issue Debit Cards in Savings accounts, Pension Either or Survivor
DBD 23/2021 accounts, Current/ Overdraft (Individual and Proprietorship,)
Dt.10.05.2021 accounts,staff overdraft account and partnership firms with
______ mode of operation
DBD 23/2021 Only ______ Cards will be issued in accounts related to various RuPay
Dt.10.05.2021 Govt. schemes like Mudra, KCC, PMJDY etc
Non personalized Debit Cards (Insta cards to be issued by 30 minutes
DBD 23/2021
branches) would be issued within ______ after receipt of
Dt.10.05.2021
application from customer.
Personalized Debit Cards would be delivered at customer's 7 working days ; 15
DBD 23/2021
registered address within ______ at metro locations and ______ working days
Dt.10.05.2021
at non-metro locations.
DBD 23/2021 Maximum of ______accounts held in the same name and same 3
Dt.10.05.2021 capacity can be linked to a Debit card
Any Debit card holder can get ______ more Debit cards in the 2
DBD 23/2021 name of his / her spouse and dependent parents and children not
Dt.10.05.2021 below 18 years old. Debit card will be linked to the cardholder`s
main account.
DBD 22/2021 Mobile banking user id would be automatically disabled if the user 180 days
Dt.10.05.2021 has not logged in once in ______ days.
DBD 22/2021 Transaction password of Mobile banking has expiry period of 180 days
Dt.10.05.2021 ______ days
DBD 22/2021 Session expiry period (idle time during usage)for Mobile banking 8 minutes
Dt.10.05.2021 is ______ minutes
The minimum length of transaction password under Mobile six ; 28
DBD 22/2021 banking is ______ alphanumeric characters and maximum is
Dt.10.05.2021 ______ characters. It is mandatory to use one or more special
characters in the password.
42
There shall be maximum ______ attempts for transaction after 5

DBD 22/2021
which the transaction password of Mobile banking shall get
Page
Dt.10.05.2021
automatically disabled.

MPIN is mandatory for Mobile Banking App login purpose. There 5

DBD 22/2021
shall be maximum ______ attempts after which MPIN will be
Dt.10.05.2021
disabled.
DBD 22/2021 Bank's UPI App (BHIM PNB) requires a ______digit Numeric six-digit
Dt.10.05.2021 Login Password to login.
DBD 22/2021 Unified Payments Interface (UPI) Services are offered as per NPCI
Dt.10.05.2021 specifications and procedural guidelines issued by ______.
DBD 22/2021 MPIN is ______ digit number set by the user to get access to 4
Dt.10.05.2021 Mobile Banking Services.
DBD 21/2021 Internet banking user id would be automatically disabled if the 180 days
Dt.10.05.2021 user has not logged in once in ______ days.
DBD 21/2021 Transaction password of Internet banking has expiry period of 180 days
Dt.10.05.2021 ______ days
Session expiry period (idle time during usage) for Internet banking 8 minutes ; 10
DBD 21/2021
is ______ minutes for retail users and ______ minutes for minutes
Dt.10.05.2021
corporate users respectively.
The minimum length of password for Internet banking is ______ six-digit
DBD 21/2021
alphanumeric characters and it is mandatory to use one or more
Dt.10.05.2021
special characters in the password.
There shall be maximum ______ attempts for sign on and ______ 5 ; 5
DBD 21/2021 attempts for transaction after which the login and transaction
Dt.10.05.2021 password of Internet banking respectively shall get automatically
disabled.
Under Internet banking, Bank had introduced Cooling Period of 2 hours
DBD 21/2021
______ hours for performing transaction after
Dt.10.05.2021
addition/modification of beneficiary.
The customers maintaining ______ account in case of retail SF,CA, CA(Overdraft) ;
DBD 21/2021 customers and ______ in case of Corporate customers may avail CC/CA
Dt.10.05.2021 the Internet banking services, provided the accounts are fully
KYC compliant
For transactions done using QUICK TRANSFER option (within Rs. 10000/- ; 3
DBD 21/2021 PNB & using MMID) through PNBOne, Per transaction amount is
Dt.10.05.2021 restricted to Rs. ______ with Maximum ______ transactions in a
day.
Our bank has developed a Mobile Application and web portal PNB – Pride
DBD 06/2021
based solution for lead management and to monitor the
Dt.02.02.2021
performance of field functionaries in the name of ______.
Under Funds Collection module (FCM), Funds can be collected FCMBR
DBD 03/2021 during banking hours at all the PNB Branches, by using ______
Dt.15.01.2021 menu and MIS to be sent by the Nodal branch at day end or on
desired interval, through auto mailer on registered mail id.
Finance Division
As per Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) vide Notification No no deduction of tax shall
110/2021 dated 17.09.2021 TDS @ ______% shall be made on be made
FD 30/2021 the payment under section 194A of the Act, namely payment in
Dt.11.10.2021 the nature of interest, other than interest on securities, located in a
specified area to a member of Scheduled Tribe residing in any
specified area as referred to in sec.10(26) of the Act,
As per provisions of GST Act, Input Tax Credit (ITC) of GST is 18%
available only if total payment of bill on which ITC has been
FD 25/2021 claimed has been made within 180 days of booking of ITC. If
Dt.07.09.2021 payment of bill is not made within 180 days, then ITC is reversible
with interest at the rate of ______% per annum on the amount of
43
ITC reversal.
FD 23/2021 As per Section 194Q, when Bank purchases goods from a 0.10%.
Page
Dt.26.08.2021 resident seller of the value or aggregate of value exceeding fifty

lakh rupees in a financial year, Bank is required to deduct TDS @

______% at the time of payment on the amount exceeding fifty
lakh rupees.
Where PAN is Furnished by Deductee, TDS is required to be Rs 50,000/- per year for
deducted @ 10%, if the payments exceed prescribed threshold senior citizen and Rs
FD 18/2021
limits of Rs. ______ on interest other than interest on securities 40,000/- Per year for
Dt.09.06.2021
(Sec 194A) to resident i.e. Interest paid on Term Deposits any other person
including Recurring Deposits.
No deduction of tax is required to be made, if the payments do not Rs 2,500/- Per FY
FD 18/2021
exceed prescribed threshold limits of Rs. ______ for payment in
Dt.09.06.2021
respect of deposits under National Savings Scheme, 1987.
No deduction of tax is required to be made, if the payments do not Rs 2,40,000/- Per FY
FD 18/2021
exceed prescribed threshold limits of Rs. ______ for payment of
Dt.09.06.2021
Rent to a resident.
It is not necessary to deduct tax at source from interest on Rs 5,000/-
FD 18/2021 debentures paid to a resident individual if the aggregate amount of
Dt.09.06.2021 interest paid or likely to be paid during the Financial Year does not
exceed Rs ______.
Where tax is deducted from April to February tax should be 7 days ; 30 thApril
FD 18/2021 deposited within ______ from the end of the month in which tax is
Dt.09.06.2021 deducted and where tax is deducted in the month of March, tax
should be deposited by ______ of immediately succeeding FY.
In respect of Tax Deducted at Source, it is mandatory to file 31 days from the end of
Quarterly TDS Return (26Q & 27 Q) in electronic form within quarter i.e. 31st July,
______ from the end of quarter 31st Oct, 31st Jan. (31st
FD 18/2021
May of the FY
Dt.09.06.2021
immediately following
the FY in which the tax
was deducted).
Absence of PAN or providing wrong PAN or reporting wrong PAN Rs 10,000/-
FD 18/2021
will result in denial of credit for TDS by Income Tax Deptt. and
Dt.09.06.2021
attract penalty of Rs ______ on depositor.
In respect of Tax Deducted at Source for Interest on Securities, 15 days
dividend, Interest on term deposits, Payment to contractors /sub-
contractors, Payment in respect of deposit under NSS,
FD 18/2021
Commission or Brokerage, Fees for professional or technical
Dt.09.06.2021
services, it is mandatory to issue TDS certificates (16A) within
______ from the due date for furnishing the quarterly statement of
TDS.
In respect of Tax Deducted at Source on Purchase of Immovable 15 days
FD 18/2021
Property (Sec 194-IA), it is mandatory to issue TDS certificates
Dt.09.06.2021
(16B) within ______ days of furnishing challan in Form No 26QB.
Under Section 194, TDS at the rate of 10% needs to be deducted Rs.5,000/-
FD 18/2021 on dividend payment. Threshold limit under section 194 is
Dt.09.06.2021 increased from Rs.2,500/- to ______ for dividend paid by any
mode (other than cash).
TDS on interest on the compensation amount awarded by the Rs.50,000/-
FD 18/2021
Motor Accident claims Tribunal will be deducted at the time of
Dt.09.06.2021
payment on interest where interest payments exceeds Rs.______.
If the depositor is a resident individual whose age is 60 years or 15H
FD 18/2021 more at any time during the FY, in such case he will have to
Dt.09.06.2021 submit form ______ to the bank if his tax liability on estimated
income of the FY comes to NIL.
Estimated total taxable income upto ______ for FY 2021-22 (i.e. Rs.5,00,000/-
FD 18/2021 gross total income minus deductions) is eligible for submission of
Dt.09.06.2021 Form 15H, but the tax liability shall be Nil after taking into account
44
rebate under section 87A.

FD 18/2021 Declaration in Form 15G/H are to be retained by the payer for 7 years
Page
Dt.09.06.2021 ______ years from the end of financial year in which declaration

has been received.

Tax shall not be deducted under Section 194C if the amount of Rs 30,000/- ; Rs
FD 18/2021 any single sum credited or paid to the contractor does not exceed 1,00,000/-
Dt.09.06.2021 Rs ______ and the aggregate of the amounts of sums credited or
paid during the financial year does not exceed Rs ______.
TDS is required to be deducted at source on all brokerage/ Rs 15000/-
FD 18/2021
commission paid or credited to resident, if the amount credited or
Dt.09.06.2021
paid or likely to be credited or paid exceeds Rs ______ in a FY.
TDS is to be deducted by the transferee, if consideration paid or Rs.50,00,000/-
FD 18/2021
payable to resident, for the transfer of asset (other than agriculture
Dt.09.06.2021
land in rural area in India) is Rs.______ or more.
Any Individual/ HUF (whose books of accounts are not required to 5% ; Rs 50,000/-
FD 18/2021 be audited) responsible for paying to a resident rent of land or
Dt.09.06.2021 building is liable to deduct tax under section 194-IB at the rate of
5% if the quantum of rent is more than Rs ______ per month.
No deduction of tax is required to be made, if the payments do not Rs 30,000/- Per FY
FD 18/2021 exceed prescribed threshold limits of Rs. ______ for payment of
Dt.09.06.2021 Fees for professional or technical services or Royalty to a
resident.
No TDS on Cash withdrawal will be deducted upto Rs. ______ for Rs. 20 lakh ; Rs. 1
FD 18/2021 Category A (other than exempted category) borrower and upto crore
Dt.09.06.2021 Rs. ______ for Category B borrower (other than exempted
category).
For Category A customers other than exempted category, TDS on 2% ; 5%
FD 18/2021
Cash withdrawal will be ______% for withdrawal above Rs 20
Dt.09.06.2021
lakh to Rs 1 Crore and ______% for withdrawal above Rs 1 Crore.
FD 18/2021 For Category B customers other than exempted category, TDS on 2%
Dt.09.06.2021 cash Withdrawal above Rs 1 crore will be______ %.
FD 18/2021 The ATMs set up, owned and operated by non banks authorized White Label ATM
Dt. by RBI under payment & settlement Systems Act, 2007 are called Operator (WLATMO)
09.06.2021 ______.
TDS @ ______% on cash withdrawal will be deducted in case of No TDS on cash
CRAs and franchise agents of WLATMOs maintaining a separate withdrawal will be
FD 18/2021
bank account from which withdrawal is made only for the deducted
Dt.09.06.2021
purposes of replenishing cash in the Automated Teller Machines
(ATMs) operated by such WLATMOs.
TDS @ ______% on cash withdrawal to be deducted in case of No TDS on cash
FD 18/2021 commission agent or trader, operating under Agriculture Produce withdrawal will be
Dt.09.06.2021 Market Committee (APMC), and registered under any Law relating deducted
to Agriculture Produce Market of the concerned State.
Where refund of any amount becomes due to the deductor in 0.50%
respect of any amount paid in excess in the Government Account
FD 18/2021 on account of TDS, such deductor shall be entitled to receive, in
Dt.09.06.2021 addition to the said amount, simple interest thereon @ ______ per
month or part of a month comprised in the period, from the date
on which claim for refund is made in the prescribed form.
Where a person fails to submit quarterly TDS / TCS returns within Rs 200/-
FD 18/2021
prescribed time, they shall be liable to pay, by way of fee, a sum
Dt.09.06.2021
of Rs ______ per day during which the failure continues.
If any person fails to deduct the whole or any part of the tax as a sum equal to the
FD 18/2021 required by or under the provisions of Deduction at Source, then, amount of tax which
Dt.09.06.2021 such person shall be liable to pay Rs. ______ by way of penalty. such person failed to
deduct or pay.
If a person fails to submit quarterly TDS /TCS returns on or before Rs.1,00,000/-
FD 18/2021 due date or If a person furnishes incorrect information in quarterly
Dt.09.06.2021 TDS/TCS returns, such person shall pay penalty ranging from
45
Rs.10,000/- to Rs.______.
FD 18/2021 Penalty u/s 272A in respect of failure to issue TDS certificate in Rs 100
Page
Dt.09.06.2021 Form 16 will be a sum of Rs ______ for every day of such default

however, the amount of penalty for such failure shall not exceed
the amount of tax deductible.
FD 18/2021 ______ of Income Tax has power to reduce / waive any penalty Principal Commissioner/
Dt.09.06.2021 under section 273A(4). Commissioner
where amount of any penalty or where such application relates to Rs.1,00,000/-
more than one penalty, the aggregate amount of such penalties
FD 18/2021 exceeds Rs.______, no order reducing / waiving the amount shall
Dt.09.06.2021 be made by the Commissioner of Income Tax except with the
prior approval of the Chief Commissioner / Director General of
Income Tax, as the case may be.
As per section 194 P, a specified senior citizen is a person who is 75 years
FD 18/2021 ______years or more at any time during the previous yearand
Dt.09.06.2021 who has income from pension which is credited in his pension
account with “specified bank”
In respect of TDS on purchase of goods [Section 194Q] if the Rs. 50 lakhs ; 0.1%
FD 18/2021 value of purchase exceeds Rs. ______, Buyer is liable to deduct
Dt.09.06.2021 the tax @______% on the amount of purchase in excess of that
limit.
In respect of TCS on Sale of goods [Section 206C(1H)] if the Rs. 50 lakhs ; 0.1%
FD 18/2021 value of sales exceeds Rs. ______, Seller is liable to deduct the
Dt.09.06.2021 tax @______% on the amount of sale consideration in excess of
that limit.
Every branch / office at the time of Sale of Motor Vehicle whether Rs. 1000000/-
FD 18/2021 payment is received by cheque or any other mode exceeds Rs.
Dt.09.06.2021 ______shall collect tax at source from the customer at the rate of
1.00%
In case of amount being remitted out is a loan obtained from any 0.50%
financial institution as defined in Section 80E, for the purpose of
FD 18/2021 pursuing any education, TCS needs to be collected @ ______%
Dt.09.06.2021 instead of 5% of the amount or aggregate of the amounts in
excess of seven lakh rupees remitted by the buyer in a financial
year.
Any person paying any sum or amount , on which tax is collectible 5%
at source shall not furnish his PAN/Aadhar to the person
FD 18/2021
responsible for collecting such tax , failing which tax shall be
Dt.09.06.2021
collected at twice the rate specified in the relevant provision of the
Act or the rate of ______% whichever is higher.
Section 206AA of Income Tax Act, 1961 provides that any person 20%
entitled to receive any income or amount on which tax is
FD 18/2021 deductible shall furnish valid PAN, failing which tax shall be
Dt.09.06.2021 deducted at higher of the i) TDS rate as prescribed in the relevant
section; or ii) At the rate or rates in force as per Finance Act; or iii)
At the rate of______%.
Rebate under section 87A is available in case of a resident Rs 5,00,000/-
FD 16/2021 individual if his/ her taxable income (i.e. gross total income minus
Dt.27.05.2021 deduction under section 80C to 80U) does not exceed Rs ______
for AY 2022-23 (FY 2021-22)
As per Section 194P, Resident Senior citizen who is of the age of 75 years
FD 16/2021 ______ years or above shall not be required to file the return of
Dt.27.05.2021 income if he has only pension income and interest income from
the same bank in which he is receiving his pension.
The Finance Act, 2021 has provided that no exemption shall be Rs. 2,50,000
available for the interest income accrued during the year in the
FD 16/2021
recognised and statutory provident fund to the extent it relates to
Dt.27.05.2021
the contribution made by the employees over Rs. ______ from the
assessment year 2022-23.
46
The Finance Act, 2021 has added a second provison to Section Rs. 5,00,000
FD 16/2021 10(11) and Section 10(12) that if an employee is contributing to
Page
Dt.27.05.2021 the fund but there is no contribution to such fund by the employer,
then the interest income accrued during the previous year shall be

taxable to the extent it relates to the contribution made by the

employee to that fund in excess of Rs.______ in a financial year.
The accumulated balance due and becoming payable to an five years
employee participating in a recognized provident fund at the time
FD 16/2021
of retirement or termination of service is exempt from tax If, he
Dt.27.05.2021
has rendered continuous service with the employer for a period of
______ years or more,
Where the value of gift, voucher or token, as the case may be, is Rs. 5,000/-
FD 16/2021
below Rs. 5,000/- in the aggregate during the previous year, the
Dt.27.05.2021
value of perquisite shall be taken as nil.
Gratuity received by an employee on his retirement or on his Rs 20,00,000/-
becoming incapacitated prior to such retirement or on termination
FD 16/2021
of his employment or by his legal heir(s) on his death, is exempted
Dt.27.05.2021
from Income Tax to the extent of least of Rs. ______ or Gratuity
actually received..
Encashment of Privilege Leave is exempt from tax when received Rs.3,00,000/-
FD 16/2021
at the time of retirement whether on superannuation or otherwise
Dt.27.05.2021
to the extent of maximum of Rs. ______.
An amount not exceeding Rs.______ received or receivable by an Rs.5,00,000/-
FD 16/2021 employee at the time of his voluntary retirement, or termination of
Dt.27.05.2021 service under a scheme of voluntary separation is exempted from
Income Tax .
Post office saving bank interest is exempt upto Rs.______ (in an Rs.3,500/- ;
FD 16/2021
individual account) and Rs.______ in a joint account under Rs.7,000/-
Dt.27.05.2021
section 10(15)(i)
FD 16/2021 The amount of standard deduction w.e.f Assessment Year 2021- Rs 50,000/-
Dt.27.05.2021 22 is Rs ______ or the amount of salary whichever is lower.
In relation to deduction of Tax at source on salary, the loss, if any, Rs.2,00,000/-
FD 16/2021 under the head “Income from House Property” shall be set off with
Dt.27.05.2021 the income under any other heads of income to the extent of
Rs.______.
In relation to deduction of Tax at source on salary, Section 80C Rs.1.50 lakh
provides deduction in respect of specified qualifying amounts paid
FD 16/2021
or deposited by the employee in the financial year. As per Section
Dt.27.05.2021
80CCE of the Act, aggregate deductions under section 80C,
80CCC and 80CCD shall not exceed Rs.______.
In relation to deduction of Tax at source on salary, an assessee Rs. 50000/-
shall be allowed an additional deduction of Rs. ______ for any
FD 16/2021
additional contribution under NPS in computation of his total
Dt.27.05.2021
income and the ceiling of Rs. 1,50,000 as prescribed under
section 80CCE does not apply for the said additional contribution.
In relation to deduction of Tax at source on salary, Section 80 D Rs.50,000/- ;
FD 16/2021 provides deduction for medi-claim premium/ preventive health Rs.25,000/-
Dt.27.05.2021 check up paid of Rs.______ in the case of senior citizen and of
Rs.______ for other than senior citizen.
In relation to deduction of Tax at source on salary, the whole of Rs. 50,000/-
the amount paid on account of medical expenditure incurred on
FD 16/2021
the health of person or his/her parent(s), who is senior citizen and
Dt.27.05.2021
mediclaim insurance is not paid on the health of such person(s),
the maximum eligible amount of deduction is of Rs.______.
In relation to deduction of Tax at source on salary, A deduction Rs.5,000/-
FD 16/2021 upto Rs.______ is allowable on account of preventive “Health
Dt.27.05.2021 Check-up” of self, spouse, parents or dependent children within
the overall limits underSection 80-D.
For the purpose of deduction in respect of maintenance including 40 per cent
FD 16/2021 medical treatment of a dependant who is a person with disability
47
Dt.27.05.2021 (Section 80DD), "person with disability" means a person having

"disability" not less than______.
Page
FD 16/2021 In order to provide cash less economy and transparency, the Rs 2,000

Dt.27.05.2021 Finance Act has amended section 80G so as to provide that no

deduction shall be allowed under section 80G in respect of
donation of any sum exceeding Rs ______ unless such sum is
paid by any mode other than cash.
Where the income of the employee includes any income by way of Rs. 10,000/-
interest on deposits (not being time deposit) in a saving account
FD 16/2021
with a banking company, Co - operative society or a post office, a
Dt.27.05.2021
deduction of such interest shall be allowed to the maximum extent
of Rs. ______.
Deduction upto Rs ______ is available to senior citizens towards Rs 50,000/-
FD 16/2021 interest on deposits with bank/ co-operative bank/ post office (it
Dt.27.05.2021 may be interest on fixed deposits, interest on savings account or
any other interest).
In Respect of Physically Handicapped Persons (including Rs.75,000/- ; Rs.
FD 16/2021 blindness), The amount of deduction to be allowed is Rs.______. 1,25,000/-
Dt.27.05.2021 Higher deduction of Rs. ______ is allowed in respect of a person
with severe disability (disability over 80%).
If the branches/ offices fails to submit quarterly TDS / TCS returns Rs.200/-
FD 16/2021
within prescribed time, they shall be liable to pay, by way of fee, a
Dt.27.05.2021
sum of Rs.______ per day during which the failure continues.
If a person fails to comply with the provisions of section 203A in Rs.10,000/-
FD 16/2021 respect of quoting of tax deduction / collection account number,
Dt.27.05.2021 he shall, on an order passed by the Assessing Officer, pay, by
way of penalty, a sum of Rs.______.
If a person fails to pay to the credit of the Central Government the 3 months ; seven
FD 16/2021 tax deducted at source by him, he will be punishable with rigorous years
Dt.27.05.2021 imprisonment for a term not less than ______ but which may
extend to ______ with fine.
It is obligatory for all persons responsible for deducting tax at Rs.10,000/-
FD 16/2021 source to obtain and quote TAN in all challan /TDS certificates,
Dt.27.05.2021 statement and other documents. Failure to comply with these
provisions will attract penalty of Rs.______ under section 272BB.
If a person fails to apply for tax deduction account number (TAN) Rs.10,000/-
or after allotment of such number fails to quote such number in
FD 16/2021
challan forms for payment of tax under section 200, certificate
Dt.27.05.2021
under section 203 and returns under section 206, then he shall be
liable for penalty of a sum which may extend to Rs.______.
If any person fails to furnish certificate of tax deducted at source, Rs.100
FD 16/2021 under section 203, he shall be liable for penalty under section
Dt.27.05.2021 272A. Such penalty shall be Rs.______ for every day during
which the failure continues.
As per the amendment in CGST Act, taxpayers whose aggregate 4 digit ; 6 digit
turnover in the preceding financial year is upto Rs. 5 crores, are
FD 12/2021 required to mention ______ digit HSN/SAC code and for the
Dt.31.03.2021 taxpayers whose turnover in the preceding financial year is more
than Rs. 5 crores, are required to mention ______ digit HSN/SAC
code.
The reporting on internal financial controls system is with March 31, 2021
FD 12/2021
reference to financial statement (IFCoFR) is mandatory with effect
Dt.31.03.2021
from the financial year ended ______.
Payment of insurance premium on deposits to DICGC is required 8%.
to be paid by the Bank in advance every half year on the basis of
FD 12/2021 assessable deposits of the Bank as on closing day of the
Dt.31.03.2021 respective half year. Delay in payment of advance
premium/submission of Statement to DICGC attracts penal
interest @ _______% per annum over bank rate.
48
Page

Fin Tech Division

As per Policy for Adoption of Fintech solutions for existing and ₹ 3 crore
FINTECH new Businesses of the Bank, FinTech division can procure
01/2021 solution within specific requirement of ₹ ______ per project
Dt. 23.09.2021 including support and maintenance.
The Policy for adoption of Fintech Solutions for Existing and New Startups / Fintech
FINTECH
Businesses governs the engagement of ______ in the Bank and companies
01/2021
to enter into tie-ups/collaboration to remain ahead in ever
Dt. 23.09.2021
changing banking industry.
To be considered Startup FinTechs under the Policy for Adoption ₹ 10 lac ; ten years ;
of Fintech solutions, The firm/company should have a Paid-up ₹ 100 crores
FINTECH
Capital/Net worth of minimum ₹ ______. It should not be older
01/2021
than a period of ______ years from the date of its
Dt. 23.09.2021
incorporation/registration. Turnover should be less than ₹ 100
crores in any of the previous financial years.______.
To be considered FinTechs other than Startups under the Policy ₹ 1 crore ; ₹ 5 crore
for Adoption of Fintech solutions, The firm/company should have a
FINTECH
Paid-up Capital/ Net worth of minimum ₹ ______ and the
01/2021
firm/company should have achieved minimum annual turnover of
Dt. 23.09.2021
₹ ______ from the FinTech business for its Indian operations
during preceding financial year.
Procurement of Fintech product(s) and/ or services and solution Rs. 3 crores ; five
FINTECH from startup companies would be limited to a total project(s) cost years
01/2021 of Rs. ______ per FinTech/ Startup company (ies) for software
Dt. 23.09.2021 application including application support for up to ______ years.
In case of Nomination Based Procurement, the total project cost Rs. 75 Lakhs ; three
FINTECH
would be limited to a cost of Rs. ______ per FinTech/Startup years
01/2021
company (ie’s) for software application, support, and maintenance
Dt. 23.09.2021
for a period up to ______ years.
Fraud Risk Management Division

RFA marking of crucial loan accounts falling under the purview of SASTRA Division
FRMD 11/2021 DFS or RBI guidelines for accounts classified in NPA category
Dt.09.02.2021 with exposure of ₹50.00 crore or above will be persued by
______.
RFA marking of crucial loan accounts falling under the purview of CRMD
FRMD 11/2021 DFS or RBI guidelines for SMA/ Standard A/c with exposure of
Dt.09.02.2021 ₹50.00 crore or more where EWS noticed or fraud reported by
other Banks will be persued by ______.
In case of Consortium/ Multiple Banking accounts of Rs 3 crore & Zonal Managers/ Zonal
FRMD 11/2021 above and below ₹50.00 crore where majority of member Banks SASTRA Centre
Dt.09.02.2021 (60% & above) have taken decision to treat the account as RFA,
RFA marking will be persued by ______.
Overall responsibility of monitoring RFA accounts and placing CRMD
FRMD 11/2021
monthly returns to MD & CEO and quarterly statement to SCBF
Dt.09.02.2021
rests with ______.
The accounts, reported as fraud to RBI, on the basis of their free code 9
FRMD 06/2021
classification as borrowal or non-borrowal frauds are identified by
Dt.13.01.2021
populating free code______.
For Cash Credit or Deposit accounts, Menu option to be used for HACM
FRMD 06/2021
marking an account as Fraud by the branches in CBS (PNB2.0)
49
Dt.13.01.2021
system is ______ .
FRMD 06/2021 For Term Loan, Menu option to be used for marking an account HACMLA
Page
Dt.13.01.2021 as Fraud by the branches in CBS (PNB2.0) system is ______ .

For Bill Purchased A/cs, Menu option to be used for marking an HACMBP
FRMD 06/2021
account as Fraud by the branches in CBS (PNB2.0) system is
Dt.13.01.2021
______ .
FRMD 06/2021 For Customer A/c under PCA financing., Menu option to be used ACMPS
Dt. for marking an account as Fraud by the branches in CBS
13.01.2021 (PNB2.0) system is ______ .
As per the RBI guidelines, all accounts for ₹ ______ & above, if ₹ 50.00 crore
FRMD 03/2021 NPA or classified as RFA, shall be examined from the angle of
Dt.05.01.2021 possible fraud either through conduct of internal investigation or
Forensic Audit.
FRMD 03/2021 Forensic audit must be completed within a maximum period of 75 days
Dt.05.01.2021 ______ days from authorizing the audit
If delay is less than fifteen days beyond 90 days of given time limit 10%
FRMD 03/2021
and notice period (75 days stipulated + 15 days’ notice period),
Dt.05.01.2021
______% of total fees to be deducted in respect to delay time.
If delay is more than 15 days but less than a month, ______% of 25% ; 50%
FRMD 03/2021 total fees to be deducted in respect to delay time and if delay is
Dt.05.01.2021 More than a month, ______% of total fees to be deducted in
respect to delay time.
Allotment of accounts for forensic audit shall be such that no 2
FRMD 03/2021
forensic auditor shall have more than ______ accounts of PNB for
Dt.05.01.2021
forensic audit at a time.
______ is the competent authority for deciding requirement of The CGM level Fraud
FRMD 03/2021
conducting forensic audit in any account. Risk/ RFA Monitoring
Dt.05.01.2021
Committee at HO
FRMD 02/2021 Cases of ______ should not be reported as fraud to FRMD but theft / burglary /dacoity /
Dt.05.01.2021 should immediately be reported to Security Division, HO. robbery
FRMD 02/2021 As per ______ any behavior by which one person intends to gain Indian Penal Code (IPC)
Dt.05.01.2021 a dishonest advantage over another can be termed as fraud.
“A bank fraud is a deliberate act of omission or commission by Shri B D Narang
any person carried out in the course of a banking transaction or in
the books of account maintained manually or under computer
system in banks, resulting into wrongful gain to any person for a
FRMD 02/2021
temporary period or otherwise, with or without any monetary loss
Dt.05.01.2021
to the bank”. This definition of fraud for adoption of a common
perception and approach by the bankers to identify fraud element
had come out by the study group on large value frauds under the
chairmanship of ______.
A CGM level Fraud Risk/ RFA Monitoring Committee at Head Rs.50.00 crore
FRMD 02/2021 Office shall examine the fraud angle in NPA accounts and non-
Dt.05.01.2021 RFA accounts for accounts with exposure Rs.50.00 crore &
above.
A GM level Fraud Risk/ RFA Monitoring Committee at Head Office Rs 3 crore
FRMD 02/2021 shall examine the fraud angle in NPA accounts and non-RFA
Dt.05.01.2021 accounts for accounts with exposure of Rs ______ & above but
less than Rs.50 crore.
Cases relating to ‘Negligence and Cash Shortages’ and ₹10,000/- ; ₹5,000/-
‘Irregularities in Foreign Exchange Transactions’ are to be
reported as fraud if the intention to cheat / defraud is suspected /
proved. However, the following cases where fraudulent intention is
FRMD 02/2021
not suspected/ proved at the time of detection will be treated as
Dt.05.01.2021
fraud and reported accordingly: a) Cases of cash shortage more
than ₹______ and b) Cases of cash shortage more than ₹______,
if detected by management/ auditor/ inspecting officer and not
reported on the day of occurrence by the persons handling cash.
FRMD 02/2021 The Authority to approve for reporting fraud case of amount less Head ofZonal Audit
50
Dt.05.01.2021 than ₹1 lakh will be ______. Office

FRMD 02/2021 The Authority to approve for reporting case of ₹1 lakh & above Chief General Manager,
Page
Dt.05.01.2021 but less than ₹3 crore will be ______. FRMD

The Authority to approve for reporting fraud case of ₹3 crore & Executive Director
FRMD 02/2021 above but less than ₹50 crorewill be ______ & note would be
Dt.05.01.2021 placed through Chief General Manager, FRMD/ GM (FRMD) in
absence of CGM, FRMD.
FRMD 02/2021 The Authority to approve for reporting fraud case of ₹50 Crore and MD & CEO
Dt. abovewill be ______ & note would be placed through domain ED.
05.01.2021
Authority to permit lodging of complaint with law enforcing Branch Head
FRMD 02/2021
agencies (to Local Police Station) for amount involved below ₹1
Dt.05.01.2021
lakh will be ______.
Authority to permit lodging of complaint with law enforcing Circle/ Controlling Head
FRMD 02/2021
agencies (To CID/ EOW of State Police) for amount involved₹1
Dt.05.01.2021
lakh & above but below ₹3 crore will be ______.
Authority to permit lodging of complaint with law enforcing Executive Director
FRMD 02/2021
agencies (to CBI) for amount involved ₹3 crore & above but less
Dt.05.01.2021
than ₹50 crore will be ______.
Authority to permit lodging of complaint with law enforcing MD & CEO
FRMD 02/2021
agencies (to CBI) for amount involved above ₹50 crore will be
Dt.05.01.2021
______.
FRMD 02/2021 Authority to permit lodging of complaint to ED/ DRI/ other Govt. MD & CEO
Dt.05.01.2021 Agencies will be ______.
Any Branch/ Office, on suspicion of any fraud, should report to its 24 hours but not later
FRMD 02/2021
Controlling office under copy to FRMD, HO/ ZAO within______. than 2 working days of
Dt.05.01.2021
such suspicion
On receipt of the preliminary information, a Senior Official shall be 7 working days
deputed by the respective Controlling Office within 3 working days
FRMD 02/2021 for immediate investigation into the matter. Senior Official deputed
Dt.05.01.2021 by Circle Head/ Zonal Office shall submit the preliminary
investigation report within ______ working days to Circle/
Controlling Office.
______ is an in-house on-line fraud reporting system. The Fraud Risk Management
FRMD 02/2021 purpose of the system is to curtail the delay in reporting of fraud Information System
Dt.05.01.2021 cases and generation of various reports required for monitoring of (FRMIS)
fraud cases by top management.
In terms of revised RBI guidelines, all individual fraud cases three weeks
FRMD 02/2021
(including frauds below ₹1 lakh) need to be furnished to RBI within
Dt.05.01.2021
______ weeks of date of detection.
To reflect the data on Central Fraud Registry (CFR), all frauds are XBRL
FRMD 02/2021
reported to RBI through ______ by FRMD after due approval of
Dt.05.01.2021
Competent Authority.
FMR (A Report on actual or suspected frauds) for all frauds three weeks
FRMD 02/2021
irrespective of amount involved, should be reported through XBRL
Dt.05.01.2021
system of RBI within______ of detection
Flash report (in addition to FMR) for frauds involving ₹500 lakh a week
and above should be reported through a DO letter addressed to
FRMD 02/2021
the PCGM/ CGM-in-Charge, DBS RBI, central Office, Mumbai
Dt.05.01.2021
under Copy to CFMC, Bengalaru within______ of such frauds
coming to the notice of the bank’s head office.
RBI has advised to furnish developments in the fraud cases As and when reported.
FRMD 02/2021
through the FMR Update Application (FUA) supplied in XBRL
Dt.05.01.2021
system on ______basis.
A monthly certificate (mentioning that soft copy of all the FMRs seven days
FRMD 02/2021 have been submitted to RBI) is to be submitted by the bank to
Dt.05.01.2021 CFMC, Bengaluru with a copy to the SSM of the bank, within
______ from the end of the month
Circle/ Controlling Offices shall submit the monthly progress of ₹1 crore and above
51
FRMD 02/2021
FIR, recovery efforts and staff side actions in all outstanding fraud
Dt.05.01.2021
cases of ₹______.
Page
FRMD 02/2021 The fraud cases are monitored by the MD & CEO, Audit ₹1 crore and above

Dt.05.01.2021 Committee of the Board (ACB), Fraud Review Council (FRC),

Audit Committee of Executives (ACE) and the Special Committee
of the Board (SCBF).The SCBF is monitoring the cases with
special attention to large value frauds involving ₹______.
Every new fraud case of ₹______ & above is to be put up ₹1.00 lakh
FRMD 02/2021
narrating therein the modus operandi, brief facts, causative factors
Dt.05.01.2021
& remedial measures to avoid occurrence of frauds.
______ will ensure that all frauds of ₹1.00 lakh & above are FRMD, HO
FRMD 02/2021
reported to Board of Directors promptly on their detection (on
Dt.05.01.2021
monthly basis).
______will place a quarterly review of frauds for the quarters FRMD, HO
FRMD 02/2021 ended June, September and December of every year before the
Dt.05.01.2021 Audit Committee of Board during the month following the quarter
to which it pertains.
FRMD 02/2021 A review of attempted frauds of ₹______ and abovewill be placed ₹1.00 crore
Dt.05.01.2021 on annual basis before ACB.
Bank has constituted a Special Committee of Board (SCBF) ₹1 crore and above
FRMD 02/2021
exclusively for monitoring and follow up of cases of frauds
Dt.05.01.2021
involving amounts of ₹______.
The Special Committee consists of MD & CEO, two members The General Manager
FRMD 02/2021
from ACB, two members from Board excluding RBI nominee. (FRMD)
Dt.05.01.2021
______ will be the convener of the Special Committee.
Whenever any typical fraud/ new modus operandi has been ORMC
adopted by the fraudsters, such cases would be placed before
FRMD 02/2021
______ along with suitable root cause analysis and proposed
Dt.05.01.2021
corrective actions, irrespective of amount jointly with ORMD
(IRMD).
As per RBI, Bank need not report cases of attempted frauds of ₹ 1 Audit Committee of the
crore and above to Reserve Bank of India. However, the banks Board (ACB)
FRMD 02/2021
should continue to place the report on individual cases of
Dt.05.01.2021
attempted fraud involving an amount of ₹1 crore and above before
the ______.
In every fraud cases of below ₹1.00 lakh, status of completion of Zonal Audit Office head
action on all parameters applicable for closure will be placed ; FRMD, HO
FRMD 02/2021
before the ______. After approval, closure of the case will be
Dt.05.01.2021
reported to______ on monthly basis for closing the case in
RBIXBRL system through FMR Update Application.
Banks are required to report the closure details of fraud cases of Central Fraud
₹1.00 lakh and above along with reasons for the closure after Monitoring Cell (CFMC),
FRMD 02/2021
completing the process to the______. RBI, and the Senior
Dt.05.01.2021
Supervisory Manager
(SSM) of RBI
RBI has allowed the Banks, for limited statistical/ reporting ₹25.00 lakh
purposes, to close those fraud cases involving amounts upto
₹______, where: a. The investigation is on or challan/ charge
FRMD 02/2021
sheet not filed in the Court for more than three years from the date
Dt.05.01.2021
of filing of First Information Report (FIR) by the CBI/Police, or b.
The trial in the courts, after filing of charge sheet/ challan by CBI/
Police, has not started, or is in progress.
Closure of frauds of ₹1 lakh & above in XBRL system will be done FRMD, HO
FRMD 02/2021 by the Senior Supervisory Manager (SSM) and closure of frauds
Dt.05.01.2021 below ₹1 lakh will be done by ______ through FMR update
application.
As per the guidelines of Central Vigilance Commission/ RBI, fraud ₹10,000/- ; ₹1 Lakh
FRMD 02/2021 cases above ₹______ but below ₹______, only if staff of the bank
Dt.05.01.2021 involved, complaint should be lodged by the bank branch
52
concerned to State Police To the local police station.

FRMD 02/2021 As per the guidelines of Central Vigilance Commission/ RBI, fraud ₹300 Lakh
Page
Dt.05.01.2021 cases of ₹1 Lakh and above and below ₹______ involving

outsiders and bank staff, complaint should be lodged by the officer

designated by CO/ZO to State Police To the local police station.
As per the guidelines of Central Vigilance Commission/ RBI, fraud Anti-Corruption Branch
FRMD 02/2021 cases of ₹300 Lakh and above and up to ₹2500 lakh where staff of CBI
Dt.05.01.2021 involvement is prima facie evident, complaint should be lodged by
the officer designated by CO/ZO with ______.
As per the guidelines of Central Vigilance Commission/ RBI, fraud Economic Offences
FRMD 02/2021 cases of ₹300 Lakh and above and up to ₹2500 lakh where staff Wing of CBI
Dt.05.01.2021 involvement is prima facie not evident, complaint should be
lodged by the officer designated by CO/ZO with ______.
As per the guidelines of Central Vigilance Commission/ RBI, fraud Banking Security and
FRMD 02/2021 cases of More than ₹2500 Lakh and up to ₹5000 Lakh irrespective Fraud Cell (BSFC) of
Dt.05.01.2021 of the involvement of a public servant, complaint should be lodged CBI
by the officer designated by CO/ZO with ______.
As per the guidelines of Central Vigilance Commission/ RBI, fraud Joint Director (Policy)
FRMD 02/2021 cases of More than ₹5000 Lakh, complaint should be lodged by CBI, HQ New Delhi
Dt.05.01.2021 the officer designated by CO/ZO & authorized by CVO with
______.
Fraud cases of ₹______ should be reported to CBI, after ₹3.00 crore and above
FRMD 02/2021
permission from MD & CEO (through FRMD, HO) and after getting
Dt.05.01.2021
draft approved from Vigilance/Law Division.
In terms of CVC Office Order No 06/08/19 dated 21.08.2019, all ₹50 Crore
large fraud cases above ₹______ involving the level of officers of
FRMD 02/2021 General Manager and above be referred to Advisory Board for
Dt.05.01.2021 Banking & Financial Frauds (ABBFF) before recommendations/
references are made to the investigative agencies, i.e., CBI and
on receipt of its recommendation/ advice.
CVO has been designated as nodal officer for vetting the ₹50 crore
FRMD 02/2021
complaint and subsequent coordination with CBI for complaint of
Dt.05.01.2021
frauds exceeding ₹______.
The complaint should be filed by officer designated by CO/ZO for CVO
FRMD 02/2021
frauds upto ₹50 crore & for frauds exceeding ₹50 crore the
Dt.05.01.2021
designated person is to be authorized by ______.
Where fraud amount is ₹300 lakh and above, Concerned Office 30 days
FRMD 02/2021 will file FIR with CBI within 3 days of receiving the approval from
Dt.05.01.2021 Vigilance Department/FRMD ensuring lodgement within outer time
limit of ______ days from reporting of fraud to RBI.
In fraud cases involving amount of ₹10000.00 & above but below 3 days
FRMD 02/2021 ₹1 lakh (only if staff of the bank is involved), the concerned
Dt.05.01.2021 branch/office to lodge FIR with local Police Station within ______
of detection of fraud.
In fraud cases involving amount of ₹1 lakh & above (but below 3 days
FRMD 02/2021 ₹300 lakhs) branch /Office to submit the draft FIR to Circle/
Dt.05.01.2021 Controlling Office through email within ______ of detection of
fraud.
The Circle/ Controlling Office will send the approved draft of FIR 3 days
FRMD 02/2021
through email to branch/ office within ______ of receipt of draft
Dt.05.01.2021
FIR.
FRMD 02/2021 Branch Head/ Authorized official will lodge the FIR with CID/ EOW 3 days
Dt. within ______ of receipt of approved draft of FIR.
05.01.2021
In case of frauds involving forged instruments including those the paying
FRMD 02/2021
cleared under CTS, ______ has to file the police complaint and banker/branch
Dt.05.01.2021
not the collecting banker.
In case of collection of instrument which is genuine but the the collecting
FRMD 02/2021
amount collected fraudulently by a person who is not the owner, bank/branch
53
Dt.05.01.2021
______ which is defrauded has to file a police complaint.
FRMD 02/2021 In case of collection of instruments where the amount has been collecting bank
Page
Dt.05.01.2021 credited before realization and subsequently the instrument is

found to be fake/forged and returned by the paying bank/branch, it

is the ______ that has to file a police complaint as they are at loss
by paying the amount before realization of the instrument.
In cases of collection of altered/fake cheque involving two or more the branch where the
FRMD 02/2021
branches of the same bank, ______ should file a Police altered/fake instrument
Dt.05.01.2021
complaint. has been encashed
In the event of an altered/fake cheque having been paid/ the branch which has
FRMD 02/2021 encashed involving two or more branches under CBS, released the payment
Dt.05.01.2021 ______should file a Police complaint. against a fraudulent
withdrawal
A copy of FIR lodged in all fraud cases, irrespective of amount Central Economic
FRMD 02/2021
and category, shall be forwarded by FRMD, HO to ______ with Intelligence Bureau
Dt.05.01.2021
details of the case along with a copy of FMR. (CEIB)
Branch will examine each Early Warning Signals (EWS) in relation 10 days
FRMD 02/2021
to business profile of the customer and manually enter status in
Dt.05.01.2021
CBS within _______ from date of identification of EWS.
Accounts classified in NPA category with exposure of ₹______ ₹50 crore or more
FRMD 02/2021 irrespective of the lending arrangement (whether solo banking,
Dt.05.01.2021 multiple banking or consortium) shall be considered for
classification as RFA and examination of fraud angle.
Other than NPA accounts (SMA/ Standard) with exposure of ₹50 crore or more
FRMD 02/2021 ₹______ (solo/ consortium basis) where EWS noticed shall be
Dt.05.01.2021 considered for classification as RFA and examination of fraud
angle.
Consortium /Multiple Banking accounts for ₹______ where ₹3 crore & above
FRMD 02/2021 majority of member Banks (60% & above) have taken decision to
Dt.05.01.2021 treat account as RFA, shall be considered for classification as
RFA and examination of fraud angle.
The bank which has ‘red flagged’ the account or detected the 15 days
FRMD 02/2021 fraud would ask the consortium leader or the largest lender under
Dt.05.01.2021 MBA to convene a meeting of JLF to discuss the issue within
______ .
Under Consortium or Multiple Banking Arrangements, In case 60%.
there is a broad agreement, the account would be classified as a
FRMD 02/2021
fraud; else based on the majority rule of agreement amongst
Dt.05.01.2021
banks with at least ______% share in the total lending, the
account would be red flagged by all the banks.
Within ______ of the RBI reporting, the bank commissioning/ 30 days
FRMD 02/2021
initiating the forensic audit would lodge a complaint with the CBI
Dt.05.01.2021
on behalf of all banks in the consortium/MBA.
Under Consortium or Multiple Banking Arrangements, In case it is 21 days
decided at the individual bank level to classify the a/c as fraud
FRMD 02/2021
straightway at this stage itself, the bank may then report the fraud
Dt.05.01.2021
to RBI within ______ of detection and also report the case to
CBI/Police, as is being done hitherto.
Bank to put in place a system of periodic legal audit of the title ₹5 crore
deeds and other documents in respect of all credit exposures of ₹
FRMD 02/2021
______and above and reverification of title deeds with relevant
Dt.05.01.2021
authorities as part of regular audit exercise till the loan stands fully
repaid.
CFR is a web-based and searchable database, based on the Central Fraud Registry
FRMD 02/2021 Fraud Monitoring Returns, filed by the banks and the select FIs,
Dt.05.01.2021 including the updates thereof, has been made available by RBI.
Expand the term CFR______.
The bank has implemented ______Solution to monitor and Enterprise wide Fraud
FRMD 02/2021 prevent the suspicious transactions of Core Banking Solution, Risk Management
54
Dt.05.01.2021 Internet Banking, Mobile Banking, Credit Card, Debit Card, (EFRM)
performed on POS & e-Commerce channels.
Page

General Services Administration Division

It has now been decided that as defined by Department for Rs. 100 (Rupees
GSAD 39/2021 Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT) an entity shall be Hundred) crore
Dt. 28.09.2021 considered as a Startup if its turnover for any of the financial years
has not exceeded ______.
It has now been decided that as defined by Department for ten years
GSAD 39/2021 Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT) an entity shall be
Dt. 28.09.2021 considered as a Startup up to ______ years from the date of its
incorporation/ registration
As per Office Memorandum No.F.1/26/2018-PPD dated Rs. 30,00,000/-
09.08.2021: Amendment in Rule 149 General Financial Rules
GSAD 39/2021
(GFRs) 2017, in the case of procurement of Automobiles only
Dt. 28.09.2021
through Government e-Marketplace (GeM), the ceiling of direct
purchase will be Rs. ______ instead of Rs. 25,000/-.
GSAD 38/2021 As per revised guidelines, Powers for purchase of SFF for office Rs.0.50 Lacs
Dt. 24.09.2021 use for Incumbents of Scale-I & II will be Rs. ______ per anum.
As per revised guidelines, Powers for purchase of SFF for office Scale-III: Rs.0.75 Lacs
GSAD 38/2021 use for Incumbents of Scale-III & IV will be Rs. ______ per anum. pa
Dt. 24.09.2021 Scale IV: Rs.1.00 Lacs
pa
As per revised guidelines, Powers for purchase of SFF for office Scale-V: Rs.3.00 Lacs
GSAD 38/2021 use for Incumbents of Scale-V & VI will be Rs. ______ per anum. pa
Dt. 24.09.2021 Scale-VI:Rs.5.00 Lacs
pa.
As per revised guidelines, Annual Maintenance Contracts (AMCs) AGM : Rs.5.00 lacs
from OEM/particular authorized dealer of OEM on nomination DGM : Rs.10.00 lacs
GSAD 38/2021 basis after negotiation at CO/ZO/HO/Other Offices GM GSAD : Rs.25.00
Dt. 24.09.2021 lacs
ZLEC & HOEC- I/II/III :
Full Powers
As per revised guidelines, ______ at HO, GSAD/ ZO / CO and Chief Managers
GSAD 38/2021 above have full powers for payment of contractors bills/refund of
Dt. 24.09.2021 security deposits / advances/ ad-hoc payment in terms of
approved contract.
As per revised guidelines, for the Construction & Renovation CM GSAD : Rs.10.00
Projects Powers for payment of architects/contractors bills/refund lakhs
GSAD 38/2021 of security deposits/advances/ ad-hoc payment in terms of AGM GSAD: Rs.50.00
Dt. 24.09.2021 approved contract will be Rs. ______ after the recommendations lakhs
of a committee to be constituted internally with approval of CGM Divisional Heads : Full
GSAD. Powers
As per revised guidelines, ______ have full powers for Misc. HOEC -1 (CGM level
GSAD 38/2021
revenue expenses not specified elsewhere (For Other Divisions & committee)
Dt. 24.09.2021
HO GSAD).
The Master SFF (Asset) Insurance Policy for the period 29-May- M/s IFFCO TOKIO
GSAD 38/2021
2021 to 28-May-2022 has been renewed with ______. GENERAL INSURANCE
Dt. 24.09.2021
CO LTD
As per Procurement Policy of our Bank related to GSAD and Non Rs.0.25 Lakh
IT Division, Procurement from Government e- Market
GSAD 21/2021 Place(Goods & services) up to Rs.______ may be made through
Dt. 10.05.2021 any of the available suppliers on the Government e- Market Place
(GeM Portal), meeting the requisite quality, specification and
delivery period.
As per Procurement Policy of our Bank related to GSAD and Non Rs.5.00 Lakh (excluding
55
GSAD 21/2021 IT Division, Procurement from Government e- Market automobiles where the
Dt. 10.05.2021 Place(Goods & services) above Rs.0.25 Lakh and up to limit will be upto
Page
Rs.______ may be made through the GeM Seller having lowest Rs.30,00,000.00)

price amongst the available sellers(excluding automobiles) of at

least three different manufacturers, on GeM, meeting the requisite
quality, specification and delivery period.
As per Procurement Policy of our Bank related to GSAD and Non Rs.5.00 Lakh
IT Division, Procurement from Government e- Market
Place(Goods & services) above Rs.______h may be made
GSAD 21/2021 through the supplier having lowest price meeting the requisite
Dt. 10.05.2021 quality, specification and delivery period after mandatorily
obtaining bids through tendering , using online bidding and
reverse auction ( if approved by competent authority) tool provided
on GeM.
As per Procurement Policy of our Bank related to GSAD and Non Rs. 0.25 Lakh
IT Division, Purchase of goods under Direct Procurement from
GSAD 21/2021
Market upto the value of Rs. 0.25 Lakh on each occasion may be
Dt. 10.05.2021
made without inviting quotations or bids on the basis of a
certificate to be recorded by the procuring officer.
In case certain items are not available on GeM portal or are Rs.2.50 Lakh
available on a higher price than market rate purchase of such
GSAD 21/2021 goods costing above Rs. 0.25 Lakh and upto Rs.______ on each
Dt. 10.05.2021 occasion may be made on the recommendations of a duly
constituted Local Purchase Committee consisting of three
members.
The three member Purchase Committee should be approved by Scale-IV Officer
GSAD 21/2021 Divisional Head/Dy. Zonal Manager/Circle Head at HO/ZO/CO and
Dt. 10.05.2021 incumbent incharge in case of other offices but not less than
______.
As per Procurement Policy of our Bank related to GSAD and Non Rs.25.00 lakh
IT Division, For procurement of goods etc. having value upto
GSAD 21/2021
Rs.______, limited tender method should be adopted. Two bid
Dt. 10.05.2021
tender to be called from the vendors/contractors empanelled with
bank for different categories.
For procurement of Goods etc. of value above Rs.25,00,000/-, open tender method
______ method should be adopted. Two bid tender to be called
GSAD 21/2021
from the vendors/contractors for different categories. This process
Dt. 10.05.2021
is open to all the bidders in the market fulfilling the technical
eligibility criteria of the tender.
For attending Small/ Urgent Works having value upto Rs.______ Rs.0.50 Lakh
GSAD 21/2021
work may be carried out directly through either empanelled
Dt. 10.05.2021
contractor or locally available market contractor.
For works having value above Rs.0.50 Lakh upto Rs.______ and Rs.2.00 lakh
not covered in any panel , the work may be entrusted after
GSAD 21/2021
obtaining three quotations from the market and award the work to
Dt. 10.05.2021
the contractor quoted the lowest amount after recording reason
subject to reasonability of the rates.
Limited manual tender method is to be adopted for procurement of Rs.10.00 Lakh
GSAD 21/2021 goods/works/consultancy services/ Non Consultancy services etc.
Dt. 10.05.2021 having value upto Rs.______ from the vendors/contractors
empanelled with bank for different categories.
E-tender method is to be adopted for procurement of Rs.10.00 Lakh
GSAD 21/2021 goods/works/consultancy services/ Non Consultancy services etc.
Dt. 10.05.2021 having value above Rs.______ upto maximum ceiling value of
respective category.
Confidential report of past performance from the employer to be Rs.100.00 lakh
GSAD 21/2021 mandatorily obtained for technical eligibility of bidders for
Dt. 10.05.2021 procurement of goods, works or services having estimated value
above Rs.______.
56
As per Procurement Policy of our Bank related to GSAD and Non 14 days
GSAD 21/2021 IT Division, For all procurement where the estimated value is upto
Page
Dt. 10.05.2021 Rs.1.00 Crore, ______ days time be given to the bidders for
bidding.

GSAD 21/2021 IT Division, For all procurement where the estimated value is
Dt. 10.05.2021 above Rs.1.00 Crore and upto Rs.10.00 Crore, ______ days time
be given to the bidders for bidding.
GSAD 21/2021 IT Division, For all procurement where the estimated value is
Dt. 10.05.2021 above Rs.10.00 Crore, ______ days time be given to the bidders
for bidding.
For the firms registered under MSME during procurement of goods 20% ; 4%
through open tender, Every Bank office engaged in procurement
of goods shall set an annual target for ______% procurement from
GSAD 21/2021
MSE Sector out of the total procurement of goods done through
Dt. 10.05.2021
open tender and a sub-target of ______% out of annual
procurement earmarked for procurement from MSEs owned by
SC/ST entrepreneurs..
As per Procurement Policy of our Bank related to GSAD and Non Tender fee/cost and
GSAD 21/2021 IT Division, Firms registered under MSEs would be exempted from from payment of earnest
Dt. 10.05.2021 submission of ______. This guideline will apply on procurement of money
goods and services and not on procurement of works.
As per OM No F.20/2/2014-PPD (Pt.)Firms recognised as Startups Earnest Money Deposit
GSAD 21/2021
by Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP) are (EMD)
Dt. 10.05.2021
exempted from submitting ______.
GSAD 21/2021 An entity shall be considered as a startup up to ______ years from 10 years
Dt. 10.05.2021 the date of its incorporation
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 800 (+ /-) 15%
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms for Branch/Office in rural area will
Dt. 20.04.2021
be ______ sqft.
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 900 (+ /- )15%
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms for Branch/Office at semi Urban
Dt. 20.04.2021
area will be ______ sqft.
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms for Branch/Office at Urban area
Dt. 20.04.2021
will be ______ sqft.
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms for Branch/Office at Metro centre
Dt. 20.04.2021
(M/L, VLB/ELB) will be ______ sqft.
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 2500 (+ /-) 20% ;
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms for LCB / ELCB will be ______ 2000 (+ /- )20% ;
Dt. 20.04.2021
sqft, ______sqft for IRAM and ______ sqft for RAM/MCC. 1500 (+/-) 20%
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 2000 (+ /-) 10% ;
GSAD 17/2021 basis for office use, Area Norms forCASA BACK OFFICES & 2000-2500
Dt. 20.04.2021 Other Back Offices will be ______ sqft and ______ sqft for
CURRENCY CHEST.
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 80 (+ /-) 20% ; 150 ( +
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms for ATM will be ______ sqft, /-) 20% ; Up to 300
Dt. 20.04.2021
______sqft for E-LOBBY and ______ sqft for DIGIHUT.
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 3500 (+/-)10%
basis for office use, Area Norms for ADMIN. OFFICE (COs)
GSAD 17/2021 Including Resolution Recovery and Legal Cell+ CAEC (Circle
Dt. 20.04.2021 Ambience Excellence Centre) +CAC (Customer Acquisition Centre
will be ______ sqft (For Metro Centre and Circles Headed by
DGM).
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 3000 (+/)-10%
basis for office use, Area Norms at all Other Centres for ADMIN.
GSAD 17/2021
OFFICE (COs) Including Resolution Recovery and Legal Cell+
Dt. 20.04.2021
CAEC (Circle Ambience Excellence Centre)+CAC (Customer
57
Acquisition Centre) will be ______ sqft.

GSAD 17/2021 As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 6000 (+ /-) 10%
Page
Dt. 20.04.2021 basis for office use, Area Norms at Metro Centre (Delhi, Mumbai,

Kolkata) for ADMIN. OFFICE (ZOs)+ (ZRMC+ZONAL

SASTRA+ZAEC)) will be ______ sqft.
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 5500 (+/-) 10%
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms at other Area for ADMIN. OFFICE
Dt. 20.04.2021
(ZOs)+ (ZRMC+ZONAL SASTRA+ZAEC)) will be ______ sqft.
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 2500 (+/-)10%
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms for ZAO at Delhi, Mumbai,
Dt. 20.04.2021
Kolkata will be ______ sqft.
As per the policy for hiring of bank’s premises on lease/ Rental 2000 (+/-) 10%
GSAD 17/2021
basis for office use, Area Norms for ZAO at other than Delhi,
Dt. 20.04.2021
Mumbai, Kolkata will be ______ sqft.
Powers with regard to hiring of premises for branches without Rs.15,000/- (other than
releasing of advertisement in newspapers will be at rural centre Rural Centre there is no
GSAD 17/2021
only and Rent per month inclusive of all taxes,cesses & GST will power without releasing
Dt. 20.04.2021
be Rs. ______. of advertisement in
newspapers)
Powers with regard to hiring of premises for ATMs without Rs.25,000/- ;
releasing of advertisement in newspapers will be at rural centre Rs.15,000/- ;
GSAD 17/2021 only and Rent per month inclusive of all taxes,cesses & GST will Rs.8,000/-
Dt. 20.04.2021 be Rs. ______ at Metropolitan (Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata),
Rs. ______ at Other Metros, Major „A‟ Class Cities & Urban and
Rs. ______ at Semi-urban, Rural.
Powers with regard to hiring of premises for E-Lobbies / Digihut No Powers ;
without releasing of advertisement in newspapers will be at rural Rs.20,000/ ;
GSAD 17/2021 centre only and Rent per month inclusive of all taxes,cesses & Rs.10,000/-
Dt. 20.04.2021 GST will be Rs. ______ at Metropolitan (Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai,
Kolkata), Rs. ______ at Other Metros, Major „A‟ Class Cities &
Urban and Rs. ______ at Semi-urban, Rural.
As per RBI guidelines for Basel III Regulation, valuations of 3 years
GSAD 16/2021 properties owned by the bank are to be obtained, from two
Dt. 19.04.2021 professionally qualified independent valuers, at least once in every
______ years.
GSAD 16/2021 Accounting Standard provides option to revalue the items of three or five years
Dt. 19.04.2021 property only every ______.
As per RBI guidelines for Basel III Regulation, The Bank should Rs. 50 crore
GSAD 16/2021
obtain minimum two independent valuation reports for Bank’s
Dt. 19.04.2021
owned land & buildings valued at Rs. ______ or above.
Our Bank has decided to revalue all its land & buildings once in 3 years ; Rs. 50 crore
GSAD 16/2021 every ______ years and will obtain minimum two independent
Dt. 19.04.2021 valuation reports for properties valued at Rs. ______ or above
from its empanelled valuers.
As per our bank's policy for Depreciation on Fixed Assets owned Rs.25,000/-
GSAD 15/2021 by the Bank, Fixed items for office use amounting less than
Dt. 19.04.2021 Rs.______ and/or having useful life of less than 12 months from
the date of acquisition to be recognised as expense.
No depreciation is to be provided on cost of land where the same 2.5%.
is ascertainable. Depreciation @______% p.a. (keeping in view
GSAD 15/2021 the useful life of the property as 40 years) is to be provided on
Dt. 19.04.2021 Construction Cost where the land cost is segregated and on total
cost where the land cost is not ascertainable and cannot be
segregated.
No depreciation is required to be provided on cost of land in 2.5%.
GSAD 15/2021 respect of properties acquired on Perpetual Leasehold basis
Dt. 19.04.2021 where no lease period is mentioned, but the construction cost on
such land shall be depreciated @ ______% p.a.
Where the land cost is not segregated the total cost (land + 2.5%.
58
GSAD 15/2021
construction) is required to be depreciated @ ______% p.a.
Dt. 19.04.2021
(keeping in view the useful life of the property as 40 years.
Page
GSAD 15/2021 Furniture and fixtures -Steel Articles including Lockers is required 5%. ; 10%

Dt. 19.04.2021 to be depreciated @ ______% p.a. and ______% for Wooden

Articles, false ceiling etc.
GSAD 15/2021 Mattresses, carpet etc. is required to be depreciated @ ______% 20%.
Dt. 19.04.2021 p.a.
Mobile Phone Instruments and Computers, ATMs and related 33.33%.
items, laptop, I-pad etc :- Servers, Network Equipments&
GSAD 15/2021
Automated Teller Machines (including software forming an integral
Dt. 19.04.2021
part of computer hardware) is required to be depreciated @
______% p.a.
GSAD 15/2021 Machinery, electrical and miscellaneous articles and Motor cars 15%.
Dt. 19.04.2021 and cycles is required to be depreciated @ ______% p.a.
Cost of Application Software/ Operating System/ Data Base Rs, 25,000/-
GSAD 15/2021
amounting to Rs, ______ and less are to be charged to revenue
Dt. 19.04.2021
expenditure directly.
GSAD 15/2021 The depreciation will be charged annually at the end of each Straight Line Method
Dt. 19.04.2021 financial year on ______ Method centrally by HO: ITD.
Depreciation on Software up to Rs. 25,000/- will be provided @ No Depreciation will be
GSAD 15/2021
______% per annum. applied as the same is
Dt. 19.04.2021
charged to revenue.
GSAD 15/2021 Depreciation on Software up to Rs. 25,000/- will be provided on 33.33%.
Dt. 19.04.2021 straight line method @ ______% per annum.
As per our bank's policy for sale of Non-Core Banking Assets 10 years
GSAD 13/2021 (Immovable Properties), Any plot owned by bank which is not put
Dt. 06.04.2021 to use for the last ______ years and its utilization could not be
finalized, may be considered for Sale
As per our bank's policy for sale of Non-Core Banking Assets twelve months
(Immovable Properties), Before taking steps for arranging sale of
GSAD 13/2021 the NCBA, the property shall be got valued from two Bank’s
Dt. 06.04.2021 approved valuers by the concerned Circle Office where IP is
positioned. The valuation reports should not be more than ______
old.
As per our bank's policy for sale of Non-Core Banking Assets 12 months
(Immovable Properties), Before taking steps for arranging sale of
GSAD 13/2021
the NCBA, Legal opinion/NEC from the approved counsel will be
Dt. 06.04.2021
obtained which should not be older than ______and same will be
vetted by Law Officer at ZO/HO.
As per our bank's policy for sale of Non-Core Banking Assets Field- ZLBC
GSAD 13/2021
(Immovable Properties), Recommending Authority for identification HO- Committee of CGM
Dt. 06.04.2021
of Asset for sale/disposal will be ______. (GSAD)
As per our bank's policy for sale of Non-Core Banking Assets Field- HOBC-II
GSAD 13/2021
(Immovable Properties), Final approving authority for identification HO- HOBC-II
Dt. 06.04.2021
of Asset for sale/disposal will be ______.
As per our bank's policy for sale of Non-Core Banking Assets Field- ZLBC & CREC
GSAD 13/2021
(Immovable Properties), _______ will recommend the Reserve HO- Committee of CGM
Dt. 06.04.2021
Price. (GSAD) & CREC
As per our bank's policy for sale of Non-Core Banking Assets Field- HOBC-II
GSAD 13/2021
(Immovable Properties), Final approving authority for Fixing of HO- HOBC-II
Dt. 06.04.2021
Reserve Price will be ______.
As per our bank's policy for sale of Non-Core Banking Assets Field- MC
GSAD 13/2021
(Immovable Properties), Final Authority for according approval to HO- MC
Dt. 06.04.2021
sell will be ______.
On sale of property, the person declared to be successful bidder / twenty-five ; HOBC-II
purchaser will deposit of ______ per cent of the amount of the
GSAD 13/2021 bid/sale price after adjusting the Earnest Money Deposited (EMD)
Dt. 06.04.2021 within 10 days from the date of bid or such extended period in
case of exceptional circumstances. The competent Authority for
59
extension beyond 10 days will be ______.

Page

Government Business Division

Government of India, in consultation with the Reserve Bank of March 2022.
GBD 95/2021 India, has decided to issue Sovereign Gold Bonds 2021-2022.
Dt.22.10.2021 The Sovereign Gold Bonds will be issued in four tranches from
October 2021 to ______.
GBD 95/2021 The Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 will be issued in one gram
Dt.22.10.2021 denominations of ______of gold or multiples thereof.
The Minimum limit of subscription for the Sovereign Gold Bond one gram ; 4 kg ; 4
2021-22 issued shall be ______ and maximum limit of kg ; 20kg
GBD 95/2021
subscription per fiscal year shall be ______ for individuals,
Dt.22.10.2021
______ for Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) and ______for Trusts
and similar entities notified by the Government from time to time.
The nominal value of Gold Bond 2021-2022 shall be in Indian 3 working days
Rupees fixed on the basis of simple average of closing price of
GBD 95/2021
gold of 999 purity, published by the India Bullion and Jewelers
Dt.22.10.2021
Association Limited, for the last ______ days of the week
preceding the subscription period.
The issue price of the Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 will be Rs.50.00
GBD 95/2021 Rs.______ per gram less than the nominal value to those
Dt.22.10.2021 investors applying online and the payment against the application
is made through digital mode.
The interest on the Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 shall 2.50 percent
GBD 95/2021
commence from the date of issue and shall be paid at a fixed rate
Dt.22.10.2021
of ______ percent per annum on the nominal value of the bond.
All payments for Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 shall be accepted Rs.20000.00
GBD 95/2021
in Indian Rupees through cash upto a maximum of Rs.______ or
Dt.22.10.2021
demand draft or cheque, or electronic banking.
GBD 95/2021 The Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 shall be repayable on the eight years
Dt.22.10.2021 expiration of______ years from the date of the issue of the Bonds.
Premature redemption of Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 may be Fifth year
GBD 95/2021
permitted after ______ from the date of issue of Bonds and such
Dt.22.10.2021
repayments will be made on next interest payment date.
The commission for mobilizing subscription towards Sovereign 1% ; 50%
Gold Bond 2021-22 shall be paid at the rate of ______ % of the
GBD 95/2021 total subscription received by the receiving offices and receiving
Dt.22.10.2021 offices shall share at least ______% of the commission so
received with the agents or sub agents for the business procured
through them.
As per Circular no. PFRDA/2021/36/SUP-CRA/14 dated August 18-70 years
GBD 93/2021
26, 2021; the existing age of entry under NPS which is 18-65
Dt.06.09.2021
years has been revised to ______ years by PFRDA.
As per revised guidelines on entry and exit under NPS, Any Indian 75 years
GBD 93/2021 Citizen, resident or non-resident and Overseas Citizen of India
Dt.06.09.2021 (OCI) between the age of 65-70 years can join NPS and continue
or defer their NPS Account up to the age of ______ years.
As per revised guidelines on entry and exit under NPS, The 15% ; 50%
Subscriber, joining NPS beyond the age of 65 years, can exercise
GBD 93/2021
the choice of PF and Asset Allocation with the maximum equity
Dt.06.09.2021
exposure of ______% and ______% under Auto and Active
Choice respectively.
As per revised NPS guidelines, The Subscribers are also eligible Tier II
GBD 92/2021 to open ______ Account for investing their disposable income to
Dt.06.09.2021 optimize their returns which unlike Tier-I account can be
withdrawn at any time.
60
As per PFRDA (Exit and Withdrawal under NPS) (Amendment) Rs. 2.5 lac
GBD 92/2021 Regulations, 2021 dt 14th June 2021, the provisions related to
Page
Dt.13.10.2021 lump sum withdrawal have been modified for the benefit of
Subscribers. For Premature Exit i.e. Exit before 60

years/Superannuation, Limit for lump Sum payment will be Rs.

______.
GBD 92/2021 For Normal exit i.e. on 60 years / or beyond & on Rs. 5 lac
Dt.13.10.2021 Superannuation, Limit for lump Sum payment will be Rs. ______.
GBD 92/2021 For exit due to Unfortunate Death of Subscriber, Limit for lump Rs. 5 lac
Dt.13.10.2021 Sum payment will be Rs. ______.
For Subscribers who join NPS beyond 60 years, The exit before 3 premature exit ;
GBD 92/2021
years shall be treated as ______ and those withdrawals beyond 3 normal exit
Dt.13.10.2021
years shall be treated as ______.
The provisions of exit regulations require the Subscribers during PFRDA
exit, to utilize a certain percentage upto which their corpus can be
GBD 92/2021
withdrawn as lump sum and the balance is to be utilized to buy
Dt.13.10.2021
annuity from the Annuity Service Providers (ASP) empaneled by
______.
In case of Premature Exit, If the corpus is equal to or below 2.5 80% ; 20%
lakh, lump sum is payable. If the corpus is higher than 2.5 lakh, at
GBD 92/2021 least ______% of the accumulated pension wealth has to be
Dt.13.10.2021 utilized for purchase of an Annuity providing for monthly pension
to the Subscriber. The balance ______% is payable as lump sum
to the Subscriber.
In case of Normal Exit, If the corpus is equal to or below 5 lakh, 40% ; 60%
lump sum is payable. If the corpus is higher than 5 lakh, at least
GBD 92/2021 ______% of the accumulated pension wealth has to be utilized for
Dt.13.10.2021 purchase of an Annuity providing for monthly pension to the
Subscriber. The balance ______% is payable as lump sum to the
Subscriber.
In case of Unfortunate Death of Subscriber (Government 80% ; 20%
Sector, Lump sum is payable to nominees/legal heirs if the corpus
is less than or equal to 5 lakhs. If the corpus is higher than 5
GBD 92/2021
lakhs, at least ______% of the accumulated pension wealth of the
Dt.13.10.2021
Subscriber has to be utilized for purchase of Default Annuity* by
dependents and the balance ______% is paid as lump sum to the
nominee/legal heir.
In case of Unfortunate Death of Subscriber (Government 20% ; 80%
Sector, If none of the dependent family members (spouse, mother
GBD 92/2021 & father) are alive unfortunately, ______% is to be paid as lump
Dt.13.10.2021 sum to the nominee/legal heir. The balance corpus i.e. ______ %
is payable to the surviving children of the Subscriber or to the
legal heirs.
In case of Freedom Fighter Pensioner, the banks must ensure ₹2,40,000/- per year or
that a dependent pension is not sanctioned to a spouse or a ₹20,000/- per month.
GBD 84/2021 daughter of a freedom fighter if the spouse/daughter is already
Dt.20.09.2021 employed in a Central or a State Government, Central/ State PSU
or Local Body and income from such job/activity exceeds
₹______.
GBD 84/2021
daughter of a freedom fighter In case the spouse/daughter is
Dt.20.09.2021
working in a private sector or having his/her own business/activity
and income from such job/activity exceeds ₹______.
The Pension account cannot be allowed to be operated by a former President/ Vice-
holder of power of attorney except in case of an account of President of India or of
GBD 84/2021 ______. the spouse of the
Dt.20.09.2021 deceased
President/Vice-
President
61
Pension Paying Banks should compensate the pensioner for 8 percent

GBD 84/2021 delay in crediting pension/arrears thereof at a fixed interest rate of
Page
Dt.20.09.2021 ______ percent per annum for the delay after the due date of
payment.

The pensioners/family pensioners would be required to furnish a 80 years

Life Certificate in November each year. The Pensioners/Family
GBD 84/2021
Pensioners aged ______ years and above may submit their Life
Dt.20.09.2021
certificate w.e.f 1st October of each year which would be valid till
30th November of the Subsequent Year.
A life certificate in the form of ______, which initially requires a Jeevan Pramaan
pensioner to undergo Aadhaar Biometric Authentication and is
GBD 84/2021 subsequently issued online, will be accepted as a valid life
Dt.20.09.2021 certificate pursuant to the provision of the Aadhaar (Targeted
Delivery of Financial and other Subsidies, Benefits and Services)
Act, 2016 ”.
A pensioner not residing in India in respect of whom his duly a Magistrate, a Notary, a
GBD 84/2021
authorized agent produces a life certificate signed by ______ is Banker or a Diplomatic
Dt.20.09.2021
exempted from personal appearance. Representative of India
Banks should give SMS alerts to pensioners/family pensioners 10th December
GBD 84/2021 from 1st December to ______ of each year to minimize the
Dt.20.09.2021 number of cases of stoppage of pension due to non-receipt of life
certificate.
The pensioner would be required to furnish a certificate of non- November
GBD 84/2021
employment or employment/re-employment in the month of
Dt.20.09.2021
______ each year.
Widow or Widower is entitled to Family Pension up to the date of less than the amount of
GBD 84/2021 death or re-marriage. Provided that family pension shall be minimum family pension
Dt.20.09.2021 continued to be payable to Childless widow on remarriage, if her
income from all sources is ______.
Widow or Widower is entitled to Family Pension up to the date of November
GBD 84/2021 death or re-marriage. He/She is required to submit a self-
Dt.20.09.2021 certificate of non-marriage in the month of ______ each year or
intimate the date of marriage.
Unmarried dependent son/daughter (including widowed daughter) 25 years
GBD 84/2021 is entitled to get family pension until he/she attains the age of
Dt.20.09.2021 ______ years or until he/she gets married or until he/she starts
earning his/her livelihood whichever is the earliest.
In case of family pensioners who are unable to visit India for Embassy of India/High
personal identification, they may be allowed pension/family Commission of
GBD 84/2021
pension on the basis of certificate to be issued by an authorized India/Indian Consulate
Dt.20.09.2021
official of the ______ in the country where the pensioner is
residing.
On attaining the age of ______ years an additional pension/family 80 years
GBD 84/2021 pension is payable to the pensioners/family pensioners covered
Dt.20.09.2021 under CCS(Pension) Rules 1972, from the 1st day of the month in
which the date of birth falls.
First five digits in a 12 digit PPO Number represent the code check digit
GBD 84/2021 number of concerned PAO, next two numbers indicate the year of
Dt.20.09.2021 issue and the next four digits indicate the sequential number of
the PPO while the last digit is a ______.
GBD 84/2021 daughter of a freedom fighter if the spouse/daughter is receiving a
Dt.20.09.2021 pension/salary on account of his or her own job or by virtue of the
previous employment of the deceased freedom fighter and income
from such job/activity exceeds ₹______.
All authorized Nodal branches /offices where TOC will be CEXCUPL ; MCHRG
GBD 79/2021 received, the same office/branch will book the TOC directly in
Dt.08.09.2021 income heads of concerned branches only through menu option
______ (for multiple entries) or through ______ (for Single entry)
62
As per latest guidelines issues by GoI-MoF (DoE), PFMS Division, Publiv Finance
GBD 57/2021 New Delhi through its O.M. No. F.No. 1(13)PFMS/FCD/2020 Management System
Page
Dt.15.07.2021 dated 23.03.2021, a new procedure will be adopted for release of (PFMS)
funds under the Centrally Sponsored Schemes (CSS) through

______ system for making payment/disbursement of fund w.e.f

1st July, 2021.
Pension paying banks should compensate the pensioner for delay 8 per cent
GBD 56/2021 in crediting pension/ arrears thereof at a fixed interest rate of
Dt.13.07.2021 ______ per cent per annum for the delay after the due date of
payment.
Pension will be credited to pensioner’s account during the last four working days
GBD 56/2021
______ of the month except for the month of March for which
Dt.13.07.2021
pension is to be credited on or after first working day of April.
Wherever thumb or toe impression of the old/sick pensioner is two
GBD 56/2021 obtained, it should be identified by ______ independent witnesses
Dt.13.07.2021 known to the bank, one of whom should be a responsible bank
official.
All agency banks may issue instructions to their dealing branches Prabhakar Rao
GBD 56/2021
to adhere to the recommendations of the ______ relating to Committee
Dt.13.07.2021
pension payments.
In order to ease the process of contribution upload by the Nodal Trustee Bank (TB) and
GBD 53/2021 officers, PFRDA has introduced a NACH mandate jointly hosted Central Record Keeping
Dt.04.07.2021 by ______ through National Automated Clearing House (NACH) (CRA)
operated by National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI).
Under NACH Mandate, all the nodal offices have to provide the NPSCAN
GBD 53/2021
'one-time mandate registration' for auto debiting their bank
Dt.04.07.2021
accounts with the amount based on the SCF uploaded in ______.
Prerequisites of Registration for Facility of NPS on-boarding 16 digit
GBD 49/2021 through online Aadhaar e KYC are Aadhaar Number or ______
Dt.29.06.2021 digit Virtual Identification (VID) Number provided by UIDAI and
Aadhaar Registered Mobile Number.
To open NPS account online using Aadhaar, Subscribers need to e-NPS
GBD 49/2021
visit ______ portal using
Dt.29.06.2021
https://enps.nsdl.com/eNPS/NationalPensionSystem.html
FASTag is a device that employs RFID technology for making toll Radio Frequency
GBD 42/2021
payments directly from the prepaid or savings account linked to it. Identification
Dt.25.06.2021
Expand the term RFID _______.
FASTag can be bought either from PNB branches or online VC4
GBD 42/2021
through banks website. Only ______ tags will be issued from
Dt.25.06.2021
online portal.
The FASTag normally gets delivered to the address entered by 7-8 working days
GBD 42/2021
the customer in the online application form within ______ days of
Dt.25.06.2021
the approval.
GBD 42/2021 A fee of Rs. ______ will be applicable for replacement of FASTag. Rs. 100
Dt.25.06.2021
GBD 42/2021 Menu option for FASTag Inventory Management is ______. FTAGINV
Dt.25.06.2021
GBD 42/2021 Menu option for issuance of FASTag is ______. FTAGISS
Dt.25.06.2021
GBD 42/2021 Menu option for Reload of FASTag is ______. FTAGRLD
Dt.25.06.2021
GBD 42/2021 FASTag can be Replaced/Surrendered/Inquired through Menu FTAGMBR
Dt.25.06.2021 option ______.
GBD 35/2021 The Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 will be issued in one gram
Dt.15.05.2021 denominations of ______of gold or multiples thereof.
The Minimum limit of subscription for the Sovereign Gold Bond one gram ; 4 kg ; 4
2021-22 issued shall be ______ and maximum limit of kg ; 20kg
GBD 35/2021
subscription per fiscal year shall be ______ for individuals,
Dt.15.05.2021
______ for Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) and ______for Trusts
and similar entities notified by the Government from time to time.
63
The nominal value of Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 shall be in 3 working days
GBD 35/2021
Indian Rupees fixed on the basis of simple average of closing
Page
Dt.15.05.2021
price of gold of 999 purity, published by the India Bullion and

Jewellers Association Limited, for the last _______ days of the

week preceding the subscription period.
The issue price of the Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 will be Rs.50.00
GBD 35/2021 Rs.______ per gram less than the nominal value to those
Dt.15.05.2021 investors applying online and the payment against the application
is made through digital mode.
The interest on the Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 shall 2.50 percent
GBD 35/2021
commence from the date of issue and shall be paid at a fixed rate
Dt.15.05.2021
of ______ percent per annum on the nominal value of the bond.
The interest on the Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 shall be half-yearly
GBD 35/2021
payable in ______ rests and the last interest shall be payable
Dt.15.05.2021
along with the principal on maturity.
All payments for Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 shall be accepted Rs.20000.00
GBD 35/2021
in Indian Rupees through cash upto a maximum of Rs.______ or
Dt.15.05.2021
demand draft or cheque, or electronic banking.
GBD 35/2021 The Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 shall be repayable on the eight years
Dt.15.05.2021 expiration of______ years from the date of the issue of the Bonds.
Premature redemption of Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22 may be Fifth year
GBD 35/2021
permitted after ______ from the date of issue of Bonds and such
Dt.15.05.2021
repayments will be made on next interest payment date.
Under Sovereign Gold Bond 2021-22, The sole Holder or all the two
GBD 35/2021
joint holders may nominate a maximum of ______ persons as
Dt.15.05.2021
nominee.
The commission for mobilizing subscription towards Sovereign Rupee one ; 50%
Gold Bond 2021-22 shall be paid at the rate of Rs. ______ per
GBD 35/2021 hundred Rupees of the total subscription received by the receiving
Dt.15.05.2021 offices and receiving offices shall share at least ______% of the
commission so received with the agents or sub agents for the
business procured through them.
PFRDA has announced the enablement of contribution by NPS Rs.500/-
Subscribers into D Remit by using Immediate Payment System
GBD 32/2021 (IMPS), the instant fund transfer facility provided by National
Dt.23.04.2021 Payment Corporation of India (NPCI). The minimum value of
contribution under D Remit should be equal to or above
Rs.______.
PFRDA has now extended the option of contribution into NPS NRO/NRE
GBD 31/2021
through D-Remit to NRI-NPS Subscribers who can contribute to
Dt.23.04.2021
their NPS accounts from funds in their ______accounts.
At the time of withdrawal/Exit, the proceeds of NPS shall be NRO /NRE
GBD 31/2021
credited into ______ account of NRI subscribers and repatriation
Dt.23.04.2021
would be as per applicable FEMA guidelines.
Agency banks would be eligible to claim agency commission for ₹ 40/- ₹ 9/-
GBD 30/2021 pension transactions at the rate of ₹ ______ per transaction for
Dt.19.04.2021 Physical Receipts and ₹ ______ per transaction for e-mode
Receipts.
Agency banks would be eligible to claim agency commission for ₹ 75
GBD 30/2021 pension transactions at the rate of ₹ ______ per transaction only
Dt.19.04.2021 when the entire work relating to disbursement of pension including
pension calculation is attended to by them.
GBD 30/2021 Other than pension payment would be eligible for payment of 6.5 paise per ₹ 100/-
Dt.19.04.2021 agency commission @ ______ w.e.f. July 1, 2019. turnover
Agency banks would be eligible to claim agency commission for ₹ 75
GBD 30/2021 pension transactions at the rate of ₹______ per transaction only
Dt.19.04.2021 when the entire work relating to disbursement of pension
including pension calculation is attended to by them.
If the work relating to pension calculations, etc., is attended to by 6.5 paise per ₹ 100/-
64
GBD 30/2021 the concerned Government Department / Treasury, Agency banks turnover
Dt.19.04.2021 would be eligible to claim agency commission for pension
Page
transactions at the rate of ₹______ per transaction.

If the banks are required only to credit the amount of pension to 6.5 paise per ₹ 100/-
the pensioners' accounts maintained with them by a single turnover
GBD 30/2021
debit to Government Account, Agency banks would be eligible to
Dt.19.04.2021
claim agency commission for pension transactions at the rate of
₹______ per transaction.
The number of pension transactions eligible for payment of 14 ; two
agency commission should not exceed ______ per pensioner per
GBD 30/2021
year. This includes one monthly credit for payment of net pension
Dt.19.04.2021
and a maximum of ______ per year for payment of arrears on
account of increase in dearness relief, if applicable.
Agency commission is payable to an agency bank at the full rate 75:25
provided the transactions are handled by the bank at all stages.
GBD 30/2021
Where, however, the work is shared between two banks, the
Dt.19.04.2021
agency commission is shared between the banks in the proportion
of ______.
The agency commission is payable to the agency banks @ full rate
______ , in cases where the transactions are handled by the bank
GBD 30/2021
at all stages, i.e., up to the stage of dispatch of scrolls and
Dt.19.04.2021
challans / cheques to the Pay and Accounts Offices, and
treasuries/sub-treasuries.
The agency commission is payable to the agency banks @ 75%
______ , of the applicable rate, where the dealing branch is
GBD 30/2021
required to account for the transaction by passing on the scrolls
Dt.19.04.2021
and documents to the local/nearest branch of Reserve Bank of
India or by any agency bank conducting government business.
The agency commission is payable to the agency banks @ 25%
______ , of the applicable rate, in the case of agency branch
GBD 30/2021 which received the scrolls and documents from dealing branches
Dt.19.04.2021 of other banks and is responsible for the accounting of these
transactions and dispatching of the scrolls and documents to the
Pay and Accounts Offices, Treasuries, etc.
Agency banks are required to submit their claims for agency CAS Nagpur
commission in the prescribed format to ______ in respect of
GBD 30/2021
Central government transactions and the respective Regional
Dt.19.04.2021
Office of Reserve Bank of India for State government
transactions.
GBD 30/2021 Agency commission claims with respect to GST receipt Mumbai Regional Office
Dt.19.04.2021 transactions will be settled at ______. of Reserve Bank of India
Agency banks are furnished their claim on agency commission to 60 calendar days
GBD 30/2021
Reserve Bank within ______ days from the end of the quarter in
Dt.19.04.2021
which the transactions have been conducted.
Agency banks will be liable to pay penal interest at Bank Rate as 2%
GBD 30/2021
notified by Reserve Bank of India plus ______% for any wrong
Dt.19.04.2021
claims of agency commission settled.
A Citizen of India; Resident or Non-Resident (Salaried or Self 18-60 years
GBD 28/2021
Employed), Age between ______ years, as on date of joining can 18-70 years (GBD
Dt.15.04.2021
Join NPS. 93/21)
Individuals who are employed and contributing to NPS are 10% ; Rs. 1.50 lacs
GBD 28/2021 eligible for tax deduction up to ______% of Salary (Basic + DA)
Dt.15.04.2021 under Section 80 CCD(1)within the overall ceiling of Rs. ______
under Sec 80 CCE.
Individuals who are self-employed Eligible for tax deduction up to 20% ; Rs. 1.50 lacs
GBD 28/2021
______ % of gross income under Sec 80 CCD (1) with in the
Dt.15.04.2021
overall ceiling of Rs. ______ under Sec 80 CCE.
Subscriber is allowed deduction in addition to the deduction Rs. 50,000/-
GBD 28/2021 allowed under Sec. 80CCD(1) for additional contribution in his
65
Dt.15.04.2021 NPS account subject to maximum investment of Rs. ______

under sec. 80CCD 1(B)
Page
GBD 28/2021 Under Public Provident Fund (PPF) Scheme, A minimum deposit ₹500/- ; ₹1.5 lakh

Dt.15.04.2021 of ₹______is required to open and can be deposited upto

₹______ in financial year.
Senior Citizens Savings Scheme (SCSS) is a government-backed 60 years ; 55 years
GBD 28/2021 savings Scheme offered to Indian residents aged over ______
Dt.15.04.2021 years or superannuation/ VRS after the ages of ______ years and
above.
The retired personnel of Defense Services (excluding Civilian fifty years
GBD 28/2021 defense employees) shall be eligible to open an account under
Dt.15.04.2021 Senior Citizens Savings Scheme (SCSS) on attaining the age of
______ years subject to fulfillment of other specified conditions.
The deposit under Senior Citizens Savings Scheme (SCSS) 5 years ; 3 years
GBD 28/2021
matures after ______ years from the date of account opening but
Dt.15.04.2021
can be extended once for a period of ______ years.
Depositors under Senior Citizens Savings Scheme (SCSS) are ₹1000 ; ₹15 lakh
GBD 28/2021
allowed to make a lump sum deposit with a minimum deposit of
Dt.15.04.2021
₹______ and maximum of ₹______.
An account under Sukanya Samriddhi Account can be opened by ₹ 250/- ; ₹ 1.50 lakh
GBD 28/2021
deposit of ₹ ______ and can be deposited upto ₹ ______ during a
Dt.15.04.2021
financial year.
The Floating Rate Saving Bonds 2020 (Taxable) will be issued for ₹ 1000/- ; no upper
GBD 28/2021
a minimum amount of ₹ ______ and in multiple thereof with upper limit
Dt.15.04.2021
limit of ₹______.
With the introduction of GST w.e.f. 1st July, 2017, our all branches ₹ 10,000/-
GBD 28/2021 are authorized for collection of GST payments. The Tax-payer can
Dt.15.04.2021 pay GST through on-line as well as off-line mode upto ₹
______only.
Bank is registered as PoP as well as Aggregator under Pension Point of Presence
GBD 28/2021 Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) and act as
Dt.15.04.2021 a distribution channel for NPS under All India Citizen
Model/Corporate Model. Expand the term PoP______.
PFMS is a web-based application for payment, accounting and Public Financial
GBD 28/2021
reconciliation of Government transactions and integrates various Management System
Dt.15.04.2021
existing standalone systems. Expand the term PFMS ______.
Our Bank is having COCD application for Department of Centralized Online
Handicrafts, Ministry of Textiles and Government of India for on- Claim Disbursement
GBD 28/2021 line disbursement of Margin Money assistance, Interest
Dt.15.04.2021 Subvention and Credit Guarantee for MUDRA loan under Prime
Minister MUDRA Yojna to Handloom Weavers/Artisans. Expand
the term COCD ______.
Under Employee Provident Fund (EPF) Scheme, every 20
GBD 28/2021 company/organization employing more than ______ individuals
Dt.15.04.2021 including employees who are on contract is mandatorily required
to register under PF Act.
Notes with slogans, political or religious messages, scribbling, Clean Note Policy of
GBD 27/2021
stain (including colour stain) etc are unfit for usage and circulation RBI
Dt.09.04.2021
and go against______.
As per Note Refund Amendment Rules, where the number of 20 ; Rs. 5000/-
GBD 27/2021 soiled notes presented by a person is up to ______ pieces with a
Dt.09.04.2021 maximum value of Rs. ______ per day, banks should exchange
them over the counter, free of charge.
Where the number of soiled notes presented by a person exceeds 20 ; Rs. 5000/-
GBD 27/2021
______ pieces or Rs.______in value per day, banks may accept
Dt.09.04.2021
them, against receipt, for value to be credited later.
As per Note Refund Amendment Rules, where the number of 5 ; Rs. 5000
mutilated and imperfect notes presented by a person is more than
GBD 27/2021 ______ pieces not exceeding Rs. ______ in value, the tenderer
66
Dt.09.04.2021 should be advised to send such notes to nearby currency chest

branch by insured post giving his / her bank account details (a/c
Page
no, branch name, IFSC, etc.) or get them exchanged thereat in

person.
Currency chest branches receiving mutilated notes through 30 days
GBD 27/2021
insured post should credit the exchange value to the account of
Dt.09.04.2021
sender by electronic means within ______ of receipt of notes.
Any note with slogans and message of a political or religious Rule 6(3) (iii) of Note
GBD 27/2021
nature written across it ceases to be a legal tender and the claim Refund Amendment
Dt.09.04.2021
on such a note will be rejected under ______. Rules (NRR), 2009
The notes, which are found to be deliberately cut, torn, altered or Rule 6(3)(ii) of the NRR,
GBD 27/2021
tampered with, if presented for payment of exchange value should 2009
Dt.09.04.2021
be rejected under ______.
For Shortages in soiled note remittances and currency chest ₹ 50/-
GBD 26/2021
balances in denomination up to ₹ 50, Penalties will be imposed on
Dt.09.04.2021
banks @ ______ per piece in addition to the loss
For Shortages in soiled note remittances and currency chest Equal to the value of the
GBD 26/2021
balances in denomination of ₹ 100 & above, Penalties will be denomination
Dt.09.04.2021
imposed on banks @ ______ per piece in addition to the loss
For Mutilated notes detected in soiled note remittances and ₹ 50/-
GBD 26/2021
currency chest balances, Penalties will be imposed on banks @
Dt.09.04.2021
______ per piece irrespective of the denomination.
For Non-compliance with operational guidelines by currency ₹ 5000/- ; ₹ 10,000
chests detected by RBI officials e.g. a) Non-functioning of CCTV
b) Branch cash/documents kept in strong room c) Non-utilization
GBD 26/2021 of NSMs for sorting of notes (NSMs not used for sorting of high
Dt.09.04.2021 denomination notes received over the counter or not used for
sorting notes remitted to chest/RBI), Penalties will be imposed on
banks @ ______ for each irregularity. Penalty will be enhanced
to ₹ ______ in case of repetition.
For non-issue of coins over the counter to any member of public ₹ 10,000
GBD 26/2021
despite having stock, Penalties will be imposed on banks @
Dt.09.04.2021
______ for any violation of agreement or deficiency of service.
For refusal by any bank branch to exchange soiled notes / refusal ₹ 10,000
by any currency chest branch to adjudicate mutilated notes
GBD 26/2021
tendered by any member of public, Penalties will be imposed on
Dt.09.04.2021
banks @ ______ for any violation of agreement or deficiency of
service.
For non acceptance of lower denomination notes (i.e. ₹ 10,000
GBD 26/2021 denomination of ₹ 50 and below) tendered by members of public
Dt.09.04.2021 and linked bank branches, Penalties will be imposed on banks @
______ for any violation of agreement or deficiency of service.
For Detection of mutilated /counterfeit notes in re-issuable packets ₹ 10,000
GBD 26/2021 prepared by the currency chest branches., Penalties will be
Dt.09.04.2021 imposed on banks @ ______ for any violation of agreement or
deficiency of service.
Penalties of ₹ ______will be imposed on banks in case there are ₹ 5 lakh
GBD 26/2021 more than 5 instances of violation of agreement/deficiency in
Dt.09.04.2021 service by the branch. The levy of such penalty will be placed in
public domain.
Appeal against the decision of the Competent Authority for one month
penalties imposed may be made by the Controlling Office of the
GBD 26/2021 currency chest/branch to the Regional Director/Chief General
Dt.09.04.2021 Manager/Officer-in-Charge of the Regional Office concerned,
within ______ from the date of debit, who may decide whether the
same can be accepted/ rejected.
In terms of the Preamble, under Section ______ of the RBI Act, Section 45 ; Section
GBD 25/2021 1934 and ______ of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the Bank 35 A
Dt.09.04.2021 issues guidelines / instructions for realising the objectives of Clean
67
Note Policy.
GBD 25/2021 The CDES for bank branches including currency chests has been Currency Distribution &
Page
Dt.09.04.2021 formulated in order to ensure that all bank branches provide better Exchange Scheme

customer service to members of public with regard to exchange of

notes and coins, in keeping with the objectives of Clean Note
Policy. Expand the term CDES______.
As per Currency Distribution & Exchange Scheme (CDES), banks 50% (In the North
are eligible for Reimbursement of ______% of capital expenditure Eastern region up to
GBD 25/2021
subject to a ceiling of ₹ ______ per currency chest for Opening of 100%) ; ₹ 50 lakh
Dt.09.04.2021
and maintaining currency chests at centres having population of
less than 1 lakh in under banked States.
For opening of and maintaining currency chests at centres having 50% ; 3 years (In the
GBD 25/2021 population of less than 1 lakh in under banked States. , banks are North Eastern region 5
Dt.09.04.2021 eligible for Reimbursement of ______% of revenue expenditure years)
for the first ______years.
For exchange of soiled notes over the counter at bank branches, ₹ 2/-
GBD 25/2021
banks are eligible for financial incentives @ ₹ _______ per packet
Dt.09.04.2021
for exchange of soiled notes up to denomination ₹ 50.
For Exchange of adjudication of mutilated banknotes over the ₹ 2/-
GBD 25/2021
counter at bank branches, banks are eligible for financial
Dt.09.04.2021
incentives @ ₹ _______ per piece.
For distribution of coins over counter banks are eligible for ₹ 25/-
GBD 25/2021
financial incentives @ ₹ _______ per bag for distribution of coins
Dt.09.04.2021
over the counter.
GBD 24/2021 The minimum amount of deposit into / withdrawal from currency ₹ 1,00,000/- ; ₹
Dt.09.04.2021 chest will be ₹ ______ and thereafter, in multiples of ₹ ______. 50,000/-
GBD 24/2021 The currency chests should invariably report all transactions CyM – CC
Dt.09.04.2021 through ______ portal on the same day by 7 pm.
Soiled note remittances to RBI should not be shown as withdrawal ₹ 50,000/-
GBD 24/2021 by chest/s. In case such remittances to RBI are wrongly reported
Dt.09.04.2021 as 'withdrawals', a penalty of ₹ ______ will be levied irrespective
of the value of remittance and period of such wrong reporting.
Diversions must not be reported as Deposit/Withdrawal in CyM – ₹ 50,000/-
GBD 24/2021
CC portal. A penalty of ₹ ______ will be levied for such wrong
Dt.09.04.2021
reporting.
Penal interest shall be levied at the rate of ______% over the 2%.
GBD 24/2021 prevailing Bank Rate for the period of delayed reporting/wrong
Dt.09.04.2021 reporting/non-reporting /inclusion of ineligible amounts in chest
balances.
For cases of detection of Counterfeit Notes up to ______ pieces, 4 pieces
in a single transaction, a consolidated report in the prescribed
GBD 23/2021
format should be sent by the Nodal Bank Officer to the police
Dt.09.04.2021
authorities or the Nodal Police Station, along with the suspect
Counterfeit Notes, at the end of the month.
For cases of detection of Counterfeit Notes of ______ pieces, in a 5 or more pieces
single transaction, the Counterfeit Notes should be forwarded
GBD 23/2021
immediately by the Nodal Bank Officer to the local police
Dt.09.04.2021
authorities or the Nodal Police Station for investigation by filing
FIR in the prescribed format.
The banks should re-align their cash management in such a ₹ 100
GBD 23/2021 manner so as to ensure that cash receipts in the denominations of
Dt.09.04.2021 ₹______ and above are not put into recirculation without the notes
being machine processed for authenticity.
Penalty at ______% of the notional value of Counterfeit Notes, in 100%
addition to the recovery of loss to the extent of the notional value
GBD 23/2021 of such notes, will be imposed when Counterfeit Notes are
Dt.09.04.2021 detected in the soiled note remittance of the bank and if
Counterfeit Notes are detected in the currency chest balance of a
bank during Inspection / Audit by RBI.
68
Data on Counterfeit Notes detected by all the branches of the monthly

GBD 23/2021
bank shall be reported in the prescribed format, on a ______
Dt.09.04.2021
Page
basis.

Under Rule 8 (1) of Prevention of Money Laundering The Director, FIU-IND,

(Maintenance of Records) Amendment Rules, 2013, Principal Financial Intelligence
GBD 23/2021
Officers of banks are also required to report information on cash Unit- India
Dt.09.04.2021
transactions where forged notes have been detected to ______ by
the 15th day of the succeeding month.
Counterfeit Notes, which are the subject matter of litigation in the three years
GBD 23/2021
court of law should be preserved with the branch concerned for
Dt.09.04.2021
______ years after conclusion of the court case.
GBD 23/2021 Size of Rs. 200/- notes issued in Mahatma Gandhi (New) Series 66mm x 146 mm
Dt.09.04.2021 is ______.
Dt.09.04.2021 is ______.
Dt.09.04.2021 is ______.
GBD 16/2021 TOC and GST received will be booked in Income Head (2032209) MCHRG
Dt.25.03.2021 through ______ menu.
GBD 16/2021 Invoice for income and GST booked quarterly will be generated CGSTRPT
Dt.25.03.2021 through menu option ______
An account under Kisan Vikas Patra Scheme may be opened by ten years
GBD 13/2021 any adult resident of India can purchase for himself/herself or on
Dt.0.03.2021 behalf of minor or a person of unsound mind of whom he/she is
the guardian or by a minor who has attained the age of ______.
GBD 13/2021 NRIs & ______ are not eligible to invest in Kisan Vikas Patra HUF
Dt.05.03.2021 Scheme (KVP).
Joint A-Type Account under Kisan Vikas Patra Scheme may be three
GBD 13/2021
opened jointly in the names of upto ______ adults payable to all
Dt.05.03.2021
the account holders jointly or to the survivors.
Joint B-Type Account under Kisan Vikas Patra Scheme may be three
GBD 13/2021
opened jointly in the name of upto ______ adults payable to any
Dt.05.03.2021
of the account holders or to the survivor or survivors.
A minimum of Rs.______ and any sum in multiples of Rs.1000.00 ;
GBD 13/2021
Rs.______may be deposited in an account under Kisan Vikas Rs.100.00
Dt.05.03.2021
Patra Scheme.
No fee shall be charged for the nominations made first time under Rs. 20/-
GBD 13/2021 Kisan Vikas Patra Scheme, but a fee of Rs. ______ per
Dt.05.03.2021 subsequent nomination or cancellation shall be charged by the
Post Office or Bank.
For successful processing online/offline withdrawal request of Rs.125/- ; Rs.500/-
NPS subscribers, bank (Point of presence) will be incentivized
GBD 07/2021
with a fee @0.125% of the corpus with minimum amount of
Dt.08.02.2021
Rs.______ and maximum upto Rs.500/-, payable by the
Subscribers.
Premature redemption of Sovereign Gold Bonds may be permitted Fifth
GBD 07/2021
after ______ year from the date of issue of Bonds and such
Dt.08.02.2021
repayments will be made on next interest payment date
The request for pre-mature redemption of Sovereign Gold Bonds 10 days
GBD 07/2021 shall be submitted to the RO/Bank or Depository through DP (in
Dt.08.02.2021 case of dematerialized securities) at least ______days before the
next interest payment date.
69
Page

Human Resources Development Division

HRDD Housing Loan Limit under Housing loan scheme for members of Rs.30 Lac ; Rs.45
866/2020 staff will be Rs. ______ for Subordinate and Rs. ______ for Clerks. Lac
Dt. 11.11.2021
HRDD Loan Limit for Repair/ Renovation/ Furnishing under Housing loan Rs.8 Lac ; Rs.12 Lac
866/2020 scheme for members of staff will be Rs. ______ for Subordinate
Dt. 11.11.2021 and Rs. ______ for Clerks.
HRDD Housing Loan Limit under Housing loan scheme for members of Rs.65 Lac ; Rs.80
866/2020 staff will be Rs. ______ for officers up to Scale IV and Rs. ______ Lac
Dt. 11.11.2021 for officers of Scale V and above.
HRDD Loan Limit for Repair/ Renovation/ Furnishing under Housing loan Rs.20 Lac
866/2020 scheme for members of staff for all officers irrespective of scale will
Dt. 11.11.2021 be Rs. ______ .
Under Housing loan scheme for members of staff , Cost of project 10%
HRDD will include stamp duty, registration charges, any tax imposed by
866/2020 Govt. and amount of advances may be computed after providing
Dt. 11.11.2021 for ______% margin on the cost of project subject to the fulfillment
of other eligibility criteria.
Net take home salary under Housing loan scheme for members of 40% ; 30%
HRDD staff will be ______% of Gross Income for Income up to Rs.50000/-
866/2020 and ______% of Gross Income for Income above Rs.50000/- after
Dt. 11.11.2021 taking into account all deductions including notional interest of
sanctioned Staff Clean OD Limit.
HRDD Rate of interest under Housing loan scheme for members of staff 5.5%. ; 6.00 %
866/2020 will be ______% pa simple upto Rs. 40 Lac and ______% p.a.
Dt. 11.11.2021 Simple for loan above Rs.40 Lac
HRDD Amount of loan under Housing loan scheme for members of staff 360 months (3:1 ratio of
866/2020 will be repaid in maximum period of ______. Principal
Dt. 11.11.2021
For the loan with lesser tenure under Housing loan scheme for 75 years ; 60 years
members of staff, the computation will be done on pro-rata basis
HRDD and the loan amount (Principal + Interest) will be liquidated
866/2020 maximum up to the age of ______ years for pension optees &/or
Dt. 11.11.2021 having other regular permanent income and in case of others
maximum permissible age is up to ______ years or
superannuation, whichever is earlier.
Under Housing loan scheme for members of staff, ______% of the 50% ; 90%
HRDD
loan sanction or ______% of the actual cost of plots falling in all
866/2020
areas, whichever is less will be disbursed for purchase of land &
Dt. 11.11.2021
construction thereon
For construction only where the land is already owned, the loan 4 (Four)
HRDD
amount under Housing loan scheme for members of staff will be
866/2020
disbursed in ______ equal tranches depending upon the stage of
Dt. 11.11.2021
construction and after ensuring end use of previous drawls.
HRDD For facility of repairs/renovation/enlargement of existing premises 2 (Two)
866/2020 under Housing loan scheme for members of staff will be disbursed
Dt. 11.11.2021 in ______ equal tranches after ensuring end use of previous drawl.
Deal for purchase of land under Housing loan scheme for members six months
HRDD
of staff should be completed and the sale deed should be produced
866/2020
within ______, failing which the amount of loan should be refunded
Dt. 11.11.2021
in lump sum to the bank.
For construction of house under Housing loan scheme for 2 years
HRDD
members of staff, the sanctioned amount should be availed and
866/2020
construction should be completed as per estimate within maximum
Dt. 11.11.2021
70
______ years from the date of first disbursement.

HRDD The borrowing member of the staff should give an undertaking to one year
Page
866/2020 start construction on plot within maximum period of ______ from

Dt. 11.11.2021 the date of disbursement of loan for the purchase of the plot.

For purchase of ready built house/flat (freehold) under Housing 3 months

HRDD
loan scheme for members of staff, the acquisition of built up
866/2020
House/Flat and deposit of Title Deed should be completed within
Dt. 11.11.2021
______ of date of disbursement.
For purchase of house/flat from Co-operative Group House 3 months
HRDD Building Societies under Housing loan scheme for members of
866/2020 staff, creation of valid and legally enforceable charge over the
Dt. 11.11.2021 property in favour of bank should be completed within ______ of
date of disbursement.
Facility for repairs/renovation of existing premises under Housing two years ; two years
HRDD loan scheme for members of staff will be available after ______
866/2020 years of initial construction/original purchase in case of ready built
Dt. 11.11.2021 house/flat and will thereafter be further sanctioned after minimum
______ years period, on adjustment of the existing repair loan.
In case of construction of new house under Housing loan scheme 24 months
HRDD
for members of staff, the repayment will commence from the month
866/2020
following the completion of house or ______ months after the date
Dt. 11.11.2021
of disbursement, whichever is earlier.
In case of purchase of built-up house under Housing loan scheme 3 months
HRDD
for members of staff, the repayment will commence from the month
866/2020
following the month of purchase or ______ months after the date of
Dt. 11.11.2021
disbursement, whichever is earlier.
In case of purchase of flat etc under construction stage from Coop 48 months
society/builder/developer or from PSU/Govt agencies like DDA,
HRDD
NOIDA, HUDA, PUDA etc and allotment of plots by Govt agencies,
866/2020
the maximum permissible construction period under Housing loan
Dt. 11.11.2021
scheme for members of staff will be as per the builder construction
plan/schedule or ______ months whichever is lower.
In case of staff leaving services of the bank other than on 55 years ; 20 years
superannuation, the benefit of staff housing loan may be extended
HRDD
to staff member opting for VRS after attaining the age of ______
866/2020
years and putting in a minimum of ______ years service subject to
Dt. 11.11.2021
adequate and verifiable cash flows for repayment of the loan, to the
satisfaction of the sanctioning authority.
In case the construction is not started by the borrowing employee 1%
on the plot of land financed by the Bank within the stipulated period
HRDD
of one year, unless there are justifiable reasons (for which prior
866/2020
approval of sanctioning authority to be obtained), penal interest @
Dt. 11.11.2021
______% above the applicable interest rate be charged from the
date of disbursement.
Upon request of the employee after a period of one year, the one year
HRDD
sanctioning authority may permit extension of time period for
866/2020
construction on the plot by a maximum period of ______depending
Dt. 11.11.2021
upon merits of each case.
HRDD For loan under Housing loan scheme for members of staff, life 50%
866/2020 insurance cover of Rs.2 Lac or ______% of the loan amount
Dt. 11.11.2021 whichever is lower is available for all the staff in case of death.
All confirmed employees will be permitted to acquire/ purchase/ two
construct up to maximum of______ houses/ flats (dwelling units)
HRDD
within their entitlement under the concessional staff housing loan
866/2020
scheme during the entire service in the bank, irrespective of
Dt. 11.11.2021
whether the earlier house is sold or not and earlier loan is adjusted
or not.
Any employee availing the Staff Housing Loan for purchase of a 10 years
HRDD
2nd house should not sell such house/property within a period of
866/2020
______ years from the date of availment of the loan for purchase of
Dt. 11.11.2021
71
the 2nd house.

HRDD The government is declared banking industry as a public utility Industrial Disputes Act,
Page
865/2020 service under the provisions of ______. 1947 (subclause (vi) of

Dt. 27.10.2021 Clause (n) of Section 2)

HRDD Competent Authorities (under whose jurisdiction the officer is Chief Manager
854/2021 presently working) for the purpose of placing officers under
Dt. 17.05.2021 suspension in case of Officers in JMG-I will be ______.
HRDD Competent Authorities (under whose jurisdiction the officer is AGM
Dt. 17.05.2021 suspension in case of Officers in MMG-II & III will be ______.
HRDD Competent Authorities (under whose jurisdiction the officer is General Manager
Dt. 17.05.2021 suspension in case of Officers in SMG-IV & V will be ______.
HRDD Competent Authorities (under whose jurisdiction the officer is Chief General Manager
Dt. 17.05.2021 suspension in case of Officers in TEG-VI will be ______.
HRDD Competent Authorities (under whose jurisdiction the officer is Executive Director
Dt. 17.05.2021 suspension in case of Officers in TEG-VII will be ______.
HRDD Competent Authorities (under whose jurisdiction the officer is MD&CEO
Dt. 17.05.2021 suspension in case of Officers in TEG-VIII will be ______.
HRDD As per Mandatory Leave Policy, Mandatory Leave for Highly 10 continuous working
853/2021 Sensitive –Away from Desk categories of employees will be at days (without prior
Dt. 21.04.2021 least ______. intimation)
HRDD As per Mandatory Leave Policy, Mandatory Leave for Head 10 continuous working
853/2021 Cashiers & Workmen assigned with DBA ID will be at least days
Dt. 21.04.2021 ______.
HRDD As per Mandatory Leave Policy, Mandatory Leave for Sensitive 10 continuous working
853/2021 General categories of employees will be at least ______. days
Dt. 21.04.2021
HRDD Under 11 BPS effective from 01.11.2017, a fixed allowance of Rs.700/-
846/2021 Rs.______ p.m. is payable to all Officers posted in areas other
Dt. 01.01.2021 than the areas that are eligible for CCA.
HRDD Under 11 BPS effective from 01.11.2017, Officers shall be paid Rs.600/-
846/2021 Learning Allowance of Rs.______ together with applicable
Dt. 01.01.2021 Dearness Allowance thereon.
Under 11 BPS, officers in JM Grade Scale I will be eligible for five Rs.1990/- ; Rs.2220/-
stagnation increments. The first four stagnation increments will be ; Rs.2220/-
HRDD released after every two completed years of service, of which first
846/2021 two shall be Rs.______each and next two shall be Rs.______
Dt. 01.01.2021 each. The fifth stagnation increment of Rs.______ will be released
two years after recept of fourth stagnation increment or w.e.f 1st
November 2017, whichever is later.
Under 11 BPS, Officers in MMG Scale II who have moved to Scale Rs.2220/- ; Rs.2220/
of Pay’ for MMG Scale III in terms of Regulation 5 (b) after
reaching maximum of higher scale are presently eligible for four
stagnation increments. With effect from 1st November, 2017 these
HRDD
officers will be eligible for five stagnation increments. First four
846/2021
stagnation increments of Rs.______ will be released after every
Dt. 01.01.2021
two completed years of service after reaching the maximum on the
higher scale. The fifth stagnation increment of Rs.______ will be
released two years after release of fourth stagnation increment or
w.e.f. 1st November, 2017,whichever is later.
Under 11 BPS , Officers in substantive MMG Scale III i.e. those Rs. 2220/- ; Rs.
who are recruited in or promoted to MMG Scale III are presently 2500/- ; Rs. 2500/-
eligible for five stagnation increments. These officers shall now be
HRDD eligible for total six stagnation increments. First four stagnation
846/2021 increments of Rs. ______after every two completed years and next
Dt. 01.01.2021 two increments of Rs. ______ each, two years after receipt of the
72
fourth stagnation increment. The sixth stagnation increment of Rs.

______ will be released two years after releas of fifth stagnation
Page
increment or w.e.f. 1st November 2017, whichever is later.

Under 11 BPS , Officers in SMG Scale IV will now be eligible for Rs. 2730/-
HRDD
one additional stagnation increment of Rs. ______ after two years
846/2021
of receipt of first stagnation increment or w.e.f. 01.11.2017,
Dt. 01.01.2021
whichever is later.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , Officers in SMGS -V shall be eligible for one Rs.2970/-
846/2021 stagnation increment of Rs.______ two years after reaching the
Dt. 01.01.2021 maximum of scale or w.e.f. 1.11.2020, whichever is later.
Under 11 BPS , On and from 1.11.2017, Dearness Allowance shall 6352
HRDD
be payable for every rise or fall of four points over _______ points
846/2021
in the quarterly average of the All India Average Working Class
Dt. 01.01.2021
Consumer Price Index (General) Base 1960=100 at 0.07% of Pay.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , House Rent Allowance (w.e.f. 1.11.2017) at Major 9%.
846/2021 “A” Class Cities and Project Area Centres in Group A will be
Dt. 01.01.2021 ______% of Pay.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , House Rent Allowance (w.e.f. 1.11.2017) at Other 8%.
846/2021 places in Area I, and Project Area Centres in Group B and State of
Dt. 01.01.2021 Goa will be ______% of Pay.
Under 11 BPS , House Rent Allowance (w.e.f. 1.11.2017) at other 7%.
HRDD
than Major “A” Class Cities and Project Area Centres in Group A
846/2021
and places in Area I, and Project Area Centres in Group B and
Dt. 01.01.2021
State of Goa will be ______% of Pay.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , City Compensatory Allowance (w.e.f. 1.11.2017) at Rs. 1400/- p.m.
846/2021 places in Area I and above, and in the State of Goa will be Rs.
Dt. 01.01.2021 ______.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , City Compensatory Allowance (w.e.f. 1.11.2017) at Rs. 1150/- p.m.
846/2021 places with population of five lakhs and over and State Capitals
Dt. 01.01.2021 and Chandigarh, Puducherry and Port Blair will be Rs. ______.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , With effect from 1.11.2017, officers in Scale I-III 16.40%.
846/2021 shall be paid Special Allowance @ ______of Basic Pay +
Dt. 01.01.2021 applicable Dearness Allowance thereon.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , With effect from 1.11.2017, officers in Scale IV-V 19 %.
846/2021 shall be paid Special Allowance @ ______of Basic Pay +
Dt. 01.01.2021 applicable Dearness Allowance thereon.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , With effect from 1.11.2017, officers in Scale IV- 20 %.
846/2021 VScale VI-VII shall be paid Special Allowance @ ______of Basic
Dt. 01.01.2021 Pay + applicable Dearness Allowance thereon.
Under 11 BPS , Officers except in State Bank of Indiawho are 14%.
governed by New Pension Scheme w.e.f. 01.04.2010, will continue
HRDD
to contribute 10 % of pay plus Dearness Allowance and the bank
846/2022
will make a contribution of ______% of pay Plus Dearness
Dt. 01.01.2022
Allowance from the date of signing of Joint Note subject to
approval of the Government.
Under 11 BPS , Officers in State Bank of India who are governed 14%.
by New Pension Scheme w.e.f 01.08.2010 will continue to
HRDD
contribute 10% of the pay + Dearness Allowance and the bank will
846/2023
make a contribution of ______% of Pay + Dearness Allowance
Dt. 01.01.2023
from the date of signing of the Joint Note subject to approval of the
Government.
HRDD Under 11 BPS , on and from 1.11.2017, reimbursement of Medical Rs. 10300/-
846/2024 expenses for officer in JMG and MMG Scale shall be Rs. ______.
Dt. 01.01.2024
HRDD Under 11 BPS , on and from 1.11.2017, reimbursement of Medical Rs. 12300/-
846/2025 expenses for officer in SMG and TEG Scale shall be Rs. ______.
Dt. 01.01.2025
HRDD Those officer who have passed only CAIIB - Part I/JAIIB shall be Rs. 1020/- p.m.
846/2026 eligible for Professional Qualification Pay @ ______ one year after
73
Dt. 01.01.2026 reaching top of the scale.

HRDD Those officer who have passed both part of CAIIB shall be eligible Rs. 1020/- p.m. ; Rs.
Page
846/2027 for Professional Qualification Pay @ ______ one year after 2550/- p.m.

Dt. 01.01.2027 reaching top of the scale and @ ______ two year after reaching
top of the scale.
HRDD An officer deputed to serve outside the bank shall be eligible 7.75% ; Rs. 6000/-
846/2028 forDeputation Allowance @ ______% of Pay with a maximum of
Dt. 01.01.2028 Rs. ______.
HRDD An officer deputed to an organization at the same place or to the 4.00% ; Rs. 3000/-
846/2029 training establishment of the bank shall be eligible for Deputation
Dt. 01.01.2029 Allowance @ ______% of Pay with a maximum of Rs. ______.
HRDD Hill and Fuel Allowance (w.e. 1.11.2017) at places with an altitude 2% ; Rs. 1125/-
846/2030 of 1000 metres and above but less than 1500 metres shall be
Dt. 01.01.2030 ______% of Pay subject to a maximum of Rs. ______p.m.
HRDD Hill and Fuel Allowance (w.e. 1.11.2017) at places with an altitude 2.50% ; Rs. 1500/-
846/2031 of 1500 metres and above but less than 3000 metres shall be
Dt. 01.01.2031 ______% of Pay subject to a maximum of Rs. ______p.m.
HRDD Hill and Fuel Allowance (w.e. 1.11.2017) at places with an altitude 5% ; Rs. 3000/-
846/2032 of 3000 metres and above shall be ______% of Pay subject to a
Dt. 01.01.2032 maximum of Rs. ______p.m.
HRDD Halting Allowance (w.e. 01.11.2020) to Officers in Scale VI & Rs. 2700/- ; Rs.
846/2033 above shall be Rs. ______ at Metro, Rs. ______ at Major ‘A’ Class 1950/- ; Rs. 1650/- ;
Dt. 01.01.2033 Cities, Rs. ______ at Area I and Rs. ______ at Other Places. Rs. 1425/-
HRDD Halting Allowance (w.e. 01.11.2020) to Officers in Scale IV & V Rs. 2250/- ; Rs.
846/2034 shall be Rs. ______ at Metro, Rs. ______ at Major ‘A’ Class Cities, 1950/- ; Rs. 1650/- ;
Dt. 01.01.2034 Rs. ______ at Area I and Rs. ______ at Other Places. Rs. 1425/-
HRDD Halting Allowance (w.e. 01.11.2020) to Officers in Officers in Scale Rs. 1950/- ; Rs.
846/2035 I/II/III shall be Rs. ______ at Metro, Rs. ______ at Major ‘A’ Class 1650/- ; Rs. 1425/- ;
Dt. 01.01.2035 Cities, Rs. ______ at Area I and Rs. ______ at Other Places. Rs. 1200/-
HRDD The term wholly dependent family member shall mean such Rs. 12,000/-
846/2035 member of the family having a monthly income not exceeding Rs.
Dt. 01.01.2035 ______ pm.
On and from 1st November 2017, Project Area Compensatory Rs. 600/- ; Rs. 525/-
HRDD
Allowance shall be payable @ ______ p.m. For Project Areas
846/2035
falling in Group A and @ ______ p.m. For Project Areas falling in
Dt. 01.01.2035
Group B.
HRDD On and from 1.11.2020, Mid Academic Year Transfer Allowance to Rs. 1650/-
846/2035 an officer shall be payable at ______ p.m. subject to other
Dt. 01.01.2035 conditions.
HRDD On and from 1st November 2017, Split Duty Allowance to an officer Rs. 300/-
846/2035 shall be payable at ______ p.m.
Dt. 01.01.2035
An officer in Scale IV and above on transfer will be eligible to draw Rs. 30000/-
HRDD
a lumpsum amount of Rs. ______ as indicated below for expenses
846/2035
connected with packaging, local transportation, insuring the
Dt. 01.01.2035
baggage etc.
An officer in Scale I, II and III on transfer will be eligible to draw a Rs. 25000/-
HRDD
lumpsum amount of Rs. ______ as indicated below for expenses
846/2035
connected with packaging, local transportation, insuring the
Dt. 01.01.2035
baggage etc.
74
Page

Human Resources Management Division

Under IBA’s Group Medical Insurance Policy for retired Rs. 4 Lakhs ; Rs. 3
HRMD
employees, The Officers and Award Staff are covered under the Laks
595/2021
Base Policy coverage of Rs. ______ Lakhs and Rs. ______ Laks
Dt. 28.09.2021
respectively.
Under IBA’s Group Medical Insurance Policy for retired Rs. 3.00 Lakhs ; Rs.
HRMD
employees, Super Top-Up Policy is available to only those retirees 4.00 Lakhs
595/2021
(Award Staff & Officers) who opt for Rs. ______ and Rs. ______
Dt. 28.09.2021
sum insured in the Base Policy respectively.
Under IBA’s Group Medical Insurance Policy for retired Rs. 9 Lakhs (i.e. Rs. 4
HRMD
employees, The maximum coverage for Officers, if opted for Lakhs Basic Sum
595/2021
Maximum Super Top Up will be Max. Rs. ______. Insured and Rs. 5 Lakhs
Dt. 28.09.2021
Super Top Up)
Under IBA’s Group Medical Insurance Policy for retired Rs.7 Lakh (i.e. Rs. 3
HRMD
employees, The maximum coverage for Workmen, if opted for Lakhs Basic Sum
595/2021
Maximum Super Top Up will be Max. Rs.______. Insured and Rs. 4 Lakhs
Dt. 28.09.2021
Super Top Up)
Under IBA’s Group Medical Insurance Policy for retired 10%
HRMD
employees, Reimbursement of expenses towards domiciliary
595/2021
treatment under With Domiciliary option is ______% of the Base
Dt. 28.09.2021
Policy of sum insured.
Under IBA’s Group Medical Insurance Policy for retired Rs. 4 Lakhs ; Rs. 5
HRMD employees, Officer, who opt Rs. 3 Lakh Sum Insured in base Lakhs
595/2021 policy, can avail up to Rs. ______ Lakhs SI in Super Top Up policy
Dt. 28.09.2021 and those officer who opt Rs. 4 Lakhs Sum Insured in base policy,
can avail up to Rs. ______ SI in Super Top Up Policy.
HRMD Insuer company under IBA’s Group Medical Insurance Policy for The National Insurance
595/2021 retired employees is ______. Company Ltd.
Dt. 28.09.2021
As regards release of stagnation increments, IBA vide letter Rs.1990/- ; Rs.1000/-
No.CIR/HR&IR/MBR/ XIBPS/9991 dated 05.06.2021 has clarified
HRMD
that from 01-11-2017, both clerical and subordinate staff are
589/2021
eligible for 9 stagnation increments. Each Stagnation increment
Dt. 17.08.2021
shall be of Rs.______ for clerical staff and Rs.______ for
subordinate staff at a frequency of 2 years.
HRMD The monetary benefit of stagnation increments shall be payable 44136
589/2021 from ______ or the actual date whichever is later.
Dt. 17.08.2021
Officers in JMG Scale I who have moved to scale of pay for MMG Rs.2220/-
HRMD Scale II after reaching maximum of the higher scale and have
589/2021 received 4 stagnation increments shall receive the 5th stagnation
Dt. 17.08.2021 increment of Rs.______, two years after receiving the 4th
stagnation increment or w.e.f. 01.11.2017 whichever is later.
Officers in MMG Scale II who have moved to scale of pay of MMG Rs.2220/-
Scale III in terms of Reg.5 (b) after reaching maximum of higher
HRMD
scale and have received 4 stagnation increments shall receive the
589/2021
5th stagnation increment of Rs.______, two years after receiving
Dt. 17.08.2021
the 4th stagnation increment or w.e.f. 01.11.2017, whichever is
later.
Officers in MMG Scale III who have received 5 stagnation Rs.2500/-
HRMD
increments shall receive the 6th stagnation increment of
589/2021
Rs.______, two years after receiving the 5th stagnation increment
Dt. 17.08.2021
or w.e.f. 01.11.2017, whichever is later.
75
HRMD Officers in SMG Scale IV who have received one stagnation Rs.2730/-
589/2021 increment shall receive 2nd stagnation increment of Rs.______,
Page
Dt. 17.08.2021 two years after receiving the 1st stagnation increment or w.e.f.

01.11.2017, whichever is later.

HRMD Officers in SMG Scale V shall be eligible for one stagnation Rs.2970/-
589/2021 increment of Rs.______ two years after reaching the maximum of
Dt. 17.08.2021 scale or w.e.f. 01.11.2020, whichever is later.
Officers/workmen who had retired voluntarily under PNB Officers’ 30 years ; 55 years
Service Regulations/PNB Employees Pension Regulation after
putting in ______ years of service in the bank or completing
HRMD
______ years of age, whichever is earlier, are eligible under “PNB
586/2021
Hospitalization Contributory Benefit Scheme for Retired
Dt. 22.07.2021
Employees” scheme with the condition that such retirees shall be
entitled to avail the benefits under the scheme only on attaining
the age of 60 years.
HRMD One Time subscription under “PNB Hospitalization Contributory Rs.5000/-
586/2021 Benefit Scheme for Retired Employees” scheme will be
Dt. 22.07.2021 Rs.______.
Authority for the workman employee who have been awarded the Chief General Manager-
HRMD punishment of dismissal , compulsory retirement, discharge or HR or in his/her
582/2021 removal from service by the Deciplinary Auyhority and absence Executive
Dt. 08.07.2021 subsequently where the punishment is confirmed by the Appelatte Director
Authority would be ______.
HRMD In case of involvement of Award Staff in fraud which has been Deputy General
582/2021 reported in terms of FRMD Policy, Deciplinary Auyhority would be Manager - HRD : HO
Dt. 08.07.2021 ______.
HRMD In case of involvement of Award Staff in fraud which has been General Manager - HRD
582/2021 reported in terms of FRMD Policy, Appelatte Authority would be : HO
Dt. 08.07.2021 ______
In case of involvement of Award Staff in fraud which has been Chief General Manager-
HRMD
reported in terms of FRMD Policy, Reviewing Authority would be HR or in his/her
582/2021
______. absence Executive
Dt. 08.07.2021
Director
HRMD The PLI (Performance Linked Incentive) of ______ days shall be Nil
580/2021 payable to all employees annually over and above normal salary
Dt. 08.07.2021 payable if the Y-o-Y Growth in Operating Profit of the bank is <5%.
In terms of Joint Note/ Bi-partite Settlement dated 11.11.2020, The 5 days
HRMD PLI (Performance Linked Incentive) of ______ days shall be
Dt. 08.07.2021 payable if the Y-o-Y Growth in Operating Profit of the bank is 5%
to 10%.
HRMD PLI (Performance Linked Incentive) of ______ days shall be
Dt. 08.07.2021 payable if the Bank has Net Profit and if the Y-o-Y Growth in
Operating Profit of the bank is >10 to 15%.
PLI (Performance Linked Incentive) of ______ days shall be
HRMD
payable to all employees annually over and above normal salary
580/2021
payable if the Bank has Net Profit and if the Y-o-Y Growth in
Dt. 08.07.2021
Operating Profit of the bank is >15% and if the Bank has Net
Profit.
HRMD In terms of Joint Note/ Bi-partite Settlement dated 11.11.2020, If a 5 days
580/2021 Bank has growth in Operating Profit of 5% & more, but there is no
Dt. 08.07.2021 Net Profit, then minimum PLI of ______days will be payable.
W.e.f. 01.01.2020, all officers and workmen employees shall be 5 days’ ; 7 days
entitled to avail encashment of ______ days’ Privilege Leave,
HRMD once in a year, at the time of any festival of their choice. However,
578/2021 as on the date of availing the said Privilege Leave encashment, if
76
Dt. 14.06.2021 the Officer/Workmen employee is of 55 years and above age,

he/she may be allowed Privilege Leave encashment of
Page
______days per year.

To meet unanticipated medical expenses or any other expenses Rs.150000/- ;

incurred by the staff member due to Covid-19, An “Interest Free Rs.200000/-
Salary Advance” for the staff members has been approved by our
HRMD
bank. Limit under this scheme in case of officer will be one
575/2021
months’ salary - Basic + DA + Professional Qualification pay +
Dt. 04.06.2021
Fixed Permanent pay with maximum upto Rs. _______ for Officers
upto Scale-III and Rs. ______ for Officers Officers in Scale IV and
Above.
To meet unanticipated medical expenses or any other expenses Rs.50000/- ;
incurred by the staff member due to Covid-19, An “Interest Free Rs.100000/-
HRMD Salary Advance” for the staff members has been approved by our
575/2021 bank. Limit under this scheme in case of Award Staff will be one
Dt. 04.06.2021 months’ salary - Basic + DA + Professional Qualification pay +
Fixed Permanent pay + Special Pay with maximum upto Rs.
_______ for Subordinate Staff and Rs. ______ for Clerical Staff.
The net take home salary of the employee should not be less than 25%
HRMD
______% of the monthly Gross Salary under Interest Free Salary
575/2021
Advance to member of staff or/and the dependent family
Dt. 04.06.2021
member/s who infected with COVID-19.
HRMD Repayment period under Interest Free Salary Advance to member 10 months
575/2021 of staff or/and the dependent family member/s who infected with
Dt. 04.06.2021 COVID-19 will be ______.
HRMD Our bank has obtained a New Group Personal Accidental (GPA) The New India
572/2021 Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the Staff members of the bank. Assurance Co. Ltd
Dt. 27.05.2021 Insurance company for this scheme is ______.
Our bank has obtained a New Group Personal Accidental (GPA) Rs. 15 Lakh
HRMD
Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the Staff members of the bank.
572/2021
Sum Insured under this scheme would be Rs. ______ for
Dt. 27.05.2021
Workmen Staff.
Sum Insured under the New Group Personal Accidental (GPA) Rs. 25 Lakh ; Rs. 50
HRMD
Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the Staff members of the bank Lakh
572/2021
would be Rs. ______ for Scale I,II & III and Rs. ______ for Scale
Dt. 27.05.2021
IV to V.
Sum Insured under tthe New Group Personal Accidental (GPA) Rs. 75 Lakh ; Rs. 150
HRMD
Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the Staff members of the bank Lakh
572/2021
would be Rs. ______ for Scale VI to VIII and Rs. ______ for MD
Dt. 27.05.2021
& CEO/ED/CVO.
Education Benefit under the New Group Personal Accidental 10% ; Rs. 1 lac
HRMD
(GPA) Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the Staff members of
572/2021
the bank will be ______% of CSI or Rs. ______ whichever is
Dt. 27.05.2021
lower.
HRMD Reimbursement for Funeral Expenses under the New Group Rs. 5000/-
572/2021 Personal Accidental (GPA) Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the
Dt. 27.05.2021 Staff members of the bank will be Rs. ______.
Reimbursement for Medical Expenses under the New Group 10%
HRMD
Personal Accidental (GPA) Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the
572/2021
Staff members of the bank will be up to ______% of CSI per
Dt. 27.05.2021
person / per event.
Reimbursement for Body Repatriation under the New Group Rs. 25,000/- ; INR
HRMD
Personal Accidental (GPA) Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the 1Lac
572/2021
Staff members of the bank will be Rs. ______ for India and INR
Dt. 27.05.2021
______ for overseas.
Expenses for external aids like prosthesis/Artificial Limbs/Device Rs 100,000/-
HRMD
etc up to Rs ______ will be reimbursed under the New Group
572/2021
Personal Accidental (GPA) Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the
Dt. 27.05.2021
Staff members of the bank.
77
Cost of supporting items like crutches, stretcher etc up to Rs INR 10,000/-

HRMD
______ will be reimbursed under the New Group Personal
572/2021
Page
Accidental (GPA) Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the Staff

Dt. 27.05.2021
members of the bank.

HRMD Dependent Travel will be covered in case of death up to Rs Rs 20,000/-

572/2021 ______ under the New Group Personal Accidental (GPA)
Dt. 27.05.2021 Insurance Policy at Bank’s cost for the Staff members of the bank.
Under the New Group Personal Accidental (GPA) Insurance Policy 150% ; 100%
HRMD at Bank’s cost for the Staff members of the bank, ______% of total
572/2021 sum insured will be payable in case of Permanent Total
Dt. 27.05.2021 Disablement and ______% in case of Permanent and incurable
insanity.
Under the New Group Personal Accidental (GPA) Insurance Policy 100%
572/2021 sum insured will be payable in case of Permanent Total Loss of
Dt. 27.05.2021 Two limbs, Permanent Total Loss of Sight in both eyes and
Permanent Total Loss of Sight of one eye and one limb.
572/2021 sum insured will be payable in case of Permanent Total Loss of
Dt. 27.05.2021 Speech, Complete removal of the lower jaw and Complete
removal of the lower jaw.
at Bank’s cost for the Staff members of the bank, ______% of total
HRMD sum insured will be payable in case of Permanent Total Loss of
572/2021 the Central nervous system or thorax and all abdominal organs
Dt. 27.05.2021 resulting in the complete inability to engage in any job and the
inability to carry out Daily Activities essential to, life without full
time assistance.
As per our bank's Policy for Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal Internal Complaints
HRMD of Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place, the complaint Committee constituted
571/2021 pertaining to Sexual Harassment against the employees posted in at Head Office level
Dt. 18.05.2021 Head Office Divisions and the officers in Scale V to Scale VIII will
be investigated by the ______.
Grievances redressal under PNB Samadhan will be coordinated in Chief Manager
HRMD
Circle Office/ Zonal Office/HO Division by an officer not below the
566/2021
rank of ______, specifically designated by CO/ZO/HO Division as
Dt. 23.04.2021
Nodal Officer.
HRMD Under PNB Samadhan, immediate steps should be initiated to 10 days
566/2021 resolve the issues within the stipulated period of 10______ days.
Dt. 23.04.2021
Under PNB Samadhan, In case the grievance/complaint is neither 10 days
HRMD
acknowledged nor any solution is provided by the controlling
566/2021
Office at Level I within ______ days, it will automatically get
Dt. 23.04.2021
escalated to the next higher level i.e. Zonal Office/HO.
Under PNB Samadhan, Upon receipt of resolution, the employee 10 days
HRMD
may accept the resolution provided, if satisfied. Otherwise he/she
566/2021
may escalate the complaint to next higher level along with reasons
Dt. 23.04.2021
for non-acceptance of resolution provided by office at Level
78 Page

Inspection and Audit Division

To strengthen and automate its internal audit functions, our bank eTHIC
IAD 30/2021 has adopted an application named ______. This Application has
Dt.11.10.2021 various modules related to audit, including Offsite Surveillance
System (OSS).
eTHIC application has four components which are 1. RBIA(Risk Credit Audit
IAD 30/2021
based internal Audit) 2. Concurrent Audit 3. OSS(Offsite
Dt.11.10.2021
surveillance system) and 4. ______.
The data being made available to the HIGH/MEDIUM/LOW
IAD 30/2021 Branches/Circles/Zones/ZAOs under different scenarios in OSS is
Dt.11.10.2021 termed as OSS Exceptions/Alerts. These exceptions, are
categorized as ______ as per their risk categorisation.
Under eTHIC, Turnaround Time (TAT) for closure of OSS 3 days ; 4 days ; 6
IAD 30/2021 exceptions is within ______ days for High Risk Scenarios, within days
Dt.11.10.2021 ______ days for Medium Risk Scenarios and within ______ days
for Low Risk Scenarios.
For effective monitoring of the transactions in staff accounts which R-Audit 2/23d & R-Audit
IAD 27/2021
are not commensurate with their known sources of income ,new 2/23e
Dt.02.09.2021
reports viz _____ have been customized
Report for aggregate credit excluding credits from staff own R-Audit 2/23d
IAD 27/2021 accounts linked to this CIF ID (in all accounts linked with CIF ID of
Dt.02.09.2021 the staff) of more than 2 times of gross salary of previous month
of the staff will be generated through ______.
Report for aggregate credit & debit summation (Excluding R-Audit 2/23e
transactions between staff own accounts linked to this CIF ID)
IAD 27/2021 during the month exceeding 5 times of gross salary of previous
Dt.02.09.2021 month of the staff or ₹10 lakhs whichever is less. (Excluding
transactions between staff own accounts linked to this CIF ID) will
be generated through ______.
In CBS, provision has been made to assign ‘Value Date’ to a sixty (60) days
IAD 26/2021 transaction. The value dating of transactions will be allowed in
Dt.30.08.2021 genuine cases for a period not exceeding ______ days,
irrespective of amount.
IAD 26/2021 The Competent Authority for the purpose of granting permission to Zonal Manager
Dt.30.08.2021 perform value dated transactions beyond 60 days will be ______.
IAD 20/2021 Window Dressing of Deposits/advances would invoke penal action Banking Regulation Act,
Dt.15.06.2021 on the Banks under Section 46 of the ______. 1949
In case of fraud/ malfeasance arising out of operational matters ZOSAC
IAD 19/2021 other than NPA, Staff accountability/ staff side action will be dealt
Dt.15.06.2021 with, by the competent authority at the level of ______ for taking a
view on staff accountability/ staff side action.
In the cases upto Rs.______ where only workmen are involved, Rs.300.00 lacs
staff accountability/staff side action will be dealt at Circle Office
IAD 19/2021
level comprising a Committee of three members headed by Circle
Dt.15.06.2021
Head and two other members not below the rank of Chief
Manager.
In accounts/group accounts with aggregate sanctioned limit up to Rs.25 lacs
IAD 19/2021 Rs.______, and Government sponsored schemes, staff
Dt.15.06.2021 accountability shall be examined on the basis of Annual
I.Rs/QCAR/Special Reports/ RBI Reports/Complaints etc.
The fresh slippage (NPA) of small accounts during the year in a 10% ; Rs.10.00 lacs
branch exceeds ______% of the credit outstanding within limit
IAD 19/2021
upto Rs.______, the Circle Head will examine the entire credit
79
Dt.15.06.2021
portfolio of the branch and, thereafter, he may order for an
investigation, if required.
Page
IAD 19/2021 In accounts with aggregate sanctioned limit above Rs. 25 lacs Rs.10.00 crore

Dt.15.06.2021 (including Government sponsored schemes) and up to

Rs.______, staff accountability shall be examined on the basis of
information provided by the branches/back offices through Circle
Office on the basis of a Preliminary Enquiry and examination of
Documents report with specific comments on staff accountability
aspect.
As per our Staff Accountability Policy, In accounts with aggregate Rs. 50.00 crore
IAD 19/2021
sanctioned limit above Rs.10.00 core and up to Rs. ______ the
Dt.15.06.2021
branch/back office will submit Status Note to Circle Office.
IAD 19/2021 As per our Staff Accountability Policy, Investigation in accounts Rs. 50.00 core
Dt.15.06.2021 with sanctioned limits above Rs. 50.00 core is mandatory.
As per our Staff Accountability Policy, In case where decision is ZAO ; IAD HO
taken for not conducting investigation, details of such cases will
IAD 19/2021
be forwarded to ______ for accounts with sanctioned limit up to
Dt.15.06.2021
Rs.10.00 crore and to ______, in cases where sanctioned limit is
above Rs.10.00 crore for MIS purpose.
As per our Staff Accountability Policy, Investigations will be Rs.50 lac
IAD 19/2021
invariably got conducted in Quick Mortality accounts with
Dt.15.06.2021
aggregate sanctioned limit of Rs.______ and above.
For A/Cs with sanctioned limit above Rs. 25.00 lac and up to ZOSAC
IAD 19/2021
Rs10.00 crore, Competent Authority for taking view on conducting
Dt.15.06.2021
investigation will be ______.
For NPA A/Cs with sanctioned limit above Rs. 10.00 crore and up COGMs
IAD 19/2021
to Rs. 50.00 crore, ______ will decide on the requirement of
Dt.15.06.2021
conducting Special Investigation on the basis of Status Note
Competent Authority for examination of staff accountability for ZOSAC
IAD 19/2021
NPA Accounts having outstanding balance up to Rs. 10.00 crore
Dt.15.06.2021
will be ______.
Competent Authority for examination of staff accountability for HOSAC
IAD 19/2021
NPA Accounts having outstanding balance above Rs. 10.00 crore
Dt.15.06.2021
will be ______.
Where committee has taken a view for conducting investigation, Scale III/IV
IAD 19/2021
the Level of officer as Inspecting officials (IOs) upto Rs. 10.00
Dt.15.06.2021
crores will be ______.
Where committee has taken a view for conducting investigation, Not below Scale V
IAD 19/2021 the Level of officer as Inspecting officials (IOs) above Rs. 10 crore
Dt.15.06.2021 and up to Rs. 30.00 Crore will be ______ having experience/
expertise befitting to the exposure involved.
Where committee has taken a view for conducting investigation, Not below Scale VI
IAD 19/2021 the Level of officer as Inspecting officials (IOs) above Rs. 30.00
Dt.15.06.2021 Crore will be ______ having experience/ expertise befitting to the
exposure involved.
Inspecting officials (IO) will be appointed by Incumbent of ZAO in Rs10.00 crore
IAD 19/2021
cases with sanctioned limits up to Rs______ and in other cases
Dt.15.06.2021
GM, IAD, HO will appoint Investigating Officer
IAD 19/2021 The investigation report will be vetted by ______ where Level of AGM at ZAO
Dt.15.06.2021 Investigating Officer is Scale III/ IV.
IAD 19/2021 The investigation report will be vetted by ______ where Level of DGM at ZAO
Dt.15.06.2021 Investigating Officer is ScaleScale V.
IAD 19/2021 The investigation report will be vetted by ______ where Level of GM IAD HO
Dt.15.06.2021 Investigating Officer is ScaleScale VI.
For NPA accounts with outstanding balance above Rs.______, Rs.10.00 crore
where staff accountability aspect has been examined, by the
IAD 19/2021
designated committee, a copy of Investigation report along with
Dt.15.06.2021
enclosures, Tabular and Minutes of the meeting will be furnished
to Vigilance Department.
80
Competent Authority for examination of accountability in other Zonal Manager

IAD 19/2021
than borrowal accounts against the officials working at Circle
Page
Dt.15.06.2021
Office/ Other Administrative Offices under Circle Office/ Zonal

Office will be ______.

Competent Authority for examination of accountability in other DGM IAD HO
IAD 19/2021
than borrowal accounts against the officials working at at Zonal
Dt.15.06.2021
Audit Office will be ______.
IAD, HO shall place a summary position to MD & CEO through ED Rs.10.00 crore ; Rs.
( Domain ) regarding examination of staff accountability on half 4.00 crore
IAD 19/2021 yearly basis as on 30th September & 31st March in respect of
Dt.15.06.2021 NPA cases with limits of over Rs.______ and in case of Quick
Mortality for limits over Rs. ______ along with individual details of
all such accounts.
List of User Ids enabled through ENABLUSR option as on today’s DAYRPT -2/36A ;
IAD 18/2021
date can be generated through ______ and for backdated report PNBRPT-2/42A in MIS
Dt.15.06.2021
can be generatedthrough ______ . Server.
List of User Ids disabled through SOLEOD option as on today’s DAYRPT -2/36B ;
IAD 18/2021
date can be generated through ______ and for backdated report PNBRPT-2/42A in MIS
Dt.15.06.2021
can be generatedthrough ______ . Server
In respect of Daily Monitoring System (DMS), Printout of _______ 7 ; 13
IAD 16/2021 reports out of ______ reports shall be taken and physically
Dt.08.06.2021 checked by branches and offices
where CBS transactions are involved
IAD 16/2021 Under the DMS, Exceptional Transactions Report can be HEXCPRPT
Dt.08.06.2021 generated through Menu Option ______.
Under the DMS, the report showing the entire temporary over HTODRP
IAD 16/2021
draft allowed in various accounts in the CBS system can be
Dt.08.06.2021
generated through Menu Option ______.
In order to enable the Data Base Administrator to continue with HSPTM and
IAD 16/2021 his day-end work, a feature "Proxy Posting” has been provided in HMSGOIRP
Dt.08.06.2021 FINACLE. Under the DMS, report for Outstanding Proxy Posted
Transactions can be generated through Menu Option ______.
IAD 16/2021 Under the DMS, Report on Transactions entered/ posted by same DAYRPT – 2/20
Dt.08.06.2021 employee can be generated through Menu Option ______.
IAD 15/2021 Confidential reports on closed and cancelled accounts will be One year
Dt.02.06.2021 retained on record for ______.
IAD 15/2021 Quarterly Concurrent Audit Reports after closure will be retained 2 years
Dt.02.06.2021 on record for ______.
IAD 15/2021 Files relating to limits sanctioned statements will be retained on 3 years
Dt.02.06.2021 record for ______.
IAD 15/2021 Files of medical aid, TA bills and petty cash vouchers will be 5 years
Dt.02.06.2021 retained on record for ______.
IAD 15/2021 Record of Receipt & Disposal of Applications received under Right 5 years
Dt.02.06.2021 to Information Act, 2005 will be retained on record for ______.
Annual Internal Audit (Inspection) Reports / Revenue Audit 5 years
IAD 15/2021 Reports / Statutory Audit Reports including LFAR / Currency
Dt.02.06.2021 Chest Inspection Reports, etc. will be retained on record for
______.
IAD 15/2021 Vouchers / Voucher register will be retained on record for ______. 8 years
Dt.02.06.2021
IAD 15/2021 CIBIL Data will be retained on record for ______. 8 years
Dt.02.06.2021
IAD 15/2021 LongBooks/ DailyExtracts/ DayBook will be retained on record in 9 years
Dt.02.06.2021 electronic form for ______.
IAD 15/2021 TA Bill Register, Files of safe, fixture and furniture will be retained 10 years
Dt.02.06.2021 on record for ______.
IAD 15/2021 Loan sanctioned files, Loan correspondence files and Loan follow 10 years
Dt.02.06.2021 up files will be retained on record for ______.
Investigation Reports of Disciplinary Cases, related Charge 10 years
81
IAD 15/2021 Sheets, Court Cases filed by Employees/Associations/Unions

Dt.02.06.2021 against the Bank will be retained on record for ______ after
Page
closure of the case or retirement of the concerned

employee,whichever is later)
IAD 15/2021 Attendance Register will be retained on record for ______. 3 years
Dt.02.06.2021
Bank shall preserve records/documents containing details of all 5 years
accounts and transactions, in respect of which amounts has been
IAD 15/2021
transferred to DEAF permanently and where refund has been
Dt.02.06.2021
claimed from the Fund a period of at least ______ years from the
date of refund from the Fund.
Retention Period of Transactional Logs, both financial & Non 10 Years
IAD 15/2021 financial transaction/ Logs that provide information about changes
Dt.02.06.2021 in business data including customer information, account details,
scheme details etc will be ______ Years.
IAD 15/2021 Retention Period of Privilege user/System Administration /DBA 10 Years
Dt.02.06.2021 Activity Logs will be ______ Years.
Retention Period of User Activity (This may include access to 10 Years
IAD 15/2021
application, access to particular module / service, details of other
Dt.02.06.2021
activities in applications etc.) will be ______ Years.
Retention Period of System Logs that provide details of auto 4Years (Current 1 year
IAD 15/2021 events/intermediary events/changes in system including enabling/ on live Server &
Dt.02.06.2021 disabling services oraccess,system receiving patches, version remaining in Media)
changes, change in system health etc. will be ______ Years.
Retention Period of Network Activity Logs that provide details 4Years (Current 1 year
IAD 15/2021
regarding network trafficor activity on network will be ______ on live Server &
Dt.02.06.2021
Years. remaining in Media)
Retention/Preservation Period for CCTV footages/recordings of 90 days
IAD 15/2021 currency chest, branches, ATMs, Administrative Office & all other
Dt.02.06.2021 offices will be ______ in storage media and when a dispute has
been raised,until issue isresolved.
Retention/Preservation Period of Footage/recordings for ATMs 180 days
IAD 15/2021
embedded webcameras will be ______ in storage media and
Dt.02.06.2021
when a dispute has been raised,until issue isresolved.
Retention/Preservation Period of Voice Recordings ( Treasury, 90 days
IAD 15/2021
Credit Card Division) will be ______ in storage media and when a
Dt.02.06.2021
dispute has been raised,until issue isresolved.
Voice Recordings (Customer Care Division) will be retained on 90 days ; 7 years
IAD 15/2021 record for ______ in storage media in live environment & off site
Dt.02.06.2021 storage for ______years and when a dispute has been raised,until
issue isresolved.
Record of Video conferencing by any of the Directors will be 21 months
IAD 15/2021
retained on record for ______ in storage media (Till AFI is
Dt.02.06.2021
conducted)
It is open to the Bank not to issue fresh cheque book in the four
account or even to consider closure of account / discontinuance of
IAD 14/2021
the credit facility at its discretion in the event of dishonour of one
Dt.02.06.2021
or more cheque (s) each for Rs 25.00 lacs and above for want of
sufficient funds on ______ occasions in a financial year.
In the event of dishonour of a cheque valuing Rs.______ and Rs.25.00 lacs
IAD 14/2021 above and drawn on a particular account of the drawer on 4
Dt.02.06.2021 occasions during the financial year for want of sufficient funds in
the account, no fresh cheque book would be issued.
Bank may consider closing of account at its discretion after 30 days
IAD 14/2021 issuing ______days notice to the customer in the event of
Dt.02.06.2021 subsequent dishonour ( excedded four occasions) of
cheques/failed NACH (ECS) transactions in the account.
The branches shall generate this information of the number of 12/41a & 12/41b
IAD 14/2021
cheques dishonoured in a given financial year from CBS in
82
Dt.02.06.2021
PNBRPT menu by invoking ______.
IAD 14/2021 The authority to withhold issuance of a fresh cheque book and Incumbent Incharge of
Page
Dt.02.06.2021 exercising discretion for closing a current / savings fund account, the branch

if four or more cheques each for Rs.25.00 lacs and above are
dishonoured for want of sufficient funds in a given financial year,
shall vest with the_______.
In case of Cash Credit / Overdraft accounts, the issue relating to An authority one step
non-issuance of a fresh cheque book as well as continuation or higher than the
IAD 14/2021 otherwise of the credit facilities due to dishonour of cheques each sanctioning authority for
Dt.02.06.2021 of Rs. 25.00 lacs and above on four occasions during a financial a final decision
year on account of “exceeding arrangement” shall be reviewed by
______.
When an inward clearing cheque is received by Service SOLs in 24 hours
local/CTS clearing and dishonoured for some reason, the
IAD 14/2021
Incharge of Clearing Section shall ensure that the cheque is
Dt.02.06.2021
returned to the presenting bank /our sister branches promptly
within ______ of dishonour of cheque.
When a branch presents a cheque in clearing either for its own immediately
customer or on behalf of any sister branch / other bank and the
IAD 14/2021
cheque is returned unpaid, it should be returned within ______ of
Dt.02.06.2021
dishonour of cheque to the customer / sister branch / bank
concerned.
The Risk Based Information Systems Audit Policy has been Ministry of Finance
IAD 13/2021
formulated in accordance with RBI‘s guidance and also tuned with
Dt.28.04.2021
_______ guidelines on Audit Systems in Public Sector Banks.
IAD 13/2021 The objectiveof the IS audit is to identify risks that an organization computerized
Dt.28.04.2021 is exposed to in the _______environment
The frequeny of conducting Information Systems Audits (IS Audit) Quarterly
IAD 13/2021
for the audit domain of Vulnerability Assessment/ Penetration
Dt.28.04.2021
Testing/Device Level Audit will be ______.
The frequeny of conducting Information Systems Audits (IS Audit) Bi-Monthly
IAD 13/2021
for the audit domain of External Attack/ Penetration Testing of
Dt.28.04.2021
web facing applications will be ______.
The frequeny of conducting Information Systems Audits (IS Audit) Quarterly
IAD 13/2021
for the audit domain of Data Center/ Disaster Recovery Centre/
Dt.28.04.2021
Critical Locations Process Audit will be ______.
IAD 13/2021 The frequeny of conducting Information Systems Audits (IS Audit) Half-Yearly
Dt.28.04.2021 for IT Application Management will be ______.
IAD 13/2021 The frequeny of conducting Information Systems Audits (IS Audit) Quarterly
Dt.28.04.2021 for IT Network will be ______.
IAD 13/2021 The frequeny of conducting Information Systems Audits (IS Audit) Quarterly
Dt.28.04.2021 for IT Security Operations will be ______.
The required guidelines and procedures for carrying out the Inspection & Audit
IAD 13/2021 Information Systems Audit will be framed by _______ Division
Dt.28.04.2021 including the formats and checklists in consonance with Bank‘s
objectives, RBI directives and IT Security Policy of the bank.
Under Information Systems Audit, The risk categories in the • Low: up to 30% Score;
IAD 13/2021 control risks will be ______. • Medium: > 30-50%
Dt.28.04.2021 score;
• High: > 50% Score
The timelines for remediation of Vulnerabilities pointed out in IS One month
IAD 13/2021
Audits of of Branches/ Controlling Offices/ HO Departments shall
Dt.28.04.2021
be within ______ of receipt of observations.
The CBS Data Centre & Disaster Recovery Site, Enterprise Data quarter
Warehouse, Digital Banking Division, Treasury, SWIFT Centre,
Credit Card Centre and Information Technology Centre & any
IAD 13/2021
other identified offices having critical IT infrastructure will be
Dt.28.04.2021
subjected to Information Systems Audit every ______ for
assessing Process Review Audit to check compliance level of IT
83
Security Policy & procedures and RBI guidelines.

IAD 13/2021 The external attack and penetration testing (EAPT) for the two months
Page
Dt.28.04.2021 systems exposed to outside world (through internet) will be done

once in ______ on continuous basis.

Where Overall Risk Category is High and Direction of risk is 6 months ; 6-9
Increasing,The periodicity of Information Systems Audit of Circle months
IAD 13/2021
Offices, Zonal Offices Training Centers and HO Divisions with
Dt.28.04.2021
critical applications will be _______ and where Direction of risk is
Stable/Decreasing Frequency of IS Audit will be ______.
Where Overall Risk Category is Medium and Direction of risk is 9-12 months ; 12-15
Increasing/ Stable, The periodicity of Information Systems Audit of months
IAD 13/2021
Circle Offices, Zonal Offices Training Centers and HO Divisions
Dt.28.04.2021
with critical applications will be _______ and where Direction of
risk is Decreasing Frequency of IS Audit will be ______.
Where Overall Risk Category is Low and Direction of risk is 12-15 months ; 15-18
Increasing/ Stable, The periodicity of Information Systems Audit of months
IAD 13/2021
Circle Offices, Zonal Offices Training Centers and HO Divisions
Dt.28.04.2021
with critical applications will be _______ and where Direction of
risk is Decreasing Frequency of IS Audit will be ______.
Officers, who have at least ______ years of experience in 3 years
IAD 13/2021 Information Technology preferably with CISA/DISA/CISM/CISSP
Dt.28.04.2021 or similar certifications will be posted in IS Audit cell at IAD-HO to
the possible extent.
The Auditee shall be required to send comments/ compliance • Low: 30 Days;
IAD 13/2021
after the date of issuance of the final IS audit report within the • Medium: 20 Days;
Dt.28.04.2021
maximum period of ______. • High: 10 Days
Under Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA) Policy, the Risk Business Risks and
IAD 12/2021
Assessment consists of identification and assessment of risks in Control Risks
Dt.26.04.2021
two components which are ________.
Business Risk has further been subdivided into following three Earning Risk
IAD 12/2021
segments with risk weightage mentioned there against 1. Credit
Dt.26.04.2021
Risk 2. Operational Risk and 3. ___________.
Control Risk has also been divided into following three segments Branch Management
IAD 12/2021
with risk weightage mentioned there against 1. Operations
Dt.26.04.2021
Management 2. Compliance and 3. _________.
Under Control Risk, Operations Management shall be bifurcated Computer Functions
IAD 12/2021
into three components i.e 1. Credit Functions 2. Non Credit
Dt.26.04.2021
Functions and 3. ________ .
IAD 12/2021 Under Control Risk, Branch Management shall be bifurcated into General ; Security
Dt.26.04.2021 two components i.e 1. ______ and 2. ________ .
The risk category for each parameter/sub-parameter as well as Low Risk upto 30%
IAD 12/2021
entire Business Risk shall be arrived at on the basis of percentage Medium Risk >30-60%
Dt.26.04.2021
marks as ______. High Risk >60%
The risk category for each parameter/sub-parameter as well as Low Risk upto 30%
IAD 12/2021
entire Control Risk shall be arrived at on the basis of percentage Medium Risk >30-50%
Dt.26.04.2021
marks as______. High Risk >50%
In case, Quick Mortality cases reported in a Branch are either High Risk
above Rs. 5 Crore or 20% of the total number of loans and
IAD 12/2021
advances sanctioned between the last two regular audits, the
Dt.26.04.2021
Branch shall be straightaway categorized as ______, with
direction of risk as “Stable‟.
Any Branch reporting incident of Fraud, originating from High Risk
IAD 12/2021
Branch/involving staff posted at Branch during the review period
Dt.26.04.2021
shall be categorized as ______ with direction of risk as “Stable”
The _______ audit shall be done in case of non-concurrent audit Off-site
IAD 12/2021
branches only since in case of concurrent audit branches on-site
Dt.26.04.2021
audit is conducted continuously.
IAD 12/2021 The Off-site audit of Extremely High, Very High and High Risk Quarterly
Dt.26.04.2021 branches will be conducted at the ______ periodicity.
84
The Off-site audit of Low/Medium Risk branches with credit Quarterly

IAD 12/2021
portfolio of Rs. 25 Crore & above will be conducted at the ______
Page
Dt.26.04.2021
periodicity.

IAD 12/2021 The Off-site audit of Other Low/ Medium Risk branches will be Half Yearly
Dt.26.04.2021 conducted at the ______ periodicity.
If an off-site audit shows the risk direction increasing by______ two
IAD 12/2021
notches compared to the previous risk assessment, On-site snap
Dt.26.04.2021
audit will be conducted.
IAD 12/2021 On-site snap audit will be conducted if ______ consecutive off-site Two
Dt.26.04.2021 audits show the direction of risk as increasing
Duration of on-site snap audit shall be ______days depending 1 to 3 days
IAD 12/2021
upon the size of the branch, category of risk and the direction of
Dt.26.04.2021
the risk.
Where Overall Risk Category is Extremely High / Very High with 6 months
IAD 12/2021
any direction ,The periodicity of Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA)
Dt.26.04.2021
will be _______ .
Where Overall Risk Category is High with any direction ,The 6-9 months
IAD 12/2021 periodicity of Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA) will be _______
Dt.26.04.2021 and where Direction of risk is Stable/Decreasing Frequency of IS
Audit will be ______.
Where Overall Risk Category is Medium and Direction of risk is 9-12 months ; 12-15
IAD 12/2021 Increasing, The periodicity of Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA) will months
Dt.26.04.2021 be _______ and where Direction of risk is Stable/Decreasing,
Frequency of Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA) will be ______.
Where Overall Risk Category is Low and Direction of risk is 12-15 months ; 15-18
IAD 12/2021 Increasing, The periodicity Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA) will months
Dt.26.04.2021 be _______ and where Direction of risk is Stable/Decreasing,
Frequency of Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA) will be ______.
In Risk Based Internal Audit System, where Overall Risk Category 100%
IAD 12/2021 is Extremely High / Very High and Direction of risk is
Dt.26.04.2021 Increasing/Stable/Decreasing, Minimum Level of transaction
testing will be ______%.
IAD 12/2021
is High and Direction of risk is Increasing/Stable, Minimum Level
Dt.26.04.2021
of transaction testing will be ______%.
IAD 12/2021
is High and Direction of risk is Decreasing, Minimum Level of
Dt.26.04.2021
transaction testing will be ______%.
In Risk Based Internal Audit System, where Overall Risk Category 50%/40%/30%
IAD 12/2021
is Medium and Direction of risk is Increasing/ Stable/ Decreasing,
Dt.26.04.2021
Minimum Level of transaction testing will be ______%.
In Risk Based Internal Audit System, where Overall Risk Category 40%/30%/20%
IAD 12/2021
is Low and Direction of risk is Increasing/ Stable/ Decreasing,
Dt.26.04.2021
Minimum Level of transaction testing will be ______%.
In Risk Based Internal Audit System, High risk areas are to be 100%
IAD 12/2021
covered by ______% transaction testing irrespective of level or
Dt.26.04.2021
direction of risk.
At least _____% of non-concurrent audit branches shall be 10%
IAD 12/2021 identified from all the risk categories by respective ZAOs every
Dt.26.04.2021 year for conducting compliance audit to ascertain the actual status
of compliance.
IAD 12/2021 The duration of compliance audit for Low Risk and Medium Risk 1 day
Dt.26.04.2021 Branches shall be ______.
The duration of compliance audit shall be ______ for High Risk 2 days ; 3 days
IAD 12/2021
Branches and ______ for Very High & Extremely High Risk
Dt.26.04.2021
Branches .
Regular Audit Reports of branches other than Foreign Branches, Zonal Audit Office
IAD 12/2021 Back Office of Foreign Branches, Trade Finance Centers (TFCs)
Dt.26.04.2021 will be submitted by Inspecting Official /Auditor to ______ under
85
copy to Branch Office & Circle Office/Zonal Office

IAD 12/2021 Regular Audit Reports of Foreign Branches, Back Office of HO: IAD
Page
Dt.26.04.2021 Foreign Branches, Trade Finance Centers (TFCs) will be

submitted by Inspecting Official /Auditor to ______ under copy to

Branch Office & Circle Office/Zonal Office
In case of International Service Branch (ISB), Overseas Branches, International banking
IAD 12/2021
Back Office of Foreign Branches and TFCs a copy of Report will Division (IBD), Head
Dt.26.04.2021
also be made available to ______. Office
The prescribed time period for closure of Regular Audit Reports of one & half month ;
IAD 12/2021 Small and Medium branches will be within ______ from the date Zonal Audit Office
Dt.26.04.2021 of finalization of the report. Competent Authority for Closure of
Audit Reports of Small and Medium branches will be ______.
The prescribed time period for closure of Regular Audit Reports of 2 months ; Zonal
of Large branches and other Specialized Offices e.g. RCCs, Audit Office
IAD 12/2021 CDPCs, ZTCs, ARMBs, Back Offices etc. will be within ______
Dt.26.04.2021 from the date of finalization of the report. Competent Authority for
Closure of Audit Reports of Small and Medium branches will be
______.
The prescribed time period for closure of Regular Audit Reports of 3 months ; Zonal
ELCBs /LCBs /MCCs / iRAM /RAM /VLBs / ELBs / including IBBs Audit Office
IAD 12/2021
will be within ______ from the date of finalization of the report.
Dt.26.04.2021
Competent Authority for Closure of Audit Reports of Small and
Medium branches will be ______.
The prescribed time period for closure of Regular Audit Reports of 3 months ; Inspection
Foreign Branches, Back Office of Foreign Branches, Trade & Audit Division Head
IAD 12/2021
Finance Centers (TFCs) will be within ______ from the date of Office
Dt.26.04.2021
finalization of the report. Competent Authority for Closure of Audit
Reports of Small and Medium branches will be ______.
The prescribed time period for closure of Regular Audit Reports of one & half month ;
Currency Chest will be within ______ from the date of finalization Circle Head
IAD 12/2021 of the report. _______under whose jurisdiction the currency chest
Dt.26.04.2021 is functioning, shall be the competent authority to take a view on
dropping of irregularities and closure of inspection reports of
currency chest.
A regular audit report shall be treated as closed, on ______% 100% ; 75%
dropping/ rectification of irregularities in FSI (Fraud Sensitive
IAD 12/2021 Index), ZTL (Zero Tolerance Level), KRI (Key Risk Indicator) items
Dt.26.04.2021 and Significant Audit Findings (as defined in the policy) and at
least ______% rectification/ dropping of other irregularities
reported in the audit report.
Zonal Audit Office shall submit significant audit findings of regular 10 days
IAD 12/2021
audit report of every branch to the concerned Circle Head and
Dt.26.04.2021
Zonal Head, within ______ days of receipt of the report.
The loan account/ facility where mortality takes place within one Quick Mortality
IAD 11/2021
year of first demand of Initial sanction / take over is treated as
Dt.26.04.2021
Quick Mortality.
In case of term loans, where repayment / moratorium period has first instalment is due for
been permitted or Commercial Operation Date (COD) is fixed, and repayment after the
IAD 11/2021
/ or moratorium period / COD is extended by the Appropriate moratorium / COD /
Dt.26.04.2021
Authority within permissible guidelines, for Quick Mortality, the extended moratorium or
period of 1 year shall be reckoned from the date of ______. COD.
An account may not be classified as Quick Mortality if it has percolation
IAD 11/2021
slipped to NPA within one year of initial sanction / takeover /
Dt.26.04.2021
disbursement as a result of ______ by CBS System.
IAD 11/2021 NPA within one year due to ______ should not be treated as Natural Calamity or
Dt.26.04.2021 Quick Mortality. Death of Borrower
In case of project loans, where longer moratorium period has Quick Mortality
been allowed, if the borrower is also availing some other facilities
IAD 11/2021 like working capital limit, car loan, housing loan, personal loan etc.
86
Dt.26.04.2021 of comparatively small amounts vis-à-vis the project loan and

these other facilities turns NPA within one year, the project loan
Page
will not be treated as ______.

Where sanctioned amount is upto Rs 1.00 crore, the Competent Circle Head
IAD 11/2021
Authority for identification of the account as quick mortality case
Dt.26.04.2021
(QMC) will be ______.
Where sanctioned amount is above Rs1.0 Crore and upto Zonal Manager
IAD 11/2021
Rs10.00 crore, the Competent Authority for identification of the
Dt.26.04.2021
account as quick mortality case (QMC) will be ______.
Where sanctioned amount is above Rs10.00 crore, the Competent GM, HO SASTRA
IAD 11/2021
Authority for identification of the account as quick mortality case
Dt.26.04.2021
(QMC) will be ______.
The exercise of identification & declaration of an account as a monthly
IAD 11/2021
case of Quick Mortality will be done on ______ basis based on
Dt.26.04.2021
incidences of fresh slippage of accounts to NPA category.
Competent Authority for monitoring of Quick Mortality Cases for Circle Head
IAD 11/2021
aggregate sanctioned limit above Rs 5 lac and upto Rs10 lac will
Dt.26.04.2021
be ______.
Competent Authority for monitoring of Quick Mortality Cases for Zonal Manager
IAD 11/2021
aggregate sanctioned limit above Above Rs. 10 lacs up to Rs. 1
Dt.26.04.2021
crore will be ______.
IAD 11/2021 Competent Authority for monitoring of Quick Mortality Cases for CGM (SASTRA)
Dt.26.04.2021 aggregate sanctioned limit above Rs. 1 crore will be ______.
Zonal Offices will procure the information in respect of all quick Rs. 5.00 lac
IAD 11/2021 mortality cases with aggregate sanctioned limits of above Rs.
Dt.26.04.2021 ______ from Circles and submit to HO SASTRA on the above
format on Monthly basis
Circle Offices, will forward the information , in respect of QMCs to 5th
IAD 11/2021
Zonal Offices latest by ______ of the following Month from the
Dt.26.04.2021
close of every month.
Zonal Offices, after scrutiny, will forward the information , in 15th
IAD 11/2021 respect of QMCs to SASTRA, Head Office and IAD Head Office
Dt.26.04.2021 latest by ______ of the following
Month from the close of every month.
Investigations will be invariably got conducted in Quick Mortality Rs.50 lac
IAD 11/2021
accounts with aggregate sanctioned limit of Rs.______ and
Dt.26.04.2021
above.
In accounts with aggregate sanctioned limit up to Rs. ______, Rs. 25 lacs
IAD 11/2021
staff accountability shall be examined on the basis of Annual
Dt.26.04.2021
I.Rs/QCAR/Special Reports/ RBI Reports/Complaints etc.
In accounts with aggregate sanctioned limit above Rs. 25 lacs and Rs. 50 Lac
below Rs. ______, staff accountability shall be examined on the
IAD 11/2021
basis of information provided by the branches/back offices
Dt.26.04.2021
through Circle Office on the basis of a Preliminary Enquiry and
examination of Documents report.
Tenure of external concurrent auditor is defined as up to the age 65 years ; 3 years
IAD 10/2021
of ______ years in case of EROs (empaneled retired officers) and
Dt.26.04.2021
______ years in case of CA firms.
The external auditor shall be allotted only one branch within 50 km
IAD 10/2021 ______ km of its office/residence, initially for a period of one year,
Dt.26.04.2021 further extendable based on satisfactory performance up to 2
years in case of EROs and 3 years in case of CA firms.
Remuneration payable to external auditors for a branch with Rs. 40000/- ; Rs.
IAD 10/2021
business up to 400 crores is Rs. ______ + GST and for a branch 50000/-
Dt.26.04.2021
with business above 400 crores, Rs. ______+GST.
As regards the tenure of Internal concurrent auditor at any 3 years
IAD 10/2021
Branch/business unit, shall on continuous basis, be limited to a
Dt.26.04.2021
period of ______years
______ is the Software for posting of MOCs (Memorandum of CBPMS (Centralized
87
IAD 10/2021 changes) suggested by the Statutory Branch Auditors / Circle Balance Sheet and
Dt.26.04.2021 Offices / Concurrent Auditors Profit & Loss
Page
Management System)

IAD 10/2021 Selection of the Branches and other offices for Concurrent Audit Audit Committee of
Dt.26.04.2021 will be done by _________. Executives (ACE).
In Risk Based Concurrent Audit, _____% transaction testing is to 100%
IAD 10/2021
be done in respect of manual transactions, irrespective of risk
Dt.26.04.2021
category and risk direction of the branch.
In Risk Based Concurrent Audit, testing in respect of system 10 to 20%
IAD 10/2021
driven transactions is to be done on sample basis i.e. at least upto
Dt.26.04.2021
______% of the total system driven transactions.
In case of SASTRA/ Zonal SASTRA/ RAM /iRAM/ MCC /TFC/ By 3rd & 5th in case of
IAD 10/2021 SWIFT/ CPPC/ Depositories/ Back offices/ Overseas two branches
Dt.26.04.2021 Branches(Back office )/IBB/ AD Branches /HO Divisions etc,
Monthly Concurrent Audit Reports will be submitted by ______.
In case of GBBs /ISB/ LCB/ ELCB/ Circle SASTRA/ Zonal by 5th of the month
SASTRA/ RAM /iRAM/ MCC / SWIFT/ CPPC/ Depositories/ Back following the close of
offices/ /IBB/ AD Branches / etc, Quarterly Concurrent Audit quarter and in case of
Reports (QCARs) shall be submitted by ______ allocation of 2 branches;
IAD 10/2021
qcar of 1st branch will
Dt.26.04.2021
be submitted by 5th of
following month & for
2nd branch by 10th of
following month
Quarterly Concurrent Audit Reports (QCARs) of Overseas By 5th of the month
Branches(Back office) ,TFC, HO Divisions etc shall be submitted following the close of
by ____ quarter and in case of
allocation of 2
IAD 10/2021 branches;qcar of 1st
Dt.26.04.2021 branch will be submitted
by 5th of following
month & for 2nd branch
by 10th of following
month
Monthly Concurrent Audit of SASTRA/ Zonal SASTRA/ RAM ZAO
/iRAM/ MCC /TFC/ SWIFT/ CPPC/ Depositories/ Back offices/
IAD 10/2021
Overseas Branches(Back office )/IBB/ AD Branches /HO Divisions
Dt.26.04.2021
etc will be submitted to ______ under copy to Branch office &
controlling office
Quarterly Concurrent Audit Reports (QCARs) of GBBs /ISB/ LCB/ ZAO
ELCB/ Circle SASTRA/ Zonal SASTRA/ RAM /iRAM/ MCC /
IAD 10/2021
SWIFT/ CPPC/ Depositories/ Back offices/ /IBB/ AD Branches /
Dt.26.04.2021
etc will be submitted to ______ under copy to Branch office &
controlling office
Quarterly Concurrent Audit Reports (QCARs) of Overseas HO:IAD
IAD 10/2021
Branches(Back office) will be submitted to ______ under copy to
Dt.26.04.2021
office Incumbent.
Monthly Audit Reports of branches under Concurrent Audit shall 15 days
IAD 10/2021
be closed within _____ including period allowed for its
Dt.26.04.2021
submission.
IAD 10/2021 QCAR of branches under Concurrent Audit shall be closed within one month
Dt.26.04.2021 _____ including period allowed for its submission.
Quarterly Audit Report of Circle SASTRA/ Zonal SASTRA/ RAM one month
IAD 10/2021 /iRAM/ MCC / SWIFT/ CPPC/ Depositories/ Back offices/ /IBB/ AD
Dt.26.04.2021 Branches etc shall be closed within _____ including period
allowed for its submission.
Quarterly Audit Report of Quarterly Audit Report of HO Divisions one month
IAD 10/2021
/TFC/OVERSEAS BRANCH(Back offices) etc shall be closed
Dt.26.04.2021
within _____ including period allowed for its submission.
88
Competent Authority for Closure of Quarterly Audit Report of ZAO Head

IAD 10/2021 Circle SASTRA/ Zonal SASTRA/ RAM /iRAM/ MCC / SWIFT/
Page
Dt.26.04.2021 CPPC/ Depositories/ Back offices/ /IBB/ AD Branches etc will be

______.

As per the Policy for Audit & Inspection of Overseas Branches USD 200 Mio
duly approved by the Board, the Concurrent Audit will continue at
IAD 10/2021
back offices of Overseas Branches having a minimum business of
Dt.26.04.2021
USD ______ as per last audited balance sheet by an Internal
Chief Auditor stationed.
IAD 10/2021 The Concurrent Audit at Front Offices of Overseas Branches at quarterly
Dt.26.04.2021 ______intervals will be carried out by deputing an Internal Auditor
IAD 10/2021 The ______ of the branch shall act as the coordinator of the second-in-command
Dt.26.04.2021 concurrent audit to ensure its smooth conduct.
Retired honorably officer from our bank, in Scale III to VI having 20 years ; 10 years
an experience of minimum of ______ years service in our bank
IAD 10/2021
and a satisfactory track record with Branch experience of ______
Dt.26.04.2021
years as an officer are eligible for empanelment as Concurrent
Auditor.
A Retired Official will be on cooling period for at least six months
______months from the date of his / her retirement before
IAD 10/2021
becoming eligible for getting an audit assignment, even though he
Dt.26.04.2021
/ she may already be on the panel for Concurrent Audit in the
Bank.
An empanelled Retired Official of our own bank may be utilized as 65 years
IAD 10/2021
Concurrent Audit in a branch upto the age of _____ or till the
Dt.26.04.2021
completion of last quarterly audit assignment, whichever is later.
Branch assigned to Retired Staff of own bank appointed as 50 KMs
IAD 10/2021
auditor shall be within a maximum distance of ______ KMs from
Dt.26.04.2021
his / her place of residence.
IAD 09/2021 All non-concurrent audit branches shall be subjected to Revenue calendar year
Dt.22.04.2021 Audit at the end of ______.
IAD 09/2021 All concurrent audit branches shall be subjected to Revenue Audit every quarter
Dt.22.04.2021 at the end of ______.
IAD 09/2021 All concurrent audit branches shall be subjected to Special calendar year
Dt.22.04.2021 Revenue Audit at the end of ______.
External Revenue Auditor shall be paid Rs. ______ per branch in Rs. 10,000/- ; Rs.
IAD 09/2021
case of Small/Medium branch and Rs. ______ per branch in case 15,000/-
Dt.22.04.2021
of Large Branch and above.
Revenue audit reports are closed within ______ days in case of 45 days ; 60 days
IAD 09/2021
Small/Medium/Large branches and within 3 months in case of
Dt.22.04.2021
VLBs and above.
While submitting Revenue Audit Report, auditor is required to Rs. 25000/-
IAD 09/2021 indicate the name of erring officials in individual incidences of
Dt.22.04.2021 undercharges of Rs. ______ & above besides comments on staff
accountability.
In case the complainant has reasonable grounds of having Whistle Blower Policy
observed unethical and improper practices or any other wrongful
IAD 07/2021
conduct in any of the departments / offices / Branches of the
Dt.21.04.2021
Bank, he may lodge a complaint under the policy, which shall be
known as ______ in the Bank.
IAD 07/2021 ______ will be the Competent Authority to deal with the protected The Chairman of Audit
Dt.21.04.2021 disclosure received under provisions of Whistle Blower Policy. Committee of Board
IAD 07/2021 Whistle Blower can make a disclosure against any employee / General Manager / Chief
Dt.21.04.2021 officer of the bank upto level of ______. General Manager
As regard disclosure against any Director, Executive Director, Govt. of India PIDPI
IAD 07/2021 Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer and Chairman etc. it regulations to
Dt.21.04.2021 can be lodged under ______. designated authority like
CVC or Secretary, DFS
Under Whistle Blower Policy, The Competent Authority shall, upon 45 days
receipt of the protected disclosure while concealing the identity of
89
IAD 07/2021
the complainant, shall make discreet inquiry within maximum
Dt.21.04.2021
period of ______days, to ascertain whether there is any basis for
Page
proceeding further to investigate the disclosure.

The Whistle Blower shall lodge the complaint to the _______ in a Chairman, Audit
IAD 07/2021
closed / secured envelope marked as “Complaint under the Committee of Board
Dt.21.04.2021
provisions of Whistle Blower Policy”
All the complaints received under Whistle Blower Policy will be Chairman of the Audit
IAD 07/2021 opened in the presence of _______, by an authorized official of Committee of Board
Dt.21.04.2021 Board & Coordination Division, designated in this regard by
Chairman, ACB.
IAD 04/2021 Our bank has Launched a New Portal for Tracking and Monitoring TMSAC
Dt.22.02.2021 of Staff Accountability Cases in the name of ______.
The TMSAC Portal can be accessed through a link given in NON Vigilance Division
IAD 04/2021
CBS Application Home Page under ______ or through URL :
Dt.22.02.2021
https://10.192.18.102/TMSAC
To strengthen and automate its Internal Audit functions, the Bank eTHIC
IAD 05/2021 has adopted an Application named ______. This Application has
Dt.22.02.2021 various Modules related to Audit, including Offsite Surveillance
System (OSS).
Integrated Risk Management Division

Nominee directors are appointed by a third party subject to the section 161 (3)
Articles of Association of the company in pursuance of the law or
IRMD 30/2021
any provisions for the time being in force. Appointment of
Dt.30.09.2021
Directors by Nomination is covered under section ______of the
Companies Act, 2013.
Nominee directors are appointed by a third party subject to the Articles of Association
IRMD 30/2021
______ of the company in pursuance of the law or any provisions
Dt.30.09.2021
for the time being in force.
As per Policy on Appointment of Top Management Personnel as 65 years
Nominee Director in other Companies, Bank may also consider
IRMD 30/2021
retired top executives of RBI / other Banks / our Bank not
Dt.30.09.2021
exceeding ______ years of age for appointment as Nominee
Directors.
IRMD 30/2021 The duties of a director on the Board of any company has been section 166
Dt.30.09.2021 defined under section ______of the Companies Act, 2013
As per section 184 of Companies Act, a director is considered to 2%
be interested in a matter if such matter is in respect of another
IRMD 30/2021
company where the director in question (either singly or along with
Dt.30.09.2021
other fellow directors) holds more than ______% of the
shareholding of such another company.
As per section 184 of Companies Act, a director is considered to 2%
be interested in a matter if such matter is in respect of another
IRMD 30/2021
company where the director in question (either singly or along with
Dt.30.09.2021
other fellow directors) holds more than ______% of the
shareholding of such another company.
In case any official holds more than ______% shares in any 2%
IRMD 30/2021
investee company, they shall not be considered to be placed as
Dt.30.09.2021
Nominee director in that investee company.
The Nominee Director shall be appointed in one investee three years
IRMD 30/2021 company for a maximum period of ______ years, or date of
Dt.30.09.2021 superannuation, or date of tendering resignation from Bank’s
service, whichever is earlier.
Bank shall not appoint any official as Nominee Director if he/she six years
IRMD 30/2021 has served in that capacity on any one or more of the investee
Dt.30.09.2021 companies’ Board for a period of ______ years, whether
continuously or intermittently.
90
If the borrower is having total standalone exposure upto Rs.5.00 PNB SAMPATTI scoring
IRMD 23/2021
crore under PNB SAMPATTI scheme only, the borrower shall be model
Page
Dt.05.07.2021
scored under______.

If the borrower is having existing business loans exposure PNB Trac

also(other than retail loans) and that exposure is eligible to be
IRMD 23/2021
rated on Trac, in that case total exposure(existing business loan +
Dt.05.07.2021
SAMPATTI exposure) irrespective of amount shall be considered
and rated in respective rating model of______.
If the borrower is having existing business loans exposure PNB SAMPATTI
also(other than retail loans) and that exposure is not eligible to be Scoring model
IRMD 23/2021
rated on Trac, in that case existing business loan exposure shall
Dt.05.07.2021
be scored on eligible scoring model and SAMPATTI exposure
shall be scored on ______.
IRMD 16/2021 Our bank has approved a scoring model for PNB SAMPATTI PNB SAMPATTI
Dt.04.06.2021 scheme in the name of ______ scoring model
PNB SAMPATTI scoring model will be applicable for credit Rs. 5.00 Crores
IRMD 16/2021
exposure above Rs.10.00 lac and up to Rs. ______ while
Dt.04.06.2021
renewing/reviewing the facilities under PNB SAMPATTI scheme.
If Score Range under PNB SAMPATTI scoring model is ______, up to 40
IRMD 16/2021
Application under PNB SAMPATTI scheme cannot be considered
Dt.04.06.2021
for sanction.
If Score Range under PNB SAMPATTI scoring model is ______, Above 40 up to 50
IRMD 16/2021
Application under PNB SAMPATTI scheme can be considered by
Dt.04.06.2021
next higher Authority for sanction with proper justifications.
If Score Range under PNB SAMPATTI scoring model is ______, Above 50
IRMD 16/2021
Application under PNB SAMPATTI scheme can be considered for
Dt.04.06.2021
sanction at branches as per their vested loaning powers.
An Exposure Monitoring System has been developed by ITD to 01.04.2021
IRMD 14/2021 which the aggregated exposure data is being synchronized on
Dt.16.04.2021 daily basis for tracking of various exposures and identification of
breaches, has been implemented from ______.
Where outsourcing is involved, Poor service from the service Reputation Risk
IRMD 13/2021
provider, its customer interaction not being consistent with the
Dt.15.04.2021
overall standards of the bank is called ______.
Where outsourcing is involved, If Privacy, consumer and Compliance Risk
IRMD 13/2021
prudential laws are not adequately complied with, It is called
Dt.15.04.2021
_______.
The risk arising due to technology failure, fraud, error, inadequate Operational Risk
IRMD 13/2021
financial capacity to fulfill obligations and/or provide remedies is
Dt.15.04.2021
called ______.
The risk which includes but is not limited to exposure to fines, Legal Risk
IRMD 13/2021 penalties, or punitive damages resulting from supervisory actions,
Dt.15.04.2021 as well as private settlements due to omissions and commissions
of the service provider is called ______.
IRMD 13/2021 The risk arising due to inappropriate underwriting or credit Counter party Risk
Dt.15.04.2021 assessments is called ______.
IRMD 13/2021 The risk arising due to the political, social or legal climate creating Country Risk
Dt.15.04.2021 added risk is called ______.
The failure of a service provider in providing a specified service, a Concentration and
IRMD 13/2021 breach in security/ confidentiality, or non-compliance with legal Systemic Risk
Dt.15.04.2021 and regulatory requirements by either the service provider or the
outsourcing bank is called ______.
The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal operational risk
IRMD 12/2021
processes, people and systems or from external events is defined
Dt.15.04.2021
as ______ risk.
IRMD 12/2021 Operational risk includes legal risk, but excludes strategic and reputational risk
Dt.15.04.2021 ______.
An operational risk incident, which could have resulted in a loss, Near-Miss Events
IRMD 12/2021
had it not been discovered and corrected in time is defined as
91
Dt.15.04.2021
______.
IRMD 12/2021 Where the maker & checker of a transaction have made a Near-Miss Events
Page
Dt.15.04.2021 mistake, but subsequently detected and rectified without loss can

be defined as______.
Undercharges, which have arisen not out of commercial decision Near-Miss Events
IRMD 12/2021
but due to operational lapses/mistakes and could not be
Dt.15.04.2021
recovered and ultimately waived, shall be treated as ______.
______ is a pre-requisite for minimising the adverse effects of one Business Continuity
IRMD 11/2021
of the important areas of operational risk – Business Disruption Plan
Dt.15.04.2021
and System Failures.
Disaster recovery is the process, policies and procedures related Business Continuity
IRMD 11/2021 to preparing for recovery or continuation of technology Plan (BCP)
Dt.15.04.2021 infrastructure critical to an organization after a natural or human-
induced disaster. Disaster recovery is a subset of ______.
IRMD 11/2021 ______ shall be the Head of BCP activity. CGM- GSAD (in his
Dt.15.04.2021 absence GM- GSAD)
As per our Policy for Business Continuity Plan, the risk event is 5 times ; 3-5 times
measured as 'High' if events of disruption occurs more than
IRMD 11/2021
______ times in a year and the risk event is measured as
Dt.15.04.2021
'Medium' if events of disruption is occured more than ______
times in a year.
As per our Policy for Business Continuity Plan, the risk event is 1-2 times ; a year
IRMD 11/2021 measured as 'Low' if events of disruption occurs more than
Dt.15.04.2021 ______ times in a year and the risk event is measured as 'Rare' if
events of disruption is occured once in ______.
As per our Policy for Business Continuity Plan, Critical events 4
IRMD 11/2021
which could not be allowed or sustained, The impact of the risk
Dt.15.04.2021
event is measured on a scale of ______.
IRMD 11/2021 As per our Policy for Business Continuity Plan, Extreme negative 3
Dt.15.04.2021 impact of the risk event is measured on a scale of ______.
As per our Policy for Business Continuity Plan, If there is no 0
IRMD 11/2021
measurable loss, impact of the risk such event is measured as
Dt.15.04.2021
______.
The onus of identifying the requirement of Business Continuity owner Division
IRMD 11/2021
Plan for the activity, formulating and implementing them lies with
Dt.15.04.2021
the______.
______ is the Nodal Division for obtaining approval of Business IT Division
IRMD 11/2021 Continuity Plans for all Critical IT applications and constituted a
Dt.15.04.2021 BCP Committee to review the Business Continuity Plan for IT
applications.
As per our Policy for Approval of New Product, all the new System & Product
products shall be approved by Operational Risk Management Approval Committee of
IRMD 10/2021 Committee/ Credit Risk Management Committee (CRMC) through Executives
Dt.15.04.2021 SPACE and modifications in the existing products,
activities/processes/systems shall be approved by SPACE.
Expand the term SPACE ______.
As per our Policy for Approval of New Product, If the product is Credit Risk
IRMD 10/2021
credit related, then the proposal shall be submitted to ______ for Management Committee
Dt.15.04.2021
approval after approval from SPACE. (CRMC) for approval
As per our Policy for Approval of New Product, If the product is Operational Risk
IRMD 10/2021
non-credit related, then the proposal shall be submitted to ______ Management Committee
Dt.15.04.2021
for approval after approval from SPACE. (ORMC)
In case outsourcing is involved in the product, after approval of Risk Management
IRMD 10/2021 the product by SPACE/ORMC/CRMC, the same shall be placed Committee (RMC)
Dt.15.04.2021 by the owner division to ______ for final approval in terms of
Policy for Outsourcing of Financial Services.
RCSA is one of the important tools to identify and assess the Risk Control & Self-
IRMD 09/2021
Operational Risk in various activities & products. Expand the rerm Assessment
Dt.15.04.2021
RCSA ______.
92
Our Bank has developed PNB Trac credit rating models for Rs.50 Lakhs
IRMD 08/2021
borrower/prospective borrower availing (FB+NFB) limits of more
Page
Dt.15.04.2021
than Rs.______ except the exempted categories

PNB Score model for the advances under retail lending schemes PNB Baghban & Loan
IRMD 08/2021
are applicable for loan upto Rs 50 Lakhs except ______. against Gold &
Dt.15.04.2021
Jewellery
For all Housing Loan, Vehicle Loan, Education Loan and Loan irrespective of amount
IRMD 08/2021
Against Mortgage of Immovable Property to retail borrowers,
Dt.15.04.2021
scoring is done under PNB Score for amount upto Rs. ______.
IRMD 08/2021 All the MSME loan cases upto Rs. 50 Lakhs are necessarily to be PNB SCORE SME
Dt.15.04.2021 scored under scoring models ______.
Our Bank has developed ______ models for lending to agricultural PNB Score Farm Sector
IRMD 08/2021
(direct and allied) activities under various schemes of PSFI
Dt.15.04.2021
Division for loan up to Rs. 50.00 Lakhs.
Agriculture loans above Rs. 50.00 lakh for those Individuals only, PNB Score Farm Sector
IRMD 08/2021
who don’t prepare any book of accounts and don’t have credible Models
Dt.15.04.2021
financial statements, are rated under ______.
For monitoring the health of Borrowal accounts on regular PNB SAJAG
IRMD 08/2021
intervals to improve the quality of credit portfolio, bank has (EWS+PMS)
Dt.15.04.2021
developed a tool called ______.
PNB SAJAG (EWS+PMS) shall be applicable to all corporate Rs1.00 Cr.
IRMD 08/2021
borrowers having sanctioned limits (FB plus NFB) and PNB My
Dt.15.04.2021
Property Loan above Rs______.
Bank has developed RAROC based loan pricing model under Risk Adjusted Return on
IRMD 08/2021
RAROC framework for pricing of loan products and sanctioning of Capital
Dt.15.04.2021
discretionary concessions. Expand the term RAROC ______.
To improve efficiency of risk assessment and third eye view based Zonal Risk Management
IRMD 08/2021 calculation of risk over borrowing entity, its business and credit Cells
Dt.15.04.2021 proposal, our Bank has created ______ under direct control of
Integrated Risk Management Division, Head Office.
Our Bank has launched an IT based solution for loan PNB LenS (the LENding
IRMD 08/2021
management christened as ______ for the activities related to Solution)
Dt.15.04.2021
lead Capturing, loan appraisal, sanction and Documentation.
For the purpose of definition of Intra-Group Transactions and investment exposures
Exposures (ITEs), exposure should include credit exposure (including underwriting
IRMD 07/2021 (funded and non-funded credit limits) and ______. However, and similar
Dt.15.04.2021 exposure on account of equity and other regulatory capital commitments)
instruments is excluded while computing exposure to group
entities.
For the purpose of definition of Intra-Group Transactions and 5%
IRMD 07/2021 Exposures (ITEs), Single Group Entity Exposure should be
Dt.15.04.2021 ______% of the Paid-up Capital and Reservesin case of non-
financial companies and un-regulated financial companies
IRMD 07/2021 Exposures (ITEs), Single Group Entity Exposure should be
Dt.15.04.2021 ______% of the Paid-up Capital and Reserves in case of
regulated financial services companies.
Exposures (ITEs), Aggregate Group Exposure should be
IRMD 07/2021
______% of Paid-up Capital and Reserves in case of all non-
Dt.15.04.2021
financial companies and unregulated financial services companies
taken together.
IRMD 07/2021 Exposures (ITEs), Aggregate Group Exposure should be
Dt.15.04.2021 ______% of Paid-up Capital and Reserves in case of the group
i.e. all group entities (financial and non-financial) taken together.
______ shall assess the level of reputational risk on quarterly Integrated Risk
IRMD 06/2021
intervals for PNB solo and half-yearly basis for PNB Group, based Management Division
Dt.15.04.2021
on scorecard approach. (IRMD)
93
The results of the reputational risk assessment for PNB solo shall Operational Risk
IRMD 06/2021
be validated by the Reputational Risk Monitoring Group and then Management Committee
Page
Dt.15.04.2021
placed to ______ for approval at quarterly intervals, for its (ORMC)

monitoring and necessary directions to the concerned divisions.

The results of the reputational risk assessment for PNB group Group Risk
IRMD 06/2021
shall be placed to ______ at semi-annual intervals, for its Management Committee
Dt.15.04.2021
monitoring and necessary directions to the concerned divisions. (GRMC)
______ is the designated authority to monitor the level of Operational Risk
IRMD 06/2021
reputational risk on bank-wide basis and assess the progress Management Committee
Dt.15.04.2021
made in this respect. (ORMC)
______ is the designated authority to monitor the level of Group Risk
IRMD 06/2021
reputational risk on group-wide basis and assess the progress Management Committee
Dt.15.04.2021
made in this respect. (GRMC)
______ shall be monitoring the news / events on a continuous Corporate
IRMD 06/2021
basis and respond appropriately to the queries of general public / Communication Division
Dt.15.04.2021
media. (CCD)
______ shall be the competent authority to determine cessation of MD & CEO
IRMD 06/2021 crisis management activities, when the negative repercussions of
Dt.15.04.2021 an adverse event affecting Bank’s reputation are judged to have
subsided.
IRMD 06/2021 Level reputational risk at PNB solo and PNB Group will be Up to 30
Dt.15.04.2021 ''Negligible" if score range is ______out of hundred.
IRMD 06/2021 Level reputational risk at PNB solo and PNB Group will be ''Low" Above 30 up to 40
Dt.15.04.2021 if score range is ______out of hundred.
IRMD 06/2021 Level reputational risk at PNB solo and PNB Group will be Above 40 up to 50
Dt.15.04.2021 ''Medium" if score range is ______out of hundred.
IRMD 06/2021 Level reputational risk at PNB solo and PNB Group will be ''High" Above 50 up to 60
Dt.15.04.2021 if score range is ______out of hundred.
Level reputational risk at PNB solo and PNB Group will be Above 60
IRMD 06/2021
''REPUTATION AT STAKE" if score range is ______out of
Dt.15.04.2021
hundred.
Integrated Risk Management Div: Loans & Advances

As per RBI vide its notification dated 29.10.2021 where the ₹5 crore ; ₹5 crore
exposure of the banking system is less than ₹______, there is no
restriction on opening of current accounts or on provision of
L&A 167/2021
CC/OD facility by banks, subject to obtaining an undertaking from
Dt. 06.11.2021
such borrowers that they shall inform the bank(s), as and when
the credit facilities availed by them from the banking system
reaches ₹______ or more.
As per RBI vide its notification dated 29.10.2021,where exposure 10 per cent
of the banking system is ₹5 crore or more, such borrower can
L&A 167/2021
maintain current accounts with any one of the banks with which it
Dt. 06.11.2021
has CC/OD facility, provided that the bank has at least ______ per
cent of the exposure of the banking system to that borrower.
The Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) is a scheme National Credit
L&A 163/2021 to provide guarantee by ______ to Member Lending Institutions Guarantee Trustee
Dt. 28.10.2021 (MLIs) for loans extended by them to NBFC-MFIs and MFIs in the Company (NCGTC)
country.
The Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) would be Rs.7,500 crore
applicable to all loans sanctioned by the MLIs under CGSMFI
L&A 163/2021
during the period from issue of these guidelines to March 31, 2022
Dt. 28.10.2021
or till guarantees for an amount of Rs.______ are issued under
CGSMFI, whichever is earlier.
At least ______% of the funding provided and covered under 50%
L&A 163/2021 Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) goes to lower
Dt. 28.10.2021 rated NBFC-MFIs/MFIs (i.e. NBFC-MFIs/MFI rated/graded MfR 2
94
or below).
L&A 163/2021 The funding provided by the MLIs under Credit Guarantee 75%
Page
Dt. 28.10.2021 Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) shall be eligible for credit guarantee

coverage by NCGTC upto ______% of the amount in default.

The tenor of loans extended by the MLIs and NBFC-MFIs/MFIs 3 years
L&A 163/2021 would be need based as per assessment. However, the tenor of
Dt. 28.10.2021 NCGTC’s guarantee would be for a maximum period of ______
years.
The MLI shall, upon an NBFC-MFI/MFI defaulting in repayment of 1 year
dues and turning NPA, shall approach NCGTC and file claim for
L&A 163/2021
eligible amount. The first such claim should be filed ______ years
Dt. 28.10.2021
after the date of issue of guarantee or date of disbursement of
tranche, whichever is later.
Under Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI), The 30 days
L&A 163/2021 guaranteed amount shall be paid within ______ days by NCGTC
Dt. 28.10.2021 to the MLIs on invocation of the guarantee/submission of the
claim.
Under Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI), The MCLR+2% p.a
L&A 163/2021
interest rate on funding provided by the MLIs to the NBFC-
Dt. 28.10.2021
MFIs/MFIs shall be capped at ______.
L&A 163/2021 Guarantee fee will be charged @ ______under the Credit No any Guarantee fee
Dt. 28.10.2021 Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) by NCGTC
Timelines for obtainment of LEI for corporate borrowers having 30.06.2022 ;
L&A 162/2021
total exposures above ₹ 25 crores to ₹ 50 crores is ______ for 30.06.2022
Dt. 28.10.2021
MSME and ______ for Non MSME.
L&A 162/2021
Dt. 28.10.2021
L&A 162/2021
Dt. 28.10.2021
To generate Solvency Certificate for all borrowers and non- SOLV
L&A 160/2021
borrower customers, a menu option has been developed in
Dt. 25.10.2021
Finacle in the name of ______.
Charges for issuance of Solvency Certificate shalll be lavied @ ₹1000/- ; ₹25000/- ;
0.10% of certificate amount with a minimum of ₹______ and 50%
L&A 160/2021
maximum ₹25000/-. Any additional certificate issued within a
Dt. 25.10.2021
period of 3 months of issuance of 1st solvency certificate, only
______% of the applicable charges shall be levied.
An Association of Persons (AOP) as an integration of persons for Indian Income Tax Act,
L&A 154/2021 a mutual benefit or a common purpose, who have come together 1961
Dt. 11.10.2021 with an objective of earning some income is defined under
______.
Exposure to a single Association of Persons (AOP) borrower by ₹50 Crore
L&A 154/2021
way of Fund Based and Non Fund Based facilities shall be
Dt. 11.10.2021
restricted to ₹______..
Credit facilities to Association of Persons (AOP) shall be ZOCAC- I
L&A 154/2021
considered by Sanctioning Authorities at ______ and above within
Dt. 11.10.2021
their vested loaning powers.
For considering proposals from Association of Persons (AOP), in 100%
L&A 154/2021 addition to primary security, Bank’s exposure should be secured
Dt. 11.10.2021 by way of atleast ______% coverage of eligible collateral
securities.
Credit facilities be sanctioned to only those Association of 50
L&A 154/2021 Persons (AOP) which are formed in writing and duly registered
Dt. 11.10.2021 with appropriate authority. For considering proposals from AOPs,
members of AOP should not exceed ______.
A Partnership Firm is required to be registered with Registrar of Income Tax Act
L&A 154/2021
Firms whereas an Association of Persons (AOP) is registered
95
Dt. 11.10.2021
under ______.
L&A 151/2021 Due diligence report by professionals shall be obtained for all Irrespective of exposure
Page
Dt. 30.09.2021 corporate borrowers (private and public limited companies) limits.

availing aggregate (fund and non-fund based) limits of Rs.______

& above under consortium / multiple banking arrangements
irrespective of exposure limits.
For accounts under sole banking, Due diligence report by Rs 20 Crores
L&A 151/2021
professionals shall be obtained for the corporate borrowers with
Dt. 30.09.2021
aggregate (fund & non-fund based) limits of Rs ______ & above.
The Due Diligence Report for borrowers shall be obtained on half yearly (i.e., half year
L&A 151/2021
______ basis. ended for September
Dt. 30.09.2021
and March)
A time period of ______ days should be allotted to CA/CS for 45 days
L&A 151/2021 submission of the Due Diligence Report for borrowers availing
Dt. 30.09.2021 aggregate (fund and non-fund based) limits of Rs.20 Cr. & above
under consortium / multiple Banking arrangements.
In case of borrower is internally rated as ______ respective PNB B2 ; B3 & Below
Sanctioning Authority may waive obtention of due diligence report
L&A 151/2021
by professionals in case of Sole Banking on merits of the case. In
Dt. 30.09.2021
case of ______ rated borrowers ZOCAC-II & above is empowered
to waive the same for accounts within their vested loaning power.
The fee payable for issuance of diligence report may be charged Rs.50000/-
L&A 151/2021
@ 0.005% of the limit (i.e. Rs.500/- per Rs. 1 crore) with a
Dt. 30.09.2021
maximum ceiling of Rs.______.
Branch Heads of LCBs/ELCBs/Zonal Heads may consider Rs. 1 lac
payment of enhanced fee upto 0.0075% of the limit (i.e. Rs.750/-
L&A 151/2021
per Rs.1.00 crore) with a maximum of Rs. ______ in exceptional
Dt. 30.09.2021
cases (depending upon the volume of work) for issuance of
diligence report.
For financing Securitisation of Future Toll Collection/ Discounting Need based
L&A 146/2021
of Annuity Receivables in BOT Road Projects & HAM Projects,
Dt. 27.09.2021
Maximum Loan amount will be Rs. ______.
For financing Securitisation of Future Toll Collection/ Discounting Nil ; 10% ; 40%
of Annuity Receivables in BOT Road Projects & HAM Projects,
L&A 146/2021
Minimum margin will be ______% under HAM Model, ______% in
Dt. 27.09.2021
case of Other annuity Receivable and ______% in case of Toll
Receivable.
For financing Securitisation of Future Toll Collection/ Discounting Net Assured Future
of Annuity Receivables in BOT Road Projects & HAM Projects, Receivables
L&A 146/2021
Margin is to be maintained on the discounted present value of the
Dt. 27.09.2021
______ on account of Toll collection/annuity receivables in BOT
Road projects & HAM Projects.
Proposals for financing Securitisation of Future Toll Collection/ HOCAC Level-II
L&A 146/2021 Discounting of Annuity Receivables in BOT Road Projects & HAM
Dt. 27.09.2021 Projects shall be considered by ______and above within their
vested loaning powers
Line of Credit if availed in form of WCDL may be disbursed in 12 months
tranches & should be adjusted within the respective tenor of the
L&A 145/2021
tranche from the date of respective disbursement. The maximum
Dt. 27.09.2021
tenor of the tranche shall be ______ months from the date of
disbursement.
Where Line of Credit is disbursed in tranches and expiry of 9 months
tranches is going beyond the expiry of sanction, in such cases
L&A 145/2021
review of credit facilities should be conducted immediately on
Dt. 27.09.2021
completion of ______ months from date of sanction to maintain
the credit discipline.
In case Borrowers are governed by Companies Act, Audited Irrespective
L&A 144/2021
Financial Statement is required for facilities availed above Rs. of Exposure
Dt. 24.09.2021
______ from our Bank.
96
In case Borrowers are not falling under exempted category for Tax Irrespective
L&A 144/2021
Audit as per Income Tax Act, Audited Financial Statement is of Exposure
Dt. 24.09.2021
Page
required for facilities availed above Rs. ______ from our Bank.

In case Borrowers are falling under exempted category for Tax Rs. 50.00 Lacs
L&A 144/2021
Audit as per Income Tax Act, Audited Financial Statement is
Dt. 24.09.2021
required for facilities availed above Rs. ______ from our Bank.
In case Borrowers are falling under exempted category for Tax Rs. 50.00 Lacs
L&A 144/2021
Audit as per Income Tax Act, Self-Certified Financial Statement is
Dt. 24.09.2021
required for facilities availed from our Bank upto Rs. ______ .
In case of Fresh / Additional/ Enhancement/ Adhoc in B2 rated 100%
L&A 143/2021 existing facilities, Where exposure is at least ______% secured by
Dt. 24.09.2021 eligible collaterals, PLP, MCC, ZOCAC-I and above may
sanctioned thease facilities within their vested loaning powers.
In case of Fresh / Additional/ Enhancement/ Adhoc in B2 rated ZOCAC-II
L&A 143/2021 existing facilities, Where exposure is at least 50% secured by
Dt. 24.09.2021 eligible collaterals, ______ and above may sanctioned thease
facilities within their vested loaning powers.
In case of Fresh sanction in B3,C1,C2 and C3 rated accounts, HOCAC-III
L&A 143/2021 Where exposure is at least 50% secured by eligible collaterals,
Dt. 24.09.2021 ______ and above may excersised loaning power within their
vested loaning powers.
In case of Additional/ Enhancement/ Adhoc facilities in B3,C1,C2 ZOCAC-II
L&A 143/2021 and C3 rated accounts, Where exposure is at least 50% secured
Dt. 24.09.2021 by eligible collaterals, ______ and above may excersised loaning
power within their vested loaning powers.
Our bank has approved launch of Welcome Back scheme to bring 31.03.2022
L&A 133/2021
back borrowal accounts taken over by other Banks / FIs. The
Dt. 23.08.2021
scheme is valid for sanctions accorded upto ______.
Borrowal accounts (that include e-OBC, e-UNI) shifted to other 01.01.2019
L&A 133/2021
Banks / FIs on or after ______ are eligible under Welcome Back
Dt. 23.08.2021
scheme.
Where Proposals is falling within the vested powers of MCC / ZOCAC-I
L&A 133/2021 PLP, Authority to permit take over under Welcome Back scheme
Dt. 23.08.2021 (A scheme to bring back borrowal accounts taken over by other
Banks / Fis) will be ______.
Where Proposals is falling within the vested powers of ZOCAC-I , ZOCAC-I I
L&A 133/2021 Authority to permit take over under Welcome Back scheme (A
Dt. 23.08.2021 scheme to bring back borrowal accounts taken over by other
Where Proposals is falling within the vested powers of MCC / PLP ZOCAC-I
and takeover cum enhancement is up to 25% of existing limits,
L&A 133/2021
Authority to permit take over under Welcome Back scheme (A
Dt. 23.08.2021
scheme to bring back borrowal accounts taken over by other
Where Proposals is falling within the vested powers of ZOCAC-I ZOCAC-I I
and takeover cum enhancement is up to 25% of existing limits,
L&A 133/2021
Dt. 23.08.2021
Where Proposals is falling within the vested powers of MCC / PLP ZOCAC-I
and takeover cum enhancement is above 25% of existing limits,
L&A 133/2021
Dt. 23.08.2021
Where Proposals is falling within the vested powers of ZOCAC-I ZOCAC-I I
L&A 133/2021
Dt. 23.08.2021
97
Where Proposals is falling within the vested powers of ZOCAC-II HOCAC-I

L&A 133/2021
Dt. 23.08.2021
Page


Under Welcome Back scheme (A scheme to bring back borrowal Rs 1 crore
L&A 133/2021
accounts taken over by other Banks / Fis), Credit audit is to be
Dt. 23.08.2021
conducted for accounts with exposure of Rs ______ and above.
In order to capture data of takeover accounts from the System, a TOACM
L&A 133/2021
separate menu option ______ is customized for capturing
Dt. 23.08.2021
additional data related to previous bank.
The Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) came into 31.03.2022
force from the date of issue of these guidelines by NCGTC (i.e.,
L&A 127/2021
15.07.2021) and shall cover funding provided by the Bank to MFIs
Dt. 09.08.2021
/ NBFC-MFIs till ______ or till guarantees for an amount of ₹7500
Crore are issued, whichever is earlier.
To eligible under Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI), minimum B2 and above
L&A 127/2021
Internal Risk Rating should be ______. / Score above 46 (in
Dt. 09.08.2021
case of scoring model)
L&A 127/2021 Tenure of Term Loan under Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs 3 years
Dt. 09.08.2021 (CGSMFI) will be upto ______ years including moratorium.
At least ______% of the funding made and covered under Credit 50%
L&A 127/2021
Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) should go to NBFC-MFIs
Dt. 09.08.2021
/ MFIs rated / graded MFR 2 or below.
The borrower shall ensure that ______% of the finance obtained 80% ; 4 months
under Credit Guarantee Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) is utilized
L&A 127/2021
for creation of fresh loan assets and these assets should be
Dt. 09.08.2021
created within a period of ______ from the date of disbursement
of each tranche of loans
The funding so provided by the Bank under Credit Guarantee 75% ; 3 years
L&A 127/2021 Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI) shall be guaranteed by NCGTC to
Dt. 09.08.2021 the extent of ______% of amount in default for a maximum period
of ______ years.
Guarantee Fee @ ______shall be charged from the Bank by Nil
L&A 127/2021
NCGTC for the Credit facilities provided under Credit Guarantee
Dt. 09.08.2021
Scheme for MFIs (CGSMFI).
Every NBFC-MFI shall maintain, a minimum Capital Adequacy 15%
L&A 127/2021 Ratio consisting of Tier I and Tier II Capital which shall not be less
Dt. 09.08.2021 than ______% of its aggregate risk weighted assets on balance
sheet and of risk adjusted value of off-balance sheet items.
L&A 127/2021 The total of Tier II capital of an NBFC-MFI, at any point of time, 100%
Dt. 09.08.2021 shall not exceed ______% of Tier I capital.
NBFC MFIs exposure ceiling for borrower as per RBI guidelines 15%
L&A 127/2021
on Large Exposure Framework (LEF) shall be ______% of Bank’s
Dt. 09.08.2021
Tier- I Capital.
NBFC MFIs exposure ceiling for Group borrower as per RBI 25%
L&A 127/2021
guidelines on Large Exposure Framework (LEF) shall be
Dt. 09.08.2021
______% of Bank’s Tier- I Capital.
L&A 127/2021 Loan assistance per MFI for on lending is subject to a maximum ₹200 Crore
Dt. 09.08.2021 cap of ₹______.
Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors March 31, 2022
(LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector shall be applicable to all eligible
L&A 126/2021
loans sanctioned during the period from May 07, 2021 till ______,
Dt. 09.08.2021
or till guarantees for an amount of ₹50,000 Crore are issued under
the scheme, whichever is earlier.
Maximum loan per project under Loan Guarantee Scheme for ₹100 Crore (both fund
L&A 126/2021
COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector shall be based and non-fund
Dt. 09.08.2021
limited to ₹______. based included)
Margin in case of Term Loan under Loan Guarantee Scheme for 25%
98
L&A 126/2021 COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector for
Dt. 09.08.2021 acquisition of premises and / or expansion /
Page
renovation / modernization of existing premises shall be

______%.
Margin in case of Term Loan under Loan Guarantee Scheme for 15%
L&A 126/2021 COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector for
Dt. 09.08.2021 purchase of equipment / machinery / cost of on road vehicles / for
Ambulance / Other Vehicle shall be ______%.
In case of purchase of land under Loan Guarantee Scheme for 50%
L&A 126/2021 COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector,
Dt. 09.08.2021 margin should be minimum of ______% of the cost of land
(including cost of registration).
Margin under Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected 25%
L&A 126/2021
Sectors (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector for Working Capital
Dt. 09.08.2021
against Stock / Book Debts shall be ______%.
Cash Margin for BG / LC under Loan Guarantee Scheme for 10%
L&A 126/2021
COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector shall
Dt. 09.08.2021
be ______%.
Tenure of Term Loan for Social Infrastructure under Loan upto 10 years (ZOCAC-
Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) – II and above may
L&A 126/2021
Health Care Sector shall be upto ______ years. consider tenure upto 15
Dt. 09.08.2021
years on case to case
basis)
Tenure of Term Loan for other than Social Infrastructure under upto 5 years (ZOCAC- II
L&A 126/2021 Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors and above may consider
Dt. 09.08.2021 (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector shall be upto ______ years. tenure upto 10 years on
case to case basis)
Maximum moratorium period for Green Field Project under Loan 24 months
L&A 126/2021
Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) –
Dt. 09.08.2021
Health Care Sector shall be upto ______ months.
Maximum moratorium period for Brown Field Project under Loan 12 months
L&A 126/2021
Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) –
Dt. 09.08.2021
Health Care Sector shall be upto ______ months.
Under Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors 25%
L&A 126/2021 (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector, Minimum ______% collateral
Dt. 09.08.2021 security shall be obtained in the form of immovable property /
liquid security.
Under Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors 100%
L&A 126/2021 (LGSCAS) – Health Care Sector, No collateral is required if
Dt. 09.08.2021 realizable value of the primary security in the shape of Land &
Building mortgaged is more than ______% of the total exposure.
______% loans will be covered under Loan Guarantee Scheme 50%
L&A 126/2021 for COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector of
Dt. 09.08.2021 NCGTC, for r Brownfield Projects situated at urban or rural
locations other than 8 Metropolitan Tier 1 cities
______% loans will be covered under Loan Guarantee Scheme 75%
for COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector of
L&A 126/2021
NCGTC, for Greenfield Projects & Aspirational Districts
Dt. 09.08.2021
situated at urban or rural locations other than 8 Metropolitan Tier 1
cities
The maximum period of guarantee cover for Brownfield Projects 2 years ; 5 years
under Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors
L&A 126/2021 (LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector shall be available upto ______
Dt. 09.08.2021 years from the Date of Commencement of Commercial Operations
(DCCO), subject to a maximum guarantee period of ______ years
from the date of first disbursement.
The maximum period of guarantee cover for Greenfield Projects 5 years
L&A 126/2021 under Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors
Dt. 09.08.2021 (LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector shall be available upto ______
99
years from the date of first disbursement.

L&A 126/2021 NCGTC Guarantee Fees under Loan Guarantee Scheme for NIL
Page
Dt. 09.08.2021 COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector shall

be Rs. ______ .
To eligible under Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected minimum B2 and above
L&A 126/2021
Sectors (LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector Internal Risk Rating / Score above 46 (in
Dt. 09.08.2021
should be ______. case of scoring model)
For for loan above ₹25.00 Crore under Loan Guarantee Scheme minimum BB and above
L&A 126/2021
for COVID Affected Sectors (LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector
Dt. 09.08.2021
External Risk Rating should be ______.
Under Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors 3 to 6 months
(LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector, In event of Non-availability of
L&A 126/2021
External Risk Ratings in case of new borrowers, the sanctioning
Dt. 09.08.2021
authority shall provide a suitable time of ______ months to the
new borrowers for obtaining external risk rating.
Under Loan Guarantee Scheme for COVID Affected Sectors Nil ; 50%
(LGSCAS) - Health Care Sector, Processing fee shall be
L&A 126/2021 Rs.______ for the first year of finance. Normal charges shall be
Dt. 09.08.2021 applicable subsequently. In case of Term Loan / Bank Guarantee /
Letter of Credit, concession upto ______% on applicable charges
shall be available.
As per RBI Guidelines on Opening of Current Accounts by Banks, ₹5 crore
In case of borrowers who have not availed of CC/OD facility from
L&A 125/2021
any bank, there is no restriction on opening of current accounts by
Dt. 07.08.2021
any bank if exposure of the banking system to such borrowers is
less than ₹______ .
In case of borrowers who have not availed of CC/OD facility from ₹ 50 crore
any bank and the exposure of the banking system is ₹ 5 crore or
L&A 125/2021 more but less than ₹ ______, there is no restriction on lending
Dt. 07.08.2021 banks to such borrowers from opening a current account. Even
non-lending banks can open current accounts for such borrowers
though only for collection purposes.
At the time of Renewal/enhancement of limits in case of externally Rs.5 crores ; 3
unrated Educational Institution having exposure of more than months
Rs.______ from our Bank (exposure of more than Rs.25 crores in
L&A 124/2021
case loan is under atleast 75% collateral coverage), stipulate that
Dt. 07.08.2021
the borrower shall get itself externally rated within a period of
______ failing which the Bank shall charge penal interest as per
Bank’s extant guidelines.
Minimum Margin in case of advance against book debts shall be 25%
______%. However, the sanctioning authority may stipulate higher
L&A 123/2021
margin depending upon perception of borrowers/debtors, credit
Dt. 03.08.2021
risk rating, nature of business dealings, debtors realization history
and nature of other securities etc.
Based on merits of the proposal in case of advance against book 15%
L&A 123/2021
debts, ZOCAC- II may consider reduction in margin upto
Dt. 03.08.2021
______% within their vested loaning powers
Based on merits of the proposal in case of advance against book 10%
L&A 123/2021
debts, HOCAC- I may consider reduction in margin upto ______%
Dt. 03.08.2021
within their vested loaning powers
Based on merits of the proposal in case of advance against book Full power
L&A 123/2021
debts, HOCAC- II & III may consider reduction in margin upto
Dt. 03.08.2021
______% within their vested loaning powers
The facility to finance debtors of allied/associate concern should 25%
L&A 123/2021 be allowed only to corporate borrowers engaged in manufacturing
Dt. 03.08.2021 activities and EPC Contractors and will be restricted to ______%
of Book Debt limits.
Under Financing of book debts arising out of sales to allied and 50%
100
L&A 123/2021 associate concerns, ZOCAC - II may be allowed to EPC

Dt. 03.08.2021 Contractors beyond 25% of book debts of its allied and associate
SPVs upto ______%.
Page
L&A 123/2021 Under Financing of book debts arising out of sales to allied and Full power

Dt. 03.08.2021 associate concerns, HOCAC I & above may be allowed to EPC
Contractors beyond 25% of book debts of its allied and associate
SPVs upto ______%.
A Bank Guarantee is issued on 01.07.2021 for a period of 12 24 months (till
L&A 121/2021 months and the contract warrants a claim period of 4 months. In 30.06.2023) Contract
Dt. 29.07.2021 this case validity of BG shall be ______. period plus claim period
of 12 months
A Bank Guarantee is issued on 01.07.2021 for a period of 12 16 months (BG period of
L&A 121/2021 months and the contract warrants a claim period of 4 months. In 12 months plus claim
Dt. 29.07.2021 this case upfront commission shall be charged for ______ months period of 4 months)
at the time of issuance of BG.
A Bank Guarantee is issued on 01.07.2021 for a period of 12 24 months (till
months and the contract explicitly mentions that no claim period is 30.06.2023) Contract
L&A 121/2021
required. In the instant case, validity of BG shall be ______. . period plus claim period
Dt. 29.07.2021
However, upfront commission shall be charged for 12 months at of 12 months
the time of issuance i.e. for BG period only.
A Bank Guarantee is issued on 01.07.2021 for a period of 12 12 months (for BG
L&A 121/2021 months and the contract explicitly mentions that no claim period is period only)
Dt. 29.07.2021 required. In the instant case, upfront commission shall be charged
for ______ months at the time of issuance BG.
A Bank Guarantee is issued on 01.07.2021 for a period of 12 24 months
months and contract is silent on claim period. In the instant case,
L&A 121/2021
validity of BG shall be 30.06.2023 i.e. Contract period plus claim
Dt. 29.07.2021
period of 12 months and commission shall be charged for ______
months.
The validity of the sanction for Working Capital Limits shall be 12 two months
L&A 120/2021 months and the borrower shall arrange submission of complete
Dt. 16.07.2021 papers for renewal of limits at least ______months before the
expiry of due date of renewal.
The Company shall under its common seal, if any, authorize any Company Secretary
person as its attorney to execute documents on its behalf. In case,
L&A 120/2021
the company does not have Common Seal, then the authorization
Dt. 16.07.2021
shall be made by either 2 (two) directors, or a director and
______.
Borrower shall pay Pre-Payment Charges @______% of the pre- 2%
L&A 120/2021 paid outstanding amount in Case of Take Over i.e. Loan is
Dt. 16.07.2021 prepaid by the Non-Individual Borrower for Shifting to Other Bank
/ FI.
Bank's charge over primary / collateral securities wherever 30 days
L&A 120/2021 applicable to be got registered / modified with ROC within the
Dt. 16.07.2021 stipulated period of ______, as per requirements of Companies
Act
In case of Company, it is necessary that the company has Memorandum & Article
L&A 120/2021 necessary borrowing powers and Board / Shareholders have of Association of the
Dt. 16.07.2021 passed necessary resolutions required as per the provisions of company
Company Act and ______.
In case of Manufacturing units, The stock of Raw material realizable value
L&A 120/2021 (Consumables, stores) (stores, spares & packing material )shall
Dt. 16.07.2021 be valued at cost, market rate, contract rate or ______, whichever
is lower.
In case of Manufacturing units, Cost of raw material will be worked Weighted Average
L&A 120/2021
out by following FIFO, LIFO or ______ of valuation consistently method
Dt. 16.07.2021
followed by the company.
In case of Trading Advances, Hypothecated goods to be valued at lower
L&A 120/2021
cost price less all rebates, discounts etc., / market value/
101
Dt. 16.07.2021
realizable value, whichever is ______.
Borrower shall submit stock reports giving a complete list of all 10 days
L&A 120/2021
stocks, as on the last day of each month, within ______ of the
Dt. 16.07.2021
Page
following month, unless other-wise specified in the sanction

L&A 120/2021 The report relating to insurance of securities can be generated PNBRPT 3/2
Dt. 16.07.2021 through report menu ______and monitored on day to day basis.
In case of limited liability companies, charge under Section 77 of Companies Act 2013
L&A 120/2021
the ______ should be registered with the Registrar of Companies
Dt. 16.07.2021
within 30 days from the date of creation of charge
L&A 120/2021 The stocks under Packing Credit advance will be valued at cost FOB value
Dt. 16.07.2021 price, or ______ or realizable value whichever is lower.
Stocks under packing credit advance will be checked/ verified on monthly
L&A 120/2021
______basis at irregular interval by Bank’s officials and borrower
Dt. 16.07.2021
till the date of shipment to facilitate the Bank in this regard.
Each packing credit shall be adjusted by the borrower within the validity period of Export
L&A 120/2021 specified period duly assessed on the basis of the total operating Order/LC
Dt. 16.07.2021 cycle from procurement of raw material to actual shipment of
finished goods or ______, whichever is earlier.
L&A 120/2021 Advance under Packing Credit shall be covered under the Whole ECGC Ltd
Dt. 16.07.2021 Turnover Packing Credit (WTPC) of ______.
Period of Foreign Currency Loan (FCL & FCTL) will be 12 months 5 years
L&A 120/2021 in case of WC limit and maximum upto ______ years or remaining
Dt. 16.07.2021 repayment period of Rupee Term Loan, whichever is lower, in
case of FCTL.
Under Foreign Currency Loan (FCL & FCTL), Commitment fee @ 0.25%
L&A 120/2021 ______% p.a. plus applicable Taxes will be charged on the
Dt. 16.07.2021 undrawn portion of the loan in case the loan is not drawn within 15
days of making this amount available to the customer
A Processing/Transaction Cost fee @ ______% plus Government 0.05%
L&A 120/2021
Taxes on the sanctioned amount of the Foreign Currency Loan
Dt. 16.07.2021
(FCL) facility will be charged.
In case of foreign currency term loan, upfront fee@______% p.a. 0.05%
L&A 120/2021
plus Government Taxes on the loan amount sanctioned will be
Dt. 16.07.2021
levied.
Bills accompanied by MTRs of approved transport companies 7 days
L&A 120/2021 held as security for advances not to be detained beyond the
Dt. 16.07.2021 period of ______, If the goods are consigned to a distance of 500
kms.
Dt. 16.07.2021 period of ______, If the goods have been consigned to a distance
beyond 500 kms but upto 1000 kms.
Dt. 16.07.2021 period of ______, If the goods have been consigned to a distance
beyond 1000 kms.
Renewal/ review of Working Capital/ Term Loan must be 180 days
L&A 117/2021
completed within ______ days from the due date / date of ad hoc
Dt. 09.07.2021
sanction.
An account where the regular/ ad hoc credit limits have not been 180 days
L&A 117/2021
reviewed/ renewed within ______ from the due date/ date of ad
Dt. 09.07.2021
hoc sanction will be treated as NPA.
Authorities can permit extension in validity of sanction in CBS three months
through short review upto ______ from the due date of renewal of
limits subject to following conditions:
L&A 117/2021 a) Validity is extended at existing level of exposure as per terms of
Dt. 09.07.2021 last regular sanction
b) No change in existing terms and conditions of last regular
sanction
102
c) No security dilution.
In exceptional cases, the authorities may permit further extension Circle Head ;
L&A 117/2021
in validity of sanction in CBS through second short review upto ZOCAC-I
Page
Dt. 09.07.2021
three months. Authority to permit such extension will be ______

for cases sanctioned by GBB/CBB Branch and ______ for cases

sanctioned by PLP/MCC.
After obtaining permission from competent authority, authority for GBB/CBB
L&A 117/2021
marking review in Finacle for cases sanctioned by PLP shall be
Dt. 09.07.2021
______.
After obtaining permission from competent authority, authority for MCC
L&A 117/2021
marking review in Finacle for cases sanctioned by MCC shall be
Dt. 09.07.2021
______.
The extension in validity of sanction shall be a maximum period of six months ; 18
______ months from the due date of the regular sanction through months
L&A 117/2021
short review. The overall validity of sanction (including extension
Dt. 09.07.2021
of validity) period shall not exceed ______ months from the last
regular sanction.
The regular renewal should be done prior to the expiry of the 18 months
L&A 117/2021
extended validity of sanction or ______ months from the last
Dt. 09.07.2021
regular sanction, whichever is earlier.
In case of Extension in validity of sanction due to nonsubmission 1%
L&A 117/2021 of complete renewal paper or any other reason on part of the
Dt. 09.07.2021 borrower, Interest of ______% as Penal Charges (For the period
of extension only) on Fund Based Outstanding will be levied.
In case of Extension in validity of sanction due to nonsubmission 0.25%.
L&A 117/2021 of complete renewal paper or any other reason on part of the
Dt. 09.07.2021 borrower, 0.25% p.a. on the Non-Fund based Outstanding, be
invariably charged in all borrowal accounts
In case of 2nd extention in validity of sanction (for further three 150% of Normal
L&A 117/2021
months) for loan amount above ₹10/- Lakh, Penal Charges/ charges
Dt. 09.07.2021
Interest will be lavied @ ______% .
Consortium arrangement shall be considered only in cases where ₹50 crore ; 10%
L&A 115/2021 our bank’s minimum aggregate exposure is of ₹_______ and
Dt. 06.07.2021 above (fund-based limits) or minimum ______% share of the
exposure whichever is higher to ensure meaningful participation.
In case of Consortium arrangement, wherever our exposure is HOCAC I
L&A 115/2021 less than ₹50 crore or less than 10% share of the exposure,
Dt. 06.07.2021 administrative clearance shall be sought from ______ to enter into
such consortium.
In case of financial assistance to customers directly as well as to ZOCAC II
L&A 114/2021 NBFCs against second hand assets / plant & machinery financed
Dt. 06.07.2021 by them, such advances shall be permitted by ______& above
within their vested loaning powers.
For ‘Finance against second hand assets to customers directly as 5 years
L&A 114/2021 well as to NBFCs , the residual life of the machinery /assets is
Dt. 06.07.2021 atleast ______ years. The repayment period shall be fixed within
the residual life.
In case of financial assistance to customers against second hand 6 months
L&A 114/2021 assets / plant & machinery financed, The imported asset / plant &
Dt. 06.07.2021 machinery should be valued by Bank’s approved Valuers/
Chartered Engineers within ______ of arrival.
Minimum margin ______ shall be prescribed while allowing 40% to 50%
L&A 114/2021
Finance against second hand assets to customers directly as well
Dt. 06.07.2021
as to NBFCs based on age of asset
For ‘Finance against second hand assets to customers directly as 40%.
L&A 114/2021
well as to NBFCs, where age of asset is upto 3 years, minimum
Dt. 06.07.2021
margin shall be ______ .
For ‘Finance against second hand assets to customers directly as 50%.
L&A 114/2021
well as to NBFCs, where age of asset is above 3 years, minimum
103
Dt. 06.07.2021
margin shall be ______ .
In addition to primary security, collateral security with minimum 50%.
L&A 114/2021
______% coverage shall be obtained for the facility to be
Page
Dt. 06.07.2021
sanctioned for purchase of second hand asset / machinery.

Rate of Interest for ‘Finance against second hand assets to 1% .

L&A 114/2021 customers directly as well as to NBFCs will be ______% more
Dt. 06.07.2021 than the normal interest rate linked with internal / external rating
applicable to the borrower.
To eligible for ‘Finance against second hand assets to customers five years
L&A 114/2021 directly as well as to NBFCs , the customer should be dealing with
Dt. 06.07.2021 the Bank for atleast ______ years by way of current account or
credit facilities.
LIBOR will not be used for reference rate in case of foreign 1 month, 3 month, 6
L&A 109/2021
currency denominated loans / advances after Dec 2021 except for month and 12 month
Dt. 30.06.2021
______. USD LIBOR
For all loans where rescheduling is being permitted under 2 years
Resolution Framework 2.0 for COVID -19 related stress of
L&A 107/2021 Individuals and Small Businesses, Respective sanctioning
Dt. 30.06.2021 authority can reschedule / give moratorium maximum upto ______
years subject to maintaining LTV ratio upto 90% (LTV wherever
applicable).
Considering large number of accounts, as a special dispensation, ₹10 lakhs
L&A 107/2021 powers to restructure education loans under Resolution
Dt. 30.06.2021 Framework 2.0 for COVID -19 related stress has been given
GBBs for loans outstanding upto ₹______ as on 31.03.2021.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0 for COVID -19 related stress, No ₹1 crore
L&A 107/2021 additional rate of interest shall be charged for loans having
Dt. 30.06.2021 sanctioned limits upto ₹______ as on 31.03.2021. (For
Reschedulement /FITL/WCTL).
Under Resolution Framework 2.0 for COVID -19 related stress, 25 bps
For borrowers having sanctioned limits more than ₹1 crore, the
L&A 107/2021 interest rate on FITL/WCTL granted should be higher by ______
Dt. 30.06.2021 over rates presently being charged for the facilities. However for
additional facilities 100 bps additional interest shall be charged on
the additional finance.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0 for COVID -19 related stress, ₹10 Lac
L&A 107/2021
The right of Recompense shall be applicable on the Borrowers
Dt. 30.06.2021
having exposure above ₹______.
L&A 107/2021 Under Resolution Framework 2.0 for COVID -19 related stress, HOCAC-II (Earlier-
Dt. Conversion of Debt into equity/ debt instruments /hybrid ZOCAC-II)
30.06.2021 instruments etc. shall be allowed by ______and above.
Interest moratorium may be considered under Resolution 2 years ; 6 months
Framework 2.0 for COVID -19 related stress. Interest for the
L&A 107/2021 moratorium period may be converted into FITL, repayable within a
Dt. 30.06.2021 maximum period of ______ years including ______ months
moratorium provided if any for Loans having exposure upto ₹1
crore as on 31.03.2021.
Interest moratorium may be considered under Resolution 4 years ; 2 years
Framework 2.0 for COVID -19 related stress. Interest for the
L&A 107/2021 moratorium period may be converted into FITL, repayable within a
Dt. 30.06.2021 maximum period of ______ years including ______ moratorium
provided if any for Loans having exposure above ₹1 crore as on
31.03.2021.
Due to COVID impact/restrictions/extensions allowed by Self certified financials
Government ,in case borrower is not able to furnish audited
L&A 107/2021
financials for FY ending 31.03.2021 for exposures above ₹1 crore
Dt. 30.06.2021
up to ₹10 crores where no additional exposure is taken in the
Borrowal account then sanctioning authority may accept ______ .
Due to COVID impact/restrictions/extensions allowed by CA/Statutory Auditor
104
Government ,in case borrower is not able to furnish audited (SA) certified financials
L&A 107/2021
financials for FY ending 31.03.2021for exposures above ₹1 crore
Dt. 30.06.2021
up to ₹10 crores where additional exposure is proposed, then
Page
______ is required..
L&A 103/2021 RBI vide its circular no. DOR.STR.REC.20/21.04.048/2021-22 ₹50 Crore

Dt. 09.06.2021 dated 04.06.2021 has revised the threshold limit for aggregate
exposure from ₹25 Crore to ₹______ for resolution
under Resolution Framework 2.0.
Individuals who have availed of loans and advances for business ₹50 crore
purposes and to whom the lending institutions have aggregate
L&A 103/2021
exposure of not more than ₹______ crore as on March 31, 2021
Dt. 09.06.2021
are eligible under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19
related stress.
Small businesses, including those engaged in retail and wholesale ₹50 crore
trade, other than those classified as micro, small and medium
L&A 103/2021 enterprises (MSMEs) as on March 31, 2021, and to whom the
Dt. 09.06.2021 lending institutions have aggregate exposure of not more than
₹______ as on March 31, 2021 are eligible under Resolution
Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress.
With the intent to facilitate revival , RBI vide notification no. Small Businesses
L&A 91/2021 RBI/2021-22/31 DOR.STR.REC.11/21.04.048/2021-22 dated
Dt. 27.05.2021 05.05.2021 has issued Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19
related stress of Individuals and ______.
Individuals and Small Businesses acconunts classified as 31.03.2021
L&A 91/2021
Standard as on ______ are eligible under Resolution Framework
Dt. 27.05.2021
– 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress.
Under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of 30 days
Individuals and Small Businesses acconunts, The decision on the
L&A 91/2021 application for resolution process shall be communicated in writing
Dt. 27.05.2021 to the applicant by the bank through registered email /sms on
registered mobile number/registered post/courier/by hand within
______ of receipt of applications.
Under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of 90 days
L&A 91/2021 Individuals and Small Businesses acconunts, The Resolution Plan
Dt. 27.05.2021 is to be implemented within maximum ______from the date of
invocation.
Under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of 24 months
L&A 91/2021
personal loans acconunts, Moratorium of upto ______ months
Dt. 27.05.2021
may be extended to borrowers whose income has been impacted.
Under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of 2 years
L&A 91/2021 personal loans acconunts, Rescheduling of instalments and
Dt. 27.05.2021 extension of tenure will be the period equivalent to the moratorium
granted subject to a maximum of ______.
Under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of 32 years ; 72 years
personal loans acconunts , maximum tenor for Home Loan
L&A 91/2021
borrower will be extended up to ______ years. Similarly,
Dt. 27.05.2021
maximum age limit for Home Loan borrower will also get extended
up to ______ years.
It is proposed to charge 25 bps as additional interest (to be loaded ₹10 lacs
L&A 91/2021 to current rates) on the loans having sanctioned limits more than
Dt. 27.05.2021 ₹______ considered under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for
COVID-19 related stress of personal loans accounts.
Under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of ₹10 lacs
personal loans accounts, for Loans of Central & State government
L&A 91/2021
employees/PSU employee on production of sufficient proof of
Dt. 27.05.2021
undergoing stress due to COVID-19, restructuring upto ₹______
can be done by the respective sanctioning authority.
Under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of ZOCAC-I and above
personal loans accounts, for loans above ₹10 lacs , ______ may
L&A 91/2021
restructure on case to case basis within their vested loaning
105
Dt. 27.05.2021
powers on submission of sufficient proof that the said borrower is
under stress due to COVID.
Where a resolution plan is implemented under Resolution 10 percent
L&A 91/2021
Page
Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of personal loans

Dt. 27.05.2021
accounts, provisions will be maintained from date of

implementation at higher of the Provisions held as per extant

IRAC norms immediately before implementation, or ______
percent of the renegotiated debt exposure post implementation
(residual debt).
In case of Loans resolved under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for 20% ; 10%
COVID-19 related stress of personal loans accounts, half of the
above provisions may be written back upon the borrower paying
L&A 91/2021
at least ______% of the residual debt without slipping into NPA
Dt. 27.05.2021
post implementation of the plan, and the remaining half may be
written back upon the borrower paying another ______% of the
residual debt without slipping into NPA subsequently.
Individuals who have availed of loans and advances for business ₹50 crore (L&A
purposes and to whom the lending institutions have aggregate 103/2021 dated
L&A 91/2021
exposure of not more than ₹______ crore as on March 31, 2021 09.06.2021)
Dt. 27.05.2021
are eligible under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 Earlier it was ₹25 crore
related stress.
Small businesses, including those engaged in retail and wholesale ₹50 crore (L&A
trade, other than those classified as micro, small and medium 103/2021 dated
L&A 91/2021 enterprises (MSMEs) as on March 31, 2021, and to whom the 09.06.2021)
Dt. 27.05.2021 lending institutions have aggregate exposure of not more than Earlier it was ₹25 crore
₹______ as on March 31, 2021 are eligible under Resolution
The credit facilities / investment exposure to the borrower of March 31, 2021
L&A 91/2021 Individual Business Loans & Small Business was classified as
Dt. 27.05.2021 “Standard’ by the lending institution as on ______ are eligible
under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress.
Individual Business & Small Business Borrowers having only 2 years
L&A 91/2021 Term Loan, Moratorium of up to ______ years can be considered
Dt. 27.05.2021 for repayment of Instalments of principal under Resolution
For Individual Business & Small Business Borrowers having only 7 years
Working capital, Sanctioning Authority may consider need based
additional funding (exceptional circumstances only) in the form of
L&A 91/2021
WCDL or WCTL. The repayment period for any such additional
Dt. 27.05.2021
funding sanctioned as part of the relief package under Resolution
Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress should not exceed
______ years.
For Individual Business & Small Business Borrowers having only 2 years ; 6 months
Working capital, Interest moratorium may be considered under
L&A 91/2021 Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress. Interest
Dt. 27.05.2021 for the moratorium period may be converted into FITL, repayable
within a maximum period of ______ years including ______
months moratorium provided if any.
Any Irregular portion in the account of Individual Business & 50%
Small Business Borrowers having only Working capital may be
L&A 91/2021
converted into WCTL subject to maximum of ______% of fund
Dt. 27.05.2021
based WC limit sanctioned or outstanding whichever is higher, to
the borrower subject to compliance of other terms & conditions.
In case of conversion into WCTL up to 25%, the repayment tenor 5 years ; 1 year
L&A 91/2021 under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of
Dt. 27.05.2021 Individual Business & Small Business Borrowers shall be ______
years inclusive of ______ years moratorium, provided if any.
In case of conversion into WCTL more than 25%, the repayment 7 years ; 2 years
tenor under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related
L&A 91/2021
stress of Individual Business & Small Business Borrowers shall
Dt. 27.05.2021
106
be ______ years inclusive of ______ years moratorium, provided

if any.
For Individual Business & Small Business Borrowers having only 10%
L&A 91/2021
Page
Working capital, margin for stock and receivables may be reduced

Dt. 27.05.2021
by ______% from margin as per existing sanction by the

Sanctioning Authority under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for

COVID-19 related stress.
For Individual Business & Small Business borrower having both Rs 10 crores
L&A 91/2021 Term Loan and Working capital, TEV study is not required for the
Dt. 27.05.2021 borrowers having exposure upto Rs ______ under Resolution
Due to COVID impact/restrictions/extensions allowed by Self certified financials
L&A 91/2021 Government ,in case borrower is not able to furnish audited
Dt. 27.05.2021 financials for FY ending 31.03.2021 for exposures upto ₹1 crore
then sanctioning authority may accept ______ .
Due to COVID impact/restrictions/extensions allowed by provisional financials
L&A 91/2021 Government ,in case borrower is not able to furnish audited certified by CA/Statutory
Dt. 27.05.2021 financials for FY ending 31.03.2021 for exposures exposures Auditor(SA)
above ₹10 crores then sanctioning authority may accept ______ .
Under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of ₹1 crore
Individual Business & Small Business Borrowers, No additional
L&A 91/2021
rate of interest shall be charged for loans having sanctioned limits
Dt. 27.05.2021
upto ₹______ as on 31.03.2021. (For
Reschedulement/FITLWCTL).
For Individual Business & Small Business borrowers having 25 bps ; 100 bps
sanctioned limits more than Rs 1 crore, the interest rate on
FITL/WCTL granted should be higher by ______ bps over rates
L&A 91/2021
presently being charged for the facilities Under Resolution
Dt. 27.05.2021
Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress. However for
additional facilities ______ bps additional interest shall be charged
on the additional finance.
Where a resolution plan is implemented under Resolution 10 percent
Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress of Individual
Business & Small Business borrowers accounts, provisions will be
L&A 91/2021
maintained from date of implementation at higher of the
Dt. 27.05.2021
Provisions held as per extant IRAC norms immediately before
implementation, or ______ percent of the renegotiated debt
exposure post implementation (residual debt).
In case of Loans resolved under Resolution Framework – 2.0 for 20% ; 10%
COVID-19 related stress of Individual Business & Small Business
borrowers accounts, half of the above provisions may be written
L&A 91/2021 back upon the borrower paying at least ______% of the residual
Dt. 27.05.2021 debt without slipping into NPA post implementation of the plan,
and the remaining half may be written back upon the borrower
paying another ______% of the residual debt without slipping into
NPA subsequently.
L&A 91/2021 The last date of invocation of plan is ______ for availing the 30.09.2021
Dt. 27.05.2021 benefit under Resolution Framework 1.0 & 2.0.
Future cash flow projections in the resolution plans under ₹10 lacs
L&A 91/2021 Resolution Framework – 2.0 for COVID-19 related stress shall be
Dt. 27.05.2021 considered to arrive at the specified ratios for exposures above
₹______.
Where the mortgagor binds himself to repay the mortgage-money English mortgage
on a certain date, and transfers the mortgaged property absolutely
L&A 90/2021
to the mortgagee, but subject to a proviso that he will re-transfer it
Dt. 19.05.2021
to the mortgagor upon payment of the mortgagemoney as agreed,
the transaction is called ______.
Where, without delivering possession of the mortgaged property, Simple mortgage
the mortgagor binds himself personally to pay the mortgage-
money and agrees, expressly or impliedly, that in the event of his
L&A 90/2021
107
failing to pay according to his contract, the mortgagee shall have a

Dt. 19.05.2021
right to cause the mortgaged property to be sold and the proceeds
of sale to be applied, so far as may be necessary, in payment of
Page
the mortgage money, the transaction is called ______.

L&A 90/2021 Where, the mortgagor deposits the title deeds with the Mortgagee Equitable Mortgage

Dt. 19.05.2021 with the intention of giving the mortgagee an interest in the
property, the transaction is called ______
According to Section ______ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 58 (f)
where a person delivers to a creditor or his agent documents of
L&A 90/2021
title to immovable property, with the intent to create a security
Dt. 19.05.2021
thereon, the transaction is called a ‘mortgage by deposit of title
deeds’.
Section 58 (f) of Transfer of Property Act 1882 makes the State Govts. by
L&A 90/2021 provisions of this Section applicable only to Kolkata, Chennai, notification in the Official
Dt. 19.05.2021 Mumbai and such other towns as may be specified by the ______. Gazette in this behalf
This mortgage does not require registration.
According to Section 59 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, Rs.100
where the principal money secured is Rs.______ or more, a
L&A 90/2021
mortgage, other than a mortgage by deposit of title deeds, can be
Dt. 19.05.2021
effected only by a registered instrument signed by the mortgagor
and attested by at least two witnesses.
In terms of Section 23 of the Indian Registration Act, 1908, the 4 months
L&A 90/2021 document is to be presented for registration at the offices of the
Dt. 19.05.2021 Sub-Registrar of Assurances within ______ from the date of its
execution.
Search Report/Non-Encumbrance Certificate, should cover the 13 years
L&A 90/2021
entire period from the last date of transfer or ______ years
Dt. 19.05.2021
whichever is longer.
Where the value of immovable property to be mortgaged/ charged Rs. 1 crore
is Rs. ______ & above, branches shall take NEC from 2 different
L&A 90/2021
advocates on panel, one before sanction and the 2nd after
Dt. 19.05.2021
sanction, but before disbursement to safeguard the interest of the
bank.
In terms of Section ______ of Income Tax Act, if any assessee, Section 281
who is liable to pay any tax or any other sum that is subject matter
L&A 90/2021 or that may result on the completion of any proceeding under the
Dt. 19.05.2021 Income Tax Act, creates any charge on any of his assets
(movable or immovable), such charge shall be void as against any
claim in respect of such tax or any other sum.
Equitable Mortgage can be created at the Cantonment Area, if it is ZOCAC-I
a notified town, otherwise registered mortgage has to be got
L&A 90/2021
executed. Mortgage of immovable property located in cantonment
Dt. 19.05.2021
areas shall be considered by ______ and above within their
vested loaning powers on selective basis.
Equitable mortgage (EM) can be created by way of deposit of Corporate Credit
L&A 90/2021 original title deeds. In case where original title deeds are not Division, HO
Dt. 19.05.2021 available, equitable mortgage based on deposit of certified copies
of title deeds can be created, with prior approval of ______.
A mortgagor, after giving a first mortgage can thereafter create a creation
L&A 90/2021 Second and even subsequent mortgage on the same property.
Dt. 19.05.2021 The mortgages, however, will rank in priority according to the
dates of their ______.
Proposals for creation of Second and evensubsequent mortgage Corporate Credit
L&A 90/2021
on the same property should not entertain except with the prior Division, HO
Dt. 19.05.2021
approval of ______.
In case of Primary security, Periodicity of visit to the mortgaged Rs.20 lac ; Rs.1 crore
site where Value of property mortgaged/charged is upto
L&A 90/2021
Rs.______ or credit facilities are upto Rs.______ should be at
Dt. 19.05.2021
least on yearly basis or as per terms of sanction, whichever is
earlier.
108
In case of Collateral security, Periodicity of visit to the mortgaged three years

L&A 90/2021 site where Value of property mortgaged/charged is upto Rs.20 lac
Dt. 19.05.2021 or credit facilities are upto Rs.1 crore should be at least once in
Page
______ years or as per terms of sanction, whichever is earlier.

In case of Primary security, Periodicity of visit to the mortgaged half yearly

site where Value of property mortgaged/charged is above Rs.20
L&A 90/2021
lac or the credit facilities are of above Rs.1 crore should be at
Dt. 19.05.2021
least on ______ basis or as per terms of sanction, whichever is
earlier.
In case of Collateral security, Periodicity of visit to the mortgaged yearly
site where Value of property mortgaged/charged is above Rs.20
L&A 90/2021
lac or the credit facilities are of above Rs.1 crore should be at
Dt. 19.05.2021
least on ______ basis or as per terms of sanction, whichever is
earlier.
No power of sale of Mortgaged Property without the intervention 3 months
of the court shall be exercised unless and until notice in writing
L&A 90/2021 requiring payment of the principal money has been served on the
Dt. 19.05.2021 mortgagor or on one of several mortgagors and default has been
made in payment of the principal money or of part thereof, for
______ months after such service.
In case interest under the mortgage amounting at least to ______ Rs.500/-
L&A 90/2021 is in arrears and unpaid for 3 months after becoming due, power
Dt. 19.05.2021 of sale of Mortgaged Property without the intervention of the court
shall be exercised.
As per section 77(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, every company thirty (30) days
creating a charge within or outside India, on its property or assets
L&A 90/2021 or any of its undertakings, whether tangible or otherwise, and
Dt. 19.05.2021 situated in or outside India, to register the particulars of the charge
on payment of prescribed fees with the Registrar within ______ of
its creation.
On the expiry of the period for which a limit/loan against the ZOCAC-I
L&A 90/2021 security of mortgage is sanctioned, permission should be obtained
Dt. 19.05.2021 for further continuance of account. GBBs, PLPs and MCCs for
their sanctions shall take permission from ______.
Until advances secured by registered or equitable mortgages are each half year
L&A 90/2021 finally adjusted, balance confirmation on Form No. PNB 139
Dt. 19.05.2021 (Balance Confirmation Letter) should be obtained from all the
obligants at the close of ______.
Limitation for enforcing mortgage security in the case of advances 12 years ; 3 years
against any type of mortgage is ______ years from the date of
L&A 90/2021
advance or when the amount secured falls due, as the case may
Dt. 19.05.2021
be, and is ______ years for enforcing personal liability of the
mortgagor(s).
Substitution/ release of IP kept as collateral in sanctions falling ZOCAC-I
upto the vested loaning powers of GBBs/PLPs/MCCs/ZOCAC-I
L&A 90/2021 may not be permitted up to the level of ______ except where the
Dt. 19.05.2021 IP is proposed to be replaced by the cash security/FDR of
equivalent amount to higher of, Valuation as per Last Sanction or
Latest valuation obtained on receipt of request of substitution.
In cases where cash security/FDR of equivalent amount to higher ZOCAC-II
L&A 90/2021 of valuation as per Last Sanction or Latest valuation is not
Dt. 19.05.2021 available, the powers of substitution / release of IP shall vest with
______.
The Central Registry of Securitisation Asset Reconstruction and section 25
Security Interest of India (CERSAI) is licensed under section
L&A 90/2021
______ of the Companies Act 1956 under the provisions of the
Dt. 19.05.2021
Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and
Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 (SARFAESI Act).
In order to ensure compliance of registration of Securities in HCLM
109
L&A 90/2021 CERSAI and to facilitate its monitoring, particulars of assets filed
Dt. 19.05.2021 with Central Registry shall be entered in CBS system through
menu option ______
Page
L&A 90/2021 As perSARFAESI Act 2002, Registration of security interest for all Rs.1.00 Lakh
Dt. 19.05.2021 movable, immovable and tangible assets charged to the Bank in

the CERSAI is to be done to protect Bank’s interest except

vehicle, Agricultural Land, Loan against Bank Deposit,
Government security papers and securities of Loans below
Rs.______.
Government of India, Ministry of Finance, Department of Financial 15 days
L&A 90/2021 Services, has directed to ensure the mandated release of security
Dt. 19.05.2021 documents within ______ post loan closure (after repayment of all
dues agreed to / contracted by parties).
The menu option______ is applicable to enter the details HOVRDOC
L&A 90/2021
regarding handover of security documents for all accounts linked
Dt. 19.05.2021
with IP that have been closed.
STLs may normally be allowed in respect of bank’s existing ‘A4’ & above
L&A 85/2021 customers. However, in case of meritorious proposals of non-
Dt. 10.05.2021 customers, the STLs may be considered provided the account
qualifies for credit risk rating ______.
Short Term Loans of secured nature will be allowed to corporate Rs 500 crore
L&A 85/2021
borrowers for loans above Rs ______ with minimum risk rating of
Dt. 10.05.2021
‘A4’ as per internal credit risk rating.
L&A 85/2021 Minimum internal credit risk rating should be ______ for Short B2
Dt. 10.05.2021 Term Loans of secured nature to corporate borrowers .
in case Short Term Loans (STL) is to be considered in the A4 and above
L&A 85/2021
sensitive sectors such as Capital Market/Commercial Real Estate
Dt. 10.05.2021
then borrower should qualify for credit risk rating of ______.
The amount of Short Term Loans (STL) to PSUs will be decided 10%
L&A 85/2021 based on the genuine needs as well as the repaying capacity but
Dt. 10.05.2021 should be restricted to ______% of average gross revenue for the
last three years.
Minimum amount of Short Term Loans (STL) per borrower will be Rs 25.00 crore
L&A 85/2021 Rs ______. The maximum amount of Short Term Loans per
Dt. 10.05.2021 borrower should be considered within the overall ceiling for
individual and group borrowers prescribed from time to time.
L&A 85/2021 Short Term Loans be sanctioned for maximum tenor of ______. one year
Dt. 10.05.2021
L&A 85/2021 Short Term Loans (STL) will be considered only by HOCAC-II
Dt. 10.05.2021 and above to the extent of loaning powers vested in them.
L&A 85/2021 Short Term Loans (STL) will be considered only by ______ and HOCAC-II
Dt. 10.05.2021 above to the extent of loaning powers vested in them.
In order to avoid ALM mismatches, a ceiling of ______% of the 18%
L&A 85/2021
exposure of the bank as at close of previous quarter has been
Dt. 10.05.2021
fixed for aggregate Short Term Loans sanctioned.
In case the aggregate limit by single borrower from more than one Rs 150 crores
L&A 85/2021 PSB is Rs ______ & above, Joint Lending Arrangement (JLA)
Dt. 10.05.2021 shall be formed as per laid down guidelines in case of STLs as
well.
Relaxation in service charges permitted by the competent RELAXAP
L&A 82/2021
authority / amount already recovered should be captured through
Dt. 03.05.2021
menu option ______.
At the time of renewal of PNB Sampatti accounts, in view of the 75%.
disruptions due to COVID19 pandemic, limit shall be reassessed
L&A 81/2021
by the sanctioning authority and renewed at existing level if the
Dt. 01.05.2021
projections accepted at the time of last sanction have been
achieved to the tune of ______% for FY 2020-21 & 2021-22.
Enhancement of PNB Sampatti accounts can be considered after 1 year (Earlier it was 3
L&A 81/2021 ______ of original sanction of OD limit on merits of the case. For years) ; SMA-2/ NPA
Dt. 01.05.2021 Enhancement under PNB Sampatti Scheme account should not (earlier- SMA-1 & SMA-
110
have been classified ______ since last renewal of the account. 2/ NPA)
In addition to existing units, now new units may also be eligible ZOCAC-I
L&A 81/2021
under PNB SAMPATTI scheme subject to prior permission from
Page
Dt. 01.05.2021
______.

Under PNB SAMPATTI scheme, surplus value of property which 200% /167% (as the
is kept as primary security can be considered as collateral security case may be)
L&A 81/2021
to the extent of spill over available i.e. realizable value of property
Dt. 01.05.2021
in excess of ______ of the exposure against which the property is
held as primary security.
L&A 81/2021 ROI for Loan amount upto Rs. 1.00 crore under PNB SAMPATTI RLLR+1.50%
Dt. 01.05.2021 scheme shall be ______
L&A 81/2021 ROI for Loan amount above Rs. 1.00 crore and upto RS. 5.00 RLLR+2.00%
Dt. 01.05.2021 crore under PNB SAMPATTI scheme shall be ______
ROI for Loan amount above RS. 5.00 crore under PNB RLLR+2.10%
L&A 81/2021
SAMPATTI scheme shall be as per Card rate linked to RLLR
Dt. 01.05.2021
subject to capping of ______
As per section 77(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, every company thirty (30) days
creating a charge within or outside India, on its property or assets
L&A 78/2021 or any of its undertakings, whether tangible or otherwise, and
Dt. 30.04.2021 situated in or outside India, to register the particulars of the charge
on payment of prescribed fees with the Registrar within ______ of
its creation.
In case of company fails to register the charge within 30 days then 14 days
the person in whose favour the charge along with the instrument
L&A 78/2021
is created may apply to the Registrar for registration of the charge
Dt. 30.04.2021
in the form CHG-1 or CHG-9 as the case may be within a period
of _______ after giving notice to the company.
In case a charge is created before the commencement of the 300 days
L&A 78/2021 Companies (Amendment) Ordinance, [2019], Registrar may, on
Dt. 30.04.2021 an application by the company, allow to register the such charge
with the Registrar within ______.
In case a charge is created on or after the commencement of the 60 days
L&A 78/2021 Companies (Amendment) Ordinance, [2019], Registrar may, on
Dt. 30.04.2021 an application by the company, allow to register the such charge
with the Registrar within ______.
If the charge created is not registered within 300 days, it shall be 6 months ; 60 days
registered within ______ from the commencement of the
L&A 78/2021
Companies (Amendment) Ordinance, [2019] by paying additional
Dt. 30.04.2021
fees and on payment of additional fees the registrar may extend
the further period of ______.
Company shall give intimation of Satisfaction of Charge to 30 days ; 300
L&A 78/2021 registrar in form CHG-4 within ______ from the date of payment (30+270)
Dt. 30.04.2021 or satisfaction in full of any registered charge. Provided the same
can be filed within ______ days with additional fees.
Logistics Infrastructure means and includes Multimodal ₹50 crore ; ₹15 crore
Logistics Park comprising Inland Container Depot (ICD) with ; ₹25 crore
minimum investment of ₹______ and minimum area of 10 acre,
L&A 77/2021
Cold Chain Facility with minimum investment of ______ and
Dt. 26.04.2021
minimum area of 20,000 sft, and/or Warehousing Facility with
investment of minimum ₹______ crore and minimum area of 1
lakh sq ft.
Affordable Housing is defined as a housing project using at least 50% ; 60 square
L&A 77/2021
______% of the Floor Area Ratio (FAR)/Floor Space Index (FSI) meters
Dt. 26.04.2021
for dwelling units with carpet area@ of not more than _______.
Affordable Rental Housing Complex” means a project to be used 25 years
for rental purpose only for urban migrant/poor (EWS/LIG
L&A 77/2021 categories) for a minimum period of ______ years with basic civic
Dt. 26.04.2021 infrastructure facilities such as water, sanitation,
sewerage/septage, road, electricity along with necessary
111
social/commercial infrastructure.
Affordable Rental Housing Complex Project means a listed project 40
L&A 77/2021 having at least ______ Dwelling Units of double room or single
Page
Dt. 26.04.2021 room or equivalent Dormitory Units or a mix of all three in any
ratio but not more than one third of total built up area under

double bedrooms units.

Under Affordable Housing, Dwelling Units (DUs) means a unit 60 ; 30
comprising of double bed room with living area, kitchen, toilet and
L&A 77/2021
bathroom of up to ______ square meters carpet area@ or single
Dt. 26.04.2021
bed room with living area, kitchen, toilet and bathroom of up to
______ square meters carpet area@ .
In order to ensure that the borrower has a substantial stake in the 50%.
L&A 77/2021 infrastructure company, bank finance should be restricted to
Dt. 26.04.2021 ______% of the finance required for acquiring the promoter's
stake in the company being acquired.
The banks financing acquisition of equity shares by promoters 40 per cent
should be within the regulatory ceiling of ______ per cent of their
L&A 77/2021
net worth as on March 31 of the previous year for the aggregate
Dt. 26.04.2021
exposure of the banks to the capital markets in all forms (both
fund based and non-fund based).
L&A 77/2021 In case of infrastructure projects, lending decisions to be based on cash flows
Dt. 26.04.2021 _______ rather than the Balance sheet.
In case of Hybrid Annuity Model (HAM) based projects 40%.
L&A 77/2021
concessionaire provides grant as construction support to the tune
Dt. 26.04.2021
of ______% of the project cost during the construction period.
As advised by RBI, the exposure of banks to entities for setting up Commercial Real Estate
Special Economic Zones (SEZs) or for acquisition of units in sector
L&A 77/2021
SEZs, which includes real estate would be treated as exposure to
Dt. 26.04.2021
______ for the purpose of risk weight and capital adequacy from a
prudential perspective.
in view of the advisory of Ministry of New & Renewable Energy 1.5% ; 10%
(MNRE) and the renewed focus of the government on the
L&A 77/2021
renewable sources of energy, an exposure limit of ______% for
Dt. 26.04.2021
lending to renewable energy was carved by our Bank within the
overall limit of ______% fixed for Infra-Power.
Loan amount for financing wind mills under Infrastructure Need based
L&A 77/2021
Financing will be ______ but within the prudential ceilings
Dt. 26.04.2021
prescribed by RBI/Bank for individual/group borrowers.
Margin under Infrastructure Financing for financing wind mills will 25% ; 30%
L&A 77/2021
be ______% for Captive Units and ______% Standalone units/ As
Dt. 26.04.2021
allied activity.
Repayment period under Infrastructure for Financing financing 10 to 15 years ; 6 to 9
L&A 77/2021 wind mills will be ______ years including moratorium of ______ months
Dt. 26.04.2021 months, depending upon the cash generation capacity and the
obsolescence of technology.
Loan amount for setting up of solar power plant under Need based
L&A 77/2021
Infrastructure Financing will be ______ but within the prudential
Dt. 26.04.2021
ceilings prescribed by RBI/Bank for individual/group borrowers.
Margin for setting up of solar power plant under Infrastructure 25% ; 30%
L&A 77/2021
Financing will be ______% for Captive Units and ______%
Dt. 26.04.2021
Standalone units/ As allied activity.
Repayment period under Infrastructure for setting up of solar 10 to 15 years ; 6 to 9
L&A 77/2021 power plant will be ______ years including moratorium of ______ months
Dt. 26.04.2021 months, depending upon the cash generation capacity and the
obsolescence of technology.
The aggregate net consolidated borrowings and deferred 49%.
L&A 77/2021 payments of the InvIT, Holding Company and SPV(s) net of cash
Dt. 26.04.2021 and cash equivalents not to exceed 49% of the value of InvIT
assets.
L&A 77/2021 Maximum Tenor for lending to Infrastructure Investment Trust 15 Years
112
Dt. 26.04.2021 (InvITs) will be upto ______ Years.

For lending to Infrastructure Investment Trust (InvITs), A margin of 50%.
L&A 77/2021
minimum ______% should be maintained on the NAV of the InvIT
Page
Dt. 26.04.2021
assets on an ongoing basis based on the valuation done by the

valuer.
Margin for financing to Educational Institution under Infrastructure 25% ; 50%
Financing for Term loan will be ______% of the Cost of Project
L&A 77/2021
(excluding cost of land). Wherever land is also financed as part of
Dt. 26.04.2021
cost of project then minimum prescribed margin against cost of
the land shall be ______% of the cost of the land.
L&A 77/2021 In case of Overdraft to Educational Institution under Infrastructure 25%.
Dt. 26.04.2021 Financing, the stipulated margin is ______.
Maximum Repayment Period for financing to Educational 120 months ; 36
L&A 77/2021 Institution under Infrastructure Financing for Term loan will be months
Dt. 26.04.2021 ______ including maximum moratorium up to ______ months
subject to annual review.
For financing to Educational Institution under Infrastructure ₹10 Crore
L&A 77/2021
Financing, TEV study shall be carried out in all cases involving
Dt. 26.04.2021
Project cost of over ₹______.
Under financing to Educational Institution, Wherever EM is not 30%.
possible, alternate collateral security in the name of the institution
L&A 77/2021
or promoters of the institution equivalent to a minimum of
Dt. 26.04.2021
______% (in terms of RV) of the Loan Amount shall be obtained
as collateral security.
For sanction of Term Loan and working capital (both fund based 100%.
and non-fund based) to Educational institutions, Minimum
L&A 77/2021
collateral security (other than Land & Building of Educational
Dt. 26.04.2021
Institutions) shall be obtained ______% of Total exposure where
proposals is falling within vested loaning powers of ZOCAC-I.
L&A 77/2021
Dt. 26.04.2021
proposals is falling within vested loaning powers of ZOCAC-II.
L&A 77/2021
Dt. 26.04.2021
proposals is falling within vested loaning powers of HOCAC-I.
For sanction of Term Loan and working capital (both fund based Nil
L&A 77/2021 collateral security (other than Land & Building of Educational
Dt. 26.04.2021 Institutions) shall be obtained ______% of Total exposure where
proposals is falling within vested loaning powers of HOCAC-I &
above.
Under financing to Educational Institution, Where the realizable 50%.
L&A 77/2021 value of the property taken as collateral security, Ceiling of
Dt. 26.04.2021 Overdraft facility should not exceed ______% of the realizable
value of the property taken as collateral security.
Under financing to Educational Institution, Audited Balance Sheet 3 years
L&A 77/2021
and Profit & Loss or income - expenditure statement for the last
Dt. 26.04.2021
______ years shall be obtained in case of an existing Institution.
L&A 76/2021 Green renewal is available for renewal of Borrowal accounts Rs 10 Lacs ; Rs 10
Dt. 21.04.2021 having limits above Rs _______ and up to Rs ______. Crores
Green Renewal is a simplified process applicable for limits above Rs 1 Crore ; Rs 10
L&A 76/2021
Rs ______ and up to Rs ______ in cases where certain Crores
Dt. 21.04.2021
conditions along with Triggers are fulfilled.
In respect of limits upto Rs ______, the applicability conditions are Rs 1 Crore
L&A 76/2021
to be complied with and trigger parameters need not be
113
Dt. 21.04.2021
considered.
Under Green renewal, Borrower shall arrange for submission of 3 months or at least 2
L&A 76/2021
complete papers such as Annual financials, IT Returns, GST months
Dt. 21.04.2021
Page
returns (wherever applicable) preferably _______ months before

the due date of renewal.

The competent Authority for allowing Green renewal shall be the same Sanctioning
L&A 76/2021 ______. Authority under whose
Dt. 21.04.2021 vested powers the
renewal proposal falls
No officer or any Committee comprising, inter-alia, an officer as next higher sanctioning
L&A 75/2021 member, while exercising powers of sanction of any credit facility, authority
Dt. 21.04.2021 shall sanction any credit facility to his/her relative. Such a facility
shall ordinarily be sanctioned only by the ______.
Incumbent of GBBs shall report credit facilities sanctioned to Circle Offices ; 7 days
L&A 75/2021
Senior Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their relatives to ______
Dt. 21.04.2021
on Quarterly basis within ______ from the end of the quarter
Incumbent of PLPs and MCCs shall report credit facilities Zonal Offices ; 7 days
L&A 75/2021 sanctioned to Senior Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their
Dt. 21.04.2021 relatives to ______ on Quarterly basis within ______ from the end
of the quarter.
LCBs/ELCBs shall report credit facilities sanctioned to Senior Credit Review &
L&A 75/2021 Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their relatives directly to ______, Monitoring Division
Dt. 21.04.2021 Head Office on Quarterly basis within 7 days from the end of the (CRMD)
Quarter.
Circle Offices should submit consolidated report of credit facilities 10 days
L&A 75/2021 sanctioned to Senior Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their
Dt. 21.04.2021 relatives sanctioned at GBBs to their Zonal Offices (ZOs) on
Quarterly basis within ______ from the end of the quarter.
Zonal Officess should monitor credit facilities sanctioned to Senior 15 days
Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their relatives at their level and
L&A 75/2021
submit the consolidated report of such cases sanctioned at
Dt. 21.04.2021
GBB/PLP/MCC/ZO level to Credit Review & Monitoring Division,
HO on Quarterly basis within ______ from the end of the quarter.
loans to spouse/close relatives of bank’s workmen staff for the ZOCAC-I ; ZOCAC-II
purpose of any trade/business may be granted after obtaining the
L&A 75/2021
prior permission of competent authority, which will be ______ and
Dt. 21.04.2021
above in case of loans under the Government sponsored
schemes and ______ and above in case of all other loans
Section______ of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 lays down the Section 20(1)
L&A 75/2021
restrictions on loans and advances to the Directors and the firms
Dt. 21.04.2021
in which they hold substantial interest.
Unless sanctioned by the Board of Directors/Management Rs. 25 lac
L&A 75/2021 Committee, Bank should not grant loans and advances
Dt. 21.04.2021 aggregating Rs. ______ and above to Directors (including the
Chairman/Managing Director) of other banks.
L&A 74/2021 PNB COVID-19 Emergency Credit Facility (PNB-CECF) is a short 24 months
Dt. 19.04.2021 term facility which is to be adjusted in ______ months.
Vetting of loan documents under PNB COVID-19 Emergency ₹2 Crore
L&A 74/2021
Credit Facility (PNB-CECF) shall be conducted as per Bank’s
Dt. 19.04.2021
guidelines, if the exposure is exceeding ₹______ Crore.
In case of LCBs/ELCBs the power to issue Bank Guarantee Incumbents of
L&A 73/2021 toGovernment Departments with automatic renewal LCB/ELCB
Dt. 19.04.2021 clause/without limitation against 100% cash margin, within the
already sanctioned limit, shall be vested with______ .
In all other cases except LCBs/ELCBs, ______ may permit ZOCAC-I
L&A 73/2021 issuance of Bank Guarantees to Government Departments with
Dt. 19.04.2021 automatic renewal clause/without limitation against 100% cash
margin, within the already sanctioned limit.
Bank guarantees with maturity period beyond 10 years upto 15 ZOCAC-II
114
L&A 73/2021
years may be permitted for issuance, at the level of ______ and
Dt. 19.04.2021
above within their vested loaning powers.
L&A 73/2021 In case of HO sanctions, relaxations/refund of guarantee fee may ZOCAC –II/ LCB
Page
Dt. 19.04.2021 be considered at the level of ______. Head/ELCB Head as the

case may be
All Branches including RAM/MCC/LCBs/ ELCBs should submit 10 days
L&A 73/2021
quarterly details in respect of LGs/LCs to their concerned
Dt. 19.04.2021
Controlling Offices within ______ from the close of the quarter.
The guarantees which are essentially transaction-related performance guarantees
contingencies that involve an irrevocable undertaking to pay a
L&A 73/2021
third party in the event the counterparty fails to fulfill or perform a
Dt. 19.04.2021
contractual non-financial obligation, are to be classified as
______.
The guarantees that are direct credit substitutes wherein a bank financial guarantees
L&A 73/2021
irrevocably undertakes to guarantee the repayment of a
Dt. 19.04.2021
contractual financial obligation are to be classified as ______.
Guarantees towards revenue dues, taxes, duties, levies etc. in financial guarantees
L&A 73/2021
favour of Tax/Customs/Port/Excise Authorities and for disputed
Dt. 19.04.2021
liabilities for litigation pending at courts are ______ guarantees.
Guarantees for mobilization advance, advance money before the financial guarantees
L&A 73/2021
commencement of a project and for money to be received in
Dt. 19.04.2021
various stages of project implementation are ______ guarantees.
Guarantees for credit facilities, Guarantees in lieu of repayment of financial guarantees
L&A 73/2021
financial securities and Guarantees in lieu of margin requirements
Dt. 19.04.2021
of exchanges are ______ guarantees.
L&A 73/2021 Deferred payment guarantees are ______ guarantees. financial guarantees
Dt. 19.04.2021
L&A 73/2021 Warranties, indemnities and standby letters of credit related to performance guarantees
Dt. 19.04.2021 particular transaction are ______ guarantees.
L&A 73/2021 Guarantees in lieu of security deposits / earnest money deposits performance guarantees
Dt. 19.04.2021 (EMD) for participating in tenders are ______ guarantees.
L&A 73/2021 Bid bonds and Retention money guarantees are ______ performance guarantees
Dt. 19.04.2021 guarantees.
Bank Guarantees to Government departments with automatic one step higher, of the
renewal clause/without limitation clause shall be issued only if official with the vested
L&A 73/2021
specific request for issuance of such a guarantee has been made powers for issuance of
Dt. 19.04.2021
and the sanctioning authority for such issuance shall be ______. letter of guarantees
otherwise.
For issuance of Guarantees with automatic renewal clause/ 100%
without limitation clausecases, the customers should agree to
L&A 73/2021 bear guarantee commission and ______% cash margin with the
Dt. 19.04.2021 bank as security, till return of guarantee bond duly discharged by
the Government Department without distorting the working capital
cycle.
L&A 73/2021 Controlling office for the limited purpose of confirmation of Bank Circle office
Dt. 19.04.2021 Guarantee is _______ for GBB Branches.
L&A 73/2021 Controlling office for the limited purpose of confirmation of Bank Zonal Office
Dt. 19.04.2021 Guarantee is _______ for LCB/ELCB.
L&A 73/2021 branches shall issue/receive message of bank guarantee, issued SFMS platform
Dt. 19.04.2021 in paper form, electronically using ______.
At the time of request for issuance of any guarantee, Counter 100%
indemnity (stamped) should be obtained from customers whereby
customer indemnifies the bank against any claim/loss/liability that
L&A 73/2021 might be sustained in consequence of having paid the guarantee
Dt. 19.04.2021 amount. However, in case of ______% margin, counter indemnity
may be dispensed with subject to taking a letter authorizing the
bank to appropriate the amount of security in the event of breach
or default in contract.
Guarantees should be issued for a definite period and normally 5 years ; 1 year ;
115
not to run for more than a year. In special circumstances, these 12 months
L&A 73/2021
may be issued for periods exceeding 12 months in terms of
Dt. 19.04.2021
delegated powers. CMs/AGMs may permit issuance of letter of
Page
Guarantee upto a maximum of ______ years and Branch Heads

in scale-I, II & III may permit issuance of LG upto the maximum

of______, excluding the claim period of ______.
Guarantees should be issued for a definite period and normally 10 years
L&A 73/2021 not to run for more than a year. ZOCAC-I may permit issuance of
Dt. 19.04.2021 Letter of Guarantee upto a maximum of ______, excluding the
claim period of 12 months.
Bank Guarantees having maturity period beyond 10 years up to ZOCAC-II
L&A 73/2021
15 years may be issued at the level of ______ & above within
Dt. 19.04.2021
their vested loaning powers.
In case of opening of bank guarantees against ______% 100%
L&A 73/2021
coverage by deposits, the guarantees may be issued irrespective
Dt. 19.04.2021
of time period within vested loaning powers.
In case of guarantees extending over a period of ______ years, two years
yearly review of cases be put up to the sanctioning authority for
L&A 73/2021
BGs issued at less than 100% cash margin, since this is in the
Dt. 19.04.2021
nature of Non fund Based limit and the same to be
renewed/reviewed in line with fund based facilities.
Guarantees should be issued for a definite period and normally 15 years ; HOCAC-I
not to run for more than a year. For Projects of Long Gestation
L&A 73/2021 period and National importance bank guarantee for maximum
Dt. 19.04.2021 ______ could be approved by sanctioning authority not below
______ except for cases where self renewal clause is already
incorporated for Specific Govt. Department.
For BG to be issued to Customs Department at 100% margin, ZOCAC-I
L&A 73/2021
______ and above will be sanctioning authority for the tenure as
Dt. 19.04.2021
requested by beneficiary.
L&A 73/2021 After taking due approval from the sanction authority, for reduction BGRED
Dt. 19.04.2021 in ILG amount, branch shall invoke ______ menu in CBS
L&A 73/2021 The related modification has to be completed on the same day of OGM
Dt. 19.04.2021 invocation of BGRED menu through menu option ______.
In Bank Guarantees where Government Department / Agency LCB / ELCB Head
L&A 73/2021 requests reduction in guarantee amount based on Ministry of
Dt. 19.04.2021 Finance office memorandums mentioned, Authority to permit
reduction of guarantee amount will be ______ for LCB / ELCB.
In Bank Guarantees where Government Department / Agency PLP / MCC Head
requests reduction in guarantee amount based on Ministry of
L&A 73/2021
Finance office memorandums mentioned, Authority to permit
Dt. 19.04.2021
reduction of guarantee amount will be ______ for GBB / PLP /
MCC.
Minimum margin to be taken in respect of Inland Letter of 25%/Nil/25%
L&A 73/2021
Guarantee/Foreign Letter of Guarantee/Deferred Payment
Dt. 19.04.2021
Guarantee for MMG-II (GBB Incharge) is ______%.
Minimum margin to be taken in respect of Inland Letter of 15%.
L&A 73/2021
Guarantee for MMG-III (Segment Head RAM/GBB Incharge) is
Dt. 19.04.2021
______%.
L&A 73/2021 Guarantee/Foreign Letter of Guarantee/Deferred Payment
Dt. 19.04.2021 Guarantee for SMG-IV (MCC/Segment Head RAM/GBB In-
charge) is ______%.
L&A 73/2021
Guarantee /Foreign Letter of Guarantee/Deferred Payment
Dt. 19.04.2021
Guarantee for SMG-V (RAM/MCC) is ______%.
L&A 73/2021 Minimum margin to be taken in respect of Foreign Letter of Nil
Dt. 19.04.2021 Guarantee for MMG-II (GBB Incharge) is ______%.
Guarantees in favour of court or to Govt. or any other person on 100%
116
L&A 73/2021 behalf of party/borrower relating to payment of taxes, excise duty,

Dt. 19.04.2021 custom duty or other Govt. dues, in dispute should be issued only
against ______% cash margin.
Page
L&A 73/2021 ECGC would provide ______ percent cover for bid bonds, 90 percent

Dt. 19.04.2021 provided an undertaking be given by bank not to insist on cash

margins.
L&A 73/2021 Bank may ask for cash margin @ ______% in respect of bid No any cash margin
Dt. 19.04.2021 bonds and guarantees which are counter-guaranteed by ECGC.
L&A 73/2021 The ILG commission shall be charged up front for the ______ of validity period
Dt. 19.04.2021 BG including claim period quarter wise.
After the expiry of claim period as per the contract between the 12 months
applicant and the beneficiary, commission for the remaining claim
L&A 73/2021
period is to be collected upfront through CBS till the original BG is
Dt. 19.04.2021
received by the bank or the expiry of ______ months of claim
period, whichever is earlier.
A customer applies for issuance of ILG on 01.04.2021 with validity 15 months i.e upto
L&A 73/2021
upto 31.03.2022 and claim period of 3 months i.e upto 30.06.2022
Dt. 19.04.2021
30.06.2022. The BG commission shall be charged for ______.
In cases where BG is issued for longer period and the borrower 0.25%
requests for recovery of commission on Annual/Qtly basis as
L&A 73/2021
against the stipulated policy for recovery of commission for the
Dt. 19.04.2021
entire tenure of the bank guarantee + the claim period, an
additional charge of ______% shall be applicable.
Bank Guarantees issued on behalf of contractors/ other one month
customers in lieu of earnest money deposit for short periods,
L&A 73/2021
commission shall be recovered for the actual period of the
Dt. 19.04.2021
guarantee subject to a minimum of ______ in cases where
guarantees are issued for a period up to six months.
In case of Bank Guarantee Counter Guaranteed by Central 50%.
Government / State Government / ECGC / Scheduled Commercial
L&A 73/2021 Bank having minimum required Regulatory CRAR including CCB,
Dt. 19.04.2021 applicable commission will be ______% of normal commission
applicable on Bank Guarantee up to the extent of counter
guarantee amount.
The guarantees which have been issued by branches under 12 months
L&A 73/2021 guarantee limit sanctioned by higher authorities can be renewed
Dt. 19.04.2021 provided, they are within sanctioned limit and Extension is for a
period not exceeding ______.
The guarantees shall be issued in favour of other 10%.
L&A 73/2021 Banks/FIs/Lending Institutions on behalf of those borrowers only
Dt. 19.04.2021 in whom our bank has funded exposure equivalent to a minimum
of ______% of the amount of guarantee issued.
The exposure limit for issuing guarantees per borrower, favouring 10% ; 50%
Other Banks/FIs/Lending Agencies has been fixed at ______% of
L&A 73/2021
Tier-I Capital of the bank. However, aggregate exposure for such
Dt. 19.04.2021
guarantees should not exceed ______% of Tier I Capital of the
Bank.
For all guarantees issued on behalf of Commodity Brokers in 50% ; 25% ; 25%
favour of the National Level Commodity Exchanges, minimum
______% of margin needs to be maintained, out of which
L&A 73/2021
minimum 25% should be kept in the shape of cash/FDR and
Dt. 19.04.2021
balance ______% may be kept in the shape of shares, Govt.
securities like NSCs, KVPs, IVPs, Relief Bonds, surrender value
of LIC etc.
______ & above may consider sanction of Bank Guarantees in ZOCAC-II
L&A 73/2021 favour of Commodity Exchanges viz. NCDEX/MCX/NMCEIL by
Dt. 19.04.2021 obtaining balance 25% margin in shape of EM of IP covering at
least 75% exposure in place of liquid securities.
All Branches including RAM/MCC/LCBs/ ELCBs should submit 10 days
117
L&A 73/2021
quarterly details in respect of LGs/LCs to their concerned
Dt. 19.04.2021
Controlling Offices within ______ from the close of the quarter.
L&A 73/2021 Circle Offices/Zonal Offices after receipt of statement of LGs/LCs 15th
Page
Dt. 19.04.2021 from the branches shall submit the consolidated statement to

Credit Review and Monitoring Division, Head Office so as to reach

the same by ______ of the month following the month of quarter
to which it relates.
Relaxation in processing fees in fund based advances and upfront 50%.
L&A 70/2021
fees in term loans backed by 100% liquid security as collateral
Dt. 13.04.2021
security shall be ______%.
Relaxation in processing fees in fund based advances and upfront 25%.
L&A 70/2021
fees in term loans backed by 100% liquid security as collateral
Dt. 13.04.2021
security shall be ______%.
MCC-CACs shall exercise ______% of their Secured Fund Based 25%.
L&A 67/2021
powers in case of Book Debt facility (on standalone basis, i.e.
Dt. 12.04.2021
finance is against Book Debts exclusively).
L&A 61/2021 GBBs can exercise ______% of their unsecured Fund Based Since Powers have
Dt. 07.04.2021 Powers for sanction of Clean Loan/OD. been withdrawn
L&A 61/2021 ______& above may interchange fund based facilities upto two ZOCAC-I
Dt. 07.04.2021 times of their respective powers within overall sanctioned limits.
Branch Heads of LCBs/ELCBs may interchange fund based ₹40.00 crores and
L&A 61/2021
facilities upto ______ within overall sanctioned limits. ₹50.00 crores
Dt. 07.04.2021
respectively
L&A 61/2021 In case of standalone Book Debt facility, ZOCAC-I, ZOCAC-II & 50%.
Dt. 07.04.2021 HOCAC-I shall exercise ______% of their FB (secured) powers.
L&A 61/2021 In case of NFB facilities, scale IV & above may sanction NFB 10%.
Dt. 07.04.2021 facilities subject to minimum margin of ______ %.
Large Corporate Branches (LCBs) shall be constituted for credit Rs. 50 crores ; Rs.
appraisal of loans and advances above Rs. ______. The LCBs 500 crore
L&A 61/2021 shall be headed by Deputy General Managers. In furtherance to
Dt. 07.04.2021 this, Extra Large Corporate Branches (ELCBs) shall also be
constituted for credit appraisal of proposals above Rs. ______.
Such ELCBs shall be headed by General Managers.
The The General Banking branches (GBBs) headed by officials of Rs. 10 Lakh
Scale I, II, III or IV shall handle normal operational activities of
L&A 61/2021 business and shall be vested with very nominal discretionary
Dt. 07.04.2021 powers sufficient enough to handle day to day operations. GBBs
will sanction and disburse loans up to Rs. _______ only within
their vested powers.
Loaning power of General Banking branches (GBBs) for Ad-hoc Nil
L&A 61/2021
by way of drawings beyond limits and Ad-hoc facilities by way of
Dt. 07.04.2021
reduction in margin will be Rs. ______.
Temporary Over drawings (TOD) in emergent circumstances, 7 days ; Rs. 1.00
drawings in SECURED FUND BASED LIMITS in excess of Lakh (For accounts
L&A 61/2021 sanctioned limits, within available DP, may be allowed at General under own loaning
Dt. 07.04.2021 Banking branches (GBBs) for 2-3 days but not exceeding power only)
______subject to 10% of sanctioned limit or Rs. ______
whichever is lower.
Over and above aggregate commitment per borrower for advance MMG-II – Rs. 50.00
against bank's own deposit (all types) at General Banking Lacs
L&A 61/2021 branches (GBBs) will be Rs. ______. MMG-III – Rs. 160.00
Dt. 07.04.2021 Lacs
SMG- IV – Rs. 800.00
Lacs
Over and above aggregate commitment per borrower for advance MMG-II – Rs. 6.25 Lacs
against LIC Policies/PLIs (assigned), Government Bonds, Postal MMG-III – Rs. 20.00
L&A 61/2021
Saving Certificates (NSCs/KVPs), duly pledged / assigned at Lacs
Dt. 07.04.2021
General Banking branches (GBBs) will be Rs. ______. SMG- IV – Rs. 100.00
Lacs
118
Over and above aggregate commitment per borrower at General Rs. 10.00 Lacs
L&A 61/2021 Banking branches (GBBs) will be Rs. ______for Purchase of
Dt. 07.04.2021 cheques and drafts if proceeds are to be placed in Bank's fixed
Page
deposits at least for minimum prescribed period of deposit (no

loan or premature withdrawal to be allowed till realization of

proceeds)
Power of General Banking branches (GBBs) for Purchase of Two
Govt. Cheques for credit to accounts of Govt. Deptt./Corpn./
Undertakings or Purchase of cheques drawn by Central & State
L&A 61/2021
Govts. & drafts of public sector banks/banks approved by Credit
Dt. 07.04.2021
Division/IBD, HO and from first payee only will be ______ times of
their vested loaning powers for FB (secured) advances over &
above the aggregate commitment per borrower.
loaning powers by Incumbents of GBBs for KCC including working Rs. 10.00 Lacs ; Rs.
L&A 61/2021 capital for Husbandry & Fisheries, Kisan Gold Scheme and SHG 5.00 Lacs
Dt. 07.04.2021 shall be restricted upto Rs. ______ and upto Rs. ______ Other
Agricultural Advances including Investment Credit.
For cases above Rs. 10.00 lacs pertaining to KCC/KGS/SHG and Rs. 5.00 lacs
L&A 61/2021
above Rs. ______ under other agricultural advances including
Dt. 07.04.2021
investment credit, GBBs shall send the proposals to PLPs.
Current account holders who have maintained a minimum Rs. 1 Lakh ; 10%
average balance of Rs. ______ during the previous 12 months
L&A 61/2021
and in whose case cheque returning during the previous 12
Dt. 07.04.2021
months are less than ______% shall be identified as premium
clients for allowing advance against uncleared effects.
Officials from Scale-III to Scale-V level shall exercise ______% of 30% ; 60% (Branch
L&A 61/2021 their Non Fund Based (NFB) powers for sanction of ILC/FLC (DA Heads in scale II are not
Dt. 07.04.2021 basis) limit and ______% of NFB powers for ILG (Financial) and empowered)
FLG.
All proposals (including retail loans) above Rs ______ at PLP Rs 1.00 Crore
L&A 61/2021
level shall be sanctioned by PLPCAC and no individual loaning
Dt. 07.04.2021
powers shall be exercised.
Power of Branch Heads (ncumbent) of RAMs for Purchase of Two
Govt. Cheques for credit to accounts of Govt. Deptt./Corpn./
Undertakings or Purchase of cheques drawn by Central & State
L&A 61/2021
Govts. & drafts of public sector banks/banks approved by Credit
Dt. 07.04.2021
Division/IBD, HO and from first payee only will be ______ times of
their vested loaning powers for FB (secured) advances over &
above the aggregate commitment per borrower.
Power of Branch Heads (ncumbent) of MCCs and LCBs for Three
Purchase of Govt. Cheques for credit to accounts of Govt.
Deptt./Corpn./ Undertakings or Purchase of cheques drawn by
L&A 61/2021
Central & State Govts. & drafts of public sector banks/banks
Dt. 07.04.2021
approved by Credit Division/IBD, HO and from first payee only will
be ______ times of their vested loaning powers for FB (secured)
advances over & above the aggregate commitment per borrower.
Where loaning powers are linked to credit Risk Rating of the 125%
L&A 61/2021 borrower and rating is A1 or A2, CMs, AGMs of RAMs and MCCs,
Dt. 07.04.2021 ZOCAC-I & above shall exercise ______% of their normal loaning
powers.
Where loaning powers are linked to credit Risk Rating of the 110%
L&A 61/2021 borrower and rating is A3 or A4, AGMs of RAMs and MCCs,
Dt. 07.04.2021 ZOCAC-I & above shall exercise ______% of their normal loaning
powers.
Where loaning powers are linked to credit Risk Rating of the Normal Loaning Powers
L&A 61/2021 borrower and rating is B1, officials at all levels shall exercise to the extent of their
Dt. 07.04.2021 ______% of their normal loaning powers. vested loaning
powers.
Where loaning powers are linked to credit Risk Rating of the HOCAC-I
119
L&A 61/2021 borrower, ______ & above is empowered to consider fresh

Dt. 07.04.2021 exposure in case of B2 rated borrowers within their vested
powers.
Page
L&A 61/2021 Where loaning powers are linked to credit Risk Rating of the ZOCAC-II
Dt. 07.04.2021 borrower and rating is ‘B3’ & below, Adhoc/Additional/

enhancement facility is to be sanctioned by the next higher

authority not below the level of ______.
No fresh exposure is to be taken in ‘B3’ & below rated accounts. MC/HOCAC-III
L&A 61/2021
However, ______ is empowered to consider fresh exposure in
Dt. 07.04.2021
case of ‘B3’ & below rated borrowers.
In case of exporters, officials in Scale-III to Scale-V may exercise 125% ; 25%
L&A 61/2021
loaning powers upto ______% of their normal powers provided
Dt.07.04.2021
that additional ______% powers are utilized only for export limits.
In case, officials, in organizational interest, have to exceed their three days
vested loaning powers then after such a transaction has taken
place it should be reported immediately to the controlling
L&A 61/2021
authority, i.e. Circle Heads in case of GBBs and Zonal Managers
Dt. 07.04.2021
in case of RAMs and MCCs, not later than______ days from the
date of the transaction, through submission of a proposal on
Bank's prescribed format for confirmation of action.
In case of proposals falling within the vested powers of PLP, the 15 days
L&A 61/2021
competent authority shall grant confirmation and convey to the
Dt. 07.04.2021
concerned Branch within ______ of the receipt of the proposal.
In case of proposals falling within the vested powers of 30 days
L&A 61/2021 MCC/ZOCAC, the competent authority shall grant confirmation
Dt. 07.04.2021 and convey to the concerned Branch within ______ of the receipt
of the proposal.
In case the proposal falls under the powers of HOCAC/MC, the 60 Days
decision regarding confirmation /ratification or rejection should be
L&A 61/2021
taken at HO and conveyed to the concerned LCB/ ELCB/ Zonal
Dt. 07.04.2021
Office within a period of maximum ______ of the receipt of the
original proposal.
Where no other officer is posted or second man is special Rs. 1 lakh Rs. 3 lakh
assistant at the branch, Branch Head of GBBs may process and
L&A 61/2021 sanction loan proposal of all Priority Sector advances including
Dt. 07.04.2021 Govt. sponsored schemes and “Loans under Retail Lending
Schemes” upto Rs. ______ each and under KCC Scheme/other
direct agriculture upto Rs. ______.
Where no other officer is posted or second man is special Rs.3 lakh Rs.2 lakh
L&A 61/2021 assistant at the branch, Branch Head of GBBs, the ceiling on
Dt. 07.04.2021 individual loan for Tractor loans will be Rs.______ and for
Housing Loans will be Rs.______.
Total advance granted without recommendation of second man, Rs.20 lakh ; Rs. 50
L&A 61/2021 where there is none, would not exceed Rs.______ in a month. lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021 The ceiling of total advance in a month may be increased by
Circle Heads to Rs. ______ wherever they find it necessary.
All fresh credit proposals envisaging total exposure (both fund ₹50 crore
based and non-fund based) of above ₹ ______ shall be placed 1.above ₹50 crore and
L&A 61/2021 before New Business Group (NBG). upto Rs. 200 crores-
Dt. 07.04.2021 NBG-I
2.above Rs. 200 crores-
NBG-II
L&A 61/2021 The NBG approval is in-principle in nature for evincing interest in 6 months
Dt. the credit proposal based on broad parameters and shall be valid
07.04.2021 for ______ months for considering the regular proposal.
L&A 61/2021 Sanctions in respect of working capital and Term Loan facilities 6 months
Dt. 07.04.2021 shall be valid for ______ months from the date of sanction.
Where documents have been executed within a period of 6 documentation
L&A 61/2021
months from the date of sanction, the sanctions shall be valid for
Dt. 07.04.2021
next 6 months from the date of ______.
120
No facility should be released unless a lapsed sanction is got 12 months

L&A 61/2021
revalidated by competent authority within a maximum period of
Dt. 07.04.2021
______ months from the date of sanction.
Page
L&A 61/2021 In case of lapsed sanctions falling under the powers up to HOCAC-II/III.

Dt. 07.04.2021 HOCAC-III level, the same shall be revalidated by the sanctioning
authority and in respect of sanctions under the powers of
Management Committee, revalidation of lapsed sanctions can be
considered by _______.
In case of all Credit Proposals (Except proposals pertaining to SC Respective Sanctioning
/ ST, MSE, Education Loan, various Government sponsored Authority
L&A 61/2021
schemes, and Export borrowers), the competent authorities for
Dt. 07.04.2021
rejection of credit proposal at all level (i.e. at Branch/RAM/MCC/
ZO/HO level) will be ______.
In case of all Credit proposals pertaining to SC/ST, MSE, Circle Head
L&A 61/2021 Education Loan, various Government sponsored schemes, and
Dt. 07.04.2021 Export Borrowers, the competent authorities for rejection of credit
proposal under GBB power will be ______.
In case of all Credit proposals pertaining to SC/ST, MSE, PLP Head
Education Loan, various Government sponsored schemes, and
L&A 61/2021
Export Borrowers, the competent authorities for rejection of credit
Dt. 07.04.2021
proposal under the Power of Segment Head at PLP will be
______.
In case of all Credit proposals pertaining to SC/ST, MSE, ZOCAC-I
Education Loan, various Government sponsored schemes, and
L&A 61/2021
Export Borrowers, the competent authorities for rejection of credit
Dt. 07.04.2021
proposal under the Power of PLP Head/PLP-CAC/MCC will be
______.
In case of all Credit proposals pertaining to MSE and Export Respective Sanctioning
L&A 61/2021 Borrowers under the power of ZOCAC, HOCAC I, II and III, the Authority
Dt. 07.04.2021 competent authorities for rejection of credit proposal under
RAM/MCC Power will be ______.
In case of all Credit proposals pertaining to Export Borrowers HOCAC III
L&A 61/2021
under MC power, the competent authorities for rejection of credit
Dt. 07.04.2021
proposal will be ______.
Incumbents of GBBs/PLPs/MCCs are to exercise their sanctioning 3 months
powers jointly with other officials with due care during the period
L&A 61/2021
of ______ prior to the retirement and submit the `Statement of
Dt. 07.04.2021
Limits Sanctioned' promptly to the Controlling Office at fortnightly
intervals.
The enhancement within ______of sanction under exceptional 6 months
L&A 61/2021
and genuine cases shall be exercised by next higher authority for
Dt. 07.04.2021
Cases upto the power of ZOCAC-II.
The enhancement within 6 months of sanction under exceptional Respective Sanctioning
L&A 61/2021
and genuine cases shall be exercised by ______for Cases of Authority
Dt. 07.04.2021
HOCAC-I & above.
In case of any new unit/company promoted/established by the HOCAC-I
Directors/ Entrepreneurs, in whose case negotiated settlement
has taken place with our /other bank earlier in respect of any
L&A 61/2021
other/same unit/company promoted by them, fresh Credit facility
Dt. 07.04.2021
for new borrower shall be sanctioned by an authority one step
higher than the authority under whose power the proposal
otherwise falls but not below the level of______.
In case of any new unit/company promoted/established by the Competent Authority
Directors/ Entrepreneurs, in whose case negotiated settlement under whose loaning
L&A 61/2021 has taken place with our /other bank earlier in respect of any powers the proposal
Dt. 07.04.2021 other/same unit/company promoted by them, Additional falls without referring the
/Enhancement / Adhoc /Renewal facility forexisting borrower shall same to the next higher
be sanctioned by ______. authority
In case of any new unit/company promoted/established by the three months
121
Directors/ Entrepreneurs, in whose case negotiated settlement

L&A 61/2021 has taken place with our /other bank earlier in respect of any
Dt. 07.04.2021 other/same unit/company promoted by them, The proposals for
Page
fresh facilities shall be considered only after expiry of at least

______ months from the date of full payment of compromise

amount.
PLP-CACs and above have been empowered to sanction credit 2 times
L&A 61/2021
facilities to allied/associate concerns taken together, upto
Dt. 07.04.2021
______times of their ‘aggregate commitment per borrower’.
As regards margin while sanctioning, authorities of ZOCAC/ 10%
L&A 61/2021
HOCAC-I/II may reduce the same only by ______%, HOCAC-III
Dt. 07.04.2021
may exercise full discretion.
Substitution/ release of IP kept as collateral in sanctions falling ZOCAC-I
upto the vested loaning powers of GBBs/PLPs/MCCs/ZOCAC-I
L&A 61/2021 may not be permitted up to the level of ______ except where the
Dt. 07.04.2021 IP is proposed to be replaced by the cash security/FDR of
equivalent amount to higher of, Valuation as per Last Sanction or
Latest valuation obtained on receipt of request of substitution.
Where such cash security/FDR is not available, the powers of ZOCAC-II
L&A 61/2021 substitution / release of IP shall vest with ______ where sanctions
Dt. 07.04.2021 are falling upto the vested loaning powers of
GBBs/PLPs/MCCs/ZOCAC-I.
______ in case of GBBs and ______ in case of RAMs and MCCs Circle Heads ; Zonal
L&A 61/2021
shall have discretion to permit transfer of any loan facility within Managers
Dt. 07.04.2021
their respective areas.
______ in case of GBBs and ______ in case of PLPs and MCCs Circle Heads ; Zonal
L&A 61/2021 are empowered to permit transfer of limits to other Circles/Zones Managers
Dt. 07.04.2021 at the request of the borrower and with the consent of the
transferee Circles provided the account is in standard category.
L&A 61/2021 Transfer of loan accounts with LCBs shall be under the power of HO Credit Division
Dt. 07.04.2021 ______.
Branch Heads (other than GBBs) may convert ______% of 50% ; 3 months
L&A 61/2021 unavailed CC limit into Docy.DD/ABC (Advance against Bill
Dt. 07.04.2021 Collection) limit with the same margin as under CC facility for a
period of ______.
ZOCAC-I & above may interchange fund based facilities upto two times
L&A 61/2021
______ times of their respective powers within overall sanctioned
Dt. 07.04.2021
limits.
Branch Heads of LCBs/ELCBs may interchange fund based Rs. 40.00 crores ; Rs.
L&A 61/2021
facilities upto Rs. ______ and Rs. ______ respectively within 50.00 crores
Dt. 07.04.2021
overall sanctioned limits.
Sanctioning authority may reschedule Term Loan upto 1 year. 7 years ; ZOCAC-I
Authority one step higher may reschedule Term Loan upto total
L&A 61/2021
period of ______ years. ______ and above have full powers to
Dt. 07.04.2021
reschedule repayment of Term Loans in their own sanctions as
well as sanctions by lower authorities.
L&A 61/2021 Officers in ______ at specified branches and above may waive SMG Scale IV
Dt. 07.04.2021 insurance of collateral security in deserving cases.
For considering Cement Industry proposals, Minimum viable Rs.350.00 crores
L&A 61/2021
economic capacity should be taken as 1 mtpa and minimum
Dt. 07.04.2021
economic size should be taken as Rs.______.
ZOCAC-I & above may consider Fresh/Enhancement/ additional ZOCAC-I—100%
exposure to Educational Institutions upto their vested loaning ZOCAC-II— 75%
L&A 61/2021
power subject to obtainment of minimum collateral (other than HOCAC-I — 50%
Dt. 07.04.2021
Land & Building of Educational Institutions) of ______% of total HOCAC-II & above —Nil
exposure.
Per borrower exposure in the Film Indusry Sector shall not be ₹25 crore ; ₹200 crore
L&A 61/2021 more than ₹______. Further, as approved by board, fresh
Dt. 07.04.2021 exposure i.e. aggregate of FB and NFB facilities sanctioned in a
financial year should not exceed ₹______.
122
All fresh proposals/enhancement/additional/adhoc/temporary ZOCAC-II ; ZOCAC-I

L&A 61/2021 facilities to NBFCs shall be considered by______ and above only.
Dt. 07.04.2021 However, the cases for renewal/review of the existing facilities
Page
shall be considered by ______ and above.

All real estate proposals including hotel industry excluding hotels SME segment
L&A 61/2021
falling under ______, finance against lease rentals shall require
Dt. 07.04.2021
administrative clearance.
In respect of proposals for financing against Future Lease Rentals ZOCAC-I
L&A 61/2021 falling within the vested loaning powers of Branch Head, the
Dt. 07.04.2021 administrative clearance shall be given by ______ within the
quota allocated by respective ZO.
For proposals for financing against Future Lease Rentals falling ZOCAC-II
L&A 61/2021 within the vested loaning powers of ZOCAC-I, administrative
Dt. 07.04.2021 clearance shall be given by______ within the quota allocated by
Credit Review & Monitoring Division for Real Estate Sector.
For proposals for financing against Future Lease Rentals falling HOCAC-I
under vested loaning powers of ZOCAC-II, administrative
L&A 61/2021 clearance shall be given by ______. Administrative clearance for
Dt. 07.04.2021 proposals where the sanctioning authority is HOCAC-I and above
has been waived as, such proposals are to be sanctioned at HO
level.
For financing against Future Lease Rentals of premises taken on PLPs/MCCs
L&A 61/2021 lease by the Bank, The Administrative clearance is waived and
Dt. 07.04.2021 Branch Heads of ______ shall exercise their vested loaning power
for sanction of term loan under the this scheme.
Loaning powers for sanction of proposals for Hotels including Chief Managers
L&A 61/2021
guest houses shall be exercised by ______ and above within their
Dt. 07.04.2021
vested loaning powers and type of branches they are posted at.
In cases of schematic lending, the respective guidelines on tenor 7 years ; 7 years ;
of loan shall be applicable. However, in other cases like Project 10 years
L&A 61/2021 Finance etc. sanctioning authority can consider the tenor of term
Dt. 07.04.2021 loan up to ______ years. In cases of tenor above ______ years
and upto ______ years, the same can be considered at the level
of ZOCAC-I and above within their vested loaning powers.
In emergent circumstances, ______ & above may permit ZOCAC-I ; six months
L&A 61/2021 reimbursement, on merits, within ______ of acquisition of fixed
Dt. 07.04.2021 assets to the extent of loan sanctioned to MSME borrowers within
their vested loaning powers and after ensuring end use of funds.
In exceptional and deserving cases, part disbursement of term 25%
loan may be allowed through current/cash credit account by the
L&A 61/2021
sanctioning authority not below the level of CM subject to
Dt. 07.04.2021
maximum of ______% of the sanctioned limit and beyond this
percentage, the case will be referred to the next higher authority.
In order to ensure effective monitoring specially in case of project ₹ 2 crore
financing having longer gestation period, a system of annual
L&A 61/2021
review of Term Loans is in vogue. Accordingly, all Term Loans,
Dt. 07.04.2021
other than retail loans, with sanctioned limit of ₹ ______ & above
needs to be reviewed annually.
Green renewal (a Simplified Procedure for Renewal of Credit Rs. 10 Lakh ; Rs. 10
L&A 61/2021
Facilities) will be applicable for borrowers having aggregate credit Crores
Dt. 07.04.2021
facilities above Rs. ______ and upto Rs. ______.
CMs/AGMs may permit issuance of letter of Guarantee upto a 5 years ; 1 year ;
maximum of ______ years and Branch Heads in scale-II & III may 10 years
L&A 61/2021 permit issuance of LG upto the maximum of ______, excluding
Dt. 07.04.2021 the claim period of 12 months. ZOCAC-I may permit issuance of
Letter of Guarantee up to a maximum of ______ years, excluding
the claim period of 12 months.
Bank guarantees with maturity period beyond 10 years upto 15 ZOCAC-II
L&A 61/2021
years may be permitted for issuance, at the level of ______ and
123
Dt. 07.04.2021
above within their vested loaning powers
Book Debt facilities are to be allowed only against those debts for 90 days
L&A 61/2021 which borrowers have not availed bills purchased/discounted
Page
Dt. 07.04.2021 limits. Further, book debts should be spread over a reasonably
good number of parties and drawing power should be restricted

up to ______ days.
Based on working capital cycle of the borrower, ZOCAC-I may ₹10 Crore
L&A 61/2021 permit relaxation in age of book debts beyond 90 days and upto
Dt. 07.04.2021 180 days for exposure upto ₹ ______ under exceptional
circumstances.
Based on working capital cycle of the borrower, ZOCAC-II may ₹30 Crore
L&A 61/2021 permit relaxation in age of book debts beyond 90 days and upto
Dt. 07.04.2021 180 days for exposure above ₹10 Crore and upto ₹ ______ under
exceptional circumstances.
Overdraft up to Rs. 5000/- may be allowed in Saving Fund 4 times ; 15 days
Accounts (including minor/staff accounts) where regular income
L&A 61/2021
such as salary, pension, etc. are credited at fixed periodical
Dt. 07.04.2021
intervals. Such overdraft may not be allowed more than ______
times in a calendar year and should be adjusted within ______.
The Temporary Over drawings (TOD) may be allowed in fund 7 days
based secured advances for payment of statutory dues, salaries,
L&A 61/2021
wages or any other justifiable debits for very short period say 2-3
Dt. 07.04.2021
days but not exceeding ______ days (including roll over, if any) to
meet temporary mismatch of funds in unforeseen circumstances.
The adhoc facilities are to be allowed by Incumbents Incharge of scale V
L&A 61/2021 scale ______ and above in PLPs, LCBs and ELCBs and CACs at
Dt. 07.04.2021 MCCs and above for proposals falling up to their vested loaning
powers as well as sanctions by the higher authorities.
Branch Heads of PLPs/LCBs/ELCBs may exercise their existing two
L&A 61/2021 loaning powers for sanction of adhoc facilities in an account for
Dt. 07.04.2021 maximum of ______ occasions within a year from the date of last
sanction/renewal/review/enhancement of the regular limit.
Borrowal account should be taken over from other next higher authority
L&A 61/2021
Banks/Financial Institutions (FIs) by GBB on selective basis after
Dt. 07.04.2021
obtaining prior approval from the ______.
In case borrower was availing credit facilities from another Bank/ Deemed takeover
L&A 61/2021 FIs within a period of three months prior to submitting loan
Dt. 07.04.2021 proposal to our Bank, such credit proposal shall be treated as
______.
In case o take over of accounts from other Banks/Fis, Prior 3 months
L&A 61/2021
approval shall not be necessary in cases where the accounts of
Dt. 07.04.2021
other banks have been adjusted for over ______ months.
The accounts for consideration of takeover should have a rating of ‘B1 & above’
L&A 61/2021 ______as per rating scale and should be duly vetted by
Dt. 07.04.2021 Competent Authority as per extant guidelines on Rating and
Vetting.
In case of working capital limits if enhancement of ______% and 25%
above is considered at the time of takeover, instead of seeking
L&A 61/2021
prior approval from the next higher authority, the proposals shall
Dt. 07.04.2021
be sanctioned by the next higher authority on merits of the case
subject to the compliance of the other guidelines.
L&A 61/2021 The borrowal accounts with minimum credit risk rating as ______ B1
Dt. 07.04.2021 may be considered for takeover.
HOCAC II & III may consider takeover of ______ rated accounts B2 & B3
L&A 61/2021
on merits of the case within its vested loaning powers and MC
Dt. 07.04.2021
shall have full powers in this regard.
The small loan accounts having aggregate exposure upto and ₹5 crore
L&A 61/2021
including ₹______ with credit risk rating ‘B2 & below’ are not to be
Dt. 07.04.2021
considered for takeover.
In cases where current ratio and debt equity ratio (wherever ZOCAC-I
124
L&A 61/2021 applicable) are not within the prescribed range, the competent
Dt. 07.04.2021 authority to consider takeover of such accounts shall be ______
and above within their vested loaning powers.
Page
L&A 61/2021 The accounts where the commercial production has not started or ZOCAC-I

Dt. 07.04.2021 has just started, takeover can be considered, if project is found
technically feasible and economically viable subject to the
fulfillment of the conditions prescribed in the guidelines on Take
Over of Borrowal Accounts, by the officials not below the level of
______ and above.
In case of working capital limits if enhancement in limit is Respective Sanctioning
L&A 61/2021 warranted upto 25% at the time of takeover, the proposals may be Authority
Dt. 07.04.2021 considered by the ______ on merits of the case subject to the
compliance of the other guidelines.
In case of working capital limits if enhancement in limit is next higher authority
L&A 61/2021 warranted above 25% at the time of takeover, the proposals may
Dt. 07.04.2021 be considered by the ______ on merits of the case subject to the
compliance of the other guidelines.
In exceptional cases where takeover is considered from the banks Board
where our present EDs and MD&CEO have worked earlier, the
L&A 61/2021
credit proposal, shall be placed to ______for consideration and
Dt. 07.04.2021
such takeover proposal shall invariably contain the specific
reasons justifying the need for takeover.
Proposals for takeover of sick units by healthy corporates/ HOCAC-II
L&A 61/2021
promoters etc. to be considered at the level of ______& above
Dt. 07.04.2021
upto their vested loaning powers.
Credit facility should not ordinarily be granted to spouse/close Zonal Manager
relatives of bank’s workmen staff for the purpose of any trade/
L&A 61/2021
business. However, depending upon genuineness of the case,
Dt. 07.04.2021
loans may be granted after obtaining the prior permission of
______.
No officer or any committee comprising an officer, as a member next higher sanctioning
L&A 61/2021
shall sanction any credit facility to his/her relative. Such a facility authority
Dt. 07.04.2021
should be sanctioned by the ______.
Maximum Loan amount to Chief Executive Officer/ Whole Time Rs. 150.00 lakh
L&A 61/2021
Directors for constructing/acquiring a house for personal use will
Dt. 07.04.2021
be Rs. ______.
Loan amount to Chief Executive Officer/ Whole Time Directors for 90% ; Rs. 20.00
L&A 61/2021
purchase of new car will be ______% of the cost of vehicle lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021
subject to a maximum of Rs.______.
L&A 61/2021 Maximum Loan amount to Chief Executive Officer/ Whole Time Rs.25,000/-
Dt. 07.04.2021 Directors for Festival advance will be Rs.______.
L&A 61/2021 Maximum Credit limit under credit card facility to Chief Executive Rs,7.00 Lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021 Officer/ Whole Time Directors will be Rs.______.
L&A 61/2021 Loaning powers for sanction of loans to Chief Executive Officer/ HOCAC-I
Dt. 07.04.2021 Whole Time Directors shall be vested with ______.
All loans and advances to Directors of other banks, any relative of Rs. 25 lac
L&A 61/2021 bank’s Directors or relative of other banks’ Directors for Rs.
Dt. 07.04.2021 ______ & above need to be sanctioned by the Bank's Board of
Directors/Management Committee.
Powers to relax service charges (other than retail) vested with the No power to permit any
L&A 61/2021
officials at ZOCAC-I and Branch Heads of LCBs levels shall be relaxation
Dt. 07.04.2021
______% of Card Rate.
L&A 61/2021 Pwer of GBB head to refund of interest in case of mistakes Rs. 1 Lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021 pertaining to same FY shall be upto Rs. ______.
Pwer of RAM Head/MCC-CAC to refund of interest in case of ₹ 20 Lakh
L&A 61/2021
mistakes pertaining to same FY shall be above ₹ 1 Lakh and upto
Dt. 07.04.2021
₹ ______.
Pwer of LCB/E-LCB to refund of interest in case of mistakes LCB- Upto Rs. 50 Lakh
L&A 61/2021
pertaining to same FY shall be ₹ ______. E-LCB- Upto Rs. 200
125
Dt. 07.04.2021
Lakh
L&A 61/2021 Pwer of LCB/E-LCB to refund of interest in case of mistakes NIL
Dt. 07.04.2021 pertaining to previous FYs shall be ₹ ______.
Page
L&A 61/2021 In cases where prepayment penalty is to be charged in account, HOCAC-I

Dt. 07.04.2021 authority to permit waiver of such prepayment penalty, if required,

shall be at the level of ______and above.
L&A 61/2021 Benchmark Ratios shall be applicable where facilities availed from Rs. 20 Lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021 our Bank is more than Rs. ______.
In cases where prepayment penalty is to be charged in account, HOCAC-I
L&A 61/2021
authority to permit waiver of such prepayment penalty, if required,
Dt. 07.04.2021
shall be at the level of______ and above.
In branches, where the recovery percentage in terms of Recovery 30%
Statement (PNB 746) is below ______% as at March/September
on annualized basis, the incumbents shall not exercise loaning
L&A 61/2021
powers for making fresh priority sector advances except under
Dt. 07.04.2021
SGSY, SJSRY, 20 point programme etc. and loans upto
Rs.10,000/- under priority sector schemes to all categories of
weaker sections and all Government’s sponsored programmes.
Current account holders who have maintained a minimum Rs. 1 Lakh ; 10%
average balance of Rs. ______ during the previous 12 months
L&A 61/2021
and in whose case cheque returning during the previous 12
Dt. 07.04.2021
months are less than ______% shall be identified as premium
clients for allowing advance against uncleared effects.
Borrowal accounts, which are having at least ______Credit Risk ‘B1’ Credit Risk
L&A 61/2021 Rating and in cases where risk/other rating is not applicable, Rating/score of >52
Dt. 07.04.2021 borrowers having satisfactory track record shall be identified as where score is
premium clients for allowing advance against uncleared effects. applicable
The Internal Risk Ratings for loans above Rs.1 crore & upto Rs.10 Zonal Risk Management
L&A 60/2021
crore shall be vetted at ______. For loans above Rs.10 crore, Cell (ZRMC) ; IRMD
Dt. 07.04.2021
ratings shall be initiated at ZRMC & vetted at ______ HO.
L&A 60/2021 Risk Side Review of Credit Proposal for loans (fresh/enhancement ZOCAC
Dt. 07.04.2021 proposal) above Rs 30 Cr is falling under ______ power.
L&A 60/2021 LCB handles loan accounts above ₹______, whereas ELCB ₹50 Crore ; ₹500
Dt. 07.04.2021 handles loan account above ₹______. crores
L&A 60/2021 MCC deals with Pre sanction appraisal and post sanction ₹50 Cr
Dt. 07.04.2021 monitoring of Loans having exposure above ₹1 Cr to ₹______.
PLP deals with Pre sanction appraisal and sanction of loan ₹1 Crore (above ₹1.00
L&A 60/2021
accounts above ₹10 Lac and upto ______. Post sanction crore where MCC is not
Dt. 07.04.2021
monitoring and operations to be handled by Branch. located)
All fresh credit proposals envisaging total exposure (both fund Senior Most ED
L&A 60/2021
based and non-fund based) of above ₹50 crore and upto ₹200
Dt. 07.04.2021
crores shall be placed before NBG-I headed by ______.
All fresh credit proposals envisaging total exposure (both fund MD & CEO
L&A 60/2021
based and non-fund based) above ₹200.00 crores shall be placed
Dt. 07.04.2021
before NBG-II headed by ______.
In compliance with EASE Reforms, our bank has approved Screening Committee
L&A 60/2021 constituting a ______ for scrutiny of all fresh/enhancement (SC)
Dt. 07.04.2021 proposals in standard category falling within vested powers of HO
Committees.
To have a digitized loan origination and management solution, PNB LenS – The
which can be used for activities related to lead capturing, loan Lending Solution for
L&A 60/2021
appraisal, sanction and documentation and post sanction loan management
Dt. 07.04.2021
monitoring, Bank has started development/customization of an IT
based solution naming ______.
In terms of Section ______ of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, Section 20(1)
L&A 60/2021
the Bank cannot grant any loans and advances on the security of
Dt. 07.04.2021
its own shares.
Section ______ of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 also lays Section 20(1)
L&A 60/2021
down the restrictions on loans and advances to the directors and
126
Dt. 07.04.2021
the firms in which they hold substantial interest.
As per Section ______ of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the Section 19 (2)
L&A 60/2021
Bank shall not hold shares in any company, whether as pledgee,
Page
Dt. 07.04.2021
mortgagee or absolute owner, of an amount exceeding thirty per

cent of the paid-up share capital of that company or thirty per

cent of its own paid-up share capital and reserves, whichever is
less.
As per Section ______ of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, Section 19 (3)
Bank Shall not hold shares, whether as pledgee, mortgagee or
L&A 60/2021
absolute owner, in any company in the management of which any
Dt. 07.04.2021
managing director or Manager of Bank is in any manner
concerned or interested.
Unless sanctioned by the Board of Directors/Management ₹ 25 Lakhs
Committee, banks should not grant loans and advances
aggregating ₹ ______ and above to -
a) directors (including the Chairman/Managing Director) of other
L&A 60/2021
banks;
Dt. 07.04.2021
b) any firm in which any of the directors of other banks is
interested as a partner or guarantor; and
c) any company in which any of the directors of other banks holds
substantial interest or is interested as a director or as a guarantor.
In terms of RBI Guidelines, the sum of all the exposure values of a 20% ; 5%
bank to a single counterparty under Large Exposures Framework
L&A 60/2021 (LEF) must not be higher than ______% of the bank’s available
Dt. 07.04.2021 eligible capital base at all times. In exceptional cases, Board of
banks may allow an additional ______% exposure of the bank’s
available eligible capital base.
Bank’s exposures to a single NBFC under Large Exposures 20%.
L&A 60/2021
Framework (LEF) will be restricted to ______% of their eligible
Dt. 07.04.2021
capital base.
The sum of all the exposure values of a bank to a group of 25%.
L&A 60/2021 connected counterparties under Large Exposures Framework
Dt. 07.04.2021 (LEF) must not be higher than ______% of the bank’s available
eligible capital base at all times.
In terms of RBI Guidelines, the sum of all the exposure values of a 20 percent ; 5 percent
bank under under Large Exposures (LE) Framework to a single
L&A 60/2021 counterparty must not be higher than ______ percent of the
Dt. 07.04.2021 bank’s available eligible capital base at all times. In exceptional
cases, Board of banks may allow an additional ______ percent
exposure of the bank’s available eligible capital base.
Bank may in exceptional circumstances consider enhancement of a. PSU borrowers based
the exposure ceiling for single counterparty classified under Large on their cash flows;
Exposure upto a further 5 percent over & above the ceiling of 20% b. Non-PSU borrowers
L&A 60/2021
in case of ______. having external risk
Dt. 07.04.2021
rating ‘AA’ & above
and/or internal risk
rating ‘A2’ & above.
In respect of Proprietorship Concern, exposure to a borrower by ₹50.00 Crore.
L&A 60/2021
way of Fund Based/Non Fund Based facilities shall be restricted
Dt. 07.04.2021
to ₹ ______.
In respect of Partnership Concern/Limited Liability Partnerships, ₹100.00 Crores
L&A 60/2021
exposure to a borrower by way of Fund Based/Non Fund Based
Dt. 07.04.2021
facilities shall be restricted to ₹ ______.
In respect of Single entity with constitution as Society, Trust & ₹200.00 Crores
L&A 60/2021
HUF, exposure to a borrower by way of Fund Based/Non Fund
Dt. 07.04.2021
Based facilities shall be restricted to ₹ ______.
“Large borrower” is defined as the sum of all exposure values of 10%
L&A 60/2021 the bank to a counterparty or a group of connected counterparties
Dt. 07.04.2021 is equal to or above ______% of the Bank’s Tier- I Capital
127
(instead of total capital funds as hitherto).

L&A 60/2021 The aggregate exposure to all “Large Borrowers” should not 800%
Dt. 07.04.2021 exceed ______% of Bank’s Tier I Capital.
Page
L&A 60/2021 The exposure including all funded and non-funded facilities, where 25%
Dt. 07.04.2021 the realizable value of tangible security is not more than 10%, ab-

initio of the outstanding exposure shall be treated as ‘Unsecured

Exposure’, which should not exceed the Exposure Ceiling of
______% of gross outstanding advances (FB+NFB) as on close of
previous quarter.
Within the Unsecured Exposure Ceiling of 25%, a sub ceiling of 15%
______% of gross outstanding advances (FB+NFB) as on close of
L&A 60/2021
previous quarter has been fixed for unsecured advances to Govt.
Dt. 07.04.2021
and PSUs borrowers under the category on selective basis to
better rated accounts/ group.
L&A 60/2021 Fresh sanction/enhancement to traders above ₹100 crore, but HOCAC-III
Dt. 07.04.2021 upto ₹200 crore shall be considered by _______.
L&A 60/2021 Fresh sanction/enhancement to traders above ₹200 crore, but Management committee
Dt. 07.04.2021 upto ₹500 crore shall be considered by ______.
An overall ceiling on total State government exposure (in respect 15%
of accounts where facilities are granted as direct advance to State
L&A 60/2021
Govt./State PSUs/Undertakings and other exposure guaranteed
Dt. 07.04.2021
by State Govt.) is fixed at ______% of Gross Total Advances of
the bank as of previous quarter.
Exposure per borrower in the Film Industry sector shall not be ₹25 crore ; ₹200 crore
L&A 60/2021 more than ₹______. Further, as approved by board, fresh
Dt. 07.04.2021 exposure i.e. aggregate of FB +NFB facilities sanctioned in a
financial year should not exceed ₹______.
L&A 60/2021 The overall exposure ceiling for real estate sector has been fixed 15%
Dt. 07.04.2021 at ______% of the Bank’s exposure of the previous quarter.
Within the overall exposure ceiling of 15% stipulated for real 7%,
L&A 60/2021
estate sector, Exposure on NHB & HFCs has been fixed at
Dt. 07.04.2021
______% of the previous quarter.
Within the overall exposure ceiling of 15% stipulated for real 10%,
L&A 60/2021
estate sector, Exposure on Commercial Real Estate has been
Dt. 07.04.2021
fixed at ______% of the Bank’s exposure of the previous quarter.
Within the overall exposure ceiling of 15% stipulated for real Excluded for Ceiling
L&A 60/2021
estate sector, Exposure on Residential mortgages has been fixed Purpose
Dt. 07.04.2021
at ______% of the Bank’s exposure of the previous quarter.
Exposure ceiling for Land & Building Developers (other than 2.00%.
L&A 60/2021 Residential Housing) will be ______% of total Exposure on
Dt. 07.04.2021 Commercial Real Estate (i.e. 10%) within overall exposure ceiling
of 15% stipulated for real estate sector.
Exposure ceiling for other Commercial Real Estate i.e IPs 1.00%.
(commercial) , Hotels etc. but excluding Future Lease
L&A 60/2021
Rentals(FLRs) will be ______% of total Exposure on Commercial
Dt. 07.04.2021
Real Estate (i.e. 10%) within overall exposure ceiling of 15%
stipulated for real estate sector.
Sub ceilings for Commercial Real Estate- Residential Housing There is no any fixation
L&A 60/2021
(CRE-RH) and Future Lease Rentals(FLRs) will be ______% of sub ceiling
Dt. 07.04.2021
within overall ceiling of 10% for Commercial Real Estate (CRE)
In terms of RBI guidelines, the ceiling for capital market exposure 40%
L&A 60/2021 (both fund based and non-fund based) is fixed at ______% of its
Dt. 07.04.2021 net worth as on March 31 of the previous year on a solo and on
consolidated basis.
In respect of advances forming part of exposure to capital market, 20%.
L&A 60/2021 Maximum ceilings for advances to all Stock brokers will be
Dt. 07.04.2021 ______% of the Net worth of the Bank as on March 31 of the
previous year
In respect of advances forming part of exposure to capital market, 10%.
L&A 60/2021
Maximum ceilings for advances against shares will be ______%
128
Dt. 07.04.2021
of the Net worth of the Bank as on March 31 of the previous year
Maximum ceilings for advances to any single stock broking entity ₹100.00 Crore (per
L&A 60/2021
including its associate/inter connected companies will be Broker)
Page
Dt. 07.04.2021
₹______.

L&A 60/2021 Maximum ceilings for advances to individuals for acquiring shares ₹10 lacs
Dt. 07.04.2021 under IPO / FPO, ESOP will be ₹______.
L&A 60/2021 Maximum ceilings for advances to individuals against security of ₹20 lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021 De-mat shares will be ₹______.
L&A 60/2021 Non Fund Based facility (ies) should not exceed ______% Bank’s 100%.
Dt. 07.04.2021 total Fund Based exposure.
In order to avoid ALM mismatches, a ceiling of ______% of total 18%.
L&A 60/2021
advance of the bank as at close of previous quarter has been
Dt. 07.04.2021
fixed for aggregate Short Term Loans sanctioned.
"Unsecured exposure" is defined as an exposure where the 10 per cent
L&A 60/2021 realisable value of the security, as assessed by the
Dt. 07.04.2021 bank/approved valuers / Reserve Bank’s inspecting officers, is not
more than ______ per cent, ab-initio, of the outstanding exposure.
Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) is a______ digit unique code that 20
L&A 60/2021
identifies every legal entity (across the globe) or structure that is
Dt. 07.04.2021
party to a financial transaction, in any jurisdiction.
RBI has made it mandatory for corporate borrowers having ₹5 crore
aggregate fund-based and non-fund based exposure of ₹5 crore
L&A 60/2021 and above (introduced in a phased manner) from any bank to
Dt. 07.04.2021 obtain Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) registration and capture the
same in the Central Repository of Information on Large Credits
(CRILC).
Considering the importance and necessity of the LEI in better risk CRM module
L&A 60/2021
management and monitoring, ITD has made the provision in
Dt. 07.04.2021
______ of Finacle for capturing the 20 digit LEI code.
L&A 60/2021 Simplified method based on turnover for assessing working capital ₹5 crore
Dt. 07.04.2021 finance upto ₹______ in case of MSME units shall be used.
As per the RBI guidelines, in respect of borrowers having ₹150 crore
L&A 60/2021 aggregate fund based working capital limit of ₹______ and above
Dt. 07.04.2021 from the banking system, a minimum level of ‘loan component’ of
60 percent needs to be maintained.
Term loans are normally granted for periods varying from 3 to 7 20 years
L&A 60/2021 years depending upon type and nature of project.Term Loans for
Dt. 07.04.2021 Infrastructure Projects may be allowed even with longer
repayment period upto ______ years.
Normally the moratorium is allowed upto 2 years. However, in 5 years
long duration projects such as core industry, infrastructure, power
L&A 60/2021
projects, real estate projects and for NBFCs, moratorium may be
Dt. 07.04.2021
allowed for longer period upto ______ years, depending upon the
cash flows of projects/company.
L&A 60/2021 Benchmark Ratios shall be applicable where facilities availed from ₹20 Lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021 our Bank is more than ₹______.
Export finance is by and large regulated through the directives / Reserve Bank of India
guidelines issued by ______. (RBI), Director General
of Foreign Trade
L&A 60/2021
(DGFT) and the Foreign
Dt. 07.04.2021
Exchange Dealers’
Association of India
(FEDAI).
The period for which the Bank gives packing credit depends on 180 days
L&A 60/2021
the manufacturing / trade cycle or specific requirements of the
Dt. 07.04.2021
individual export, normally not exceeding ______ days.
In case of usance bills, Post-Shipment Export Credit can be nine months (15 months
L&A 60/2021
granted for a maximum duration of ______ from date of shipment in case of warehouse)
Dt. 07.04.2021
inclusive of Normal Transit Period (NTP) and grace period, if any.
129
Consortium arrangement shall be considered only in cases where ₹50 crore

L&A 60/2021 our bank’s minimum aggregate exposure is of ₹______ and above
Dt. 07.04.2021 (fund-based limits) or minimum 10% share of the exposure
Page
whichever is higher.

All lending arrangements, involving more than one public sector ₹150 crore and above
bank, with a single borrower with aggregate credit limits (both
fund based and non-fund based) of ₹______ and all non-
L&A 60/2021
investment grade borrowers (External Commercial Rating below
Dt. 07.04.2021
BBB or equivalent), enjoying credit limits from more than one
public sector bank, irrespective of the amount of exposure shall be
under Joint Lending Arrangement (JLA).
Sanctions in respect of Working Capital and Term Loan facilities 6 months ; 12 months
L&A 60/2021 shall be valid for ______ months, from the date of sanction.
Dt. 07.04.2021 Revalidation can be considered by the competent authority within
a maximum period of ______ from the date of sanction.
Internal Credit Risk rating for for considering the proposals under B2 ; 46.00
L&A 60/2021
Investment Grades should be ______ and above with score of
Dt. 07.04.2021
more than ______.
The pricing is linked with credit risk rating. In respect of borrowal ₹20 lakhs
L&A 60/2021
accounts availing limits over ₹______, interest rates have been
Dt. 07.04.2021
linked with the credit risk rating with certain exceptions.
Bank is having RAROC Framework as risk-based profitability Risk Adjusted Return on
L&A 60/2021 measurement framework for analyzing risk-adjusted return and Capital
Dt. 07.04.2021 providing a consistent view of profitability across loans. Expand
the term RAROC ______.
Under RAROC framework, a software application for RAROC ₹5 crore
analysis is used for all corporate loan (fund based and non-fund
L&A 60/2021
based) aggregating above ₹______, where rate of interest /
Dt. 07.04.2021
commission is linked to risk rating of the borrower and borrower is
requesting concessions on card rate of the bank.
Under the scheme “PNB PRIME ADVANTAGE”, pricing has been 20%
L&A 60/2021
linked to external benchmark (RLPLR) for the certain categories of
Dt. 07.04.2021
prime borrowers having risk weight of ______% or less
Vetting of Loan Documents from the approved advocate will be ₹ 2 crore & above
L&A 60/2021
required in case of borrowal accounts, with sanctioned limits of ₹
Dt. 07.04.2021
______ (both fund based and non-fund based).
In case Borrowal accounts is having credit exposure (FB+NFB) of 250 crore
L&A 60/2021 more than ₹______ from the Banking system under Consortium /
Dt. 07.04.2021 Multiple / Sole banking, Agencies for Specialised Monitoring
(ASMs) are to be appointed.
As part of EASE agenda, the existing Preventive Monitoring PNB-SAJAG (EWS +
L&A 60/2021 System (PMS) has been revamped to cover 127 Early Warning PMS)
Dt. 07.04.2021 Signals including 42 Early Warning Signals prescribed by RBI and
renamed as ______.
PNB-SAJAG is a dynamic system for tracking the health and ₹1 crore
L&A 60/2021 conduct of borrowal accounts to capture the signals of early
Dt. 07.04.2021 warning and is applicable to all borrowal accounts having
sanctioned limits (FB plus NFB) above ₹ ______.
Annual Stock Audit should be got compulsorily done in respect of ₹5 crores and above
L&A 60/2021
all borrowal accounts, enjoying Fund Based & Non Fund Based
Dt. 07.04.2021
Working Capital Limits of ₹______from our Bank.
Annual Stock Audit to be compulsorily conducted in all ‘B2’ to ‘C3’ ₹3 crore and above
L&A 60/2021
rated accounts and NPA accounts enjoying fund based and non-
Dt. 07.04.2021
fund based working capital limits of ₹______.
In cases of Consortium/Multiple Financing, where the borrower is ₹ 20 crore and above
enjoying working capital limits (fund based) of less than ₹ 5 crore
L&A 60/2021 from our Bank and ₹ ______ in aggregate from the banking
Dt. 07.04.2021 system, branches should take up with lead bank/major share-
holder banks in multiple banking arrangement for getting the stock
130
audit conducted.
In exceptional circumstances, where abnormal increase or 30%
L&A 60/2021
decrease of ______% or more on a monthly basis without due
Dt. 07.04.2021
Page
justificationare observed in Stock receivables/Sundry debtors /

sundry creditors are observed, Annual Stock Audit may be got

done by the branches.
In exceptional circumstances, where Decline of ______% or more 20%
L&A 60/2021 in credit summation in Working Capital facility continuously for 3
Dt. 07.04.2021 months without due justification are observed, Annual Stock Audit
may be got done by the branches.
In exceptional circumstances, where Account remains overdrawn 2 months
L&A 60/2021
continuously for more than ______ months, Annual Stock Audit
Dt. 07.04.2021
may be got done by the branches.
In terms of prudential norms on Income Recognition, Asset three months
Classification and Provisioning pertaining to Advances (IRAC
L&A 60/2021
Norms) “Regular and ad hoc credit limits need to be reviewed/
Dt. 07.04.2021
regularized not later than ______ months from the due date/date
of ad hoc sanction.
An account where the regular/ ad hoc credit limits have not been 180 days
L&A 60/2021
reviewed/ renewed within ______ from the due date/ date of ad
Dt. 07.04.2021
hoc sanction will be treated as NPA.
All working capital limits are to be renewed/ reviewed at least 6 months
L&A 60/2021 once in a 12 months. However, the review of lower rating
Dt. 07.04.2021 categories accounts of “C1 to C3” is required to be done every
______ months.
In order to ensure effective monitoring specially in case of project ₹2 crore
L&A 60/2021 financing having longer gestation period, all Term Loans, other
Dt. 07.04.2021 than retail loans, with sanctioned limit of ₹______ & above needs
to be reviewed annually.
The overdraft facility to housing loan borrowers for personal needs three years ; reviewed
should be reviewed once in ______ years. Further, the loans annually
L&A 60/2021
extended in shape of Overdraft facility on monthly reducing DP
Dt. 07.04.2021
basis under “PNB myProperty Loan scheme” shall be renewed at
least once in a ______.
All Kisan Credit Cards/Kisan Gold Cards are sanctioned for 5 reviewed annually
L&A 60/2021 years in the shape off CC limit shall be reviewed at least once in a
Dt. 07.04.2021 ______ to ensure that crop and other sales proceeds are routed
through limit account.
L&A 60/2021 The cut off limit for the purpose of credit audit of all risk rated ₹10 cr. & above
Dt. 07.04.2021 standard accounts shall be ₹______.
In case of accounts with combined group exposure of ₹______, all ₹10 cr. & above
L&A 60/2021
the accounts irrespective of individual limits shall be subjected
Dt. 07.04.2021
to credit audit.
Where auditable accounts are less than ______in a Circle in a 10 ; ₹5 cr. & above
L&A 60/2021 Financial Year, top 5 rated standard accounts of Circle with a
Dt. 07.04.2021 minimum balance of ₹______ shall be eligible for the purpose of
credit audit.
L&A 60/2021 In case of taken over borrowal accounts, credit audit are to be ₹1 crore and above
Dt. 07.04.2021 conducted for accounts with exposure of ₹______.
L&A 60/2021 The cut off limit for the purpose of credit audit of all risk rated USD 3 Mio & above
Dt. 07.04.2021 Overseas Credit Accounts (standard ) shall be ______.
All irregular accounts other than revolving credit facilities where 1-30 days
L&A 60/2021 Principal or interest payment or any other amount wholly or partly
Dt. 07.04.2021 overdue between ______ days is are classified as SMA-0 (Special
Mention Assets )
Mention Assets )
131
Page
Mention Assets )

Credit Review & Monitoring Division, HO monitors SMAs of ₹5 crore

L&A 60/2021
₹______ and above on daily basis and suggest corrective steps to
Dt. 07.04.2021
ZOs/COs/BOs.
RBI has setup a Central Repository of Information on Large ₹5 crore and above
L&A 60/2021 Credits (CRILC) to collect, store and disseminate credit data of
Dt. 07.04.2021 borrowers having Aggregate Exposure (AE) of ₹______ and the
Banks are to report classification of such borrowers to CRILC.
L&A 60/2021 All fresh proposals enhancement/additional/temporary/adhoc ZOCACII
Dt. 07.04.2021 facilities to NBFCs shall be considered at ______ & above only.
Loaning powers are to be exercised by ______ & above in respect ZOCAC II
L&A 60/2021 of restrictive segments viz. standalone Sponge Iron Units, cement,
Dt. 07.04.2021 civil aviation, NBFCs, Bridge loan etc. within their vested loaning
powers.
Maximum Loan amount of Rs. ______ shall be granted for No advances shall be
L&A 60/2021 purchase of gold in any form, including primary gold, gold bullion, granted
Dt. 07.04.2021 gold jewellery, gold coins, units of gold Exchange Traded Funds
(ETF) and units of gold Mutual Funds.
L&A 60/2021 Proposals under Gems & Jewellery sector to be considered by MC
Dt. 07.04.2021 ______ on merits
L&A 60/2021 All proposals for infrastructure projects shall be sanctioned by ZOCAC II
Dt. 07.04.2021 ______& above.
Proposals relating to Water Supply Project, Irrigation Project, ZOCAC I
L&A 60/2021 Water Treatment System, Sanitation & Sewerage System or Solid
Dt. 07.04.2021 Waste Management System, shall be considered at the level of
_______ & above within their vested loaning powers.
Proposals relating to mini hydropower projects shall be ZOCAC I
L&A 60/2021
considered at the level of ______ & above within their vested
Dt. 07.04.2021
loaning powers.
In fund-based secured advances, overdrawings may be allowed 7 days
for payment of statutory dues, salaries, wages or any other
justifiable debits for very short period say 2-3 days, but not
L&A 60/2021
exceeding ______ days (including roll over, if any) to meet
Dt. 07.04.2021
temporary mismatch of funds in unforeseen circumstances by
officials at branch level within their vested loaning powers for
sanction of TOD/ adhoc facility.
Only borrowal accounts in "Standard Category" having Credit Risk ‘B1 & above’ ; ‘B2’ &
Rating ______ can be taken over from other banks. However, ‘B3’
L&A 60/2021
HOCAC II & III may consider takeover of ______ rated accounts
Dt. 07.04.2021
in Large Corporate and Mid Corporate categories on merits of the
case within its vested loaning powers.
The PNB Score is applicable to all Retail Loan applications ₹50.00 lakhs
(except exempted categories) for loan upto ₹______, however, for
L&A 60/2021
retail loan schemes namely Housing Loan, Education Loan and
Dt. 07.04.2021
Vehicle Loan (loans to individuals), the same is applicable
irrespective of amount.
To evaluate risk in retail segment, eight scoring models for all the PNB Baghban Scheme
L&A 60/2021 retail schemes except ______ have been developed based on and Loan against Gold
Dt. 07.04.2021 scientific application and put on central server under the name Jewellery, Gold Coins
PNB SCORE. &Sovereign Gold Bonds
L&A 60/2021 PNB Farm Score Model is applicable to Agriculture loans upto ₹50 Lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021 ₹______.
For Agriculture loans above ₹50.00 lakh for those Individuals only, PNB Farm Score Model
L&A 60/2021
who don’t prepare any book of accounts and don’t have credible
Dt. 07.04.2021
financial statements, Risk Rating shall be done through ______.
L&A 60/2021 For all Agriculture loans above ₹______, Risk Rating shall be ₹50.00 lakh
132
Dt. 07.04.2021 done through Credit Risk Rating Model-PNB TRAC.

Agriculture loans above ₹50.00 lakh for Individuals having audited Small Loans Rating
L&A 60/2021
book of accounts and financial statements shall be rated through Model
Page
Dt. 07.04.2021
______ under PNB TRAC.

Agriculture loans above ₹50.00 lakh for Individuals setting up new Entrepreneur New
L&A 60/2021
business having projected balance sheet and financials shall be Business Model
Dt. 07.04.2021
rated through ______under PNB TRAC.
L&A 60/2021 All scoring done in PNB Score, SME score and PNB Farm score RAM/MCC level only
Dt. 07.04.2021 shall be vetted at ______.
The credit risk rating of a borrower shall become due for updation 12 months ; 18
L&A 60/2021 after the expiry of ______ months from the month of confirmation months
Dt. 07.04.2021 of rating or ______ months from the date of balance sheet on the
basis of which credit risk rating was assigned, whichever is earlier.
The rating shall be treated as ‘overdue’ after the expiry of ______ 15 months ; 21 month
L&A 60/2021 months from the month of confirmation of rating or ______months
Dt. 07.04.2021 from the date of Balance Sheet on the basis of which the credit
risk rating was assigned, whichever is earlier.
The cut-off level for ‘sanction’ of all the loan applications has been above 50
L&A 60/2021
kept at the score of ______ for all the Retail Loan schemes
Dt. 07.04.2021
covered under the PNB Score.
The cut-off level for ‘consideration by the next higher authority’ above 40 upto 50
L&A 60/2021
has been kept at the score of ______ for all the Retail Loan
Dt. 07.04.2021
schemes covered under the PNB Score.
The cut-off level for rejection of loan applications has been kept at ‘upto 40
L&A 60/2021
the score of ______ for all the Retail Loan schemes covered
Dt. 07.04.2021
under the PNB Score.
in case of Education Loan, ______ may consider education Loan Circle Heads
L&A 60/2021
proposals even cases with PNB score below 40 based on cogent
Dt. 07.04.2021
reasons given by the recommending authority.
PNB Farm Score Model is applicable for Cash Credit/Production ₹3 lakh ; Rs. 1 lakh
L&A 60/2021
Credit loan more than ₹______ and for investment Credit/Term
Dt. 07.04.2021
Loan more than ₹______.
A Micro Enterprise, where the investment in plant and machinery Micro Enterprise
L&A 60/2021
or equipment does not exceed one crore rupees and turnover
Dt. 07.04.2021
does not exceed five crore rupees is classified as ______.
A Small Enterprise, where the investment in plant and machinery Small Enterprise
L&A 60/2021
or equipment does not exceed ten crore rupees and turnover does
Dt. 07.04.2021
not exceed fifty crore rupees is classified as ______.
A Medium Enterprise, where the investment in plant and Medium Enterprise
L&A 60/2021 machinery or equipment does not exceed fifty crore rupees and
Dt. 07.04.2021 turnover does not exceed two hundred and fifty crore rupees is
classified as ______.
In terms of the recommendations of the Prime Minister’s Task 20% ; 10% ; 60%
Force on MSMEs, banks are advised to achieve ______ % year-
L&A 60/2021 on-year growth in credit to micro and small enterprises, ______%
Dt. 07.04.2021 annual growth in the number of micro enterprise accounts and
______% of total lending to MSE sector as on preceding March
31st to Micro enterprises.
All MSME applications received with required documents are to Credit Proposal
L&A 60/2021
be entered in ______ which automatically generates an Tracking System
Dt. 07.04.2021
acknowledgement. (CPTS)
Maximum time schedule for disposal of loan applications/credit 2 Weeks
L&A 60/2021 proposals upto ₹2 lakhs under priority/non priority sector
Dt. 07.04.2021 advances, MSME etc. (other than proposals falling under retail
lending schemes) is ______.
Maximum time schedule for disposal of loan applications/credit 4 weeks
L&A 60/2021 proposals above ₹2 lakhs & upto ₹50 lakhs under priority/non
Dt. 07.04.2021 priority sector advances, MSME etc. (other than proposals falling
under retail lending schemes) is ______.
133
Maximum time schedule for disposal of loan applications/credit 5-6 weeks

L&A 60/2021 proposals above ₹50 lac & upto ₹100 lac under priority/non
Page


L&A 60/2021 proposals above ₹100 lac & upto ₹100 crore under priority/non
L&A 60/2021 proposals above ₹100 crore under priority/non priority sector
Dt. 07.04.2021 advances, MSME etc. (other than proposals falling under retail
lending schemes) is ______.
The time frame for disposal of loan applications of MSE borrowers 2 Weeks
L&A 60/2021
up to ₹5 lakh in line with BCSBI-Code of Bank’s Commitment
Dt. 07.04.2021
to Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE) is ______.
L&A 60/2021 over ₹5 lakh and up to ₹25 lakh in line with BCSBI-Code of
Dt. 07.04.2021 Bank’s Commitment to Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE) is
______.
L&A 60/2021
above ₹25 lakh in line with BCSBI-Code of Bank’s
Dt. 07.04.2021
Commitment to Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE) is ______.
A composite loan with maximum limit up to ₹ ______ should be ₹1.00 Crore
considered by bank to enable the Micro and Small Enterprises
L&A 60/2021
(both for manufacturing and service sector) to avail of their
Dt. 07.04.2021
working capital and Term loan requirement through Single
Window.
L&A 60/2021 Branches are mandated not to accept collateral security in the ₹10 lakh
Dt. 07.04.2021 case of loans up to ₹______ extended to units in the MSE sector.
If credit facility is proposed to cover by CGTMSE coverage where AGM, Headed PLPs/
L&A 60/2021 the loan amount is above ₹10 lakh to ₹50 lakh, ______ (in case of MCC Head
Dt. 07.04.2021 group exposure) shall have discretion to cover eligible loan under
CGTMSE, on merits of the case.
If credit facility is proposed to cover by CGTMSE coverage where ZOCAC-I
L&A 60/2021 the loan amount is above ₹10 lakh to ₹50 lakh, ______ shall be
Dt. 07.04.2021 the Competent Authority for permitting coverage of loan under
CGTMSE on merits of the case for Chief Manager Headed PLPs.
Where the loan amount is above ₹50 lakh, in highly deserving ZOCAC-I
L&A 60/2021
cases, ______shall have the discretion to examine each proposed
Dt. 07.04.2021
case on merits, to cover it in CGTMSE.
Under “Hybrid Security” Model, the Bank is allowed to obtain ₹200 lakh
L&A 60/2021 collateral security for a part of the credit facility, whereas the
Dt. 07.04.2021 remaining part of the credit facility, up to a maximum of ₹______,
can be covered under Credit Guarantee Scheme of CGTMSE.
Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana was launched on 08th April 2015 to ₹10 lakh
L&A 60/2021
“fund the unfunded” by bringing such enterprises to the formal
Dt. 07.04.2021
financial system and extending affordable credit up to ₹______.
The objective of the Stand-Up India scheme is to facilitate bank ₹100.00 lakh
loans above ₹`10.00 lakh and upto ₹______ to at least one
L&A 60/2021
Scheduled Caste (SC) or Scheduled Tribe (ST) borrower and at
Dt. 07.04.2021
least one woman borrower per bank branch for setting up a
greenfield (New) enterprise.
In case of non-individual enterprises, to eligible under Stand Up 51%.
L&A 60/2021
India Scheme, at least 51% of the shareholding and controlling
Dt. 07.04.2021
stake should be held by either an SC/ST or Woman entrepreneur.
Govt. of India launched a transformative initiative in MSME credit ₹5.00 Crore
space by launching portal www.psbloansin59minutes.com. This
L&A 60/2021
web portal enables in principle approval for MSME loans upto
Dt. 07.04.2021
₹______ within 59 minutes from SIDBI and Public Sector Banks
134
(PSBs).
Claims on Central Government/ State Govt. and accounts 0% ; 20%
L&A 60/2021
guaranteed by central Government attracts risk weight of
Dt. 07.04.2021
Page
______%, whereas State Govt. guaranteed claims attracts 20%

risk weight.
There is _______% risk weight in case of claims on RBI/DIGCC/ 0% ; 20%
CGTMSE/ Credit Risk Guarantee Fund Trust for Low Income
L&A 60/2021
Housing (CRGFTLIH). However,the claims on ECGC attract risk
Dt. 07.04.2021
weight of ______%, subject to maximum liability (ML) amount
specified in the whole turnover policy taken by Bank.
Foreign sovereign attracts risk weight as per the rating assigned FITCH
L&A 60/2021
by international rating agencies namely Standard & Poor, Moody’s
Dt. 07.04.2021
and ______.
Claims on Corporates include all FB and NFB exposures, other 20% ; 150%
than those which qualify for inclusion under sovereign, bank,
L&A 60/2021 regulatory retail, residential mortgage, NPA and specified
Dt. 07.04.2021 categories, The risk weight is in the range of _____% to
_______% depending upon the ratings assigned by the external
credit rating agencies as approved by the RBI/Board of the bank.
Risk weight of ______% will be applicable on all unrated claims 150%
L&A 60/2021 on corporates having aggregate exposure of more than ₹200
Dt. 07.04.2021 crore from the banking system with effect from FY 2019-20
onwards.
Claims on Corporates, AFCs, and NBFC-IFCs having aggregate 150%
L&A 60/2021 exposure from banking system of more than ₹ 100 crore which
Dt. 07.04.2021 were rated earlier and subsequently have become unrated
attracts a risk weight of ______%.
Claims (including both FB and NFB) in respect of individual, HUF, 75%
L&A 60/2021 partnership firm, trust, private limited company, public limited
Dt. 07.04.2021 company, co-operative societies etc. are assigned risk weight of
______% except in non-performing assets.
The threshold limit of ₹5.00 crore for aggregated retail exposure to ₹7.50 crore
L&A 60/2021
a counterparty shall stand increased to ______ from RBI
Dt. 07.04.2021
notification date 12.10.2020.
Individual Housing Loans up to ₹30 lakh, which are fully secured 35%.
L&A 60/2021
by mortgage of residential properties where Loan to Value Ratio
Dt. 07.04.2021
(LTV) is ≤ 80 attracts a risk weight of ______%.
Individual Housing Loans up to ₹30 lakh, which are fully secured 50%.
L&A 60/2021
Dt. 07.04.2021
(LTV) is > 80 and ≤ 90 attracts a risk weight of ______%.
Individual Housing Loans above ₹30 lakh and up to ₹75 lakh, 35%.
L&A 60/2021 which are fully secured by mortgage of residential properties
Dt. 07.04.2021 where Loan to Value Ratio (LTV) is ≤ 75 attracts a risk weight of
______%.
Individual Housing Loans above ₹30 lakh and up to ₹75 lakh, 50%.
L&A 60/2021 which are fully secured by mortgage of residential properties
Dt. 07.04.2021 where Loan to Value Ratio (LTV) is > 75 and ≤ 80 attracts a risk
weight of ______%.
Individual Housing Loans above ₹75 lakh, which are fully secured 75%.
L&A 60/2021
Dt. 07.04.2021
(LTV) is ≤ 75 attracts a risk weight of ______%.
L&A 60/2021 Commercial Real Estate – Residential Housing (CRE-RH) attracts 75%.
Dt. 07.04.2021 a risk weight of ______%.
L&A 60/2021 Commercial Real Estate (CRE) attracts a risk weight of ______%. 100%.
Dt. 07.04.2021
Consumer credit including personal loans but excluding 100% ;125%
L&A 60/2021 educational loan attracts risk weight @ ______ and credit card
Dt. 07.04.2021 receivables attracts risk weight @ ______ or higher, if warranted
by the external rating (or, the lack of it) of the counterparty.
135
L&A 60/2021 A claim on venture capital fund attracts risk weight of ______%. 150%
Dt. 07.04.2021
L&A 60/2021 The risk weight in case of Capital Market Exposure attracts a 125%
Page
Dt. 07.04.2021 higher risk weight of ______% or higher, if warranted by the

external rating or lack of it.

Claims on bank’s own staff which are fully covered by 20% ; 100%
L&A 60/2021 superannuation benefits and/or mortgage of flat/house attracts
Dt. 07.04.2021 ______% risk weight. All other loans and advances to Bank’s own
staff attracts a uniform risk weight of ______%.
In view of Basel III regulations, the borrowers of having aggregate ₹5 Crore ; ₹50 crore
L&A 60/2021 exposure (FB+NFB) above ₹______ or total average annual
Dt. 07.04.2021 turnover of more than ₹______, shall get their credit facilities rated
from any of the External Rating Agencies.
as per our Bank’s guidelines all borrowers with total exposure ₹25 Crore
L&A 60/2021
(both Fund Based & Non Fund Based) up to ₹______ has been
Dt. 07.04.2021
exempted from securing External Risk Ratings.
Penal interest @______% shall be levied in respect of those 1%.
L&A 60/2021 borrowers, who are otherwise eligible and have not got
Dt. 07.04.2021 themselves externally rated from any of the approved rating
agencies or whose external rating has expired.
To reduce TAT , screen good accounts at the time of Green renewal
L&A 55/2021 renewal/Review, Bank has introduced a simplified procedure for
Dt. 26.03.2021 Renewal/Review of Credit Facilities with concise appraisal format
named as ______.
Under simplified categorization of accounts under Green (i) Above Rs. 10 Lakh
L&A 55/2021 Renewal, the limits for green renewal shall be ______ Irrespective and up to Rs. 1 Cr
Dt. 26.03.2021 of the nature of facility. (ii) Above Rs. 1 Cr and
up to Rs. 10 Cr.
L&A 55/2021 IRR should be ______and above (or equivalent to PNB Score) for B2
Dt. 26.03.2021 green renewal.
The Country Risk Premium in addition to the existing interest rates 01.04.2021
to be charged from the customers on the specific exposures (only
L&A 53/2021
in cases where the repayment of the loan advanced by our bank
Dt. 26.03.2021
is dependent upon the Foreign Currency Remittance from Foreign
Countries) with effect from ______.
L&A 53/2021 The Country Risk Classification along with Country Code and PNBRPT (Report No-
Dt. 26.03.2021 Country Risk premium is available in MIS using command ______ 22/74)
In case of Trade Credit & Receivables, The application of Country MEOB
L&A 53/2021
Risk Premium (CRP) shall be handled through the CBS MENU
Dt. 26.03.2021
______ in the Bill Preferential Interest field.
For Domestic Branches, in case the loans are extended to parties RAROC Model
L&A 53/2021 incorporated outside India, the assessment of Country Risk
Dt. 26.03.2021 Premium (CRP) will be done in the ______to arrive at the interest
rate pricing.
L&A 48/2021 Normally a packing credit advance is to be granted upto a 180 days
Dt. 24.03.2021 maximum period of ______ at a concessive rate of interest.
In case the exporter is not in a position to ship the goods within 360 days
L&A 48/2021
the maximum period of 180 days, extension of packing credit may
Dt. 24.03.2021
be permitted by Permitting authority upto ______.
If pre-shipment advances are not adjusted by submission of 360 days
L&A 48/2021 export documents within ______ from the date of pre-shipment
Dt. 24.03.2021 advance, the advances will cease to qualify for concessive rate of
interest to the exporter ab initio.
In respect of cases relating to the exports of any commodity, 30 days
where the amount of pre-shipment credit is in excess of the export
L&A 48/2021 value, the excess amount should be adjusted either in cash or by
Dt. 24.03.2021 sale of non-exportable by-product, as soon as the extraction /
segregation of by-product is completed, within a period of ______
from the date of advance.
136
Packing credit advances may be made against cash incentives / 10%.

L&A 48/2021
assistance etc., keeping a margin of ______%, as the incentive
Dt. 24.03.2021
amount are not subject to any fluctuation.
Page
L&A 48/2021 ______ may permit liquidation of packing credit out of balances in CMs & above

Dt. 24.03.2021 Exchange Earners Foreign Currency A/c (EEFC A/c) and / or
rupee resources of the exporter, to the extent exports have
actually taken place.
In case of usance bills, Post-shipment Export Credit can be nine months (15 months
L&A 48/2021
granted for a maximum duration of ______ from date of shipment in case of warehouse)
Dt. 24.03.2021
inclusive of Normal Transit Period (NTP) and grace period, if any.
In agricultural loans up to credit limit of Rs. ______, where Rs. 2.00 Crore
L&A 41/2021 agricultural land is being offered as security, valuation of such
Dt. 01.03.2021 agricultural land may be assessed on the basis of Circle Rates
decided by revenue authorities.
Advances at other than base branch to individual against his/her Rs. 2.00 crore
L&A 39/2021
own deposit shall be permitted where deposit value is up to Rs.
Dt. 19.02.2021
______ only.
For staff advance upto Rs. 10.00 lac against Bank deposits shall 5%
L&A 39/2021 be sanctioned under staff scheme where margin of ______% is
Dt. 19.02.2021 prescribed and above Rs. 10.00 lac it shall be dealt as the case of
advance to public.
The Loan granted against the security of NRE deposits are Non-Resident Ordinary
L&A 39/2021 disbursed in Indian Rupees and are non-repatriable. Crediting account (NRO)
Dt. 19.02.2021 such loans to NRE accounts of the account holders is not
permitted. Such loan amount should be credited to ______ only.
Credit facilities either fund based or non fund based above Credit facilities against
L&A 39/2021
Rs.______ should not be permitted against the security of EEFC Deposits have
Dt. 19.02.2021
balances held in EEFC accounts . been withdrawn by RBI
Whenever advances are permitted to customers against balance 75%
L&A 39/2021 lying in current/savings accounts, Advances may be permitted to
Dt. 19.02.2021 the extent of _____% of the balance lying in the current/savings
account.
Whenever a Fixed Deposit is made on account of compensation No loan should be
awarded by some Court/Tribunal, loan or advance above granted without the
L&A 39/2021
Rs.______ should not be granted on the strength of said Fixed express permission of
Dt. 19.02.2021
Deposit without the express permission of the Court/Tribunal, the Court/Tribunal
which ordered the deposit.
Margin for advance against Rupee Term Deposit upto Rs. 10 lacs 5%
L&A 39/2021
to members of staff/ honourably retired/ voluntarily retired/ widow
Dt. 19.02.2021
of staff will be ______%
Margin for advance granted against Rupee Term Deposit standing 5%
L&A 39/2021 in the name of the borrower (including NRE deposits) will be
Dt. 19.02.2021 ______% where maturity period remaining at the time of granting
advances is upto 2 years.
Margin for advance granted against Rupee Term Deposit standing 7.50%
advances is above 2 years and upto 3 years.
137
advances is above 5 years.

L&A 39/2021 Margin for advance granted against NRO Term Deposits will be 25.00%
Dt. 19.02.2021 ______%
Page
L&A 39/2021 Interest rates for advance granted against Rupee Term Deposit 1.00%.

Dt. 19.02.2021 standing in the name of the borrower will be charged ______%
over the applicable rates of interest on deposits.
Interest rates for advance granted against third party Rupee Term 2.00% subject to Min.
L&A 39/2021
Deposit will be charged ______% over the applicable rates of RLLR
Dt. 19.02.2021
interest on deposits.
All fresh credit proposals envisaging total exposure (both fund ₹50 crore ; Rs. 200
L&A 37/2021
based and non-fund based) of above ₹______ and upto Rs. 200 crores
Dt. 16.02.2021
crores shall be placed before NBG-I.
All fresh credit proposals envisaging total exposure (both fund Rs. 200.00 crores
L&A 37/2021
based and non-fund based) above Rs. ______ shall be placed
Dt. 16.02.2021
before NBG-II.
Shares & Stock Brokers registered with SEBI and who have Rs.1 crore
complied with Capital adequacy norms as prescribed by
L&A 31/2021
SEBI/Stock Exchange and having minimum net worth of
Dt. 12.02.2021
Rs.______ may be granted fund based and guarantee facilities
against Shares / Debentures of Companies.
Maximum amount of overdraft facility to Share and Stock Brokers Need based
L&A 31/2021
against Shares / Debentures of Companies approved by HO held
Dt. 12.02.2021
by them as stock in trade will be Rs. ______.
Maximum amount of loan to Share and Stock Brokers against 3-4 times
L&A 31/2021
Shares / Debentures will be _______ times of their net worth
Dt. 12.02.2021
within the prescribed ceiling,
For financing advance to Share and Stock Brokers against Shares 50%
/ Debentures of Companies, Collateral security should be
L&A 31/2021 obtained to the extent of ______% of the amount of guarantee in
Dt. 12.02.2021 the shape of IPs, Govt. security, Shares/Debentures of companies
and bonds issued by PSUs approved by HO, units of mutual
funds, other Govt. securities etc., as acceptable to the bank.
Minimum margin for financing advance to Share and Stock 50%.
L&A 31/2021
Brokers against Shares / Debentures of Companies will be
Dt. 12.02.2021
______% for Fund Based Limit.
Minimum margin for financing advance to Share and Stock 50% ; 25%
L&A 31/2021 Brokers against Shares / Debentures of Companieswill be
Dt. 12.02.2021 ______% for Non Fund Based Limit out of which minimum
______% in the shape of Cash/FDRs.
Shares and Stock Brokers registered with SEBI and members of Rs. 1 crore
NSE or BSE complying with the capital adequacy norms
L&A 31/2021
prescribed by SEBI/Stock Exchange, having minimum networth of
Dt. 12.02.2021
Rs. ______ may be provided finance for margin trading in actively
traded scrips of the companies approved by HO.
As per section 19 (2) & (3) of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949A, 30% ; 30%
Bank cannot hold shares in any company, whether as pledgee,
L&A 31/2021
mortgagee or absolute owner of an amount exceeding ______%
Dt. 12.02.2021
of the paid-up share capital of the company or ______% of the
own paid up share capital and reserves, whichever is less.
As per section ______ of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949A, section 20(1) (a)
L&A 31/2021
Bank cannot grant any loans or advances on the security of its
Dt. 12.02.2021
own shares.
The aggregate exposure of the bank to the capital market in all 40%.
L&A 31/2021
forms (both fund based and non-fund based) should not exceed
Dt. 12.02.2021
______% of its net worth as on 31st March of the previous year.
Within the overall ceiling the bank’s direct investment in shares, 20%.
L&A 31/2021 convertible bonds/debentures, units of equity oriented mutual
Dt. 12.02.2021 funds and all exposures to venture capital funds (both registered
and unregistered) should not exceed ______% of its net worth.
138
______shall monitor bank’s consolidated capital market exposure Treasury Division

L&A 31/2021
by obtaining the consolidated figures from the concerned divisions
Dt. 12.02.2021
in addition to the monitoring on solo basis.
Page
L&A 31/2021 Our bank bank has prescribed the internal ceilings of overall 20%.

Dt. 12.02.2021 ceiling for aggregate advances forming part of exposure to capital
market at 20% of net worth of the bank.
Our bank bank has prescribed the internal sub-ceiling for 10%.
L&A 31/2021
advances to Shares & Stock Brokers at ______% of net worth of
Dt. 12.02.2021
the bank within the overall ceiling of 20%.
For advances to any single stock broking entity including its Rs. 100 crore
L&A 31/2021
associate/allied concerns, a ceiling of Rs. ______ has been fixed
Dt. 12.02.2021
by our bank.
Our bank bank has prescribed a ceiling of Rs. ______ and Rs. Rs. 10 lakh ; Rs. 20
L&A 31/2021
______ for financing individuals for acquiring shares under lakh
Dt. 12.02.2021
IPO/FPO and ESOP respectively.
The maximum ceilings prescribed by RBI for advances to Rs. 20 lakh
L&A 31/2021 individuals against security of shares and debentures is Rs.
Dt. 12.02.2021 ______ against dematerialized shares from entire banking
system.
Maximum advance against Primary Security of Shares/ shall not be allowed
L&A 31/2021
Debentures/ Bonds/ Mutual Funds in the name of third party shall
Dt. 12.02.2021
be Rs. ______.
L&A 30/2021 Margin for advance against Equity Shares/Mutual Funds (Equity 50%.
Dt. 12.02.2021 /Hybrid/ETF)/ ESOPs/ IPOs will be ______%.
L&A 30/2021 Margin for advance against Mutual Funds (Debt Schemes) and 35%.
Dt. 12.02.2021 Bonds / Debentures will be ______%.
In our bank, Minimum amount of advance against Shares / Rs. 1.00 Lakhs
L&A 30/2021
Debentures of Companies and Bonds of Public Sector
Dt. 12.02.2021
Undertakings will be Rs. ______ per Individual.
In our bank, Maximum amount of advance per Individual against Rs. 20.00 Lakhs
L&A 30/2021
Equity Shares/ /Debentures/ Bonds will be Rs. ______ from
Dt. 12.02.2021
Banking System.
L&A 30/2021 In our bank, Maximum amount of advance per Individual against Rs. 20.00 Lakhs
Dt. 12.02.2021 Mutual Fund will be Rs. ______ .
L&A 30/2021 In our bank, Maximum amount of advance per Individual against Rs. 100.00 Lakhs
Dt. 12.02.2021 Debt Oriented Mutual Fund will be Rs. ______ .
Demand Loan against Shares / Debentures of Companies and 36 EMIs ; 36 Months
L&A 30/2021 Bonds of Public Sector Undertakings will be repaid in ______
Dt. 12.02.2021 EMIs Overdraft (With reducing DP) will be adjusted in ______
months.
L&A 30/2021 Maximum Repayment period for IPOs will be ______ in the form 90 days
Dt. 12.02.2021 of Demand Loan.
L&A 30/2021 Maximum Repayment period for IPOs will be ______ in the form Overdraft not permitted
Dt. 12.02.2021 of Overdraft.
In case of Demand Loan against Shares / Debentures of Rs. 500.00 +GST ;
Companies and Bonds, If the EMI/Instalment (s) is not credited in 2%
L&A 30/2021 the loan account of the borrower on due date, the charges @ Rs.
Dt. 12.02.2021 ______ for non-credit of EMI/Instalment(s) after the period of five
days of due date, and ______% per month penal interest on
overdue instalment for the overdue period will be recovered.
L&A 26/2021 Recently the TransUnion CIBIL has launched CMR a credit risk CIBIL MSME Rank
Dt. 01.02.2021 rank for MSMEs borrowers. Expand the term CMR______.
CMR is a statistically-built credit behavioral scorecard that risk CMR-10
discriminates Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) on a
L&A 26/2021
scale of CMR-1 to ______ (their meaning and description is
Dt. 01.02.2021
annexed as Appendix) and predicts probability of default over a
one year horizon.
Under CIBIL MSME Rank (CMR), the liquidity profile of the 24 months
L&A 26/2021
borrower is adjudged by looking at the seasonally adjusted pattern
139
Dt. 01.02.2021
of funds utilization over the past ______ months’ period.
CIBIL presently provides CMR for borrowers availing credit ₹50 Crore
L&A 26/2021
facilities upto ₹______ from the Banking system. The CMR shall
Page
Dt. 01.02.2021
be delivered in the commercial CIBIL report of applicable

borrowers only.
Under CIBIL MSME Rank (CMR), Borrowers in this rank ______ CMR-1 (Lowest Risk of
L&A 26/2021 are expected to have the highest likelihood/probability to service Default)
Dt. 01.02.2021 their credit obligations on time. Such borrowers carry lowest credit
risk.
Under CIBIL MSME Rank (CMR), Borrowers in this rank ______ CMR-2 (Very Low Risk
L&A 26/2021 are expected to have very high likelihood/probability to service of Default)
Dt. 01.02.2021 their credit obligations on time. Such borrowers carry very low
credit risk.
In order to further strengthen the control system to prevent INTCH
L&A 23/2021 revenue loss on account wrong charging of interest in borrowal
Dt. 29.01.2021 accounts, certain modification has been customized in ______
menu for concession in MCLR linked interest rate.
A new menu option ______has been customized in CBS for INTCM
L&A 23/2021
handling concession in borrowal accounts linked other than MCLR
Dt. 29.01.2021
based lending rates.
L&A 22/2021 Pre Disbursement Audit (PDA) has been renamed as ______. Pre Disbursement
Dt. 29.01.2021 Compliance (PDC)
L&A 22/2021 For Credit Facility Upto ₹10.00 Lakh/ GBB sanctioned cases, Pre Branch Incumbent
Dt. 29.01.2021 Disbursement Compliance (PDC) will be cleared by ______.
For Credit Facility above ₹10.00 lakh and upto ₹100.00 Lakh/ Scale-III
Retail Loans irrespective of limit sanctioned, Pre Disbursement
L&A 22/2021 Compliance (PDC) will be cleared by any independent officer of
Dt. 29.01.2021 PLP not below the rank of ______ preferably from field Visit Team
not involved in the Credit Appraisal and Sanction of the respective
proposal.
For Credit Facility above ₹100.00 Lakh, Pre Disbursement Scale-IV but not below
L&A 22/2021 Compliance (PDC) will be cleared by any independent officer the rank of Scale-III
Dt. 29.01.2021 preferably in the rank of ______ at MCC, not involved in the Credit
Appraisal and Sanction of the respective proposal.
L&A 22/2021 For Credit Facility, Pre Disbursement Compliance (PDC) will be LCB/ELCB Head
Dt. 29.01.2021 cleared by ______.
L&A 22/2021 Branch Visit by Pre Disbursement Auditor is mandatory for all the Rs.100.00 Lakh
Dt. 29.01.2021 credit facilities above Rs.______.
L&A 22/2021 For credit facilities up to Rs ______, Branch Visit by Pre Rs.100.00 Lakh
Dt. 29.01.2021 Disbursement Auditor is not required.
The timelines for clearance of PDA by Pre Disbursement auditor 1 ; 2
L&A 22/2021 shall be ______ working days for Credit Facilities upto Rs. 10.00
Dt. 29.01.2021 Crore and ______ working days for Credit Facilities above Rs.
10.00 Crore.
CRMD, HO shall monitor the compliance of Pre Disbursement Rs. 100.00 Lakh
L&A 22/2021
Audit for all credit limits of above Rs. ______ under centralized
Dt. 29.01.2021
monitoring mechanism.
As per RBI guidelines every Credit Institution has to become CIBIL, EQUIFAX,
L&A 15/2021
member of all the Credit Information Companies (CICs). Our bank EXPERIAN & CRIF
Dt. 15.01.2021
is presently member of all the four CICs viz ______. HIGHMARK.
In case of Consumer CIRs where loan amount is less than ₹10.00 Lakh
L&A 15/2021
₹______, One CIR with Credit Vision (CV) Score from TU CIBIL
Dt. 15.01.2021
will be obtained.
In case of Consumer CIRs where loan amount is ₹10.00 Lakh and >46 to<=52 and below
above / In case of customers having credit risk rating of B2 and
L&A 15/2021
below or having Risk Score______ , One CIR with Credit Vision
Dt. 15.01.2021
(CV) score from TU CIBIL, and One CIR with score from Experian
or CRIF Highmark or Equifax to be obtained.
The acceptable CV Score for Consumer CIR that can be 650& above
140
L&A 15/2021
considered safe/less risk prone with respect to the sanction of
Dt. 15.01.2021
credit facilities is ______.
L&A 15/2021 In case of Commercial CIRs where loan amount is less than ₹50.00 Lakh
Page
Dt. 15.01.2021 ₹______, One CIR from TU CIBIL will be obtained.

L&A 15/2021 Fixed Charges for drawing CIRs will be recovered @ ______ for ₹50/- per CIC + GST ;
Dt. 15.01.2021 Consumer CIRs and @ ______for Commercial CIRs. ₹500/- per CIC + GST
L&A 15/2021 For Priority Sector Loans up to ₹______, No CIRs Charges shall ₹25000/-
Dt. 15.01.2021 be recovered.
Credit Information Report should not be older than ______ days at 90 days
L&A 15/2021
the time of Fresh Sanction/ Enhancement/ Renewal/ Review/
Dt. 15.01.2021
Adhoc/Additional credit facility.
L&A 11/2021 Under PNB-Sampatti scheme, maximum amount of Rs.______ shall not be granted
Dt. 08.01.2021 shall be granted to borrower already availing Cash Credit facility.
L&A 10/2021 Benchmark Ratios shall be applicable where facilities availed from Rs. 20 Lakh
Dt. 07.01.2021 our Bank is more than Rs. ______.
If borrower is having DE Ratio, Current ratio and DSCR within same sanctioning
L&A 10/2021 acceptable level. TOL/Adj TNW, Quick Ratio, ICR & ACR is authority
Dt. 07.01.2021 beyond acceptable level then proposal shall fall within the vested
loaning power of ______.
If Debt equity and TOL/Adj TNW both are beyond the acceptable next sanctioning
L&A 10/2021
level then proposal shall fall within the vested loaning power of authority
Dt. 07.01.2021
______.
If in case proposal is for Term Loan and ACR & ICR is within next sanctioning
L&A 10/2021
Acceptable range but DSCR is beyond acceptable range then authority
Dt. 07.01.2021
proposa shall fall within the vested loaning power of ______.
For working capital finance if interest coverage ratio is beyond next sanctioning
L&A 10/2021
acceptable range then proposal shall fall within the vested loaning authority
Dt. 07.01.2021
power of ______.
The Audited Financial Statements should not be more than 13 months
L&A 10/2021
______ months old from the date of close of the relative Financial
Dt. 07.01.2021
Year.
Borrowal account should be taken over from other Banks/FIs on next higher authority
L&A 8/2021 selective basis by respective sanctioning authority except GBB.
Dt. 07.01.2021 GBB may consider the proposal after obtaining prior approval
from the ______.
In case of Takeover of Borrowal Accounts, if Credit Report is not 15 days
received from the transferor bank i.e. Credit Report not provided
L&A 8/2021 within ______ days (from the date of letter sent through registered
Dt. 07.01.2021 / speed post, Credit Report may be compiled on the basis of
information sourced from CICs/CRILC/MCA Site/GST Verification/
other public forums
In case of Takeover of Borrowal Accounts, Credit Report of the 24 months
borrower obtained from CICs (viz. Commercial CIBIL/CRIF) and
L&A 8/2021
from CRILC (For cases of ₹5.00 crore and above) to be
Dt. 07.01.2021
scrutinized to ensure that there are no instances of irregular /
overdue / restructured / rescheduled during last ______ months.
In case of Takeover of Borrowal Accounts, The sanctioning 12 months
authority shall obtain statement of account maintained with
L&A 8/2021
existing Bank/FIs for last ______ months to ensure that the
Dt. 07.01.2021
existing credit facilities are classified as Standard Regular with
them.
Borrowal account should be taken over from other banks on 3 months
selective basis after obtaining prior approval from the next higher
authority of the official under whose powers the takeover of the
L&A 8/2021
account (entire fund based and non-fund based limits) is
Dt. 07.01.2021
proposed. Such approval shall not be necessary in cases where
the accounts of other banks have been adjusted for over ______
months.
In case of borrower was availing credit facilities from another Deemed takeover
141
L&A 8/2021 Bank/ FIs within the period of three months prior to submitting
Dt. 07.01.2021 loan proposal to our Bank, such credit proposal shall be treated
as______.
Page
L&A 8/2021 The accounts for consideration of takeover should have a rating B1 & above

Dt. of______ as per rating scale and should be duly vetted by

07.01.2021 Competent Authority as per extant guidelines on Rating and
Vetting.
HOCAC II & III may consider takeover of ______ rated accounts ‘B2’ & ‘B3’
L&A 8/2021 in large and mid corporate categories on merits of the case within
Dt. 07.01.2021 its vested loaning powers and MC shall have full powers in this
regard.
L&A 8/2021 The small loan accounts with aggregate exposure upto and Rs.5 crore
Dt. including Rs.______ having credit risk rating ‘B2 & below’ are not
07.01.2021 to be considered for takeover.
The accounts for consideration of takeover should be in the 3 years
L&A 8/2021 `Standard Asset' category of the existing bank and the borrower
Dt. 07.01.2021 should have earned net profit after tax in the immediately
preceding ______ years and have sound financial position.
In cases where current ratio and debt equity ratio are not within ZOCAC-I
the prescribed range, the competent authority to consider
L&A 8/2021
takeover of such accounts shall be considered by the next higher
Dt. 07.01.2021
authority within his vested loaning powers but not below the level
of ______.
The accounts where the commercial production has not started or ZOCAC-I and above
L&A 8/2021 just started, if project is found technically feasible and
Dt. 07.01.2021 economically viable, Takeover of such accounts shall be permitted
by the officials not below the level of ______.
In case of working capital limits if enhancement of ______% and 25%
above is considered at the time of takeover, instead of seeking
L&A 8/2021
prior approval from the next higher authority, the proposals shall
Dt. 07.01.2021
be sanctioned by the next higher authority on merits of the case
subject to the compliance of the other guidelines.
In case of working capital limits with enhancement upto 25% is Respective Sanctioning
L&A 8/2021
considered at the time of takeover, the proposals shall be Authority
Dt. 07.01.2021
sanctioned by______.
L&A 8/2021 In case of taken over borrowal accounts, credit audit is to be Rs.1 crore and above
Dt. conducted for accounts with exposure of Rs.______.
07.01.2021
In case of taken over borrowal accounts, the first credit audit is to three months ; three
L&A 8/2021 be done within ______ of the takeover and the next audit is to be months
Dt. 07.01.2021 carried out within______ after completion of one year of first credit
audit.
In case of taken over borrowal accounts, Stock and Receivables ₹5.00 Crore ; 75%
Audit is to be conducted prior to disbursement of any credit
L&A 8/2021 facilities ₹______ and above. However, the same may be
Dt. 07.01.2021 exempted for units having external rating of “A” and better
(wherever applicable) or Accounts with collateral coverage of
______% or more.
In order to capture data of takeover accounts from the System, a TOACM
L&A 8/2021
separate menu option ______ has been customized for capturing
Dt. 07.01.2021
additional data related to previous bank.
Under Takeover of borrowal accounts where Internal Risk Rating 125% ( L&A 14/2021
of the borrower is A4 & above, In cases where deemed necessary dated 13.01.2021)
L&A 8/2021 , the sanctioning authority upto level of ZOCAC-I, may permit
Dt. 07.01.2021 release of collateral security in shape of Immovable Property (IP) .
After release, at least ______% and/or scheme specific collateral
coverage, whichever is higher, should be available to the bank.
For retail loan accounts eligible in terms of guidelines on takeover, 6 months
obtention of NOC/Credit Report may not be insisted at the time of
142
L&A 8/2021 sanctioning of credit facilities. However, statement of account of

Dt. 07.01.2021 minimum ______ months, a certificate with the content that
account is running regular with no default and asset classification
Page
is standard may be called from existing banks.

Takeover of borrowal accounts from the banks where our present EDs and MD&CEO
L&A 8/2021
______ have worked earlier need not to be considered, in view of
Dt. 07.01.2021
Ministry of Finance restriction in this regard.
Takeover of sick industrial company involving a Rs. 5 crore & above
L&A 8/2021
project/rehabilitation outlay (capital cost of rehabilitation) of Rs.
Dt. 07.01.2021
______ may only be considered.
L&A 8/2021 Proposals to be considered for takeover of sick units at the level HOCAC-II & above
Dt. 07.01.2021 of ______ upto their vested loaning powers.
International Banking Division: Exchange Control
As per modifications in the Forex Clearing and Settlement process 2:45 p.m. ; 3:00 p.m.
time, the cut-off time for trade reporting is upto ______ for Cash & ; 4:30 p.m. IST
Tom deals on Sday and Spot & Forward deals on S-1 day. Thus,
FEC 87/2021
the Final Net-position report shall be made available tomembers
Dt. 08.11.2021
by ______ on S day. Direct debit messages for collecting USD
pay-in (MT204 / 202-R), whereapplicable, shall be issued by
______.
As per modifications in the Forex Clearing and Settlement process 8:00 a.m. ; 8:00 p.m.
time, Exposure Check shall be carried outonline for all trades
FEC 87/2021 reported for settlement. Such online check shall be carried out
Dt. 08.11.2021 from ______ to ______ on allbusiness days. Trades matched post
the cut-off time shall be subjected for Exposure Check on the next
business day.
In terms of Forex Settlement Regulations, settlement of all trade 8:30 p.m. IST
obligations (USD Pay-in Obligation) by a Member shall be
FEC 87/2021
deemed to have been completed by that Member upon actual
Dt. 08.11.2021
receipt of U S Dollar by Clearing Corporation in its US dollar
account on the settlement date within the cut-off time of ______.
As per modifications in the Forex Clearing and Settlement process 2:15 p.m.IST
FEC 87/2021
time, The cut-off time for credit of funds in CCIL's account has
Dt. 08.11.2021
been extended to ______.
The deposit of gold made under the Gold Monetization Scheme 5-7 years ; 12-15
(GMS) with a designated bank in the account of the Central years
FEC 86/2021
Government for a medium term period of ______ years or a long
Dt. 29.10.2021
term period of ______ years or for such period as may be decided
from time to time by the Central Government.
The deposit of gold made under the Gold Monetization Scheme 1-3 years
FEC 86/2021
(GMS) with a designated bank for a short term period of ______
Dt. 29.10.2021
years is called Short Term Bank Deposit (STBD).
Interest on deposits under the Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS) 30 days
will start accruing from the date of conversion of gold deposited
FEC 86/2021
into tradable gold bars after refinement or ______ days after the
Dt. 29.10.2021
receipt of gold at the CPTC / GMCTA or the bank's designated
branch, as the case may be, whichever is earlier.
FEC 86/2021 The quantity of gold under the Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS) three
Dt. 29.10.2021 will be expressed up to ______ decimals of a gram.
Under the Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS), The minimum 10 grams ; No limit
FEC 86/2021 deposit at any one time shall be ______ grams of raw gold (bars,
Dt. 29.10.2021 coins, jewellery excluding stones and other metals) and maximum
limit for deposit under the scheme shall be ______ grams.
With effect from ______, interest in respect of Short Term Bank April 5, 2021
FEC 86/2021
Deposit (STBD) under the Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS) shall
143
Dt. 29.10.2021
be denominated and paid in Indian Rupee only.
The rate of interest on deposit 31st March will be decided by medium term deposit -
FEC 86/2021
Central Government and notified by Reserve Bank of India from 2.25%
Page
Dt. 29.10.2021
time to time. The current rate of interest as notified by the Central long term deposit -

Government are ______% p.a.. 2.50%

Under the Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS), A Medium Term 3 years ; 5 years.
FEC 86/2021 Government Deposit (MTGD) is allowed to be withdrawn any time
Dt. 29.10.2021 after ______ years and a Long Term Government Deposit (LTGD)
after ______ years.
The periodicity of interest payment on deposits under the Gold 31st March
FEC 86/2021
Monetization Scheme (GMS) is annual and shall be paid on
Dt. 29.10.2021
______ every year.
Under the Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS), The amount 0.375%.
payable to the depositor on premature withdrawal after lock-in
FEC 86/2021
period but >3 and < 5 years in case of MTGD shall be applicable
Dt. 29.10.2021
rate for MTGD at the time of deposit minus______% for actual
period for which the deposit has run (years)
FEC 86/2021
period but >5 and < 7 years in case of MTGD shall be applicable
Dt. 29.10.2021
FEC 86/2021
period but >5 and < 7 years in case of LTGD shall be applicable
Dt. 29.10.2021
FEC 86/2021
period but > 7 and < 12 years in case of LTGD shall be applicable
Dt. 29.10.2021
rate for LTGD at the time of deposit minus______% for actual
FEC 86/2021
period but >12 and < 15 years in case of LTGD shall be applicable
Dt. 29.10.2021
rate for LTGD at the time of deposit minus______% for actual
In the case of MLTGD under the Gold Monetization Scheme 0.2%.
(GMS) where the redemption of the deposit is in gold, an
FEC 86/2021
administrative charge at a rate of ______% of the notional
Dt. 29.10.2021
redemption amount in terms of INR shall be collected from the
depositor.
Central Government has decided that with effect from November 1.5% ; 1%
5, 2016, designated banks will be paid handling charges
FEC 86/2021 (including gold purity testing, refining, transportation, storage and
Dt. 29.10.2021 any other relevant costs) for MLTGD at a flat rate of ______% and
commission at the rate of ______% of the rupee equivalent of the
amount of gold mobilized under the scheme until further notice
Under the Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS), The designated 30 days
banks will credit the STBD or MLTGD, as the case may be, with
FEC 86/2021 the amount of 995 fineness gold as indicated in the advice
Dt. 29.10.2021 received from CPTC / GMCTA, after ______ days of receipt of
gold at the CPTC / GMCTA, regardless of whether the depositor
submits the receipt for issuance of the deposit certificate or not.
Under the Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS), On submission of 30 days
the deposit receipt by the depositor, the designated bank shall
FEC 86/2021
issue the final deposit certificate on the same day or ______ days
Dt. 29.10.2021
after the date of the tendering of gold at the CPTC, whichever is
later.
144
As per Notification issued by Directorate General of Foreign Trade 31st March 2022
GOI Ministry of Commerce & Industry Department of Commerce
FEC 72/2021
shared by HO Compliance Division through Cermo+/Task Portal,
Dt. 29.09.2021
Page
Foreign Trade Policy (FTP) 2015-2020 has been extended upto

______

In view of the impending cessation of LIBOR as a benchmark rate, widely

FEC 71/2021
it has been decided to permit AD banks to use any other ______ accepted/Alternative
Dt. 29.09.2021
rate in the currency concerned for such transactions. reference rate
The parent entity or the promoters / promoter groups of the USD 1 million
company applying to set up a company as International Trade
FEC 49/2021
Financing Services Platform (ITFS) in an International Financial
Dt. 22.07.2021
Services Centres (IFSC) should have a minimum net worth of
USD ______.
The company proposed to be set up as International Trade USD 0.2 million
FEC 49/2021 Financing Services Platform (ITFS) shall have minimum paid up
Dt. 22.07.2021 equity capital of USD ______ or equivalent in any other freely
convertible currency.
FEC 49/2021 The operations on International Trade Financing Services freely convertible foreign
Dt. 22.07.2021 Platform (ITFS) shall be conducted only in a ______ currency. currency
Any Direct Investment or financial commitment (FC) exceeding USD 1 (one) billion
USD ______ (or its equivalent) in a financial year would require
FEC 46/2021 prior approval of the Reserve Bank even when the total FC of the
Dt. 25.06.2021 Indian Party is within the eligible limit under the automatic route
(i.e., within 400% of the net worth as per the last audited balance
sheet).
Establishment of branch office/ liaison office / project office or any Foreign Exchange
FEC 37/2021
other place of business in India by foreign entities is regulated in Management Act, 1999
Dt. 24.05.2021
terms of Section 6(6) of ______.
An application from a person resident outside India for opening of Reserve Bank of India
FEC 37/2021
a branch office/ liaison office / project office in India shall require
Dt. 24.05.2021
prior approval of______.
The non-resident entity applying for a Branch Office in India USD 100,000
should have a financially sound track record having a profit
FEC 37/2021
making track record during the immediately preceding five
Dt. 24.05.2021
financial years in the home country and net worth of not less than
USD _______ or its equivalent
The non-resident entity applying for a Liaison Office in India USD 50,000
FEC 37/2021 should have a profit making track record during the immediately
Dt. 24.05.2021 preceding three financial years in the home country and net worth
of not less than USD______ or its equivalent.
The validity period of an liaison office (LO) is generally for ______ three years ; two
FEC 37/2021 years, except in the case of Non-Banking Finance Companies years
Dt. 24.05.2021 (NBFCs) and those entities engaged in construction and
development sectors, for whom the validity period is ______ only.
There is a general permission to non-resident companies for 100%
establishing BO in the Special Economic Zones (SEZs) to
FEC 37/2021
undertake manufacturing and service activities subject to the
Dt. 24.05.2021
conditions that such BOs are functioning in those sectors where
______% FDI is permitted and on a stand-alone basis.
Transactions on account of External Commercial Borrowings Foreign Exchange
FEC 30/2021
(ECB) and Trade Credit (TC) are governed by clause (d) of sub- Management Act, 1999
Dt. 15.04.2021
section 3 of section 6 of the_______. (FEMA)
FEC 30/2021 Under the ECB/TC framework, ECB/TC can be raised either approval route
Dt. 15.04.2021 under the automatic route or under the ______.
All eligible borrowers can raise External Commercial Borrowings USD 750 million
FEC 30/2021
(ECB) up to USD ______ or equivalent per financial year under
Dt. 15.04.2021
the automatic route.
Minimum Average Maturity Period (MAMP) for External 3 years ; 1 year
Commercial Borrowings (ECB) will be ______ years. However, for
FEC 30/2021 the specific categories i.e. ECB raised by manufacturing
145
Dt. 15.04.2021 companies up to USD 50 million or its equivalent per financial

year, Minimum Average Maturity Period (MAMP) will be ______
years.
Page
FEC 30/2021 All-in-cost (rate of interest, other fees, expenses, charges, 450 bps spread

Dt. 15.04.2021 guarantee fees, ECA charges) ceiling per annum for External
Commercial Borrowings (ECB) will be Benchmark rate plus
______.
Public Sector Oil Marketing Companies (OMCs) can raise ECB for USD 10 billion
working capital purposes with minimum average maturity period of
FEC 30/2021
3 years from all recognised lenders under the automatic route.
Dt. 15.04.2021
The overall ceiling for such ECB shall be USD ______ or
equivalent.
An entity recognised as a Startup by the Central Government can AD Category-I banks
FEC 30/2021
raise External Commercial Borrowings (ECB). ______ are
Dt.
permitted to allow Startups to raise ECB under the automatic
15.04.2021
route.
The borrowing per Startup under ECB will be limited to USD USD 3 million
FEC 30/2021
______ or equivalent per financial year either in INR or any
Dt. 15.04.2021
convertible foreign currency or a combination of both.
Trade Credits (TC) for imports into India can be raised in any USD 150 million (For
freely convertible foreign currency (FCY denominated TC) or others, up to USD 50
FEC 30/2021 Indian Rupee (INR denominated TC). Amount of Trade Credits million)
Dt. 15.04.2021 (TC)under automatic route will be Up to USD ______ or
equivalent per import transaction for oil/gas refining & marketing,
airline and shipping companies.
FEC 30/2021 The period of Trade Credits (TC), reckoned from the date of three years
Dt. 15.04.2021 shipment, shall be up to ______ years for import of capital goods.
FEC 30/2021 All-in-cost ceiling per annum for Trade Credits (TC) will be 250 bps spread
Dt. 15.04.2021 Benchmark rate plus ______.
Under Gold Monetization Scheme, The minimum deposit at any 10 grams ; There is
FEC 28/2021 one time shall be ______ of raw gold (bars, coins, jewellery no maximum limit
Dt. 07.04.2021 excluding stones and other metals). Maximum limit for deposit
under this scheme will be ______.
The short term deposits (STBD) under Gold Monetization Scheme 1- 3 years
FEC 28/2021 shall be treated as bank’s on-balance sheet liability. These
Dt. 07.04.2021 deposits will be made with the designated banks for a short period
of ______.
The Medium Term Government Deposit (MTGD) under Gold 5-7 years ; 12-15
Monetization Scheme can be made for ______ years and Long years
FEC 28/2021
Term Government Deposit (LTGD) for 12-15 years or for such
Dt. 07.04.2021
period as may be decided by the Central Government from time to
time.
Under Gold Monetization Scheme, A Medium Term Government 3 years ; 5 years
FEC 28/2021 Deposit (MTGD) is allowed to be withdrawn any time after ______
Dt. 07.04.2021 years and a Long Term Government Deposit (LTGD) after 5
years.
Under Gold Monetization Scheme, The designated banks will 30 days
credit the STBD or MLTGD, as the case may be, with the amount
FEC 28/2021
of 995 fineness gold as indicated in the advice received from
Dt. 07.04.2021
CPTC/GMCTA, after ______ days of receipt of gold at the
CPTC/GMCTA
Export of Goods and Services from India is governed by clause Foreign Exchange
FEC 10/2021
(a) of sub-section (1) and sub-section (3) of Section 7 of the Management Act 1999
Dt. 11.01.2021
______. (42 of 1999)
Export trade is regulated by the ______ and its regional offices, Directorate General of
FEC 10/2021
functioning under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Foreign Trade (DGFT)
Dt. 11.01.2021
Department of Commerce, Government of India.
All export contracts and invoices shall be denominated either in freely convertible
FEC 10/2021
freely convertible currency or Indian rupees but export proceeds currency
146
Dt. 11.01.2021
shall be realized in ______.
FEC 10/2021 The period of realization and repatriation of export proceeds shall nine months
Dt. 11.01.2021 be ______ from the date of export for all exporters.
Page
FEC 10/2021 In view of the outbreak of pandemic COVID-19, The period of fifteen months

Dt. 11.01.2021 realization and repatriation of export proceeds has been increased
from nine months to ______ from the date of export, for the
exports made up to or on July 31, 2020.
For goods exported to a warehouse established outside India, the fifteen months
FEC 10/2021
proceeds shall be realized within ______ from the date of
Dt. 11.01.2021
shipment of goods.
Authorised Dealer Category – I (AD Category – I) banks have Online Payment
FEC 10/2021 been allowed to offer the facility of repatriation of export related Gateway Service
Dt. 11.01.2021 remittances by entering into standing arrangements with Providers
OPGSPs. Expand the term OPGSP ______.
Facility under online Payment Gateway Service Providers shall USD 10,000
FEC 10/2021
only be available for export of goods and services of value not
Dt. 11.01.2021
exceeding USD ______.
FEC 10/2021 Asian Monetary Unit (AMU) shall be denominated as ACU Dollar, ACU Yen
Dt. 11.01.2021 ACU Euro and ______.
Under Diamond Dollar Account (DDA) scheme, firms and 2 years ; Rs. 3 crores
companies dealing in purchase / sale of rough or cut and polished
diamonds / precious metal jewellery plain, minakari and / or
studded with / without diamond and / or other stones, with a track
record of at least _______ years in import / export of diamonds /
FEC 10/2021
colored gemstones / diamond and colored gemstones studded
Dt. 11.01.2021
jewellery / plain gold jewellery and having an average annual
turnover of Rs. ______ or above during the preceding three
licensing years (licensing year is from April to March) are
permitted to transact their business through Diamond Dollar
Accounts.
Under Diamond Dollar Account (DDA) scheme, Eligible firms and five
FEC 10/2021
companies may be allowed to open not more than ______
Dt. 11.01.2021
Diamond Dollar Accounts with their banks.
FEC 10/2021 Exchange Earners’ Foreign Currency Account (EEFC Account) non-interest bearing
Dt. 11.01.2021 shall be maintained only in the form of ______. current account
All categories of foreign exchange earners are allowed to credit 100%
FEC 10/2021 ______% of their foreign exchange earnings to their Exchange
Dt. 11.01.2021 Earners’ Foreign Currency Account (EEFC Account) with certain
conditions.
Any person resident in India may take outside India (other than to Rs.25,000 (Rupees
FEC 10/2021
Nepal and Bhutan) currency notes of Government of India and twenty five thousand
Dt. 11.01.2021
Reserve Bank of India up to an amount not exceeding Rs.______. only)
Any person resident outside India, not being a citizen of Pakistan Rs.25,000 (Rupees
and Bangladesh and also not a traveler coming from and going to twenty five thousand
FEC 10/2021 Pakistan or Bangladesh, and visiting India may take outside India only)
Dt. 11.01.2021 currency notes of Government of India and Reserve Bank of India
notes up to an amount not exceeding Rs. ______ while exiting
only through an airport.
In case of Export of goods through Customs ports, within ______ 21 days
FEC 10/2021 days from the date of export, exporter shall lodge the duplicate
Dt. 11.01.2021 copy together with relative shipping documents and an extra copy
of the invoice to the AD named in the EDF.
In case of export of software, Contracts involving only ‘one-shot 15 days
FEC 10/2021
operation’, the invoice/bill should be raised within ______ days
Dt. 11.01.2021
from the date of transmission.
FEC 10/2021 In case of export of software, The exporter should submit Form SOFTEX
Dt. 11.01.2021 declaration in ______.
Firms / Companies and other organizations participating in Trade USD 5000
Fair/Exhibition abroad can take/export goods for exhibition and
147
FEC 10/2021 sale outside India without the prior approval of the Reserve Bank.
Dt. 11.01.2021 Unsold exhibit items may be sold outside the exhibition/trade fair
in the same country or in a third country. It would also be
Page
permissible to 'gift’ unsold goods up to the value of USD ______

per exporter, per exhibition/trade fair.

AD Category – I banks may consider the applications received 5 per cent ; USD
from exporters and grant permission for opening / hiring 100,000/-
warehouses abroad subject to the conditions that Applicant’s
FEC 10/2021
export outstanding does not exceed ______ per cent of exports
Dt. 11.01.2021
made during the previous financial year and Applicant has a
minimum export turnover of USD ______ during the last financial
year.
An exporter who has not been able to realize the outstanding 5%
export dues despite best efforts, may either self-write off or
FEC 10/2021 approach the AD Category – I banks. The limit prescribed for Self-
Dt. 11.01.2021 write-off by an exporter (Other than the Status Holder Exporter) is
______% of Total export proceeds realized during the calendar
year preceding the year in which the write-off is being done.
The limit prescribed for Self-write-off by Status Holder Exporter 10%
FEC 10/2021 and Write-off by AD Category-1 Bank will be ______% of Total
Dt. 11.01.2021 export proceeds realized during the calendar year preceding the
year in which the write-off is being done
International Banking Division : Foreign Exchange

Our bank has introduced a new facility viz. Outward Remittance Retail customers
FeX 77/2021 under LRS through Internet Banking for ______, which facilitates
Dt.16.11.2021 customers to initiate and submit transaction request online for
processing by the Bank.
A new facility viz. Outward Remittance under LRS through Maintenance of close
Internet Banking for Retail customers has been introduced on relative
FeX 77/2021 PNB Internet Banking for specific transactions with respect to Gift,
Dt.16.11.2021 Donation, Travel (Business, Pilgrimage, Medical treatment,
Education) and ______ purposes only, where remittances do not
require any documentation.
To eligible under Outward Remittance under LRS through Internet one year
FeX 77/2021 Banking, Customer should be a Resident individual (Retail
Dt.16.11.2021 Internet Banking) customer and should have a deposit account for
a minimum period of ______ prior to the remittance.
Limit for single outward remittance under LRS through Internet USD10000/-
FeX 77/2021
Banking will be ______ (or its equivalent in foreign currency,
Dt.16.11.2021
converted at Bank’s applicable TT selling rate).
Limit for cumulative value of all outward remittance under LRS USD 100000/-
FeX 77/2021 through Internet Banking in a financial year will be ______ (or its
Dt.16.11.2021 equivalent in foreign currency, converted at Bank’s applicable TT
selling rate).
FeX 77/2021 Transactions Limits for outward remittance under LRS through 2
Dt.16.11.2021 Internet Banking in a month will be ______.
Under our bank's policy on gold monetization Scheme, The 10 grams
FeX 52/2021 minimum net deposit at any one time will be ______ grams of gold
Dt.26.08.2021 (bars, coins, jewellery excluding stones and other metals) after
certification from CPTC.
FeX 52/2021 Maximum limit for deposit under PNB gold monetization scheme There is no maximum
Dt.26.08.2021 will be ______grams. limit
Under PNB gold monetization scheme, The deposit will be three
FeX 52/2021
denominated in gold terms. The quantity of gold will be expressed
Dt.26.08.2021
up to ______ decimals of a gram.
The Authorised branches for Gold Business will accept up to 2 Kg
148
FeX 52/2021 ______ Kg of Gold under PNB Gold Monetisation Deposit under
Dt.26.08.2021 both variants i.e. Short Term Bank Deposit (STBD) and Medium
Long Term Government Deposit (MLTGD).
Page
FeX 52/2021 To accept Gold above 2 Kg, Authorised branches to seek prior International Banking

Dt.26.08.2021 permission from ______ under the PNB gold monetization Division, Head Office,
scheme. New Delhi
Under PNB gold monetization scheme, Jewellers/Refiners IBA
FeX 52/2021 certified as CPTCs by BIS and meeting additional eligibility
Dt.26.08.2021 conditions set by ______ will be recognized as GMS Mobilisation,
Collection & Testing Agent (GMCTA).
Under PNB gold monetization scheme, The designated banks 1.5%
FeX 52/2021
shall pay a maximum of ______% as incentive/handling charges
Dt.26.08.2021
to the gold handling/ mobilizing functions performed by GMCTAs.
A Contract is an agreement between the Bank and the Customer, Forward Exchange
FeX 44/2021 whereby the Bank agrees to buy/sell foreign exchange at a future Contract
Dt.15.07.2021 date, at a firm rate fixed on the date of the contract is known as
______.
The activity of undertaking a derivative contract to offset the Hedging
FeX 44/2021
impact of an anticipated or a contracted exposure is known as
Dt.15.07.2021
______.
For derivative contracts involving INR, AD Branches shall allow a USD 10 million
user to book derivative contracts up to USD 10 million or
FeX 44/2021
equivalent of notional value (outstanding at any point in time)
Dt.15.07.2021
without the need to establish the existence of underlying
exposure.
A report on forward contract falling due will be generated through GBFWCR
FeX 44/2021 CBS menu ______and checked on a daily basis to enable
Dt.15.07.2021 reminders to customers for execution of forward contracts which
are falling due in coming week.
A list of overdue and matured forward contracts to be cancelled LOMFWC
FeX 44/2021
within 3 days from due date may be generated through CBS menu
Dt.15.07.2021
______.
Treasury Division shall send copy of the forward contract to the 24 hours
FeX 44/2021
branch for acceptance by the party within ______ of booking of
Dt.15.07.2021
the contract for respective purchase or sale contract.
Power of Branch Heads of GBBs for booking of Forward Purchase two times
FeX 44/2021
Contracts for customers will be not more than ______ times of the
Dt.15.07.2021
vested power for sanction of post-shipment credit limits
Power of MCC-V & IV, PLP-V & IV & Branch Heads of LCB/eLCB three times
for booking of Forward Purchase Contracts for customers will be
FeX 44/2021 not more than ______ times of power vested for sanction of post-
Dt.15.07.2021 shipment credit limits or Post-shipment limit sanctioned by higher
authorities whichever is higher, and within the limit prescribed by
Reserve bank of India.
Power of ZOCAC-I & above for booking of Forward Purchase Full Powers
FeX 44/2021 Contracts for customers will be ______ and shall be within the
Dt.15.07.2021 overall limits for eligible products as prescribed by RBI for Retail &
Non-Retail customers from time to time.
In case of Non-Borrowal Accounts, Power of Branch Heads of three times
GBBs for booking of Forward Purchase Contracts for customers
FeX 44/2021 will be ______ times of of the vested power for secured fund
Dt.15.07.2021 based credit limits and shall be within the overall limits for eligible
products as prescribed by RBI for Retail & Non-Retail customers
from time to time.
In case of Non-Borrowal Accounts, Power of PLP(V), where no Full Powers
Branch Linked to MCC, MCC-(V), Branch Heads of LCB/eLCB
FeX 44/2021 and ZOCAC-I & above for booking of Forward Purchase Contracts
Dt.15.07.2021 for customers will be ______ and shall be within the overall limits
for eligible products as prescribed by RBI for Retail & Non-Retail
149
customers from time to time.

Power of Branch Heads of GBBs for booking of Forward Sale two times
FeX 44/2021
Contracts for customers will be not more than ______ times of the
Dt.15.07.2021
Page
vested power for sanction of Foreign Letter of Credit limits as per

Loans & Advance.

Power of MCC-V & IV, PLP-V & IV & Branch Heads of LCB/eLCB three times
for booking of Forward Sale Contracts for customers will be not
FeX 44/2021 more than ______ times of Foreign Letter of Credit limits or
Dt.15.07.2021 Foreign Letter of Credit limit sanctioned by higher authorities
whichever is higher, and within the limit prescribed by Reserve
bank of India.
In case of Non-Borrowal Accounts, Power of Branch Heads of three times
GBBs for booking of Forward Sale Contracts for customers will
FeX 44/2021 be ______ times of of the vested power for secured fund based
Dt.15.07.2021 credit limits and shall be within the overall limits for eligible
products as prescribed by RBI for Retail & Non-Retail customers
from time to time.
In case of Non-Borrowal Accounts, Power of PLP(V), where no Full Powers
Branch Linked to MCC, MCC-(V), Branch Heads of LCB/eLCB
FeX 44/2021 and ZOCAC-I & above for booking of Forward Sale Contracts for
Dt.15.07.2021 customers will be ______ and shall be within the overall limits for
eligible products as prescribed by RBI for Retail & Non-Retail
customers from time to time.
No advance remittances against import shall be permitted without 5 ; 3
obtaining permission from the competent authority, if the no. of
FeX 39/2021
overdue transactions pending for submission of evidence of
Dt.29.06.2021
import exceeds ______ in cse of ELCB/LCB and ______ in cse of
Other branches.
Permission to allow advance remittances, over and above the DGM and above ;
FeX 39/2021
threshold limits falls under the discretion of ______ posted at Zonal offices
Dt.29.06.2021
ELCB/LCB or ______ (in case of other branches).
For checking the list of advance against import transactions where PNBRPT 22/75
FeX 39/2021
submission of evidence of import is pending, a report has been
Dt.29.06.2021
customized in MIS i.e. ______.
For Specific Approval of unapproved Foreign Bank, Bank should 4000 ; two years
FeX 39/2021 be in world rank up to ______ and out of the last three
Dt.29.06.2021 consecutive years,Foreign bank should be in profit for at least
______ years.
For borrowers with Internal Credit Risk rating of A-4 and Above‟ USD 5 million
and External rating of „AAA‟, „AA‟ & „A‟ or Maharatna&Navratna HOCAC-I - USD 10
PSUs where Natural Hedge is available, The power to release million
FeX 32/2021 FCLs/FCTLs is vested with ZOCAC-II upto USD ______ million or HOCAC-II - USD 15
Dt.07.06.2021 its equivalent. million
HOCAC-III - USD 20
Mio
MC - Full Powers
For borrowers with minimum Internal Credit Risk rating of B-I and USD 3.50 million
External Risk rating of BBB as per eligibility criteria or PSUs HOCAC-I - USD 10
where Natural Hedge is available, The power to release million
FeX 32/2021 FCLs/FCTLs is vested with ZOCAC-II upto USD ______ million or HOCAC-II - USD 15
Dt.07.06.2021 its equivalent. million
HOCAC-III - USD 20
Mio
MC - Full Powers
Borrowers, who have availed FCL/FCTL of USD ______ or above, USD 1 million
will have additional choice to hedge their risk by buying “Plain
FeX 32/2021
Vanilla Foreign Currency-Rupee Option” contract,(subject to
Dt.07.06.2021
availability at Treasury Division) as an alternative to booking of
Forward contract.
150
The entities raising ECB are required to mandatorily hedge 70 per cent
FeX 32/2021
______ per cent of their ECB exposure in case the average
Dt.07.06.2021
maturity of the ECB is less than 5 years.
Page
FeX 31/2021 Exporters with minimum rating of ______ as per internal risk B1
Dt.07.06.2021 rating module of Amalgamated entity will be eligible under PNB

Gold Card Scheme for exporters.

Exporters, whose accounts have been classified as standard three years
FeX 31/2021 continuously for a period of ______ years and there is no
Dt.07.06.2021 irregularities /adverse features in the conduct of the account, will
be considered for PNB Gold Card Scheme for exporters.
Gold Card can also be granted to exporters undertaking exports 3 years
FeX 31/2021 on collection basis, provided they have been in export business at
Dt.07.06.2021 least for ______ years including their dealings with previous
bankers.
FeX 31/2021 Gold Card to Take over Exporter customers can be granted only ZOCZC-I
Dt.07.06.2021 with the approval of ______and above.
Limits for Exporter customers up to Rs.______ are assessed Rs.2 Crore ; Rs.5
FeX 31/2021 based on simplified turnover method and in case of MSME Crore
Dt.07.06.2021 borrowers limits up to Rs.______ are assessed based on the said
method in terms of RBI guidelines.
Our bank has decided that sanction and renewal of limits under Rs.5 Crore
FeX 31/2021
Gold Card Credit Scheme upto Rs.______ may be considered
Dt.07.06.2021
based on simplified turnovermethod.
Under Gold Card Credit Scheme, In-principle limits will be three years
FeX 31/2021
sanctioned for a period of ______ years with a provision for
Dt.07.06.2021
automatic renewal.
The time lines for disposal of applications received for fresh 25 days ; 45 days
FeX 31/2021
sanction of export credit under the Gold card scheme will be
Dt.07.06.2021
______days and ______ days for Other Exporters
The time lines for disposal of applications received for Renewal/ 15 days ; 30 days
FeX 31/2021
Review of limits of export credit under the Gold card scheme will
Dt.07.06.2021
be ______days and ______ days for Other Exporters
The time lines for disposal of applications received for Sanction of 07days ; 15 days
FeX 31/2021
adhoc limits under the Gold card scheme will be ______days and
Dt.07.06.2021
______ days for Other Exporters
Sanctioning authority may sanction standby limit of ______% of 20%
FeX 31/2021
the assessed limit at the time of initial sanction itself to Gold Card
Dt.07.06.2021
Exporter customers.
FeX 31/2021 standby/ adhoc limit to Gold Card Holders can be allowed for a 180 days
Dt.07.06.2021 maximum period of ______ days.
FeX 31/2021 To mitigate the risks involved in Export Finance by Bank, ______ ECGC (Export Credit
Dt.07.06.2021 provides insurance cover to both Bank and Exporters Guarantee Corporation)
Under Export of goods through Customs ports, In case the Export Data Processing
FeX 31/2021 documents are negotiated/ sent for collection then the concerned and Monitoring System
Dt.07.06.2021 person should report the transaction through ______ to the (EDPMS)
Reserve Bank
Branches may consider requests for grant of EDF waiver from One Crore
exporters where there is annual limit of Rupees ______ or 2% of
FeX 31/2021 average annual export realization during preceding three licensing
Dt.07.06.2021 years, whichever is lower. (for exporters of the following sectors-
(1) Gems and Jewellery Sector, (2) Articles of Gold and precious
metals sector).
AD Branches can allow exporters having a minimum of three 10 years
FeX 31/2021 years satisfactory track record to receive long term export
Dt.07.06.2021 advance up to a maximum tenor of ______ years subject to
certain conditions.
Prior approval of the Reserve Bank is not required if, after goods 25 per cent ; 9
have been shipped, they are to be transferred to a buyer other months
than the original buyer in the event of default by the latter,
FeX 31/2021
provided the reduction in value, if any, involved does not exceed
151
Dt.07.06.2021
______ per cent of the invoice value and the realization of export
proceeds is not delayed beyond the period of ______ from the
date of export.
Page
FeX 31/2021 The Reserve Bank of India has permitted the ADs to extend the six months

Dt.07.06.2021 period of realization of export proceeds beyond stipulated period

of realization from the date of export, up to a period of ______
months, at a time, irrespective of the invoice value of the export
subject to the following conditions
While considering extension period of realization of export beyond USD one million
one year from the date of export, the total outstanding of the
FeX 31/2021
exporter does not exceed USD ______ or 10 per cent of the
Dt.07.06.2021
average export realizations during the preceding three financial
years, whichever ishigher.
An exporter who has not been able to realize the outstanding 5%
export dues despite best efforts, may either self-write off or
FeX 31/2021 approach the AD Category – I banks. The limit prescribed for Self-
Dt.07.06.2021 write-off by an exporter (Other than the Status Holder Exporter) is
______% of Total export proceeds realized during the calendar
year preceding the year in which the write-off is being done.
The limit prescribed for Self-write-off by Status Holder Exporter 10%
FeX 31/2021 and Write-off by AD Category-1 Bank will be ______% of Total
Dt.07.06.2021 export proceeds realized during the calendar year preceding the
year in which the write-off is being done
Authority for issuance of guarantee against counter guarantee of Scale IV
FeX 31/2021
foreign bank is headed is branch Heads of designated Branches
Dt.07.06.2021
headed by ______ and above.
Respective-MCC-CAC(Scale-V) other than LCBs/elCBs have Rs. 300 lakh.
FeX 31/2021 authriity to issuance of guarantee against counter guarantee of
Dt.07.06.2021 foreign bank maximum upto Rs. ______ Per reference for
guarantees at foreign bank's request.
Respective-MCC-CAC(Scale-V) other than LCBs/elCBs have Rs. 1000 lakh.
FeX 31/2021 authriity to issuance of guarantee against counter guarantee of
Dt.07.06.2021 foreign bank maximum upto Rs. ______ Per reference for
guarantees at foreign bank's request.
CMs/AGMs may permit issuance of Letter of Guarantee up to a 5 years ; 10 years
FeX 31/2021 maximum of ______ years and ZOCAC-I may permit issuance of
Dt.07.06.2021 Letter of Guarantee up to a maximum of ______years,, excluding
claim period not exceeding 12 months.
In terms of the extant regulations, remittances against imports six months
FeX 31/2021 should be completed not later than ______months from the date
Dt.07.06.2021 of shipment, except in cases where amounts are withheld towards
guarantee of performance,etc.
AD branches may allow payment of interest on usance bills or three years
FeX 31/2021 overdue interest on delayed payments for a period of less
Dt.07.06.2021 than______years from the date of shipment at the rate prescribed
for trade credit from time to time.
FeX 31/2021 Deferred payment arrangements (including suppliers and buyers five years
Dt.07.06.2021 credit) up to ______ years, are treated as trade credits.
Bring into India from any place outside India, without limit, foreign CurrencyDeclaration
FeX 31/2021 exchange (other than unissued notes), subject to the condition Form (CDF)
Dt.07.06.2021 that such person makes, on arrival in India, a declaration to the
Custom Authorities at the Airport in the ______
It shall not be necessary to make CurrencyDeclaration Form USD 10,000 ; USD
(CDF) where the aggregate value of the foreign exchange in the 5,000
form of currency notes, bank notes or travellerscheques brought
FeX 31/2021
in by such person at any one time does not exceed USD ______
Dt.07.06.2021
or its equivalent and/or the aggregate value of foreign currency
notes (cash portion) alone brought in by such person at any one
time does not exceed USD ______ or itsequivalent.
152
No guarantee for an amount exceeding USD ______ or its USD 500,000

FeX 31/2021 equivalent, shall be issued on behalf of service importer other
Dt.07.06.2021 than a Public Sector Company or a department/PSU/State
Page
Government.

Where the service importer is a Public Sector Company or a USD 1,00,000

FeX 31/2021 Department/PSU/State Government, no guarantee for an amount
Dt.07.06.2021 exceeding USD ______ or its equivalent shall be issued without
the prior approval of the Ministry of Finance, GOI.
AD Branches may allow advance remittance for import of goods USD 2,00,000
without any ceiling subject to the certain conditions. In case the
FeX 31/2021 amount of advance remittance exceeds USD 2,00,000 or its
Dt.07.06.2021 equivalent, an unconditional irrevocable SBLC backed by a
counter guarantee from an international Bank of repute situated
outside India is obtained.
In case the Importer (other than a public Sector Company or a USD 5.00 Million
Department /Undertaking of the Government of India/State
FeX 31/2021 Government/s) is unable to obtain irrevocable SBLC/Guarantee,
Dt.07.06.2021 the AD may waive the same keeping in view the past track record
of the importer customer for advance remittance, up to USD
______.
A Public Sector Company or a Department /Undertaking of the USD 100,000
Government of India/State Government/s which is not in a position
FeX 31/2021 to obtain a guarantee from an international bank of repute against
Dt.07.06.2021 an advance payment, is required to obtain a specific waiver for the
Bank guarantee from the Ministry of Finance, Government of India
before making advance remittance exceeding USD ______.
AD branches may allow advance remittance for import of services USD 500,000
without any ceiling. Where the amount of advance exceeds USD
FeX 31/2021
______ or its equivalent, a guarantee from a bank of international
Dt.07.06.2021
repute situated outside India or a guarantee from an AD Category-
I bank in India should be obtained from the overseas beneficiary.
Where the importer is a Public Sector Company or a Department/ USD 100,000
Undertaking of the Government of India/State Government, no
FeX 31/2021
guarantee for an amount exceeding USD ______ or its equivalent
Dt.07.06.2021
shall be issued without the prior approval of the Ministry of
Finance, Government of India.
All advance payments against Import of Goods and Services shall Trade Finance Centers
FeX 31/2021
be executed by ______after ensuring meticulous compliance of
Dt.07.06.2021
RBI/Bank’s guidelines.
Physical import of goods into India should be made within ______ six months (three years
from the date of remittance and the importer should give an in case of capital goods
FeX 31/2021
undertaking at the time of remittance to furnish documentary ; fifteen days
Dt.07.06.2021
evidence of import, within ______ days from the close of the
relevantperiod.
Credit Report on Foreign Supplier/Manufacturer/Service provider USD 100,000
FeX 31/2021 from IBD approved credit rating agencies or approved foreign
Dt.07.06.2021 correspondent Banks in case of advance remittance/Contract of
USD ______and above or equivalent be obtained.
A report in the prescribed format is required to be submitted, of all USD 5,000,000 (USD
Advance remittance for import of rough diamonds made without a five million only) ; 15
FeX 31/2021 Bank guarantee or Standby Letter of Credit, where the amount of calendar days
Dt.07.06.2021 advance payment is equivalent to or exceeds USD ______, to the
concerned Regional Office of Reserve Bank of India within
______ of the close of each halfyear.
As a sector specific measure, airline companies which have been USD 50 million
permitted by the Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) to
FeX 31/2021
operate as a Scheduled or Non-Scheduled air transport service
Dt.07.06.2021
(including Air Taxi Services), can make advance remittance
without Bank guarantee/SBLC, up to USD ______.
153
AD branches may allow payment of interest on usance bills or three years

FeX 31/2021 overdue interest on delayed payments for a period of less than
Dt.07.06.2021 ______ years from the date of shipment at the rate prescribed for
Page
trade credit from time to time.

FeX 31/2021 AD branches should not, therefore, make remittances where USD300000

Dt.07.06.2021 import bills have been received directly by the importers from the
overseas supplier, except Where the value of import bill does not
exceed USD______.
As a sector specific measures, AD branches are permitted to USD300000
allow remittance for imports by non-status holder importer up to
FeX 31/2021
USD ______ where the importer of rough diamonds, rough
Dt.07.06.2021
precious and semi-precious stones has received the import
bills/documents directly from the overseas supplier.
FeX 31/2021 Credit report on the overseas supplier need not be obtained in USD300000
Dt.07.06.2021 cases where the invoice value does not exceed USD ______.
AD branches may accept, in lieu of Exchange Control copy of Bill USD 1,000,000
of Entry for home consumption, a certificate from the Chief
FeX 31/2021 Executive Officer (CEO) or auditor of the company that the goods
Dt.07.06.2021 for which remittance was made have actually been imported into
India provided that the amount of foreign exchange remitted is
less than USD ______ or its equivalent.
AD branches may accept, in lieu of Exchange Control copy of Bill Rs.100 crore
of Entry for home consumption, a certificate from the Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) or auditor of the company that the goods
FeX 31/2021
for which remittance was made have actually been imported into
Dt.07.06.2021
India provided that the importer is a company listed on a stock
exchange in India and whose net worth is not less than
Rs.______as on the date of its last audited balance sheet.
Merchanting traders may be allowed to make advance paymentfor USD 500,000/-
the import leg on demand made by the overseas supplier. any
FeX 31/2021 such advance payment for an import leg beyond USD ______ per
Dt.07.06.2021 transaction, shall be made against Bank Guarantee /an
unconditional, irrevocable standby Letter of Credit from an
international bank ofrepute.
In terms of Section 5 of the FEMA, persons resident in India, USD 2,50,000
resident individuals, including minors, are allowed to freely remit
FeX 31/2021
up to USD ______ per financial year (April – March) for any
Dt.07.06.2021
permissible current or capital account transaction or a
combination of both under Liberalized Remittance Scheme.
A General permission is available to persons other than USD 5,000,000
FeX 31/2021 individuals to remit towards donations up-to one per cent of their
Dt.07.06.2021 foreign exchange earnings during the previous three financial
years or USD ______, whichever is less.
Remittances by persons other than individuals shall require prior USD 25,000
approval of the Reserve Bank of India if commission per
FeX 31/2021
transaction to agents abroad for sale of residential flats or
Dt.07.06.2021
commercial plots in India exceeds USD ______ or five percent of
the inward remittance whichever is more.
Remittances by persons other than individuals shall require prior USD 10,000,000 ;
approval of the Reserve Bank of India if remittances exceed USD USD 1,000,000
FeX 31/2021
______ per project for any consultancy services in respect of
Dt.07.06.2021
infrastructure projects and USD ______ per project, for other
consultancy services procured from outsideIndia.
Remittances by persons other than individuals shall require prior USD 100,000
approval of the Reserve Bank of India for remittances exceeding
FeX 31/2021
five per cent of investment brought into India or USD ______
Dt.07.06.2021
whichever is higher, by an entity in India by way of reimbursement
of pre- incorporation expenses.
AD branches are permitted to issue guarantee for amount not USD 500,000
FeX 31/2021 exceeding USD ______ or its equivalent in favor of a non-resident
154
Dt.07.06.2021 service provider, on behalf of a resident customer who is a service

importer.
In the case of a Public Sector Company or a Department/ USD 100,000 (USD One
FeX 31/2021
Page
Undertaking of the Government of India/ State Governments, hundred thousand)

Dt.07.06.2021
approval from the Ministry of Finance, Government of India for

issue of guarantee for an amount exceeding USD ______ or its

equivalent would berequired.
Remittance from NRO accounts is permitted outside India up to USD one million
FeX 31/2021 USD ______, per financial year (April- March), by NRI, subject to
Dt.07.06.2021 payment of tax, asapplicable.for Current income like rent,
dividend, pension, interest, etc. in India of the account holder.
A citizen of a foreign state, not being a citizen of Nepal or Bhutan USD one million
or a Person of Indian Origin (PIO), who – (i) has retired from an
employment in India, or (ii) has inherited assets from a person
FeX 31/2021 referred to in sub-section (5) of Section 6 of the FEMA; or (iii) is a
Dt.07.06.2021 widow resident outside India and has inherited assets of her
deceased husband who was an Indian citizen resident in India,
may remit an amount, not exceeding USD ______ per financial
year out of the balances in the account.
Under MTSS (Money Transfer Service Scheme) Only personal USD 2,500 ; Rs.50,
FeX 31/2021 remittances are allowed. A cap of USD ______ has been placed 000/-
Dt.07.06.2021 on individual transaction and amounts up to Rs.______ may be
paid in cash.
Only ______ remittances can be received by a single individual 30
FeX 31/2021
beneficiary under MTSS (Money Transfer Service Scheme) during
Dt.07.06.2021
a calendar year.
Requests for payment in cash in Indian Rupees to resident USD 1,000
FeX 31/2021 customers towards purchase of foreign currency notes and/ or
Dt.07.06.2021 Travellers‟Cheques from them may be acceded to the extent of
only USD ______ or its equivalent per transaction.
Requests for payment in cash by foreign visitors / Non-Resident USD 3,000
FeX 31/2021
Indians may be acceded to the extent of only USD ______ or its
Dt.07.06.2021
equivalent per transaction.
AD branch may convert at their discretion, unspent Indian Rs.10,000
currency up to Rs.______ in the possession of non-residents if,
FeX 31/2021
for bonafide reasons, the person is unable to produce an
Dt.07.06.2021
Encashment Certificate after ensuring that the departure is
scheduled to take place within the following seven days.
AD Branch may provide facility for reconversion of Indian Rupees Rs.50,000/-
FeX 31/2021
to the extent of Rs.______ to foreign tourists (not NRIs) against
Dt.07.06.2021
ATM Receipts based on the following documents.
All sale and Purchase transactions are reported to RBI on R-Returns
FeX 31/2021
fortnightly basis through ______under FETERS, with proper
Dt.07.06.2021
purpose code, by Trade Finance Centre, Delhi.
Remittance in respect of Advertisement in foreign print media for Ministry of Finance,
the purposes other than promotion of tourism, foreign investments (Department of
FeX 31/2021
and international bidding (exceeding USD 10,000) by a State EconomicAffairs)
Dt.07.06.2021
Government and its Public Sector Undertakings require prior
approval of the ______.
Remittance in respect of Cultural Tours require prior approval of Ministry of Human
the ______. Resources
FeX 31/2021 Development,
Dt.07.06.2021 (Department
ofEducation and
Culture)
Remittance of prize money/sponsorship of sports activity abroad Ministry of Human
FeX 31/2021 by a person other than International / National / State Level sports Resources Development
Dt.07.06.2021 bodies, if the amount involved exceeds USD 100,000 require prior (Department of Youth
approval of the ______. Affairs andSports)
Remittance of hiring charges of transponders by (a) TV Channels Ministry of Information
155
(b) InternetService providers require prior approval of the ______. and Broadcasting
FeX 31/2021
Ministry of
Dt.07.06.2021
Communication and
Page
Information Technology

Individuals can avail of foreign exchange facility for the following Reserve Bank of India
FeX 31/2021 purposes within the limit of USD 2,50,000 only. Any additional
Dt.07.06.2021 remittance in excess of the said limit for the following purposes
shall require prior approval of the ______.
FeX 30/2021 Entitlement for Halting Allowance/Daily Allowance payable to MD USD 500 per diem
Dt.07.06.2021 &CEO/ EDs for foreign visits will be USD _______.
FeX 30/2021 Entitlement for Halting Allowance/Daily Allowance payable to USD 400 per diem
Dt.07.06.2021 CGM/GM for foreign visits will be USD _______.
FeX 30/2021 Entitlement for Halting Allowance/Daily Allowance payable to USD 300 per diem
Dt.07.06.2021 Below GMs for foreign visits will be USD _______.
For training period up to 40 days, DA to be decreased by 20% ; 50%
FeX 30/2021
______% of the total entitlement and for training period of beyond
Dt.07.06.2021
40 days, DA to be reduced by ______% of the total entitlement.
FeX 30/2021 MD & CEO can draw exchange not exceeding USD _____ per trip USD 2000
Dt.07.06.2021 for Entertainment in connection with the Bank’s business.
India Based Officers (IBOs) posted abroad shall be paid ______ USD 200 per day
FeX 30/2021 onetime Special Halting Allowance as approved by the Working
Dt.07.06.2021 Group of the Standing Committee for Service Conditions of IBOs
posted overseas and as per our Board approval.
Special Halting Allowance toIndia Based Officers (IBOs) posted 30 days
FeX 30/2021 abroad is to be paid till the accommodation is provided on transfer
Dt.07.06.2021 to deputed officer on production of necessary bills of
accommodation subject to maximum of ______ days.
In case deposits under FCNR (B) scheme are withdrawn before 25%
maturity, the rate of interest payable on such deposits to be
FeX 27/2021
subject to a penalty of ______% of the current applicable rate for
Dt.31.05.2021
the tenor for which the deposit has been in force with the bank
subject to maximum 1%.
Trade Credit for imports into India can be raised in any freely USD 150 million ;
convertible foreign currency (FCY denominated TC) or Indian USD 50 million
Rupee (INR denominated TC). Amount under automatic route for
FeX 25/2021
Trade Credit will be up to USD ______ or equivalent per import
Dt.15.04.2021
transaction for oil/gas refining & marketing, airline and shipping
companies. For others, amount will be up to USD ______ or
equivalent per import transaction.
FeX 25/2021 The period of Trade Credit (TC), reckoned from the date of three years
Dt.15.04.2021 shipment, will be up to three ______ for import of capital goods.
FeX 25/2021 For import of non-capital goods, The period of Trade Credit (TC) one year
Dt.15.04.2021 will be up to up to ______he operating cycle whichever is less.
FeX 25/2021 For shipyards / shipbuilders, the period of Trade Credit (TC) for three years
Dt.15.04.2021 import of non-capital goods can be up to ______ years.
FeX 25/2021 All-in-cost ceiling Trade Credit (TC) per annum will be benchmark 250 bps spread
Dt.15.04.2021 rate plus ______.
Benchmark rate in case of FCY ECB/TC refers to ______-months 6-months ; 6-months
FeX 25/2021
LIBOR rate of different currencies or any other ______-month
Dt.15.04.2021
interbank interest rate applicable to the currency of borrowing.
At present, in terms of the bank's extant guidelines, powers for HOCAC III
FeX 25/2021
issuance of Inter-Institutional Guarantees to secure their trade
Dt.15.04.2021
credits is restricted to the level of ______& above.
A Nostro account means ______. In India, it is an account of a our account with you
FeX 24/2021
bank located in India maintained outside India i.e. with a foreign
Dt.12.04.2021
bank. Thus, this account will always be in foreign currency.
FeX 24/2021 A Vostro account means ______. Vostro Account is in Rupee and your account with us
Dt.12.04.2021 is maintained by a foreign bank in the books of a bank in India.
______ is a mirror image of a Nostro/ Vostro accounts. It is Mirror Account
156
FeX 24/2021 maintained in same foreign currency and mainly used to reconcile
Dt.12.04.2021 Nostro Account as well as to identify income earned by the bank
in subject account transactions.
Page
FeX 24/2021 Nostro Reconciliation Department uses four different software ITMS, Finacle, SWIFT

Dt.12.04.2021 systems to successfully carry out its activities. These are ______. and RET-AD
______ is used for reconciliation of Nostro Accounts on daily ITMS software
FeX 24/2021
basis and also for preparing various reports to be submitted to top
Dt.12.04.2021
management and other statutory authorities.
The software used by Reconciliation Department to download SWIFT
FeX 24/2021
Nostro Statements for reconciling outstanding Nostro entries is
Dt.12.04.2021
called ______.
All cases,wherein, reporting is done by TFC/ISB, the entries are RET-AD
FeX 24/2021
captured in ______ (an online reporting platform which is linked to
Dt.12.04.2021
ITMS).
Nostro Reconciliation shall be undertaken on real time basis (as T+1 ; T+5
FeX 24/2021
clarified by RBI) i.e. Nostro Debits at ______ and Nostro Credit by
Dt.12.04.2021
______ basis
FeX 24/2021 Unutilized Nostro/mirror credits for ______ years wll be transfer to 3 years
Dt.12.04.2021 blocked account.
FeX 22/2021 The process of converting foreign currency liability of the exporter Crystallization of foreign
Dt.12.04.2021 into Indian Rupee liability is called ______. currency Export Bills
FeX 22/2021 The process of converting foreign currency liability of the importer crystallization of import
Dt.12.04.2021 into Indian Rupee liability is called ______. LC bills
The overdue import bill is crystallized by converting foreign TT buying rate
FeX 22/2021
currency liability of the bill into Indian Rupees’ liability at a
Dt.12.04.2021
prevailing ______.
FeX 22/2021 If the forward contract is booked, crystallization of overdue import contracted rate
Dt.12.04.2021 bill has to be done at the ______.
In case of Discounted/Purchased/Negotiated export bills, the 15th banking day ;
overdue export bill will be crystallized on ______ from due date / immediately
FeX 22/2021 notional due date for better monitoring and control of export bills
Dt.12.04.2021 and in case of Discounted/Purchased /Negotiated export bills
dishonoured/returned unpaid, The export bill will be crystallized on
______.
In case of North-East based exporters, crystallization period for 30 days
FeX 22/2021
export bills will be ______ days as a special dispensation to
Dt.12.04.2021
continue the existing business in the area.
All foreign currency import bills drawn under L/C, in the event of 5th banking day ; due
non-retirement, will be crystallized into Rupee liability on the date
FeX 22/2021
______day following the day of presentation of documents, in
Dt.12.04.2021
case of demand bills and on ______ in case of Usance bills at
Prevailing Bills Selling Rate in case no hedge contract is in place..
In case the 5th day or the due date falls on a holiday or Saturday, next working day
FeX 22/2021
the importer’s liability will be crystallized into Rupee liability on the
Dt.12.04.2021
______.
FeX 22/2021 Overdue PCFC/FCL will be crystallized on _______day from the 15th banking day
Dt.12.04.2021 due date.
The cases relating to pending crystallisation will be monitored by fortnightly
FeX 22/2021
Zonal office on______ basis in respect of branches including LCB
Dt.12.04.2021
& eLCBs within the Zone.
______ is a document issued by a freight forwarder or freight Forwarder’s Cargo
FeX 21/2021
consolidator indicating receipt of goods from the seller and held Receipt (FCR)
Dt.12.04.2021
on behalf of the buyer.
AD Category–I banks may accept Forwarder’s Cargo Receipts International Air
FeX 21/2021 (FCR) issued by IATA approved agents, in lieu of bills of lading, Transport Association
Dt.12.04.2021 for negotiation/collection of shipping documents. Expand the term
IATA ______.
The Scheme which is aimed to mobilize the domestically available Gold Monetization
unused/unproductive gold lying with domestic households and Scheme (GMS)
157
FeX 20/2021 other Indian institutions/entities of the country to put the same into
Dt.12.04.2021 use for productive purpose, and in the long run, reducing the
country’s reliance on the import of Gold to meet the domestic
Page
demand is called ______..

The deposit of gold made under the “Gold Monetization Scheme 1-3 years
FeX 20/2021
(GMS)” with a designated bank for a period of _____ years is
Dt.12.04.2021
called Short Term Bank Deposit (STBD).
The Medium Term Government Deposit (MTGD) under Gold 5-7 years ; 12-15
Monetization Scheme can be made for ______ years and Long years
FeX 20/2021
Term Government Deposit (LTGD) for 12-15 years or for such
Dt.12.04.2021
period as may be decided by the Central Government from time to
time.
The minimum net deposit at any one time under the “Gold 30 grams 10 grams
FeX 20/2021 Monetization Scheme (GMS)” shall be _____ of raw gold (bars, (FEC 28/2021 dated
Dt.12.04.2021 coins, jewellery excluding stones and other metals). There is no 07.04.2021)
maximum limit for deposit under the scheme.
All transactions under the “Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS)” 995 fineness ; three
FeX 20/2021
with the Bank will be in gold of______. The quantity of gold will be
Dt.12.04.2021
expressed up to ______ decimals of a gram.
The Authorised branches for Gold Business will accept up to 2 Kg
FeX 20/2021 ______ of Gold under PNB Gold Monetisation Deposit under both
Dt.12.04.2021 variants i.e. Short Term Bank Deposit (STBD) and Medium Long
Term Government Deposit (MLTGD).
To accept Gold above 2 Kg under PNB Gold Monetisation International banking
FeX 20/2021
Deposit, Authorised branches to seek prior permission from Division, Head Office,
Dt.12.04.2021
______. New Delhi
FeX 20/2021 Deposit Certificates issued under Gold Monetization Scheme are capital gains tax
Dt. excluded from the definition of capital asset and hence are
12.04.2021 exempted from ______.
Interest on the deposit under the Gold Monetization scheme will 30 days
FeX 20/2021 start accruing from the date of conversion of gold deposited into
Dt.12.04.2021 tradable gold bars after refinement or ______ days after receipt of
the gold at the CPTC/Branch, whichever is earlier.
Minimum lock in period for Short term bank deposit (STBD) under One year
FeX 20/2021
Gold Monetization Scheme will be ______ from the effective date
Dt.12.04.2021
of deposit.
In case of premature withdrawal of Short term bank deposit 0.15%
FeX 20/2021 (STBD) after completion of one year from effective date of
Dt.12.04.2021 deposit, a prepayment penalty of ______% will be levied under
Gold Monetization Scheme.
Under Gold Monetization Scheme, A Medium Term Government 3 years ; 5 years
FeX 20/2021 Deposit (MTGD) is allowed to be withdrawn any time after ______
Dt.12.04.2021 years and Long Term Government Deposit (LTGD) after ______
years.
The Domestic Jewellery Manufacturer having business for the last 3 years
______ years and is making net profit with good track record of
FeX 19/2021
repaying its earlier loans are eligible under Gold Metal Loan
Dt.12.04.2021
Scheme (GML) for purchase of Gold for the purpose of
manufacturing jewellery..
Minimum quantity of Loan under Gold Metal Loan Scheme (GML) 10 kg gold
FeX 19/2021
will be ______ from the consignment stock received from the
Dt.12.04.2021
foreign supplier.
FeX 19/2021 Facility of Gold Metal Loan may be allowed in shape of ______. OD/DL
Dt.12.04.2021
Maximum period of loan Loan under Gold Metal Loan Scheme 180 days
FeX 19/2021
(GML) will be not exceeding ______ or the operating cycle (trade
Dt.12.04.2021
Cycle) whichever is less.
In case of loan against Standby Letter of Credit (SBLC)/Bank 180 days
FeX 19/2021 Guarantee (B/G) of other banks, period of loan will be as per the
158
Dt.12.04.2021 tenor allowed in the SBLC/BG but not exceeding ______ days
under Gold Metal Loan Scheme (GML).
FeX 19/2021 Rate of interest under Gold Metal Loan Scheme (GML) will be 3%
Page
Dt.12.04.2021 ______ % over interest charged by foreign supplier up to 180

days. From 181 days onwards, clean rate of interest to be

charged.
FeX 19/2021 Margin under Gold Metal Loan Scheme (GML) will be ______ % 15%
Dt.12.04.2021 in shape of FDR or lien in Account of borrower.
Under Gold Metal Loan Scheme (GML), The outstanding overdraft 5kg
FeX 19/2021
can be repaid by way of purchase of gold on spot/ forward basis
Dt.12.04.2021
with a minimum lot of______.
FeX 19/2021 Authorisation and De-authorisation of Branches to handle CGM/GM-IBD
Dt.12.04.2021 business of Gold Metal Loan is vested with ______.
FeX 16/2021 Money changing business can be undertaken by entities Foreign Exchange
Dt.12.04.2021 authorised by the Reserve Bank under Section 10 of the ______, Management Act
No person will carry on money changing business without the Reserve Bank of India
FeX 16/2021
possession of a valid money changer’s license issued by the
Dt.12.04.2021
______.
Applicant FFMC, having its Head Office in any metro station or Rs.1 Crore ; Rs.50.00
having its office in more than one state, irrespective of their HO Lac
FeX 16/2021 with Tangible Net Worth of Rs.______ or Applicant FFMCs having
Dt.12.04.2021 its Head office in any Urban/Semi-Urban station with Tangible Net
Worth of Rs._______ are eligible for empanelment of FFMCs on
banks list of FFMCs.
FeX 15/2021 Rupee Drawing Arrangement (RDA) is a channel to receive cross-Border
Dt.12.04.2021 ______ from overseas jurisdictions. remittances
FeX 15/2021 Under Rupee Drawing Arrangements (RDA), Remittances through Rs.15,00,000 (Rupees
Dt. Exchange Houses for financing of trade transactions are permitted fifteen lakhs only)
12.04.2021 up to Rs.______ per transaction.
Rupee Drawing Arrangements can be conducted under the Speed Remittance
FeX 15/2021
Designated Depository Agency (DDA), Non-Designated procedures
Dt.12.04.2021
Depository Agency (Non-DDA) and ______.
Based on the RBI policy our bank has introduced a new product FX Retail Platform
naming ______for retail participants for sale- purchase of US
FeX 14/2021
Dollar against the Rupee for delivery on cash basis (same day),
Dt.09.04.2021
tom basis (next day), or spot basis (two days after date of
transaction).
The platform “FX-Retail” has been developed by ______, a wholly Clearcorp Dealing
FeX 14/2021
owned subsidiary of Clearing Corporation of India Ltd. (CCIL). Systems (India) Limited
Dt.09.04.2021
(Clearcorp)
The FX-Retail platform would provide customers with access to an purchase/sell foreign
FeX 14/2021
electronic trading platform through an internet-based application currency
Dt.09.04.2021
on which they can______at market clearing prices.
FeX 14/2021 The size of a single transaction under FX Retail Platform is not $5 million
Dt.09.04.2021 allowed to exceed ______.
Under FX Retail Platform, no transaction charges shall be levied USD 50,000
FeX 14/2021
by the CCIL on transactions of customers if such transactions do
Dt.09.04.2021
not exceed ______ per day.
Under FX Retail Platform, A transaction charge of ______% shall 0.0004%
FeX 14/2021
be charged by the CCIL for transactions in excess of USD 50,000
Dt.09.04.2021
per day.
FX-Retail is an Anonymous Order matching Platform which USD/INR
FeX 14/2021 provides for an anonymous and order driven dealing for the Retail
Dt.09.04.2021 Customers wherein they can place orders and trade in the ______
currency pair.
Under FX Retail Platform, The Customers can trade in 3 Outright Spot
FeX 14/2021
instruments on the platform namely Outright Cash, Outright Tom
Dt.09.04.2021
and ______.
The Authorization granted to our Bank for Import of Gold and March 31, 2022
159
Silver has been renewed till ______ subject to conditions that

FeX 12/2021
Import of Gold/Silver shall be in compliance with Foreign Trade
Dt.26.03.2021
Policy(FTP) and RBI instructions for importing and dealing in
Page
bullion and specie

Law Division
Decision for filing/non-filing of appeal/ revision /review for NIL
consumer courts under item 3(b) and making payment in
LAW 10/2021 compliance of the decree /order/award/decision as per its terms
Dt.19.07.2021 including interest, costs, compensation, penalty or any other
amount ordered to be paid, if any, shall be taken by branch upto
Rs. ______.
Decision for filing/non-filing of appeal/ revision /review for Rs. 2.50 lacs
amount ordered to be paid, if any, shall be taken by Committee at
Circle office level upto Rs. ______.
Decision for filing/non-filing of appeal/ revision /review for Above 2.50 & upto 5.00
amount ordered to be paid, if any, shall be taken by ZOCAC I upto
Rs. ______.
Decision for filing/non-filing of appeal/ revision /review for Above 5.00 & upto 7.50
amount ordered to be paid, if any, shall be taken by ZOCAC II
upto Rs. ______.
Decision for filing/non-filing of appeal/ revision /review for Above 7.50 & upto
consumer courts under item 3(b) and making payment in 10.00
amount ordered to be paid, if any, shall be taken by HOCAC I
upto Rs. ______.
Decision for filing/non-filing of appeal/ revision /review for FULL
amount ordered to be paid, if any, shall be taken by HOCAC II
upto Rs. ______.
LAW 09/2021 Recovery of Debts and Bankruptcy Act, 1993 enables the Banks Rs.20 lacs
Dt.21.06.2021 to recover its dues for amount Rs.______ or more.
LAW 09/2021 Commercial Courts Act, 2015 enables the Banks to recover its Rs. 20 Lakh
Dt.21.06.2021 dues for amount of Rs.3 lakh and upto Rs. ______..
LAW 09/2021 District Civil Courts enables the Banks to recover its dues for Rs. 20 lakh
Dt.21.06.2021 amount of less than Rs. ______ in terms of Civil Procedure Code..
LAW 09/2021 ______ provides remedy to enforce the secured assets outside SARFAESI Act, 2002
Dt.21.06.2021 courts through the Authorized Officer of the Bank.
LAW 09/2021 ______ provides framework of Lok Adalat which bank can also Legal Service
Dt.21.06.2021 avail for settlement of their cases through Lok Adalat. Authorities Act, 1987
______ provide framework for resolution of stressed accounts and Insolvency & Bankruptcy
LAW 09/2021
the bank can resort to initiate CIRP against corporate borrowers Code, 2016 (IBC)
Dt.21.06.2021
and its personal guarantors.
All plaints/Original Application (OAs) upto Rs. 1 Crores before its Circle SASTRA/ Circle
LAW 09/2021
filing in Court/DRT, are to be got vetted and approved through Office as the case may
160
Dt.21.06.2021
Law Officers at ______. be
All plaints/OAs more than Rs. 1 Crore and upto Rs. 5 Crores, Circle SASTRA/ Circle
LAW 09/2021
before its filing in Court/DRT , are to be got vetted and approved Office as the case may
Page
Dt.21.06.2021
through Law Officers at ______. be

All plaints/OAs more than Rs. 5 Crore and upto Rs. 10 Crores, At Zonal SASTRA
LAW 09/2021
before its filing in Court/DRT , are to be got vetted and approved /Zonal Office as the
Dt.21.06.2021
through Law Officers at ______. case may be
All plaints/OAs more than Rs. 10 Crores, before its filing in At Law Division, Head
LAW 09/2021
Court/DRT , are to be got vetted and approved through Law Office
Dt.21.06.2021
Officers at ______.
Before filing any appeal before the Hon’ble Supreme Court, Law Division, HO,
National Consumer Dispute Redressal Commission (NCDRC),
LAW 09/2021
Competition Commission of India (CCI), National Company Law
Dt.21.06.2021
Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT) a consultation with ______should
mandatorily be made.
LAW 07/2021 Search Report should be obtained covering the entire period from 13 years
Dt.31.03.2021 the date of last transfer or ______ years whichever is longer.
in cases where original title deeds are not available, EM can also Credit Administration
LAW 07/2021
be created by deposit of Certified Copies of Title Deeds but only Division, H.O. (CAD)
Dt.31.03.2021
with prior approval of ______.
For recoverable amount more than Rs.______, recovery suit is to Rs.20 lacs
LAW 06/2021
be filed before Debt Recovery Tribunals under the Recovery Of
Dt.31.03.2021
Debts Due to Banks and Financial Institutions Act, 1993.
For recoverable amount between Rs.______ and upto Rs. Rs.3 lakh ; Rs. 20
LAW 06/2021
______, recovery suit can be filed before the Civil Courts, in terms Lakh
Dt.31.03.2021
of Civil Procedure Code, or before the Commercial Court.
LAW 06/2021 For recoverable amount of less than Rs. 3 lakh, recovery suit is to Civil Courts
Dt.31.03.2021 be filed before the ______, in terms of Civil Procedure Code.
______Act, has facilitated establishment of DRTs which is the RDDB Act, 1993
LAW 06/2021
Forum where application for recovery should be filed to recover
Dt.31.03.2021
the dues to Bank in respect of claims of Rs.20 lakh and above.
DRT issues summons in the names of defendants and the 30 days
LAW 06/2021 services of summons are required to be made upon each of the
Dt.31.03.2021 defendant. On service of summons, the defendant is required to
file reply within ______ days or further time granted.
The proceedings before Civil Court commence by filing of plaint 30 days
LAW 06/2021 along with the documents relied upon. The defendant appears
Dt.31.03.2021 and files written statement within ______ days from the date of
service of Summons.
LAW 06/2021 DRT is headed by a ______. Presiding Officer (PO)
Dt.31.03.2021
In case of deposit accounts and lockers having 15 days
nomination/survivorship mandate, the claim in respect of the
LAW 05/2021
deceased customer should be settled and payment to the
Dt.31.03.2021
nominee / survivor(s) should be released within a period not
exceeding ______days from the date of receipt of the claim
In the case of deposit accounts and lockers without survivorship one month
mandate / nomination, the claim in respect of the deceased
LAW 05/2021
customer should be settled, in accordance with the bank’s
Dt.31.03.2021
guidelines, within ______ from the date on which the requisite
documents are submitted.
The nominee would be receiving the balance amount/ delivery / trustee
LAW 05/2021 release of the articles kept in safe custody / locker from the Bank
Dt.31.03.2021 as a ______ of the legal heirs/ legatee(s) of the deceased
customer.
The Banking Companies (Nomination) Rules 1985 have been 45 ZA to 45 ZF
LAW 05/2021
framed in terms of Sections ______ of the Banking Regulation
Dt.31.03.2021
Act, 1949.
Where the lockers are hired jointly, on the death of any of the joint only jointly by the
161
LAW 05/2021
hirers, the contents of the locker are allowed to be removed by nominee(s) and the
Dt.31.03.2021
______ after an inventory is taken in the prescribed manner. survivor(s)
LAW 05/2021 In case there is any dispute amongst the legal heirs or all the legal Succession Certificate
Page
Dt.31.03.2021 heirs do not join in settlement of the claim, ______ may be asked

for from the claimants.

If all the legal heirs are not able to join for receiving the payment Power of Attorney (PoA)
LAW 05/2021 of the deposit /delivery of articles , such of them who cannot join,
Dt.31.03.2021 may execute ______ in favour of one of the legal heirs /
claimants.
LAW 05/2021 The Power of Attorney (PoA) should be duly stamped and Notary / Magistrate
Dt.31.03.2021 attested by ______.
The Power of Attorney (PoA) executed abroad, should be attested Indian Consulate or
LAW 05/2021
by the official authorized at the ______ of that country. High Commission, as
Dt.31.03.2021
the case may be
In respect of claims up to the value of Rs.______, in place of Rs.5.00 lac
Power of Attorney, a Letter of Consent-cum-Relinquishment,
LAW 05/2021
duly notarized /attested, may be executed by the legal heirs in
Dt.31.03.2021
favour of one of the major legal heirs authorizing him/her to lodge
claim, execute documents, receive claim amount, etc.
If the claim in respect of contents of Locker is to be settled on the Letter of administration
LAW 05/2021
basis of legally established title, the claimant be advised to bring
Dt.31.03.2021
______from the competent court.
Claim case in respect of contents of locker may be settled against Agreement of Indemnity
LAW 05/2021
execution of ______. / Indemnity Bond with
Dt.31.03.2021
surety
In claim cases involving an amount / value not exceeding Rs. 50000/-
Rs.______, payment may be made to the legal heirs of the
LAW 05/2021
deceased customer, after relying on the declaration made in the
Dt.31.03.2021
claim form about the legal heirs of the deceased, duly attested by
Notary/Magistrate.
In claim cases involving an amount / value exceeding Rs.______, Rs. 50000/-
LAW 05/2021
confidential enquiry be made by the branch about the legal heirs
Dt.31.03.2021
of the deceased customer.
In claim cases involving an amount / value exceeding Rs. 50000/-, Indemnity Bond with
LAW 05/2021 if there is no dispute amongst the legal heirs and all are ready to surety
Dt.31.03.2021 join in settlement of the claim, the claim may be settled and paid
to the legal heirs against ______.
LAW 05/2021 In respect of claim pertaining to locker, ______ should not be succession certificate
Dt.31.03.2021 asked for as it is not a case of debt.
In the event of death of a Karta, Bank can allow the new Karta to Rs. 1 Lacs
continue to operate the existing account on the basis of an
LAW 05/2021
affidavit cum indemnity, from the surviving members and the legal
Dt.31.03.2021
heirs alongwith two guarantors, in HUF accounts having balances
upto Rs. ______.
On the death of the Karta/Coparcener, the operation in HUF Rs. 1 Lacs
LAW 05/2021
accounts having balance more than Rs ______ be stopped and
Dt.31.03.2021
dealt with as a claim case.
When an account holder / locker hirer is reportedly missing for the seven years
LAW 05/2021
last ______ or more is presumed to be dead in terms of Sections
Dt.31.03.2021
107 and 108 of the Indian Evidence Act.
In case where the bank’s customer is reportedly missing for last Rs.5.00 lac.
seven and more years but order from the court is not produced by
LAW 05/2021
the claimants with regard to presumption of death of such missing
Dt.31.03.2021
customer and the claim amount/value does not exceed Rs.
______.
The claim in respect of the account holder / locker hirer, who has Rs. 2.00 Lac ; 2 years
reportedly been missing for less than 7 years, can also be
LAW 05/2021 considered by the bank where the total amount / value of the
Dt.31.03.2021 claim does not exceed the threshold limit of Rs. ______ subject to
162
the condition that a minimum period of ______ years has elapsed

from the date of lodging of FIR.
LAW 05/2021 In case of Joint Locker account with nomination, In the event of surviving joint hirers
Page
Dt.31.03.2021 death of one (or more but not all) of the joint locker hirer(s), the

nominee(s) of the deceased locker holders alongwith the ______

will be jointly allowed to access the locker
In case of Joint Locker account with nomination, In the event of nominee(s)
LAW 05/2021 death of both / all the joint locker hirer(s) the ______ will be
Dt.31.03.2021 allowed to access the locker and remove the contents on
establishing his/her/their identity
In case of Joint Locker account without nomination, In the event of legal heir(s) of the
death of one (or more but not all) of the joint locker hirers, the deceased hirer(s) (or
LAW 05/2021
surviving hirer(s) and _______ would be allowed access to the any one of them as
Dt.31.03.2021
locker and remove the contents on verification of the authority and mandated by all of
proof of death of the hirer(s). them)
In case of Joint Locker account without nomination, In the event of legal heirs of all the
death of both / all the joint hirers, the _______ would be allowed deceased hirers (or any
LAW 05/2021
access to the locker and can remove the contents on verification one of them as
Dt.31.03.2021
of authority of the legal heirs and proof of death of the hirers. mandated by all legal
heirs)
To sanction settlement of claim cases including lockers and safe Rs. 5.00 Lakh
LAW 05/2021 custody boxes (where title is legally established), Power to settle
Dt.31.03.2021 deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale I will be
Rs. ______.
Dt.31.03.2021 deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale II will be
Rs. ______.
Dt.31.03.2021 deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale III will be
Rs. ______.
To sanction settlement of claim cases including lockers and safe Full
Dt.31.03.2021 deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale IV/V/VI will
be Rs. ______.
custody boxes (where title is not legally established), Power to
LAW 05/2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale I will
Dt.31.03.2021
be Rs. ______ on the basis of Indemnity Agreement alone
(Without Surety).
LAW 05/2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale II will
Dt.31.03.2021
be Rs. ______ on the basis of Indemnity Agreement alone
(Without Surety).
LAW 05/2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale III
Dt.31.03.2021
will be Rs. ______ on the basis of Indemnity Agreement alone
(Without Surety).
LAW 05/2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale IV
Dt.31.03.2021
(Without Surety).
To sanction settlement of claim cases including lockers and safe Rs. 5.00 Lakh/Rs. 10.00
custody boxes (where title is not legally established), Power to Lakh
LAW 05/2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale V/VI
163
Dt.31.03.2021
(Without Surety).
LAW 05/2021
Page

Dt.31.03.2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale I will

be Rs. ______ on the basis of Indemnity Agreement with Surety.

LAW 05/2021 custody boxes (where title is not legally established), Power to
Dt.31.03.2021 settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale II will
be Rs. ______ on the basis of Indemnity Agreement with Surety.
LAW 05/2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale III
Dt.31.03.2021
will be Rs. ______ on the basis of Indemnity Agreement with
Surety.
LAW 05/2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale IV
Dt.31.03.2021
Surety.
To sanction settlement of claim cases including lockers and safe Rs. 30.00 Lakh/
custody boxes (where title is not legally established), Power to Rs. 50.00 Lakh
LAW 05/2021
settle deceased claim case for Incumbent In-charge in Scale V/VI
Dt.31.03.2021
Surety.
Management Information System Division

MISD has implemented SSO (Single Sign On) process for SAP Business
MISD 07/2020 accessing all Enterprise Data Warehouse (EDW) applications i.e. Object(BO)
Dt.08.09.2021 ______ for Reporting, Risk Based Supervision(RBS) Tranche
data, Gap Screens etc. within Bank’s internal network.
Presently, applications which are accessible through SSO portal Gap Screens
MISD 07/2021
are: 1. EDW - SAP Business Object (BO) for Reporting 2. Risk
Dt.08.09.2021
Based Supervision (RBS) Tranche Data and 3. ______
For compliance of GST guidelines and bifurcating the tax MCHRG
MISD 04/2021 (SGST/CGST), menu option used for recovery of CICs, CERSAI &
Dt.25.02.2021 NeSL charges and credited into designated Separate GL Sub
Head in finacle is ______.
As per provisions of GST Act, Banks are required to CGSTRPT
MISD 04/2021 generate/provide invoices with Unique number for each and every
Dt.25.02.2021 service charge recovered from the customer through the menu
option ______.
MISD 03/2021 The Central Registry has been established vide Government of SARFAESI Act 2002
Dt.13.01.2021 India notification dated 31.03.2011, under the ______.
As per requirement of the new registration system for CERSAI one
MISD 03/2021
version 2.0, only ______ User (Administrators) is required to be
Dt.13.01.2021
created for each Zonal / Circle Office by Nodal Office at HO.
As per requirement of CERSAI version 2.0, ______ Digital Class III
MISD 03/2021
Signature will be required for new user & on expiry of existing
Dt.13.01.2021
User.
For requirement of Digital Signature for CERSAI version 2.0, Information Technology
MISD 03/2021 users are required to send prescribed physical application form as Division, HO
Dt.13.01.2021 well as soft copy of the same (through email @ pnbra@pnb.co.in)
to ______through their respective controlling office.
In order to ensure compliance of registration of Securities in HCLM
CERSAI and to facilitate its monitoring, particulars of assets filed
MISD 03/2021
with Central Registry shall be entered in CBS system through
Dt.13.01.2021
menu option ______ to create record in system for each and
164
every security, primary as well as collateral, charged to the bank.

MISD 02/2021 Presently, Transunion CIBIL and ______ are providing both CRIF Highmark
Dt.01.01.2021 Consumer and commercial category CIR.
Page
MISD 02/2021 Presently, Equifax and ______ are providing only Consumer Experian

Dt.01.01.2021 category CIR.

If any information mentioned in CIR is not correct or if customer pnbcibil@pnb.co.in
MISD 02/2021 raises any dispute over it, the same be sent to ______ along with
Dt.01.01.2021 complete online modification form (OLM), KYC documents and
the CIR showing the incorrect details.
The application URL for the Bureau One is Six digits Sol ID of the
MISD 02/2021 https://10.192.11.107:8443/Login.aspx. User ID for Drawing Credit Branch/Circle Office/HO
Dt.01.01.2021 Information Reports (CIRs) from Bureau One application will be Divisions
______.
Password length should be minimum of ______ and maximum of 8 ; 14
MISD 02/2021
______characters for Drawing Credit Information Reports (CIRs)
Dt.01.01.2021
from Bureau One application.
To access Amalgamated EDW, user IDs of all officers is ______. 7 digits PF number ; 8
MISD 01/2021
The password for the same should contain a minimum of ______
Dt.01.01.2021
characters including number and special character.
For reporting and regulatory purpose of all three banks (PNB 2.0), KYC-001 LIST OF KYC
MISD 01/2021 The report contains LIST OF KYC PENDING CUSTOMERS PENDING
Dt.01.01.2021 Details is available in amalgamated EDW under the name of CUSTOMERS
______. Details
List of Customers pending for CKYC is available in amalgamated KYC-007 List of
MISD 01/2021
EDW under the name of ______. Customers pending for
Dt.01.01.2021
CKYC
DAILY FRESH SLIPPAGE MONITORING REPORT Details is CRMD-001 DAILY
MISD 01/2021
available in amalgamated EDW under the name of ______. FRESH SLIPPAGE
Dt.01.01.2021
MONITORING REPORT
DEGRADATION REPORT Report (PNPA DATA) is available in CRMD-001
MISD 01/2021
amalgamated EDW under the name of ______. DEGRADATION
Dt.01.01.2021
REPORT(PNPA DATA)
MISD 01/2021 Report of Account wise SMA Data is available in amalgamated CRMD-003 SMA Data
Dt.01.01.2021 EDW under the name of ______. Account wise
List of Loan Accounts where Renewal/Review Pending is CRMD-007 List of
MISD 01/2021 available in amalgamated EDW under the name of ______. Account Sanction
Dt.01.01.2021 Renewal/Review
Pending
List of PMJDY accounts with Debit card not issued is available in DBD-005 List of PMJDY
MISD 01/2021
amalgamated EDW under the name of ______. accounts with Debit card
Dt.01.01.2021
not issued
Summary of Daily Progress details on Limitation Expired is IAD-001 Summary
MISD 01/2021
available in amalgamated EDW under the name of ______. Report of Limitation
Dt.01.01.2021
Expired
MISD 01/2021 Report for Limitation Expiring is available in amalgamated EDW IAD-002 Limitation
Dt.01.01.2021 under the name of ______. Expiring Detail
MISD 01/2021 Summary Report of BG Expiry is available in amalgamated EDW IAD-008 Summary
Dt.01.01.2021 under the name of ______. Report of BG Expiry
Sundary Suspense Outstanding is available in amalgamated EDW IAD-009 SUNDARY
MISD 01/2021
under the name of ______. SUSPENSE
Dt.01.01.2021
OUTSTANDING
List of Accounts With Insurance Expiry Due is available in IAD-11 List of Accounts
MISD 01/2021
amalgamated EDW under the name of ______. With
Dt.01.01.2021
Insurance Expiry Due
The report containing account wise information on guaranteed MSME-001 GECL
MISD 01/2021
emergency credit line facility is available in amalgamated EDW REPORT
Dt.01.01.2021
under the name of ______.
List of Saving Bank Accounts where Aadhar and Mobile number is PSFID-003 List of
MISD 01/2021 not Not Seeded is available in amalgamated EDW under the Accounts Aadhar and
165
Dt.01.01.2021 name of ______. Mobile number Not

Seeded
MISD 01/2021 The report containing Daily NPA Recovery Details is available in SASTRA-001 DAILY
Page
Dt.01.01.2021 amalgamated EDW under the name of ______. NPA RECOVERY

Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Division

To minimize the adverse impact of Covid on tourism industry, ₹ 10.00 lakhs ; ₹ 1.00
Govt. of India through Ministry of Tourism, has introduced the lakh
Loan Guarantee Scheme for the Covid affected Tourism Service
MSME 85/2021
Sector (LGSCATSS) for providing 100% guarantee coverage for a
Dt. 08.11.2021
maximum loan of ₹ ______ each for Travel & Tourism
Stakeholders and upto ₹ ______ each for registered Tourist
Guides.
Under Loan Guarantee Scheme for the Covid affected Tourism NCGTC
MSME 85/2021 Service Sector (LGSCATSS), The Fund and the Scheme will be
Dt. 08.11.2021 managed and operated by ______, which is a wholly owned
trustee company of Govt. of India.
Tenure of Loan under Loan Guarantee Scheme for the Covid 5 years ; one year
MSME 85/2021 affected Tourism Service Sector (LGSCATSS) would be upto
Dt. 08.11.2021 ______ years from the date of first disbursement including
moratorium period of ______.
MSME 85/2021 Margin under Loan Guarantee Scheme for the Covid affected NIL
Dt. 08.11.2021 Tourism Service Sector (LGSCATSS) shall be ______%
For Registered Tourist Guides under Loan Guarantee Scheme for ₹ 1.00 lakh
the Covid affected Tourism Service Sector (LGSCATSS), Loan
MSME 85/2021 amount shall be fixed based on the declaration given or requested
Dt. 08.11.2021 by Registered Tourist Guides subject to the maximum cap of ₹
______ for the purpose of discharging liabilities and restart their
business affected due to Covid -19 pandemic.
For Travel & Tourism Stakeholders under Loan Guarantee 50%. ; ₹ 10.00 lakh
Scheme for the Covid affected Tourism Service Sector
(LGSCATSS), Assessment of Loan amount (WCTL) shall be done
MSME 85/2021
on the basis of ______% of the receipt of the last financial year or
Dt. 08.11.2021
immediate pre covid year i.e. FY2019-20 or estimated/projected
receipt, whichever is higher, subject to the maximum cap of ₹
______.
The projected receipt under Loan Guarantee Scheme for the 150%
Covid affected Tourism Service Sector (LGSCATSS) for Travel &
MSME 85/2021
Tourism Stakeholders in case of WCTL, should not be more than
Dt. 08.11.2021
______% of the receipt of the last financial year or immediate pre
Covid year i.e. FY 2019-20, whichever is higher.
Term loan under Loan Guarantee Scheme for the Covid affected 1.2 ; 1.0
Tourism Service Sector (LGSCATSS) for Travel & Tourism
MSME 85/2021
Stakeholders shall be assessed based on projected DSCR as
Dt. 08.11.2021
provided in the process note. Average DSCR shall be minimum of
______ and in any of the year it should not fall below ______.
The Scheme for Loan Guarantee Scheme for the Covid affected 31st March, 2022 ;
Tourism Service Sector (LGSCATSS) would be applicable to all Rs. 250 crores
MSME 85/2021
eligible loans sanctioned on or after issuance of these guidelines
Dt. 08.11.2021
by NCGTC till ______, or till guarantees for an amount of Rs.
______ are issued under the scheme, whichever is earlier.
As per extended GECL, Existing borrowers under GECL 1.0 & 2.0 10% (over & above 20%
shall be eligible for additional credit support upto ______% of the availed)
MSME 81/2021
fund based outstanding as on 29.02.2020 or 31.03.2021 (net of
Dt. 13.10.2021
support received under GECL 1.0), whichever is higher, subject to
meeting other terms and conditions of the scheme guidelines
As per extended GECL, Guaranteed Emergency Credit Line 31.03.2022 ; Rs
166
(GECL) Scheme would be applicable to all loans sanctioned 4,50,000 crore

MSME 81/2021 under GECL during the period from the date of issue of these
Dt. 13.10.2021 guidelines by NCGTC to ______ or till guarantees for an amount
Page
of Rs ______ are issued (taking into account all components of

GECL), whichever is earlier.

As per extended GECL, Last date of disbursement for fund based June 30, 2022
MSME 81/2021
facility under the Scheme (ECLGS 1.0, ECLGS 2.0, 3.0 & 4.0)
Dt. 13.10.2021
shall be ______.
As per extended GECL, No last date has been stipulated for the 5 years ; June 30,
non-fund based facility under ECLGS 2.0, the Bank should ensure 2027
to progressively reduce their liability under the non-fund based
Dt. facility as the guarantee cover under the scheme for a particular
borrower shall expire on completion of ______ years from the first
date of utilization by the borrower under ECLGS 2.0 or ______,
whichever is earlier.
As per extended GECL, The additional WCTL or non-fund based June 30, 2022
facility (in case of banks and FIs)/ Term loan (in case of NBFCs)
facility granted under ECLGS shall rank second charge with the
MSME 81/2021
existing credit facilities in terms of cash flows (including
Dt. 13.10.2021
repayments) and security, with charge on the assets financed
under the Scheme to be created on or before ______ or date of
NPA, whichever is earlier.
As per extended GECL, In case the borrower wishes to take from Rs. 200 crore
any lender an amount more than the proportional 30% [40% in
case of ECLGS 3.0 & ECLGS 3.0 (Extension), subject to cap of
MSME 81/2021 Rs. ______ per borrower] of the outstanding credit that the
Dt. 13.10.2021 borrower has with that particular lender, a No Objection Certificate
(NOC) would be required from such lenders whose share of
ECLGS loan is being proposed to be taken from the
specificlender.
All borrowers who have availed assistance under ECLGS 1.0 or 31st March 2021
MSME 81/2021 new businesses which are eligible under ECLGS 1.0 based on the
Dt. 13.10.2021 revised reference date of ______ and meet the other terms of
GECL guidelines are eligible under extended ECLGS 1.0.
MSME 81/2021 All borrower accounts which had NPA or SMA-2 status as on 31.03.2021
Dt. 13.10.2021 ______ shall not be eligible under extended ECLGS 1.0.
As per extended GECL, The amount of GECL funding to existing 30% (enhanced from the
ECLGS 1.0 borrowers or new borrowers, in the form of additional present 20%) ; Rs. 50
working capital term loan facility would be upto ______% of their crore
MSME 81/2021
total credit outstanding (net of support received under ECLGS 1.0)
Dt. 13.10.2021
up to Rs. 50 crore (fund based only) as on 29th February, 2020 or
31st March 2021, whichever is higher, subject to the borrower
meeting all the eligibility criteria.
MSME 81/2021 The tenor of loans provided under GECL shall be ______ years five years
Dt. 13.10.2021 from the date of first disbursement under extended ECLGS 1.0.
Moratorium period of ______ years on the principal repayment 2 years
MSME 81/2021
shall be provided to borrowers for the fund based portion of GECL
Dt. 13.10.2021
credit under extended ECLGS 1.0.
MSME 81/2021 Loan shall be repaid in ______ installments after the moratorium 36
Dt. 13.10.2021 period is over under extended ECLGS 1.0.
Under extended GECL 2.0, the amount of GECL funding to 30% (enhanced from the
eligible borrowers either in the form of additional working capital present 20%) ; Rs.
term loan facility and / or non-Fund based facility or a mix of the 500 crore
MSME 81/2021
two would be upto ______% of their total credit outstanding (fund
Dt. 13.10.2021
based only, net of support received under GECL 2.0) up to Rs.
______ as on 29th February, 2020 or 31st March, 2021,
whichever is higher,
Under extended GECL 2.0, The tenor of facilities provided under 6 years ; June 30,
GECL shall be for a period of ______ years from the date of first 2022
MSME 81/2021 disbursement of fund based facility or first date of utilization of
167
Dt. 13.10.2021 non-fund based facility, whichever is earlier. To be eligible for

guarantee cover of the sanctioned nonfund based facility, first
utilization must happen on or before ______.
Page
MSME 81/2021 Moratorium period of ______ years on the principal repayment 2 years
Dt. 13.10.2021 shall be provided to borrowers for the fund based portion of GECL

credit under extended ECLGS 2.0.

MSME 81/2021 Loan shall be repaid in ______ installments after the moratorium 48
Dt. 13.10.2021 period is over under extended ECLGS 2.0.
Loan proposals under extended GECL 2.0 of above ₹ 100.00 HOCAC-II
MSME 81/2021 Crore to 150.00 crore shall be considered by ______ irrespective
Dt. 13.10.2021 of the fact that original facility has been sanctioned by the higher
authority.
Borrowers eligible for assistance under ECLGS 3.0 or 3.0 40%
(Extension) who have not availed any assistance under ECLGS
MSME 81/2021 1.0 and / or 2.0 would be eligible for full ______% assistance
Dt. 13.10.2021 under ECLGS 3.0 or 3.0 (Extension), subject to a cap of Rs.200
crore per borrower and the borrower meeting all the other
eligibility criteria.
MSME 81/2021 The tenor of facilities provided under extended GECL 3.0 shall be six years
Dt. 13.10.2021 ______ years from the date of first disbursement.
MSME 81/2021
Dt. 13.10.2021
credit under extended ECLGS 3.0
MSME 81/2021 The principal shall be repaid in ______ monthly instalments under 48
Dt. 13.10.2021 extended ECLGS 3.0.
As Per Revised guidelines, All Business Enterprises/MSME ₹ 50.00 Crore
borrower/ individuals who have availed loan for business
MSME 81/2021
purposes with combined outstanding loans across all Banks/ FIs
Dt. 13.10.2021
of up to ₹ ______ as on 29.02.2020 are eligible under GECL 1.0
Scheme.
To eligible under GECL 1.0 Scheme borrower accounts should be 60 days (not classified
MSME 81/2021
less than or equal to ______ days past due as on 29th February, as SMA 2 or NPA)
Dt. 13.10.2021
2020
Business Enterprises / MSME borrower accounts which had NPA SMA-2 status
MSME 81/2021
or ______ as on 29.02.2020 are not eligible under GECL 1.0
Dt. 13.10.2021
Scheme.
Under GECL 1.0, Pre-approved loan amount will be upto 20% ; ₹10.00 Crore
______% of the total outstanding loans of eligible borrowers up to
MSME 81/2021
₹ 50.00 Crore as on 29th February, 2020 i.e. loan amount
Dt. 13.10.2021
maximum of ₹______, subject to the borrower meeting all the
Under GECL 1.0, The period of loan tenor is ______ years from four years ; one year
MSME 81/2021 the date of disbursement. Moratorium period of ______ on the
Dt. 13.10.2021 principal amount shall be provided to the borrowers during which
interest is to be payable.
MSME 81/2021 Margin under GECL 1.0 will be ______% and loan shall be repaid NIL ; 36 installments
Dt. 13.10.2021 in ______ installments after the moratorium period is over.
Under GECL 1.0, Penal interest due to any non-compliance of No penal interest will be
MSME 81/2021 thealready accepted covenants on the existing credit facilities may charged
Dt. 13.10.2021 be charged @ ______on additional loans during the sanction
time.
The credit under GECL 1.0 will rank second charge with the June 30, 2022
existing credit facilities in terms of cash flows (including
MSME 81/2021
repayments) and securities, with charge on the assets financed
Dt. 13.10.2021
under the Scheme to be created on or before ______ or date of
NPA, whichever is earlier.
Under GECL 1.0, The stipulation of second charge has been Rs.25 lakh
MSME 81/2021 waived in respect of all loans up to Rs.______ (outstanding as on
Dt. 13.10.2021 February 29, 2020 plus loan sanctioned under GECL), subject to
the Bank ensuring to safeguard the interests of NCGTC.
168
Under GECL 1.0, NCGTC shall provide 100% Guarantee 100% ; No Guarantee
MSME 81/2021 coverage on the outstanding amount for the credit facility provided Fee shall be charged
Dt. 13.10.2021 under the Scheme as on the date of NPA. Guarantee Fee @
Page
______shall be charged from the borrower for the Credit facilities

provided under the Scheme.

Under GECL, The NCGTC shall pay 75% of the guaranteed 30 days
amount within ______ days of preferring of eligible claim by the
MSME 81/2021 Bank, subject to the claim being otherwise found in order and
Dt. 13.10.2021 complete in all respects. The balance 25% of the guaranteed
amount will be paid on conclusion of recovery proceedings or till
the decree gets time barred, whichever is earlier.
Under GECL 1.0, In case the borrower wishes to take from any 20%
lender an amount more than the proportional ______% of the
MSME 81/2021
outstanding credit than the borrower has with that particular
Dt. 13.10.2021
lender, a No Objection Certificate (NOC) would be required from
all other lenders.
GECL 1.0 Scheme would be applicable to all loans sanctioned 31.03.2022 ;
under GECL during the period from the date of issue of these Rs 4,50,000 crore
MSME 81/2021
guidelines by NCGTC to 31.03.2022 or till guarantees for an
Dt. 13.10.2021
amount of Rs ______ are issued (taking into account all
components of GECL), whichever is earlier.
new businesses which are eligible under ECLGS 1.0 based on the
MSME 81/2021
revised reference date of 31st March 2021 and meet the other
Dt. 13.10.2021
terms of GECL guidelines are eligible under extended GECL 1.0
Scheme.
Under extended GECL 1.0 Scheme, The amount of GECL funding 30% (enhanced from the
to existing ECLGS 1.0 borrowers or new borrowers, in the form of present 20%)
additional working capital term loan facility would be upto
MSME 81/2021
______% of their total fund based credit outstanding up to Rs. 50
Dt. 13.10.2021
crore (net of support received under ECLGS 1.0) as on 29th
February, 2020 or 31st March 2021, whichever is higher, subject
to the borrower meeting all the eligibility criteria.
The tenor of loans provided under extended GECL 1.0 shall be five years ; 2 years
______ years from the date of first disbursement. Moratorium
MSME 81/2021
period of 2 years on the principal repayment shall be provided to
Dt. 13.10.2021
borrowers for the fund based portion of GECL credit under
ECLGS 1.0 (Extension).
MSME 81/2021 Under extended GECL 1.0 Scheme, Loan shall be repaid in 36 installments
Dt. 13.10.2021 ______ installments after the moratorium period is over.
All Business Enterprises /MSMEs in the 26 sectors identified by Rs. 500 crore
the Kamath Committee on Resolution Framework and the
MSME 81/2021 Healthcare sector who have availed loan for business purposes
Dt. 13.10.2021 with total credit outstanding (fund based only), across lending
institutions, above Rs. 50 crore and not exceeding Rs. ______ as
on 29.02.2020 are covered under GECL 2.0.
new businesses (in 26 sectors identified by the Kamath
MSME 81/2021 Committee on Resolution Framework and the Healthcare sector)
Dt. 13.10.2021 which are eligible under ECLGS 2.0 based on the revised
reference date of 31st March 2021 and meet the other terms of
GECL guidelines are eligible under extended GECL 2.0.
To be eligible under ECLGS 2.0, the borrower accounts should be 60 days
MSME 81/2021
less than or equal to ______ days past due as on February 29,
Dt. 13.10.2021
2020.
MSME 81/2021 All borrower accounts which had NPA or SMA-2 status as on 31.03.2021
Dt. 13.10.2021 ______ shall not be eligible under ECLGS 2.0 (Extension).
The amount of GECL 2.0 funding to eligible borrowers either in 20% ; Rs. 100.00
the form of additional working capital term loan facility and / or Crore
169
non-Fund based facility or a mix of the two would be up to

MSME 81/2021
______% of their total credit outstanding (fund based only) up to
Dt. 13.10.2021
Rs. 500 crore as on 29th February, 2020, i.e. loan amount
Page
maximum of ₹ ______ (FB+NFB) subject to the borrower meeting

all the eligibility criteria.

Under GECL 2.0 (Extension), the amount of GECL funding to 30% (enhanced from the
eligible borrowers either in the form of additional working capital present 20%)
term loan facility and / or non- Fund based facility or a mix of the
MSME 81/2021 two would be upto ______% of their total fund based credit
Dt. 13.10.2021 outstanding up to Rs. 500 crore (net of support received under
GECL 2.0) as on 29th February, 2020 or 31st March, 2021,
whichever is higher, subject to the borrower meeting all the
The tenor of facilities provided under GECL 2.0 shall be for a 5 years ; June 30,
period of ______ from the date of first disbursement of fund based 2022
MSME 81/2021 facility or first date of utilization of non-fund based facility,
Dt. 13.10.2021 whichever is earlier. To be eligible for guarantee cover of the
sanctioned non-fund based facility, first utilization must happen on
or before ______.
The tenor of facilities provided under GECL 2.0 (Extension) shall 6 years ; June 30,
be for a period of ______ from the date of first disbursement of 2022
MSME 81/2021 fund based facility or first date of utilization of non-fund based
Dt. 13.10.2021 facility, whichever is earlier. To be eligible for guarantee cover of
the sanctioned non-fund based facility, first utilization must
happen on or before ______.
Under GECL 2.0, Moratorium period of ______ on the principal one year
MSME 81/2021
amount shall be provided to the borrowers during which interest is
Dt. 13.10.2021
to be payable.
MSME 81/2021
Dt. 13.10.2021
credit under ECLGS 2.0 (Extension).
MSME 81/2021 Under ECLGS 2.0 & ECLGS 2.0 (Extension), Loan shall be 48 installments
Dt. 13.10.2021 repaid in ______ installments after the moratorium period is over.
Under ECLGS 2.0 & ECLGS 2.0 (Extension), The last date of June 30, 2022
MSME 81/2021
disbursement for fund based facility under the scheme shall be
Dt. 13.10.2021
______.
While no last date has been stipulated for the non-fund based 5 years ; June 30,
facility under ECLGS 2.0 & ECLGS 2.0 (Extension), the Bank 2027
should ensure to progressively reduce their liability under the non-
MSME 81/2021
fund based facility as the guarantee cover under the scheme for a
Dt. 13.10.2021
particular borrower shall expire on completion of ______ years
from the first date of utilization by the borrower under ECLGS 2.0
or ______, whichever is earlier.
ECLGS 3.0 refers to the scheme for providing 100% guarantee to Hospitality, Travel &
MSME 81/2021 member lending institutions in respect of eligible credit facility Tourism, Leisure &
Dt. 13.10.2021 extended by them to its borrowers in the______ sectors. Sporting and Civil
Aviation sectors
Under GECL 3.0, the amount of GECL funding to eligible 40% ; ₹ 200 crore
borrowers in the form of additional working capital term loan
MSME 81/2021 facility would be up to ______% of their total credit outstanding
Dt. 13.10.2021 (fund based only) as on 29.02.2020, subject to a cap of Rs.
______ (fund based only) per borrower and the borrower meeting
all the other eligibility criteria.
Under GECL 3.0 (Extension), the amount of GECL funding to 31.03.2021
MSME 81/2021 eligible borrowers in the form of additional working capital term
Dt. 13.10.2021 loan facility would be up to incremental credit eligibility based on
outstanding of 29.02.2020 or ______, whichever is higher.
The eligible borrowers, who are eligible under ECLGS 3.0 and 20%
MSME 81/2021 have already availed benefit under ECLGS 1.0 or ECLGS 2.0
Dt. 13.10.2021 shall be eligible for additional credit upto ______% of their total
170
credit outstanding as on 29.02.2020.

Borrowers eligible for assistance under ECLGS 3.0 or 3.0 40%
MSME 81/2021 (Extension) who have not availed any assistance under ECLGS
Page
Dt. 13.10.2021 1.0 and / or 2.0 would be eligible for full ______% assistance
under ECLGS 3.0 or 3.0 (Extension), subject to a cap of Rs. 200

crore per borrower and the borrower meeting all the other
The tenor of facilities provided under ECLGS 3.0 or 3.0 six years ; 2 years
(Extension)shall be ______ years from the date of first
MSME 81/2021
disbursement. Moratorium period of ______ years on the principal
Dt. 13.10.2021
repayment shall be provided to borrowers during which period
interest shall be payable under ECLGS 3.0 or 3.0 (Extension).
MSME 81/2021 Under GECL 3.0 & 3.0 (Extension), The principal shall be repaid 48
Dt. 13.10.2021 in ______ monthly instalments after the moratorium period is over.
MSME 81/2021 Facility under GECL is 100% guaranteed by NCGTC and it is fully 0%
Dt. 13.10.2021 secured. Exposure under GECL carries ______% risk weight.
ECLGS 4.0 refers to the scheme for providing 100% guarantee to hospitals/nursing
member lending institutions in respect of eligible credit facility homes/clinics/medical
MSME 81/2021 extended by them to ______setting up of on-site oxygen colleges / units engaged
Dt. 13.10.2021 producing plants. in manufacturing of
liquid oxygen, oxygen
cylinders etc
Existing Hospitals/nursing homes/clinics/medical colleges/ Units 90 days ; ₹ 2 crore
engaged in manufacturing of liquid oxygen, oxygen Cylinders etc
having credit facility with our Bank with days past due upto
MSME 81/2021
______ days as on March 31, 2021 and requiring assistance of
Dt. 13.10.2021
upto ₹ ______ for setting up low cost technologies like Pressure
Swing Adsorption etc. for onsite oxygen generation are eligible
under ECLGS 4.0.
Under ECLGS 4.0, Tenor of facilities shall be for a maximum 5 years
MSME 81/2021 period of ______ years from the date of first disbursement of fund
Dt. 13.10.2021 based facility or first date of utilization of non-fund based facility,
Under ECLGS 4.0, Moratorium period of ______ months on the 6 months ; 54
principal amount shall be provided to borrowers for fund based
MSME 81/2021
portion during which interest shall be payable. The principal along
Dt. 13.10.2021
with interest shall be repaid in maximum ______ monthly
instalments after the moratorium period of 6 months is over.
CGTMSE vide Circular no.187/2021-22 dated 08.10.2021 has SMA2 status
decided to relax the timeline for application lodgment. Member
MSME 80/2021 Lending Institutions (MLIs) can now apply for guarantee cover
Dt. 11.10.2021 anytime during the tenure of Loan provided the credit facility was
not restructured / remained in ______ in last 1 year from the date
of submission of application.
CGTMSE vide Circular no. 186/2021-22 dated 08.10.2021 has Rs. 1,00,000/-
decided to increase the threshold for waiver of legal action while
MSME 79/2021
invoking the guarantee to Rs. ______ per claim based on the
Dt. 11.10.2021
aggregate outstanding amount considered eligible for claim
settlement, as against the present limit of Rs. 50,000/.
Where the filing of legal proceedings is waived, a committee Assistant General
MSME 79/2021 headed by an officer not below the rank of ______ of MLI should Manager
Dt. 11.10.2021 examine all such accounts and take a decision for not initiating
legal action and filing claim under the CGTMSE Scheme.
In response to the customer outreach agenda set out by the PNB PRIME
government and as part of ongoing efforts under ______ to propel
MSME 78/2021
growth and revitalize profitability, the Bank has decided to roll out
Dt. 07.10.2021
a comprehensive “6S Campaign” to add impetus to the existing
on-ground efforts.
The 6S campaign will be anchored around 5 key pillars i.e. Retail Digital outreach and
MSME 78/2021
assets growth; MSME assets growth; Agricultural assets growth; service delivery
171
Dt. 07.10.2021
Ensuring access to Financial Inclusion and ______.
MSME 78/2021 The 6S Campaign includes Shikhar, Sankalp , Swagat, Sampark
Dt. 07.10.2021 Samruddhi, Swabhiman and ______.
Page
MSME 78/2021 Under 6S- Shikhar covers housing loan sanctions to customers >=50 lakhs

Dt. 07.10.2021 with CIBIL score >=750 and sanction limit ______.
MSME 78/2021 Under 6S- Shikhar, The bank is offering housing loans at a best- 6.60%
Dt. 07.10.2021 in-class rate of interest starting from ______%.
______ Campaign covers all retail loan products in the Bank Shikhar Plus
MSME 78/2021
except Housing Loans above Rs 50 lakh for low-risk customers
Dt. 07.10.2021
(>=750 CIBIL score) already covered under the Shikhar scheme.
In the wake of this aggressive competition, to empower our field MSME ; 0.20%
with the right tools, our bank has launched the “Swagat” campaign
MSME 78/2021
with a focus on bringing back quality accounts under ______. A
Dt. 07.10.2021
special discounted rate of interest, starting as low as RLLR
+______%, is being offered to gain back the borrowal accounts.
Sankalp scheme will be applicable for new MSME customers for Rs 50 crore
MSME 78/2021 loan sanctions above Rs 20 lakh and up to Rs ______. A special
Dt. 07.10.2021 discounted rate of interest, starting as low as RLLR + 0.20%,is
being offered.
MSME 78/2021 Sankalp Plus will cover new MSME customers primarily falling Rs 20 lakh
Dt. 07.10.2021 under ECGLS schemes with less than Rs ______ sanction limit.
MSME 78/2021 Under 6S-Samruddhi campaign emphasis will be given on All Agri Credit
Dt. 07.10.2021 increasing ______.
MSME 78/2021 Under 6S- Swabhiman campaign emphasis will be given on Penetration of Social
Dt. 07.10.2021 ______. Security Schemes
MSME 78/2021 Under 6S-Sampark campaign, emphasis will be given on ______. Digital & Service
Dt. 07.10.2021 Delivery
Ministry of MSME, Govt. of India through Credit Guarantee Fund 31.03.2022
MSME 77/2021 Trust for Micro & Small Enterprises (CGTMSE) has introduced
Dt. 07.10.2021 “Distressed Assets Fund- Subordinate Debt for Stressed MSMEs”.
This scheme will now remain operational till ______.
PNB MetLife India Insurance Co Ltd have extended Group Life Met Loan & Life
MSME 76/2021
Insurance Coverage to our bank’s MSME (Term loan, overdraft / Suraksha
Dt. 07.10.2021
cash credit facility) borrowers under their scheme ______.
______ campaign has been launched with a focus on bringing SWAGAT
MSME 68/2021
back quality accounts under MSME through customized offering,
Dt. 20.09.2021
which were taken over by the other Banks
Under the campaign ______, Branches/ Offices will garner fresh SANKALP
MSME 68/2021
business loans from New to the Bank (NTB) customer in Pan
Dt. 20.09.2021
India basis.
Under “SHIKHAR” campaign emphasis will be given on increasing Housing Loan
MSME 68/2021
______ portfolio under retail segment with focus approach on low
Dt. 20.09.2021
risk customers.
The PM SVANidhi scheme will incentivize digital transactions by Rs. 1
vendors through cash back facility. As per Modified Guidelines, (Rs. 0.50 cashback per
The on boarded vendors would be incentivized with a monthly EDT for the next 50
cashback @ Rs. ______ cashbackper Eligible Digital Transaction EDTs; Rs. 0.25
MSME 65/2021 (EDT) till the first 50 EDTs. cashback per EDT for
Dt. 14.09.2021 the next 100 EDTs; EDT
to be a digital
transaction of any
value).
As per the extent guidelines of NCGTC, for filing and settlement of 90 days
MSME 61/2021
claims under ECLGS, MLI needs to mark NPA within ______ days
Dt. 21.08.2021
of the account being classified as NPA.
Ministry of Housing & Urban Affairs (MoHUA) has issued Rs. 20,000 ; Rs.
guidelines to provide an enhanced loan under 2nd tranche of Rs. 15,000
MSME 60/2021
______ to PM SVANidhi beneficiaries on timely repayment of
172
Dt. 21.08.2021
earlier loan under PM SVANidhi Scheme. However, the minimum
amount of loan for 2nd tranche is fixed at Rs. ______.
MSME 60/2021 The tenure for 2nd tranche of loan under PM SVANidhi will be up 18 months
Page
Dt. 21.08.2021 to ______.

MSME 60/2021 The street vendors under PM SVANidhi will be eligible for interest March 31, 2022
Dt. 21.08.2021 subsidy @ 7% on 2nd tranche loans up to ______.
To make the MUDRA scheme more flexible and making this ₹ 50,000/-
MSME 59/2021 product easily accessible to all eligible borrowers under Shishu
Dt. 19.08.2021 Category, CRMC has approved e-MUDRA Scheme for loan upto
₹ ______.
MSME 59/2021 Individual Customer having an active SB/CA with us since past 6 months
Dt. 19.08.2021 ______ months are eligible under e-MUDRA Scheme.
To eligible under e-MUDRA Scheme applicant should be ______ 18 to 60 years
MSME 59/2021
of age.
Dt. 19.08.2021
MSME 59/2021 Quantum of Exposure under e-MUDRA Scheme will be Upto ₹50,000/-
Dt. 19.08.2021 ₹______.
Loan limit under e-MUDRA Scheme will be lowest of Rs. 50000/-, ten times
MSME 59/2021 Loan Amount Requested, Cost of Goods/Articles to be
Dt. 19.08.2021 purchasedat and ______ times of the credit summation in the
account in the last 6 months.
Repayment Period under e-MUDRA Scheme will be upto ______ 7 years ; 3 months
MSME 59/2021 years including maximum moratorium period of ______ months.
Dt. 19.08.2021 However, Interest as and when due shall be serviced during the
moratorium period also.
MSME 59/2021 Margin under e-MUDRA Scheme will be ______%. NIL
Dt. 19.08.2021
All Registered Civil, Construction, Electrical, Mechanical, Mining, PNB CONTRACTOR
Labour and Transport Contractors undertaking works on behalf of
Central/ State Government Department/ PWD/ Public Sector
MSME 58/2021 Undertakings and Reputed Corporate etc. are eligible for financing
Dt. 16.08.2021 to meet WC requirements for both Fund Based and Non-fund
based facilitiesunder and Term Loan for purchase of Plant &
Machinery/ Equipments/ Transport Vehicles, to be used for
execution of contract works under ______ Scheme.
Under PNB CONTRACTOR Scheme, Business units should have 2 years
MSME 58/2021 been established in their line of business for minimum of ______
Dt. 16.08.2021 years and the unit should have a Cash Profit in the immediate
preceding year.
Maximum Loan Amount under PNB CONTRACTOR Scheme will Need based ; 25%
MSME 58/2021 be Rs. ______. However, interchangeability from Fund Based
Dt. 16.08.2021 Working Capital (FBWC) limit to BG/LC may be permitted by the
sanctioning authority up to 25% of the sanction limit.
Margin under PNB CONTRACTOR Scheme for Term Loan will be 25%
MSME 58/2021
minimum ______% margin on equipments/ Plant & Machinery/
Dt. 16.08.2021
any other legitimate assets.
Margin under PNB CONTRACTOR Scheme for Term Loan will be 20%
MSME 58/2021 minimum ______% margin on Transport Vehicles, i.e., inclusive of
Dt. 16.08.2021 insurance premium, RTO Tax and other incidental charges in
case of new vehicles.
MSME 58/2021 Margin under PNB CONTRACTOR Scheme for Working Capital 25%
Dt. 16.08.2021 will be minimum ______% margin.
Minimum cash margin for Performance guarantee under PNB 15% ; 5% i.e. up to
MSME 58/2021
CONTRACTOR Scheme will be ______%. Next higher authority minimum 10%
Dt. 16.08.2021
can allow deduction in cash margin by maximum of ______%.
MSME 58/2021 Cash margin for BG against disputed liabilities under PNB 100%
Dt. 16.08.2021 CONTRACTOR Scheme will be ______%.
Maximum repayment period of Term Loan under PNB 84 months ; 3 months
MSME 58/2021 CONTRACTOR Scheme will be ______ months including
173
Dt. 16.08.2021 moratorium period of maximum of ______ months from the date
of first disbursement.
MSME 58/2021 Collateral Security under PNB CONTRACTOR Scheme shall be 50%
Page
Dt. 16.08.2021 minimum ______% of the exposure (Fund based and Non- Fund

based) by way of Mortgage of Immovable property/ liquid security

ZOCAC-II may further relax the collateral security requirement 10% (i.e. proposal can
upto ______% for the proposals falling upto the powers of be considered with
ZOCAC-I on case to case basis. ZOCAC-II & above may consider minimum of 40%
MSME 58/2021
the above relaxation for proposals falling within their vested collateral security of the
Dt. 16.08.2021
powers. total exposure Fund
based & non-fund
based)
Name the MSME Scheme to purchase Autos, Taxies, E- PNB TRANSPORT.
MSME 57/2021 rickshaws, Commercial Vehicles (LCV/MCV/HCV), Cargo
Dt. 16.08.2021 Vehicles etc. operating on any kind of energy which are permitted
by State/ Local authorities etc. ______.
MSME 57/2021 Maximum Term Loan Amount under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme Rs. 5.00 Crore
Dt. 16.08.2021 will be Rs. ______.
For financing Used/ Second Hand Vehicles under PNB Rs. 5.00 lac
MSME 57/2021
TRANSPORT Scheme, minimum purchase price of the vehicle
Dt. 16.08.2021
should be Rs. ______.
Maximum OD Limit under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme will be Rs. Rs. 50000/- ;
MSME 57/2021
______ per vehicle financed by our Bank subject to maximum Rs.10.00 lac
Dt. 16.08.2021
Rs.______ per borrower.
OD limit under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme shall be allowed Rs. 5.00 lac
MSME 57/2021
against the vehicles financed by our Bank only, having on-road
Dt. 16.08.2021
purchase price of Rs.______ and above.
In case of loans above Rs.2.00 lac, margin for New Vehicles 15% ; 15%
under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme shall be ______% of “On Road
MSME 57/2021
Price” as per the performa invoice of the Dealer or ______% of
Dt. 16.08.2021
the cost on purchase of chasis, cost of body building, road tax &
insurance expenses.
MSME 57/2021 In case of loans upto Rs.2.00 lac margin for New Vehicles under 10%
Dt. 16.08.2021 PNB TRANSPORT Scheme shall be ______%.
In case of E-Rickshaws under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme, total 10%
MSME 57/2021 Term Loan including replacement cost of batteries (Upto 2
Dt. 16.08.2021 batteries) shall be sanctioned in the beginning by keeping
minimum margin of ______%.
In case of E-Rickshaws under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme, The 36 months
MSME 57/2021 TL for batteries will be disbursed through the same A/c after one &
Dt. 16.08.2021 two year subsequently. The EMI will be fixed in such a way the
total Term Loan is adjusted in ______.
Margin under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme shall be ______% for 25% ; 2 years
MSME 57/2021 used/ second hand Light Commercial Vehicle /MCV/HCV not
Dt. 16.08.2021 older than ______ years. (Second hand E-rickshaws shall not be
financed)
For loan amount above Rs. 10.00 Lakh under PNB TRANSPORT 1.50 ; 1.20
MSME 57/2021 Scheme, average DSCR should be minimum of ______ and it
Dt. 16.08.2021 should not fall below ______ during any year of the repayment
period.
Tenure of Loan for new vehicles under PNB TRANSPORT 36 months ; 60
MSME 57/2021
Scheme for Loans upto Rs. 2.00 lac will be up to ______ months months
Dt. 16.08.2021
and for Loans above Rs. 2.00 lac will be upto ______ months
In case of used/ second hand vehicle, maximum repayment 60 months
MSME 57/2021
period under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme shall be ______ months
Dt. 16.08.2021
from the 1st registration date of the vehicle
In cases where body building is required for the vehicle , Max. 3 months
MSME 57/2021
moratorium period upto ______ months may be allowed under
Dt. 16.08.2021
PNB TRANSPORT Scheme.
174
For loan amount above Rs. 10.00 Lacs under PNB TRANSPORT 50%
MSME 57/2021 Scheme,______% collateral Security in the shape of immovable
Dt. 16.08.2021 property/ eligible liquid security from the borrower or Credit
Page
Guarantee Coverage under CGTMSE/CGSSI for the entire

exposure shall be obtained.

For loan amount upto Rs. 10.00 Lacs under PNB TRANSPORT No collateral security to
Scheme,______% collateral Security in the shape of immovable be obtained. This
MSME 57/2021
property/ eligible liquid security from the borrower shall be Facility shall invariably
Dt. 16.08.2021
obtained. be covered under
CGTMSE
Under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme, Loan without Collateral 50% ; ₹1.00 Crore
MSME 57/2021 security or CGTMSE/CGSSI coverage shall be maximum upto
Dt. 16.08.2021 ______% of borrower’s existing exposure or ₹______, whichever
is lower.
Under PNB TRANSPORT Scheme, Internal Risk Rating (IRR) of B1 ; BBB
MSME 57/2021 the Borrower should be minimum of ______ and equivalent at the
Dt. 16.08.2021 time of considering the proposal and External Rating (If
applicable) should be minimum of ______.
In case of purchase of old vehicle under PNB TRANSPORT 20%
Scheme, valuation of the vehicle for the purpose of advance shall
be the purchase price of the new vehicle less depreciation @
MSME 57/2021
______% p.a. for a period starting from the date when the vehicle
Dt. 16.08.2021
was first put on the road or the value assessed through
independent agency like the Automobile Association/ Chartered
Engineers etc., whichever is less.
Government of India and SIDBI set up the Credit Guarantee Fund ₹200 lakh
Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises (CGTMSE). Credit facility
MSME 56/2021
under CGTMSE scheme is provided to MSE sector for loan
Dt. 16.08.2021
upto₹______ without obtaining collateral security / third party
guarantees.
CGTMSE has introduced a new “Hybrid Security” product allowing ₹200 lakh
guarantee cover for the portion of credit facility not covered by
MSME 56/2021 collateral security. Under this model, Bank is allowed to obtain
Dt. 16.08.2021 collateral security for a part of the credit facility, whereas the
remaining part of the credit facility, up to a maximum of ₹______,
can be covered under Credit Guarantee Scheme of CGTMSE.
For loans above, ₹ 50.00 lakh, ______ is the Competent Authority Respective sanctioning
MSME 56/2021
for permitting coverage of loan under CGTMSE on merits of the authority
Dt. 16.08.2021
case.
For loans above ₹10 lakh to ₹50 lakh, ______ (in case of group Respective sanctioning
MSME 56/2021
exposure) is having the discretion to cover eligible loan under authority
Dt. 16.08.2021
CGTMSE, on merits of the case.
______ is empowered to cover eligible loans under CGTMSE Respective sanctioning
MSME 56/2021
guarantee coverage, on merits of the case for Loan upto ₹ 200.00 authority
Dt. 16.08.2021
Lakh.
For capturing the details of Udyam Registration Number, Date of URDM
MSME 52/2021 Udyam Registration, Category of account (Micro/ Small/ Medium),
Dt. 06.07.2021 Turnover and Value of Plant & Machinery/ Equipment etc. menu
option in Finacle is ______.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, For Proposals falling up to RLLR+1.00%
Zonal office powers, ZOCAC-II may allow concession / relaxation
MSME 51/2021
(in existing as well as additional facility) in ROI (irrespective of
Dt. 30.06.2021
rating of borrower) subject to the condition that ROI after allowing
concession shall not be below ______.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0,______& above for proposals HOCAC-I
MSME 51/2021 falling within their vested loaning powers, have full powers for
Dt. 30.06.2021 allowing concession/relaxation in ROI subject to ROI not below
RLLR.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, ______ & above shall have Full ZOCAC-II (for sanctions
175
MSME 51/2021
Powers for waiver of processing fee/any other service charges for up to Zonal Office)
Dt. 30.06.2021
FY 2021-22 & 2022-23 also.
MSME 51/2021 Under Resolution Framework 2.0, General Banking Branches ₹10.00 lakh
Page
Dt. 30.06.2021 (GBBs) can do Full/Part Conversion of Working Capital limit into

Term Loan i.e. WCTL for aggregate exposure up to ₹______.

Under Resolution Framework 2.0, Maximum moratorium period of 24 months
MSME 51/2021 ______ shall be allowed for WCTL / additional Term Loan facility
Dt. 30.06.2021 from the date of implementation. However Interest shall continue
to be serviced by Borrower as and when due.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, For Loans having exposure 2 years ; 6 months
upto ₹1.00 crore as on 31.03.2021, Interest for the moratorium
MSME 51/2021
period may be converted into FITL, repayable within a maximum
Dt. 30.06.2021
period of ______ years including ______ months moratorium
provided if any.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, For Loans having exposure 4 years ; 2 years
above ₹1.00 crore as on 31.03.2021, Interest for the moratorium
MSME 51/2021
period may be converted into FITL, repayable within a maximum
Dt. 30.06.2021
period of ______ years including ______ years moratorium
provided if any.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, to relaxing requirement of ₹1 crore
MSME 51/2021 audited financials for FY ending 31.03.2021 on account of COVID
Dt. 30.06.2021 impact and difficulty in getting ABS, sanctioning authority may
accept Self certified financials for exposures upto ₹______.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, to relaxing requirement of ₹10.00 crore
audited financials for FY ending 31.03.2021 on account of COVID
MSME 51/2021 impact and difficulty in getting ABS, sanctioning authority may
Dt. 30.06.2021 accept Self certified financials for exposures above ₹1.00 crore to
₹______ where no additional exposure is taken in the Borrowal
account.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, If additional exposure is ₹10.00 crore
MSME 51/2021
proposed, CA certified financials is required for exposures above
Dt. 30.06.2021
₹1.00 crore to ₹______ .
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, provisional financials certified ₹10.00 crore
MSME 51/2021
by CA/Statutory Auditor (SA) is required for exposures above
Dt. 30.06.2021
₹______.
Resolution of Exposures for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises ₹ 50.00 crore (enhanced
(MSMEs) under Resolution Framework 2.0, The aggregate from ₹ 25.00 crore)
MSME 45/2021
exposure, including non-fund based facilities, of all lending
Dt. 09.06.2021
institutions to the borrower does not exceed ₹ ______ as on
March 31, 2021.
The restructuring of the borrower account under Resolution 90 days
MSME 42/2021
Framework 2.0 is implemented within ______ from the date of
Dt. 27.05.2021
invocation.
Upon implementation of the restructuring plan under Resolution 10 percent
MSME 42/2021
Framework 2.0, the lending institutions shall keep provision of
Dt. 27.05.2021
______ percent of the residual debt of the borrower.
Under Resolution Framework 2.0, Rescheduling of installments 10 years
MSME 42/2021
and extension of tenure will be maximum up to ______ years from
Dt. 27.05.2021
the date of original sanction of loan.
For restructuring of the borrower account under Resolution Rs 10 crores
MSME 42/2021
Framework 2.0, TEV study is not required for the borrowers
Dt. 27.05.2021
having exposure upto Rs ______.
In case exposure of the borrower is above Rs ______ and Rs 10 crores
MSME 42/2021 additional funding is not considered, TEV study shall not be
Dt. 27.05.2021 required for restructuring of the borrower account under
Resolution Framework 2.0.
In view of the COVID scenario, Our bank has approved a dedicate PNB JEEVAN
MSME 41/2021 scheme namely ______ to provide credit facility for the units RAKSHAK SCHEME
Dt. 27.05.2021 engaged in manufacturing of liquid oxygen, oxygen cylinders etc.
176
and to set up of oxygen plant inthe hospital for medical use.

Maximum Quantum of loan (Overall exposure including Term ₹ 2.00 Crore
MSME 41/2021
Loanand LC) under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME will be
Dt. 27.05.2021
Page
Rs. ______.

MSME 41/2021 To eligible under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME, Internal B2

Dt. 27.05.2021 Risk Rating (IRR) should be minimum of ______.
In case of existing customers for setting up of Oxygen Plant under 100%
MSME 41/2021
PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME, ______% financing can be
Dt. 27.05.2021
considered provided Internal Risk Rating (IRR) is upto B1.
In case of New Customers & B2 rated customers for setting up of 15%.
MSME 41/2021
Oxygen Plant under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME, margin
Dt. 27.05.2021
shall be ______%.
Repayment period Term Loan under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK 5 years ; 6 months
MSME 41/2021
SCHEME shall be maximum of ______ years including
Dt. 27.05.2021
moratorium period of ______ months.
MSME 41/2021 Upfront Fee/ Processing Fee under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK Waived as Covid-19
Dt. 27.05.2021 SCHEME will be levied @ ______. relief
MSME 41/2021 Inspection Charges under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME will Waived as Covid-19
Dt. 27.05.2021 be levied @ ______. relief
In case of individual borrower & MSE borrower and in case of pre- Nil
MSME 41/2021 payment through internal accrual/own fund, Pre-Payment Penalty
Dt. 27.05.2021 under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME will be ______% p.a. of
the prepaid amount.
In case of other than individual borrower & MSE borrower where 2.00%.
MSME 41/2021 loan is taken over by other Bank, Pre-Payment Penalty under
Dt. 27.05.2021 PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME will be ______% p.a. of the
prepaid amount.
For financing under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME, General Banking Branch
MSME 41/2021 respective sanctioning authority, except ______, shall exercise (GBB)
Dt. 27.05.2021 the loaning power wrt to accounts having Internal Risk Rating
(IRR) B2
MSME 41/2021 In case of Term Loan under PNB JEEVAN RAKSHAK SCHEME, 1.5
Dt. 27.05.2021 average DSCR should be minimum of ______.
ECLGS-1.0 refers to the scheme for providing 100% Guarantee Rs.50 crore ; 60 days
coverage by NCGTC to its Member Lending Institutions against
MSME 33/2021 extension of eligible credit to its existing borrowers whose total
Dt. 20.04.2021 credit outstanding (fund based) across all lending institutions and
days past due as on February 29, 2020 was upto Rs.50 crore and
upto ______ days respectively.
ECLGS-2.0 refers to the scheme for providing100% Guarantee Rs.500 crore ; 60
coverage by NCGTC to its Member Lending Institutions against days
extension of eligible credit to its existing borrowers in the 26
MSME 33/2021 stressed sectors identified by the Kamath Committee on
Dt. 20.04.2021 Resolution Framework and the Healthcare sector whose total
credit outstanding (fund based) across all lending institutions and
days past due as on February 29, 2020 was above Rs.50 crore
and not exceeding Rs.______ and upto ______ days respectively.
Emergency Credit Line Guarantee Scheme (ECLGS) 3.0 refers to Rs.500 crore ; 60
the scheme for providing 100% guarantee to member lending days
institutions in respect of eligible credit facility extended by them to
MSME 33/2021
its borrowers in the Hospitality, Travel & Tourism and Leisure &
Dt. 20.04.2021
Sporting sectors whose total fund based outstanding across all
lending institutions is upto Rs.______ and days past due are upto
______ days as on 29.02.2020.
Under ECLGS 1.0, the amount of GECL funding to eligible 20%
borrowers either in the form of additional working capital term loan
facility (in case of banks and Financial Institutions), and additional
MSME 33/2021
term loan facility (in case of NBFCs) would be up to ______% of
Dt. 20.04.2021
their total credit outstanding up to Rs. 50 crore (fund based only)
177
as on 29th February, 2020, subject to the borrower meeting all the

MSME 33/2021 Under ECLGS 2.0, the amount of GECL funding to eligible 20%
Page
Dt. 20.04.2021 borrowers either in the form of additional working capital term loan

facility and / or non-Fund based facility or a mix of the two (in case
of banks and Financial Institutions), and additional term loan
facility (in case of NBFCs) would be up to ______% of their total
credit outstanding (fund based only) up to Rs. 500 crore as on
29th February, 2020
Under ECLGS 3.0, the amount of GECL funding to eligible 40%
borrowers either in the form of additional additional working capital
MSME 33/2021 term loan facility (in case of banks and Financial Institutions) and
Dt. 20.04.2021 additional term loan facility (in case of NBFCs) would be up to
______% of their total credit outstanding upto Rs.500 crore (fund
based only),
The eligible borrowers, who are eligible under ECLGS 3.0 and 20%
MSME 33/2021 have already availed benefit under ECLGS 1.0 or ECLGS 2.0
Dt. 20.04.2021 shall be eligible for additional credit upto ______% of their total
credit outstanding as on 29.02.2020.
MSME 33/2021 Under ECLGS 1.0, the tenor of loans provided under GECL shall four years
Dt. 20.04.2021 be ______ years from the date of first disbursement.
Under ECLGS 2.0, the tenor of facilities provided under GECL 5 years
MSME 33/2021 shall be for a period of ______ years from the date of first
Dt. 20.04.2021 disbursement of fund based facility or first date of utilization of
non-fund based facility, whichever is earlier.
MSME 33/2021 Under ECLGS 3.0, the tenor of facilities provided under GECL six years
Dt. 20.04.2021 shall be ______ years from the date of first disbursement.
Moratorium period of ______ on the principal amount shall be one year
MSME 33/2021
provided to borrowers for the fund based portion of GECL credit
Dt. 20.04.2021
under ECLGS 1.0 & 2.0, during which interest shall be payable.
Moratorium period of ______ on the principal amount shall be 2 years
MSME 33/2021 provided to borrowers for GECL facility (only fund based is
Dt. 20.04.2021 allowed) under ECLGS 3.0, during which period interest shall be
payable.
The principal shall be repaid in ______ installments under ECLGS 36 ; 48
MSME 33/2021
1.0, and in ______ instalments under ECLGS 2.0 and 3.0 after the
Dt. 20.04.2021
moratorium period is over.
Guarantee Fee @ ______ shall be charged from the MLIs by No Guarantee Fee shall
MSME 33/2021
NCGTC for the Credit facilities provided under the Emergency be charged
Dt. 20.04.2021
Credit Line Guarantee Scheme (ECLGS).
The Trustee Company shall provide ______% Guarantee 100%
coverage on the outstanding amount for the credit facility provided
MSME 33/2021
under the Emergency Credit Line Guarantee Scheme (ECLGS) as
Dt. 20.04.2021
on the date of NPA or on the date of lodgment of claim, whichever
is lower.
The Member Lending Institutions (MLIs) are required to inform the 90 days
MSME 33/2021 date on which the account was classified as NPA within ______
Dt. 20.04.2021 days of the account being classified as NPA under the Emergency
Credit Line Guarantee Scheme (ECLGS).
The Trustee Company shall pay 75 per cent of the guaranteed 30 days
amount within ______ days of preferring of eligible claim by the
lending institution, subject to the claim being otherwise found in
MSME 33/2021 order and complete in all respects under the Emergency Credit
Dt. 20.04.2021 Line Guarantee Scheme (ECLGS). The balance 25 per cent of the
guaranteed amount will be paid on conclusion of recovery
proceedings or till the decree gets time barred, whichever is
earlier.
As per RBI Circular No. 76/21.06.201/2019-20 dated June 21, Zero risk
MSME 33/2021
2020, risk weight @ ______% will be assigned to the credit
178
Dt. 20.04.2021
facilities extended under GECL
The credit under GECL will rank second charge with the existing 3 months
MSME 33/2021
credit facilities in terms of cash flows (including repayments) and
Dt. 20.04.2021
Page
securities, with charge on the assets financed under the Scheme

to be created within a period of ______ months from the date of

disbursal.
Accounts that are NPA or where overdues have crossed ______ 60 days
MSME 33/2021
days (SMA-II) are not eligible under ECLGS 1.0, ECLGS 2.0 and
Dt. 20.04.2021
ECLGS 3.0.
The stipulation for creation of second charge has been waived in Rs.25 lakh
MSME 33/2021
respect of all loans upto Rs.______ (outstanding loan as on
Dt. 20.04.2021
February 29, 2020 plus loan sanctioned under GECL)
Loans provided in individual capacity are covered under ______. ECLGS 1.0
However, such loans should be restricted to business loans taken
MSME 33/2021
by individuals (as specified in the FAQs) for their own businesses
Dt. 20.04.2021
and should be supported with a Management Certificate to this
effect at the time of guarantee application.
Dealers/Vendors of Reputed Manufacturing Companies (RMCs) MSMEs/ non- MSMEs
MSME 31/2021
categorized under ______ are eligible under Supply Chain
Dt. 13.04.2021
Finance Scheme .
For Bill Discounting Facility under Supply Chain Finance Scheme 90 days
MSME 31/2021
for Dealers/Vendors, Tenor of the bills shall be maximum of
Dt. 13.04.2021
______.
Extent of Finance under Supply Chain Finance Scheme for Need based
MSME 31/2021
Dealers for Bill Discounting Facility and Overdraft Facility will be
Dt. 13.04.2021
Rs. ______.
MSME 31/2021 Extent of Finance under Supply Chain Finance Scheme for Need based
Dt. 13.04.2021 Vendors for Bill Discounting Facility will be Rs. ______.
Margin under Supply Chain Finance Scheme for Dealers/Vendors Nil (100% drawdown of
MSME 31/2021
will be ______%. Invoice/Bill amount will
Dt. 13.04.2021
be allowed)
Vendors of Reputed Manufacturing Companies (RMCs) MSMEs/ non- MSMEs
MSME 31/2021
categorized under ______ are eligible under Supply Chain
Dt. 13.04.2021
Finance Scheme for Vendors.
RMCs (whose Vendors/ Dealers are to be financed) shall be ZOCAC-II
MSME 31/2021
approved by ______ at Zonal Office, under whose jurisdiction the
Dt. 13.04.2021
Corporate/ Head Office of the RMC is located.
RMC can be approved at HO Level also. ______ shall be CGM Level Committee
MSME 31/2021
empowered for approval of RMC in case approval of RMC is done
Dt. 13.04.2021
at HO level.
MSME 31/2021 For Selection of RMC, Minimum External Credit Rating should be BBB or above
Dt. 13.04.2021 ______.
For Selection of RMC, Exposure ceiling per RMC should be upto Rs. 100.00 Crore ;
MSME 31/2021
Rs. ______ where External Rating of RMC is BBB and upto Rs. Rs. 250.00 Crore
Dt. 13.04.2021
______where External Rating of RMC is A.
For Selection of RMC, Exposure ceiling per RMC should be upto Rs. 500.00 Crore ;
MSME 31/2021
Rs. ______ where External Rating of RMC is AA and upto Rs. Rs. 1000.00 Crore
Dt. 13.04.2021
______where External Rating of RMC is AAA.
To give ease to the small borrowers, Our bank has approved a ₹ 2.00 lacs
MSME 25/2021 simplified Straight Through Process (STP) for renewal of business
Dt. 12.03.2021 working capital credit facilities having exposure upto ₹ ______,
with satisfactory conduct of account.
Existing Proprietorship, Partnership, LLP, Company, Trust, 1 Year
Society etc. entity having valid Dealership of ______ years with
MSME 14/2021 IOCL (Petroleum Division) for all the existing dealers/ specific
Dt. 12.02.2021 written recommendation from IOCL for New Dealers under social
objective category are eligible under PNB Electronic Dealer
Scheme (PNB e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL.
MSME 14/2021 Maximum Loan Amount under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme ₹ 2.00 Crore
179
Dt. 12.02.2021 (PNB e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL will be up to Rs. ______.
Assessment of facility under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB higher
MSME 14/2021
e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL will be done on Average daily sales
Page
Dt. 12.02.2021
based on last year’s actual sales or current year estimated sales

whichever is ______.
Credit period shall be taken as ______ days for assessment of 25 days
MSME 14/2021
limit under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB e-Dealer
Dt. 12.02.2021
Scheme) for IOCL.
MSME 14/2021 Minimum Current Ratio under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme 1:1
Dt. 12.02.2021 (PNB e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL will be ______.
Maximum Period of Advance under PNB Electronic Dealer 25 days ; 5 days
MSME 14/2021
Scheme (PNB e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL will be ______ with
Dt. 12.02.2021
maximum Grace Period of ______ for all categories of dealers.
Collateral Security under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB e- NIL
MSME 14/2021
Dealer Scheme) for IOCL shall be ______provided dealer has
Dt. 12.02.2021
dealership with IOCL having tenure of 5 years or more.
If the condition of dealership with IOCL having tenure of 5 years or 25%
more is not met by the dealer, minimum ______% tangible
MSME 14/2021
collateral security in the form of Immovable Security/ Bank’s
Dt. 12.02.2021
approved liquid securities will be obtained under PNB Electronic
Dealer Scheme (PNB e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL.
Interest under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB e-Dealer 2% ; 4%
MSME 14/2021 Scheme) for IOCL shall be charged @ 2% over the applicable
Dt. 12.02.2021 Rate of Interest During the grace period and @ ______ over the
applicable Rate of Interest after grace period.
MSME 14/2021 Adhoc / TOD @ ______% shall be permitted under PNB Not permitted
Dt. 12.02.2021 Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL .
Proposal under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB e-Dealer PLP and MCC
MSME 14/2021
Scheme) for IOCL shall be sanctioned by ______ within their
Dt. 12.02.2021
loaning powers.
Frequency of requirement of submission of stock statement under Requirement of
MSME 14/2021 PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL submission of stock
Dt. 12.02.2021 will be ______.is exempted. statement under the
scheme is exempted.
Inspection of the unit under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB quarterly
MSME 14/2021
e-Dealer Scheme) for IOCL shall be conducted on ______ basis
Dt. 12.02.2021
in normal case and immediately after default alert.
Validity of sanction under PNB Electronic Dealer Scheme (PNB e- One year
MSME 14/2021
Dealer Scheme) for IOCL shall be ______and shall be renewed
Dt. 12.02.2021
every year.
MSME 07/2021 GST registered units which have filed GST returns at least for the six months
Dt. 29.01.2021 last ______ months are eligible under PNB GST Express Loan.
MSME 07/2021 Loan Amount under PNB GST Express Loan will be above Rs.10.00 Lacs ;
Dt. 29.01.2021 Rs.______ to Rs.______. Rs.100.00 lakh
MPBF for Cash Credit Facility under PNB GST Express Loan shall 25%
MSME 07/2021
be allowed based on ______% of the sales reported in the GST
Dt. 29.01.2021
returns in the last one year (last 12 months).
Under PNB GST Express Loan wherever GST returns have been 25%
filed for less than one year, MPBF shall be arrived based on
MSME 07/2021
______% of the annual sales after annualising GST returns filed
Dt. 29.01.2021
for that period provided customer has filed minimum GST returns
of the last 6 months.
MSME 07/2021 Collateral Security under PNB GST Express Loan should be at 100%
Dt. 29.01.2021 least equivalent to ______% of the total exposure
MSME 07/2021 Loan accounts which are covered under PNB GST Express Loan, CCGST
Dt. 29.01.2021 are opened with the Scheme code CCGST only.
180 Page

Operation Division : CASA Back Office
While opening CASA Accounts, Branch Official will generate CIF BOCUSTCO
CASA 11/2021
Id, Account no. and Transaction Id, by entering minimum required
Dt. 27.10.2021
fields in CBS by executing menu option ______.
In case where discrepancy(ies) pointed out by CASA Back Offices “WKITCLS”
in the AOF/KYC documents are non-rectifiable and/or correct
AOF/documents could not be uploaded by branches therefore the
accounts could not be activated, the same remain lying in CBS in
CASA 10/2021
as is state. As such a functionality has been customized in CBS
Dt. 14.10.2021
with menu ______for debiting such freezed(code-014) accounts to
refund the amount initially deposited by customers at the time of
opening of account and closure which could not be
activated/opened.
Under the facility for opening of online instant Saving Account with Rs. 500000
Video KYC facility, Expected annual credit should not be greater
CASA 09/2021
than the Annual Income. Proof of income is mandatorily to be
Dt. 17.08.2021
uploaded by the customer whenever expected annual credit is
more than Rs. ______.
Where an applicant may not initiate or complete the video KYC VKYCACT
process, an alternative mechanism has been introduced where
CASA 09/2021
Branch will upgrade OTP based eKYC accounts opened online in
Dt. 17.08.2021
Non-face-to-face mode to full KYC-account using Finacle Menu
______ under FINCORE
Asummarised report exclusively for new current account Equifax Commercial Lite
CASA 07/2021 customers is available in Bureau One on home screen with the
Dt. 07.06.2021 name ______ and for both Retail and Commercial customers and
only available to the CASA Back Offices.
To leverage this growing affinity towards Digital channels and online opening of
CASA 06/2021 attract younger customers to bank, our bank has introduced Savings account 24*7
Dt. 12.04.2021 Instant Customer On boarding Platform.The platform will provide
an online web-based interface to the customer for ______.
Pre-requisites for opening of Online Savings A/c with video KYC A computer/Mobile/Tab
CASA 06/2021 facility are ______ in addition to Mobile Number, Email ID, with Camera, GPS and
Dt. 12.04.2021 Aadhaar number with linked Mobile No. and/or Email ID and PAN Microphone facility
Card.
There might be cases where an applicant might not be able to VKYCACT
CASA 06/2021 initiate or complete the video KYC process. In order to provide an
Dt. 12.04.2021 alternate mechanism for such customers a new menu ______
under FINCORE has been created.
The proposed platform for opening of Online Savings A/c with PNB Power Saving
video KYC facility is being designed to offer multiple Savings Scheme for Women
CASA 06/2021
Account schemes to customers. Initially, PNB Unnati Saving Fund
Dt. 12.04.2021
Account and ______ schemes are available and more schemes
shall be added with time..
Video KYC process will be handled by designated video KYC M/s GIEOM
CASA 06/2021 agents/officers and concurrent auditors who will use Command
Dt. 12.04.2021 Center application provided by ______ to perform Video KYC
interaction with the applicants.
RBI vide its circular dated 9th January, 2020 has introduced a Video Customer
CASA 06/2021
VCIP for upgrading their EKYC account to a full fledged Account. Identification Process
Dt. 12.04.2021
Expand the term VCIP______.
181
Accounts opened through OOSA channel shall be opened in 014 (‘Authorization

CASA 04/2021
Freezed status with a Freeze Reason Code-______. Pending at Back
Dt. 26.03.2021
Office’.)
Page

Operation Division : General Banking

In order to facilitate the Branches to enable them to record and SSO Application
GB 19/2021 submit status, MISD has developed a Gap Screen in ______ of
Dt. 18.09.2021 the Bank where the Branches can update the status for the
respective Current Accounts.
GB 18/2021 Branches may unfreeze the accounts marked freeze using menu HAFSM
Dt. 17.09.2021 option ______ in Core Server module.
GB 17/2021 A new menu option to rectify the constitution code has been UPDCONST.
Dt. 06.09.2021 introduced in CBS for field functionaries Name this menu______.
As per new security feature in the cheques of our bank, a random MICR band
GB 14/2021
six-digit alphanumeric code will be printed on the face of the
Dt. 17.08.2021
cheque above ______.
GB 14/2021 The cheque books printed & issued after ______ will contain 6- 19-08-2021
Dt. 17.08.2021 digit alphanumeric code.
As per new security feature in the cheques of our bank, six-digit HTM and HPORDM
GB 14/2021 alphanumeric code shall be used for validations while passing the
Dt. 17.08.2021 cheques for Transfer/Cash Payment/NEFT/RTGS. Initially, this
feature shall be implemented for the CBS menu options ______.
While feeding the cheque details in “HTM” & “HPORDM” menu Ref. No./ Unique
option (Transfer/Cash Payment/NEFT/RTGS) the six-digit Alphanumeric Instr
GB 14/2021
alphanumeric code printed on the cheque leaf needs to be fed by Code
Dt. 17.08.2021
the user mandatorily in ______field in all the debit transactions
related to mentioned CBS menu options.
Our bank has now extended the facility of Positive Pay System Internet Banking Service
GB 13/2021 (PPS) through ______. (IBS- Retail), Mobile
Dt. 26.07.2021 Banking Service (PNB
ONE) and SMS Banking
As per RBI, No Bank shall open Current Accounts for customers half yearly basis
who have availed credit facilities in the form of Cash Credit (CC)/
Overdraft (OD) from the banking system and all transactions shall
GB 12/2021
be routed through the CC/OD account.Banks shall monitor all the
Dt. 26.07.2021
Current Accounts and CC/ODs regularly, at least on a ______,
specifically with respect to the exposure of the banking system to
the borrower, to ensure compliance with these instructions.
The authorisation or verification of the mobile number modification 100
GB 11/2021
/ disabling request at verifier level will be done at Branch
Dt. 30.06.2021
Incumbent level having power ______ only in CBS.
GB 10/2021 The facility of Positive Pay System (PPS) was made live through January 01, 2021
Dt. 22.06.2021 all our branches w.e.f. ______.
In Positive Pay System (PPS) system additional information as NPCI
GB 10/2021
various PPS flags have been provided by ______ for cross
Dt. 22.06.2021
verification before paying the instruments.
GB 09/2021 Now, cheque numbers related to an account would only be visible HCHBI
Dt. 18.06.2021 to Branch Incumbent through menu option _______.
On accessing menu HACI, HACLI, HACLINQ, HPBP and ______ HPSP
by bank official, system will show a pop-up message displaying
GB 06/2021
status of digital products (Currently Mobile Banking, Internet
Dt. 18.05.2021
Banking, Debit card and E-Statement_availed / not availed by a
customer.
Now, CBS System shall show a pop up message “Account is not 6 months
GB 05/2021 more than ______ month old: date of account opening” where
Dt. 15.04.2021 bank staff is maker and/or verifier/ authorizer when a new
chequebook is issued in the accounts.
182
Now, CBS System will give alert if more than ______ leaves 10 leaves
GB 05/2021 entered for issuance in new accounts. However same be allowed
Dt. 15.04.2021 with proper justification by higher level user in case of non-
Page
personalized chequebook.
GB 05/2021 A warning message “NEW ACCOUNT” shall pop up in the newly HTM,HRMI and HICTM

Dt. 15.04.2021 opened accounts not more than 6 month old in the menu ______.
In terms of Reserve Bank of India Circular No. RBI/2020-21/82 ₹50 Crore
DPSS.CO.OD. No. 901/06.24.001/2020-21dated January
05,2021,our bank has decided to introduce the Legal Entity
GB 04/2021 Identifier(LEI) system for all payment transactions of value
Dt. 31.03.2021 ₹______ and above undertaken by entities (non-individuals) using
Reserve Bank-run Centralised Payment Systems viz. Real Time
Gross Settlement (RTGS) and National Electronic Funds Transfer
(NEFT).
The Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) is a ______digit number used to 20-digit
uniquely identify parties to financial transactions worldwide. It was
GB 04/2021
conceived as a key measure to improve the quality and accuracy
Dt. 31.03.2021
of financial data systems for better risk management post the
Global Financial Crisis.
In India, LEI can be obtained from ______, which is also Legal Entity Identifier
GB 04/2021 recognised as an issuer of LEI by the Reserve Bank under the India Ltd. (LEIL)
Dt. 31.03.2021 Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007. (https://www.ccilindia-
lei.co.in)
The guidelines on LEI system for all payment transactions of April 1, 2021
value ₹50 crore and above undertaken by entities (non-
GB 04/2021
individuals) using Reserve Bank-run Centralised Payment
Dt. 31.03.2021
Systems viz. Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS) and National
Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT) is effective from ______.
______ is a Portal for sending scanned copy of Account Opening e-Veda
GB 02/2021
Forms/KYC Documents by Branches to respective Back Offices
Dt. 02.02.2021
for Opening Bank accounts.
A new reason code 022 having reason code ______ has been “Investigative/
GB 01/2021 added in the list of reason codes available to freeze a customer’s Regulatory body
Dt. 02.02.2021 account (CBI/Police/ED/CID/RBI/
SEBI/ etc.)”
The power to unfreeze accounts frozen with the reason codes Incumbent Incharge
GB 01/2021 022- “Investigative/Regulatory body (CBI/Police/ED/CID/RBI/ (also for reason codes -
Dt. 02.02.2021 SEBI/ etc.)” is kept with ______ 003, 006, 007, 017, 020,
021, 11, 999)
The power to unfreeze accounts frozen with the reason codes Scale II and above or
GB 01/2021
other than 003, 006, 007, 017, 020, 021, 11, 999 and the new Incumbent Incharge
Dt. 02.02.2021
reason code 022 is kept with ______.
Operation Division : KYC

There was no any menu option available to merge multiple Cust- HLKCM
IDs of a customer where locker facility exists. Accordingly, to
KYC 16/2021 merge multiple Cust IDs of a customer where locker facility exists.
Dt. 23.09.2021 Now, to facilitate the branches necessary modifications have been
made in menu option ______ where branches would be able to
modify Cust-ID of a particular locker with certain conditions.
In case of General Bank Branches (headed by up to scale-III), Circle Head (Dy. Circle
KYC 15/2021
The competent authority for allowing increase in threshold limit will Head in his absence)
Dt. 08.09.2021
be ______ .
In case of RAM/ i-RAM/ MCC/ MCB/ LCB, The competent Officers in scale IV &
KYC 15/2021
authority for allowing increase in threshold limit will be ______ . above of the concerned
Dt. 08.09.2021
Branch
In case of General Bank Branches (headed by scale-IV and Officers in scale IV &
KYC 15/2021
above), The competent authority for allowing increase in threshold above of the concerned
183
Dt. 08.09.2021
limit will be ______ . Branch/Office
In case of CO/ZO/HO & all other offices headed by AGM & above, AGM/DGM of the
KYC 15/2021
The competent authority for allowing increase in threshold limit will concerned office
Page
Dt. 08.09.2021
be ______ .

For monitoring of increase in threshold limit and to review Threshold

customer’s account/transactions, a SOL wise MIS report has been
KYC 15/2021
customized in morning checking reports
Dt. 08.09.2021
under the folder SOL wise MIS report has been customized in
morning checking reports under the folder ______.
In addition to individual accounts, CKYCR has now been April, 2021
KYC 14/2021 extended to Legal Entities (LEs) as well for uploading the KYC
Dt. 04.09.2021 data pertaining to accounts of LEs, opened on or after ______ on
CKYCR.
Menu option ______ is available in the CBS which may be used CUSTSRCH
KYC 14/2021
as a tool to ascertain the existing Customer ID of the proposed
Dt. 04.09.2021
customer.
KYC 14/2021 For suspension of CustomerID, where no active account is PNBRPT 9/58
Dt. 04.09.2021 attached, a report will be generated through menu option ______.
KYC 14/2021 Customer ID where no active account is attached, IDs should be CUMMSUSP
Dt. 04.09.2021 suspended using the menu option CUMMSUSP in CBS.
In terms of Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 and RBI 10 days
Master Direction on KYC, customer’s KYC details/documents
KYC 14/2021
pertaining to all new individual accounts opened on or after
Dt. 04.09.2021
January 1, 2017 have to be invariably uploaded with CERSAI
within ______ days of opening the accounts.
As per extant guidelines of KYC Policy, PAN is no longer an PANCD
Officially Valid Document (OVD) for Identity/Address proof, though
PAN/Form 60 needs to be obtained mandatorily as tax proof.
KYC 14/2021 However, PAN still exists as ID proof in many legacy Customer
Dt. 04.09.2021 IDs in CBS. Branches can replace PAN entered as identity proof
with other valid OVD (Passport, Voter ID, Driving License,
Aadhaar etc.) already present as address proof in CRM using
menu Option ______.
For fast updation of PAN/Form 60 details in retail Customer IDs PANUPD
KYC 14/2021
without visiting CRM module, branches may use Menu Option
Dt. 04.09.2021
______.
In terms of extant guidelines, customer has to submit specified three months
“Officially Valid Document(s)” for opening of account and where
the OVD furnished by customer does not have updated address,
KYC 14/2021 customer has to submit additional documents with updated
Dt. 04.09.2021 address, which are deemed to be OVDs for limited purpose of
proof of address. However, customer has to submit OVD with
current address within a period of ______ failing which operations
in his account may be restricted.
To monitor the accounts opened with OVDs without updated Rs.2 lakh
KYC 14/2021 current address, a system has been implemented in CBS to
Dt. 04.09.2021 generate alert/ pop-up message on exceeding total deposit of
Rs.______ in a month in such accounts.
“Aadhaar number” as defined in the Aadhaar and Other Law sub-section (3)
(Amendment) Ordinance, 2019, means an identification number
KYC 13/2021 issued to an individual under________ of section 3 of the Aadhaar
Dt. 25.08.2021 (Targeted Delivery of Financial and Other Subsidies, Benefits and
Services) Act, 2016 (18 of 2016), and includes any alternative
virtual identity generated under sub-section (4) of that section.
Where the customer is a company, the beneficial owner is the 25%
natural person(s), who, whether acting alone or together, or
through one or more juridical persons, has / have a controlling
KYC 13/2021
ownership interest or who exercise control through other means.
Dt. 25.08.2021
"Controlling ownership interest" means ownership of / entitlement
184
to more than ______ per cent of the shares or capital or profits of

the company.
Where the customer is a partnership firm, the beneficial owner is 15%
KYC 13/2021
Page
the natural person(s), who, whether acting alone or together, or

Dt. 25.08.2021
through one or more juridical person, has / have ownership of /

entitlement to more than _____ per cent of capital or profits of the

partnership.
Where the customer is an unincorporated association or body of 15%
individuals, the beneficial owner is the natural person(s), who,
KYC 13/2021 whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical
Dt. 25.08.2021 person, has / have ownership of/ entitlement to more than ______
per cent of the property or capital or profits of the unincorporated
association or body of individuals.
Where the customer is a trust, the identification of beneficial 15%
owner(s) shall include identification of the author of the trust, the
KYC 13/2021
trustee, the beneficiaries with ______ % or more interest in the
Dt. 25.08.2021
trust and any other natural person exercising ultimate effective
control over the trust through a chain of control or ownership.
______ means an entity defined under Rule 2(1)(aa) of the Rules, Central KYC Records
KYC 13/2021
to receive, store, safeguard and retrieve the KYC records in digital Registry (CKYCR)
Dt. 25.08.2021
form of a customer.
As per Information Technology Act, 2000, Digital Signature means section 3
authentication of any electronic record by a subscriber by means
KYC 13/2021
of an electronic method or procedure in accordance with the
Dt. 25.08.2021
provisions of section_______ of the Information Technology Act,
2000.]
For Preservation and Retention Digital Locker Facilities will be rule 9
KYC 13/2021
used by issuer under _______ of the Information Technology
Dt. 25.08.2021
Rules 2016.
Where the OVD furnished by the customer does not have updated two months
address, the utility bill which is not more than ______ months old
KYC 13/2021
of any service provider (electricity, telephone, post-paid mobile
Dt. 25.08.2021
phone, piped gas, water bill) shall be deemed to be OVDs for the
limited purpose of proof of address.
Where the OVD furnished by the customer does not have updated 3 months
address, at the time of on-boarding of the customer, an
KYC 13/2021 undertaking should be obtained from the customer along with
Dt. 25.08.2021 AOF/OVDs stating that Customer shall submit his OVD with
updated current address within ______ months failing which
operations in his account shall be restricted.
Where the OVD presented by a foreign national does not contain Foreign Embassy or
KYC 13/2021 the details of address, in such case the documents issued by the Mission in India
Dt. 25.08.2021 Government departments of foreign jurisdictions and letter issued
by the ______ shall be accepted as proof of address.
For the purpose of "Officially valid document" (OVD), a document State Government or
shall be deemed to be an OVD even if there is a change in the Gazette notification
KYC 13/2021
name subsequent to its issuance provided it is supported by a
Dt. 25.08.2021
marriage certificate issued by the ______, indicating such a
change of name.
KYC 13/2021 A 'Small Account' means a savings account which is opened in subrule (5) of the PML
Dt. 25.08.2021 terms of ______. Rules, 2005
A unique customer-ID allotted to individual customers while Unique Customer
KYC 13/2021
entering into new relationships as well as to the existing Identification Code
Dt. 25.08.2021
customers is called ______. (UCIC)
______ is a method of customer identification by an official of the Video based Customer
Bank by undertaking seamless, secure, real-time, consent based Identification Process
audio-visual interaction with the customer to obtain identification (V-CIP)
KYC 13/2021
information including the documents required for CDD purpose,
Dt. 25.08.2021
and to ascertain the veracity of the information furnished by the
customer. Such process shall be treated as face-to-face process
185
for the purpose of this KYC Policy.

CRS means reporting standards set for implementation of Common Reporting
KYC 13/2021 multilateral agreement signed to automatically exchange Standards (CRS)
Page
Dt. 25.08.2021 information based on Article 6 of the Convention on Mutual

Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters. Expand the term CRS

______.
A person who does not have an account based relationship with Walk-in Customer
KYC 13/2021
the Bank, but undertakes transactions with the Bank is called
Dt. 25.08.2021
______.
"FATCA" is the Act of United States of America (USA) which, inter Foreign Account Tax
alia, requires foreign financial institutions to report about financial Compliance Act
KYC 13/2021
accounts held by U.S. taxpayers or foreign entities in which U.S.
Dt. 25.08.2021
taxpayers hold a substantial ownership interest. Expand the term
FATCA ______.
KYC 13/2021 Customers who open accounts without visiting the branch / offices Non-face-to-face
Dt. 25.08.2021 of the Bank or meeting the officials of Bank are called ______. customers
Individuals who are or have been entrusted with prominent public Politically Exposed
functions in a foreign country, e.g., Heads of States / Persons (PEPs)
KYC 13/2021
Governments, senior politicians, senior government / judicial /
Dt. 25.08.2021
military officers, senior executives of state-owned corporations,
important political party officials, etc. are called ______.
A bank which is incorporated in a country where it has no physical Shell bank
KYC 13/2021
presence and is unaffiliated to any regulated financial group is
Dt. 25.08.2021
called ______.
A transaction carried out, directly or through a chain of transfers, Wire transfer
on behalf of an originator person (both natural and legal) through
KYC 13/2021
a bank by electronic means with a view to making an amount of
Dt. 25.08.2021
money available to a beneficiary person at a bank is called
______.
When the originator bank and the beneficiary bank is the same domestic ; cross-
person or different person located in the same country, such a border
KYC 13/2021
transaction is a ______ wire transfer, and if the 'originator bank' or
Dt. 25.08.2021
'beneficiary bank' is located in different countries such a
transaction is ______ wire transfer.
The purpose of KYC policy is to put in place customer Financial Action Task
identification procedures for opening of accounts and monitoring Force (FATF)
KYC 13/2021 transactions in the accounts for detection of transactions of
Dt. 25.08.2021 suspicious nature for the purpose of reporting to Financial
Intelligence Unit-India [FIU-IND] in terms of the recommendations
made by ______.
Where an equivalent e-document is obtained from the customer, Information Technology
KYC 13/2021
the digital signature has to be verified as per the provisions of the Act, 2000 (21 of 2000)
Dt. 25.08.2021
______.
In case of Accounts opened using OTP based e-KYC, in non face Rs. one lakh
KYC 13/2021
to face mode, The aggregate balance of all the deposit accounts
Dt. 25.08.2021
of the customer shall not exceed Rs. _______.
In case of Accounts opened using OTP based e-KYC, in non face Rs. two lakh
KYC 13/2021
to face mode, The aggregate of all credits in a financial year, in all
Dt. 25.08.2021
the deposit taken together, shall not exceed Rs. _______.
As regards borrowal accounts opened using OTP based e-KYC, Rs. sixty thousand
KYC 13/2021 in non face to face mode, only term loans shall be sanctioned.
Dt. 25.08.2021 The aggregate amount of term loans sanctioned shall not exceed
Rs. ______thousand in a year.
Accounts, both deposit and borrowal, opened using OTP based e- one year
KYC 13/2021 KYC shall not be allowed for more than ______ unless
Dt. 25.08.2021 identification as per Section 15 or as per Section 17 (V-CIP) is
carried out.
In case of offline verification of Aadhaar using XML file or Aadhaar 3 days
KYC 13/2021 Secure QR Code, it shall be ensured that the XML file or QR code
Dt. 25.08.2021 generation date is not older than ______ days from the date of
186
carrying out V-CIP.

KYC 13/2021 In case of small account, the aggregate of all credits in a financial Rs. one lakh
Dt. 25.08.2021 year shall not exceed Rs. ______.
Page
KYC 13/2021 In case of small account, the aggregate of all withdrawals and Rs. ten thousand

Dt. 25.08.2021 transfers in a month shall not exceed Rs.______.

KYC 13/2021 In case of small account, the balance at any point of time shall not Rs. fifty thousand
Dt. 25.08.2021 exceed Rs.______.
Limit on balance in case of small account shall not be considered payment against
KYC 13/2021
while making deposits through Government grants, welfare procurements
Dt. 25.08.2021
benefits and ______.
The small account shall remain operational initially for a period of twelve months ;
______ which can be extended for a further period of ______, twelve months ;
KYC 13/2021
provided the account holder applies and furnishes evidence of twelve months
Dt. 25.08.2021
having applied for any of the OVDs during the first ______ months
of the opening of the said account.
Periodic updation of KYC shall be carried out at least once in two years ; eight
KYC 13/2021 every ______ years for high risk customers, once in every ______ years ; ten years
Dt. 25.08.2021 years for medium risk customers and once in every ______ years
for low risk customers.
In case of existing business relationship which is not KYC 10 days ; 30 days
compliant or KYC has not been updated as per prescribed
periodicity, Bank shall temporarily cease operations in the
KYC 13/2021 account. However, before temporarily ceasing operations for an
Dt. 25.08.2021 account, the Bank shall give the client two notices of ______ days
each and within ______ days period the account should be made
KYC compliant otherwise operations in the account shall be
frozen.
Banks shall, at their option, open a Non Resident Ordinary (NRO) 30 days
bank account of a foreign student on the basis of his / her
passport (with visa & immigration endorsement) bearing the proof
KYC 13/2021 of identity and address in the home country together with a
Dt. 25.08.2021 photograph and a letter offering admission from the educational
institution in India. Provided that a declaration about the local
address shall be obtained within a period of ______ days of
opening the account and the said local address is verified.
Banks shall, at their option, open a Non Resident Ordinary (NRO) USD 1,000 ; fifty
bank account of a foreign student on the basis of his / her thousand
passport (with visa & immigration endorsement) bearing the proof
of identity and address in the home country together with a
KYC 13/2021 photograph and a letter offering admission from the educational
Dt. 25.08.2021 institution in India. Provided that pending the verification of
address, the account shall be operated with a condition of
allowing foreign remittances not exceeding ______ or equivalent
into the account and a cap of rupees ______on aggregate in the
same, during the 30-day period.
As per KYC guidelines with reference to provisions of PML Act five years
and Rules, Bank shall maintain all necessary records of
KYC 13/2021
transactions between the Bank and the customer, both domestic
Dt. 25.08.2021
and international, for at least ______ years from the date of
transaction;
As per KYC guidelines with reference to provisions of PML Actand five years
Rules, Bank shall, preserve the records pertaining to the
KYC 13/2021 identification of the customers and their addresses obtained while
Dt. 25.08.2021 opening the account and during the course of business
relationship, for at least ______ years after the business
relationship is ended.
Report of all cash transactions (CTR) of the value of more than ten lakhs ; Financial
KYC 13/2021
rupee ______ or its equivalent in foreign currency will be Intelligence Unit – India
Dt. 25.08.2021
furnished to ______.
187
KYC 13/2021 The Cash Transaction Report (CTR) for each month will be 15th
Dt. 25.08.2021 submitted to FIU-IND by ______ of the succeeding month.
A copy of monthly CTR submitted to FIU-IND is available at the SENSRPT – 5/7 & 5/7a
KYC 13/2021
Page
concerned branch through MIS Report: Misc Reports Module

Dt. 25.08.2021
under ______ for production to auditors/Inspectors, when asked

for.
Bank will furnish Suspicious Transaction Reports (STR) within seven days
KYC 13/2021 ______ of arriving at a conclusion by the Principal Officer of the
Dt. 25.08.2021 Bank that any transaction, whether cash or non-cash, or a series
of transactions integrally connected are of suspicious nature
KYC 13/2021 The primary responsibility for monitoring and reporting of branch
Dt. 25.08.2021 suspicious transaction shall be of the ______.
Cash transactions were forged or counterfeit currency notes have 15th
been used as genuine or where any forgery of a valuable security
KYC 13/2021 or document has taken place facilitating the transactions
Dt. 25.08.2021 (Counterfeit Currency Report (CCR)) will be reported to Financial
Intelligence Unit-India in the specified format by ______ of the
succeeding month.
Bank will report all transactions involving receipts by non-profit ten lakh ; 15th
organizations (Non Profit Organisations Transaction report [NTR])
KYC 13/2021
of value more than rupees ______ or its equivalent in foreign
Dt. 25.08.2021
currency to the Director, Financial Intelligence Unit-India by the
______ of the succeeding month.
Bank will file Cross-Border Wire Transfer Report (CWTR) to the 15th ; Rs 5 lakh
Director, Financial Intelligence Unit-India by ______ of succeeding
KYC 13/2021
month for all cross border wire transfers of the value of more than
Dt. 25.08.2021
Rs ______or its equivalent in foreign currency where either the
origin or destination of fund is in India.
In terms of Section 51A of the UAPA Act, 1967, International Unlawful Activities
Agencies do not have any account in the name of individuals / (Prevention) (UAPA)
KYC 13/2021 entities appearing in the lists of individuals and entities, suspected
Dt. 25.08.2021 of having terrorist links, which are approved by and periodically
circulated by the United Nations Security Council (UNSC). Expand
the term UAPA ______.
Monitoring, analysis & closure of AML alerts, including Trade Centralized AML Cell
KYC 13/2021
Based Money Laundering (TBML) alerts, shall be done at ______
Dt. 25.08.2021
on day to day basis.
Post-closure scrutiny of ______% closed alerts shall be 20% ; 5%
undertaken at Centralized AML Cell by officers upto Scale-III.
KYC 13/2021
Further, Chief Managers at Centralized AML Cell will also review /
Dt. 25.08.2021
scrutinize atleast ______% of the closed alerts, pertaining to their
respective assigned Zones / Circles, on sample basis.
STRs on all suspicious transactions shall be put up to ______ Principal Officer (Dy.
KYC 13/2021 immediately for approval and onward submission to FIU-IND. General Manager,
Dt. 25.08.2021 Incharge Centralised
AML Cell)
Government of India has authorised the ______, to act as, and to Central Registry of
perform the functions of the CKYCR Securitisation Asset
KYC 13/2021
Reconstruction and
Dt. 25.08.2021
Security Interest of India
(CERSAI)
In terms of provision of Rule 9(1A) of PML Rules, the Bank has to 10 days
KYC 13/2021 capture customer’s KYC records and upload onto CKYCR within
Dt. 25.08.2021 ______ days of commencement of an account-based relationship
with the customer
Domestic wire transfers of rupees ______and above shall be fifty thousand
KYC 13/2021
accompanied by originator information such as name, address
Dt. 25.08.2021
and account number.
Customer Identification shall be made if a customer is intentionally fifty thousand
structuring wire transfer below rupees ______ to avoid reporting
188
KYC 13/2021
or monitoring. In case of non-cooperation from the customer,
Dt. 25.08.2021
efforts shall be made to establish his identity and STR shall be
made to FIU-IND.
Page
KYC 13/2021 Any remittance of funds by way of demand draft, mail / telegraphic fifty thousand

Dt. 25.08.2021 transfer / NEFT / IMPS or any other mode and issue of travelers'
cheques for value of rupees ______ and above shall be effected
by debit to the customer's account or against cheques and not
against cash payment.
Bank acting as agents while selling third party products/ Bank's fifty thousand
own products as per regulations in force from time to time. The
KYC 13/2021
identity and address of the walk-in customer shall be verified for
Dt. 25.08.2021
transactions above rupees ______ as required under Section
13(e) of KYC Directions.
Politically exposed persons (PEPs) of foreign origin, customers High Risk
KYC 13/2021 who are close relatives of PEPs and accounts of which a PEP is
Dt. 25.08.2021 the ultimate beneficial owner are categorised as ______
customer.
KYC 13/2021 Non-resident customers and foreign nationals are categorised as High Risk
Dt. 25.08.2021 ______ customer.
KYC 13/2021 Non face-to-face customers and High net worth individuals (HNIs) High Risk
Dt. 25.08.2021 are categorised as ______ customer.
KYC 13/2021 Firms with 'sleeping partners' are categorised as ______ High Risk
Dt. 25.08.2021 customer.
Accounts for "gatekeepers" such as accountants, lawyers, or other High Risk
KYC 13/2021 professionals for their clients where the identity of the underlying
Dt. 25.08.2021 client is not disclosed to the financial institution are categorised as
______ .
Client Accounts managed by professional service providers such High Risk
KYC 13/2021
as law firms, accountants, agents, brokers, fund managers,
Dt. 25.08.2021
trustees, custodians, etc are categorised as ______ .
Dealers in high value or precious goods (e.g. jewel, gem and High Risk
KYC 13/2021 precious metals dealers, art and antique dealers and auction
Dt. 25.08.2021 houses, estate agents and real estate brokers) are categorised as
______ .
To facilitate branches for fast update of PAN/Form 60 details in PANUPD
KYC 12/2021
retail Cust IDs without visiting CRM module, a new menu option
Dt. 24.08.2021
______ has been introduced in CBS.
A new menu option ______ has been customised in CBS, using PANCD
KYC 11/2021 which branches can replace PAN entered as identity proof with
Dt. 23.07.2021 the other valid OVD (Passport, Voter ID, Driving License, Aadhaar
etc.) already present as address proof in CRM.
Where individuals customer submits document(s) in support of 150%.
KYC 05/2021 income/ turnover, The threshold limit in new accounts will be fixed
Dt. 17.03.2021 by system @ ______% of “Expected Annual Credits” declared by
customer in AOF.
Where individual customer submits self declaration in support of 150% ; Rs.5 lakh ;
income/ turnover (such as housewife, student, minor, labour Rs.25 lakh
working in unorganized sector etc.), The threshold limit in new
KYC 05/2021
accounts will be fixed by system @ ______% of “Expected Annual
Dt. 17.03.2021
Credits” declared by customer in AOF subject to maximum of
annual threshold of Rs.______ in SF accounts and Rs.______ in
current/OD/CC accounts..
KYC 05/2021 The maximum threshold limit in Small accounts will be Rs. Rs.1 lakh
Dt. 17.03.2021 ______.
The maximum threshold limit in BSBD accounts, A/cs opened at Rs.2 lakh
KYC 05/2021
BC locations and A/cs opened using OTP based e- KYC in non-
Dt. 17.03.2021
face-to-face mode will be Rs. ______.
Where Legal Entities submit document(s) in support of income/ 150%.
KYC 05/2021 turnover, The threshold limit in new accounts will be fixed by
189
Dt. 17.03.2021 system @ ______% of “Expected Annual Credits” declared by

customer in AOF.
KYC 05/2021 Where Legal Entities submit self declaration in support of income/ 150%.
Page
Dt. 17.03.2021 turnover, The threshold limit in new accounts will be fixed by

system @ ______% of “Expected Annual Credits” declared by

customer in AOF.
Where Public Ltd Co/ NBFC submits self declaration in support of Rs.500 lakh ; Rs.1500
KYC 05/2021
income/ turnover, The maximum threshold limit will be Rs. ______ lakh
Dt. 17.03.2021
in Rural/Semi-Urban and Rs. ______ in Urban/Metro.
Where Pvt Ltd Co/ LLP submits self declaration in support of Rs.200 lakh ; Rs.500
KYC 05/2021
Dt. 17.03.2021
Where Partnership Firm/ Trust/ Society submits self declaration in Rs.80 lakh ; Rs.100
KYC 05/2021
support of income/ turnover, The maximum threshold limit will be lakh
Dt. 17.03.2021
Rs. ______ in Rural/Semi-Urban and Rs. ______ in Urban/Metro.
Where Prop. Firm/HUF submits self declaration in support of Rs.60 lakh ; Rs.80
KYC 05/2021
Dt. 17.03.2021
In case of other type of legal entities who submit self declaration Rs.50 lakh ; Rs.60
KYC 05/2021 in support of income/ turnover, The maximum threshold limit will lakh
Dt. 17.03.2021 be Rs. ______ in Rural/Semi-Urban and Rs. ______ in
Urban/Metro.
Any increase in threshold limit shall be done through menu THRESHLD
KYC 05/2021
option______ for maintaining proper record of such increase in
Dt. 17.03.2021
system.
KYC 02/2021 KYC details/ documents of new customers are invariably 10 days
Dt. 01.01.2021 uploaded at CKYCR within ______.
KYC 02/2021 Now, CKYCR is implemented for legal entities w.e.f. ______. 01.04.2021
Dt. 01.01.2021
Priority Sector Division : Financial Inclusion
In order to provide the benefit of PMJJBY & PMSBY to the CLAIM

FI 19/2021
nominee of all the registered deceased customers, menu option in
Dt. 05.11.2021
CBS is ______.
FI 19/2021 A MIS report ______ has been customized in the system to PNBRPT-9/295
Dt. 05.11.2021 extract the data of claims, lodged under PMJJBY & PMSBY.
The accounts opened through BC locations will be in Debit Freeze HAFSM
FI 18/2021 state with FREEZE REASON code in CBS. After
Dt. 03.11.2021 checking/validation, branch official will unfreeze the account in
CBS through menu ______.
A report has been customized in ______ for providing details of PNBRPT 29/41
accounts opened between any two dates and their freeze status,
FI 18/2021
which can be used by branch officials as well as auditors for
Dt. 03.11.2021
monitoring accounts opened on real time basis through BC
locations.
After 09.07.2021, all the claims under PMJJBY/PMSBY are since 7 days
FI 17/2021 lodged with designated Insurance Companies, directly by
Dt. 21.10.2021 branches in electronic form, within the revised TAT of ______
days.
FI 17/2021 The data of all the claims lodged under PMJJBY & PMSBY by respective Circle office
Dt. 21.10.2021 branches will be uploaded by ______.
As per the 6th Amendment of Exit Regulations, the Swavalamban one lakh rupees
Subscribers whose accumulated pension wealth do not exceed
FI 14/2021
______ and if they are not eligible to migrate to Atal Pension
Dt. 11.08.2021
Yojana (APY), can opt to prematurely exit with lump sum
payment.
190
FI 12/2021 To deposit subscriber contribution under NPS Lite (Swavalamban) NPSCOL

Dt. 23.07.2021 Scheme through Branch, Menu Option is ______.
FI 12/2021 The Permanent Retirement Account Number (PRAN) under NPS 5 (Five)
Page
Dt. 23.07.2021 Lite (SWAVALAMBAN) Scheme starts with number ______.

The amount deposited in NPS Lite Collection Account through T+2 days, (T is the date
FI 12/2021
menu option NPSCOL will be reflected in customer’s PRAN in of deposit at branch)
Dt. 23.07.2021
______ days.
Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY is a one year accidental death &
FI 11/2021 cover Personal Accident Insurance Scheme, renewable from year disability cover for death
Dt. 09.07.2021 to year, offering ______.. or disability on account
of an accident
All individual bank account holders in the age ______ years in 18 to 70 years
FI 11/2021
participating banks will be entitled to join Pradhan Mantri
Dt. 09.07.2021
Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY.
FI 11/2021 The cover period under PMSBY will be effective from ______ of 1st June ; 31st May
Dt. 09.07.2021 premium year to ______ of succeeding year.
Claim amount payable (Sum Insured) due to occurrence of Death Rs. 2 Lakh
FI 11/2021
under Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY will be
Dt. 09.07.2021
Rs.______.
For total and irrecoverable loss of both eyes or loss of use of both Rs. 2 Lakh
hands or feet or loss of sight of one eye and loss of use of hand or
FI 11/2021
foot due to occurrence of the accident, Claim amount payable
Dt. 09.07.2021
(Sum Insured) due under Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana-
PMSBY will be Rs.______.
For total and irrecoverable loss of sight of one eye or loss of use Rs. 1 Lakh
FI 11/2021 of one hand or foot due to occurrence of the accident, Claim
Dt. 09.07.2021 amount payable (Sum Insured) due under Pradhan Mantri
Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY will be Rs.______.
Under Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY, The Rs.12/-
FI 11/2021 premium will be deducted @ Rs. ______per annum from the
Dt. 09.07.2021 account holder’s bank account through ‘auto debit’ facility in one
instalment, as per the consent to be given on enrolment.
In case of a joint account, all holders of the said account can join Rs.12/-
FI 11/2021 the scheme provided they satisfy its eligibility criteria and pay the
Dt. 09.07.2021 premium at the rate of ______per person per annum through
auto-debit.
Under Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY, The 70 years
FI 11/2021 accident cover of the member shall terminate/ be restricted on
Dt. 09.07.2021 attaining age ______ years and on closure of account with the
Bank or insufficiency of balance to keep the insurance in force.
Under Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY, Rs.1/-
FI 11/2021
Reimbursement of Expenses to BC/Micro/Corporate/Agent by
Dt. 09.07.2021
insurer will be ______ per annum per member
Under Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY, Rs.1/-
FI 11/2021
Reimbursement of Administrative expenses to participating Bank
Dt. 09.07.2021
by insurer will be ______ per annum per member
Duly completed claim form shall be submitted by claimant to the 30 days
concerned bank branch / post office immediately after the
FI 11/2021
occurrence of an accident and preferably within 30 days of the
Dt. 09.07.2021
occurrence of the accident giving rise to the claim (death
/permanent
Under Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana-PMSBY, Maximum seven days ; seven
time limit for the bank / post office to forward duly completed claim days
FI 11/2021
form to the insurer is ______ and maximum time limit for the
Dt. 09.07.2021
insurer to approve claim and disburse money thereafter is
______.
FI 11/2021 All the PMSBY claim cases of PNB 1.0 & eOBC will be processed Oriental Insurance
Dt. 09.07.2021 by ______. Company Ltd. (OICL)
FI 11/2021 All the claim cases of eUNI, where premium is deducted on or National Insurance
191
Dt. 09.07.2021 before 31.05.2020 will be processed by ______. Company Ltd. (NIC Ltd.)
FI 11/2021 All the claim cases of eUNI, where premium is deducted on or Oriental Insurance
Dt. 09.07.2021 after 01.06.2020 will be processed by ______. Company Ltd. (OICL)
Page
FI 10/2021 Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY is an any reason

Dt. 09.07.2021 insurance scheme offering life insurance cover for death due to
______.
All individual account holders of participating banks in the age 18 to 50 years
FI 10/2021
group of ______years are entitled to join Pradhan Mantri Jeevan
Dt. 09.07.2021
Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY.
The cover under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana- 1st June ; 31st May
FI 10/2021 PMJJBY shall be for one year period stretching from ______ to
Dt. 09.07.2021 ______ for which option to join / pay by auto-debit from the
designated individual bank account on the prescribed forms
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Rs.330/-
Premium will be Rs.______ per annum per member. The premium
FI 10/2021
will be deducted from the account holder’s bank account through
Dt. 09.07.2021
‘auto debit’ facility in one instalment, as per the option given, at
the time of enrolment under the scheme.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, The 55 years
FI 10/2021 accident cover of the member shall terminate/ be restricted on
Dt. 09.07.2021 attaining age ______ years and on closure of account with the
Bank or insufficiency of balance to keep the insurance in force.
FI 10/2021 Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Rs.2 lakh
Dt. 09.07.2021 Rs.______ is payable on member’s death due to any cause.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, 30th of June
FI 10/2021 Participating Banks shall remit the premium to insurance
Dt. 09.07.2021 companies in case of regular enrolment on or before ______
every year and in other cases in the same month when received.
FI 10/2021 Delayed enrolment for prospective cover is possible with payment
Dt. 09.07.2021 of full Annual Premium of Rs.______ is payable for enrolment in
June, July and August.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Rs. 258/-
Delayed enrolment for prospective cover is possible with payment
FI 10/2021
of pro rata premium of Rs. _____ is payable for enrolment in
Dt. 09.07.2021
September, October, and November.

FI 10/2021
Dt. 09.07.2021
December, January and February.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Rs. 86/-

FI 10/2021
Dt. 09.07.2021
March, April and May.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Lien 30 days

FI 10/2021
period of ______ days shall be applicable from the date of
Dt. 09.07.2021
enrolment.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Rs.289/- ; Rs.30/- ;
Appropriation of Premium for full Annual Premium of Rs.330/- Rs.11/-
FI 10/2021 collected will be done as: Rs. ______ to LIC/ Insurance
Dt. 09.07.2021 Company, Rs.______ for Reimbursement of Expenses to
BC/Micro/Corporate/ Agent and Rs.______ for Reimbursement of
Administrative Expenses to participating Banks.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Rs.225/- ; Rs.22.50 ;
Appropriation of Premium for Rs.258/- collected in the 2nd quarter Rs.10.50
FI 10/2021 of risk Period will be done as: Rs. ______ to LIC/ Insurance
192

BC/Micro/Corporate/Agent and Rs.______ for Reimbursement of
Page
FI 10/2021 Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Rs.150/- ; Rs.15/- ;

Dt. 09.07.2021 Appropriation of Premium for Rs.172/- collected in the 3rd quarter Rs.7/-
of risk Period will be done as: Rs. ______ to LIC/ Insurance
Company, Rs.______ for Reimbursement of Expenses to
BC/Micro/Corporate/Agent and Rs.______ for Reimbursement of
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, Rs.75/- ; Rs.7.50 ;
Appropriation of Premium for Rs.86/- collected in the 4th quarter Rs.3.50
FI 10/2021 of risk Period will be done as: Rs. ______ to LIC/ Insurance
BC/Micro/Corporate/ Agent and Rs.______ for Reimbursement of
Duly completed claim-cumdischarge form shall be submitted by 30 days
claimant to the concerned bank branch / post office immediately
FI 10/2021 after the occurrence of death of the insured member and
Dt. 09.07.2021 preferably within ______ days of the occurrence of the accident
giving rise to the claim (death /permanent disability) under
Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, seven days ; seven
Maximum time limit for the bank / post office to forward duly days
FI 10/2021
completed claim form to the insurer is ______ and maximum time
Dt. 09.07.2021
limit for the insurer to approve claim and disburse money
thereafter is ____.
Under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana-PMJJBY, No 30 days
FI 10/2021 claim shall be payable in case of death occurring within ______
Dt. 09.07.2021 days from the date of joining/rejoining the policy, except in case of
death due to accident.
Lien period of 30 days under Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima 01.06.2021
FI 10/2021
Yojana-PMJJBY shall be applicable from the date of enrolment
Dt. 09.07.2021
w.e.f. ______.
FI 10/2021 All the PMJJBY cases of PNB 1.0 & eUNI will be processed by LIC
Dt. 09.07.2021 ______.
All the PMJJBY claim cases of eOBC, where premium is deducted Canara HSBC Life
FI 10/2021
on or before 30.11.2020 (before CBS Integration of eOBC) will be Insurance Company
Dt. 09.07.2021
processed by ______.
All the PMJJBY cases of eOBC, where premium is deducted on or LIC
FI 10/2021
after 01.12.2020 (after CBS integration) will be processed
Dt. 09.07.2021
by______.
There is no minimum educational qualification for Business 10th
FI 08/2021
correspondents, but preferably he/she should be ______ standard
Dt. 05.06.2021
pass.
Age in respect of individual BCA should not be less than 18 years 60 years ; 65 years
FI 08/2021 and not exceeding ______ years at the time of selection and
Dt. 05.06.2021 would continue till the age of ______ years subject to annual
review.
As per our bank's Policy on Business Correspondents, The 30 Kms ; 5 Kms
distance between the place of business of a BC and the base
FI 08/2021
branch should ordinarily not exceed ______ in rural, semi-urban
Dt. 05.06.2021
and urban areas. In metropolitan centres, the distance could be
up to ____.
In case of place of business of BCA is more than 30 Kms in rural, Circle Head
FI 08/2021 semi-urban and urban areas, 5 Kms in metropolitan centres,
Dt. 05.06.2021 ______ may consider relaxation on merits in respect of under-
banked areas.
Standard working hour of all BCs would be from ______ for 8AM to 8PM
FI 08/2021 providing enhanced customer convenience. Access to Kiosk
193
Dt. 05.06.2021 Banking Solution (KBS) has been restricted according to the
above timings.
FI 08/2021 FI Steering Committee Meetings are conducted every quarter at 10th
Page
Dt. 05.06.2021 Zonal Office Level for effective control and monitoring purpose.

Zonal offices to submit the minutes of the Steering Committee

meetings to HO FID within _______ of next month.
FI 08/2021 The authorities responsible for monitoring and supervision of BC Branch Manager / Circle
Dt. 05.06.2021 Agent is ______. Head
FI 08/2021 The authorities responsible for monitoring and supervision of Circle Head / Zonal
Dt. 05.06.2021 Corporate BC is ______. Manager
FI 08/2021 The authorities responsible for monitoring and supervision of GM at Head Office
Dt. 05.06.2021 Head of Corporate BCs is ______.
FI 08/2021 The Base Branch Manager has to conduct surprise visit at least week
Dt. 05.06.2021 one BCA location in every ______.
FI 08/2021 LDM/Circle Office FI Co-ordinator /Circle Head need to conduct random basis
Dt. 05.06.2021 surprise visits to the BC locations in villages on a ______ basis
Performance of BCs agents will be reviewed on______ basis by quarterly
FI 08/2021
the Branch Head of the base branch and will be put up to Circle
Dt. 05.06.2021
Head.
Our Bank has acquired ______ technology which is a web-based KIOSK Banking Solution
FI 08/2021
solution and facilitates real time on-line transactions at BC (KBS)
Dt. 05.06.2021
locations.
The cash held with BCA and cash in transit will be insured by Rs. 1 Lac
FI 08/2021 bank. Bank has obtained “Insurance of Cash handled by Business
Dt. 05.06.2021 Correspondent Agents” covering cash in premises and transit
along with standard perils up to Rs. ______.
To undertake cash transactions, the BCA is required to open CABCA (Zero balance
FI 08/2021 Current Account under scheme code ______, which will be a and no charges)
Dt. 05.06.2021 Settlement Account, with the base branch which is to be funded
by the BCA with his available cash (credit balance).
Corporate BC will raise invoice based on the system generated 15th of next month
report. Circle Offices are required to make payment to CBCs
FI 08/2021
within ______ on the basis of invoices by crediting entire amount
Dt. 05.06.2021
to Corporate BC’s central accounts after deduction of taxes, if
any.
Corporate BCs will pass on payment to BCAs as per distribution three working days
FI 08/2021 ratio within ______ of receipt of payment from Circle Office. Any
Dt. 05.06.2021 delay in receipt of payment to BC Agent, if noticed, will be taken
up with the CBC.
The grievances of the customers with regard to services provided 7 days ; 15 days
by the Business Correspondents shall be redressed properly 20 days at Zonal office
FI 08/2021
without delays within ______ days at Branch level and within level
Dt. 05.06.2021
______ days at Circle office level. 24 days at Head office
level
If the complainant does not get satisfactory response from the 30 days
FI 08/2021 Bank within ______ from the date of his lodging the complaint, he
Dt. 05.06.2021 will have the option to approach the office of the Banking
Ombudsman concerned for redressal of his grievance/s.
Any BC location would mandatorily be functional on all days of 15 days
FI 08/2021 operation of the Base Branch. The BCA shall be entitled to a
Dt. 05.06.2021 leave gap arrangement for a period of maximum ______ in a
month.
Transactions done by BCA is strictly online and real time in nature Belapur, Navi Mumbai
through CBS or ATM Switch, hence backup of data is maintained by HO: ITD
FI 08/2021
at CBS or FI Gateway level maintained by HO: ITD. Disaster
Dt. 05.06.2021
Recovery Plan is also being maintained through DRS site at
______.
BC agents have to mandatorily obtain ______ for BCA in order to IIBF certification
FI 08/2021
be engaged or continuance of their services as per RBI
194
Dt. 05.06.2021
guidelines.
FI 08/2021 Maximum Limit of Cash Deposit/transfer at BC location is Rs. Rs. 25000/-
Dt. 05.06.2021 ______ per person per day.
Page
FI 08/2021 Maximum Limit of Cash withdrwal at BC location is Rs. ______ Rs. 10000/-

Dt. 05.06.2021 per person per day.

Bank has introduced a new Device through Kiosk Banking PAX D-180 PIN PAD
FI 04/2021
Solution at BC Locations for scaling up FI/ PMJDY activities.
Dt. 30.01.2021
Name the device ______.
FI 01/2021 To lodge the migration request from NPS-Lite (Swavalamban) to APYREG
Dt. 13.01.2021 Atal Pension Yojana (APY), menu option in CBS is ______.
Lite/ Swavalamban subscribers who are above 40 years of age 60 years
FI 01/2021
and thus cannot migrate to APY can continue in the Swavalamban
Dt. 13.01.2021
scheme till they attain the age of ______.
Priority Sector Division

NABARD vide circular DOR-57/2021 dated 10-11-2021 has 31-03-2022.
PSFID/PS informed that The Agricultural Marketing Infrastructure (AMI)
77/2021 scheme has been continued upto 31-03-2022 or until further order
Dt. 12.11.2021 from Ministry of Agriculture and Farmer Welfare, Govt. of India,
PSFID/PS The Agri- clinic and Agribusiness Centres Scheme is open for 18 to 60 years
74/2021 candidates of age group of _____.
Dt. 13.10.2021
_____ will be responsible for providing training to eligible National Institute of
PSFID/PS
candidates, through Nodal Training Institutes (NTIs) and Agricultural Extension
74/2021
motivating them for setting up of Agri-Clinics and Agri-Business Management
Dt. 13.10.2021
Centers. (MANAGE)
PSFID/PS Maximum amount of loan for setting up of Agri-Clinics and Agri- Need Based (depending
74/2021 Business Centers will be Rs. _____. on financial viability and
technical feasibility).
Dt. 13.10.2021
Under Agri-Clinics and Agri-Business Centers scheme, the Rs. 35000/- ;
revised training cost per trainee shall be limited to Rs. _____. An 10%
PSFID/PS
additional amount of _____% of approved charges on food,
74/2021
accommodation,honorarium, training wxpenditure and hand
Dt. 13.10.2021
holding charges has been provided in North-Estern states and hill
states (J&K, Uttrakhand and Himachal Pradesh).
PSFID/PS Every candidate under Agri-Clinics and Agri-Business Centers Rs. 1000/-
74/2021 scheme, who establish his/her venture and submit proof to that
Dt. 13.10.2021 effect is eligible to receive an incentive of Rs. _____.
Ceiling of project cost for subsidy is Rs. _____ for an individual Rs. 20 lakh ;
PSFID/PS project and Rs.100 lakh for a group project (established by a Rs.100 lakh
74/2021 group comprising at least five trained persons under the Agri-
Dt. 13.10.2021 Clinics and Agri-Business Scheme, out of which one could be
from Management background).
PSFID/PS In case loan up to Rs _____ under the Agri-Clinics and Agri- Rs 5 lakh
74/2021 Business Scheme, no margin money is reqired
Dt. 13.10.2021
PSFID/PS Up to Rs _____ under the Agri-Clinics and Agri-Business Rs 5 lakh
74/2021 Scheme, the loan can be secured against hypothecation of assets
Dt. 13.10.2021 created and no further security would be necessary.
Subsidy pattern under the Agri-Clinics and Agri-Business Scheme 3 years ;
has been revised from Capital and Interest subsidy to Composit 44% ;
PSFID/PS
subsidy which will be back ended in nature with minimum _____ 36%
74/2021
years lock-in-period.The subsidy will be _____% of project cost for
Dt. 13.10.2021
women, SC/ST & all categories of candidates from NE and Hill
states and _____% of project cost for all others
PSFID/PS Margin under the scheme for financing to cold storage units for 25%
195
73/2021 facilitating the farmers and to meet running expenditures of cold

Dt. 05.10.2021 storages will be ______.
PSFID/PS The overall maximum limit for On-Lending to the farmers under one year (to be fixed by
Page
73/2021 the scheme for financing to cold storage shall be fixed based on Circle Office) ; 90%

Dt. 05.10.2021 acceptable loading capacity of the Cold Storage unit multiplied by
the average market value of crop for last ______. The acceptable
loading capacity would be ______% of the actual loading
capacity.
The overall maximum limit for running the Cold Storage under the 3 years
PSFID/PS scheme for financing to cold storage will be assessed on the basis
73/2021 of average of the actual expenditures incurred during the
Dt. 05.10.2021 preceding last ______ years (where available)] or as per actual
available from the date of COD.
Under the scheme for financing to cold storage, Interest will be six monthly basis (in
PSFID/PS
charged on ______ basis . Interest will be accrued on monthly September and March)
73/2021
basis for Profit & Loss purpose but collection / demand will be
Dt. 05.10.2021
made on half yearly basis.
PSFID/PS Minimum collateral security for On-Lending to the farmers under 100%
73/2021 the scheme for financing to cold storage will be ______% in the
Dt. 05.10.2021 form of mortgage of IP (land & building)/ other liquid security.
As per revised RBI guidelines on DAY-NRLM vide Circular no. ₹10.00 lakh
FIDD.GSSD.CO.BC.No.09/09.01.003/2021-22 dated 09-08-2021,
PSFID/PS
For loans to SHGs up to ₹______, no collateral and no margin will
72/2021
be charged. No lien should be marked against savings bank
Dt. 05.10.2021
account of SHGs and no deposits should be insisted upon while
sanctioning loans.
As per revised RBI guidelines on DAY-NRLM vide Circular no. ₹20 lakh
PSFID/PS FIDD.GSSD.CO.BC.No.09/09.01.003/2021-22 dated 09-08-2021,
72/2021 For loans to SHGs above ₹10 lakh and up to ₹______, no
Dt. 05.10.2021 collateral should be charged and no lien should be marked
against savings bank account of SHGs.
PSFID/PS The entire loan to SHGs (irrespective of the loan outstanding, Credit Guarantee Fund
72/2021 even if it subsequently goes below ₹10 lakh) would be eligible for for Micro Units
Dt. 05.10.2021 coverage under ______. (CGFMU)
Loans sanctioned to Self Help Groups (SHGs) between Rs.10 75%
lakh and Rs. 20 lakh during FY 2020-21 and thereafter would be
PSFID/PS
eligible for coverage under CGFMU, irrespective of the availability
72/2021
of group guarantee of SHG members. In respect of this category,
Dt. 05.10.2021
first loss guarantee shall be Nil and second loss guarantee shall
be ______%.
Under Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU), The 0.25% ; 0.5%
Guarantee Fee for Self Help Groups (SHGs) shall be ______%
PSFID/PS
p.a. during first year and ______ p.a. in subsequent years. The
72/2021
guarantee fee shall be charged on outstanding balance at the time
Dt. 05.10.2021
of sanction (on pro rata basis) and thereafter on annual basis for
renewals.
Under Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU), Every 2%
amount recovered and due to be paid to the Fund shall be paid
without delay, and if any amount due to the Fund remains unpaid
PSFID/PS
beyond a period of 30 days from the end of FY in which it was
72/2021
recovered, interest shall be payable to the Fund by the lending
Dt. 05.10.2021
institution at ______% over and above the prevailing repo rate for
the period for which payment remains outstanding after the expiry
of the said period of 30 days.
PSFID/PS As per revised guidelines of Central Sector Scheme for “Financing 25
68/2021 Facility under Agriculture Infrastructure Fund”, Private entities can
Dt. 13.09.2021 submit maximum ______ applications.
As per revised guidelines of Central Sector Scheme for “Financing There is no cap on
PSFID/PS Facility under Agriculture Infrastructure Fund”, Cap of number of number of applications
196
68/2021 applications from State agencies, national and state federations of

Dt. 13.09.2021 co-operatives, federations of FPOs and federations of SHGs will
be ______..
Page
PSFID/PS For APMCs under Central Sector Scheme for “Financing Facility Rs. 2 crore
68/2021 under Agriculture Infrastructure Fund”, interest subvention for a

Dt. 13.09.2021 loan upto Rs. ______ will be provided for each project of different
infrastructure types e.g. cold storage, sorting, grading and
assaying units, silos, etc. within the same market yard.
As per revised guidelines of Central Sector Scheme for “Financing 13 years upto 2032-33
PSFID/PS Facility under Agriculture Infrastructure Fund”, The period of
68/2021 financial facility has been extended from 4 to 6 years upto 2025-
Dt. 13.09.2021 26 and overall period of the scheme has been extended from 10
to ______ years.
As per existing guidelines, KCC including working capital for Rs. 10.00 lac ;
animal husbandry & Fisheries, Kisan Gold Scheme and Self Help Rs.5.00 lac
PSFID/PS
Group loans upto Rs. ______ and loans upto Rs.______ under
64/2021
Agriculture advances including Investment Credit may be
Dt. 30.08.2021
considered as routine type of loans and should be processed
without the help of Agriculture Officers.
PSFID/PS The government of India Introduced PMMSY to improve the fish Pradhan Mantri Matsya
61/2021 production and to address the critical value chain gaps in the Sampada yojana
Dt. 25.08.2021 fisheries sector. Expand the term PMMSY ______.
PSFID/PS As per tie-up, ______ will provide the scrutinized fisheries National Fisheries
61/2021 proposals to our Bank under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Development Board
Dt. 25.08.2021 Yojana (PMMSY) (NFDB)
Under the Entrepreneur model of Pradhan Mantri Matsya 10% ; 65%
PSFID/PS Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) scheme 25-30 % of the project cost
61/2021 will be given under Central Assistance, beneficiary contribution
Dt. 25.08.2021 will be minimum ______% and Bank loan upto ______% of the
total project cost.
Applicant/beneficiary having own land with clear title, free from all 10 years
PSFID/PS
encumbrances is eligible under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada
61/2021
Yojana (PMMSY). In case of leased land, applicant/beneficiary
Dt. 25.08.2021
shall have the land lease for a minimum period of ______ years.
Under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY), 10 years
Assets created either on own or lease land out of the assistance
PSFID/PS
provided under entrepreneur models shall not be disposed of in
61/2021
any form including by way of sale, gift, transfer and lease for a
Dt. 25.08.2021
period of ______ years from the date of sanction of the project.
Under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) 25% ; 10% ; 65%
PSFID/PS upto______ % of the project cost will be given under Government
61/2021 Assistance, beneficiary contribution of minimum ______% and
Dt. 25.08.2021 Bank loan upto ______% of the total project cost for General
Category.
Under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) 30% ; 10% ; 60%
PSFID/PS upto______ % of the project cost will be given under Government
61/2021 Assistance, beneficiary contribution of minimum ______% and
Dt. 25.08.2021 Bank loan upto ______% of the total project cost for
SC/ST/Women Category .
PSFID/PS Under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY), Rs.1.25 crore
61/2021 Ceiling limit of project cost for subsidy/ assistance in case of
Dt. 25.08.2021 General category will be Rs.______ per project.
PSFID/PS Under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY), Rs.1.50 crore
61/2021 Ceiling limit of project cost for subsidy/ assistance in case of
Dt. 25.08.2021 SC/ST category will be Rs.______ per project.
Under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY), Funds 20:50:30
PSFID/PS
will be released in 3 installments as back-end subsidy at the ratio
61/2021
of ______.
Dt. 25.08.2021
197
Under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY), The 20%

PSFID/PS
first installment of governmental assistance will be released on
61/2021
achieving at least ______% financial progress of the project with
Dt. 25.08.2021
Page
commensurate physical progress.

Under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY), The 70%

PSFID/PS second installment will be released on achieving at least ______%
61/2021 financial progress of the project with commensurate physical
Dt. 25.08.2021 progress.
PSFID/PS No processing fee/ documentation charges are to be levied in Rs. 10.00 lakh (Earlier it
60/2021 Priority Sector loans to SHGs for loans upto Rs. ______ for group was Rs. 25000 per
Dt. 23.08.2021 as a whole. member)
Total Priority Sector targets under priority sector lending for 40 per cent
PSFID/PS
Domestic commercial banks (excl. RRBs & SFBs) & foreign banks
46/2021
with 20 branches and above will be ______ per cent of ANBC or
Dt. 15.06.2021
CEOBE whichever is higher.
Total Priority Sector targets under priority sector lending for 40 % ; 32% ; 8%
PSFID/PS Foreign banks with less than 20 branches will be ______ %of
46/2021 ANBC or CEOBE whichever is higher; out of which up to
Dt. 15.06.2021 ______% can be in the form of lending to Exports and not less
than ______% can be to any other priority sector.
Total Priority Sector target for Regional Rural Banks will be 75% ; 15%
PSFID/PS ______% of ANBC or CEOBE whichever is higher; However,
46/2021 lending to Medium Enterprises, Social Infrastructure and
Dt. 15.06.2021 Renewable Energy shall be reckoned for priority sector
achievement only up to ______% of ANBC.
PSFID/PS For Small Finance Banks, Total Priority Sector target for will be 75%
46/2021 ______% of ANBC or CEOBE whichever is higher .
Dt. 15.06.2021
Sub targets of Agriculture under priority sector lending for 18% ; 10 %
PSFID/PS Domestic commercial banks (excl. RRBs & SFBs) & foreign banks
46/2021 with 20 branches and above will be ______% of ANBC or
Dt. 15.06.2021 CEOBE, whichever is higher; out of which a target of ______% is
prescribed for Small and Marginal Farmers (SMFs).
Sub targets of Agriculture under priority sector lending RRBs & 18% ; 10 %
PSFID/PS
SFBs will be ______% of ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is higher;
46/2021
out of which a target of ______%# is prescribed for Small and
Dt. 15.06.2021
Marginal Farmers (SMFs).
PSFID/PS Sub targets of Agriculture under priority sector lending for for Not applicable
46/2021 Foreign banks with less than 20 branches will be ______ % of
Dt. 15.06.2021 ANBC or CEOBE whichever is higher
Sub targets of Micro Enterprises under priority sector lending for 7.5 per cent
PSFID/PS
Domestic commercial banks (excl. RRBs & SFBs) & foreign banks
46/2021
with 20 branches and above will be ______% of ANBC or
Dt. 15.06.2021
CEOBE, whichever is higher.
PSFID/PS Sub targets of Micro Enterprises under priority sector lending for 7.5 per cent
46/2021 Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) & Small Finance Banks (SFBs) will
Dt. 15.06.2021 be ______% of ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is higher.
PSFID/PS Sub targets of Micro Enterprises under priority sector lending for Not applicable
46/2021 for Foreign banks with less than 20 branches will be ______ % of
Dt. 15.06.2021 ANBC or CEOBE whichever is higher
Sub targets of Advances to Weaker Sections under priority sector 12 percent
PSFID/PS
lending for Domestic commercial banks & foreign banks with 20
46/2021
branches and above will be ______% of ANBC or CEOBE,
Dt. 15.06.2021
whichever is higher.
PSFID/PS Sub targets of Advances to Weaker Sections under priority sector Not applicable
46/2021 lending for for Foreign banks with less than 20 branches will be
Dt. 15.06.2021 ______ % of ANBC or CEOBE whichever is higher
PSFID/PS As per Reserve Bank of India (Priority Sector Lending – Targets 15%
198
46/2021 and Classification) Directions, Weaker Section targets for RRBs

Dt. 15.06.2021 will continue ______% of ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is higher.
PSFID/PS As per Reserve Bank of India (Priority Sector Lending – Targets 12 percent
Page
46/2021 and Classification) Directions, Weaker Section targets for Small

Dt. 15.06.2021 Finance Banks will be ______% of ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is

higher.
As per Reserve Bank of India (Priority Sector Lending – Targets 2020-21 – 8% (No
PSFID/PS and Classification) Directions, Sub target of Lending to Small & change)
46/2021 Marginal Farmers have been Increased from present 8% to 10%. 2021-22 – 9%
Dt. 15.06.2021 The same is to be achieved in a phased manner as ______. 2022-23 – 9.50%
2023-24 – 10%
As per Reserve Bank of India (Priority Sector Lending – Targets 2020-21 – 10% (No
PSFID/PS and Classification) Directions, Sub target of Lending to Weaker change)
46/2021 Section have been Increased from present 10% to 12%. The 2021-22 – 11%
Dt. 15.06.2021 same is to be achieved in a phased manner as ______. 2022-23 – 11.50%
2023-24 – 12%
PSFID/PS For the purpose of priority sector computation only, Net Bank Bills Rediscounted with
46/2021 Credit (NBC) is equal to Bank Credit in India minus ______. RBI and other approved
Dt. 15.06.2021 Financial Institutions
To address regional disparities in the flow of priority sector credit 125% ; 90%
at the district level, from FY 2021-22 onwards, a higher weight of
______% would be assigned to the incremental priority sector
PSFID/PS
credit in the identified districts where the credit flow is
46/2021
comparatively lower (per capita PSL less than Rs. 6000), and a
Dt. 15.06.2021
lower weight of _______% would be assigned for incremental
priority sector credit in the identified districts where the credit flow
is comparatively higher (per capita PSL greater than Rs.25,000).
PSFID/PS The lending to agriculture sector will include Farm Credit Ancillary Activities
46/2021 (Agriculture and Allied Activities), lending for Agriculture
Dt. 15.06.2021 Infrastructure and ______.
Loans to Individual farmers against pledge / hypothecation of Rs. 75 lakh ; Rs. 50
agricultural produce (including warehouse receipts) for a period lakh
PSFID/PS
not exceeding 12 months subject to a limit up to Rs. ______
46/2021
against NWRs/eNWRs and up to Rs. ______ against warehouse
Dt. 15.06.2021
receipts other than NWRs/eNWRs are classified as Agriculture-
Farm credit under Priority Sector Lending.
Loans to individual farmers/ SHGs/ JLGs for purchasing solar Agriculture- Farm Credit
PSFID/PS power pumps and solarisation of grid connected agriculture
46/2021 pumps and setting up of solar power plant on barren/ fallow land
Dt. 15.06.2021 is now classified under ______.
Crop loans to Corporate farmers, Farmer Producer Organisations Rs. 2 crore

(FPOs) / (FPC) Companies of Individual Farmers, Partnership
PSFID/PS firms and Co-operatives of farmers engaged in Agriculture and
46/2021 Allied Activities which will include traditional / non-traditional
Dt. 15.06.2021 plantations and horticulture and loans for allied activities are
classified as Agriculture-Farm credit under Priority Sector Lending
subject to an aggregate limit of Rs. ______ per borrowing entity.
Medium and long-term loans to Corporate farmers, Farmer Rs. 2 crore
Producer Organisations (FPOs) / (FPC) Companies of Individual
Farmers, Partnership firms and Co-operatives of farmers engaged
PSFID/PS in Agriculture and Allied Activities for agriculture and allied
46/2021 activities (e.g. purchase of agricultural implements and machinery,
Dt. 15.06.2021 loans for irrigation and other developmental activities undertaken
in the farm, and developmental loans for allied activities) will be
classified as Agriculture-Farm credit under Priority Sector Lending
subject to an aggregate limit of Rs. ______ per borrowing entity.
Loans to Corporate farmers, Farmer Producer Organisations Rs. 2 crore
(FPOs) / (FPC) Companies of Individual Farmers, Partnership
199
PSFID/PS firms and Co-operatives of farmers engaged in Agriculture and

46/2021 Allied Activities for pre and post-harvest activities, viz., spraying,
Dt. 15.06.2021 weeding, harvesting, sorting, grading and transporting of their own
Page
farm produce will be classified as Agriculture-Farm credit under

Priority Sector Lending subject to an aggregate limit of Rs.

______ per borrowing entity.

Loans to Corporate farmers farmers against pledge / Rs. 75 lakh ; Rs. 50
hypothecation of agricultural produce (including warehouse lakh
PSFID/PS receipts) for a period not exceeding 12 months subject to a limit
46/2021 up to Rs. ______ against NWRs/eNWRs and up to Rs. ______
Dt. 15.06.2021 against warehouse receipts other than NWRs/eNWRs are
classified as Agriculture-Farm credit under Priority Sector
Lending.
PSFID/PS Loans upto Rs.______ to FPOs which have assured market links Rs. 5 crores
46/2021 at predetermined rates are classified as Agriculture- Farm Credit
Dt. 15.06.2021 under Priority Sector Lending.
PSFID/PS Loans for agriculture infrastructure subject to an aggregate ₹100 crore
46/2021 sanctioned limit of ₹______ per borrower from the banking system
Dt. 15.06.2021 will be classified under Priority Sector Lending.
PSFID/PS Loans up to ______ to co-operative societies of farmers for Rs. 5 crore
46/2021 purchase of the produce of members are classified as Agriculture
Dt. 15.06.2021 Ancillary Services under Priority Sector Lending.
Loans up to ₹______ to Start-ups, as per definition of Ministry of ₹50 crore
PSFID/PS
Commerce and Industry, Govt. of India that are engaged in
46/2021
agriculture and allied services are eligible for Priority Sector
Dt. 15.06.2021
classification under Agriculture- Ancillary Services
Loans for Food and Agro-processing up to an aggregate ₹100 crore
PSFID/PS sanctioned limit of ₹______rore per borrower from the banking
46/2021 system. Activities eligible for classification under food and agro-
Dt. 15.06.2021 processing will be classified as Agriculture-Ancillary Services
under Priority Sector Lending.
PSFID/PS For the purpose of computation of achievement of the sub-target Marginal Farmers
46/2021 under Priority Sector Lending, Farmers with landholding of up to 1
Dt. 15.06.2021 hectare are classified as ______.
PSFID/PS For the purpose of computation of achievement of the sub-target Small Farmers
46/2021 under Priority Sector Lending, Farmers with landholding of more
Dt. 15.06.2021 than 1 hectare and up to 2 hectares are classified as ______.
PSFID/PS Factoring transactions pertaining to MSMEs taking place through Trade Receivables
46/2021 the ______ shall be eligible for classification under priority sector. Discounting System
Dt. 15.06.2021 (TReDS)
Loans up to ₹______ to individuals solely engaged in Allied ₹2 lakh
PSFID/PS
activities without any accompanying land holding criteria are
46/2021
eligible for classification as loans to Small & Marginal farmers
Dt. 15.06.2021
under Priority Sector Lending .
As per Priority Sector Lending, Bank credit to registered NBFCs Rs. 10 lakh
PSFID/PS
(other than MFIs) towards on-lending for 'Term lending'
46/2021
component under agriculture will be allowed up to Rs. ______ per
Dt. 15.06.2021
borrower
PSFID/PS All loans to units in the KVI sector will be eligible for classification 7.5 percent
46/2021 under the sub-target of ______percent prescribed for Micro
Dt. 15.06.2021 Enterprises under priority sector.
Under Priority Sector Lending Loans up to ₹______ to Start-ups, ₹50 crore
PSFID/PS
as per definition of Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Govt. of
46/2021
India that confirm to the definition of MSME are eligible for
Dt. 15.06.2021
classification under other finance to MSMEs.
Overdraft to Pradhan Mantri Jan-Dhan Yojana (PMJDY) account Micro Enterprises
PSFID/PS holders as per limits and conditions prescribed by Department of
46/2021 Financial Services, Ministry of Finance from time to time, will
Dt. 15.06.2021 qualify as achievement of the target for lending to______.
200
For Domestic Banks/ WoS of Foreign Banks/ SFBs/ UCBs, 2% ; Rs. 40.00 Crore
PSFID/PS
Incremental export credit (other than in agriculture and MSME)
46/2021
over corresponding date of the preceding year, up to ______% of
Dt. 15.06.2021
Page
ANBC or CEOBE whichever is higher, subject to a sanctioned

limit of up to Rs.______ per borrower will be allowed to be

classified as priority sector.
For Foreign banks with 20 branches and above, Incremental 2%
PSFID/PS export credit (other than in agriculture and MSME) over
46/2021 corresponding date of preceding year, up to ______% of ANBC or
Dt. 15.06.2021 CEOBE, whichever is higher will be allowed to be classified as
priority sector.
For Foreign banks with less than 20 branches, Export Credit 32%
PSFID/PS
(other than in agriculture and MSME) up to ______% of ANBC or
46/2021
CEOBE whichever is higher will be allowed to be classified as
Dt. 15.06.2021
priority sector.
PSFID/PS Loans to individuals for educational purposes, including vocational ₹ 20 lakh
46/2021 courses, not exceeding ₹ ______ will be considered as eligible for
Dt. 15.06.2021 priority sector classification.
Housing Loans to individuals up to ₹______ in metropolitan ₹35 lakh ; ₹25 lakh
centres (with population of ten lakh and above) and up to ₹______
PSFID/PS in other centres for purchase/construction of a dwelling unit per
46/2021 family provided the overall cost of the dwelling unit in the
Dt. 15.06.2021 metropolitan centre and at other centres does not exceed ₹45
lakh and ₹30 lakh respectively are eligible for priority sector
classification.
PSFID/PS Housing loans to banks’ own employees up to Rs. ______will be not eligible
46/2021 eligible for classification under the priority sector .
Dt. 15.06.2021
PSFID/PS Housing loans which are backed by long term bonds up to Rs. not eligible
46/2021 ______will be eligible for classification under the priority sector.
Dt. 15.06.2021
Loans up to ₹______ in metropolitan centres and up to ₹______ ₹10 lakh ; ₹6 lakh
PSFID/PS
in other centres for repairs to damaged dwelling units conforming
46/2021
to the overall cost of the dwelling unit are eligible for priority sector
Dt. 15.06.2021
classification.
Bank loans to any governmental agency for construction of 60 sq.m.
PSFID/PS
dwelling units or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum
46/2021
dwellers subject to dwelling units with carpet area of not more
Dt. 15.06.2021
than ______ are eligible for priority sector classification.
PSFID/PS Bank loans for affordable housing projects using at least 50% of 60 sq.m.
46/2021 FAR/FSI for dwelling units with carpet area of not more than
Dt. 15.06.2021 ______ are eligible for priority sector classification.
Bank loans to HFCs (approved by NHB for their refinance) for on- ₹20 lakh
PSFID/PS lending, up to ₹______ for individual borrowers, for
46/2021 purchase/construction/ reconstruction of individual dwelling units
Dt. 15.06.2021 or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers, subject
to certain conditions are eligible for priority sector classification.
Bank loans up to a limit of ₹______ per borrower for setting up ₹5 crore
PSFID/PS schools, drinking water facilities and sanitation facilities including
46/2021 construction/ refurbishment of household toilets and water
Dt. 15.06.2021 improvements at household level, etc. are eligible for priority
sector classification.
PSFID/PS Bank loans up to a limit of ₹______ per borrower for building ₹10 crore
46/2021 health care facilities including under ‘Ayushman Bharat’ in Tier II
Dt. 15.06.2021 to Tier VI centres are eligible for priority sector classification.
Bank loans up to a limit of ₹______ to borrowers for Renewable ₹30 crore ; ₹10 lakh
Energy purposes like solar based power generators, biomass-
PSFID/PS based power generators, wind mills, micro-hydel plants and for
46/2021 non-conventional energy based public utilities, viz., street lighting
201
Dt. 15.06.2021 systems and remote village electrification etc., will be eligible for
Priority Sector classification. For individual households, the loan
limit will be ₹______ per borrower.
Page
PSFID/PS Loans not exceeding ₹1.00 lakh per borrower provided directly by ₹1.00 lakh ; ₹1.60

46/2021 banks to individuals and individual members of SHG/JLG, lakh

Dt. 15.06.2021 provided the individual borrower’s household annual income in
rural areas does not exceed ₹______ and for non-rural areas it
does not exceed ₹______ are eligible for priority sector
classification.
Loans not exceeding ₹______ provided directly by banks to ₹2.00 lakh
PSFID/PS SHG/JLG for activities other than agriculture or MSME, viz., loans
46/2021 for meeting social needs, construction or repair of house,
Dt. 15.06.2021 construction of toilets or any viable common activity started by the
SHGs are eligible for priority sector classification.
Loans to distressed persons [other than distressed farmers ₹1.00 lakh
PSFID/PS
indebted to non-institutional lenders] not exceeding ₹______ per
46/2021
borrower to prepay their debt to non-institutional lenders are
Dt. 15.06.2021
eligible for priority sector classification.
Loans up to ₹______ to Start-ups, as per definition of Ministry of ₹50 crore
PSFID/PS
Commerce and Industry, Govt. of India that are engaged in
46/2021
activities other than Agriculture or MSME are eligible for priority
Dt. 15.06.2021
Distressed person other than farmers, with loan amount not Rs. 1 Lakh
PSFID/PS
exceeding Rs. ______ per borrower to prepay their debts to the
46/2021
non-institutional lenders will be considered as lending under
Dt. 15.06.2021
Weaker Sections category.
PSFID/PS Artisans, village and cottage industries where individual credit Rs. 1 Lakh
46/2021 limits do not exceed Rs. ______ will be considered as lending
Dt. 15.06.2021 under Weaker Sections category
PSFID/PS Under Priority Sector Lending Loans, Individual women Rs. 1 Lakh
46/2021 beneficiaries up to Rs. ______ per borrower will be considered as
Dt. 15.06.2021 lending under Weaker Sections category.
Under Priority Sector Lending Loans, Overdraft availed by PMJDY Weaker Sections
PSFID/PS
account holders as per limits and conditions prescribed by
46/2021
Department of Financial Services, Ministry of Finance from time to
Dt. 15.06.2021
time may be classified as ______.
PSFID/PS Bank credit for on-lending by NBFCs for ‘Term lending’ ₹ 10 lakh
46/2021 component up to ₹ ______ per borrower under Agriculture will be
Dt. 15.06.2021 eligible for classification as priority sector.
PSFID/PS Bank credit for on-lending by NBFCs up to ₹ ______ per ₹ 20 lakh
46/2021 borrower under Micro & Small enterprises will be eligible for
Dt. 15.06.2021 classification as priority sector.
Bank credit to Housing Finance Companies (HFCs), approved by ₹20 lakh
NHB for their refinance, for on-lending for the purpose of
PSFID/PS
purchase/construction/ reconstruction of individual dwelling units
46/2021
or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers are
Dt. 15.06.2021
eligible for priority sector classification, subject to an aggregate
loan limit of ₹______ per borrower.
PSFID/PS Bank credit to NBFCs (including HFCs) for on-lending as five percent
46/2021 applicable will be allowed up to an overall limit of ______ percent
Dt. 15.06.2021 of individual bank’s total priority sector lending.
All Scheduled Commercial Banks (excluding SFBs, RRBs, UCBs all registered Non-
PSFID/PS and LABs) are permitted to co-lend with ______ for lending to the Banking Financial
46/2021 priority sector. Companies (including
Dt. 15.06.2021 Housing Finance
Companies)
Banks having any shortfall in lending to priority sector shall be Rural Infrastructure
PSFID/PS
allocated amounts for contribution to the ______ established with Development Fund
46/2021
NABARD and other funds with NABARD/NHB/SIDBI/ MUDRA (RIDF)
202
Dt. 15.06.2021
Ltd., as decided by the Reserve Bank from time to time.
PSFID/PS With effect from ______, all UCBs (excluding those under all- March 31, 2021
46/2021 inclusive directions) will be required to contribute to Rural
Page
Dt. 15.06.2021 Infrastructure Development Fund (RIDF) established with

NABARD and other funds with NABARD / NHB / SIDBI / MUDRA

Ltd., against their priority sector lending (PSL) shortfall vis-a-vis
the prescribed target.
No loan related and ad hoc service charges/inspection charges ₹ 25,000
PSFID/PS
should be levied on priority sector loans up to ₹______. In the
46/2021
case of eligible priority sector loans to SHGs / JLGs, this limit will
Dt. 15.06.2021
be applicable per member and not to the group as a whole.
Bank loans to Primary Agricultural Credit Societies (PACS), Agriculture-Ancillary
PSFID/PS
Farmers’ Service Societies (FSS) and Large-sized Adivasi Multi Services
46/2021
Purpose Societies (LAMPS) for on-lending to agriculture will be
Dt. 15.06.2021
classified as ______ under Priority Sector Lending.
Loans to Custom Service Units managed by individuals, Agriculture-Ancillary
PSFID/PS institutions or organizations who maintain a fleet of tractors, Services
46/2021 bulldozers, well-boring equipment, threshers, combines, etc., and
Dt. 15.06.2021 undertake farm work for farmers on contract basis will be
classified as ______ under Priority Sector Lending.
PSFID/PS Loans sanctioned by banks to MFIs for on-lending to agriculture Agriculture-Ancillary
46/2021 sector will be classified as ______ under Priority Sector Lending. Services
Dt. 15.06.2021
PSFID/PS Loans sanctioned by banks to registered NBFCs (other than Agriculture-Ancillary
46/2021 MFIs) will be classified as ______ under Priority Sector Lending. Services
Dt. 15.06.2021
Women SHGs under DAY-NRLM consist of ______ persons. In 10-20 ; 5
PSFID/PS
case of special SHGs i.e. groups in the difficult areas, groups with
37/2021
disabled persons, and groups formed in remote tribal areas, this
Dt. 11.05.2021
number may be a minimum of ______ persons.
DAY-NRLM, MoRD, would provide Revolving Fund (RF) support 3/6 month
PSFID/PS to SHGs in existence for a minimum period of ______ month and
37/2021 follow the norms of good SHGs, i.e. they follow 'Panchasutra' -
Dt. 11.05.2021 regular meetings, regular savings, regular internal lending, regular
recoveries and maintenance of proper books of accounts.
PSFID/PS Only SHGs that have not received any RF earlier would be ₹10000 ; ₹15,000
37/2021 provided with RF, as corpus, with a minimum ₹_______ and up to
Dt. 11.05.2021 a maximum of ₹_______ per SHG.
Capital Subsidy of ₹ ______ would be sanctioned to any SHG No Capital Subsidy
PSFID/PS
from the date of implementation of DAYNRLM. would be sanctioned
37/2021
(Capital Subsidy has
Dt. 11.05.2021
been discontinued)
DAY-NRLM has a provision for interest subvention, to cover the ₹ 300,000/-
PSFID/PS
difference between the Lending Rate of the banks and 7%, on all
37/2021
credit from the banks/ financial institutions availed by women
Dt. 11.05.2021
SHGs, for a maximum of ₹ ______ per SHG.
PSFID/PS To eligible under DAY-NRLM, SHGs should be in active existence 6 months
37/2021 at least since the last ______ months as per the books of account
Dt. 11.05.2021 of SHGs and not from the date of opening of S/B account.
PSFID/PS The existing defunct SHGs are also eligible for credit under DAY- 3 months
37/2021 NRLM if they are revived and continue to be active for a minimum
Dt. 11.05.2021 period of ______ months.
Under DAY-NRLM, SHGs may avail either Term Loan (TL) or a ₹ 6 lakh ; 3 years
PSFID/PS Cash Credit Limit (CCL) loan or both based on the need. In case
37/2021 of CCL, minimum sanctioned loan will be ₹ ______to each eligible
Dt. 11.05.2021 SHGs for a period of ______ years with a yearly drawing power
(DP).
PSFID/PS Under DAY-NRLM, In case of Term Loan, banks are advised to 6 times ; ₹1 lakh
37/2021 sanction loan amount in doses. First Dose will be ______ times of
203
Dt. 11.05.2021 the existing corpus or minimum of ₹______, whichever is higher

PSFID/PS Under DAY-NRLM, In case of Term Loan, Second Dose will be 8 times ; ₹2 lakh
37/2021 ______ times of the existing corpus or minimum of ₹______,
Page
Dt. 11.05.2021 whichever is higher

Under DAY-NRLM, In case of Term Loan, Third Dose will be ₹6 lakh

PSFID/PS
Minimum of ₹______, based on the Micro credit plan prepared by
37/2021
the SHGs and appraised by the Federations /Support agency and
Dt. 11.05.2021
the previous credit history.
In order to facilitate use of loans for augmenting livelihoods of 50% ; 75% ; 85
PSFID/PS SHG members, at least ______% of loans above ₹2 lakh,
37/2021 ______% of loans above ₹4 lakh and at least ______% of loans
Dt. 11.05.2021 above ₹6 lakh should be used primarily for income generating
productive purposes.
Under DAY-NRLM, In case of Term Loan, The first dose of loan 24-36 months ; 36-48
PSFID/PS
may be repaid in ______ months and the second dose of loan months
37/2021
may be repaid in ______ months in monthly/Quarterly
Dt. 11.05.2021
Instalments.
Under DAY-NRLM, In case of Term Loan, The third dose of loan 48-60 months ; 60-84
PSFID/PS
may be repaid in ______ months and the forth dose onwards may months
37/2021
be repaid between ______ months in monthly/Quarterly
Dt. 11.05.2021
Instalments.
PSFID/PS In case of SHGs no processing fee/ upfront fee will be charged for Rs. 25000/-
37/2021 loans upto Rs. ______ per member.
Dt. 11.05.2021
DAY-NRLM would ensure adequate coverage of vulnerable 50% ; 15% ; 3%
PSFID/PS
sections of the society such that ______% of the beneficiaries are
37/2021
SC/STs, ______% are minorities and ______% are persons with
Dt. 11.05.2021
disability
Under Framework for implementation of DAYNRLM, up to 30%
PSFID/PS
______% of the total membership of the SHGs may be from
37/2021
among the population marginally above the poverty line, subject to
Dt. 11.05.2021
the approval of other members of the group.
PSFID/PS DAY-NRLM has a provision for subvention on interest rate above 7%
37/2021 ______% per annum for all eligible SHGs, who have availed loans
Dt. 11.05.2021 from mainstream financial institutions.
DAY-NRLM is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme and the financing of 60:40 ; 90:10
PSFID/PS the programme would be shared between the Centre and the
37/2021 States in the ratio of ______ and ______ in case of North Eastern
Dt. 11.05.2021 States including Sikkim; completely from the Centre in case of
UTs.
Under DAY-NRLM, the women SHGs would be provided with an 30 days
PSFID/PS additional 3% subvention on the prompt repayment of term loans
37/2021 if term loan account where all of the interest payments and/or
Dt. 11.05.2021 instalments of principal were paid within ______ days of the due
date during the tenure of the loan
Under DAY-NRLM, All commercial banks in 250 identified districts 5.50%
PSFID/PS
would be subvented to the extent of difference between the
37/2021
Weighted Average Interest Charged and 7% subject to the
Dt. 11.05.2021
maximum limit of ______.
PSFID/PS All women SHGs from rural areas under DAY- NRLM would be ₹3 lakh ; 7%
37/2021 eligible for interest subvention on credit upto ₹______ at the rate
Dt. 11.05.2021 of ______% per annum on prompt repayment.
PSFID/PS Interest subvention scheme for Category II Districts (Other than State Rural Livelihood
37/2021 250 districts) would be implemented by the ______. Missions (SRLMs)
Dt. 11.05.2021
The National Urban Livelihoods Mission (NULM) in 2013. NULM 1 lakh
has been under implementation w.e.f. September 24, 2013 in all
PSFID/PS
district headquarters (irrespective of population) and all the cities
36/2021
with population of ______ or more. The Mission with enhanced
204
Dt. 11.05.2021
scope was renamed as Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana -National
Urban Livelihoods Mission (DAYNULM).
PSFID/PS Under DAY-NULM), The percentage of women beneficiaries 30 percent ; 5
Page
36/2021 under SEP shall not be less than ______ percent. SCs and STs percent

Dt. 11.05.2021 must be benefited at least to the extent of the proportion of their
strength in the city/town population of poor. A special provision of
______ percent reservation should be made for the differently-
abled under this program.
PSFID/PS Under DAY-NULM, The application for individual and group Urban Local Body (ULB)
36/2021 enterprise loans will be sponsored by the _______ which will be
Dt. 11.05.2021 the sponsoring agency for the individual and group enterprise.
Under DAY-NULM, The case duly recommended by the task force 15 days
PSFID/PS will be forwarded by the ULB to the concerned banks for further
36/2021 processing. Such cases recommended by task force have to be
Dt. 11.05.2021 processed by concerned banks within a time frame of
______days.
PSFID/PS Minimum educational qualification shall be ______for prospective No minimum
36/2021 beneficiaries under DAY-NULM. educational qualification
Dt. 11.05.2021 is required
Under DAY-NULM, Financial assistance should be extended only 3-7 days
after the prospective beneficiary has acquired required skills for
PSFID/PS
running the proposed microenterprise. In addition to skill training
36/2021
of the beneficiaries, the ULB will also arrange to conduct
Dt. 11.05.2021
Entrepreneurship Development Program for _____ days for
individual and group entrepreneurs
Under DAY-NULM, The financial assistance available to urban 7%
PSFID/PS poor in setting up individual and group enterprises will be in the
36/2021 form of Interest subsidy on the bank loans. Interest subsidy, over
Dt. 11.05.2021 and above ______% rate of interest will be available on a bank
loan for setting up of individual or group enterprises.
PSFID/PS Under DAY-NULM, An additional ______ percent interest 3 percent
36/2021 subvention will be provided to all Women Self Help Groups
Dt. 11.05.2021 (WSHGs) who repay their loan in time.
An urban poor individual beneficiary desirous of setting up an 18 Years
PSFID/PS individual micro-enterprise for self-employment can avail benefit of
36/2021 subsidized loan under DAY-NULM from any bank. The
Dt. 11.05.2021 prospective beneficiary should have attained the age of ______
Years at the time of applying for loan.
PSFID/PS Under DAY-NULM, The Maximum unit Project Cost for an ₹ 2,00,000 (₹ Two
36/2021 individual micro enterprise is ₹ _________. Lakhs).
Dt. 11.05.2021
PSFID/PS Under DAY-NULM, Repayment schedule for an individual as well 5 to 7 Years ; 6-18
36/2021 as group enterprises would range between _____ Years after months
Dt. 11.05.2021 initial moratorium of _____ months as per norms of the banks.
Under DAY-NULM, No margin money for an individual as well as 5% ; 10%
PSFID/PS group enterprises should be taken for a loan up to ₹50,000 and for
36/2021 loans above ₹ 50,000, preferably _____% should be taken as
Dt. 11.05.2021 margin money and it should in no case be more than ______% of
the project cost.
Under DAY-NULM, The group enterprises should have minimum Three (3) ; 70%
PSFID/PS
of ______ members with a minimum of _____% of the members
36/2021
from urban poor families. More than one person from the same
Dt. 11.05.2021
family should not be included in the same group.
PSFID/PS Under DAY-NULM, All members of the group enterprise should 18 years
36/2021 have attained an age of ______ years at the time of applying for
Dt. 11.05.2021 bank loan.
PSFID/PS Under DAY-NULM, The group will be eligible for a maximum loan Rs. 10 Lakh
36/2021 of Rs. 2 Lakh per member or Rs. ______, whichever is lower.
Dt. 11.05.2021
205
A term loan account under DAY-NULM, where all of the interest 30 days
PSFID/PS
payments and/or instalments of principal were paid within ______
36/2021
days of the due date during the entire tenure of the loans would
Dt. 11.05.2021
Page
be considered as an account having prompt payment.

______ has provided a detailed crop-wise list of primary Department of

PSFID/PS
processing activities (Appendix- I) which are eligible and not Agriculture, Cooperation
34/2021
eligible under the Agriculture infrastructure fund (AIF). & Farmers Welfare
Dt. 29.4.2021
(DAC&FW)
PSFID/PS DAC&FW has informed that for the purpose of AIF, community one
34/2021 farming assets mean assets which can be used by more than
Dt. 29.4.2021 ______ farmer for farming activities.
The projects financed under AIF are to be geo-tagged. A mobile Kisan Suvidha
PSFID/PS
application namely ______ has already been made available by
34/2021
DAC&FW for the purpose and the beneficiaries can geo-tag their
Dt. 29.4.2021
projects through this app.
The genesis of the Lead Bank Scheme (LBS) can be traced to the Prof. D. R. Gadgil
PSFID/PS
Study Group headed by______ on the Organizational Framework (Gadgil Study Group)
30/2021
for the Implementation of the Social Objectives, which submitted
Dt. 20.4.2021
its report in October 1969.
A Committee of Bankers on Branch Expansion Programme of Shri F. K. F. Nariman
PSFID/PS
Public Sector Banks appointed by the Reserve Bank of India (Nariman Committee)
30/2021
under the Chairmanship of ______ endorsed the idea of an ‘Area
Dt. 20.4.2021
Approach’ in its report.
PSFID/PS The Lead Bank Scheme was last reviewed by the High Level Smt. Usha Thorat
30/2021 Committee headed by ______, the then Deputy Governor of the
Dt. 20.4.2021 Reserve Bank of India in 2009.
PSFID/PS Under Lead Bank Scheme,______ of the district is the Chairman The Lead District
30/2021 of the Block Level Bankers’ Committee. Manager (LDM)
Dt. 20.4.2021
Under Lead Bank Scheme, Block Level Bankers‟ Committee quarterly
PSFID/PS
(BLBC) is a forum for achieving coordination between credit
30/2021
institutions and field level development agencies at the block
Dt. 20.4.2021
level. BLBC meetings are held at ______ intervals.
PSFID/PS Under Lead Bank Scheme, District Consultative Committee (DCC) quarterly ; District
30/2021 meetings should be convened by the Lead Banks at ______ Collector
Dt. 20.4.2021 intervals. The ______ is the Chairman of the DCC meetings.
Under Lead Bank Scheme, District Level Review Committee District Collector ;
PSFID/PS (DLRC) meetings are Chaired by the ______ and attended by quarter
30/2021 members of the District Consultative Committee (DCC). The
Dt. 20.4.2021 DLRC meetings should be convened by the Lead Banks at least
once in a ______.
Under Lead Bank Scheme, The State Level Bankers Committee Chairman/ Managing
PSFID/PS
(SLBC) is an apex inter-institutional forum to create adequate Director/ Executive
30/2021
coordination machinery in all States, on a uniform basis for Director of the Convenor
Dt. 20.4.2021
development of the State. SLBC is chaired by the ______. Bank
Under Lead Bank Scheme, SLBC meetings are required to be quarterly ; Additional
PSFID/PS
held regularly at ______ intervals and and co-chaired by the Chief Secretary or
30/2021
______ of the State concerned. Development
Dt. 20.4.2021
Commissioner
In cases where the Managing Director/Chief Executive Regional Director
PSFID/PS Officer/Executive Director of the SLBC Convenor Bank is unable
30/2021 to attend SLBC Meetings, the ______ of the RBI shall co-chair the
Dt. 20.4.2021 meetings along with the Additional Chief Secretary/Development
Commissioner of the State concerned.
The Chief Minister/Finance Minister and senior level officers of the one
PSFID/PS State/RBI (of the rank of Deputy Governor / Executive Director)
30/2021 may be invited to attend the SLBC meetings. Further, the State
Dt. 20.4.2021 Chief Ministers are encouraged to attend at least ______ SLBC
meeting in a year
206
PSFID/PS Under Service Area Approach (SAA), the allocation of villages Government Sponsored
30/2021 among the rural and semi-urban branches of banks shall not be Schemes
Dt. 20.4.2021 applicable for lending except under ______.
Page
PSFID/PS Now, RBI with a view to ensure continued availability of credit to September 30, 2021

29/2021 these sectors to aid faster economic recovery, has decided to (Earlier it was March 31,
Dt. 20.4.2021 extend the PSL classification for lending by banks to NBFCs for 2021)
on-lending by six months i.e. up to ______.
An additional interest subvention of ______% per annum will be 3%
available to the prompt payee farmers from the date of
PSFID/PS
disbursement of the crop loan up to the actual date of repayment
28/2021
by farmers or up to the due date fixed by the bank for repayment
Dt. 09.4.2021
of crop loan, whichever is earlier, subject to a maximum period of
one year from the date of disbursement.
PSFID/PS The farmers paying promptly would get short term crop loans @ 4%
28/2021 ______% per annum. This benefit would not accrue to those
Dt. 09.4.2021 farmers who repay after one year of availing such loans.
Interest Subvention @ 3% will be available up to Rs. 3 lakh only in Rs. 2 lakh
PSFID/PS
all KCC Accounts and up to Rs. ______ in standalone KCC-
28/2021
Animal Husbandry & Fisheries within the overall limit of Rs. 3
Dt. 09.4.2021
lakhs.
Additional Prompt Payment Subvention @3% on Short-term crop 12 months
PSFID/PS
loans will be eligible for 3% Incentive Subvention if Individual debit
28/2021
entries during the financial year are adjusted within a maximum
Dt. 09.4.2021
period of ______.
In the accounts found eligible for prompt repayment incentive, 7%
PSFID/PS ______% rate of interest is charged up to o/s balance of Rs. 3.00
28/2021 lakhs in KCC crop loan accounts and Rs. 2.00 lakh in standalone
Dt. 09.4.2021 KCC: Animal Husbandry & Fisheries within overall limit of Rs. 3
lakhs.
Individual Loans against pledge/hypothecation of agricultural ₹75 lakh ; ₹50 lakh (
PSFID/PS produce (including warehouse receipts) for a period not exceeding Earlier it was ₹50 lakh
27/2021 12 months subject to a limit up to ₹______ against NWRs/ for both)
Dt. 08.4.2021 eNWRs and up to ₹______ against warehouse receipts other than
NWRs/ eNWRs are classified Under Priority Sector Lending.
Loans to Corporate farmers up to ₹______ against ₹75 lakh ; ₹50 lakh (
pledge/hypothecation of agricultural produce (including Earlier it was ₹50 lakh
PSFID/PS
warehouse receipts) for a period not exceeding 12 months against for both)
27/2021
NWRs/ eNWRs and up to ₹______ against warehouse receipts
Dt. 08.4.2021
other than NWRs/ eNWRs are classified Under Priority Sector
Lending.
In terms of RBI guidelines, all tea units which have their own 100 hectare (or 250
PSFID/PS
processing factories, irrespective of the size of their holdings, and acres)
25/2021
those who do not have processing factories but whose holdings
Dt. 30.03.2021
are above ______ are classified as Large borrowers.
PSFID/PS In terms of RBI guidelines, all the units with holding upto ______ 100 hectare (or 250
25/2021 and who do not have processing factories of their own are acres)
Dt. 30.03.2021 classified as Small borrowers.
The tea borrowers often require a portion of the sanctioned 25%
PSFID/PS Working Capital Limit to be availed from a branch in the vicinity of
25/2021 their Tea Estate (s) for meeting emergent expenditure as the
Dt. 30.03.2021 garden. The extent of such limit shall not exceed ______% of the
Tea Hypothecation limit sanctioned in the account.
PSFID/PS Drawing for meeting revenue expenditure to the tea borrowers RAM/ MCC/ LCB/ ELCB
25/2021 should be allowed by ______ for proposals falling under their Heads (not below the
Dt. 30.03.2021 vested loaning powers as well as sanctions by higher authorities level of Scale V)
Term loan under the Scheme for tea financing for construction/ Rs.3.00 Lakh ;
PSFID/PS renovation / repair of Staff Quarter/ Workers’ Quarter may be Rs.1.00 crore
25/2021 provided at the rate of Rs.______ per unit. However, a maximum
Dt. 30.03.2021 loan limit of Rs.______ per borrower may be provided for the
207
purpose.
To boost credit to fisheries sector and to fill the large gaps in 5 years from 2018-19 to
PSFID/PS
fisheries infrastructure, the Department of Fisheries, Ministry of 2022-23
16/2021
Page
Fisheries, Animal Husbandry and Dairying has set up a dedicated

Dt. 11.02.2021
Fisheries and Aquaculture Infrastructure Development Fund

(FIDF). The lending period for FIDF budgets will be______.

PSFID/PS The key feature of the scheme is availability of interest subvention 3%
16/2021 up to ______% per annum to all the eligible entities for
Dt. 11.02.2021 development of identified fisheries based infrastructure facilities.
PSFID/PS Nodal Implementing Agency for financing under Fisheries and National Fisheries
16/2021 Aquaculture Infrastructure Development Fund (FIDF) is ______. Development Board,
Dt. 11.02.2021 Hyderabad
PSFID/PS Advance for under Fisheries and Aquaculture Infrastructure 100%
16/2021 Development Fund (FIDF) shall be covered by collaterals covering
Dt. 11.02.2021 at least ______% of the exposure.
Maximum Repayment period under Fisheries and Aquaculture 12 years ; 2 years
Infrastructure Development Fund (FIDF) will be ______ years
PSFID/PS
inclusive of moratorium of ______ years on repayment of principal
16/2021
depending on the project magnitude, size of the financial
Dt. 11.02.2021
investment, repayment capacity of the project proponents (EEs)
etc.
A project under Fisheries and Aquaculture Infrastructure six months
PSFID/PS
Development Fund (FIDF) will be considered non- starter, if no
16/2021
drawals are made within ______ months from the date of
Dt. 11.02.2021
sanction.
Bank is permitted to co-lend with all registered NBFCs (including 3% ; 4%
HFCs) based on a prior agreement. Only NBFCs (including HFCs)
PSFID/PS
having minimum external rating of ‘A’ (by Banks approved Rating
13/2021
Agencies) and having gross NPA less than ______% under
Dt. 11.02.2021
Housing Loans Portfolio and less than ______% under other than
Housing Loans Portfolioare eligible forco-lending.
PSFID/PS To eligible for co-lending the NBFC should be atleast ______ 3 years
13/2021 years in operation to be eligible for entering into Co- lending
Dt. 11.02.2021 agreement with banks.
Wherever defined, Bank would enter into co- lending arrangement 15%
PSFID/PS
with NBFCs having CRAR equal to RBI defined CRAR + 1%.
13/2021
Where the same is not defined, Bank may accept proposals from
Dt. 11.02.2021
NBFCs having CRAR of ______%.
PSFID/PS MFIs with minimum MFI Rating of up to MFR 3 will be considered Rs. 500 Crores
13/2021 eligible for co-lending, subject to a maximum limit of Rs. 500
Dt. 11.02.2021 Crores.
PSFID/PS Under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM), Max. Loan Outlay to 'AAA/ AA' Rs. 2000 Cr
13/2021 rated NBFC (incl. HFC) will be allowed Rs. ______ per NBFC (incl
Dt. 11.02.2021 HFC)
PSFID/PS Under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM), Max. Loan Outlay to 'A' rated Rs. 1000 Cr
13/2021 NBFC (incl. HFC) will be allowed Rs. ______ per NBFC (incl HFC)
Dt. 11.02.2021
PSFID/PS Under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM), Max. Loan Outlay to 'MFR 3' Rs. 500 Cr
13/2021 rated NBFC (incl. HFC) will be allowed Rs. ______ .
Dt. 11.02.2021
PSFID/PS Loans originated under the “Co- Lending Model” (CLM) shall have Rs. 5.00 Lakhs
13/2021 ticket size. Minimum Ticket Size will be Rs.______ per loan .
Dt. 11.02.2021
Max. Ticket Size for HFCs under the “Co- Lending Model” (CLM) As per RBI prescribed
PSFID/PS
will be Rs.______ per loan . regulatory limits under
13/2021
PS Lending and
Dt. 11.02.2021
Classification
PSFID/PS Max. Ticket Size for Secured MSMEs under the “Co- Lending Rs. 10.00 Cr
13/2021 Model” (CLM) will be Rs.______ per loan .
Dt. 11.02.2021
208
PSFID/PS Max. Ticket Size for Unsecured MSMEs, Agriculture & Others Rs. 50.00 Lakhs
13/2021 under the “Co- Lending Model” (CLM) will be Rs.______ per loan .
Dt. 11.02.2021
Page
PSFID/PS Wherever possible, the loans under the co- lending arrangement ≥60%

13/2021 to be financed in areas where the presence of the NBFC is strong

Dt. 11.02.2021 e.g. business volume is ______%.
Under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM), NBFC shall provide single 100%
PSFID/PS
unified statement of the customer and for this purpose NBFC shall
13/2021
maintain a mirror account for ______% of the loan amount (our
Dt. 11.02.2021
share+ NBFC Share).
The General Banking Branches may sanction loans upto Rs. Rs. 10.00 lac ; Rs.
______ under Kisan Credit Card Scheme including Working 5.00 lac
PSFID/PS
Capital for Animal Husbandry & Fisheries, Kisan Gold Scheme
13/2021
and SHG and loans upto Rs. 5.00 lac under other Agriculture
Dt. 11.02.2021
advances including investment credit, within their discretionary
loaning powers.
Now, our bank has decided to extend the Met Loan & Life Rs. 10,000 ; No Limit
PSFID/PS Surakhsha insurance cover to borrowers availing Agriculture
08/2021 Loans as well. Minimum Sum Assured will be Rs. 10,000 and
Dt. 28.01.2021 Maximum will be Rs. ______ under Met Loan & Life Surakhsha
for Agriculture Loans.
Under Met Loan & Life Surakhsha for Agriculture Loans, Cover 6 months
PSFID/PS
available to all the new borrowers. Existing borrowers who did not
08/2021
avail the facility on date of sanction will be eligible for coverage
Dt. 28.01.2021
upto ______ from date of sanction.
Under Met Loan & Life Surakhsha for Agriculture Loans, In case sanctioned loan amount
PSFID/PS
of Level Cover, Sum assured shall be equal to the ______and In ; balance O/S (under
08/2021
case of Reducing Cover, Sum assured shall be equal to the normal condition)
Dt. 28.01.2021
______ at the time of death of the borrower.
PSFID/PS Minimum Term under Met Loan & Life Surakhsha for Agriculture Single Pay: 2 years
08/2021 Loans will be ______ years. 5 Pay : 5 years
Dt. 28.01.2021
PSFID/PS Maximum Term under Met Loan & Life Surakhsha for Agriculture 25 years
08/2021 Loans will be ______ years and is linked with repayment .
Dt. 28.01.2021
No suicidal claim will be given during the 1st year of policy under 80%
Met Loan & Life Surakhsha for Agriculture Loans. If an insured
PSFID/PS
member commits suicide, whether sane or not at that time, within
08/2021
one year from Effective date of coverage then liability of company
Dt. 28.01.2021
shall be limited to refund of ______% of premium(s) provided for
such insured member in-force.
PSFID/PS Age of Insurer under Met Loan & Life Surakhsha for Agriculture 18 to 65 years ; 70
08/2021 Loans should be ______ years at the time of entry and the years
Dt. 28.01.2021 coverage will cease on attainment of age of ______ years.
Under Met Loan & Life Surakhsha for Agriculture Loans, The 30 days
PSFID/PS company shall not be liable to make any payment under the
08/2021 Group Policy on occurrence of the insured event during waiting
Dt. 28.01.2021 period of ______, unless the Insured event occurs due to an
accident.
Under Met Loan & Life Surakhsha for Agriculture Loans, The 15 days
PSFID/PS
insured member may cancel its coverage under the Group Policy
08/2021
by giving the Company a written notice within ______ days of
Dt. 28.01.2021
receiving the Certificate of Insurance.
For advances under Food & Agro Processing segment with Rs. 100 crores
PSFID/PS
sanctioned limit above Rs. 20 lakhs & up to Rs. ______ (from
02/2021
Banking System) rates of interest will be applicable on the basis of
Dt. 01.01.2021
internal & external rating
209 Page

Rajbhasha Vibhag (Official Language Division)

OL 05/2021 The Constitution of India recognized Hindi as the official language 14-09-1949
Dt. 21.04.2021 of India on ______ .
According to Rule ______ of the Official Language Rules, 1976, Rule 12
the administrative head of any organization/office has been
OL 05/2021
entrusted with the responsibility to ensure the implementation of
Dt. 21.04.2021
the Official Language Policy of the Union and compliance of
instructions issued from time to time in this regard.
Under ______ of the Official Language Act, circulars, office orders, Section 3(3)
OL 05/2021 contracts, agreements, lease deeds, advertisements, press
Dt. 21.04.2021 releases, tender notices etc. must be issued only in bilingual form
i.e. both in Hindi and English simultaneously.
Under Rule ______, rubber stamps, boards, name plates, Car Rule 11
OL 05/2021 plates etc. should be prepared in bilingual form in Region ‘A’ and in
Dt. 21.04.2021 trilingual form in Region “B’ and ‘C’, in which regional language
should come first, followed by Hindi and English respectively.
According to Rule ______ of the Official Language Rules 1976, Rule 5
OL 05/2021
replies to letters received in Hindi are required to be compulsorily
Dt. 21.04.2021
given in Hindi.
According to Rule ______, all letters received in English in the Rule (3)
OL 05/2021 language Area 'A' and 'B' should be answered in Hindi and
Dt. 21.04.2021 acknowledgment of those letters, which are not required to be
answered, should be sent in Hindi.
As per Official Language Policy of our Bank, The Official Language Managing Director and
OL 05/2021
Implementation Committee is constituted in the head office under Chief Executive Officer
Dt. 21.04.2021
the chairmanship of______.
As per Official Language Policy of our Bank, The progress made in quarterly
OL 05/2021 the implementation of the Official Language in the Bank is
Dt. 21.04.2021 reviewed by the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer in
its ______meetings.
As per Official Language Policy of our Bank, It is mandatory to hold quarter
OL 05/2021 meetings of Circle/Branch Office Official Language Implementation
Dt. 21.04.2021 Committee in every ______ under the Chairmanship of the Head of
the Office.
The Official Language In-Charge of Head Office, Zonal / Circle Once a year
OL 05/2021 Offices is required to inspect all Zonal/ Circle/ Branches/other
Dt. 21.04.2021 offices at least ______ as per with corporate action plan and
conduct desk training programs.
As per Official Language Policy of our Bank, Hindi library has been 50 percent
established in Head Office, Zonal Office, and Circle Offices.
OL 05/2021
Expenditure on the purchase of Hindi books should be ______
Dt. 21.04.2021
percent of the total budget of books is spent on the purchase of
Hindi books.
210 Page

Retail Assets Division

Banks are permitted to co- lend with all registered NBFCs 20 percent
(including HFCs) based on a prior agreement. The co- lending
RAD 119/2021 banks will take the share of the individual loan on a back-to-back
Dt.08.11.2021 basis in their books. However, NBFCs shall be required to retain a
minimum of ______ percent share of the individual loan on their
books.
RAD 119/2021 Banks shall not be allowed to enter into co-lending arrangement promoter Group
Dt.08.11.2021 with an NBFC belonging to the ______.
Under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM), PNB take the share of the 80 percent ; 20
individual loan on a back-to-back basis in our books upto ______ percent
RAD 119/2021
percent of loan amount. However, IIFL Home Finance Limited
Dt.08.11.2021
shall retain a minimum of ______ percent share of the individual
loan in their books.
RAD 119/2021 Eligible segment under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM) will be Secured MSME loans
Dt.08.11.2021 Housing loan under Retail lending and ______. under MSME Lending
As Rating of the IIFL HFL is AA negative so maximum outlay Rs. 2000 cr.
RAD 119/2021
allowed under the “Co- Lending Model” (CLM) arrangement will be
Dt.08.11.2021
Rs. ______.
Ticket size per loan under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM) for Above Rs. 10 lakhs ;
RAD 119/2021 Housing loan under Retail lending will be minimum Rs. ______ Rs. 35 lakhs ; Rs. 25
Dt.08.11.2021 and maximum will be Rs. ______ in Metropolitan Centres & Rs. lakhs
______ in other centres
Ticket size per loan under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM) for Above Rs. 10 lakhs ;
RAD 119/2021
Secured MSME loans under MSME Lending will be minimum Rs. 1000 lakhs
Dt.08.11.2021
Rs. ______ and maximum will be Rs. ______ .
All the proposal of Housing loan under the “Co- Lending Model” PLP
RAD 119/2021
(CLM) arrangement shall be processed / sanctioned by the
Dt.08.11.2021
______, authorized by the Zonal Manager.
All the proposal of Secured MSME loans under the “Co- Lending PLP/MCC (as the case
RAD 119/2021
Model” (CLM) arrangement shall be processed / sanctioned by the may be)
Dt.08.11.2021
______, as per the existing loaning power .
RAD 119/2021 LTV in Case of Home Loans upto Rs. 30 lakhs will be considered 90%
Dt.08.11.2021 as ______% for all loans under the Co Lending arrangement.
RAD 119/2021 Punjab National Bank and ______ is getting into a co-lending IIFL Home Finance
Dt.08.11.2021 arrangement. Limited
Under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM), All recoveries/Enforcement funding ratio i.e. on an
RAD 119/2021 Proceeds (net of recovery cost) or any compensation money equal claim basis
Dt.08.11.2021 received by any Lender from any Borrower in respect of a Credit
Facility shall be shared amongst Lenders on a ______ basis.
Under “Co- Lending Model” (CLM), All transactions escrow account
RAD 119/2021 (disbursements/ repayments) between the bank and NBFCs shall
Dt.08.11.2021 be routed through the ______ maintained with the bank, in order
to avoid intermingling of funds.
RAD 119/2021 Loans acquired under Co-lending shall be classified under priority sector
Dt.08.11.2021 ______.
In view of electric vehicles are gaining popularity across the globe, PNB GREEN CAR (e-
RAD 118/2021 it has been decided to launch a separate electric Car (e-vehicle) Vehicle) LOAN
Dt.08.11.2021 financing scheme for financing electric car for personal use and
named as ______.
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, Existing customer 3 months
with satisfactory track record viz. all loan accounts running regular (Branch – 1 month,
RAD 118/2021 with nil inspection irregularity are eligible for Reimbursement of Incharge RAM/iRAM/
211
Dt.08.11.2021 cost of new Electrical Car (e-Vehicle) for personal. For this ZOCAC-I & above – 3
purpose, Invoice date of the vehicle should not be more than months)
______months old.
Page
RAD 118/2021 To eligible under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, Minimum Rs. 25000/-.

Dt.08.11.2021 net monthly salary / pension/ income should be Rs. ______.

Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, only ______ co- one
RAD 118/2021
borrower shall be permitted and only his/her income shall be
Dt.08.11.2021
taken into consideration for determining the loan amount.
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, ______ & above AGM RAM/iRAM/
RAD 118/2021 may relax the income criteria on case to case basis considering ZOCAC-I
Dt.08.11.2021 the value of the account and the banking relations of the
prospective borrowers.
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, No minimum 110%
RAD 118/2021 monthly income/ no income proof is required in cases where
Dt.08.11.2021 borrower agrees to give ______% of liquid security in shape of
Term Deposit. No processing on the basis of income is required.
Loan amount under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN for 25 times ; Rs 100
RAD 118/2021 individuals/Proprietorship concerns will be ______ times of Gross lakh
Dt.08.11.2021 Monthly Salary/ Pension/ Income with a ceiling of Rs ______ (for
one or more vehicles).
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, ______ may relax In-Charge RAM/iRAM
the criteria with regard to number of times (i.e relaxation in
RAD 118/2021
number of times of Gross Monthly Salary/Pension/Income to
Dt.08.11.2021
arrive loan amount but within ceiling of 100 lakh) subject to
monthly reporting of such cases to Zonal Office.
Loan amount under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN for No ceiling of loan
RAD 118/2021 Business Concerns (Corporate or Non-Corporate) will be ______ amount (for one or more
Dt.08.11.2021 times of Gross Monthly Salary/ Pension/ Income with a ceiling of vehicles).
Rs ______ (for one or more vehicles).
Margin under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN for new 10% ; NIL
RAD 118/2021
vehicle will be ______% of on-road price or ______% on ex-
Dt.08.11.2021
showroom price.
Margin under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN for 25%
RAD 118/2021
Reimbursement of cost of new Electrical Car (e-Vehicle) will be
Dt.08.11.2021
______% of on-road.
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN for new Electrical 120
Car (e-Vehicle), The loan amount together with interest is to be
RAD 118/2021
repaid maximum in ______ equated monthly installments
Dt.08.11.2021
comprising of principal and interest commencing from the
succeeding month.
Repayment under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN should 70 years ; 65 years ;
be ensured within ______ years for salaried persons with pension 5 years
RAD 118/2021 and pensioners. For others repayment to be ensures within 65
Dt.08.11.2021 years of age. In-Charge RAM/iRAM/ ZOCAC-I & above may
further relax the above criteria by ______ years on case to case
basis.
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN where GMS/I of 50%
RAD 118/2021 borrower is upto Rs. 50000/-, all deductions including the
Dt.08.11.2021 proposed Car Loan installment should not exceed ______% of
GMS/I
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN where GMS/I of 60%
RAD 118/2021 borrower is above Rs. 50000/-, all deductions including the
Dt.08.11.2021 proposed Car Loan installment should not exceed ______% of
GMS/I
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, AGM 10%
RAD 118/2021
RAM/iRAM/ZOCAC-I & above may permit additional deduction of
Dt.08.11.2021
GMS/ I maximum upto ______%
RAD 118/2021 No Loan, in any category, to be sanctioned with CIC score of less 650
Dt.08.11.2021 than ______.
212
As per extant guidelines, for loan amount of Rs ______ & above, Rs 10 lakh
RAD 118/2021 score from two CICs are to be obtained. In such cases, the higher
Dt.08.11.2021 Score of the two CICs scores will be considered for arriving at the
Page
applicable rate of interest.

Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, Guarantee is Rs. 50000/-

acceptable to the Bank in case of Gross Monthly salary/
pension/income is less than Rs. ______.
Under PNB GREEN CAR (e-Vehicle) LOAN, Incumbents of Scale IV & RAM/iRAM
RAD 118/2021
Branches headed by ______ and above may waive the guarantee Head
Dt.08.11.2021
/ collateral security on merits of each case.
The cases where PNB Score is above 40 & up to 50 can be Inchargee RAM/iRAM ;
considered by next higher authority for sanction with proper ZOCAC-I
RAD 118/2021
justification. Next Higher authority in case of Branch Sanction
Dt.08.11.2021
shall be ______ and ZOCAC-I and above in case of RAM/iRAM
Sanction.
In order to ensure that the disbursement of vehicle loans is made CARDEALM
RAD 118/2021 through registered accounts of dealers available in CBS a menu
Dt.08.11.2021 ______ has been customized to capture bank account details of
Car Dealers in CBS.
Where the loan account is running regular the requirement of may be done away with
RAD 118/2021 periodical Inspection, including obtaining of PNB 551, may be
Dt.08.11.2021 done on ______ or at such shorter intervals as the situation
demands.
For irregular accounts and accounts under NPA category, the Quarterly ; half yearly
RAD 118/2021 inspection will be done on ______ or at such shorter intervals as
Dt.08.11.2021 the situation demands and PNB 551 should be obtained on
______ basis.
All new floating rate Retail Loans w.e.f. 08.11.2021 shall have the 0.25% ; 3 years
RAD 117/2021 mark-up of 2.50% and Business Strategic Premium (BSP) of
Dt.06.11.2021 ______% and the same will be rest after ______ years from the
date of sanction.
To promote digital sourcing of leads under Home Loan and Car 0.05% ; 0.10%
RAD 117/2021 loan segment, it has been decided to offer concession of
Dt.06.11.2021 ______% in Home Loan and ______% in Car loan ROI for
applications received through digital channels.
Our bank has in place a scheme offering Group Credit Life Canara HSBC OBC Life
RAD 116/2021 Insurance Cover extending coverage to Retail Loan borrowers of Insurance Company
Dt.02.11.2021 the bank under designated schemes. The said facility is presently (CHOICe)
offered by PNB MetLife Insurance Company Ltd. and ______.
Bank has in place a scheme namely ‘Met Loan & Life Suraksha’ myProperty Loan (Loan
RAD 115/2021 – a product for extending Group Life Insurance Coverage for against Mortgage of IP)
Dt.02.11.2021 Housing, Education Loan, Vehicle Loan, Personal Loan & ______
borrowers.
In order to motivate the field functionaries and to give a boost to “Management
the business towards achieving the allocated premium budgets, it Development Program”
RAD 115/2021
has been decided to launch a drive namely ______ for the New
Dt.02.11.2021
Business Premium generated during the period from 7th October
’2021 to 31st December’ 2021.
‘Met Loan & Life Suraksha’ is also a source of fee based income. 5%.
RAD 115/2021
Bank earns flat ______% on the premium generated as
Dt.02.11.2021
commission.
Amount of loan under PNB SAHYOG -Personal Loan Scheme for 24 times ; Rs.20.00
RAD 111/2021
Public, will be up to ______ times of Gross Monthly Salary with a Lakh
Dt.29.10.2021
maximum of Rs.______.
Minimum amount of loan under PNB SAHYOG -Personal Loan Rs.10.00 Lakh ; 15
Scheme for LIC Agentswill be Rs. 50000/- and maximum amount times ; 12 months
RAD 111/2021
of loan Rs. ______ or equivalent to ______ times of average
Dt.29.10.2021
monthly commission received during the preceding ______
months, whichever is lower.
213
Minimum amount of loan under PNB- Doctor’s Delight will be Rs. Rs. 2,00,000/-; Rs.
RAD 111/2021 _____ and maximum amount of loan will be Rs. _____ or 24 times 20,00,000
Dt.29.10.2021 monthly net salary/income whichever is lower depending upon the
Page
repaying capacity subject to having Net Annual Income/Salary of

Rs.5.00 lakh and above.

In case of loan above Rs.10 lacs, customers having CIBIL Score 650
RAD 111/2021
of ______ and above only shall be eligible to avail the Personal
Dt.29.10.2021
Loan Scheme for Doctors-PNB- Doctor’s Delight.
The entire term loan (principal & interest) under PNB SAHYOG - 72 (Seventy two)
RAD 111/2021 Personal Loan Scheme for Public shall be repaid within remaining
Dt.29.10.2021 period of service or in maximum _____ equated monthly
installments (EMIs) whichever is earlier.
The Overdraft Limit under PNB SAHYOG -Personal Loan Scheme 72 months
RAD 111/2021 for Public shall be adjusted within remaining period of service or in
Dt.29.10.2021 maximum period of ______ months by reducing Drawing Power
(DP) equivalent to EMI amount at the beginning of every month.
Personal loans allowed to Defence Personnel including officials of 72 (Seventy two)
Military Station Headquarters, Border Security Force, Central
RAD 111/2021 Reserve Police Force, Central Industrial Security Force, Indo
Dt.29.10.2021 Tibet Border Police etc. shall be repayable in maximum ______
equated monthly installments or remaining period of stay at the
particular posting, whichever is lower.
Personal loan to LIC Agent under PNB SAHYOG shall be 72 ; 65 years
RAD 111/2021
repayable inmaximum ______ EMIs or upto ______ years of age
Dt.29.10.2021
of LIC agent, whichever is earlier.
Under Personal Loan Scheme for Doctors- PNB- Doctor’s Delight, 84 (Eighty Four)
The entire loan (principal & interest) shall be repaid within
RAD 111/2021
remaining period of service or in maximum ______ equated
Dt.29.10.2021
monthly installments (EMIs). Repayment to start one month after
disbursement of the loan.
Under Personal Loan Scheme for Doctors- PNB- Doctor’s Delight, 84 months
The overdraft Limit shall be adjusted within a maximum period of
RAD 111/2021 ______ months by reducing Drawing Power (DP) equivalent to
Dt.29.10.2021 EMI amount at the beginning of every month. The entire loan shall
be repaid within remaining period of service or in maximum 84
equated monthly installments (EMIs).
To eligible for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved Age criteria Removed
RAD 110/2021
automated personal loan (PAPL) age of applicant should not be
Dt.28.10.2021
more than ______ Years.
To eligible for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved Nil ; Rs. 10000
RAD 110/2021 automated personal loan (PAPL) Minimum Quarterly average
Dt.28.10.2021 balance should be of Rs. ______ for loans upto Rs 5.00 lakh and
______ for loans above Rs 5.00 lakh for last 4 qtrs is required.
Minimum take home after all deductions of proposed Personal Rs. 15000.00 ;
Loan under End-to-End Pre-approved automated personal loan Rs. 10000.00
RAD 110/2021
(PAPL) should be Rs. ______ in Metro/ Urban Centers & Rs.
Dt.28.10.2021
______ in Semi Urban/ Rural Centers. ( Based on location of
branch where account is maintained.)
Loan amount for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved 5 times ; Rs 25,000/-
automated personal loan (PAPL) will be ______ times of average ; Rs. 8.00 lakh
of 10 months out of last 12 month salary credited in the account (The maximum amount
RAD 110/2021
with Minimum Rs ______ and Maximum Rs. ______. of loan is Rs 5.00 lacs in
Dt.28.10.2021
those states/UTs where
e-stamping facility is not
available)
The entire Pre-approved automated personal loan (principal & 60 months
RAD 110/2021 interest) will be repaid within remaining period of service, in
Dt.28.10.2021 maximum period of ______ and repayment to start one month
after disbursement of the loan.
214
RAD 110/2021 Minimum acceptable score for Digital lending under End-to-End 700 and above
Dt.28.10.2021 Pre-approved automated personal loan (PAPL) will be ______.
RAD 110/2021 All charges including Upfront Fee, Documentation charges, stamp 0.50%+GST ;
Page
Dt.28.10.2021 duty charges, CIC charges & other charges for Digital lending Rs.500/-+GST

under End-to-End Pre-approved automated personal loan (PAPL)

will be recovered by CBS system automatically @ ______% of
loan amount with minimum amountt of Rs.______.
“Housing for All” Mission for urban area is being implemented and 2022
RAD 108/2021 this Mission will provide central assistance to implementing
Dt.13.10.2021 agencies through States and UTs for providing houses to all
eligible families/beneficiaries by ______.
Under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for All-Credit Rs.6.00 lacs
RAD 108/2021 Linked Subsidy Scheme for EWS/LIG, The beneficiary, at his/ her
Dt.13.10.2021 discretion, can build a house of large area but interest subvention
would be limited to the first Rs.______ of loan amount only.
For EWS under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for Rs.3 lakh ; 30 sq.mt
RAD 108/2021 All-Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme, Annual Household Income
Dt.13.10.2021 should be up to Rs.______ and house size with carpet area
should be upto ______.
For LIG under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for Rs.6 lakhs ; 60 sq.mt.
RAD 108/2021 All-Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme, Annual Household Income
Dt.13.10.2021 should be above Rs.3 lakhs and upto Rs.______ and house size
with carpet area should be upto ______.
Maximum Loan Amount under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – Rs.30 lac
RAD 108/2021 PNB Housing for All-Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for
Dt.13.10.2021 EWS /LIG) will be Rs.______ subject to maintaining Loan to Value
ratio (LTV) and repaying capacity.
The subsidy under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing 6.5% ; 20 years (For
for All-Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for EWS /LIG) is loans sanctioned upto
RAD 108/2021
available at the rate of ______% upto loan amount of maximum 31.12.2016- 15 Years)
Dt.13.10.2021
Rs.6 lac for tenure of ______ years or during tenure of the loan
whichever is lower for loans sanctioned on or after 01.01.2017.
Under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for All-Credit 9.00%
RAD 108/2021 Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for EWS /LIG),The Net present
Dt.13.10.2021 value of the interest subsidy will be calculated at a discounted rate
of ______%.
Based on the calculator the maximum subsidy developed by Rs 267280.00
RAD 108/2021 MoHUA /NHB, maximum subsidy amount under Pradhan Mantri
Dt.13.10.2021 Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for All-Credit Linked Subsidy
Scheme (CLSS for EWS /LIG) will be Rs ______.
Subsidy under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for four
RAD 108/2021 All-Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for EWS /LIG) will be
Dt.13.10.2021 released to the Bank by the NHB in maximum of
______installments.
Margin (Borrower’s contribution) under Pradhan Mantri Awas 10% ; 20%
RAD 108/2021 Yojana – PNB Housing for All-Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme
Dt.13.10.2021 (CLSS for EWS /LIG) will be ______% for loan up to Rs. 20 lac
and 20% for loans above Rs. 20 lac and up to Rs. 30 lac.
Under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for All-Credit Rs.10 lac
Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for EWS /LIG), Cost of stamp
RAD 108/2021 duty, registration and other documentation charges may be added
Dt.13.10.2021 to the cost of the house/dwelling unit for the purpose of calculating
LTV ratio in cases where the cost of the house/dwelling unit does
not exceed Rs.10 lac.
Under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for All-Credit Rs. 6 lakh
RAD 108/2021 Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for EWS /LIG), Cost of stamp
Dt.13.10.2021 duty, Bank will not charge any processing fee from the beneficiary
for housing loans upto Rs. ______ under the scheme.
In lieu of processing fee for housing loan for the borrower under Rs 3000/-
215
RAD 108/2021
CLSS for EWS /LIG, the bank would be given a lump sum amount
Dt.
of Rs______per sanctioned application (Loan sanctioned on or
13.10.2021
after 01.01.2017).
Page
RAD 108/2021 Repayment Period under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB 30 years

Dt.13.10.2021 Housing for All-Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for EWS
/LIG) will be up to age of 70 years or ______ years, including
moratorium period, whichever is earlier.
Under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for All-Credit 50% ; 60%
Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for EWS /LIG), all deductions
RAD 108/2021
including the proposed Housing Loan installment should not
Dt.13.10.2021
exceed ______% of GAS/I for loans upto Rs.5.00 lakh and
______% for loans above Rs.5.00 lakhs upto Rs.6.00 lakhs.
Under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – PNB Housing for All-Credit one year ; 36 months
Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS for EWS /LIG), The bank shall
RAD 108/2021 submit a consolidated utilization certificate on completion of the
Dt.13.10.2021 housing unit within ______ period from the completion of
construction or a maximum of ______ months from the date of the
disbursement of the 1st installment of the loan amount.
Menu option ______ has been customized in CBS for the ADPMAY
RAD 108/2021 Accounts opened under PMAY for submission of all the relevant
Dt.13.10.2021 data for lodging of subsidy claims and generation of MIS/ relevant
reports.
As per revised guidelines, Review of OD limit’, of the PNB three year
RAD 100/2021 myProperty Loan, has been carried out by stipulating review once
Dt.07.10.2021 in ______ year as against existing guidelines to review the limit
annually.
The revised margin for Home loan above Rs. 75.00 lakhs with CIC 20%
RAD 96/2021
Score of borrower 750 & above valid upto 31.03.2022, will be
Dt.30.09.2021
______
All new floating rate Retail Loans w.e.f. 17th September 2021 3 years
RAD 95/2021 shall have the mark-up of 2.55% and Business strategic premium
Dt.28.09.2021 (BSP) of 0.25% and the same will be reset after 3 years from the
date of sanction.
To scale up the volume of business sourced through Digital Pre-approved analytics
RAD 89/2021 lending; Our Bank has taken another initiative to drive growth of based offers
Dt.10.09.2021 Retail assets portfolio of Bank as a key strategic priority i.e.,
______.
As part of digitalization efforts and to capture the customer leads Rs10.00 lac
from different channels, Our Bank initiated process for tie-up with
RAD 87/2021
Loan Marketplace platform “PaisaBazaar” and has entered into an
Dt.04.09.2021
agreement for sourcing of home loan leads. Paisabazaar will
share the housing loan leads of above Rs______ only.
“PNB FESTIVAL BONANZA OFFER-2021” for Home Loan (All 31.01.2022
variant), Car Loan, Personal Loan, Pension Loan, Gold Loan and
RAD 85/2021
myProperty loan is applicable from 01.09.2021 and valid upto
Dt.31.08.2021
31.12.2021 for loan sanctioned and account opened in CBS upto
31.12.2021 and disbursed upto 31.01.2022.
For auto calculation of service charges (Commission payout) HLCOMM
payable to Marketing Associates (Mas); Marketing Consultants
RAD 74/2021
(Mcs) & Retail Loan Counselors (Rlcs) for housing loan leads
Dt.20.07.2021
converted into business, a new menu option i.e ______ has been
customized in the CBS.
The service charges will be paid to Marketing Associates (Mas); 0.25% ; Rs.3.00 lakhs
RAD 74/2021 Marketing Consultants (Mcs) & Retail Loan Counselors (Rlcs) @
Dt.20.07.2021 ______% for housing loan leads converted into business upto
Rs.1.00 Cr per quarter with Max cap of Rs.______ per proposal.
Marketing Consultants (Mcs) & Retail Loan Counselors (Rlcs) @
RAD 74/2021
______% for housing loan leads converted into business above
216
Dt.20.07.2021
Rs.1.00 Cr to Rs10 Cr per quarter with Max cap of Rs.______ per
proposal.
RAD 74/2021
Page
Marketing Consultants (Mcs) & Retail Loan Counselors (Rlcs) @

Dt.20.07.2021
______% for housing loan leads converted into business above

Rs10 Cr per quarter with Max cap of Rs.______ per proposal.

Commission will be payable to Marketing Associates (Mas); Rs. 10 lakhs
RAD 74/2021 Marketing Consultants (Mcs) & Retail Loan Counselors (Rlcs) for
Dt.20.07.2021 housing loan leads of Rs. ______ and above converted into
business.
In respect to Retail Loan Schemes, Loaning powers above Rs.1 Rs. 4 crore
crore shall be exercised essentially under Committee Structure at
RAD 73/2021
PLP. In case of CM headed PLP for Loan above Rs. 1 crore up to
Dt.17.07.2021
Rs. ______, shall be exercised by Committee headed by CM at
PLP.
In respect to Retail Loan Schemes, Loaning powers above Rs.1 Rs. 10 crore
crore shall be exercised essentially under Committee Structure at
RAD 73/2021
PLP. In case of CM headed PLP for Loan above Rs. 1 crore up to
Dt.17.07.2021
Rs. ______, shall be exercised by Committee headed by AGMat
PLP.
Based on the recommendations of the IBA Working Group on Vidya Lakshmi
RAD 70/2021
Education Loan Scheme, NSDL e-governance has developed Electronic Platform
Dt.07.07.2021
portal named as ______ (VLP)
As per directions by Under Secretary, DFS, MoF, all Education 7 days
RAD 70/2021 Loan proposals should compulsorily be routed through Vidya
Dt.07.07.2021 Lakshmi Portal only and No VLP application should be pending for
more than ______days on the portal.
In terms of extant guidelines of the scheme, a enrolment charge Rs. 100/-
RAD 70/2021 of Rs. ______ (excluding applicable GST) is to be borne by the
Dt.07.07.2021 students whose application has been sanctioned & disbursed by
the Bank.
To eligible for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved 20 months
automated personal loan (PAPL) salary is credited in the salary
RAD 65/2021 account of the customer for the last ______ months out of last 24
Dt.08.06.2021 months. Credit for any two months out of last three months are
mandatory. Further, last month salary should also credited in the
account mandatorily.
Due to the outbreak of 2nd wave of Covid-19 pandemic in the PNB Sahyog Rin COVID
RAD 63/2021 country recently, our bank has launched Personal Loan Scheme
Dt.01.06.2021 for customers drawing salary through our bank in the name and
style of _______.
Due to the outbreak of 2nd wave of Covid-19 pandemic in the PNB
RAD 63/2021
country recently, our bank has launched Personal Loan Scheme Aabhar Rin COVID
Dt.01.06.2021
for Pensioners in the name and style of _______.
Due to the outbreak of 2nd wave of Covid-19 pandemic in the PNB COVID Suraksha
Dt.01.06.2021 for self-employed/ other than salaried and pensioners in the name
and style of _______.
Due to the outbreak of 2nd wave of Covid-19 pandemic in the
Dt.01.06.2021 for self-employed/ other than salaried and pensioners in the name
and style of _______.
All variants of Personal Loan Schemes for our existing customers 31.03.2022
RAD 63/2021
for treatment of COVID for self or family members will be valid till
Dt.01.06.2021
______.
All Salaried (Govt. or Private) having salary account with us and 12 months
RAD 63/2021 drawing regular salary for last ______months are eligible under
Dt.01.06.2021 PNB Sahyog Rin COVID - Personal Loan Scheme for customers
drawing salary through our bank,
Amount of Loan under PNB Sahyog Rin COVID will be Six times Rs.3 Lakh
217
RAD 63/2021 of the average of last 6 months salary credited in the account with
Dt.01.06.2021 maximum of Rs. ______ subject to maximum loan amount within
the overall ceiling of Personal Loan Scheme
Page
RAD 63/2021 Reimbursement facility upto ______ months is available under 3 months

Dt.01.06.2021 PNB Sahyog Rin COVID.

Maximum Tenure under PNB Sahyog Rin COVID will be ______ 60 months
RAD 63/2021
months or remaining period of service, whichever is lower.
Dt.01.06.2021
(including doctors)
Under PNB Sahyog Rin COVID, Minimum take home after all Rs.15000.00 ;
RAD 63/2021 deductions including proposed Personal Loan should be Rs.10000.00
Dt.01.06.2021 Rs.______ in Metro/ Urban center & Rs.______ in Semi Urban/
Rural center.
Maximum Permissible Deduction under PNB Sahyog Rin COVID 55% ; 65%
RAD 63/2021 will be ______% for Gross Monthly Salary/Income up to
Dt.01.06.2021 Rs.30000.00 and ______% for Gross Monthly Salary/Income
above Rs.30000.00
RAD 63/2021 CIC Score under PNB Sahyog Rin COVID should be ______ and 650 & above ; >50
Dt.01.06.2021 PNB Score should be ______.
Amount of Loan under PNB Aabhar Rin COVID will be ______ Six times ; Rs.3 Lakh
times of the average of last 6 months spension credited in the
RAD 63/2021
account with maximum of Rs.______ subject to maximum loan
Dt.01.06.2021
amount within the overall ceiling of Personal Loan Scheme for
Pensioners.
Maximum Tenure under PNB Aabhar Rin COVID will be ______ 60 months
RAD 63/2021
months subject to maximum age permitted under the scheme.i.e
Dt.01.06.2021
“Personal Loan Scheme for Pensioners- PNB Aabhar Rin”
Maximum Permissible Deduction under PNB Aabhar Rin COVID 50% ; 60%
RAD 63/2021
will be ______% for Gross Monthly Pension up to Rs.30000.00
Dt.01.06.2021
and ______% for Gross Monthly Pension above Rs.30000.00
RAD 63/2021 CIC Score under PNB Aabhar Rin COVID should be ______ and 650 & above ; >50
Dt.01.06.2021 PNB Score should be ______.
Individual only- Self-employed (Other than salaried & pensioners) Rs. 3.00 lakh ; 2
having minimum gross annual income (GAI) of Rs. ______ for the years
RAD 63/2021
last two years and Maintaining his/her saving/ current account
Dt.01.06.2021
satisfactorily with us for the last ______ years are eligible under
PNB COVID Suraksha.
Amount of Loan under PNB COVID Suraksha will 5 times of 5 times ; Rs.1.00
RAD 63/2021
average net monthly income of last two years with maximum of Lakh
Dt.01.06.2021
Rs. 1.00 lakh.
RAD 63/2021 Reimbursement facility upto ______ months is available under 3 months
Dt.01.06.2021 PNB COVID Suraksha.
Under PNB COVID Suraksha, Max. Permissible Deduction of 50% ; Rs. 20000/-
RAD 63/2021 average monthly gross income will be ______% (all deductions
Dt.01.06.2021 including proposed EMI). However, minimum monthly take-home
after all deductions should be Rs. ______.
Maximum Repayment Period under PNB COVID Suraksha will be 60 years ; 3 months
RAD 63/2021
60 EMIs or up to ______ years of age whichever is earlier
Dt.01.06.2021
including moratorium of ______ months.
CIC Score under PNB COVID Suraksha should be ______ . If 700 and above ; >50
RAD 63/2021
PNB Score is ______ under this scheme, loan proposal may be
Dt.01.06.2021
considered for sanction at Branch/ RAM/iRAM level
If PNB Score is > 40 and <= 50, loan proposal under PNB COVID next higher authority
RAD 63/2021
Suraksha may be considered for sanction with proper justification
Dt.01.06.2021
by______
Padho Pardesh scheme of interest subsidy covers education Minority communities
RAD 61/2021
loans for overseas studies for the students belonging to the
Dt.27.05.2021
______.
The Padho Pardesh scheme of interest subsidy scheme covers Rs.6.00 lakh
education loans given to student belonging to minority
218
RAD 61/2021 communities for overseas studies covering courses for Post
Dt.27.05.2021 Graduate Diploma/Post Graduate Degree course/Masters, M.Phil
& Ph.D from any foreign university subject to his/her parents
Page
/guardians income up to Rs.______ per annum.

Dr. Ambedkar Central Sector Scheme of Interest Subsidy (ACSIS) OBCs and EBCs
covers education loans to student belonging to ______ for
RAD 60/2021
overseas studies covering courses for Post Graduate
Dt.27.05.2021
Diploma/Post Graduate Degree Course/Masters, M.Phil. & Ph.D.
from any foreign university.
Under Dr. Ambedkar Central Sector Scheme of Interest Subsidy Rs. 8 lakh for OBC &
(ACSIS), total income from all sources of the employed candidate Rs. 2.50 lakh for EBC
RAD 60/2021
or his/her parents /guardians in case of unemployed candidate
Dt.27.05.2021
shall not exceed Rs. ______ per annum for education loans
sanctioned on or before 30.06.2020.
Under Dr. Ambedkar Central Sector Scheme of Interest Subsidy Rs. 8 lakh per annum for
(ACSIS), total income from all sources of the employed candidate OBC & EBC both
RAD 60/2021
or his/her parents /guardians in case of unemployed candidate
Dt.27.05.2021
shall not exceed Rs. ______ per annum for education loans
sanctioned on or after 01.07.2020 to 31.03.2021.
Data of all accounts which are eligible for interest subsidy claim EDULOANM
RAD 60/2021 under Dr. Ambedkar Central Sector Scheme of Interest Subsidy
Dt.27.05.2021 (ACSIS) on education loans will be captured through invoking
menu option _______
Amount of Loan under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) Scheme Rs.15 lac
RAD 56/2021
will be 100% of Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) subject to
Dt.27.04.2021
Under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) Scheme,______ months Six months
RAD 56/2021
Interest on loan amount will be recovered upfront on refundable
Dt.27.04.2021
basis for completed month .
Concerned Zonal Manager is empowered to permit charging of 3 months
RAD 56/2021
upfront interest for a period of less than 6 months but not below
Dt.27.04.2021
______ under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) Scheme.
RAD 56/2021 Margin under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) Scheme will be Nil
Dt.27.04.2021 ______%.
Loaning power under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) Scheme Incumbents of
RAD 56/2021 will be vested with _______ after entering into MOU / Letter of authorized branches
Dt.27.04.2021 Comfort with the State Housing Boards / Urban Development (station-wise) as per
Authorities/ Local Improvement Trusts. orders of Circle Heads
RAD 56/2021 Upfront fee and Documentation charges under Earnest Money Nil
Dt.27.04.2021 Deposit (EMD) Scheme will be Rs. ______.
RAD 56/2021 Purpose of advance code under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) HFEMD
Dt.27.04.2021 Scheme will be entered as ______ in V detail in CBS.
RAD 56/2021 Interest Table Code under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) EMDMR
Dt.27.04.2021 Scheme will be entered as ______ in V detail in CBS.
Under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) Scheme, Irrevocable 15 days
RAD 56/2021 Letter of Undertaking will be obtained empowering the Bank to get
Dt.27.04.2021 the allotment cancelled if the borrower fails to adjust EMD loan
within ______ from the date of allotment.
A ‘reverse mortgage’ is a special type of loan that can be used by PNB Baghban
the senior citizens to convert the equity in their homes into cash
RAD 55/2021
under the scheme of ______. The money from reverse mortgage
Dt.27.04.2021
can provide seniors with the financial security they need to meet
their different requirements and lead a decent life after retirement.
RAD 55/2021 The maximum qualifying loan amount along with interest under Rs.100 lakh
Dt.27.04.2021 PNB Baghban Scheme shall be restricted to ______.
RAD 55/2021 The mortgaged property under PNB Baghban Scheme shall be five years
Dt.27.04.2021 subject to revaluation once in ______ years at borrower’s cost.
The loan under PNB Baghban Scheme shall become due and six months
RAD 55/2021
payable ______ months (moratorium period) after death of last
219
Dt.27.04.2021
surviving spouse.
Loan under PNB Baghban Scheme will be allowed only against AGM iRAM /RAM &
RAD 55/2021
self-acquired & self-occupied residential property. In case of ZOCAC-I
Page
Dt.27.04.2021
residential property, which is ancestral and self-occupied, powers

are vested with ______ and above subject to safeguards

The residential house/flat owner, who is resident of India, of the 60 years
RAD 55/2021
age of ______ & above, is eligible to raise the loan under the PNB
Dt.27.04.2021
Baghban Scheme.
In case of joint account under PNB Baghban Scheme, one of the 58 years
RAD 55/2021
spouse must be of the age of 60 years & above, while the age of
Dt.27.04.2021
other spouse should be minimum ______.
The qualifying amount of loan under PNB Baghban Scheme will 20%
RAD 55/2021
depend on the realizable value of residential property, after
Dt.27.04.2021
maintaining margin of ______%.
Lump-sum payment of loan under PNB Baghban Scheme be Rs.15 lakh
RAD 55/2021 permitted only for medical treatment of senior citizen borrower,
Dt.27.04.2021 his/ her spouse and dependents, if any, subject to ceiling of
Rs.______ at HO level on merits.
RAD 55/2021 The monthly payment amount under PNB Baghban Scheme Reverse Annuity
Dt.27.04.2021 shall be based on ______ basis. Mortgage
Under PNB Baghban Scheme, The Bank shall revalue the five years
property once in ______ years when a quick review shall be
RAD 55/2021 undertaken especially with regard to the outstanding in the
Dt.27.04.2021 account vis-a-vis the revised realizable value of the IP in question
and the rate of interest (duly reset), and reduce or increase the
loan or installment, at its discretion, depending on the valuation.
On a property valuing Rs. 20 lakh, the monthly amount of Rs 3664/-
RAD 55/2021 installment payable under the PNB Baghban Loan facility at
Dt.27.04.2021 interest rate of RLLR+2.75% p.a. presently 10.55% will be
Rs.______ for a period of 15 years
The tenor of loan under PNB Baghban Scheme shall be ______ 15 years to 20 years ;
RAD 55/2021 years for the age group of individuals between 60 and 70 years 10 years to 15 years
Dt.27.04.2021 and ______years for the age group of individuals above 70 years
OR till survival of any of the spouse, whichever is earlier.
The term of loan under PNB Baghban Scheme can be extended 20 years
at the end of the tenor at the sole discretion of the Bank,
RAD 55/2021
depending on the security cover available as per the realizable
Dt.27.04.2021
value of the property. The maximum tenor of the loan, in any
case, will not be more than ______ years.
RAD 55/2021 Residual life of the residential property under PNB Baghban 20 years
Dt.27.04.2021 Scheme should be at least ______ years.
Under PNB Baghban Scheme, after the documents have been ten days
executed and loan transaction finalized, the senior citizen
RAD 55/2021
borrower(s) shall be given upto ______ days time to cancel the
Dt.27.04.2021
transaction by way of “the right of rescission” for any reason
whatsoever.
Government of NCT of Delhi, has envisaged a Higher Education PNB Honhaar
and Skill Development Guarantee Scheme for students who wish
RAD 54/2021
to pursue diploma or degree level courses or specified skill
Dt.27.04.2021
development courses in Delhi and have done their class X and
class XII from Delhi. Name the scheme______.
All eligible education loans under the scheme PNB HONHAAR Rs 7.50 lakhs
(applicable for Delhi branches) up to Rs _____ are to be covered
RAD 54/2021
under the Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for education loans
Dt.27.04.2021
(CGFSEL) of NCGTC and guarantee fees shall not be recovered
from the student (borrower).
Under the scheme PNB HONHAAR, need based finance to meet Rs. 10 lakhs ; Nil
RAD 54/2021
the expenses will be considered taking into account subject to the
Dt.27.04.2021
Maximum upto Rs. _____ with margins of ______%
220
Loans above Rs 7.50 lakh and up to Rs 10 lakh under the scheme Govt. of NCT of Delhi
RAD 54/2021
PNB HONHAAR (applicable for Delhi branches) will be covered
Dt.27.04.2021
under the scheme of ______.
Page
RAD 54/2021 Repayment under the scheme PNB HONHAAR will be _____ with 15 years; (Course

Dt.27.04.2021 Repayment Holiday / Moratorium of_______ period + 1 year.)

Under the scheme PNB HONHAAR, If the student is not able to 2 years
RAD 54/2021 complete the course within the scheduled time, extension of time
Dt.27.04.2021 for completion of course may be permitted for a maximum period
of ______ years.
Under the scheme PNB HONHAAR, Annual Guarantee Fee 0.5% ; 30 days
(AGF) of ______% of the outstanding amount as on the date of
RAD 54/2021
application of the guarantee cover shall be paid upfront within
Dt.27.04.2021
______ from the date of Credit Guarantee Demand Advice Note
(CGDAN) of guarantee fee.
The Guarantee fee under the education loan scheme PNB Rs 7.50 Lakh
RAD 54/2021
HONHAAR shall not be recovered from the student (borrower) up
Dt.27.04.2021
to sanctioned limit of Rs ______.
Guarantee fee under the education loan scheme PNB HONHAAR Rs 10.00 Lakh
RAD 54/2021
shall be borne by the borrower for loans sanctioned above Rs
Dt.27.04.2021
7.50 Lakh to Rs ______.
Loan applications under the education loan scheme PNB 4 days
RAD 54/2021
HONHAAR have to be disposed of within a period of ______ for
Dt.27.04.2021
loans where mortgage is not required (For all cases).
Under the scheme PNB HONHAAR, on default of the loan and 75% ; 25%
invocation of claim, the Higher education and Skill Development
Credit Guarantee Fund shall settle ______% of the claims after
RAD 54/2021
the credit facility has been recalled and the balance ______% of
Dt.27.04.2021
the claim, if any, shall be paid after conclusion of the recovery
proceedings and ascertaining the net/final loss incurred by the
lending institution.
RAD 54/2021 Under the scheme PNB HONHAAR, Interest certificates can be INTCERT (PNBRPT
Dt.27.04.2021 generated by invoking Menu Option ______ in Finacle. 3/56g and 3/56h in MIS)
RAD 53/2021 Minimum and maximum quantum of finance under the Education Minimum: Rs.5000/- ;
Dt.27.04.2021 Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal will be Rs. ______. Maximum: Rs.150000/-
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal, Branch six months
Manager may permit reimbursement of fees paid by the student/
RAD 53/2021
guardian at the time of admission or subsequent stages within
Dt.27.04.2021
______ from the date of payment of fees on individual merits of
the case.
RAD 53/2021 Margin under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal will be Nil
Dt.27.04.2021 ______%.
RAD 53/2021 Repayment period under the Education Loan Scheme PNB 3 years
Dt.27.04.2021 Kaushal will be upto ______ years for loans upto Rs. 50,000.
Repayment period under the Education Loan Scheme PNB 5 years
RAD 53/2021
Kaushal will be upto ______ years for loans between Rs. 50,000
Dt.27.04.2021
to Rs 1 lakh.
RAD 53/2021 Repayment period under the Education Loan Scheme PNB 7 years
Dt.27.04.2021 Kaushal for loans above Rs 1 lakh will be upto ______ years .
Upon completion of the course, repayment holiday/Moratorium 6 months ; 12 months
RAD 53/2021 under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal will be ______
Dt.27.04.2021 months for courses of duration upto 1 year and ______ months for
courses of duration above 1 year
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal, If the student is two years
RAD 53/2021 not able to complete the course within the scheduled time,
Dt.27.04.2021 extension of time for completion of course may be permitted for a
maximum period of ______ years.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal, If the student is sanctioning authority
RAD 53/2021 not able to complete the course for reasons beyond his control,
Dt.27.04.2021 ______ may at his discretion consider such extensions as may be
221
deemed necessary to complete the course.

Sanctioning authority is empowered to permit extension in two years
RAD 53/2021
moratorium period up to maximum ______ years in deserving
Page
Dt.27.04.2021
cases under reporting to Circle Head (in case of GBB

sanction)/ZOCAC-I and above (in case of RAM/iRAM sanction

Processing Charges/Upfront fee and Documentation Charges Nil
RAD 53/2021
under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal will be Rs.
Dt.27.04.2021
______.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal, Education Loan 4 days
RAD 53/2021
applications have to be disposed of within a period of ______ for
Dt.27.04.2021
loans where mortgage is not required (For all cases).
The Interest Rate to be charged by the Bank for skill loan under 1.50%
the Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal to be covered under
RAD 53/2021 Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for Skill Development (CGFSSD)
Dt.27.04.2021 should not be more than ______ % p.a. over the Marginal Cost of
Fund Based Lending Rate (MCLR)/ Repo Linked Lending Rate
(RLLR)
Under Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for Skill Development 12 months
(CGFSSD), A lock-in-period of ______ months has been
RAD 53/2021
stipulated from the date of commencement of guarantee cover or
Dt.27.04.2021
end of period of moratorium of interest, whichever is later for
Education Loan Scheme PNB Kaushal.
For availing the guarantee coverage under Credit Guarantee Fund 0.125% (0.50% p.a.)
RAD 53/2021 Scheme for Skill Development (CGFSSD), the Bank shall pay
Dt.27.04.2021 Guarantee Fee of ______% per calendar quarter (i.e. 0.50% p.a.)
on the quarter end outstanding portfolio balance (skill loans).
Guarantee fee under Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for Skill 16 days
RAD 53/2021
Development (CGFSSD) shall be paid within ______ from the end
Dt.27.04.2021
of the calendar quarter.
Under Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for Skill Development 3 day ; 3 day
(CGFSSD), a Credit Guarantee Demand Advice Note [CGDAN]
RAD 53/2021
would be issued by NCGTC within ______ of receipt of
Dt.27.04.2021
Management Certificate and subsequently, the guarantee fee
shall be payable within ______ from the issue of CGDAN)
The Bank may invoke the guarantee in respect of Skill loan within one year ; one year
RAD 53/2021 a maximum period of ______ from date of NPA, if NPA is after
Dt.27.04.2021 lock-in period or within ______ of lock-in period, if NPA is within
lock-in period.
Any Claim under the Credit Guarantee Scheme for Skill 100% (at one go)
RAD 53/2021
Development would be settled at ______ % of the guaranteed
Dt.27.04.2021
amount.
Concessional Education Loans to Persons with Disabilities 40%
(PwDs) shall be available to any Student with shall be available to
any Student with ______% or more disability on the basis of
Disability certificate issued by authorities empowered to issue
RAD 52/2021
such certificate in terms of Statute / notifications / Govt. orders of
Dt.27.04.2021
Central / State / UT Government. or more disability on the basis of
Disability certificate issued by authorities empowered to issue
such certificate in terms of Statute / notifications / Govt. orders of
Central / State / UT Government.
Under Concessional Education Loans to Persons with Disabilities Rs.50,000/-
RAD 52/2021
(PwDs) Cost of 2-wheeler upto Rs.______ shall be considered
Dt.27.04.2021
within the overall ceiling of loan amount.
As per Memorandum of Agreement (MoA) availing 100% Rs.50 lakh
refinance from National Handicapped Finance & Development
Corporation (NHFDC) for extending concessional Education
RAD 52/2021
Loans to Persons with Disabilities (PwDs) under Bank’s Education
Dt.27.04.2021
Loan Schemes, Quantum of Finance will be need based Finance
to meet the expenses (taking into account the prescribed Margin),
222
subject to the maximum ceilings of Rs. ______ for studies in India.

RAD 52/2021 refinance from National Handicapped Finance & Development
Page
Dt.27.04.2021 Corporation (NHFDC) for extending concessional Education


Loan Schemes, Quantum of Finance will be need based Finance

to meet the expenses (taking into account the prescribed Margin),
subject to the maximum ceilings of Rs. ______ for studies abroad.
RAD 52/2021 Corporation (NHFDC) for extending concessional Education
Dt.27.04.2021 Loans to Persons with Disabilities (PwDs) under Bank’s Education
Loan Schemes, Loans over the ceiling of Rs. ______ are not
eligible for refinance under the aforesaid scheme.
As per Memorandum of Agreement (MoA) availing 100% 10 years
Corporation (NHFDC) for extending concessional Education
RAD 52/2021
Dt.27.04.2021
Loan Schemes,The maximum repayment period of loan will be in
conformity to the guidelines laid down in NHFDC scheme i.e.
______ after commencement of repayment.
NHFDC will provide ______% refinance against the financial 100%
RAD 52/2021
assistance provided by the Bank in the shape of Education loan to
Dt.27.04.2021
students with disabilities.
Our bank is offering Education Loans to Overseas Citizens in PNB Pravasi Shiksha
RAD 51/2021 India (OCI)/ Students who are born abroad (Overseas Citizenship Loan
Dt.27.04.2021 by Birth) for Pursuing Higher Education in India in the name of
______.
RAD 51/2021 Maximum Loan Amount under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Need based
Dt.27.04.2021 Scheme will be Rs. ______.
RAD 51/2021 Margin under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme will be 20%
Dt.27.04.2021 ______%.
RAD 51/2021 Minimum age limit under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme will 18 Years
Dt.27.04.2021 be ______ Years.
Equitable/Registered Mortgage of Immovable Property in India in 125% ; 125%
the name of Guarantor(s) with value at least ______% of loan
amount or Liquid Security with value at least ______% of loan
RAD 51/2021 amount, in the shape of pledge of Government Security, NSCs,
Dt.27.04.2021 KVPs, IVPs / PSU Bonds (where interest is being serviced
regularly) / Bank's FDR / LIC Policies (surrender value) etc. will be
required as collateral security for the loan under PNB Pravasi
Shiksha Loan Scheme.
Under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme, Maximum 10 years
RAD 51/2021
repayment period will be ______ years (excluding moratorium
Dt.27.04.2021
period)
Under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme, Maximum 6 months
RAD 51/2021
Repayment Holiday/ Moratorium Period will be Course Period
Dt.27.04.2021
+______.
Repayment under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme will be NRE/FCNR(B)/NRO
RAD 51/2021
done out of remittances from outside India through normal accounts
Dt.27.04.2021
banking channels or by debit to ______.
Upfront fee under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme will be 1% ; Rs.10,000 +
RAD 51/2021
______% of loan amount with minimum of Rs.10,000 + GST (Non GST
Dt.27.04.2021
refundable) and will be non refundable.
Under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme, authority for Rejection PLP Head
RAD 51/2021
of loan application, will be ______ if Sanctioning Authority is
Dt.27.04.2021
Segment Head At PLP.
Under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme, authority for Rejection ZOCAC-I
RAD 51/2021
of loan application, will be ______ if Sanctioning Authority is PLP
Dt.27.04.2021
Head/PLP-CAC.
223
RAD 51/2021 Under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme, authority for Rejection ZOCAC-I
Dt.27.04.2021 of loan application, will be ______ if Sanctioning Authority is MCC.
RAD 51/2021 Loan applications under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme will one week ; two weeks
Page
Dt.27.04.2021 be disposed-off within a period of _______ (cases of PLP) and

within ______ (cases falling under the powers of ZOCAC-1 &

above) from the date of receipt of complete application.
Under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme, Sanctioning Not permitted
Authority may permit reimbursement of fees paid by the student/
RAD 51/2021
Dt.27.04.2021
_______ months from the date of payment of fees on individual
merits of the case.
Top up loan under PNB Pravasi Shiksha Loan Scheme will be PLP (scale IV & above)
RAD 51/2021 considered on merits (depending on the case) at level of ______
Dt.27.04.2021 taking into account the absolute threshold exposure and
performance of student.
Quantum of Finance to meet the expenses under the Education Need Based
RAD 50/2021
Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati for studies in India will be Rs
Dt.27.04.2021
______.
Maximum amount of loan that can be sanctioned by Segment Rs.10 lakhs ; Rs.30
Head of MMG III (RAM/iRAM) for Studies in India under the lakhs
RAD 50/2021
Education Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati, will be up to Rs.
Dt.27.04.2021
______ and up to Rs. ______ by Incumbents/ Segment head
(RAM/iRAM) of SMG IV.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati, Incumbent Rs. 50.00 lakhs ; Rs.
RAD 50/2021 (SMG V) of RAM/iRAM can sanction Rs. ______ where Collateral 75.00 lakhs
Dt.27.04.2021 Coverage is 100% and Rs. ______ where Collateral Coverage is
150%
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati, where Rs. 75.00 Lakh ; Rs.
RAD 50/2021 Collateral Coverage is more than 100% but less than 150% 100.00 Lakh
Dt.27.04.2021 ZOCAC-I can sanction Rs. ______ and ZOCAC-II can sanction
Rs. ______.
Any loan amount beyond Rs.100.00 lakh under the Education HOCAC-II
RAD 50/2021
Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati will be considered by ______ and
Dt.27.04.2021
above on the merits of the case
Where the admission is purely based on marks scored in 50% ; 60%
RAD 50/2021 qualifying examinations, cut off percentage of marks of _____%
Dt.27.04.2021 for SC/ST and ______% for General category will be considered
under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati, ______ and AGM RAM/iRAM &
above may consider the cases on merit, where admission is ZOCAC-I
RAD 50/2021
purely based on marks scored in qualifying exam and the
Dt.27.04.2021
applicant student borrower has scored less than the stipulated
cut-off marks of 50% for SC/ST and 60% for General category.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati, Powers for Zonal Manager/ ZOCAC
RAD 50/2021
sanction of loan for Commercial Pilot License and Air Hostess will
Dt.27.04.2021
be vested with ______.
RAD 50/2021 Authority for Rejection of Education Loan application is ______ in Circle Head ;
Dt.27.04.2021 case of GBB sanctions and ______ in case of RAM sanctions. ZOCAC-I
Margin under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati, Up to Nil ; 5%
RAD 50/2021 Rs. 4 lakhs will be _______% and above Rs. 4 lakhs will be
Dt.27.04.2021 ____%. Margin may be brought-in on year-to-year basis as
and when disbursements are made on a pro-rata basis.
No tangible Security and /or 3rd party guarantee will be required Rs. 7.50 lakhs
RAD 50/2021
under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati, up to Rs.
Dt.27.04.2021
________.
All eligible education loans under the Education Loan Scheme up Rs.7.50 lakhs
RAD 50/2021 to Rs.______ sanctioned on and after 16.09.2015 shall be
Dt.27.04.2021 covered under the Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme on Education
Loan (CGFSEL)
224
Education Loan to children of PNB’s Employees where employee Rs. 4.00 lakhs
RAD 50/2021 is either co-borrower or guarantor are exempted for coverage
Dt.27.04.2021 under CGFSEL scheme. However no any security is required in
Page
such cases up to Rs. ______.

Rate of Interest under the Education Loan Scheme PNB RLLR + 2.00%
RAD 50/2021
Saraswati for loan upto Rs.7.50 lakhs (covered under CGFSEL
Dt.27.04.2021
Scheme) will be ______%.
Rate of Interest under the Education Loan Scheme PNB RLLR+2.75%
RAD 50/2021
Saraswati for loan above Rs.7.50 lakhs (not covered under
Dt.27.04.2021
CGFSEL Scheme) will be ______%.
RAD 50/2021 Rate of Interest under the Education Loan Scheme PNB RLLR+2.75%
Dt.27.04.2021 Saraswati for loan above Rs.7.50 lakhs will be ______%.
Rate of Interest under the Education Loan Scheme PNB RLLR + 2.00%
Saraswati for loans irrespective of amount (where 100% tangible
RAD 50/2021
collateral security in the shape of IP, enforceable under
Dt.27.04.2021
SARFAESI Act, and/or liquid security is available) will be
______%.
Rate of Interest under the Education Loan Scheme PNB RLLR +0.25%
RAD 50/2021
Saraswati for loans to children of PNB’s Employees where
Dt.27.04.2021
employee is either co-borrower or guarantor will be ______%.
Processing/ upfront charges under the Education Loan Scheme Nil
RAD 50/2021
PNB Saraswati Loans may be collected @ ______on education
Dt.27.04.2021
loans for studies in India.
Students who secure admission in Premier Institutes, which PNB Pratibha
RAD 50/2021 include (i) Business Schools, (ii) Engineering Colleges, (iii)
Dt.27.04.2021 Medical Colleges and other reputed Institutes, are eligible to avail
education loan under the scheme ______.
RAD 50/2021 Quantum of Finance to meet the expenses under the Education Need Based
Dt.27.04.2021 Loan Scheme PNB Pratibha for studies in India will be Rs ______.
Quantum of Finance under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Rs 15.00 lakh
Pratibha for students getting admitted in Indian Institute of
RAD 50/2021 Managements (IIMs) and Indian Institute of Technology (IITs),
Dt.27.04.2021 which have been opened in the recent past/ get subsequently
opened and their names are presently not included in the list of
premier Institutes will be Rs ______.
As per the reputation of the institutes /individual merit of the case, 50%
Zonal Managers have been vested with the powers to sanction
RAD 50/2021
higher amount of loan up to a maximum of _____% over and
Dt.27.04.2021
above the ceiling prescribed for institutes mentioned under the
Education Loan Scheme PNB Pratibha.
RAD 50/2021
Education Loan Scheme PNB Pratibha, will be up to Rs. ______
Dt.27.04.2021
and up to Rs. ______ by Incumbents/ Segment head (RAM/iRAM)
of SMG IV.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Pratibha, Incumbent Rs. 50.00 lakhs ; Rs.
RAD 50/2021 (SMG V) of RAM/iRAM can sanction Rs. ______ where Collateral 75.00 lakhs
150%
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Pratibha, where Rs. 75.00 Lakh ; Rs.
RAD 50/2021 Collateral Coverage is more than 100% but less than 150% 100.00 Lakh
Dt.27.04.2021 ZOCAC-I can sanction Rs. ______ and ZOCAC-II can sanction
Rs. ______.
Any loan amount beyond Rs.100.00 lakh under the Education HOCAC-II
RAD 50/2021
Loan Scheme PNB Pratibha will be considered by ______ and
Dt.27.04.2021
above on the merits of the case
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Pratibha, as per the Zonal Managers
RAD 50/2021 reputation of the institutes /individual merit of the case, _____
Dt.27.04.2021 have been vested with the powers for permitting waiver of the
225
condition of making the parents as co-borrower.

Presently in Education Loan accounts, the name of the institutes EDULOANM
RAD 50/2021
is captured through ______ menu. However, there is no check/
Dt.27.04.2021
Page
validation on Name of the Educational Institutes, leading to

feeding of incorrect name of institutes.

Name the Education Loan Scheme which aims at providing PNB UDAAN
RAD 50/2021
financial support to meritorious students for pursuing higher
Dt.27.04.2021
education abroad.
Where the admission is purely based on marks scored in 50% ; 60%
RAD 50/2021 qualifying examinations, cut off percentage of marks of _____%
Dt.27.04.2021 for SC/ST and ______% for General category will be considered
under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, ______ and AGM RAM/iRAM &
above may consider the cases on merit, where admission is ZOCAC-I
RAD 50/2021
purely based on marks scored in qualifying exam and the
Dt.27.04.2021
applicant student borrower has scored less than the stipulated
cut-off marks of 50% for SC/ST and 60% for General category.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, Powers for Zonal Manager/ ZOCAC
RAD 50/2021
sanction of loan for Commercial Pilot License and Air Hostess will
Dt.27.04.2021
be vested with ______.
Education loan to students for pursuing diploma & certificate Incumbents of Branch of
courses other than aeronautical, pilot training, shipping etc from scale IV, incumbent
abroad, not otherwise covered under the Education Loan Scheme RAM/iRAM and
PNB Udaan for Studies abroad may be considered by ______, ZOCAC-I & above
RAD 50/2021 where the loan is backed by liquid security valuing 125% of loan
Dt.27.04.2021 amount in the shape of FDRs/ NSCs/ surrender value of Life
Insurance Policies along with establishing the financial credentials
of family members (either joint borrower or guarantor) subject to
the condition that the said course(s) is recognized/ accredited
one.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, AGM RAM/iRAM 200%
and above have been empowered to accord permission to
RAD 50/2021
consider the cases where loan is backed by mortgage of
Dt.27.04.2021
immoveable property, enforceable under SARFAESI Act, having
realizable value of at least ______% of loan amount after.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, in case of wards AGM RAM/iRAM and
of staff members, Education Loan for Diploma/ Certificate above
RAD 50/2021
Courses for studies abroad may also be permitted by _____
Dt.27.04.2021
subject to availability of Collateral Security in the shape of
Immovable Property equivalent to the amount of loan. .
RAD 50/2021 Quantum of Finance to meet the expenses under the Education Need Based
Dt.27.04.2021 Loan Scheme PNB Udaan for studies in India will be Rs ______.
RAD 50/2021
Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, will be up to Rs. ______
Dt.27.04.2021
and up to Rs. ______ by Incumbents/ Segment head (RAM/iRAM)
of SMG IV.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, Incumbent (SMG Rs. 50.00 lakhs ; Rs.
RAD 50/2021 V) of RAM/iRAM can sanction Rs. ______ where Collateral 75.00 lakhs
150%
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, where Collateral Rs. 100.00 Lakh ; Rs.
RAD 50/2021
Coverage is more than 100% but less than 150% ZOCAC-I can 200.00 Lakh
Dt.27.04.2021
sanction Rs. ______ and ZOCAC-II can sanction Rs. ______.
Any loan amount beyond Rs.200.00 lacs under the Education HOCAC-II and above
RAD 50/2021
Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, will be considered by ______ on the
Dt.27.04.2021
merits of the case
Margin under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan for NIL ; 15%
Studies abroad, up to Rs. 4 lakhs will be _______% and Above
226
RAD 50/2021
Rs. 4 lakhs will be ____%. Margin may be brought-in on year-
Dt.27.04.2021
to-year basis as and when disbursements are made on a pro-
rata basis.
Page
RAD 50/2021 No tangible Security and /or 3rd party guarantee will be required Rs. 7.50 lakhs

Dt.27.04.2021 under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan, up to Rs.

________.
All eligible education loans under the Education Loan Scheme Rs.7.50 lakhs
RAD 50/2021 PNB Udaanup to Rs.______ sanctioned on and after 16.09.2015
Dt.27.04.2021 shall be covered under the Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme on
Education Loan (CGFSEL)
Education Loan under PNB Udaan to children of PNB’s Rs. 4.00 lakhs
RAD 50/2021 Employees where employee is either co-borrower or guarantor
Dt.27.04.2021 are exempted for coverage under CGFSEL scheme. However no
any security is required in such cases up to Rs. ______.
Under the Education Loan Scheme PNB Udaan for Studies Rs 10000/- ; within 6
abroad, Upfront fee @1%with a minimum of Rs _______ be month
recovered and kept in sundry account which shall be refunded to
the debit of sundry after first disbursement has been made in the
RAD 50/2021
account towards fee/ other expenses sanctioned for Education
Dt.27.04.2021
loan ensuring that the student has taken admission and joined the
institute. In case disbursement is not made in the account within
_____month from the date of sanction, the amount kept in sundry
is to be credited to the respective income head of the bank.
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes except PNB 10%
Pratibha, Expenses like Caution deposit, Building fund/refundable
RAD 50/2021
deposit supported by Institution bills/receipts could be considered
Dt.27.04.2021
subject to the condition that the amount does not exceed
______% of the total tuition fees for the entire course.
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes except PNB 20%
Pratibha, the maximum expenses for Purchase of books/
equipments/ instruments/ uniforms, Purchase of computer at
RAD 50/2021
reasonable cost, if required for completion of the course and any
Dt.27.04.2021
other expense required to complete the course - like study tours,
project work, thesis, etc may be capped at 20% of the total tuition
fees payable for completion of the course.
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes, Branch six months
Manager may permit reimbursement of fees paid by the student/
RAD 50/2021
_______ months from the date of payment of fees on individual
Dt.27.04.2021
merits of the case. Reimbursement after a period of more than
six months may be considered at AGM RAM/iRAM and
ZOCAC-I and above.
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes, except PNB 0.50% ; 0.25%
RAD 50/2021 Pratibha, Rebate of _______% in ROI permitted to women
Dt.27.04.2021 beneficiaries for outstanding up to Rs.10.00 lakh and ______% for
outstanding above Rs.10.00 lakh.
Concession @ ______% shall be available for loans extended to No concession
RAD 50/2021
children of PNB’s Employees where interest rate charged is
Dt.27.04.2021
RLLR+0.25%.
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes except PNB RLLR + 0.25 % or RLLR
Pratibha, 1% concession in ROI be allowed at the closure of +0.75%.
education loan for tenure of the loan, if interest is serviced
RAD 50/2021
promptly as and when applied during the moratorium period
Dt.27.04.2021
including course duration and regular repayment of loan is made
during the repayment period. The concession shall not be
available where the interest rate charged is ______.
Concession @ ______% in interest shall be available to women No concession
RAD 50/2021 borrowers and to borrowers for regular servicing of interest during
Dt.27.04.2021 moratorium period and repayment of EMI during repayment period
227
for pursuing courses under PNB Pratibha scheme.

Under Education Loan Schemes PNB Saraswati, PNB Pratibha BR+0.50%/MCLR+0.50
RAD 50/2021
and PNB Udaan, where accounts are covered under CGFSEL %/ RLLR + 0.65% (as
Dt.27.04.2021
Page
scheme, ROI at any time is not below ________ the case may be)
RAD 50/2021 Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes, Penal Interest Rs. 25000/- (up to Rs.

Dt.27.04.2021 @ 2% is charged on the default/irregular portion of above Rs. 25000/ - NIL)

______.
If Sanctioning Authority is Segment Head at PLP, Authority for PLP Head
RAD 50/2021
Rejection of Education Loan application under all variant of our
Dt.27.04.2021
Education Loan Schemes will be ______.
If Sanctioning Authority is PLP Head/PLP-CAC, Authority for ZOCAC-I
RAD 50/2021
Rejection of Education Loan application under all variant of our
Dt.27.04.2021
Education Loan Schemes will be ______.
If Sanctioning Authority is MCC, Authority for Rejection of ZOCAC-I
RAD 50/2021
Education Loan application under all variant of our Education
Dt.27.04.2021
Loan Schemes will be ______.
Under Education Loan Schemes PNB Saraswati, PNB Pratibha 15 years
RAD 50/2021 and PNB Udaan, Repayment of the loan will be in equated
Dt.27.04.2021 monthly installments (EMIs) for a period of _____ years excluding
repayment holiday
Under Education Loan Schemes PNB Saraswati, PNB Pratibha Course period + 1 year ;
and PNB Udaan, Repayment Holiday/Moratorium will be ______. two years
RAD 50/2021 Branch manager/RAM incharge empowered to permit extension in
Dt.27.04.2021 moratorium period up to maximum _____ years in deserving
cases under reporting to Circle Head (incase of GBB
sanction)/ZOCAC-I and above (incase of RAM/iRAM sanction).
Under Education Loan Schemes PNB Saraswati, PNB Pratibha 2 years
and PNB Udaan, If the student is not able to complete the course
within the scheduled time for reasons beyond his control,
RAD 50/2021
Sanctioning Authority may at his discretion, consider such
Dt.27.04.2021
extension of time for completion of course as may be deemed
necessary to complete the course up to maximum period of _____
.
The charges prescribed for change in terms & conditions sought Rs.1,000/- ; Rs. 5
RAD 50/2021 by the borrower under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes, lakhs
Dt.27.04.2021 except in CDR/restructuring cases, shall be 0.02% of loan amount
with minimum of Rs.______ and Maximum of Rs. ______.
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes, Loan 4 days
RAD 50/2021
applications have to be disposed of within a period of ______
Dt.27.04.2021
days for loans where mortgage is not required (For all cases).
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes, Loan one week
RAD 50/2021 applications for loans where mortgage is required and falling
Dt.27.04.2021 under the powers of RAM/iRAM have to be disposed of within a
period of ______ from the date of receipt of complete application.
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes, Loan two weeks
applications for loans where mortgage is required and falling
RAD 50/2021
under the powers of ZOCAC-I & above have to be disposed of
Dt.27.04.2021
within a period of ______ from the date of receipt of complete
application.
Existence of an earlier education loan to the brother(s) and/or Rs.7.50 lakhs
sister(s) will not affect the eligibility of another meritorious student
from the same family obtaining education loan as per Education
RAD 50/2021
Loan Scheme PNB Saraswati. Any number of applicants
Dt.27.04.2021
belonging to the same family may be sanctioned loans upto
Rs._______ individually without insisting for any
security/guarantee
For education loan to children of PNB’s Employees, where Rs.4.00 lakhs
employee is either coborrower or guarantor, any number of
RAD 50/2021
applicants belonging to the same staff member may be
Dt.27.04.2021
sanctioned loans upto Rs._____ individually without insisting for
228
any security/guarantee.
in cases, where existing education loan has been sanctioned by RAM/iRAM & above ,
RAD 50/2021 RAM/iRAM & above, the powers to consider top up loan shall also (i.e., sanctioning
Page
Dt.27.04.2021 be vested with ______, irrespective of the amount of top up loan. authority of existing
education loan)

No CR will be compiled for borrower under the all variant of our PNB 282(C)
RAD 50/2021
Education Loan Schemes. However, CR of Guarantor(s) / Joint
Dt.27.04.2021
borrower(s) will be compiled on ______.
Under all variant of our Education Loan Schemes, PAN of the at the time of
student be obtained at the time of sanction. However, obtention of disbursement of the loan
RAD 50/2021
PAN should not be made a pre-condition for sanction/
Dt.27.04.2021
disbursement of education loans. In case PAN is not available at
the time of sanction, the same should be obtained within ______ .
The course details is captured through______ menu in CBS. This EDULOANM
RAD 50/2021
will facilitate to track the student after completion of the course
Dt.27.04.2021
effectively if co-ordinated with the education institutions.
Interest Certificate is issued to all Education Loan Borrowers for HINTCERT ;
RAD 50/2021 the complete financial year on actual basis along with Statement PNBRPT 3/56g and
Dt.27.04.2021 of Account. Interest certificates can be generated by invoking 3/56h
Menu Options______ in Finacle and in MIS through ______.
All eligible education loans upto Rs.______ sanctioned on and Rs.7.50 lakhs
RAD 50/2021
after 16.09.2015 shall be covered under the Credit Guarantee
Dt.27.04.2021
Fund Scheme on Education Loan (CGFSEL).
For purchase of new two wheelers viz.: Scooter(s), Motor cycle(s), PNB Saarthi and Power
RAD 49/2021
Scooterrate(s), Moped(s) our bank is provided finance under the Ride Scheme for women
Dt.27.04.2021
scheme ______.
Existing Individual PNB customers (erstwhile OBC and UNI) with 18 years and 65 years
at least 6 months satisfactory transactional record OR new
RAD 49/2021 customer with satisfactory track record of last one year with other
Dt.27.04.2021 Bank/FI in the age group of _______ years holding a valid driving
license are eligible under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan
Scheme.
RAD 49/2021 Salaried persons with pension are eligible upto ______ years age 70 years
Dt.27.04.2021 are eligible under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme.
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, AGM 5 years
RAD 49/2021
RAM/iRAM/ ZOCAC I and above may further relax the uper age
Dt.27.04.2021
criteria by ______ years on case to case basis
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, Minimum Rs.10,000/-
RAD 49/2021 Net Monthly Salary/Income (NMS/I) will be Rs.______ p.m after
Dt.27.04.2021 all dedications including the proposed two wheeler loan
installment.
No minimum monthly income is required under “PNB Saarthi”- 110%
RAD 49/2021
Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, in cases where borrower agrees to
Dt.27.04.2021
give ______% of liquid security in shape of Term Deposit.
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, Maximum Rs 10.00 lakh ; 1.50
RAD 49/2021 Loan Amount for super bikes / hybrid two-wheeler vehicles lakh
Dt.27.04.2021 (Engine capacity 200CC & above) will be Rs. _____ and for all
other two-wheeler vehicles will be Rs. ______.
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme,______ is Incumbent RAM/iRAM
RAD 49/2021
empowered to consider and sanction two-wheeler loans of above & above
Dt.27.04.2021
Rs 10.00 lakh within their vested loaning powers.
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, Margin 10% ; 25%
Where salary is being disbursed through the concerned bank
RAD 49/2021
branch and/ or under Check off facility will be ____% of on road
Dt.27.04.2021
price and for other than salaried/ check off facility margin will be
____% of on road price.
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, Maximum 60 ; 30 ; 24
RAD 49/2021 Maximum EMIs for repayment will be _____ EMIs for Scooter and
Dt.27.04.2021 Motorcycle, _____ EMIs for Scooterrete &_____ EMIs for
Mopeds.
229
RAD 49/2021 Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, no Rs. 25,000/-,
Dt.27.04.2021 guarantee be required for Loan up to Rs. ________
RAD 49/2021 Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, 60% ; 100%
Page
Dt.27.04.2021 Sanctioning authority empowered to waive the guarantee in

case Liquid Collateral Security (FDRs, NSCs, LICs) having PV/SV

of at least _____% of loan amount is offered and in case EM of IP
is offered to the extent of _____% amount of the loan
RAD 49/2021 Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, ______ are Incumbent RAM/iRAM
Dt.27.04.2021 empowered to waive the guarantee on merits of individual case. and ZOCAC I and above
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, Upfront Fee & Rs.500/- ; Rs.1000/-
RAD 49/2021
Documentation charges will be 0.50% of loan amount with
Dt.27.04.2021
minimum Rs. ______ and maximum Rs. ______..
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, 50% ; 60%
Max.Permissible Deduction should not exceed ______% of GMS/I
RAD 49/2021
upto Rs.50000 p.m and ______% of GMS/I above Rs.50000 p.m
Dt.27.04.2021
subject to minimum net take home income- Rs.10000/- including
the proposed two wheeler loan installment.
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, ZOCAC-I 60% ; 70%
RAD 49/2021 and above may permit deductions of GMS/ I maximum upto
Dt.27.04.2021 ______% and ______% for GSM/I upto Rs.50000 p.m and above
Rs.50000 p.m respectively.
For all class of borrower(s) under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler two years
RAD 49/2021
Loan Scheme, latest salary slip and ITR for the last ______ years
Dt.27.04.2021
will be taken.
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, Where 2 years 12 months
ITRs/Form 16 is not available on account of lesser service period,
RAD 49/2021 the sanctioning authority may consider sanction of loan provided
Dt.27.04.2021 last ______ months salary is verified either from salary slips/form
16 or Statement of Account. Salary certificates must be
independently verified from HR Deptts. of the Co./concern).
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, deviation Incumbent RAM/iRAM &
RAD 49/2021
regarding availability of ITRs/ABSs may be permitted by ______ ZOCAC-I & above
Dt.27.04.2021
subject to taking of minimum 1 year latest ITRs/ ABSs.
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, Minimum 1.50:1
RAD 49/2021
DSCR in case of business concerns (Corporate/ Non-
Dt.27.04.2021
corporate) should be at least _______ .
Under “PNB Saarthi”- Two Wheeler Loan Scheme, In case of their land holding,
RAD 49/2021 persons engaged in allied agricultural activities and agriculturists, cropping pattern, yield,
Dt.27.04.2021 net income can be arrived at by sanctioning authority based on etc
______.
Facility under Power Ride Scheme is available for ‘WOMEN’ 6 months ; one year
borrower with minimum ______ months service in present
RAD 49/2021
organistaion for salary class and with experience of more than
Dt.27.04.2021
______ (Based upon declaration/bank account/ITR etc.) for Self
employed.
For facility under PNB Power Ride- Scheme for Financing 18 years to 65years
RAD 49/2021 Purchase of Two Wheeler Vehicle to Women Borrowers,
Dt.27.04.2021 Individuals should be in the age group of ______ years and
should hold valid driving license
Under PNB Power Ride- Scheme for Financing Purchase of Rs.8,000/-
RAD 49/2021 Two Wheeler Vehicle to Women Borrowers, Minimum Gross
Dt.27.04.2021 Monthly Salary/Income (GMS/I) will be Rs.______ including the
proposed two wheeler loan installment.
Pre - requisites for Income Criteria under PNB Power Ride- 3 salary slips
Scheme for Financing Purchase of Two Wheeler Vehicle to
RAD 49/2021
Women Borrowers will be Latest ______ salary slips along with
Dt.27.04.2021
Form 16/ITR of previous year in the case of salaried borrower(s)
and ITR of previous year in the case of self-employed individuals.
Under PNB Power Ride- Scheme for Financing Purchase of Rs. 60000/- ; 10%
230
RAD 49/2021 Two Wheeler Vehicle to Women Borrowers, Maximum Loan

Dt.27.04.2021 Amount will be Rs. ______ and margin will be _____% of ex-
showroom price.
Page
RAD 49/2021 Under PNB Power Ride- Scheme for Financing Purchase of ZOCAC-I

Dt.27.04.2021 Two Wheeler Vehicle to Women Borrowers, ______ and above

are vested with the power to permit deviation for sanctioning loan
amount more than Rs.60000/- on case to case basis.
Under PNB Power Ride- Scheme for Financing Purchase of 36 months
RAD 49/2021
Two Wheeler Vehicle to Women Borrowers, Maximum
Dt.27.04.2021
Repayment will be _____ months in equated monthly installment
Under PNB Power Ride- Scheme for Financing Purchase of 50% (Incumbent
Two Wheeler Vehicle to Women Borrowers, Repayment should RAM/iRAM/ ZOCAC I
RAD 49/2021 be fixed on a realistic basis and for this purpose all deductions and above may permit
Dt.27.04.2021 including the proposed Two-wheeler loan installment should not deductions of GMS/I
exceed _____% of Gross Monthly Salary/ Income (GMS/ I) of the maximum upto 60%).
borrower(s).
The cut-off level for sanction of all the loan applications Under above 50 ; above 40
PNB Power Ride- Scheme for Financing Purchase of Two upto 50
RAD 49/2021
Wheeler Vehicle to Women Borrowers, has been kept at the
Dt.27.04.2021
PNB score of _____. However, next higher authority may consider
loan applications at the score of ______.
Sanctioning of loans backed by ______% liquid security in the 100%
shape of FDRs, NSCs, and KVPs etc under PNB Power Ride-
RAD 49/2021
Scheme for Financing Purchase of Two Wheeler Vehicle to
Dt.27.04.2021
Women Borrowers shall be exempted from application of PNB
Score.
For two wheeler irregular accounts and accounts under NPA quarterly
RAD 49/2021
category, the inspection shall be conducted on _____ or at such
Dt.27.04.2021
shorter intervals as the situation demands
RAD 49/2021 In order to ensure proper joint registration of vehicles financed by VAHAN POTRAL
Dt.27.04.2021 banks details of JRC can be extracted from ______. ((https://vahan.nic.in))
The JRC details of vehicles financed by banks shall be entered in HCLM -> Function L
RAD 49/2021
the CBS once the same is received through the Menu option (Lodge) Type V
Dt.27.04.2021
______. (Vehicles)
RAD 48/2021 In our bank, Personal Loan Scheme for Pensioners is now PNB AABHAR RIN
Dt.27.04.2021 renamed as ______ w.e.f 01.04.2020.
RAD 48/2021 Minimum eligible loan amount under PNB AABHAR RIN Rs.25, 000/-.
Dt.27.04.2021 (Personal Loan Scheme for Pensioners) shall be Rs.______.
Maximum loan amount under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal 18 times ; Rs.10.00
RAD 48/2021 Loan Scheme for Pensioners) where age of general pensioners lac
Dt.27.04.2021 is upto the age of 70 Years, shall be ______ times of net monthly
pension or Max. Rs.______, whichever is lower.
Maximum loan amount under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal 20 times ; Rs.10.00
RAD 48/2021 Loan Scheme for Pensioners) where age of Defence lac
Dt.27.04.2021 Pensioners is upto the age of 70 Years, shall be ______ times of
net monthly pension or Max. Rs.______, whichever is lower.
Maximum loan amount under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal Loan 18 times ; Rs.7.50 lac
RAD 48/2021 Scheme for Pensioners) where age of general pensioners is
Dt.27.04.2021 above 70 years and upto 75 years, shall be ______ times of net
monthly pension or Max. Rs.________, whichever is lower.
Maximum loan amount under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal Loan 20 times ; Rs.7.50 lac
RAD 48/2021 Scheme for Pensioners) where age of Defence Pensioners is
Dt.27.04.2021 above 70 years and upto 75 years, shall be ______ times of net
monthly pension or Max. Rs.________, whichever is lower.
Maximum loan amount under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal 12 times ; Rs.5.00 lac
RAD 48/2021 Loan Scheme for Pensioners) where age of borrower is above
Dt.27.04.2021 75 years shall be ____ times of net monthly pension OR Max.
Rs.________, whichever is lower.
RAD 48/2021 Margin under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal Loan Scheme for Nil
231
Dt.27.04.2021 Pensioners) will be ______%.

Under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal Loan Scheme for 60 ; 78 years
RAD 48/2021
Pensioners), Term Loan/ Demand Loan along with interest will be
Page
Dt.27.04.2021
repaid in maximum ______ equal monthly installment or up to the

age of ______ years whichever is earlier commencing one month

after disbursal of the loan (Irrespective of age of borrower).
Under Personal Loan Scheme for Pensioners- PNB Aabhar Rin, 60 months ; 78 years
OD limit along with interest is to be adjusted in maximum ______
RAD 48/2021
months or up to the age of ______ years whichever is earlier on
Dt.27.04.2021
monthly reducing DP basis (equal to EMI) commencing one
month after disbursal of loan (Irrespective of age of borrower).
Under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal Loan Scheme for 40% (AGM-RAM/iRAM
Pensioners), all deductions including the proposed Pension Loan & ZOCAC-I and above
RAD 48/2021
installment should not exceed ______% of Gross Monthly may permit deductions
Dt.27.04.2021
Pension (GMP) upto Rs.30000/-. of GMP maximum upto
50%)
Under PNB AABHAR RIN (Personal Loan Scheme for 50% (AGM-RAM/iRAM
Pensioners), all deductions including the proposed Pension Loan & ZOCAC-I and above
RAD 48/2021
installment should not exceed ______% of Gross Monthly may permit deductions
Dt.27.04.2021
Pension (GMP) above Rs.30000/-. of GMP maximum upto
60%)
Where loan is given to family pensioners, guarantee of earning equal or more than loan
RAD 48/2021 children (Preferably Govt. Employee) to be taken. If no earning amount
Dt.27.04.2021 children, Third party guarantee with net means of _____ will be
taken.
Sanction under PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for 90% ; 5%
Public/ LIC Agents shall be permitted at the branches having a
recovery rate of more than ______% and NPA level is not more
RAD 47/2021
than 2% under the Personal Loan segment as at the end of
Dt.27.04.2021
previous financial year or NPA level more than 2% but upto 5% is
concentrated in not more than ______% account under Personal
loan scheme as at the end of previous financial year.
All Confirmed/ permanent employees of Central/ State Govt./ 2 years
PSUs having minimum ______ years of service, including service
with the previous employer(s), if any, all reputed
RAD 47/2021
companies/Institutions including Schools, Colleges, Universities,
Dt.27.04.2021
autonomous bodies, Hospitals,/Nursing Homes who are drawing
their salary through accounts maintained with our branches are
eligible under PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for Public.
Under PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for Public, 3 years
RAD 47/2021
minimum ______years of service, including service with the
Dt.27.04.2021
previous employer(s) is required under Check-off facility.
Under PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for Public, ZOCAC-I
RAD 47/2021
______and above is empowered to consider case of lesser
Dt.27.04.2021
service on the merit of individual case.
LIC agents aged below ______ years with more than ______ 60 years ; five years
RAD 47/2021 years of agency, having regular and stable income and
Dt.27.04.2021 maintaining SF a/c with our branch are eligible under PNB
SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for Public/ LIC Agents.
Amount of loan under PNB SAHYOG -Personal Loan Scheme 15 times ; Rs.10.00
RAD 47/2021 for Public, will be up to ______ times of Gross Monthly Salary Lakh 24 times ;
Dt.27.04.2021 with a maximum of Rs.______. Rs.20.00 Lakh (RAD
111/2021)
Minimum amount of loan under PNB SAHYOG -Personal Loan Rs.10.00 Lakh ; 15
Scheme for LIC Agentswill be Rs. 50000/- and maximum amount times ; 12 months
RAD 47/2021 of loan Rs. ______ or equivalent to ______ times of average (RAD 111/2021)
Dt.27.04.2021 monthly commission received during the preceding ______
months, whichever is lower.
232
RAD 47/2021 Margin under PNB SAHYOG -Personal Loan Scheme for Public Nil
Dt.27.04.2021 will be________%
Page
RAD 47/2021 The entire term loan (principal & interest) under PNB SAHYOG - 60 (sixty) 72 (Seventy
Dt.27.04.2021 Personal Loan Scheme for Public shall be repaid within two) (RAD 111/2021)

remaining period of service or in maximum _____ equated

monthly installments (EMIs).
The Overdraft Limit under PNB SAHYOG -Personal Loan Scheme 60 months 72 months
RAD 47/2021 for Public shall be adjusted within remaining period of service or in
Dt.27.04.2021 maximum period of ______ months by reducing Drawing Power
(DP) equivalent to EMI amount at the beginning of every month.
Personal loans allowed to Defence Personnel including officials of 60 (sixty) 72 (Seventy
Military Station Headquarters, Border Security Force, Central two) (RAD 111/2021)
RAD 47/2021 Reserve Police Force, Central Industrial Security Force, Indo
Dt.27.04.2021 Tibet Border Police etc. shall be repayable in maximum ______
equated monthly installments or remaining period of stay at the
particular posting, whichever is lower.
Personal loan to LIC Agent under PNB SAHYOG shall be 60 72 ; 65 years (RAD
RAD 47/2021
repayable inmaximum ______ EMIs or upto ______ years of age 111/2021)
Dt.27.04.2021
of LIC agent, whichever is earlier.
All deductions including the proposed Personal Loan installment 50% ; 60%
RAD 47/2021 under PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for Public should
Dt.27.04.2021 not exceed _______% of GMS/I up to Rs.30000 and ______% of
GMS/I above Rs.30000.
______ may permit deductions of GMS/I Maximum up to 60% and AGM RAM/iRAM &
RAD 47/2021
70% respectively under PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme ZOCAC-I & above
Dt.27.04.2021
for Public.
Minimum take home after all deductions of proposed Personal Rs. 15000.00 ; Rs.
RAD 47/2021
Loan under PNB SAHYOG should be Rs. ______ in Metro/ Urban 10000.00
Dt.27.04.2021
centre & Rs. ______ in Semi Urban/ Rural centre.
Under PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for Public, sanctioning authority
Latest salary slip, Form16/ITR for the last 2 years will be taken
RAD 47/2021 but where 2 years ITRs/Form 16 is not available on account of
Dt.27.04.2021 lesser service period, the ______ may consider sanction of loan
provided last 12 months salary is verified either from salary slips
/ form 16 or Statement of Account.
In case of LIC Agents, Suitable third party guarantee acceptable 100%
to the Bank and assignment of LIC policy of self, with sum
RAD 47/2021
assured equivalent to loan amount or Tangible Collateral Security
Dt.27.04.2021
of the value of _____% of loan amount should be required under
PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for Public.
RAD 47/2021 Upfront Fee and Documentation Charges under PNB SAHYOG - Nil
Dt. Personal Loan Scheme for Public for Defense Personnel only will
27.04.2021 be Rs. ______.
For any relaxation in rate of interest under PNB SAHYOG - Rs. 50 lacs
Personal Loan Scheme for Public in case of tie up arrangement or
RAD 47/2021 bulk business, the authority lies with Managing Director & CEO/
Dt.27.04.2021 Competent Authority. Bulk Business would imply a minimum of
Rs. ______ borrowing by the employees of same organization at
one time.
The track record of at least _____ of prospective borrower/ co- one year
borrower, dealing with other banks/ FIs and willing to avail loan
RAD 47/2021
from our Bank must be thoroughly verified before making the
Dt.27.04.2021
advance under PNB SAHYOG -Personal Loan Scheme for
Public.
Under PNB SAHYOG - Personal Loan Scheme for Public, in three years
RAD 47/2021
case of LIC agents, Proof of Income – Form 16 / IT Return will be
Dt.27.04.2021
obtained for the last _____ years, which should be satisfactory.
If PNB Score is >50, loan proposal under PNB SAHYOG - AGM RAM/iRAM ;
Personal Loan Scheme for Public may be considered for sanction ZOCAC-I and above
233
at Branch/RAM/iRAM level and if PNB Score is > 40 and <= 50,

RAD 47/2021
loan proposal may be considered for sanction with proper
Dt.27.04.2021
justification by next higher authority. Next Higher authority will be
Page
______ in case of Branch Sanction and ______ in case of

RAM/iRAM Sanction

Professionally qualified practicing/serving Doctors viz., MBBS, Rs.5.00 lac ; two years
BDS & above having Net Annual Income/Salary of Rs.______ and
RAD 47/2021
above are eligible under PNB- Doctor’s Delight- Personal Loan
Dt.27.04.2021
Scheme for Doctors and for this facility, Doctors should be
taxpayers for the last _____ years.
Borrower under PNB- Doctor’s Delight should have a continued 2 years (Not applicable
RAD 47/2021 occupancy at current place of residence, of a minimum of ______ In Case of Doctors
Dt.27.04.2021 years. who are Employees of
Govt./Institutions etc)
Minimum amount of loan under PNB- Doctor’s Delight will be Rs. Rs. 2,00,000/-; Rs.
_____ and maximum amount of loan will be Rs. _____ or 24 15,00,000
RAD 47/2021
times monthly net salary/income whichever is lower Rs. 2,00,000/-;
Dt.27.04.2021
depending upon the repaying capacity subject to having Net Rs. 20,00,000 (RAD
Annual Income/Salary of Rs.5.00 lakh and above. 111/2021)
RAD 47/2021 Margin under PNB- Doctor’s Delight will be________% Nil
Dt.27.04.2021
The entire loan (principal & interest) under PNB- Doctor’s Delight 84
RAD 47/2021
shall be repaid/adjusted within remaining period of service or in
Dt.27.04.2021
maximum ______equated monthly installments (EMIs).
The overdraft Limit under PNB- Doctor’s Delight shall be adjusted 84 months
RAD 47/2021 within a maximum period of _______ months by reducing Drawing
Dt.27.04.2021 Power (DP) equivalent to EMI amount at the beginning of every
month.
Repayment of the loan along with interest under PNB- Doctor’s 65 years ; 70 years
RAD 47/2021 Delight should not extend beyond the age of _____ years of
Dt.27.04.2021 borrower. AGM RAM/iRAM & ZOCAC-I & above may relax
repayment period upto the age of _____ years.
All deductions including the proposed Personal Loan installment a) Up to Rs.50000- 40%
RAD 47/2021 under PNB- Doctor’s Delight should not exceed ______% of ; b) >Rs.50000 to
Dt.27.04.2021 GMS/I. Rs.100000- 50% ; c)
>Rs.100000- 60%
Under PNB- Doctor’s Delight______ and above, shall permit AGM RAM/iRAM &
RAD 47/2021 higher %age deduction of GMS/I subject to Maximum 10% over & ZOCAC-I
Dt.27.04.2021 above the prescribed ceiling under each bracket of GMS/I on
individual merits of the case
Under PNB- Doctor’s Delight, a suitable third party guarantee 100%
acceptable to the Bank or tangible Collateral Security of the value
RAD 47/2021
of _____% of loan amount is required. AGM RAM/iRAM &
Dt.27.04.2021
ZOCAC-I and above may waive obtaining of guarantee on
merits on case to case basis.
RAD 46/2021 The earlier scheme for Finance against Mortgage of Immovable PNB myProperty Loan
Dt.27.04.2021 Property has now been renamed as ______.
RAD 46/2021 Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, Minimum Net Rs.25,000/-
Dt.27.04.2021 monthly Salary for salaried class shall be Rs.______ and above
RAD 46/2021 Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, Minimum Net annual Rs.3,00,000/-
Dt.27.04.2021 income for other than salaried class shall be Rs.______.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, Income of spouse / two (maximum)
earning children / parents can be taken into consideration for the
RAD 46/2021
purpose of EMI or servicing of interest (for determining loan
Dt.27.04.2021
amount). In such cases, they should be made co-borrowers.
However, out of these only ______ co-borrowers are permitted.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, Income of any two
RAD 46/2021 number of joint owners of property under consideration can be
Dt.27.04.2021 made co-borrowers however in such cases also maximum ______
co-borrower are permitted in addition to co-owners of the property.
234
RAD 46/2021 Maximum Tenor of Term Loan under PNB myProperty Loan will 10 Years
Dt.27.04.2021 be ______ years.
RAD 46/2021 Tenor of Overdraft on monthly reducing Drawing Power (DP) 10 Years
Page
Dt.27.04.2021 basis will be ______ years subject to annual review.

RAD 46/2021 Under the PNB myProperty Loan, minimum and maximum loan Min: Rs. 2.00 lakh, Max:
Dt.27.04.2021 amount for Personal needs shall be _________ Rs Rs. 500.00 lakh.
Credit facility under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan will be above 50 ; above 40
RAD 46/2021 allowed only to the applicant (s) having ‘PNB Score’ of ______. & up to 50
Dt.27.04.2021 The cases where PNB Score is ______ can be considered by
next higher authority for sanction with proper justification.
Under the PNB myProperty Loan, the assessment of limit for 65% ; 36
RAD 46/2021 salaried class will be maximum ______% of the realizable value
Dt.27.04.2021 of the property or ______ times of Gross monthly salary on the
basis of last/latest salary certificate whichever is lower.
Under the PNB myProperty Loan, the assessment of limit for 65% ; 36
non salaried class will be maximum ______% of the realizable
RAD 46/2021
value of the property or ______ times the average gross monthly
Dt.27.04.2021
income of last three years as reported in the last three ITRs
whichever is lower.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, Max. Permissible 60% ; 70%
Deduction of GMS/I shall be_____% of GMS/I in case where
RAD 46/2021
Gross monthly total salary/income is up to Rs. 1.00 lakh and
Dt.27.04.2021
______% of GMS/I in case where Gross monthly total
salary/income is above Rs. 1.00 lakh .
Repaying capacity/ assessment of loan under the Scheme PNB three year
RAD 46/2021 myProperty Loan, is to be calculated on the basis of latest salary
Dt.27.04.2021 slips for salaried borrower(s) and on the basis of the average of
last ______ year ITR for other than salaried borrower(s).
In case of loan against mortgage of Immovable properties located Circle Heads & above
in Rural Areas, ______ shall approve the rural areas having
RAD 46/2021
potential for such advances. However, advances in these
Dt.27.04.2021
approved areas shall be sanctioned by various officials up to their
vested loaning powers.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, Term Loan amount 120 ; 65 years ; 5
together with interest will be repaid in maximum ______ Equated years
RAD 46/2021 Monthly Installments (EM) or up to the age of _____ years,
Dt.27.04.2021 whichever is earlier. AGM incumbent RAM/iRAM and ZOCAC –I
and above are empowered to relax the age criteria by ______
years on merits of each case.
Overdraft on reducing DP basis under the Scheme PNB 10 years
RAD 46/2021
myProperty Loan will be liquidated in ______years or up to the
Dt.27.04.2021
age of 65 years, whichever is earlier.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, ______ may consider Incumbent RAM/iRAM
repayment tenure according to the age of co-borrower who is not and ZOCAC-I and
RAD 46/2021
a coowner, maximum upto the age of 65 years or 10 years above
Dt.27.04.2021
whichever is earlier. In such cases the owner of the property to be
made primary borrower irrespective of his/her age.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, ______ are AGM incumbent
RAD 46/2021
empowered to relax the age criteria by 5 years on merits of each RAM/iRAM and ZOCAC
Dt.27.04.2021
case. –I and above
Bank, at the request of the borrower, may consider restoration of 36 months
RAD 46/2021 the original limit/ enhancement of the limit after the lapse of
Dt.27.04.2021 ______ months under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan,
where the conduct of the account is satisfactory.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, _____% Concession 0.25%
RAD 46/2021
in Rate of interest will be given where available realizable value of
Dt.27.04.2021
IP is above 200% & upto 250% of loan amount
RAD 46/2021
235
Dt.27.04.2021
IP is above 250% & upto 300% of loan amount.
RAD 46/2021
Dt.27.04.2021
Page
IP is above 300% of loan amount.

For loan amount of Rs. ______ and above under the Scheme Rs. 10.00 lacs
RAD 46/2021 PNB myProperty Loan, the higher CICs Score of the two CICs
Dt.27.04.2021 scores of the borrower/s will be considered for getting the interest
benefit.
RAD 46/2021 Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, loaning powers of Rs.10 lac
Dt.27.04.2021 Branch Heads of GBB for Scale II, III and IV is Rs._____.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, loaning powers of SMG-III - Rs. 80.00 lakh
RAD 46/2021
Segment Head of RAM/iRAM for Scale III and IV is Rs._____. SMG-IV - Rs. 400.00
Dt.27.04.2021
lakh
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, loaning powers of SMG-IV - Rs. 400.00
RAD 46/2021 Incumbent of RAM/iRAM for Scale IV and V is Rs._____. lakh
Dt.27.04.2021 SMG-V - Rs. 500.00
lakh
Loans/advances under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan shall 25 years
be sanctioned against the Equitable/ Registered Mortgage of the
RAD 46/2021
non-encumbered built up and self-occupied residential
Dt.27.04.2021
House/Flat/ commercial/ industrial property having minimum
residual life of ______ years.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, In case of partly rented AGM-RAM/iRAM
RAD 46/2021 properties, finance may be allowed against the value of self- ZOCAC-I
Dt.27.04.2021 occupied portion only. However, power for sanction of such
proposals vests with ______ & above.
RAD 46/2021 No loan will be sanctioned under the Scheme PNB myProperty third party property
Dt.27.04.2021 Loan on vacant plot, leased property, agriculture and ______..
Mortgaged property under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan three months
RAD 46/2021 will be inspected once every year for regular accounts, once every
Dt.27.04.2021 half year for irregular accounts and at least once in ______ for
NPA accounts
The processing fee for overdraft facility under the Scheme PNB three years
RAD 46/2021 myProperty Loan will be recovered upfront one time applicable for
Dt.27.04.2021 ______years at the time of sanction. Thereafter once in three
years on reduced or restored limit.
Upfront fee under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan for Term 0.75% of the loan
RAD 46/2021
Loan/Overdraft will be Rs. ______ Amount, Maximum–
Dt.27.04.2021
Rs.1.00 lakh + GST
Documentation Charge under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan Rs. 2500/- + GST ;
RAD 46/2021
for Term Loan/Overdraft will be Rs. ______ for Loan upto Rs. 50 Rs. 5,000/- + GST
Dt.27.04.2021
Lakhs and Rs. ______for loan above Rs.50 Lakhs.
Under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan, In cases where the 200% ( i.e., where Loan
value of IP was assessed at more than ______% of the loan to Value (LTV) RATIO is
amount, or less of the existing Term Loan/Overdraft facility at the 50%)
RAD 46/2021 time of sanction under the Scheme, sanctioning authority upto
Dt.27.04.2021 their vested powers may consider sanction of more than one Term
Loan and/or Overdraft facility to individual provided the aggregate
of loans and/or limits shall not exceed the prescribed ceiling i.e.
Rs.500 lacs for Term Loan & Overdraft facility.
The additional facility under the Scheme PNB myProperty Loan ZOCAC-II
shall be permitted at the same branch from where original facility
RAD 46/2021
was allowed to the borrower. Such advances shall be sanctioned
Dt.27.04.2021
to the existing borrowers in exceptional cases by the officials at
the level of ______ and above only.
To purchase new Car/Van/Jeep/Multi Utility Vehicle (MUV) or three years ; Rs
Sports Utility Vehicles (SUV) or Old car/van/jeep/MUV/SUV, which 25000/-.
RAD 45/2021
are not older than _______ years, minimum net monthly salary /
Dt.27.04.2021
pension/ income for individuals/ proprietorship firms under PNB
236
Car Loan should be Rs _______

For reimbursement of cost of new cars under PNB Car Loan, 3 months
RAD 45/2021
Invoice date of the vehicle should not more than ______months
Dt.27.04.2021
Page
old.

Under PNB Car Loan, ______& above may relax the income AGM RAM/iRAM/
RAD 45/2021
criteria on case to case basis considering the value of the account ZOCAC-I
Dt.27.04.2021
and the banking relations of the prospective borrowers.
No minimum monthly income is required under PNB Car Loan in 110%
RAD 45/2021
cases where borrower agrees to give ______% of liquid security
Dt.27.04.2021
in shape of Term Deposit.
Loan amount under PNB Car Loan for individuals/Proprietorship 25 times ; Rs 100 lakh
RAD 45/2021
concerns will be_______ times of Gross Monthly Salary/ Pension/
Dt.27.04.2021
Income with a ceiling of Rs ______.
In-Charge of______ may relax the criteria with regard to number RAM/iRAM
RAD 45/2021
of times for individuals/Proprietorship concerns subject to monthly
Dt.27.04.2021
reporting of such cases to Zonal Office.
______ & above may relax the criteria for ZOCAC-I & above
individuals/Proprietorship concerns and sanction need based
RAD 45/2021
amount within their vested loaning powers for cases falling under
Dt.27.04.2021
their powers as well as those falling under the powers of lower
authorities.
RAD 45/2021 Loan amount under PNB Car Loan for for Business Concerns No ceiling
Dt.27.04.2021 (Corporate or Non-Corporate) will be________
Margin under the PNB Car Loan for new vehicle will be _____% 15% ; 10%
RAD 45/2021 of on-road price inclusive of one time road tax & insurance.
Dt.27.04.2021 ZOCAC-I & above at their discretion may reduce margin to
______% in deserving cases.
Margin in case of tie up arrangement with car manufacturer/ 10% ; nil
RAD 45/2021
dealer for new vehicle will be ______% of on-road price or
Dt.27.04.2021
______% on ex-showroom price
RAD 45/2021 Margin under PNB Car Loan for old vehicle will be _____% of 25%
Dt.27.04.2021 the value of the vehicle.
RAD 45/2021 Margin under PNB Car Loan in cse reimbursement of cost of 25%
Dt.27.04.2021 new cars will be _____% of on-road price
Valuation of old vehicles to be done at current invoice price of 15%
RAD 45/2021 the new vehicle less depreciation @ _____% p.a. on straight line
Dt.27.04.2021 method. Proportionate depreciation for any part of the year to be
arrived at/ calculated on quarterly basis
In case of tie up arrangement with car manufacturer/ dealer, Loan 90% ; 100%
RAD 45/2021
amount under PNB Car Loan will be ______% of on-road price or
Dt.27.04.2021
______% on ex-showroom price.
Maximum Repayment period under PNB Car Loan for new 84
RAD 45/2021 vehicle (car/Van/Jeep/MUV/SUV) will be _______ equated
Dt.27.04.2021 monthly installments comprising of principal and interest
commencing from the succeeding month
The loan amount together with interest is to be repaid maximum in 60
RAD 45/2021
_____ equated monthly installments under PNB Car Loan for old
Dt.27.04.2021
vehicle (car/Van/Jeep/MUV/SUV ).
RAD 45/2021 Under PNB Car Loan, ZOCAC-I & above are empowered to relax 12 months
Dt.27.04.2021 repayment period by ______months for new cars.
Under PNB Car Loan, Repayment will be ensured within ______ 70 years ; 65 years ;
RAD 45/2021 years of age for salaried persons with pension and ______ years 5 years
Dt.27.04.2021 of age for others. ZOCAC-I & above may further relax the above
criteria by ______ years on case to case basis.
Max. Permissible Deduction under PNB Car Loan should not 50%
RAD 45/2021
exceed ______% of Gross Monthly Salary/Income (GMS/I) of the
Dt.27.04.2021
borrower(s) up to Rs.50000.
Max. Permissible Deduction under PNB Car Loan should not 60%
RAD 45/2021
exceed ______% of Gross Monthly Salary/Income (GMS/I) of the
237
Dt.27.04.2021
borrower(s) above Rs.50000 .
Under PNB Car Loan, AGM RAM/iRAM/ZOCAC-I & above may 60% ; 70%
RAD 45/2021
permit deduction of GMS/I maximum upto ______% of Gross
Page
Dt.27.04.2021
Monthly Salary/Income (GMS/I) of the borrower(s) upto Rs.50000

and ______% of Gross Monthly Salary/Income (GMS/I) of the

borrower(s) above Rs.50000.
To established the regularity of income of salaried class two years
RAD 45/2021 borrower(s) over the entire span of loan before sanction of loan
Dt.27.04.2021 under PNB Car Loan, , Latest salary slip, Form16/ITR should be
taken & perused for the last ______ years.
To established the regularity of income of other than salaried two years
class borrower(s) over the entire span of loan before sanction of
RAD 45/2021
loan under PNB Car Loan, ITRs and Audited Balance Sheets
Dt.27.04.2021
(Wherever applicable) should be taken & perused for the last
______ years.
Under PNB Car Loan, deviation regarding availability of AGM
RAD 45/2021
ITRs/ABSs may be permitted by______ subject to taking of RAM/iRAM/ZOCAC-I &
Dt.27.04.2021
minimum 1 year latest ITRs/ ABSs. above
RAD 45/2021 In case of old car, the Rate of Interest under PNB Car Loan will be 1%
Dt.27.04.2021 ______% over and above the card rate.
Concession of ______% in rate of interest in case of e-vehicle and 0.1% ; 0.25%
RAD 45/2021
______% for the wards/ parents of existing/ Exstaff is available
Dt.27.04.2021
under PNB Car Loan.
Concession of ______% in the Rate of interest in the bracket “CIC 0.10%
RAD 45/2021 Score 700 and upto 749” to employees of corporates client
Dt.27.04.2021 (Company) dealing with our bank is available under PNB Car
Loan..
Under PNB Car Loan, the rate of interest under fixed rate option 3 years
RAD 45/2021
shall be reviewed and re-set by the Bank after each block period
Dt.27.04.2021
of ______.
RAD 45/2021 Vehicle Details extracted from ______Portal will be treated VAHAN
Dt.27.04.2021 equivalent to the copy of JRC provided by the borrower.
RAD 45/2021 Under PNB Car Loan, Guarantee will be required if Gross Monthly Rs. 50000/
Dt.27.04.2021 salary is less than ______.
Under PNB Car Loan, Guarantee will be required if Gross Monthly Incumbents of Branches
RAD 45/2021
salary is less thanRs. 50000/-. However,______ may waive the headed by Scale IV &
Dt.27.04.2021
guarantee / collateral security on merits of each case. RAM/iRAM Head
Loan for old car/van/jeep/MUV/SUV under PNB Car Loan will be In-charges of
RAD 45/2021 allowed by ______. Branches/RAM/iRAM
Dt.27.04.2021 (Minimum Scale IV) /
ZOCAC-I and above
The cases under PNB Car Loan where PNB Score is above 40 & up to 50
RAD 45/2021
______ can be considered by next higher authority for sanction
Dt.27.04.2021
with proper justification.
RAD 45/2021 Under PNB Car Loan, Next Higher authority in case of Branch AGM RAM/iRAM
Dt.27.04.2021 Sanction will be ______ .
RAD 45/2021 Under PNB Car Loan, Next Higher authority in case of ZOCAC-I and above
Dt.27.04.2021 RAM/iRAM Sanction will be ______ .
RAD 45/2021 Under PNB Car Loan, Branch (Within vested power) may 1 Month
Dt.27.04.2021 reimburse the cost of new cars having invoice date up to ______.
Under PNB Car Loan, AGM RAM/iRAM/ ZOCAC-I & above 3 Months
RAD 45/2021
(Within vested power) may reimburse the cost of new cars having
Dt.27.04.2021
invoice date up to ______.
Under PNB Car Loan, Disbursement through DD to be permitted RAM/iRAM ; ZOCAC-
RAD 45/2021 by next higher authority. i.e ______ in case Loan sanctioned by I
Dt.27.04.2021 Branch and ______ in case Loan sanctioned by
RAM/iRAM/MCC).
In order to ensure that the disbursement of vehicle loans is made CARDEALM
RAD 45/2021 through registered accounts of dealers available in CBS a menu
238
Dt.27.04.2021 ______has been customized to capture bank account details of

Car Dealers in CBS.
RAD 45/2021 For irregular car loan accounts and accounts under NPA Quarterly ;
Page
Dt.27.04.2021 category, the inspection shall be conducted on _____ or at such

shorter intervals as the situation demands.

______ may relax terms and conditions relating to “Margin” and ZOCAC-I & above
RAD 45/2021 “Repayment period” of Car Loan under tie-up arrangement with
Dt.27.04.2021 PSUs, corporates/ institutions or in case of bulk business with
PSUs, corporates/ institutions.
ZOCAC-I & above may reduce Margin upto ______% of on-road 10%
RAD 45/2021 price of car under tie-up arrangement with PSUs, corporates/
Dt.27.04.2021 institutions or in case of bulk business with PSUs, corporates/
institutions.
ZOCAC-I & above may relax repayment period further by ______ 12 months
RAD 45/2021 months from the existing 84 months in case of new Cars under
Dt.27.04.2021 tie-up arrangement with PSUs, corporates/ institutions or in case
of bulk business with PSUs, corporates/ institutions..
Under tie-up arrangement with PSUs, corporates, institutions or in Rs.30,000/ p.m
case of bulk business, no guarantee under PNB Car Loan will be
RAD 45/2021
required if take home pay is more than Rs. ______ or if there is no
Dt.27.04.2021
default in repayment of EMI in home/personal loan for the past
three months, if any, availed from PNB.
Bulk business with PSUs, corporates/ institutions would imply a 5 car
RAD 45/2021
minimum of ______ car borrowers from the same organization at
Dt.27.04.2021
one time (within a calendar quarter).
Upfront fee & documentation charges under PNB Car Loan will 0.25% of Loan amount
RAD 45/2021
be ______ Excluding GST. (Minimum – Rs. 1000/-
Dt.27.04.2021
Maximum Rs. 1500/-)
For irregular Car Loan accounts and accounts under NPA quarterly ; half yearly
RAD 45/2021 category, the inspection will be done on at least ______ or at such
Dt.27.04.2021 shorter intervals as the situation demands and PNB 551 to be
obtained on ______ basis
RAD 45/2021 Inspection Charges under PNB Car Loan will be ______ Rs. 100/- + service tax.
Dt.27.04.2021
The track record of at least ______ of prospective borrower/ co- one year
RAD 45/2021 borrower, dealing with other banks/ FIs and willing to avail loan
Dt.27.04.2021 from our Bank under PNB Car Loan must be thoroughly verified
before making the advance.
Under PNB Car Loan, In case of the customers not having their SMG IV/ AGM-
RAD 45/2021 account with any other Bank/ FI or for any deviation on the above RAM/iRAM/ZOCAC-I &
Dt.27.04.2021 account, the Branch Incharge in the rank of ______ may take above
suitable decision based on merits of each case.
Under PNB Car Loan, The name of the bank to be got entered in
RAD 45/2021
the registration certificate & insurance policy within 30 days from
Dt.27.04.2021
the date of sanction.
All existing home loan borrowers where the loan accounts has run 3 years
for minimum ______ years (excluding moratorium period) without
RAD 45/2021
a single default in EMI are eligible for Purchase of car/ two
Dt.27.04.2021
wheeler for personal use under Insta Vehicle Loan Scheme for
existing Home Loan Borrowers.
Loan amount under Insta Vehicle Loan Scheme for existing 90% ; Rs. 10 lacs
RAD 45/2021
Home Loan Borrowers will be assessed @ ______% of on road
Dt.27.04.2021
price of Car/ two wheeler with maximum of Rs. ______.
Maximum Repayment period under Insta Vehicle Loan Scheme 100 months ; 84
RAD 45/2021
for existing Home Loan Borrowers will be ______ for Four months
Dt.27.04.2021
Wheelers and ______ for Two Wheelers.
PNB Combo Loan Scheme aims to provide ______ at Car Loan ; Housing
RAD 45/2021
concessional Rate of Interest and attractive /lucrative Terms and Loan
Dt.27.04.2021
conditions to ______ Borrowers (Existing and New)
239
Housing Loan Borrowers with Sanction Limit of Rs. ______and Rs. 15 Lacs
RAD 45/2021 above are eligible for Purchase of only brand new 4 wheelers on
Dt.27.04.2021 or after creation of security on House Property under PNB
Page
Combo Loan Scheme for existing Home Loan Borrowers.

RAD 45/2021 Minimum Gross Income for Salaried Customers under PNB Rs. 50,000/-
Dt.27.04.2021 Combo Loan Scheme should be Rs. ______ per month.
Minimum Annual Post-Tax Income for Professional and Self Rs.6.00 lac
RAD 45/2021
Employed / Businessman under PNB Combo Loan Scheme
Dt.27.04.2021
should be Rs. ______as per average of last 3 years ITR.
The total deduction from income including EMI of existing Housing 60%
RAD 45/2021 Loan and other Loan(s) and the proposed EMI of Car Loan under
Dt.27.04.2021 PNB Combo Loan Scheme should not be more than ______% of
Gross income.
RAD 45/2021 Concession of ______% in Interest Rate from Card Rate in Car 0.25%
Dt.27.04.2021 Loan Product will be available under PNB Combo Loan Scheme.
RAD 45/2021 Processing Fee for Car Loan under PNB Combo Loan Scheme Nil
Dt.27.04.2021 (Housing Loan + Car Loan) will be Rs. ______.
Eligible Housing Loan Borrowers under PNB Combo Loan 90%
RAD 45/2021
Scheme will be entitled for Loan to the extent of ______% of on
Dt.27.04.2021
road price of the Vehicle.
Under PNB Combo Loan Scheme, The Repayment Period of the 84 Months
RAD 45/2021 Car Loan should be less than or equal to left over repayment
Dt.27.04.2021 period of Housing Loan subject to maximum Repayment Period of
______.
Maximum amount of loan under PNB Home Loan for Need based loan
Construction/Additions/Purchase of House/Flat will be Rs. ______ (depending upon the
RAD 44/2021
project cost and
Dt.27.04.2021
repaying capacity of
the borrower)
Maximum amount of loan under PNB Home Loan for Need based loan
Construction/Additions/Purchase of House/Flat will be Rs. ______ depending upon the
RAD 44/2021
depending upon the project cost and repaying capacity of the project cost and
Dt.27.04.2021
borrower. repaying capacity of the
borrower.
Maximum amount of loan under PNB Home Loan for purchase of Rs.50 lac ; Rs.100
RAD 44/2021 Land/ Plot for House Building will be Rs. ______. However, AGM lac
Dt.27.04.2021 RAM/iRAM & ZOCAC-I and above may consider loan maximum of
Rs._____ for Metro/State Capitals.
ZOCAC-II and above may sanction loan for purchase of land/ plot Rs.300 lac ; Rs.500
for house building depending upon merits/ genuineness of each lac
case / repaying capacity and after fully satisfying themselves
RAD 44/2021
about the realistic valuation of land/plot Maximum upto Rs._____
Dt.27.04.2021
at all centers & Maximum upto Rs.______ at state capitals and
metro centers, only in cases where land/ plots are allotted by
State Development authorities/ State Housing Boards.”
As per PNB Home Loan, The loan amount for purchase of 60%
RAD 44/2021 Land/Plot under any circumstance should not be more than
Dt.27.04.2021 _______% of the eligible loan amount as per the repayment
capacity.
RAD 44/2021 Maximum extent of loan for repairs / renovation / alterations Rs.25 lac.
Dt.27.04.2021 under PNB Home Loan will be Rs. ______.
Under PNB Home Loan, Cost of furnishing may be included in the 10% ; Rs.25.00 lac
RAD 44/2021 project cost with maximum upto _____% of eligible Housing loan
Dt.27.04.2021 or Rs._____ whichever is lower, within the prescribed Loan to
Value (LTV) ratio.
Loan amount under PNB Home Loan will be arrived at the cost of lower
RAD 44/2021
unit i.e Realizable Value or sale consideration value (In case sale
Dt.27.04.2021
transaction is not more than 1 year old) whichever is ______.
RAD 44/2021 Cost of car parking is _____ from project cost of house/ flat while excluded
240
Dt.27.04.2021 granting Housing Loan under PNB Home Loan.

Under PNB Home Loan, AGM RAM/iRAM, ZOCAC-I and above Rs. 20 lacs
RAD 44/2021
are empowered to consider requests only from confirmed
Page
Dt.27.04.2021
employees of Central / State Govts. / Public Sector Undertakings

for an amount of loan maximum upto Rs. _____ and extend credit
to such employees, who might have raised funds for construction /
acquisition of accommodation from other sources and need
supplementary finance after obtaining pari passu or second
charge over the property mortgaged in favour of other Lender.
Under PNB Home Loan where Gross Annual Salary/Income 50%
RAD 44/2021
(GAS/I) of the borrower(s) is upto Rs.5.00 lakh, Maximum
Dt.27.04.2021
Permissible Deduction of GAS/I will be ______ .
RAD 44/2021
(GAS/I) of the borrower(s) is above Rs.5.00 lakhs upto Rs.10.00
Dt.27.04.2021
lakhs, Maximum Permissible Deduction of GAS/I will be ______ .
RAD 44/2021
(GAS/I) of the borrower(s) is above Rs.10.00 lakhs, Maximum
Dt.27.04.2021
Permissible Deduction of GAS/I will be ______ .
Under PNB Home Loan, AGM RAM/iRAM, ZOCAC-I & above, 10%
RAD 44/2021 shall permit higher %age deduction of GAS/I subject to Maximum
Dt.27.04.2021 ______% over & above the prescribed ceiling under each bracket
of GAS/I on individual merits of the case
Under PNB Home Loan, for Salaried class, latest salary slip, 2 years ; 12 months
Form16/ITR for the last _____ years is required. Where (Assessment of Loan/
RAD 44/2021 ITRs/Form 16 is not available for required period on account of Repaying capacity will
Dt.27.04.2021 lesser service period, the sanctioning authority may consider be arrived at on the
sanction of loan provided last ______ months salary is verified basis of latest salary
either from salary slips/form 16 or Statement of Account. slip.)
Under PNB Home Loan, for Salaried class, ______ and above are ZOCAC-I
RAD 44/2021 empowered to consider loans to employees with lesser period
Dt.27.04.2021 service/ having no ITRs on case to case basis on merit of each
case.
Under PNB Home Loan, for other than Salaried class, ITRs and 2 years (Assessment
Audited Balance Sheets for the last ______ years of of loan/Repaying
RAD 44/2021 business/activity shall be taken and perused to ascertain capacity will be arrived
Dt.27.04.2021 continuity of income. However, deviation regarding availability of at on the basis of
ITRs/ABSs may be permitted by AGM RAM/iRAM, ZOCAC-I & income as reported in
above subject to taking of minimum 1 year latest ITRs/ABSs. the latest ITR.)
Under PNB Home Loan, for other than Salaried class, deviation AGM RAM/iRAM,
RAD 44/2021
regarding availability of ITRs/ABSs may be permitted by ______ ZOCAC-I & above
Dt.27.04.2021
subject to taking of minimum 1 year latest ITRs/ABSs.
Likely rental income under PNB Home Loan shall be considered 25 percent
RAD 44/2021 for determining the repaying capacity with a maximum cap of
Dt.27.04.2021 ______ percent of total last Gross Annual Salary/Income (GAS/I)
or actual rental income whichever is less.
RAD 44/2021 Margin for all purposes except to purchase of Land/Plot for home 20%/15%
Dt.27.04.2021 Loan upto Rs. 30 lac under PNB Home Loan will be ______%.
Margin for all purposes except to purchase of Land/Plot for home 20% ; 25%
RAD 44/2021 Loan above Rs. 30 lac and upto Rs.75 lac under PNB Home
Dt.27.04.2021 Loan will be ______% and for home Loan above Rs.75 lac
margin will be ______%.
RAD 44/2021 Under PNB Home Loan, Margin for Purchase of Land/Plot for 25%
Dt.27.04.2021 House Building will be __________
With a view to encourage availability of affordable housing to Rs.10 lac
economically weaker sections (EWS) and low income groups
(LIG) borrowers, cost of stamp duty, registration and other
RAD 44/2021
documentation charges may be added to the cost of the
Dt.27.04.2021
house/dwelling unit for the purpose of calculating LTV ratio in
cases where the cost of the house/dwelling unit does not exceed
241
Rs.________ lac
Loan to Value Ratio (LTV) under PNB Home Loan should not 85% ; 80% ; 75%
RAD 44/2021
exceed ______% for loan up to Rs. 30 lac; 80% for loans above
Dt.27.04.2021
Page
Rs. 30 lac upto Rs.75 lac and ______% for loans above Rs.75

lac.
For Home loan amount of Rs. _______ and above, the higher Rs. 10.00 lacs
RAD 44/2021 CICs Score of the two CICs scores of the borrower/s will be
Dt.27.04.2021 considered for getting the interest benefit under Floating rate of
interest option.
If more than one applicants are there under PNB Home Loan, (-1) or (0)
average of CICs scores of the applicants (whose incomes are
RAD 44/2021 considered for eligibility), wii be considered for cut off score for
Dt.27.04.2021 pricing under Floating rate of interest option. In such cases, CICs
score of applicant/s having ______ to be excluded for average
calculation for Floating rate of interest option.
In cases of joint applicants under PNB Home Loan, individual 700
RAD 44/2021 CICs score of all the applicants (whose scores are considered for
Dt.27.04.2021 average calculation) should be minimum ______for getting the
interest benefit under Floating rate of interest option.
In case of housing loan under “Max Saver Scheme” (OD variant of 0.15%
RAD 44/2021 Housing Loan), the additional Rate of Interest of ______% under
Dt.27.04.2021 each slab of floating rate of interest will be applicable based on
the Credit Score of the borrower/s
Concession of 0.05% under PNB Home Loan is available to the CRE category
RAD 44/2021
women borrower on the applicable rate of interest under all slabs
Dt.27.04.2021
of floating rate of interest except under ______.
In case of Housing loan under Commercial Real Estate (CRE) the 1.00%
RAD 44/2021
applicable rate of interest will be ______% higher than the normal
Dt.27.04.2021
rate of interest across all slabs of floating rate of interest.
RAD 44/2021 Every housing loan sanctioned for 3rd or subsequent house / flat Commercial Real Estate
Dt.27.04.2021 shall be classified as ______ (CRE)
In case of CRE, as bank is required to maintain high capital 1.00%
RAD 44/2021 charge and provisioning on standard loans, ______% over and
Dt.27.04.2021 above the normal interest rate to be charged under PNB Home
Loan.
Where any concession in rate of interest has been permitted by Account Preferential
RAD 44/2021 the competent authority for 3rd or subsequent house/flat classified ‘Dr.’
Dt.27.04.2021 under CRE, the same should be filled in ______ field in CBS
system.
Under PNB Home Loan, In case the plot/land was sanctioned for 5 years
3rd or subsequent house/ flats is sold or account has been closed
RAD 44/2021 without construction both within _____ years from date of first
Dt.27.04.2021 disbursement, rate of interest applicable to Commercial Real
Estate with corresponding PNB Score/ Risk rating score will be
charged from the date of first disbursement of loan.
Incumbents may allow existing Housing Loan borrowers to 3 years
change the option from Fixed to Floating rate of interest and vice
RAD 44/2021
versa. Such change of option shall not, however, be permitted for
Dt.27.04.2021
a minimum period of ______ years, where after any change will
be at the discretion of the sanctioning authority.
Under PNB Home Loan, change of option from Fixed to Floating 2%
RAD 44/2021
rate of interest and vice versa shall be subject to payment of
Dt.27.04.2021
______% flat fee on the balance outstanding in the account.
______ may, reduce the charge for change of option from Fixed to ZOCAC-I & above (at
RAD 44/2021 Floating rate of interest and vice versa upto 1% flat fee on the his discretion)
Dt.27.04.2021 balance outstanding in the account on merits of each case and
other business consideration.
RAD 44/2021 Fixed rate of interest option on Housing Loans disbursed on or five years
Dt.27.04.2021 after 01.08.2006, will be subject to re-set clause of ______ years.
242
Where the mortgage by deposit of Title Deeds is not possible to 125.00%

RAD 44/2021 secure housing loan, because the property being an Ancestral
Dt.27.04.2021 Property (without Title Deeds) or Lal Dora Land, The sanctioning
Page
authority may accept, at its discretion, equitable / registered

mortgage of some other property / pledge of Government security,

NSCs, KVPs, IVPs / PSU Bonds (where interest is being serviced
regularly) / bank's FDR / LIC Policies (surrender value) etc. The
value of such security so obtained should be equal to ______% of
the loan amount.
There is delay in execution / unwillingness/ to execute a stamped 125.00%
Tripartite Agreement by Housing Board/Development
Authority/Co-operative Society/ Builder;, The sanctioning authority
may accept, at its discretion, equitable / registered mortgage of
RAD 44/2021
some other property / pledge of Government security, NSCs,
Dt.27.04.2021
KVPs, IVPs / PSU Bonds (where interest is being serviced
regularly) / bank's FDR / LIC Policies (surrender value) etc. The
value of such security so obtained should be equal to ______% of
the loan amount.
In PNB Home Loan Accounts, Security Verification will be carried two years ; on half
out once in ______ years for regular accounts after initial end use yearly basis
RAD 44/2021
verification and in ______ years in case of NPA accounts. In case
Dt.27.04.2021
of two continuous defaults in repayment, inspection should be
carried out immediately.
Extension of charge on property mortgaged in home loan for 133.00%
RAD 44/2021
securing other credit facility (ies) will be done after maintaining
Dt.27.04.2021
______ of LTV of outstanding Housing Loan.
Reimbursement in Housing Loan may be allowed to prospective three months ; AGM-
borrowers, who have purchased property out of their own sources, RAM/iRAM/ZOCAC-I &
RAD 44/2021 provided request for such reimbursements are made within a above
Dt.27.04.2021 maximum period of ______ from the date of purchase of said
property. Such reimbursements may be permitted by ______ after
duly verifying the source of funds for purchase of said property.
Under PNB Home Loan, In case of repairs/renovation/alteration, 50%
after having disbursed _____% of the amount sanctioned, the
RAD 44/2021 subsequent disbursement (s) should be after proper verification
Dt.27.04.2021 that the amount earlier disbursed has been utilized as per
estimates submitted by the borrower and that he has invested his
pro-rata share towards required margin
The property will be kept insured for reconstruction cost (and not 10 years
the market value or the limit sanctioned for houses/flats as the
reconstruction cost will be higher as compared to limit sanctioned)
RAD 44/2021
in respect of fire, riots and wherever required, against other
Dt.27.04.2021
appropriate hazards, such as earthquake, flood etc. by the
borrower, with usual bank clause and taken for a period of ______
years.
For Construction/ Additions of House/ Flat/Purchase of ready built 30 years
RAD 44/2021 house/ flat under PNB Home Loan, Loan along-with interest will
Dt.27.04.2021 be re-paid in equated monthly installments within a period of
_____ years inclusive of moratorium period, if any.
For carrying out repairs/ renovation / alterations to the house/flat 15 years
RAD 44/2021 under PNB Home Loan, Loan along-with interest will be re-paid in
Dt.27.04.2021 equated monthly installments within a period of _____ years
inclusive of moratorium period, if any.
Moratorium Period for Construction/ Additions of House/ Flat 18 months
RAD 44/2021 under PNB Home Loan will be till completion of construction
Dt.27.04.2021 (including additions) or _____ months, from the date of
disbursement of first installment of the loan, whichever is earlier.
Moratorium Period for carrying out repairs/ renovation / alterations 6 months
RAD 44/2021 to the house/flat under PNB Home Loan will be till completion of
243
Dt.27.04.2021 repairs/ renovation / alterations or ______ months, from the date

of disbursement of first installment of the loan, whichever is earlier
AGM RAM/iRAM and ZOCAC-I and above may further relax the six months
RAD 44/2021
Page
moratorium period by ______ months for Construction/ Additions

Dt.27.04.2021
of House/ Flat and carrying out repairs/ renovation / alterations to

the house/flat.
For purchase of ready built House/ flat OR land/plot under PNB 3 months
RAD 44/2021 Home Loan, the repayment will be start after the date of
Dt.27.04.2021 possession or _____-months from the date of advance, whichever
is earlier.
Moratorium Period for under-construction flats/houses built by 48 months
approved private builders under PNB Home Loan, will be till
possession is handed over to the purchaser (borrower) or
RAD 44/2021 maximum ______ months or as declared in RERA by the
Dt.27.04.2021 Builder/Developer whichever is lower from the date of
disbursement of first installment of the loan whichever is earlier,
subject to interest being collected on monthly basis (as and when
debited) during the moratorium period.
Repayment of the Home loan along with interest should not 70 years ; 70 years
extend beyond the age of _____ years of borrower. In case loan is ; 75 years
RAD 44/2021 allowed to joint owners, at least one of the joint owners should be
Dt.27.04.2021 able to repay the loan along with interest maximum upto the age
of _____ years. AGM RAM/iRAM/ZOCAC-I & above may relax
repayment period upto the age of ______ years.
At location where NACH/RECS (Debit) is not available, minimum No fresh/additional Post
RAD 44/2021 ______ Advance Cheques (CTS-2010) signed by borrower Dated Cheques (PDC)
Dt.27.04.2021 towards repayment of monthly installments along with Letter of shall be accepted
Deposit be obtained under PNB Home Loan.
At location where NACH/RECS (Debit) is available, minimum 24
RAD 44/2021 ______ Advance Cheques (CTS-2010) signed by borrower
Dt.27.04.2021 towards repayment of monthly installments along with Letter of
Deposit will be obtained under PNB Home Loan.
Upfront Fee under PNB Home Loan irrespective of loan amount Rs. 2,500/- Rs.
RAD 44/2021
will be 0.35% of the loan amount with minimum of Rs. ______ and 15,000/-
Dt.27.04.2021
maximum of Rs. ______ .
RAD 44/2021 Upfront Fee for take over of Home Loan will be Rs. ______ Rs. 2,500/-
Dt.27.04.2021 irrespective of loan amount.
RAD 44/2021 Documentation Charges under PNB Home Loan will be Rs. Rs. 1350/-
Dt.27.04.2021 ______ irrespective of loan amount.
RAD 44/2021 Inspection charges for Security verification under PNB Home Rs.250/- + service tax
Dt.27.04.2021 Loan will be Rs. ______.
RAD 44/2021 The cases where PNB Score is above 40 & up to 50, housing loan next higher authority
Dt.27.04.2021 can be considered by ______ for sanction with proper justification.
No Prepayment charges under PNB Home Loan will to be levied 30 days
in the cases where the borrower shifts to other bank within
RAD 44/2021
______ days from the date of issuance of circular for upward
Dt.27.04.2021
revision in the rate of interest to be charged in his account or
change in other terms of sanction.
A flat pre-payment charge of ______% will be recovered from 2%
borrowers, on fixed rate housing loans, who intend to shift their
RAD 44/2021
Housing Loan Accounts to some other Banks / Financial
Dt.27.04.2021
Institutions by way of availment of loan from such banks / financial
institutions.
RAD 44/2021 Provisional Sanction Letter under PNB Home Loan shall be valid three months
Dt.27.04.2021 for a period of ______ from the date of its issue.
Processing Fee of ______% of loan amount, minimum Rs. 0.35% ; Rs. 2,500/-
RAD 44/2021 ______ & maximum Rs. ______ will be recovered from the Rs. 15,000/-
Dt.27.04.2021 customers who approaches the Bank for “In-Principle Sanction
Letter for PNB Home Loan.
In the event of rejection of In-Principle Sanction of Housing Loan 45 days
244
RAD 44/2021 proposal by Bank, irrespective of the reasons, full Processing Fee
Dt.27.04.2021 will be refunded to the customer if claimed within _____ days of
getting the In-principle Sanction.
Page
RAD 44/2021 An Interest Certificate may be issued to the borrower(s), who have PNBRPT 3/56c

Dt.27.04.2021 availed housing loan from the bank for availing benefits under the
provisions of income tax act, for the complete financial year on
actual basis. The Interest Certificate is generated in MIS Server
under report ______ for all Housing Loan accounts except the
accounts (a) where repayment has not started; and (b) re-
phasement has been done consequent upon expiry of moratorium
period .
For Housing Loan accounts (a) where repayment has not started; PNBRPT 3/56c
RAD 44/2021 and (b) rephasement has been done consequent upon expiry of
Dt.27.04.2021 moratorium period, the Interest Certificate is generated in MIS
Server under ______.
For Housing Loan accounts (a) where repayment has not started; HINTCERT
RAD 44/2021 and (b) rephasement has been done consequent upon expiry of
Dt.27.04.2021 moratorium period, The Interest Certificate will be generated by
invoking Menu Option ______ in FINACLE.
The Interest Certificate will be issued to all housing loan account 30 days
holders without any specific request from them and dispatched at
RAD 44/2021
the registered address of the Housing Loan Borrowers within
Dt.27.04.2021
______ from the close of respective Financial Year, i.e., by 30th
April every year.
System generated Provisional Interest Certificate for the complete PNBRPT 3/56a
financial year covering the period from 1st April to 31st March
RAD 44/2021
every year be provided to all Housing Loan borrowers, which is
Dt.27.04.2021
available in MIS under report ______ by providing 16 digit
account number of Housing Loan A/c.
RAD 44/2021 The annual statement of Home loan account containing all the PNBRPT 3/56
Dt.27.04.2021 relevant details can be generated in MIS server under ______.
Where housing loan is sanctioned for purchase of plot/land & in 3 years ; 2%
case construction of the house is not completed within ______
RAD 44/2021 years from date of disbursement of the loan or in case the
Dt.27.04.2021 plot/land is sold, penal interest at _____% over & above the
prescribed rate of interest will be charged from the date of
disbursement of the loan.
Sanctioning Authority may permit takeover of housing loan Zonal Manager
accounts from other financial institutions/ banks. Further, ______
RAD 44/2021 and above may allow takeover of Housing Loan accounts from
Dt.27.04.2021 other than FIs/Banks, on individual merits of the case (s), subject
to the condition that the loan allowed by employer has been for
the ‘purpose’ of Housing activity only.
At the time of takeover of Housing Loan, the sanctioning authority, reducing the period
based on the merits of the case and eligibility of the borrower, is already availed with the
RAD 44/2021 allowed to permit repayment period as per PNB Home Loan after existing bank
Dt.27.04.2021 _____, provided that at all times the criteria regarding maximum
loan amount, LTV ratio, maximum repayment period etc. under
the scheme are not diluted.”
Can we finance housing loan under PNB Home Loan, to a person There is no bar
RAD 44/2021
who or whose spouse already having a house or flat in his/her
Dt.27.04.2021
name?
______ is not considered as joint owner under the PNB Home HUF
RAD 44/2021
Loan because changing number of members mainly of minors will
Dt.27.04.2021
create problem.
For Prospective Borrowers dealing with other Banks/FIs, the track one year
record of at least ______ of prospective borrower/ co-borrower,
RAD 44/2021
dealing with other banks/ FIs and willing to avail loan from our
Dt.27.04.2021
Bank must be thoroughly verified before making the advance
245
under PNB Home Loan.

The property must be re-visited by a bank official different from 10 days
RAD 44/2021
the one who made pre-sanction visit within a maximum of ______
Dt.27.04.2021
Page
days after disbursement of loan under PNB Home Loan.

RAD 44/2021 Repayment period of restructured housing loan may be fixed 30 years ; 70 years ;

Dt.27.04.2021 depending upon the repaying capacity of the borrower but should 75 years
not exceed ______ years or till the borrower attains the age of
_____ years, whichever is earlier. However, AGM-RAM/iRAM and
above/ ZOCAC –I & above may relax the period till the borrower
attains the age of _____ years.
Under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance Scheme, the borrower 1.25 times
RAD 44/2021 will be offered _____ times of the loan amount calculated as per
Dt.27.04.2021 the regular housing loan eligibility method, subject to maintenance
of prescribed LTV ratio.
RAD 44/2021 Under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance Scheme, Age of 40 years
Dt.27.04.2021 borrower(s) should be upto _______ years
Under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance Scheme, In case of 40 years ; 45 years
multiple borrowers whose income has been taken for arriving at
RAD 44/2021
the loan eligibility and repaying capacity, one borrower must be at-
Dt.27.04.2021
least upto the age of ______ years and others may be maximum
upto the age of ______ years.
All salaried employees with minimum _____ years experience 3 years ; Rs.35000/
RAD 44/2021
having minimum net monthly salary of Rs. _____ are eligible
Dt.27.04.2021
under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance Scheme .
RAD 44/2021 Minimum and maximum eligible Loan Amount under PNB GEN- Min - Rs.20 lac, Max -
Dt.27.04.2021 NEXT Housing Finance scheme will be _________ Need Based
RAD 44/2021 Repayment Period under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance Flat 30 years.
Dt.27.04.2021 Scheme will be _________
Moratorium period in case of under construction flat of approved 36 months ; 60
private builder, will be upto _____ months plus remaining period months ; 36 months
RAD 44/2021 of date of possession subject to a maximum moratorium period of
Dt.27.04.2021 _______months and in all other cases it will be maximum
_______ months under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance
Scheme.
Under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance Scheme, during 360 months
moratorium Period, only interest will to be serviced, for next 120
RAD 44/2021 months, EMI on sanctioned limit for _____ months will be paid
Dt.27.04.2021 and thereafter EMI which will fully amortize the remaining
outstanding in the housing loan account within the remaining
period, will be paid.
RAD 44/2021 Term insurance of at-least ______ will be mandatorily obtained equal to loan amount
Dt.27.04.2021 under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance Scheme.
Under PNB GEN-NEXT Housing Finance Scheme, powers to Higher deduction not
RAD 44/2021
allow higher deductions of Net Monthly salary vested with AGM- allowed
Dt.27.04.2021
RAM/iRAM/ ZOZCAC-I and above will be _____%
To attract housing loan borrowers especially high income group PNB MAX-SAVER
RAD 44/2021 who prefer to park their excess funds in loan account for interest
Dt.27.04.2021 benefit in order to increase Housing Loans, our bank has
launched a scheme named as _____ .
Loan under PNB MAX-SAVER Housing Finance Scheme will be Housing Loan for
RAD 44/2021
allowed for all purposes, which have been specified under “PNB Purchase of only
Dt.27.04.2021
Home Loan” except _______. land/plot
RAD 44/2021 Borrowers which are falling under ______ will not be eligible Commercial Real Estate
Dt.27.04.2021 under PNB MAX-SAVER Housing Finance Scheme. (CRE)
RAD 44/2021 Maximum and minimum amount of Housing Loan under PNB Max – Need based, Min
Dt.27.04.2021 MAX-SAVER Housing Finance Scheme will be _______ – Rs. 10.00 lac
Repayment Period under PNB MAX-SAVER Housing Finance 15 years ; 30 years
RAD 44/2021 Scheme for repairs/ renovation / alterations will be ______ years
Dt.27.04.2021 and for other than repairs/ renovation / alterationsit will be ______
years.
246
RAD 44/2021 Loan under PNB Flexible Housing Loan variant will be allowed 50 years.
Dt.27.04.2021 to customers who are below the age of ______ years.
RAD 44/2021 Loan under PNB Flexible Housing Loan variant will be allowed for purchase of land/plot
Page
Dt.27.04.2021 all purposes, which have been specified under the term and

condition of PNB Home Loan, except for _______.

Under PNB Flexible Housing Loan, the _____% increase in the 20% ; five years
RAD 44/2021
original total limit will be allowed for personal needs of the
Dt.27.04.2021
borrower(s), on written request, after a lapse of _____ years.
The increase under PNB Flexible Housing Loan will be allowed in 50%
the form of Term Loan or the Overdraft facility depending upon the
RAD 44/2021 request of the customer, to be obtained in writing. The above shall
Dt.27.04.2021 be subject to the ceiling that maximum Overdraft component that
can be allowed shall never be in excess of ______% of the total
limit, under any circumstances, including the increase of 20%.
Under PNB Flexible Housing Loan, the overdraft limit, including 70 years ; 75 years
RAD 44/2021 Term Loan limit, will be adjusted by the age of ______ years.
Dt.27.04.2021 AGM- RAM/iRAM/ ZOZCAC-I & above may relax repayment
period upto the age of ______ years.
Maximum Overdraft drawing limit under PNB Flexible Housing 50%
RAD 44/2021
Loan, should not exceed ______% of the total limit including the
Dt.27.04.2021
increase of 20%.
Minimum and maximum loan amount under Overdraft/Term Loan Minimum- Rs.2.00 lakh
RAD 44/2021
facility to Housing Loan Borrowers for Personal Needs will be and Maximum- Rs.25.00
Dt.27.04.2021
_______. lac
Maximum loan amount under Overdraft/Term Loan facility to 80% ; 75%
Housing Loan Borrowers for Personal Needs will be consider
@ ______% of current realizable value of housing property if the
RAD 44/2021
loan amount (existing exposure of Housing loan + proposed OD
Dt.27.04.2021
limit) is upto Rs.75 lac and @ _____ if the loan amount (existing
exposure of Housing loan + proposed OD limit) is above Rs.75
lac.
Multiple Loan Account (s) can be opened Overdraft/Term Loan Rs. 25 lakh
RAD 44/2021 facility to Housing Loan Borrowers for Personal Needs for
Dt.27.04.2021 borrower(s) having multiple Home Loan, capping the maximum
limit of Rs. ______.
Loaning Powers of Branch Heads of GBBs under Overdraft/Term Rs. 10.00 lakh
RAD 44/2021 Loan facility to Housing Loan Borrowers for Personal needs shall
Dt.27.04.2021 be Rs. ______ (within vested loaning powers subject to scheme
specific ceiling).
Loaning Powers of Incumbent of RAM/iRAM (SMG IV & V) under Rs. 25.00 lakh
RAD 44/2021 Overdraft/Term Loan facility to Housing Loan Borrowers for
Dt.27.04.2021 Personal needs shall be Rs. ______ (within vested loaning
powers subject to scheme specific ceiling).
Loaning Powers of Segment Head of RAM/iRAM (SMG IV & V) Rs. 25.00 lakh
RAD 44/2021 under Overdraft/Term Loan facility to Housing Loan Borrowers for
Dt.27.04.2021 Personal needs shall be Rs. ______ (within vested loaning
powers subject to scheme specific ceiling).
_______ are not eligible for Overdraft/Term Loan Facility under NRI/ PIO Housing Loan
RAD 44/2021
the scheme Overdraft facility to Housing Loan Borrowers for borrowers
Dt.27.04.2021
Personal Needs.
Repayment under Term Loan facility to Housing Loan Borrowers 10 years
RAD 44/2021
for Personal Needs will be _______ years or reaming period of HL
Dt.27.04.2021
whichever is lower.
In case the interest is not serviced within ______ days of the close 07 days ; 2%
of the month under the Overdraft facility/Term Loan to housing
RAD 44/2021
loan borrowers for personal needs, , the borrower shall be liable to
Dt.27.04.2021
pay penal interest @ _____% over and above the applicable rate
on the amount of default and for the period of default.
In case the interest on OD is not serviced consecutively for two months
247
RAD 44/2021 ______ months under the Overdraft facility/Term Loan to housing
Dt.27.04.2021 loan borrowers for personal needs, Bank may consider recalling
the overdraft including housing loan.
Page
RAD 44/2021 Processing Fee and Documentation Charges under the scheme Proc. fees- NIL ; Doc.

Dt.27.04.2021 Overdraft facility/Term Loan to Housing Loan Borrowers for Charge- Rs. 450/-
Personal Needs will be Rs.______. (Excluding Taxes)
The overdraft facility under the scheme Overdraft facility/Term three years
RAD 44/2021
Loan to Housing Loan Borrowers for Personal Needs should be
Dt.27.04.2021
reviewed once in ______ years within vested power
______ is the approving authority of private builders and their ZOCAC-I
RAD 44/2021
under construction projects on the recommendations of Circle
Dt.27.04.2021
Heads/RAM/iRAM in-charges.
The provisions of the RERA Act, made essential for every Real Estate Regulatory
RAD 44/2021 promoter to get the subject project registered with the RERA and Authority
Dt.27.04.2021 to comply with all requirements as laid down by this Act. Expand
the term RERA.
No registration of the Real Estate Project with the Real Estate 500 sq. meters ; 8
Regulatory Authority (RERA shall be required where the area of apartments
RAD 44/2021 the land proposed to be developed does not exceed ______ or
Dt.27.04.2021 the number of apartment proposed to be developed does not
exceed ______ apartments and where it relates to only
renovation, repair or redevelopment.
As per Sec. 4 of RERA, ______% of the amount realised for the 70% ; six months
Real Estate Project from the allottees shall be deposited in a
RAD 44/2021 separate account to be maintained in a scheduled bank to cover
Dt.27.04.2021 the cost of construction and the cost of the land and shall be used
for that purpose. The promoter’s account shall be audited within
______ after the end of every financial year
As per Sec. 5 of RERA, on receipt of application for registration of 30 days
RAD 44/2021
the real estate project, the RERA shall grant/ reject registration
Dt.27.04.2021
within a period of ______.
As per Sec. 6 of RERA, The registration granted shall be valid for 1 (one) year
a period as declared by the promoters under his application for
RAD 44/2021 the completion of the project. However, in force-majeure cases,
Dt.27.04.2021 the said registration may be extended by the authority on payment
of such fees as may be specified but the period, in aggregate,
shall not exceed the period of ______.
Section 13 of Real Estate (Regulation & Development) Act 10%
2016 (RERA) provides that a promoter shall not accept a sum
RAD 44/2021
more than _____% of the cost of the apartment, plot or building as
Dt.27.04.2021
an advance payment or an application fee from a person without
entering into a written agreement for sale with such person
As per Section _____ of Real Estate (Regulation & Section 15
Development) Act 2016 (RERA), the promoter shall not transfer
RAD 44/2021 or assign his majority rights and liabilities in respect of a real
Dt.27.04.2021 estate project to a third party without obtaining prior written
consent from the 2/3rd allottees and without prior written
approval of the authority.
As per Section _____ of Real Estate (Regulation & Section 18
Development) Act 2016 (RERA), where the allottee suffers loss
RAD 44/2021
on account of defective title of the land, the promoter shall
Dt.27.04.2021
compensate and such claim for compensation, shall not be barred
by limitation provided under any Law
As per Section _____ of Real Estate (Regulation & Development) Section 31
Act 2016 (RERA), Any aggrieved person (including association of
RAD 44/2021 allottees or any voluntary consumer association) may file a
Dt.27.04.2021 complaint with the authority/ Adjudicating Authority for any
violation or contravention of the provisions of the Act/ Rules &
Regulations.
248
As per Section _____ of Real Estate (Regulation & Development) Section 40

Act 2016 (RERA), If a promoter or an allottee fails to pay any
RAD 44/2021
interest / penalty/ compensation imposed upon him by the
Dt.27.04.2021
Page
Adjudicating Officer or the Regulatory Authority or Appellate

Authority, it shall be recoverable from such person in such manner

as may be prescribed as an arrears of land revenue.

As per Section 59 of Real Estate (Regulation & Development) 3 months ; 10%
Act 2016 (RERA), A promoter who fails to get his project
RAD 44/2021 registered with the RERA within a time prescribed i.e. _____
Dt.27.04.2021 months from the commencement of the Act, shall be punishable to
a penalty which may extend upto ______% of the estimated cost
of the real estate project as determined by the authority.
As per Section 59 of Real Estate (Regulation & Development) three years ; 10%
Act 2016 (RERA), If he does not comply with the order or
continues to violate the provisions of Sec. 3 requiring registration
RAD 44/2021
of the project, he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term
Dt.27.04.2021
which may extend upto ______ years or with fine which may
extend upto a further ______% of the estimated cost of the real
estate project or with both.
As per Section ______ of Real Estate (Regulation & Section 79
Development) Act 2016 (RERA), No civil court shall have
jurisdiction to entertain any suit or proceedings in respect of any
RAD 44/2021 matter which the authority, adjudicating officer or appellate
Dt.27.04.2021 tribunal is empowered by or under this Act to determine and no
injunction shall be granted by any court or other authority in
respect of any action taken or to be taken in pursuance of any
powers conferred by or under this Act.
LTV ratio should be computed as a percentage with total Numerator ;
outstanding in the account (“Principal + Accrued Interest + Other denominator
RAD 44/2021 Charges pertaining to the loan without any netting”) in the _____
Dt.27.04.2021 and the realizable value of the residential property mortgaged to
the bank, exclusive of stamp duty, registration and other
documentation charges, as per Bank record, in the _____.
Individual Housing loan upto Rs. 30 lakh sanctioned on or after 35% ; 50%
RAD 44/2021
07.06.2017 where LTV Ratio is ≤ 80, Risk Weight will be ______%
Dt.27.04.2021
and ______% where LTV Ratio is > 80 and ≤ 90
Individual Housing loan above Rs 30 lakh and upto Rs. 75 lakh 35%
RAD 44/2021
sanctioned on or after 07.06.2017 where LTV Ratio is ≤ 80, Risk
Dt.27.04.2021
Weight will be ______%.
Individual Housing loan above Rs. 75 lakh sanctioned on or after 50%
RAD 44/2021
07.06.2017 where LTV Ratio is ≤ 75, Risk Weight will be
Dt.27.04.2021
______%.
RAD 44/2021 Restructured housing loans will attract additional risk-weight of 25 percentage
Dt.27.04.2021 _____ percentage points.
The risk weights for all new housing loans to be sanctioned on or 35%
RAD 44/2021 after the date of RBI circular No. RBI/2020-21/56
Dt.27.04.2021 DOR.No.BP.BC.24/08.12.015/2020-21 dated 16.10.2020 and upto
March 31, 2022 shall be ______% where LTV Ratio is ≤ 80.
The risk weights for all new housing loans to be sanctioned on or 50%
after the date of RBI circular No. RBI/2020-21/56
RAD 44/2021
DOR.No.BP.BC.24/08.12.015/2020-21 dated 16.10.2020 and upto
Dt.27.04.2021
March 31, 2022 shall be ______% where LTV Ratio is >80 and ≤
90.
For the purpose of classification of housing finance under Priority Rs 35 lakh ; Rs 25
Sector. Loans to individuals up to Rs _____ in metropolitan lakh
centres (with population of ten lakh and above) and loans up to
RAD 44/2021
Rs______ in other centres for purchase/construction of a dwelling
Dt.27.04.2021
unit per family provided the overall cost of the dwelling unit in
the metropolitan centre and at other centres should not
exceed Rs 45 lakh and Rs 30 lakh, respectively.
249
Bank loans to Housing sector up to Rs.______ in metropolitan Rs.10 lakh ; Rs. 6

RAD 44/2021 centres and up to Rs. ______ in other centres for repairs to lakh
Dt.27.04.2021 damaged dwelling units conforming to the overall cost of the
Page
dwelling unit are eligible for priority sector classification.

RAD 44/2021 Bank loans to any governmental agency for construction of 60 sq.m.

Dt.27.04.2021 dwelling units or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum

dwellers subject to dwelling units with carpet area of not more
than ______ are eligible for priority sector classification.
Bank loans for affordable housing projects using at least ______% 50%
RAD 44/2021
of FAR/FSI for dwelling units with carpet area of not more than 60
Dt.27.04.2021
sq.m are eligible for priority sector classification.
Bank loans to Housing Finance Companies (HFCs) (approved by Rs. 20 lakh
NHB for their refinance) for on-lending, up to Rs. ______ for
RAD 44/2021 individual borrowers, for purchase/construction/ reconstruction of
Dt.27.04.2021 individual dwelling units or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of
slum dwellers, subject to certain conditions are eligible for priority
Banks can issue long-term bonds with a minimum maturity of seven years
RAD 44/2021
______ years to raise resources for lending to affordable housing
Dt.27.04.2021
subject to the certain conditions.
In order to provide the facility under End-to-End Pre-approved PNB Instaloans
RAD 43/2021 automated personal loan (PNB Sahyog Rin) to the customers,
Dt.08.04.2021 FinTech Division has developed a Digital Lending Platform named
______.
To eligible for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved 55 Years Age criteria
RAD 43/2021
automated personal loan (PAPL) age of applicant should not be Removed (RAD
Dt.08.04.2021
More than ______ Years. 65/2021)
To eligible for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved 24 months 20 months
automated personal loan (PAPL) salary is credited in the salary (RAD 65/2021)
RAD 43/2021
account of the customer for the last ______ months out of last 24
Dt.08.04.2021
months. Credit for any two months out of last three months
are mandatory.(RAD 65/2021)
To eligible for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved Rs. 10000
automated personal loan (PAPL) Minimum Quarterly average i) For loans upto Rs5.00
balance of Rs. ______ for last 4 qtrs is required. lakh, No minimum QAB
is required.
RAD 43/2021
ii) For loans above
Dt.08.04.2021
Rs5.00 lakh, Minimum
QAB required is Rs.
10000 for last 4 qtrs
(RAD 110/2021)
To eligible for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved Rs. 20000.00
automated personal loan (PAPL) Minimum take home after all Rs. 15000.00 in Metro/
RAD 43/2021 deductions including proposed Personal Loan should be Rs. Urban Centers & Rs.
Dt.08.04.2021 ______ in all centers. 10000.00 in Semi
Urban/ Rural Centers.
(RAD 110/2021)
Maximum permissible deductions for Digital lending under End-to- 50%
RAD 43/2021
End Pre-approved automated personal loan (PAPL) will be
Dt.08.04.2021
______% of average of last 12 month salary.
Loan amount for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved 5 times ; Rs 25,000/-
automated personal loan (PAPL) will be ______ times of average ; Rs. 2,00,000/-
of 10 months out of last 12 month salary credited in the account Rs. 8.00 lakh (RAD
with Minimum Rs ______ and Maximum Rs. ______. 110/2021) (The
RAD 43/2021 maximum amount of
Dt.08.04.2021 loan is Rs 5.00 lacs in
those states/UTs where
e-stamping facility is not
available) (RAD
110/2021)
250
RAD 43/2021 Margin for Digital lending under End-to-End Pre-approved Nil
Dt.08.04.2021 automated personal loan (PAPL) will be ______%.
The entire Pre-approved automated personal loan (principal & 35 months 60 months
RAD 43/2021
Page
interest) will be repaid within remaining period of service, in (RAD 110/2021)

Dt.08.04.2021
maximum period of ______ and repayment to start one month

after disbursement of the loan.

RAD 43/2021 Minimum acceptable score for Digital lending under End-to-End 700 and above
Dt.08.04.2021 Pre-approved automated personal loan (PAPL) will be ______.
All charges including Upfront Fee, Documentation charges, stamp 1.25 % of loan amount +
duty charges, CIC charges & other charges for Digital lending Taxes 0.50% of loan
under End-to-End Pre-approved automated personal loan (PAPL) amount inclusive of all
RAD 43/2021 will be recovered by CBS system automatically @ ______% of the charges with Min.
Dt.08.04.2021 loan amount . Amt of Rs.500/-+GST
inclusive of all charges
& stamp duty. (RAD
110/2021)
RAD 35/2021 e-Fixed Deposit having residual period of upto ______ years is 3 years
Dt.17.03.2021 eligible for availing Online Overdraft facility
To promote installation of solar power system, cost of financing Rs. 5.00 lakh
solar power for Installation of rooftop solar system at residential
RAD 30/2021
house with capacity of minimum 1.0 kw and maximum 5.0 kw
Dt.15.03.2021
under Financing of solar power systems under housing loan
scheme maximum loan amount will be Rs.______.
AGM iRAM/RAM and ZOCAC-I and above are empowered to Rs. 10.00 lac
RAD 30/2021 permit deviation for installation of the system upto 10kw with
Dt.15.03.2021 maximum loan amount upto Rs. ______ under Financing of
solar power systems under housing loan scheme.
Margin under Financing of solar power systems under housing 30%
RAD 30/2021 loan scheme where mortgage of house is available with the bank
Dt.15.03.2021 will be ass per housing loan and On standalone basis it will be
______.
Maximum Repayment period under Financing of solar power 5 years
systems under housing loan scheme where mortgage of house is
RAD 30/2021 available with the bank will be ass per housing loan and On
Dt.15.03.2021 standalone basis where solar system is installed on standalone
basis and applicant is not ready to mortgage the property will be
______.
Security code in SRM will be ______ for the amount of loan SOLARELS
RAD 30/2021
extended for installation of solar system under Financing of solar
Dt.15.03.2021
power systems under housing loan scheme.
Advances under Financing of solar power systems under housing TLPHL/TLPHA ;
loan scheme shall be categorized under Retail Portfolio Housing TLGPL
RAD 30/2021
loan segment and accounts shall be opened under the scheme
Dt.15.03.2021
code ______, where mortgage of house is available and ______
where on Standalone Basis, in CBS as the case may be.
Under Financing of solar power systems under housing loan National Accreditation
scheme, All the components/products of the system, i.e., Solar Board for Testing and
RAD 30/2021
Photo Voltaic (PV) modules, Inverters & Batteries etc., should be Calibration Laboratories
Dt.15.03.2021
certified by Ministry of New & Renewable Energy (MNRE) OR (NABL) approved Labs
______.
All Education Loans sanctioned up to Rs.7.50 lakh under the CGFSEL
schemes of PNB Saraswati, PNB Udaan, PNB Pratibha on or
RAD 19/2021
after 16.09.2015 (Date of Notification) for pursuing studies in India
Dt.17.02.2021
and abroad, without any collateral security and /or third party
guarantee shall be covered under the ______ scheme.
Loans above Rs 7.50 lakh and up to Rs ______ under PNB Rs 10 lakh
RAD 19/2021
HONHAAR will be covered under the scheme of Govt. of NCT of
Dt.17.02.2021
Delhi.
RAD 19/2021 Guarantee Cover Code under MIS codes TAB details in Education CGFEL
Dt.17.02.2021 Loan accounts are required to be entered as ______ in CBS.
251
Mandatory fields as per the requirements of NCGTC in Education EDULOANM

RAD 19/2021
Loan accounts are required to be updated /correctly entered in
Dt.17.02.2021
CRM Module and in menu option ______ in CBS
Page
RAD 15/2021 A menu in CBS to make Housing Loan accounts eligible for ADPMAY

Dt.11.02.2021 Interest Subsidy under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojna (PMAY CLSS
SCHEME) is ______.
Optional “EMI Protection Plan” to provide relief to Retail Loan Care Health Insurance
Borrowers in case of hospitalization due to illness or accident and Company Limited (e-
RAD 12/2021
ensuring regular repayment of EMI, and to make Retail Loan Religare Health
Dt.30.01.2021
portfolios secured is offered by ______. Insurance Company
Limited)
Optional “EMI Protection Plan” offers fixed benefit to cover EMI 3 EMIs
RAD 12/2021
payments of maximum ______ in case of hospitalization from 4th
Dt.30.01.2021
day onwards resulting due to illness or injuries.
Optional “EMI Protection Plan” offered by Care Health Insurance 12 months
RAD 12/2021 Company covers Pre-existing illness but waiting period applies to
Dt.30.01.2021 those conditions which the customer suffers from at the time of
buying the cover, such conditions are covered after ______.
Retail Liability Business Division

RBI vide their notification no. DoR.SPE.REC.29/13.03.00/2021- savings account
2022 dated 02.07.2021 has reviewed the instructions on interest
on overdue domestic deposits. As per revised guidelines, If a
RLBD 20/2021
Term Deposit (TD) matures and proceeds are unpaid, the amount
Dt. 20.10.2021
left unclaimed with the bank shall attract rate of interest as
applicable to ______ or the contracted rate of interest on the
matured TD, whichever is lower.
If the contracted rate of interest on the matured TD is more than Closure Details
RLBD 20/2021 rate of interest as applicable to savings account, The closure od
Dt. 20.10.2021 TD is to be done only after marking Yes in the “Calculate Overdue
Int.” field under the tab ______.
If the contracted rate of interest on the matured TD is more than FDODPAY
rate of interest as applicable to savings account for a span of time
RLBD 20/2021
and lower than rate of interest as applicable to savings account for
Dt. 20.10.2021
another span of time during the overdue period, menu option to
pay Overdue Interest for this Deposit is______.
The Insurance policy is meant for providing accidental insurance PNB Rakshak Plus
RLBD 19/2021 cover to all salary/pension Account Holders of Defense &
Dt. 17.09.2021 Paramilitary Personnel under ______Scheme in case of
Accidental Death/ Permanent Total Disability.
RLBD 19/2021 Insurer for PNB Rakshak Plus Scheme will be ______ for Policy United India Insurance
Dt. 17.09.2021 period01.09.2021 to 31.08.2022. Company Ltd.
RLBD 19/2021 Revised Personal Accident (Death) Insurance coverage under Rs.50.00 lakh (Inhanced
Dt. 17.09.2021 PNB Rakshak Plus Scheme will be Rs. ______. from Rs.30.00 lakh)
RLBD 19/2021 Revised Air Accident (Death) Insurance coverage under PNB Rs.100.00 lakh
Dt. 17.09.2021 Rakshak Plus Scheme will be Rs. ______.
RLBD 19/2021 Revised Personal Accident (Permanent Total Disability) Insurance Rs.50.00 lakh (Inhanced
Dt. 17.09.2021 coverage under PNB Rakshak Plus Scheme will be Rs. ______. from Rs.30.00 lakh)
Educational benefits up to Rs.______ in aggregate per year for Rs.1 lakh ; 4 years
RLBD 19/2021 ______ years for any 2 dependent children in case of accidental
Dt. 17.09.2021 death of Defence personnel is available under PNB Rakshak Plus
Scheme.
To eligible for coverage in case of Accidental Death/ Permanent three months
RLBD 19/2021 Total Disability under PNB Rakshak Plus Scheme, there should
Dt. 17.09.2021 be Credit of monthly salary/ pension for previous______ months
in the account immediate before date of death.
RBI vide notification no. DoR.SPE.REC.29/13.03.00/2021-2022 Saving Bank rate of
252
dated 02.07.2021 reviewed the instructions on interest on overdue interest or the

RLBD 18/2021
domestic deposits. As per revised guidelines, Interest on domestic contracted rate of
Dt. 24.08.2021
deposits for overdue period is to be paid @ ______. interest on the matured
Page
TD, whichever is lower

With the objective of getting utmost Current Account along with PNB “Current Account-
RLBD 17/2021
the deployment of POS machines, Our bank is introducing a Point of Sale” Scheme
Dt. 13.08.2021
Current Account Scheme known as ______. (PNB “CA POS”)
RLBD 17/2021 PNB “Current Account-Point of Sale” Scheme is having two PNB “Samridhi” Current
Dt. 13.08.2021 variants – PNB “Vikas” Current Account &______. Account
PNB “Vikas” Current Account - a variant of PNB “Current Account- Tier 3 to Tier 6 cities/
RLBD 17/2021
Point of Sale” Scheme (PNB “CA POS”) is available at ______. North east states and
Dt. 13.08.2021
Jammu & Kashmir
PNB “Samridhi” Current Account - a variant of PNB “Current Tier 1 & Tier 2 cities
RLBD 17/2021
Account-Point of Sale” Scheme (PNB “CA POS”) is available at
Dt. 13.08.2021
______.
Minimum Quarterly average Balance under PNB “Vikas” Current Rural-₹1000/-,
RLBD 17/2021
Account - a variant of PNB “Current Account-Point of Sale” Semi-Urban-₹2000/- &
Dt. 13.08.2021
Scheme (PNB “CA POS”) will be ______. Urban & Metro-₹5000
Minimum Quarterly average Balance underPNB “Samridhi” ₹100,000/-
RLBD 17/2021
Current Account - a variant of PNB “Current Account-Point of
Dt. 13.08.2021
Sale” Scheme (PNB “CA POS”) will be ______.
RLBD 16/2021 Newly Launched PNB “TWIN” Account is a combination of CA+SF Account
Dt. 05.08.2021 ______.
With the objective to establish bond with the Gen Next and to PNB “SELECT” SAVING
RLBD 15/2021 increase the clientele base of this age group, our bank is ACCOUNT
Dt. 03.08.2021 introducing a saving account Scheme known as______ for age
Group 25 years & upto 40 years.
Under PNB “SELECT” SAVING ACCOUNT, QAB should be ₹ ₹5,000/- (Rupees five
RLBD 15/2021
______. thousand only)
Dt. 03.08.2021
Under PNB “SELECT” SAVING ACCOUNT, customers can earn ₹20,000/- ; ₹5,000/-
RLBD 15/2021 ROI @FD on their surplus fund after maintaining threshold
Dt. 03.08.2021 amount of ₹______ and in multiples of ₹______ under Sweep
Facility .
Fixed Deposit account can be made transferable at the branch ₹2 crore
other than the issuing branch on the request of the
RLBD 14/2021
Depositor/depositors. Further check is placed on Intersol
Dt. 06.08.2021
transfer of Fixed Deposit account balance amounting more than
₹______.
For Intersol Transfer of Fixed Deposit account balance amounting the concerned Zonal
RLBD 14/2021
more than ₹2 crore, ______ is the competent authority for Head
Dt. 06.08.2021
allowing the same.
As per revised guidelines, auto renewal will be allowed for a No auto renewal allowed
RLBD 13/2021 maximum period of ______ and under “PNB Uttam Term Deposit
Dt. 05.07.2021 Scheme- Non Callable Deposit Scheme offering preferential
Rate”.
As per revised guidelines, In existing case wherever FDR under normal rate of interest
“PNB Uttam Term Deposit Scheme- Non Callable Deposit (callable)
RLBD 13/2021
Scheme has already been auto renewed after maturity date and
Dt. 05.07.2021
customer request for premature closure, the premature closure is
permitted and interest is payable at ______.
As per revised guidelines, In case where FDR under “PNB Uttam respective Circle Office
Term Deposit Scheme- Non Callable Deposit Scheme has been (Circle head or Dy.
RLBD 13/2021
auto renewed after maturity with face value greater than ₹15.00 Circle Head in absence
Dt. 05.07.2021
lakh & less than ₹5.00 Cr, premature closure should be done after of Circle Head).
obtaining permission from ______.
As per revised guidelines, In case where FDR under “PNB Uttam respective Zonal Office
Term Deposit Scheme- Non Callable Deposit Scheme has been (Zonal Head or Dy.
RLBD 13/2021
auto renewed after maturity with face value of ₹5.00 Cr and Zonal Head in absence
253
Dt. 05.07.2021
above, premature closure should be done after obtaining of Zonal Head).
permission from ______.
RLBD 13/2021 Under “PNB Uttam Term Deposit Scheme- Non Callable Deposit Bankruptcy/ winding up
Page
Dt. 05.07.2021 Scheme, Premature withdrawal is allowed in case of death of the /directions by court/

Depositor (Single/ Joint) or ______, & interest to be paid shall be regulators/

as per the card rate for normal deposit for the period for which FD receiver/liquidator
has run.
RLBD 11/2021 Minimum Initial Deposit under PNB Merchant Current Account Nil
Dt. 12.05.2021 scheme will be Rs. ______.
Average Quarterly Balance and Non-Maintenance of QAB Rs. 25,000/- and Rs.
RLBD 11/2021
charges per quarte runder PNB Merchant Current Account 1000/- + Service Tax
Dt. 12.05.2021
scheme in all centre will be Rs. ______ + Service Tax.
Charges for Cash Deposit under PNB Merchant Current Account Rs.3.0 Lakh
RLBD 11/2021
scheme will be free upto Rs. ______ per day thereafter applicable
Dt. 12.05.2021
charges as circulated by HO: IRMD from time to time.
Charges for Cash Withdrawal under PNB Merchant Current Rs.1.00 lakh
RLBD 11/2021
Account scheme will be free upto Rs. ______ per day thereafter
Dt. 12.05.2021
applicable charges as circulated by HO: IRMD from time to time.
Facility of Free 24 DD in a year with a max. Capping of Rs.______ Rs. 5.00 lakh
RLBD 11/2021
per instrument. (02 DD in a month) is avalable under PNB
Dt. 12.05.2021
Merchant Current Account scheme.
RLBD 11/2021 Charges for RTGS under PNB Merchant Current Account scheme Free
Dt. 12.05.2021 will be Rs. ______ .
Charges for Online NEFT under PNB Merchant Current Account Free ; 15 txns
RLBD 11/2021 scheme will be Rs. ______ and through branch, Per month
Dt. 12.05.2021 ______ transactions will be free and beyond that, charges will
applicable as circulated by HO: IRMD from time to time
RLBD 11/2021 POS Machine Installation Charges under PNB Merchant Current Nil
Dt. 12.05.2021 Account scheme will be Rs. ______
Annual Maintenance Charges & Onetime installation charges for Nil
RLBD 11/2021
Payment Gateway Solution under PNB Merchant Current Account
Dt. 12.05.2021
scheme will be Rs. ______.
20% rebate is available in Locker under PNB Merchant Current three years
RLBD 11/2021
Account scheme if locker rent is paid in advance for ______ years
Dt. 12.05.2021
and above in lump sum.
Waiver of ______% in Processing charges on Retail Loans in the 50%
RLBD 11/2021 name of Proprietor, Firm or partners of the Firm and Company or
Dt. 12.05.2021 Directors of the Company is available under PNB Merchant
Current Account scheme.
The depositors and their interest form the key area of the Banking Regulation Act,
RLBD 10/2021
regulatory framework for Banking in India and this has been 1949
Dt. 10.05.2021
enshrined in the ______.
______ is empowered to issue directives / advices on interest The Reserve Bank of
RLBD 10/2021
rates on deposits and other aspects regarding conduct of deposit India
Dt. 10.05.2021
accounts from time to time.
RLBD 10/2021 A term deposit for specific period but withdrawable on giving at Notice deposit
Dt. 10.05.2021 least one complete banking days’ notice is called ______.
Savings bank and term deposits can also be opened in the name District Court under
of persons with autism, cerebral palsy, mental retardation and Mental Health Act, 1987
RLBD 10/2021 multiple disabilities by the legal guardian appointed by the ______ ; Disabilities Act, 1999
Dt. 10.05.2021 or by the Local Level Committees set up under the National Trust
for welfare of persons with autism, cerebral palsy, mental
retardation and multiple disabilities under ______.
If request for renewal is received after the date of maturity, such 14 days
RLBD 10/2021 deposits will be renewed with effect from the date of maturity at
Dt. 10.05.2021 interest rate applicable as on due date, provided such request is
received within______ from the date of maturity.
In the event of the death of the depositor before the date of contracted rate ;
maturity of the deposit and amount of the deposit is claimed after simple interest
254
RLBD 10/2021 the date of maturity, the Bank shall pay interest at the ______ till
Dt. 10.05.2021 the date of maturity. From the date of maturity to the date of
payment, the Bank shall pay ______ at the applicable rate
Page
operating on the date of maturity, for the period for which the

deposit remained with the Bank beyond the date of maturity.

In the case of death of the depositor after the date of maturity of savings deposit
the deposit, interest shall be paid at the contracted rate till the
RLBD 10/2021
date of maturity and the bank shall pay interest at ______ rate
Dt. 10.05.2021
operative on the date of maturity, from the date of maturity till the
date of payment.
RLBD 10/2021 Accounts which are not operated for a period of______ years will two years
Dt. 10.05.2021 be classified as dormant/inoperative accounts.
In case of a person claiming to be transgender and needs to open Third Gender ; Mx
RLBD 10/2021 account or to do any banking transaction, the person will be
Dt. 10.05.2021 recognized as ______. The salutation of such person shall be
______.
In case the depositor does not get response from the Bank within 30 days
RLBD 10/2021 ______ from date of complaint or he is not satisfied with the
Dt. 10.05.2021 response received from the Bank, he has a right to approach
Banking Ombudsman appointed by the Reserve Bank of India.
RLBD 10/2021 In respect of lockers held in joint names, maximum up to ______ two
Dt. 10.05.2021 nominees can be appointed.
If a term deposit is maturing for payment on a non-business original principal deposit
working day, Scheduled Commercial Banks shall pay interest at amount ; maturity
RLBD 10/2021 the originally contracted rate on the ______ for the non-business value
Dt. 10.05.2021 working day. In case of reinvestment deposits and recurring
deposits, Scheduled Commercial Banks shall pay interest for the
intervening non-business working day on the ______.
All routine closure of FDRs should be routed only through the deceased claim case or
RLBD 06/2021
Account/CIF From which the FDR was created, except in case of Account of minor
Dt. 11.02.2021
______.
RLBD 06/2021 For repayment of FDRs at the time of maturity or prepayment less Rs.20,000
Dt. 11.02.2021 than Rs.______, there is no requirement of system level check.
In case of FDRs with amounting Rs.20,000/- & above and Less Rs.10.00 Crore
than Rs.______, the approval for credit the proceeds in other
RLBD 06/2021
account (which the FDR was not created) will be given by the
Dt. 11.02.2021
Circle Head & in his absence by the Deputy Circle Head
concerned.
In case of FDRs with amounting to Rs.10.00 Crore & above, the Zonal Manager and in
RLBD 06/2021 approval for credit the proceeds in other account (which the FDR his absence by the
Dt. 11.02.2021 was not created) will be given by ______. Deputy Zonal Manager
concerned.
A Menu option ______ has been created for exception handling FDREPAY
RLBD 06/2021 i.e. for credit the closure proceeds in other account (which the
Dt. 11.02.2021 FDR was not created) on maturity/ pre-mature closure/ part
withdrawal of FDR
255 Page

SASTRA Division
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (Amendment) Act, 2021 has Pre-Packaged
notified through gazette notification on 12.08.2021. After Insolvency Resolution
SASTRA
commencement of the said Amendment Act, 2021, PPIRP for Process
54/2021
Corporate Persons classified as Micro, Small and Medium
Dt. 07.10.2021
Enterprises (MSME) is introduced. Expand the term PPIRP
______
SASTRA In order to commence a Pre-Pack Process in case of an MSME, it Rs.10.00 lakh
54/2021 should have committed a payment default of an amount of at least
Dt. 07.10.2021 Rs.______.
SASTRA A PPIRP is a hybrid process between restructuring under ______ RBI guidelines
54/2021 and a court driven Corporate Insolvency Resolution process.
Dt. 07.10.2021
SASTRA As per the Ordinance, the timeline for completion of the pre- 120 days
54/2021 packaged insolvency resolution process is ______ days from the
Dt. 07.10.2021 date of commencement of the pre-packaged insolvency.
Under PPIRP, The name of Insolvency Professional to be 10%
SASTRA
proposed by the financial creditors of the Corporate Debtor, not
54/2021
being its related parties, and having not less than ______% of the
Dt. 07.10.2021
value of the total financial debt of such creditors.
Under PPIRP, name of Insolvency Professional to act as 66%
SASTRA
Resolution Professional is to be approved by the financial
54/2021
creditors of the Corporate Debtor, not being its related parties,
Dt. 07.10.2021
with ______% majority votes.
The Corporate Debtor shall obtain an approval from its financial 66%
SASTRA creditors, not being its related parties, representing not less than
54/2021 ______% in value of the financial debt due to such creditors, for
Dt. 07.10.2021 the filing of an application for initiating pre-packaged insolvency
resolution process.
The Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process shall 14 days
SASTRA
commence on admission by Adjudicating Authority (AA) i.e.
54/2021
NCLT. The prescribed timeline for approval by NCLT is ______
Dt. 07.10.2021
days.
SASTRA If the application is admitted, the Pre-Pack Process has to be 120 days
54/2021 completed within ______ days from the date of admission (“Pre-
Dt. 07.10.2021 Pack Commencement Date”).
SASTRA Within______ days from the Pre-Pack Commencement Date, the 2 days
54/2021 Corporate Debtor must submit a list of claims (along with security
Dt. 07.10.2021 interest and guarantees, if any).
Under PPIRP, The RP shall within _______ days of its 3 days
SASTRA appointment, appoint two registered valuers to determine the fair
54/2021 value and the liquidation value of the Corporate Debtor. The
Dt. 07.10.2021 valuations are to be provided to the CoC once the Resolution
Plans are received.
Under PPIRP, The RP has to constitute a committee of creditors 7 days ; 7 days
SASTRA
(“CoC”) within ______ days from the Pre-Pack Commencement
54/2021
Date, and will convene meeting of CoC within ______days of its
Dt. 07.10.2021
constitution.
Under PPIRP, The RP has to finalize the information 14 days
SASTRA
memorandum in compliance with Pre-Pack Regulations and
54/2021
submit the same to the CoC within ______ days of the Pre-Pack
Dt. 07.10.2021
Commencement Date after obtaining confidentiality undertaking.
Under PPIRP, Within ______ days of the Pre-Pack 30 days ; 45 days
256
Commencement Date, the RP has to form an opinion whether the

SASTRA
Corporate Debtor has been subjected to any Avoidance
54/2021
Transaction (under sections 43, 45, 50 or 66 of the Code). If the
Dt. 07.10.2021
Page
RP believes that the Corporate Debtor has been so subjected,

then RP shall determine the same within ______ days of the Pre-

Pack Commencement Date under intimation to the IBBI.

As per Policy of our bank on Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code 25%
relating to Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process (PPIRP),
SASTRA
The Valuations conducted during PPIRP shall be compared with
54/2021
the existing valuations available in Bank’s record and in case of
Dt. 07.10.2021
variation of ______% or more, proper justification for the same to
be recorded in the proposal.
As per Policy of our bank on Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code 20% ; 50%
In case, Base Resolution Plan involves restructuring, Minimum
SASTRA
Promoters’ Contribution should be ______% of the ‘long term
54/2021
requirement of funds plus the monetary value of sacrifices made
Dt. 07.10.2021
by the lenders. At least ______% of such contribution should
come upfront at the time of implementation of Resolution Plan
post NCLT approval.
To consider the feasibility and viability of Resolution Plans under 1.25 ; 1.00
Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process (PPIRP), Average
SASTRA
Debt Service Coverage Ratio (DSCR) should be ______ & above
54/2021
during repayment period (completed years post moratorium) in
Dt. 07.10.2021
which the unit should become viable and on year to year basis the
ratio should be ______ & above.
To consider the feasibility and viability of Resolution Plans under 1.25 ; 1.10
Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process (PPIRP), Average
SASTRA
Interest Coverage Ratio (ICR) should be 1.25 & above during
54/2021
interest servicing period (excluding period in which interest to be
Dt. 07.10.2021
funded by FITL etc.) and on year to year basis the ratio should be
1.10 & above.
SASTRA To consider the feasibility and viability of Resolution Plans under 1:1 or better
54/2021 Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process (PPIRP), Projected
Dt. 07.10.2021 Current Ratio should be ______.
Where Aggregate Exposure in Account is up to Rs. 50 Crore, ZSH in case of NPA A/c
SASTRA
Competent Authority for mandate for Initiation / Termination of ZM in case of Standard
54/2021
Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process (PPIRP) shall be A/c
Dt. 07.10.2021
______.
Where Aggregate Exposure in Account is up to Rs. 100 Crore, CGM (SASTRA) ;
SASTRA
Competent Authority for mandate for Initiation / Termination of CGM (Corporate Credit)
54/2021
Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process (PPIRP) shall be
Dt. 07.10.2021
______ in case of NPA A/c and ______ in case of Standard A/c.
Where Aggregate Exposure in Account is above Rs. 100 Crore to Domain ED
SASTRA
Rs. 300 Crore, Competent Authority for mandate for Initiation /
54/2021
Termination of Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process
Dt. 07.10.2021
(PPIRP) shall be ______.
Where Aggregate Exposure in Account is above Rs. 300 Crore, Managing Director
SASTRA
Competent Authority for mandate for Initiation / Termination of
54/2021
Pre-Packaged Insolvency Resolution Process (PPIRP) shall be
Dt. 07.10.2021
______.
Under PPIRP, The ZSH will be competent authority for finalizing 10%
SASTRA
the name of Insolvency Professional for proposing the same to
54/2021
unrelated financial creditors, where share of our bank is more than
Dt. 07.10.2021
______% of the value of the total financial debt of such creditors.
As per Policy of our bank on Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code 3 ; 3
SASTRA
The maximum number of assignments of prospect RP shall be
54/2021
______ assignments as RP/IRP/Liquidator for CIRP & ______
Dt. 07.10.2021
assignments as RP for Personal Insolvency/Bankruptcy/Pre-
257
packaged Insolvency in line with existing restrictions.

The Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 has come into force and 01.12.2016
SASTRA
functional regulations have been made effective from______ and
53/2021
Page
National Company Law Tribunals (NCLTs) have been bestowed

Dt. 07.10.2021
with the powers to act as the adjudicating authority for corporate

persons.
SASTRA The Insolvency Resolution process is being carried by ______ Insolvency
53/2021 who are registered with Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India. Professionals (IPs)
Dt. 07.10.2021
Once an application for insolvency resolution is admitted by the 14 days
Adjudicating Authority (AA), Interim Resolution Professional (IRP)
appointed by AA shall make a public announcement by publishing
SASTRA
it immediately (preferably within 3 days of his/her appointment), in
53/2021
two newspapers and on website of the Board (IBBI), thereby
Dt. 07.10.2021
calling upon public for submission of their claims against such
corporate debtor within a period of ______ days from the date of
his appointment.
SASTRA Where Aggregate Exposure in the Account is up to Rs. 100 Crore, HOCAC I
53/2021 Competent authority to initiate action under IBC, 2016 (for CIRP
Dt. 07.10.2021 and Insolvency of Personal Guarantors) will be ______.
Where Aggregate Exposure in the Account is above Rs. 100 HOCAC II
SASTRA
Crore up to Rs. 300 Crore, Competent authority to initiate action
53/2021
under IBC, 2016 (for CIRP and Insolvency of Personal
Dt. 07.10.2021
Guarantors) will be ______.
SASTRA Where Aggregate Exposure in the Account is above Rs. 300 HOCAC III
53/2021 Crore, Competent authority to initiate action under IBC, 2016 (for
Dt. 07.10.2021 CIRP and Insolvency of Personal Guarantors) will be ______.
SASTRA Where Book outstanding in the accounts (PNB’s share only )is up Rs. 0.50 Lacs
53/2021 to Rs.1 Cr, Maximum fee payable per month / per borrower (not
Dt. 07.10.2021 per account) (PNB’s share only) IRP/RP will be Rs. ______.
Where Book outstanding in the accounts (PNB’s share only) is Rs. 1.50 Lacs
SASTRA
above Rs.1 Cr to Rs.10 Cr, Maximum fee payable per month / per
53/2021
borrower (not per account) (PNB’s share only) IRP/RP will be Rs.
Dt. 07.10.2021
______.
SASTRA
above Rs.50 Cr up to Rs. 100 Cr, Maximum fee payable per
53/2021
month / per borrower (not per account) (PNB’s share only) IRP/RP
Dt. 07.10.2021
will be Rs. ______.
SASTRA
above Rs.10 Cr to Rs. 50 Cr, Maximum fee payable per month /
53/2021
per borrower (not per account) (PNB’s share only) IRP/RP will be
Dt. 07.10.2021
Rs. ______.
SASTRA
above Rs.100 Cr up to Rs. 500 Cr, Maximum fee payable per
53/2021
month / per borrower (not per account) (PNB’s share only) IRP/RP
Dt. 07.10.2021
will be Rs. ______.
Where Book outstanding in the accounts (PNB’s share only) is 0.02% of Book
SASTRA
above Rs. 500 Cr, Maximum fee payable per month / per Outstanding
53/2021
borrower (not per account) (PNB’s share only) IRP/RP will be Rs.
Dt. 07.10.2021
______.
SASTRA Maximum fee for Appointment of RP for Personal Insolvency wll Rs. 5 Lakhs
53/2021 be Rs. ______ Lakhs where Estimated value of Net Worth as per
Dt. 07.10.2021 last available CR is up to Rs. 10 Cr.
SASTRA Maximum fee for Appointment of RP for Personal Insolvency wll Rs. 10 Lakhs
53/2021 be Rs. ______ Lakhs where Estimated value of Net Worth as per
Dt. 07.10.2021 last available CR is above Rs. 10 Cr to Rs. 50 Cr.
SASTRA Where Estimated value of Net Worth as per last available CR is 0.05% of Net Worth
53/2021 above Rs. 50 Cr., Maximum fee for Appointment of RP for beyond Rs. 50 Cr
Dt. 07.10.2021 Personal Insolvency wll be Rs. 10 Lakhs +______.
SASTRA Where Book Outstanding as on the date of approval is up to Rs. Rs. 10 Crore
258
53/2021 50 Crore, Maximum Sacrifice / Haircut linked to book outstanding

Dt. 07.10.2021 will be Rs. ______ on assenting resolution plan.
SASTRA Where Book Outstanding as on the date of approval is up to Rs. Rs. 25.00 Crore
Page


SASTRA Where Book Outstanding as on the date of approval is up to Rs. Rs. 100.00 Crore
SASTRA Where Book Outstanding as on the date of approval is up to Rs. Up to Rs. 400 Crore
SASTRA Sacrifice/Haircut = Book Outstanding at the time of placing the 1-year MCLR of PNB
53/2021 Resolution Plan for voting minus NPV of amount proposed to be
Dt. 07.10.2021 received under Resolution Plan calculated at ______.
For the purpose of calculating NPV, the amount proposed to be 6 Month
SASTRA paid within ______ Month from the date of approval of resolution
53/2021 plan by NCLT may be considered as upfront & amount received in
Dt. 07.10.2021 6M to 1.5Y / 1.5Y to 2.5Y / 2.5Y to 3.5Y may be discounted for 1
Year / 2 Year / 3 Year respectively & so on.
SASTRA Where aggregate exposure in the account is up to Rs. 50 Crore , ZSCO
53/2021 Authority for approval of Liquidation before end of CIRP Period
Dt. 07.10.2021 without proceeding for EoI Process will be ______.
Where aggregate exposure in the account is above Rs. 50 Crore HOCAC I
SASTRA
up to Rs. 100 Crore , Authority for approval of Liquidation before
53/2021
end of CIRP Period without proceeding for EoI Process will be
Dt. 07.10.2021
______.
Where aggregate exposure in the account is above Rs. 100 Crore HOCAC-II
SASTRA
up to Rs. 300 Crore , Authority for approval of Liquidation before
53/2021
end of CIRP Period without proceeding for EoI Process will be
Dt. 07.10.2021
______.
SASTRA Where aggregate exposure in the account is above Rs. 300 Crore HOCAC-III
53/2021 , Authority for approval of Liquidation before end of CIRP Period
Dt. 07.10.2021 without proceeding for EoI Process will be ______.
For Agriculture NPA Accounts upto Rs. 10.00 Lakhs under DB-III 15%
& Loss Category under “Non-Discriminatory and Non-
SASTRA Discretionary Special OTS Scheme 2021”- for NPA accounts,
51/2021 Settlement Amount shall be ______ % of Balance Outstanding as
Dt. 30.09.2021 on date of settlement where Balance Outstanding of Agri. NPA
accounts under DB-III & Loss Category as on 31.03.2021 was
upto Rs. 1.00 Lakh .
For Agriculture NPA Accounts upto Rs. 10.00 Lakhs under DB-III 20%
& Loss Category under “Non-Discriminatory and Non-
SASTRA Discretionary Special OTS Scheme 2021”- for NPA accounts,
51/2021 Settlement Amount shall be ______ % of Balance Outstanding as
Dt. 30.09.2021 on date of settlement where Balance Outstanding of Agri. NPA
accounts under DB-III & Loss Category as on 31.03.2021 was
above Rs. 1.00 Lakh upto Rs. 10.00.
For NPA Accounts upto Rs. 50,000 under Shishu category under 20%
SASTRA DB-III & Loss category having CGFMU coverage under “Non-
51/2021 Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary Special OTS Scheme
Dt. 30.09.2021 2021”- for NPA accounts, Settlement Amount shall be ______ %
of Balance Outstanding as on date of settlement.
For NPA Accounts under MUDRA-Kishor & MUDRA-Tarun under 30%
SASTRA DB-III & Loss category having CGFMU coverage under “Non-
51/2021 Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary Special OTS Scheme
Dt. 30.09.2021 2021”- for NPA accounts, Settlement Amount shall be ______ %
of Balance Outstanding as on date of settlement.
SASTRA ______ will be the competent authority to initiate the process of CGM (SASTRA)
49/2021 empanelment of valuers andto take call on operational matters
259
Dt. 22.09.2021 related to valuers empanelment process.

SASTRA As per Rule ______ before effecting sale of the immovable 8(5) Security Interest
49/2021 property under SARFAESI Act, the authorized officer shall obtain (Enforcement) Rules
Page
Dt. 22.09.2021 valuation of the property from an approved valuer. 2002 (related to

SARFAESI Act)
In terms of Rule 2(d) of Security Interest (Enforcement) Rules of Wealth Tax Act 1957
SASTRA
2002, the approved valuer means a person registered as a valuer
49/2021
under section 34AB ______ and approved by the Board of
Dt. 22.09.2021
Directors.
Duration of empanelment of valuers shall be for a period of five years
SASTRA
______ years. However, the quality of service
49/2021
provided/performance of the valuers shall be reviewed annually by
Dt. 22.09.2021
the Bank.
SASTRA For undertaking valuation of properties under SARFAESI Act, Wealth Tax Act, 1957
49/2021 2002 valuer has to be registered under Sec. 34 AB of ______.
Dt. 22.09.2021
SASTRA As per Section ______ of Wealth Tax Act, if a partnership firm is 34AC(2)
49/2021 to be registered as a valuer, all its partners must be registered
Dt. 22.09.2021 under Wealth Tax Act.
Valuers with Educational Qualifications of Diploma shall be Rs.5.00 Crore
SASTRA
eligible forempanelment to undertake valuation of Properties/
49/2021
Land& Building/ Real Estate/ Assets/ Plant and Machinery for
Dt. 22.09.2021
loans up-to Rs.______ only.
For empanelment as valuers of Land & Building / real estate, 8 years
SASTRA Valuars who have a Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering /
49/2021 Architecture/ Town Planning orequivalent ,______ years’ work
Dt. 22.09.2021 experience in the field of valuation of real estate after completion
of the degree or equivalent is required.
SASTRA
Valuars who have a Diploma in Civil Engineering /Architecture
49/2021
,______ years’ work experience in the field of valuation of real
Dt. 22.09.2021
estate after completion of the diploma is required.
Valuars who have pass in examination in valuation of real estate
SASTRA
recognized by the Govt. of India for recruitment to superior
49/2021
services or posts conducted by any institution ,______ years’ work
Dt. 22.09.2021
experience in the field of valuation of real estate after completing
the examination is required.
Valuars who have a Master’s degree in valuation of real estate
SASTRA
awarded by a recognized University in India i.e. University
49/2021
established under State or Central Acts ,______ years’ work
Dt. 22.09.2021
experience in the field of valuation of real estate after completing
the examination is required.
SASTRA Age is an important criteria while empanelling valuers. The 25 years
49/2021 minimum age for empanelment shall be ______ years and there is
Dt. 22.09.2021 no maximum age limit for a valuer to remain on the panel.
SASTRA The empanelment of valuers shall be in the ______ categories. A, B and C
49/2021
Dt. 22.09.2021
SASTRA For category 'A' valuers, work experience in undertaking valuation No limit
49/2021 should be more than 10 years and value of property for
Dt. 22.09.2021 assignment of Valuation Work shall be Rs. ______.
For category 'B' valuers, work experience in undertaking valuation ₹50 crores
SASTRA
should be more than 5 years and less than 10 years and value of
49/2021
property for assignment of Valuation Work shall be upto Rs.
Dt. 22.09.2021
______.
SASTRA For category 'C' valuers, work experience in undertaking valuation ₹5 crores
49/2021 should be upto 5 years and value of property for assignment of
260
Dt. 22.09.2021 Valuation Work shall be upto Rs. ______.

SASTRA Fee Payable to Valuers for valuation of Property & Plant & ₹ 2000/- ; ₹ 3000/-
49/2021 Machinery shall be ₹ . ______ where value of asset is upto ₹ 20
Page
Dt. 22.09.2021 Lacs and ₹ ______ where value of asset is above ₹ 20 Lacs and

up to ₹ 50 Lacs.
Fee Payable to Valuers for valuation of Property & Plant & ₹ 4000/- ; ₹ 8000/-
SASTRA
Machinery shall be ₹ . ______ where value of asset is above ₹ 50
49/2021
Lacs and up to ₹ 1 crore and ₹ ______ where value of asset is
Dt. 22.09.2021
above ₹ 1 crore and up to ₹ 5 crore.
Fee Payable to Valuers for valuation of Property & Plant & ₹ 12000/- ; ₹ 15000/-
SASTRA
Machinery shall be ₹ . ______ where value of asset is ₹ 5 crore
49/2021
and up to ₹ 10 crore and ₹ ______ where value of asset is above
Dt. 22.09.2021
₹ 10 crore and upto ₹ 50 crore.
SASTRA Fee Payable to Valuers for valuation of Property & Plant & ₹ 25000/-
49/2021 Machinery shall be ₹ . ______ where value of asset is avove ₹ 50
Dt. 22.09.2021 crore.
SASTRA In exceptional circumstances, Deputy General Managers at Zonal ₹ 50,000
49/2021 Offices may permit payment of fees to valuers beyond the ceilings
Dt. 22.09.2021 subject to a maximum of ₹ ______.
Where the value of immovable property to be mortgaged/ charged ₹5 crore
SASTRA
is more than ₹______, branches shall get valuation of such IPs
49/2021
done from minimum two valuers of category A or B on the Bank’s
Dt. 22.09.2021
approved panel.
In case the difference in two valuations is more than ______%, 20% ; 20%
3rd valuation may be got done from a senior valuer in category A
SASTRA
and the average of the two valuation reports having difference of
49/2021
not more than ______% be taken. This guidelines are applicable
Dt. 22.09.2021
to all the existing NPA accounts also except in OTS/Sale to
ARCs/Sale under SARFAESI Act cases
All Borrowal/ Loan accounts identified as NPA in terms of extant 3 months
SASTRA
RBI guidelines will be eligible for compromise/negotiated
45/2021
settlement/one time settlement and/ or write off only after ______
Dt. 11.08.2021
months from its date of slippage to NPA.
In case borrowers submit representation/raise objections under 15 days
Section 13(3A) of SARFAESI Act, suitable reply to be submitted
SASTRA
by Authorized Officer within maximum mandatory time limit of
44/2021
______ days from the date of receipt of representation from the
Dt. 11.08.2021
borrowers, {preferably within the 60 days period of having issued
Notice under Section 13 (2)}.
As per Rule 8(2) of SARFAESI Act, for immovable properties it is 7 days
SASTRA
mandatory to published the Possession Notice in the two leading
44/2021
newspapers within ______ days out of which, one in vernacular
Dt. 11.08.2021
language having sufficient circulation in the locality
In terms of amendments made in the provisions of Section 14 of 30 days
SASTRA the SARFAESI Act, on application/affidavit of the bank, the District
44/2021 Magistrate/ Chief Metropolitan Magistrate will henceforth pass
Dt. 11.08.2021 suitable orders for taking possession of the secured assets within
a period of ______ days.
SASTRA As per SARFAESI Act, There should be minimum 30 days gap 30 days
44/2021 between the date of publication of Proclamation of Sale Notice
Dt. 11.08.2021 and the date of Auction or date of opening the tenders.
SASTRA A menu option ______ has been customized by ITD for reversing APPROREV
42/2021 wrong appropriation of recovery in NPAs.
Dt. 06.08.2021
SASTRA The verification under menu ‘APPROREV’ has been vested to the Incumbent (100)
42/2021 work class of______.
Dt. 06.08.2021
SASTRA To approve reversal of appropriation of recovery in NPAs towards Rs. 1.00 lac
42/2021 interest income/other income, The powers vested with Branch
261
Dt. 06.08.2021 Head upto Scale III shall be upto Rs. ______ per borrower.
SASTRA To approve reversal of appropriation of recovery in NPAs towards Rs. 50.00 lac
42/2021 interest income/other income, The powers vested with branch
Page
Dt. 06.08.2021 head in Scale IV and scale V shall be upto Rs. ______ per

borrower.
SASTRA To approve reversal of appropriation of recovery in NPAs towards Rs. 5.00 Crore
42/2021 interest income/other income, The powers vested with Circle
Dt. 06.08.2021 Sastra Head shall be upto Rs. ______ per borrower.
SASTRA To approve reversal of appropriation of recovery in NPAs towards Rs. 10.00 Crore
42/2021 interest income/other income, The powers vested with Zonal
Dt. 06.08.2021 Sastra Head shall be upto Rs. ______ per borrower.
SASTRA To approve reversal of appropriation of recovery in NPAs towards No Limit
42/2021 interest income/other income, The powers vested with Zonal
Dt. 06.08.2021 Manager shall be upto Rs. ______ per borrower.
Non-Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary Special OTS Scheme Rs 5.00 Crores
SASTRA 2021 shall be applicable to all NPA accounts, upto Rs _______ as
39/2021 on dated 31.03.2021 (except agricultural advances up to Rs 10.00
Dt. 30.07.2021 lacs and actual written off account) and will remain in force up to
31.03.2022.
The “Campaign for Recovery in Specially Identified Accounts i.e. 31.03.2022
SASTRA (i) Technically Written Off NPA Accounts with balance o/s upto Rs.
33/2021 25 Crores (ii) NPA accounts under DB-III & LOSS category with
Dt. 01.07.2021 balance o/s upto Rs. 25 Crores” will run from 01.07.2021 up to
______.
SASTRA The Campaign for Resolution of eligible NPA Accounts through 31.03.2022
32/2021 Special OTS Scheme for NPA accounts upto Rs. 5.00 Crores will
Dt. 01.07.2021 run from 01.07.2021 up to ______.
SASTRA The scheme “Non-Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary Special 31.03.2022
31/2021 OTS Scheme 2021” upto Rs 5.00 Crores for NPA accounts will
Dt. 30.06.2021 applicable w.e.f. 01.07.2021 and will remain in force up to ______.
SASTRA This “Non-Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary Special OTS 31.03.2021
31/2021 Scheme 2021” upto Rs 5.00 Crores shall cover all NPA accounts
Dt. 30.06.2021 as on ______ with ledger outstanding upto Rs 5.00 crores.
Under the scheme “Non-Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary 20% ; 15%
Special OTS Scheme 2021” upto Rs 5.00 Crores for NPA
SASTRA accounts, Upfront amount of minimum ______% of the OTS
31/2021 amount (for NPA accounts with balance upto Rs 25.00 lacs) and
Dt. 30.06.2021 ______% of the OTS amount (for NPA accounts with balance
outstanding more than Rs 25.00 lacs upto Rs 5.00 crores) is to be
deposited along with OTS offer in writing.
In case the entire OTS amount, as per the terms finalized in the 90 days
SASTRA sanction, is paid within ______ of conveying approval to the
31/2021 borrower, no interest will be charged under the scheme “Non-
Dt. 30.06.2021 Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary Special OTS Scheme 2021”
upto Rs 5.00 Crores for NPA accounts.
Under the scheme “Non-Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary MCLR for one-year
SASTRA
accounts, where OTS amount is paid beyond 90 days, effective
31/2020
from the date of Sanction simple interest @ ______(applicable on
Dt. 30.06.2021
the date of sanction) plus 1% on reducing balance basis will be
charged.
Under the scheme “Non-Discriminatory and Non-Discretionary 180 days
SASTRA
31/2021
accounts, the maximum repayment period for the said scheme will
Dt. 30.06.2021
be ______.
SASTRA Menu option used to close NPA Accounts only is ______. NPACLS
25/2021
Dt. 07.06.2021
SASTRA Periodicity for Valuation of immovable properties charged/ three years
262
24/2021 mortgaged to the bank in NPA accounts shall be once in ______

Dt. 03.06.2021 years.
SASTRA All Borrowal/ Loan accounts identified as NPA in terms of extant 3 months
Page
23/2021 RBI guidelines will be eligible for compromise/negotiated

Dt. 29.05.2021 settlement/one time settlement and/ or write off only after ______
months from its date of -slippage to NPA.
SASTRA In Consortium Advance/Multiple Banking Arrangement, where 60%
23/2021 security is charged on Pari-passu basis, mandate of ______%
Dt. 29.05.2021 lenders is mandatory for issuance of notice u/s 13(4)
In Consortium Advance/Multiple Banking Arrangement, where Rs. 100 Crores
SASTRA required mandate of 60% lenders is not available, the mandatory
23/2021 requirement of at least one e-auction shall not be required.
Dt. 29.05.2021 Further, the exemption from E-auction before entering into OTS
will be only allowed for NPA accounts upto Rs. ______.
All Borrowal/ Loan accounts identified as NPA in terms of extant 3 months
SASTRA
RBI guidelines will be eligible for compromise/negotiated
20/2021
settlement/one time settlement and/ or write off only after ______
Dt. 31.03.2021
months from its date of -slippage to NPA.
SARFAESI Action should have been initiated in the account ZOCC level
SASTRA
(wherever applicable) &at least ONE auction should have been
20/2021
conducted except following exceptional circumstances for
Dt. 31.03.2021
proposal falling under the power of upto______.
SASTRA The exemption from E-auction before entering into OTS be only Rs. 100 Crores
20/2021 allowed for NPA accounts upto Rs. ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA If OTS amount offered is equal or more than recoverable dues respective sanctioning
20/2021 then proposal may be considered by ______ even if no auction authority
Dt. 31.03.2021 under SARFAESI has been held.
Recoverable Dues shall be calculated w.e.f. the date of NPA on 1 Year MCLR
the Book outstanding as existing on the date of NPA (inclusive of
SASTRA SI/DI reversed subsequently) duly adjusted for recoveries/further
20/2021 debits in the account, ignoring the interest, if any credited/debited
Dt. 31.03.2021 in the account after the date of NPA, on simple basis on daily
reducing balance @ ______ as prevailing on the date of receipt of
OTS Proposal from the Borrower.
For NPAs under Agriculture Advances with balance outstanding Rs. 10 lacs
SASTRA
up to Rs. ______ (including KCC but excluding Tractor Loans)
20/2021
recoverable dues shall be calculated with interest @6% simple
Dt. 31.03.2021
from the date of classification of the account as NPA.
SASTRA In respect of all NPA accounts, valuation of property(ies) and 1 year
20/2021 other details should be as recent as possible but not more than
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______ old to assess the proposals with more justice.
SASTRA In respect of all NPA accounts, wherever properties are valued at Rs. 5 crore
20/2021 Rs. ______ or above, minimum two independent latest Valuation
Dt. 31.03.2021 Reports from Bank’s Board approved valuers shall be obtained.
SASTRA In respect of all NPA accounts, where the difference in valuation is 20%
20/2021 less than ______%, the average value may be taken.
Dt. 31.03.2021
In respect of OTS/Compromise/Write off cases and in other NPA 20% ; 20%
accounts, where the difference in valuations is more than
SASTRA
______%, fresh valuation may be got done from independent third
20/2021
valuer approved by the Bank’s Board) and average of those two
Dt. 31.03.2021
valuation reports be taken, in which the variation is less than
______%.
SASTRA The valuation assessed by the approved valuer shall be verified Now there is no such
20/2021 and vetted by an official of the bank independently not below the guideline
Dt. 31.03.2021 rank of______ at the time of OTS/release of charge.
SASTRA As per Reserve Bank of India, the net present value of the net present realizable
20/2021 settlement amount should be calculated and this amount should value of securities
263
Dt. 31.03.2021 generally not be less than the ______.

SASTRA In respect of OTS, Payment within _______ without interest is 3 months
20/2021 considered immediate payment and as such would not require
Page
Dt. 31.03.2021 calculation of net present value of OTS amount.

SASTRA Where OTS amount is to be paid along-with the interest @MCLR, OTS amount
20/2021 from the date of conveying OTS, Net Present Value will be
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______.
Where the OTS amount is to be recovered without interest or at a Approved OTS amount
SASTRA
rate lower than the MCLR, Net Present Value will be ______. Less {Intt. @NPRV (-)
20/2021
Intt. @OTS sanctioned
Dt. 31.03.2021
Rate}
SASTRA Present Realizable Value of the charged securities net of cost of Net Present Realizable
20/2021 realization discounted appropriately for the attendant factors Value of Securities
Dt. 31.03.2021 affecting its reliability shall be called ______.
SASTRA Where 2 or more Bids under SARFAESI have failed, the last 1 year
20/2021 Reserve Price or NPRV whichever is lower, shall be accepted as
Dt. 31.03.2021 NPRV. However, valuation should not be more than ______ old.
SASTRA Under Direct Agriculture Advances with balance outstanding upto Rs. 10 lac
20/2021 Rs. ______, the realizable value of primary/collateral security will
Dt. 31.03.2021 exclude the agricultural land offered as security.
SASTRA Where NPRV is more than Recoverable Dues, minimum indicative Recoverable Dues
20/2021 OTS amount will be arrived at ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA Where NPRV is less than Recoverable Dues but more than Book NPRV of the securities
20/2021 Outstanding, minimum indicative OTS amount will be arrived at
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______.
SASTRA Where NPRV is less than Book Outstanding, minimum indicative NPRV of the securities
20/2021 OTS amount will be arrived at ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA Where NPRV is Zero, minimum indicative OTS amount will be Whatever maximum can
20/2021 arrived at ______. be recovered
Dt. 31.03.2021
Where NPRV is less than Book Outstanding in case of Direct Sub-Std NPAs:
Agricultural Advances (now known as Farm Credit advances) Minimum 50% of Book
SASTRA having balance outstanding up to Rs. 10 lacs, Minimum Indicative O/s ;
20/2021 OTS Amount will be ______ . Doubtful NPAs:
Dt. 31.03.2021 Minimum 40% of Book
O/s
SASTRA Incase of OTS settlement agreed upon in Fraud Reported Rs 300 lacs
20/2021 accounts where fraud amount involved is Rs ______ and above
Dt. 31.03.2021 will be reported to CBI without fail
SASTRA The OTS/ Write off proposals in accounts where an existing or ex- HOCAC-I
20/2021 staff is a borrower/guarantor shall be considered by an authority
Dt. 31.03.2021 not below the level of ______ subject to delegated powers.
SASTRA OTS in respect of PSUs shall be considered by the ______ Management Committee
20/2021 irrespective of the amount of waiver involved. of the Board
Dt. 31.03.2021
Generally, the accounts backed by Govt. Guarantees shall not be Board
SASTRA eligible to be considered for Negotiated Settlement / Write off.
20/2021 However, in exceptional circumstances, OTS/ Write off, if any, in
Dt. 31.03.2021 accounts backed by Govt. Guarantee may be considered for
approval on merits, by the ______.
In case of plant and machinery, minimum amount of money to be Market Value as per
SASTRA received against release of secured assets will be higher of valuation report
20/2021 Depreciated value of plant and machinery as given in the latest obtained from Bank’s
Dt. 31.03.2021 audited Balance sheet of the borrowing firm/company and empanelled valuer
______.
For release of charge onMortgaged Property/ plant & machinery, Rs. 2.00 Cr
264
SASTRA
where book outstanding in accounts is upto Rs. ______, the
20/2021
valuation report should be as recent as possible but not more than
Dt. 31.03.2021
1 year old.
Page
SASTRA For release of charge on Mortgaged Property/plant & machinery, 6 months

20/2021 where book outstanding in accounts and/or Value of Securities is

Dt. 31.03.2021 more than Rs. 2 Cr, valuation of property(ies) and other details
should not be more than ______old.
SASTRA At the time of release of secured assets in the shape of market value as per
20/2021 Immovable Properties, minimum amount to be received against latest valuation report
Dt. 31.03.2021 release of each asset will be ______.
Discharge of liability of one or more obligants/release of charge on Zonal Office
SASTRA
the secured assets which may include Mortgaged Property/Plant Compromise Committee
20/2021
& machinery etc may be considered by the competent authority (previously ZOCAC)
Dt. 31.03.2021
not below the level of ______.
SASTRA Where Market Value of property/ Plant & Machinery is upto Rs Zonal Office
20/2021 10.00 Crores, Competent Authority for release of mortgaged Compromise Committee
Dt. 31.03.2021 property/Plant & Machinery will be ______.
SASTRA Where Market Value of property/ Plant & Machinery is above Rs HOCAC-I
20/2021 10 crores and upto Rs 25.00 Crores, Competent Authority for
Dt. 31.03.2021 release of mortgaged property/Plant & Machinery will be ______.
SASTRA Where Market Value of property/ Plant & Machinery is above Rs HOCAC-II
20/2021 25 crores and upto Rs 50.00 Crores, Competent Authority for
Dt. 31.03.2021 release of mortgaged property/Plant & Machinery will be ______.
SASTRA ______ have full power to release mortgaged property/Plant & HOCAC-III
20/2021 Machinery
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA In exceptional circumstances, proposals for Discharge of Management Committee
20/2021 liability/release of charge on secured assets for amount below
Dt. 31.03.2021 present market value may be considered by ______.
SASTRA While considering proposal for discharge of liability/release of 20%
20/2021 charge, In case the difference in valuation is less than ______%,
Dt. 31.03.2021 average value may be taken.
SASTRA As per our bank's Policy for Recovery & Management of NPA, for 20%
20/2021 settlement of OTS proposal, where OTS Offer is up to Rs. 10 lacs
Dt. 31.03.2021 minimum Down Payment/Upfront Amount should be ______.
As per our bank's Policy for Recovery & Management of NPA, for 15%
SASTRA
settlement of OTS proposal, where OTS Offer is more than Rs. 10
20/2021
lacs up to Rs. 50 lacs minimum Down Payment/Upfront Amount
Dt. 31.03.2021
should be ______.
SASTRA As per our bank's Policy for Recovery & Management of NPA, for 10%
20/2021 settlement of OTS proposal, where OTS Offer is more than Rs. 50
Dt. 31.03.2021 lacs, minimum Down payment/Upfront Amount should be ______.
SASTRA In exceptional circumstances, ______ & above may consider OTS HOCAC-I
20/2021 proposals falling under their respective powers, where upfront has
Dt. 31.03.2021 not been deposited OR proposed.
SASTRA The cases where OTS amount is payable/or is paid within ______ three months
20/2021 months from the date of settlement borrowers will be allowed to
Dt. 31.03.2021 pay OTS amount without any interest.
Cases where the OTS amount is payable/or is paid beyond a MCLR (1-year) + 1%
period of 3 months but within 12 months from the date of
SASTRA
conveying approval, and/ or payment in installments, future
20/2021
interest on the settlement amount will be charged @______ on
Dt. 31.03.2021
simple basis on reducing balance from the date of conveying
approval in writing to the borrower by the branch.
Cases where the OTS amount is payable/or is paid after 12 MCLR (1-year) + 2%
months from the date of conveying approval, and/ or payment in
SASTRA
installments, future interest on the settlement amount will be
20/2021
charged @______ on simple basis on reducing balance from the
Dt. 31.03.2021
date of conveying approval in writing to the borrower by the
265
branch.
SASTRA Extension of time period beyond the originally stipulated due date Same sanctioning
20/2021 of payment for OTS amount in already approved OTS cases authority
Page
Dt. 31.03.2021 without any further sacrifice can be considered by ______.

Branch Head will be the competent authority for extending time Rs. 1.00 Lakh
SASTRA
period in OTS sanctioned cases upto 6 Months in NPA accounts
20/2021
with balance outstanding upto Rs. ______ without any further
Dt. 31.03.2021
sacrifice.
SASTRA Extension of Time Period with further sacrifices i.e. without/partial Zonal SASTRA
20/2021 payment of interest shall be placed to the next higher authority Committee (ZSCO)
Dt. 31.03.2021 starting from ______ for approval
The applications/offers received at the branches by Branch 15 days
SASTRA
Heads/ Field Recovery Warriors proposing a specific OTS offer,
20/2021
the proposal for acceptance/ rejection, as the case may be, shall
Dt. 31.03.2021
be placed to the approving authority maximum within ______.
SASTRA In case any OTS offer is received for NPA accounts more than Rs Rs 10.00 lacs
20/2021 ______, same will be sent to Circle SASTRA Centre for its
Dt. 31.03.2021 consideration.
SASTRA For NPA accounts with balance outstanding upto Rs ______, Rs 1.00 lacs
20/2021 Branch Manager will be competent authority for rejection of
Dt. 31.03.2021 proposal.
In case of obligants’ failure to pay the OTS amount as per 7 working days
SASTRA
schedule of payment, the OTS should be declared as failed. The
20/2021
failure should be notified to the party maximum within ______
Dt. 31.03.2021
after giving due notice.
Cases where CGTMSE Claim not yet lodged/ or lodged but not 75%
SASTRA yet settled, the minimum indicative settlement amount under
20/2021 General Settlement Scheme shall not be less than ______% of
Dt. 31.03.2021 total CGTMSE eligible claim amount based on the extent of
guarantee for the respective accounts.
No powers in respect of OTS in special categories of NPA 5 years
SASTRA Accounts shall be exercised by any authority in his individual
20/2021 capacity, if he/she had been a Sanctioning Authority in individual
Dt. 31.03.2021 capacity (and not as a member of any Committee) of credit
proposal during the last ______ years.
SASTRA OTS proposals envisaging sacrifice of more than Rs.75.00 lac Head Office Settlement
20/2021 under General guidelines shall be considered by ______ Advisory Committee
Dt. 31.03.2021 (HOSAC)
Accounts involving ledger outstanding of Rs. ______ and above, Rs. 20 lac
SASTRA where write off is considered should be backed by the report of
20/2021 Detective Agency/ Investigating agency w.r.t. the traceability of
Dt. 31.03.2021 the obligants/ ascertaining the attachable assets of the borrowers/
guarantors.
Write off may be considered in respect of the Borrowal accounts 100%
SASTRA
which were classified as Loss Assets on or before the preceding
20/2021
financial year/ half-year and ______% provision there against has
Dt. 31.03.2021
been made.
Final view to write off the residual amount of Rs.100/- may be three years ; one year
taken at the level of the authority competent to sanction the write
SASTRA off after ______ years of such write off. However, in accounts
20/2021 written off with balance outstanding up to Rs.25000/- final view to
Dt. 31.03.2021 write off the residual amount of Rs.100/- may be taken at the level
of authority who has sanctioned the write off after ______ of such
write off.
Sacrifice is the difference between OTS Offered amount and 1 Year MCLR
SASTRA recoverable dues. Recoverable Dues means balance outstanding
20/2021 as on the date of NPA including amount of DI/SI reversed, if any,
Dt. 31.03.2021 plus legal and other charges plus simple interest @ ______ on
daily reducing balance since date of NPA to end of last quarter.
266
Competent Authority to consider OTS Proposal in Wilful Rs. 300 Lakhs

SASTRA Default/Fraud (RBI Reported)/Criminal Action cases shall be not
20/2021 below Zonal Office Compromise Committee (ZOCC). ZOCC will
Page
Dt. 31.03.2021 consider OTS Proposal in such cases having book outstanding
upto Rs. ______ only.

SASTRA OTS Proposal in Wilful Default/Fraud (RBI Reported)/Criminal HO Level Committees

20/2021 Action having book outstanding above Rs. 300 Lakhs shall be
Dt. 31.03.2021 considered by ______ as per power of sacrifice.
SASTRA GBB will have powers to approve OTS in accounts with book Rs 1.00 lacs
20/2021 outstanding upto Rs ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA For NPA accounts upto Rs. 1 Lakh falling under Branch Purview, Circle Head
20/2021 Competent Authority for considering waiver of Legal action shall
Dt. 31.03.2021 be ______.
SASTRA Lok Adalats have been established generally at the District level The Legal Services
20/2021 under the provisions of ______. Authorities Act, 1987
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA All NPA accounts upto Rs.______, both suit filed and others can Rs.20 lac
20/2021 be considered for reference to Lok Adalats for settlement .
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA All proceedings before a Lok Adalat are deemed to be judicial civil court
20/2021 proceedings and they shall be deemed to be a ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
If amount of claim is less than Rs. ______ (after adjustment of Rs. 10 lacs
SASTRA
payments, if any, received), Bank has to file Petition for Execution
20/2021
of Award of Lok Adalat before the court from where the court has
Dt. 31.03.2021
referred the case to Lok Adalat.
If amount of claim is more than Rs. 10 lacs (after adjustment of Debt Recovery Tribunal
payments if any received), Bank has to file Petition for Execution
SASTRA
of Award of Lok Adalat before to ______ having jurisdiction under
20/2021
Section 31 A or Section 19, as the case may be, of Recovery of
Dt. 31.03.2021
Debts due to Banks and Financial Institutions Act (RDB Act) be
filed to obtain RC and RC be further executed.
SASTRA Tthe authorities for placing the status notes for NPA accounts Circle SASTRA Head
20/2021 having balance outstanding above Rs. 1.00 lac and up to Rs.
Dt. 31.03.2021 1.00 crore is ______.
SASTRA Tthe authorities for placing the status notes for NPA accounts Zonal SASTRA Head
20/2021 having balance outstanding balance more than Rs. 1.00 crore and
Dt. 31.03.2021 up to Rs. 5.00 crore is ______.
SASTRA Tthe authorities for placing the status notes for NPA accounts GM, SASTRA Division
20/2021 having balance outstanding balance more than Rs. 5.00 crore and
Dt. 31.03.2021 up to Rs. 20.00 crore is ______.
SASTRA Tthe authorities for placing the status notes for NPA accounts CGM, SASTRA Division
20/2021 having balance outstanding balance more than Rs. 20.00 crore
Dt. 31.03.2021 and up to Rs. 50.00 crore is ______.
SASTRA Tthe authorities for placing the status notes for NPA accounts ED
Dt. 31.03.2021 and up to Rs. 300.00 crore is ______.
SASTRA Tthe authorities for placing the status notes for NPA accounts MD & CEO
Dt. 31.03.2021 is ______.
For NPAs with outstanding Balance of Rs. 1.00 lac and below, as Branch Manager ;
SASTRA
outstanding as on last day of previous quarter, Review and Quarterly
20/2021
Monitoring Authority will be ______. Periodicity of Review will be
Dt. 31.03.2021
______.
For NPAs with outstanding Balance of more than Rs. 1.00 lacs Circle SASTRA Head ;
SASTRA
and up to Rs. 10.00 lacs, as outstanding as on last day of Half-Yearly
20/2021
previous quarter, Review and Monitoring Authority will be ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Periodicity of Review will be ______.
For NPAs with outstanding Balance of more than Rs. 10.00 lacs Zonal SASTRA Head ;
267
SASTRA
and up to Rs. 50.00 lacs, as outstanding as on last day of Half-Yearly
20/2021
previous quarter, Review and Monitoring Authority will be ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Periodicity of Review will be ______.
Page
SASTRA For NPAs with outstanding Balance of more than Rs. 50.00 lacs GM SASTRA Division ;

20/2021 and up to Rs. 5.00 crore, as outstanding as on last day of Once in a

Dt. 31.03.2021 previous Financial Year, Review and Monitoring Authority will be Year
______. Periodicity of Review will be ______.
For NPAs with outstanding Balance of more than Rs. 5.00 crore, CGM, SASTRA Division
SASTRA
as outstanding as on last day of previous Financial Year, Review ; Once in a
20/2021
and Monitoring Authority will be ______. Periodicity of Review will Year
Dt. 31.03.2021
be ______.
Status note of freshly slipped NPA accounts with balance respective
SASTRA
outstanding of more than Rs. 1 lac up to Rs. 1 Crore will be Branches/Other
20/2021
submitted by the _______. Verticals to their Circle
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA Centres
SASTRA Status note of freshly slipped NPA accounts with balance respective Credit
20/2021 outstanding of more than Rs. 1 Crore up to Rs. 5 Crore will be Vertical to their Zonal
Dt. 31.03.2021 submitted by the ______. SASTRA Centre
Status note of freshly slipped NPA accounts with balance respective Credit
outstanding of more than Rs. 5 Crore will be submitted by the Vertical to Zonal
SASTRA
______. SASTRA Centres &
20/2021
Zonal SASTRA Centres
Dt. 31.03.2021
to HO: SASTRA
Division.
SASTRA Zonal SASTRA Centres will submit information in respect of the Rs. 50 lacs
20/2021 existing NPA accounts with balance outstanding of Rs. ______ to
Dt. 31.03.2021 HO: SASTRA Division, on yearly basis
In certain cases, bank permits operation in the account by tagging Rs 3.00 crores ; 15%
SASTRA arrangement. Circle SASTRA Committee (CSCO) have power to
20/2021 allow tagging in NPA accounts with book outstanding upto Rs
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______ and tagging of ______% & above without any relief
sacrifice and additional exposure.
Zonal SASTRA Committee (ZSCO) have power to allow Tagging Rs. 5.00 crores ; 10%
SASTRA
in NPA accounts (with book outstanding more than Rs 3.00 crores
20/2021
upto Rs. ______ and tagging from ______% to less than 15%
Dt. 31.03.2021
without any relief sacrifice and additional exposure.
______ have power to allow Tagging for accounts with book Zonal Office
SASTRA
outstanding more than Rs. 5.00 crores and tagging below 10% (in Compromise Committee
20/2021
exceptional circumstances) without any relief sacrifice and (ZOCC)
Dt. 31.03.2021
additional exposure.
SASTRA On failure of recovery the tagging arrangement should be 15 days
20/2021 terminated immediately after giving a notice of ______days and
Dt. 31.03.2021 recovery action should be initiated.
In terms of Recovery of Debts due to Banks and Financial Rs.20 lakh
SASTRA
Institutions Act 1993, Debt Recovery Tribunals have been
20/2021
established to adjudicate claims involving an amount of
Dt. 31.03.2021
Rs.______ and over in respect of amounts due to Banks and FIs.
Branch Heads including LCBs, irrespective of the Scale shall have irrespective of amount of
SASTRA powers to permit for initiation of SARFAESI action and issue of loan outstanding
20/2021 Recall Notices through SI-1 (Borrower) and
Dt. 31.03.2021 SI-1A (Guarantor) for amount of loan outstanding upto Rs. ______
.
In the branches headed by the ______ and above officers, Scale IV
SASTRA
including RAM/iRAM/MCC/LCB/ELCBs, the Branch Head in his
20/2021
capacity as designated Authorized Officer, shall himself take
Dt. 31.03.2021
action under the SARFAESI Act
The Security Interest (Enforcement) Rules 2002 provide that only Chief Manager
SASTRA
“Authorized Officers” can take various actions under the Act. An
20/2021
officer not less than a ______ of a public sector bank or
268
Dt. 31.03.2021
equivalent will act as Authorized Officer for the purpose of Act.
SASTRA The first step toward initiation of SARFAESI action is to issue 13(2)
20/2021 Demand Notice u/s ______ of SARFAESI Act upon the borrower/s
Page
Dt. 31.03.2021 or guarantor/s and/or mortgagors who have created security

interest over the secured assets in favor of the Bank.

As per provisions of the Securitization and Reconstruction of 60 days
Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act 2002,
SASTRA
the Bank, in an eligible NPA account, may require the defaulting
20/2021
borrower, by notice in writing under Section 13(2) of the Act, to
Dt. 31.03.2021
discharge his liabilities in full to the Bank within ______ days of
the date of notice.
On receipt of the demand notice, the borrower/s or guarantor/s 15 days
and/or mortgagors make representation or raise any objection, the
secured creditor is required to consider such representation in
SASTRA terms of provisions of Section 13 (3A) of SARFAESI Act, and if
20/2021 the secured creditor comes to the conclusion that such
Dt. 31.03.2021 representation/ objections are not acceptable or tenable, the
reasons for non-acceptance shall be communicated to the
borrower/guarantor/mortgagor/objector within ______ days of
receipt of such representation/ objections by the secured creditor.
Before effecting sale under SARFAESI Act (except in case of 30 days’
SASTRA
movable property subject to speedy or natural decay or expense
20/2021
for custody exceeds its value), the borrower shall be given ______
Dt. 31.03.2021
days’ notice for the intended sale.
SASTRA In case of sale of an immovable property under SARFAESI Act, 30 days
20/2021 There must be gap of at least ______ days between the date of
Dt. 31.03.2021 publication of public notice of sale and auction / sale date.
On every sale of immovable property under SARFAESI Act, the twenty five
SASTRA
purchaser shall immediately i.e on the same day or not later than
20/2021
next working day, as the case may be, pay a deposit of ______
Dt. 31.03.2021
percent of the amount of the sale price
The balance amount (i.e 75%) of the purchase price payable shall fifteenth day ; three
be paid by the purchaser to the Authorized Officer on or before months
SASTRA
the _____ day from date of confirmation of sale of the immovable
20/2021
property or such extended period as may be agreed upon in
Dt. 31.03.2021
writing between the purchaser and the secured creditor, in any
case not exceeding______ months.
In case of financing by more than one secured creditor (Multiple 60%
Banking) or joint financing by several Secured creditors
SASTRA (consortium advances), SARFAESI Act vide Section 13(9) lays
20/2021 down that no Secured creditor shall be entitled to exercise any or
Dt. 31.03.2021 all of the rights as conferred by Section 13(4) of the Act, unless
exercise of such rights is agreed upon by Secured creditors
representing ______% in value.
SASTRA Zonal SASTRA Committee (ZSCO) shall be empowered to allow Rs. 10.00 Crore
20/2021 Sale under SARFAESI through Private Treaty for NPA accounts
Dt. 31.03.2021 having balance o/s upto Rs. ______.
SASTRA ______ shall be empowered to allow Sale under SARFAESI Zonal Office
20/2021 through Private Treaty for NPA accounts having balance o/s Compromise Committee
Dt. 31.03.2021 above Rs. 10.00 Corer. (ZOCC)
SASTRA Authorized Officer is invariably required to serve to the borrower a 30 days
20/2021 notice of ______ days for sale of movable as well as immovable
Dt. 31.03.2021 properties under SARFAESI.
Guidelines relating to ”Wilful Defaulters” would be applicable to all Rs. 25 lac and above
SASTRA non-performing borrowal accounts with outstanding(funded
19/2021 facilities and such non-funded facilities which are converted into
Dt. 31.03.2021 funded facilities) aggregating Rs.______ , where “wilful default” is
identified by the Bank.
SASTRA In all freshly slipped accounts with outstanding balance above Rs.25.00 Lakh
269
19/2021 Rs.______, event of wilful default shall be examined by the

Dt. 31.03.2021 competent committee (CSCC/ ZSCC).
SASTRA The list of wilful defaulters of our Bank is uploaded on the Bank’s https://www.pnbindia.in/
Page
19/2021 website and can be viewed through link______ in order to wilful-defaulters.html

Dt. 31.03.2021 ascertain whether the name of prospective borrower/guarantor

appears in the list of wilful defaulters of our Bank.

SASTRA Suit Filed wilful defaulter/defaulter for all Banks can be viewed https://suit.cibil.com/
19/2021 through link ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA Non Suit Filed wilful defaulter/defaulter for all Banks can be https://www.cibil.com/no
19/2021 viewed through link ______. nsuitfiledcases/
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA ______ may consider publishing the photographs of Wilful Circle SASTRA
19/2021 Defaulters only, with outstanding of Rs.25 lacs and above in the Centres/Zonal SASTRA
Dt. 31.03.2021 Newspapers, covering the area where the borrower resides. Centres
As a precautionary measure, branches may send a Notice 7 days
through Registered Post to the Wilful Defaulters
SASTRA
(borrower/guarantor) in the local language, intimating that in case
19/2021
of non-repayment of the pending amount in the loan account,
Dt. 31.03.2021
within ______ from the date of Notice, their names and
photographs will be published in the newspapers.
SASTRA As advised by the Ministry of Finance (Department of Financial defaulting students in
19/2021 services) vide their letter no. F.No.1(1)/2011-CP dated 13.12.13, the educational loans
Dt. 31.03.2021 the names & photographs of the______ are not to be published.
SASTRA Term loan account will be treated as NPA if interest and/or 90 days
18/2021 installment of principal remain overdue for a period of more than
Dt. 31.03.2021 _______.
A cash credit or overdraft account will be treated as NPA if the 90 days ; 90 days
account remains ‘out of order’. A Cash Credit and Overdraft
account is treated as ‘out of order’ if:
(i) The outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of the
SASTRA
sanctioned limit/drawing power for______.
18/2021
(ii) Even though the outstanding balance is less than the
Dt. 31.03.2021
sanctioned limit/drawing power, there are no credits continuously
for ______ as on the date of balance sheet or credits are not
enough to cover the interest debited during the same period.
A working capital borrowal account will become NPA if such 90 days

SASTRA
irregular drawings are permitted in the account for a continuous
18/2021
period of ______ even though the unit may be working or the
Dt. 31.03.2021
borrower’s financial position is satisfactory.
SASTRA An account where the regular/ adhoc credit limits have not been 180 days
18/2021 reviewed / renewed within ______ from the due date/date of
Dt. 31.03.2021 adhoc sanction will be treated as NPA.
SASTRA The bills purchased/discounted account should be treated as NPA 90 days
18/2021 if the bill remains overdue for a period of more than______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Agricultural Advances will be treated as NPA if, two ; one
SASTRA (i) The installment of principal or interest thereon remains overdue
18/2021 for______Crop seasons for short duration crops,
Dt. 31.03.2021 (ii) The installment of principal or interest thereon remains
overdue for ______ Crop season for long duration crops,
SASTRA Securitization transaction will be treated as NPA if the amount of 90 days
18/2021 liquidity facility remains outstanding for more than ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Derivative transactions, if the overdue receivables representing 90 days
SASTRA
positive mark-to-market value of a derivative contract remain
18/2021
unpaid for a period of ______ days from the specified due date for
Dt. 31.03.2021
payment.
A credit card account will be treated as non-performing asset if the 90 days
270
SASTRA
minimum amount due, as mentioned in the statement, is not paid
18/2021
fully within ______ from the payment due date mentioned in the
Dt. 31.03.2021
statement
Page
SASTRA In case of default in payment of interest only, Branches should 90 days

18/2021 classify an account as NPA only if the interest charged during any
Dt. 31.03.2021 quarter is not serviced fully within ______from the end of the
quarter.
SASTRA A loan granted for short duration crops will be treated as NPA, if two crop seasons
18/2021 the installment of principal or interest thereon remains overdue for
Dt. 31.03.2021 _______.
SASTRA A loan granted for long duration crops will be treated as NPA, if one crop season
18/2021 the installment of principal or interest thereon remains overdue for
Dt. 31.03.2021 _______.
To become eligible for the relaxed rate of interest of 7% and for 12 month
SASTRA
Additional Incentive Subvention under Subvention Scheme of
18/2021
Govt of India, each debit entry should be adjusted within a
Dt. 31.03.2021
maximum period of ______ month.
While fixing the repayment schedule in case of Rural Housing crop cycle
SASTRA advances granted to Agriculturists under Indira Awas Yojana and
18/2021 Golden Jubilee Rural Housing Finance Scheme, Branches should
Dt. 31.03.2021 ensure that the interest/ instalment payable on such advances are
linked to ______.
The credit facility backed by the Central Government Guarantee the Government
SASTRA
though overdue may be treated as NPA only when ______. This repudiates its guarantee
18/2021
exemption from classification of Government guaranteed when invoked
Dt. 31.03.2021
advances as NPA is not for the purpose of recognition of income.
A state Government guaranteed advance, where interest and/or 90 days
SASTRA
installment of principal/or any other amount due to the bank
18/2021
remains overdue for a period more than______ shall become a
Dt. 31.03.2021
non performing advance.
The non performing financial asset purchased, may be classified 90 days
as ‘standard’ in the books of the purchasing bank for a period of
SASTRA ______ from the date of purchase. Thereafter, the asset
18/2021 classification status of the financial asset purchased shall be
Dt. 31.03.2021 determined by the record of recovery in the books of the
purchasing bank with reference to cash flows estimated while
purchasing the asset.
SASTRA Central Govt. Guaranteed advances, although categorized as Standard Assets (Govt
18/2021 NPA for the purpose of Income Recognition, are to be treated as Guaranteed)
Dt. 31.03.2021 _______ unless Govt repudiates its guarantee when invoked.
SASTRA Advances against term deposits, NSCs eligible for surrender, adequate margin is
18/2021 Indira Vikas Patra, Kisan Vikas Patras and Life Insurance Policies, available
Dt. 31.03.2021 are to be classified as Standard assets provided ______.
SASTRA A sub-standard asset is one, which has remained NPA for a 12 months
18/2021 period less than or equal to ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA An asset is classified as doubtful if it remained in the sub-standard 12 months
18/2021 category for ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Erosion in the value of security can be reckoned as significant 50
when the realisable value of the security is less than ______ per
SASTRA
cent of the value assessed by the bank or accepted by RBI at the
18/2021
time of last inspection, as the case may be. Such NPAs may be
Dt. 31.03.2021
straightaway classified under doubtful category and provisioning
should be made as applicable to doubtful assets.
If the realizable value of the security, as assessed by the bank’s 10%
SASTRA
approved valuers/RBI is less than ______% of the outstanding in
18/2021
the borrowal accounts, the existence of security should be ignored
Dt. 31.03.2021
and the asset should be straightaway classified as loss asset.
271
SASTRA If loss assets are permitted to remain in the books for any reason, 100%
18/2021 ______% of the outstanding should be provided for.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Page
SASTRA For Sub-standard assets, a general provision of ______ percent 15 percent

18/2021 on total outstanding should be made without making any

Dt. 31.03.2021 allowance for ECGC guarantee cover and securities available.
SASTRA In regard to the secured portion, provision for doubtful asstets 25%
18/2021 which the advance has remained in ‘doubtful’ category up to one
Dt. 31.03.2021 year, may be made at the rate of ______%.
18/2021 which the advance has remained in ‘doubtful’ category for one to
Dt. 31.03.2021 three years, may be made at the rate of ______%.
18/2021 which the advance has remained in ‘doubtful’ category for more
Dt. 31.03.2021 than three years, may be made at the rate of ______%.
SASTRA The ‘unsecured exposures’ which are identified as ‘substandard’ 10 per cent, i.e., a total
18/2021 would attract additional provision of ______ per cent on the of 25 per cent
Dt. 31.03.2021 outstanding balance.
In view of certain safeguards such as escrow accounts available 20%
SASTRA in respect of Infrastructure lending, Infrastructure loan accounts
18/2021 which are classified as Sub Standard will attract a provisioning of
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______% for unsecured exposures instead of aforesaid
prescription of 25%.
SASTRA The provisioning requirement for unsecured ‘doubtful’ assets is 100%
18/2021 ______%.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Unsecured exposure is defined as an exposure where the 10 percent
SASTRA
realisable value of the security, as assessed by the
18/2021
bank/approved valuers/Reserve Bank’s inspecting officers, is not
Dt. 31.03.2021
more than ______ percent, ab-initio, of the outstanding exposure.
Loans where the realizable value of the security, as assessed by Unsecured Exposure
SASTRA
the Bank/ Approved Valuers/ RBI Officers is not more than 10% of
18/2021
the exposure based on the latest sanction/ disbursement is to be
Dt. 31.03.2021
categorized as ______.
SASTRA For standard Direct Advances to agricultural and Small & Micro 0.25
18/2021 Sectors, provisioning requirement is ______%.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA For standard Advances to Commercial Real Estate (CRE) sector, 1.00%
18/2021 provisioning requirement is ______%.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA For standard Advances to Commercial Real Estate – Residential 0.75%
18/2021 Housing Sector (CRE - RH), provisioning requirement is
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______%.
For standard Housing loan granted at ‘Teaser Rates, provisioning 2% ; 0.40%
SASTRA
requirement is ______%. The provisioning on these assets would
18/2021
revert to ______% after 1 year from the date on which the rates
Dt. 31.03.2021
are reset at higher rates if the accounts remain ‘standard’.
SASTRA For standard Direct Advances to Medium Enterprises shall attract 0.40%
18/2021 ______% provisions.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Integrated housing projects comprising of some commercial space 10.00%
SASTRA (e.g. Shopping complex, school, etc.) can also be classified under
18/2021 CRE-RH, provided that the commercial area in the residential
Dt. 31.03.2021 housing project does not exceed ______% of the total Floor
Space Index (FSI) of the project.
SASTRA In case the Floor Space Index (FSI) of the commercial area in the CRE (not as CRE-RH)
18/2021 predominantly residential housing complex exceeds the ceiling of
Dt. 31.03.2021 10%, the project loans should be classified as ______.
SASTRA In the case of advances classified as ______ and guaranteed by doubtful
272
18/2021 DICGC/ECGC, provision should be made only for the balance in

Dt. 31.03.2021 excess of the amount guaranteed by these Corporations.
SASTRA Banks shall make provisions on the net funded country exposures 100 percent
Page
18/2021 on a graded scale ranging from 0.25 to ______ percent according

Dt. 31.03.2021 to the risk categories.

SASTRA The non performing financial asset purchased, may be classified 90 days
18/2021 as ‘standard’ in the books of the purchasing bank for a period of
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______ from the date of purchase.
SASTRA In case an account becomes out of order or irregular from 26.04.2013
18/2021 26.01.2013, it shall be treated as NPA as on ______, in case
Dt. 31.03.2021 default persists.
SASTRA The accounts classified as 'standard assets' should be sub-standard assets
18/2021 immediately re- classified as______ upon restructuring.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA In the case of restructured accounts classified as 'standard', the accrual basis
18/2021 income, if any, generated by these instruments may be
Dt. 31.03.2021 recognised on _______.
SASTRA In the case of restructured accounts classified as non-performing cash basis
18/2021 assets, the income, if any, generated by these instruments may
Dt. 31.03.2021 be recognised only on______.
A financial asset may be transferred to Securitization Company / SARFAESI Act
SASTRA
Reconstruction Company on outright sale basis under Sections
17/2021
5(1)(a) and 5(1)(b), or Agency basis under Section 10(1) of
Dt. 31.03.2021
the______.
Financial assets would be offered for transfer / sale to only those SARFAESI Act
SASTRA Securitization Company (ies) / Reconstruction Company (ies) who
17/2021 has / have obtained the Certificate of Registration from RBI under
Dt. 31.03.2021 Section 3 of the ______ before providing information in respect of
a financial asset to them.
Whenever Bank’s financial assets are placed for sale to the 5
SASTRA
SCs/RCs/NBFCs/FIs/Banks etc. (whether Bank approaches them
17/2021
or they approach the Bank), invitation must be sent to
Dt. 31.03.2021
minimum______ SCs/RCs/Banks/NBFCs etc.
SASTRA A Non Performing Asset, including a non-performing SCs/RCs
17/2021 bond/debenture can be sold to ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Banks will be permitted to sell their NPAs to other 12 months
SASTRA Banks/FIs/NBFCs (excluding SC/RC) without any initial holding
17/2021 period. However, the non-performing financial asset should be
Dt. 31.03.2021 held by the purchasing bank for a period of ______ months before
it is sold to other Banks/FIs/NBFCs (excluding SC/RC).
An asset reported as SMA-2 (Special Mention Account) where 61-90 days
SASTRA
principal or interest payment is overdue between ______ days, by
17/2021
the Bank/FI to Central Repository for information on Large Credit
Dt. 31.03.2021
(CRILC) can be sold to SCs/RCs.
A Standard Asset can be sold to SCs/RCs where (i) The asset is 75% ; 75%
under consortium/multiple banking arrangements (ii) At least
SASTRA
______% by value of the asset is classified as non-performing
17/2021
assets in the books of other Banks/FIs and (iii) At least ______%
Dt. 31.03.2021
by value of the banks/FIs who are under consortium/multiple
banking arrangements agree to sale of the asset to SC/RC.
SASTRA Proposal for approval for sale of Wilful defaulters/Criminal Action Management Committee
17/2021 (only non-fraudulent cases) cases shall be considered by
Dt. 31.03.2021 the______ on merits of the case.
SASTRA Accounts backed by Govt. Guarantees may be considered for Board
17/2021 sale to SCs/RCs/other Banks/FIs/NBFCs, subject to approval by
Dt. 31.03.2021 the______.
As per our bank's policy, Identification of accounts for sale will be Management Committee
SASTRA
carried out twice a year, in the months of June (after finalization of of Board (MC) (As per
273
17/2021
Bank’s annual accounts) and December every year and the same RBI- at-least once in a
Dt. 31.03.2021
will be got approved by ______. year)
SASTRA All Doubtful accounts with balance outstanding of Rs. ______ will Rs. 50 crores & above
Page
17/2021 be reviewed and placed to the Management Committee for

Dt. 31.03.2021 identification of accounts which may be offered to the the

ARCs/NBFCs etc. during the year.”
SASTRA The powers for permitting for initiation of sale of identified financial HOCAC-III
17/2021 assets to SCs/RCs/Other banks/FIs/NBFCs etc. will be vested
Dt. 31.03.2021 with ______.
The powers for withdrawal of the account due to any reason, e.g ED/MD
SASTRA non-availability of the latest valuation report, OTS/ Compromise
17/2021 Offer received from the borrower/co-borrower, any regulatory/legal
Dt. 31.03.2021 requirement/restriction etc. from sale process are vested with
______.
In case obligant(s) and co obligant(s) come forwards, for OTS, 50% ; 3 months
before finalization of sale process by the proposed buyer(s), the
concerned account may be withdrawn from the sale process
SASTRA considering account specific merits, provided, the minimum offer
17/2021 of OTS shall be 115%, 110% and 105% of reserve price where
Dt. 31.03.2021 outstanding is upto Rs.10 lacs, more than Rs.10 lacs & upto
Rs.50 lacs and more than Rs.50 lacs respectively and the party
deposits ______% cash as upfront money immediately and
remaining within ______ months of approval of OTS.
SASTRA In case of sale of financial assets to the SCs/RCs, minimum cash 15% ; 85%
17/2021 component will be ______% of the sale price and rest ______% in
Dt. 31.03.2021 the form of Security Receipts/Bonds etc.
In terms of RBI guidelines Security Receipts (SRs) are 5 years ; 8 years
SASTRA
redeemable within ______ years which can be extended upto
17/2021
______ years with the approval of the Boards of the SCs/RCs.
Dt. 31.03.2021
However, there is no guarantee of return on SRs.
Credit rating of the Security Receipts / Debentures of SCs/RCs 6 months (reduced from
SASTRA obtained from any of the recognized credit rating agencies should 12 months)
17/2021 be kept in view. However, initially the rating of SRs be obtained
Dt. 31.03.2021 from SC/RC within 6 months of issue of SRs as per RBI
guidelines.
SASTRA Management Fee shall be payable to the ARCs at a flat rate of 2%
17/2021 ______%.
Dt. 31.03.2021
If a bid received is above the Reserve Price and a minimum 50%
SASTRA
______% of sale proceeds is in cash and also fulfills the other
17/2021
conditions specified in Offer Document, acceptance of that bid
Dt. 31.03.2021
would be mandatory for the Bank.
SASTRA In case account is offered only on 100% cash basis, a flat 10%-15%
17/2021 discount in the range of______ may be given over the NPRV
Dt. 31.03.2021 calculated, subject to ZOASC recommendations.
Where ______% (by value) or more, Banks/FIs have already 50%
SASTRA sold/assigned their share in a financial asset to any
17/2021 ARCs/Banks/NBFCs etc., the Reserve Price at which the Other
Dt. 31.03.2021 Banks have sold their shares to the ARCs, may be considered as
an Indicative Price,
SASTRA As per RBI gudelines, two independent valuation reports be Rs. 50 crores & above
17/2021 obtained in case of exposures (non fund based + fund based) of
Dt. 31.03.2021 Rs. ______.
SASTRA In our bank, in case the value of immovable property is Rs.5 crore & above
17/2021 Rs.______, branches shall get valuation of such IP done from each
Dt. 31.03.2021 minimum two valuers on the Bank’s approved panel
SASTRA In case the difference in valuation by the two valuers is less than 15%
17/2021 ______%, the average value may be taken.
Dt. 31.03.2021
274
SASTRA In case the difference in valuation by the two valuers is more than higher
17/2021 15%, then the______ value be considered for calculation of
Dt. 31.03.2021 NPRV/Reserve Price.
Page
SASTRA In those accounts which are being placed for sale to Bank ; borrower

17/2021 ARCs/NBFCs etc. in case valuation is required to be got done in

Dt. 31.03.2021 terms of Bank’s guidelines, then only the cost will be borne by the
______and in all other cases the cost will continue to be borne by
the ______.
In case no bid is received at the Reserve Price fixed, then in the 10%
SASTRA
next sale process, HOASC & HOSAC may permit further
17/2021
reduction in Reserve Price/Sale Price by ______% on
Dt. 31.03.2021
recommendations of the ZOASC.
The Bank may also dispense with independent valuation by an Rs. 10 lacs
SASTRA outside valuer where the loan asset being acquired by the
17/2021 Securitization Company / Reconstruction Company/other
Dt. 31.03.2021 banks/FIs/NBFCs etc. is below Rs. ______ depending upon the
merits.
SASTRA As per the requirement of CVC, offers shall be invited under two Price Bid (PB)
17/2021 separate sealed covers namely Technical Bid (TB) and ______.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA As advised by RBI, minimum period of______ will be given to the two weeks
17/2021 prospective buyers to complete their Due Diligence Exercise.
Dt. 31.03.2021
As per RBI Master Circular, in the case of consortium / multiple 75%
SASTRA
banking arrangements, if ______% (by value of amount
17/2021
outstanding) of the banks / FIs decide to accept the offer, the
Dt. 31.03.2021
remaining banks / FIs will be obligated to accept the offer.
When the bank invests in the SRs/PTCs issued by SCs/RCs in The NBV of the financial
SASTRA respect of the financial assets sold by it to the SC/RC, the sale asset
17/2021 shall be recognized in books of the bank at the lower of: (a) The
Dt. 31.03.2021 redemption value of the security receipts/ pass-through
certificates & (b) ______.
A Non-Disclosure Agreement (Annexure-NDA) shall be executed 5 years
SASTRA
at Head Office by the intending buyers i.e. SCs/RCs/Other
17/2021
Banks/FIs/NBFCs etc. This Agreement will remain valid for
Dt. 31.03.2021
______ years.
SASTRA Once the account has been closed after sale to the ARCs/Other 15 days
17/2021 Buyers, the necessary documents/files should be handed over to
Dt. 31.03.2021 them within ______ by the concerned branch.
A joint note will be placed by Treasury Division and SASTRA MD & CEO ; Board
SASTRA
Division to ______ on quarterly basis and to ______on Yearly
17/2021
Basis (as on 31st March of each year) regarding the status of SR
Dt. 31.03.2021
investment made by Bank w.r.t accounts sold to ARC.
All NPA accounts under ______ and also all written off accounts Doubtful and Loss
SASTRA shall be eligible for allocation of accounts to Recovery category (whether non-
16/2021 Agencies/Resolution Agents except accounts where compromises suit filed, suit filed or
Dt. 31.03.2021 have been approved (including those reached at in Lok Adalats) decreed)
and have not been treated as failed.
SASTRA All NPA accounts under Doubtful and Loss category (whether Rs. 10 lac
16/2021 non-suit filed, suit filed or decreed) with outstanding upto Rs.
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______ are eligible for allotment to Recovery Agencies.
Accounts with Ledger outstanding of Rs.1 Crore and above upto Rs. 50 Crores
SASTRA Rs. _______ subject to sum of o/s balance of all NPA accounts
16/2021 allocated should not exceed Rs. 50 Crores, at any point of time,
Dt. 31.03.2021 may be allocatted to Securitization Reconstruction Companies
(SCs/RCs).
SCs/RCs may be empanelled as Resolution cum recovery Agents Rs. 1 crore & above
SASTRA
and all Retail Loans under Doubtful/Loss category may be
16/2021
allocated to them Circle-wise on portfolio basis in addition to
275
Dt. 31.03.2021
NPAs (Doubtful/Loss) of Rs. ______.
SASTRA Accounts with Ledger outstanding of above Rs.______ upto Rs. Rs.10 lacs
16/2021 50 Crores subject to sum of o/s balance of all NPA accounts
Page
Dt. 31.03.2021 allocated should not exceed Rs. 50 Crores, at any point of time,

may be allocatted to Other Firms (Firms/Companies other than

SCs/RCs)
Accounts with Ledger outstanding above Rs. 10 lacs upto Rs. Rs. 5 crores
SASTRA
______ subject to sum of o/s balance of all NPA accounts
16/2021
allocated should not exceed Rs. 50 Crores at any point of time,
Dt. 31.03.2021
may be allocatted to Ex-Employees of PSBs.
The Securitization / Reconstruction Companies (SCs/RCs) which Section 3 of the
SASTRA have obtained the certificate of registration from RBI under SARFAESI Act
16/2021 ______ Act and having Object Clause of Memorandum of
Dt. 31.03.2021 Association permitting them to act as Resolution Agent for the
bank.
As per our bank's policy for engagement of Recovery 3 years
Agencies/Resolution Agents, a Firm/Company promoted by
and/or employing professional person/persons like Chartered
SASTRA
Accountant /Company Secretary / Cost Accountant and / or
16/2021
honourably retired Senior Executives of the Banks (not less than
Dt. 31.03.2021
DGM/GM) with minimum ______ years experience in the
resolution of NPAs will be eligible for allocation of NPA Accounts
above Rs 10.00 lacs.
Retired employees of Amalgamated Bank who have worked in the 5 years
SASTRA last ______ years of their service in the Head Office SASTRA
16/2021 Division/ Recovery Sections at Zonal Office/Circle and/or in
Dt. 31.03.2021 ARMBs will be eligible for empanelment for allocation of NPA
Accounts above Rs 10.00 lacs as Resolution Agents.
SASTRA _______ shall invite applications from Recovery Agencies for Circle Head
16/2021 empanelment as Recovery Agencies (For NPA accounts upto Rs.
Dt. 31.03.2021 10 lacs) once in a year.
SASTRA ______ shall invite applications from the honorably retired bank Zonal Manager
16/2021 employees of PSBs for empanelment as Resolution Agents.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA ______ shall invite applications for empanelment of SC Head Office, SASTRA
16/2021 (Securitization Companies)/RCs (Reconstruction Companies) as Division
Dt. 31.03.2021 Resolution Agents
SASTRA ______ shall be the competent Authority for empanelment of Executive Director
16/2021 SCs/RCs as Resolution cum Recovery Agents and allocation of
Dt. 31.03.2021 NPAs under Retail Loans on portfolio basis.
Panel of Recovery Agencies/Resolution Agents shall be valid 3 years (subject to
SASTRA
for______. However, progress of all the agencies will be annual review by Zonal
16/2021
submitted by respective Circle offices to their Zonal offices who Office Vertical and Zonal
Dt. 31.03.2021
will in turn submit quarterly reports to SASTRA Division, HO Manager)
SASTRA The Agency shall furnish to the Bank’s Circle Office (In case of Rs 1, 00,000/-
16/2021 Recovery Agents) & Zonal Office (In case of Resolution Agents), a
Dt. 31.03.2021 Bank guarantee for an amount of Rs. 1,00,000/-.
If reputed Recovery Agencies having good track of effecting Rs.1 lac ; Rs.3 lacs
SASTRA recoveries of the Banks are desirous of getting empanelled with
16/2021 other Circle Offices, they shall provide Bank Guarantee/ Security
Dt. 31.03.2021 deposit of Rs.______ for each Circle Office separately, subject to
maximum of Rs.3 lacs.
If reputed Resolution Agents having good track of effecting Rs.1 lac ; Rs.3 lacs
SASTRA recoveries of the Banks are desirous of getting empanelled with
16/2021 other Zonal Office, they shall provide Bank Guarantee/ Security
Dt. 31.03.2021 deposit of Rs.______ for each Zonal Office separately, subject to
If any Agency is empaneled as on the role of more than one for a Rs. 1 lac
SASTRA Circle Office/Zonal Office for e.g. XYZ Ltd. is empaneled as
276
16/2021 Recovery Agency as well as Resolution Agent & Supporting

Dt. 31.03.2021 Agency, then Bank Guarantee/Security Deposit of Rs. ______ will
be furnished separately for each role.
Page
SASTRA Branch Heads have power to allocate accounts to Recovery Rs 1.00 lacs

16/2021 Agency upto Rs ______.

Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA ______ have power to allocate accounts to Recovery Agency Circle SASTRA Heads
16/2021 above Rs. 1.00 lacs upto Rs 10.00 lacs to Recovery Agency shall
Dt. 31.03.2021 be
For allocation of NPA accounts to SCs/RCs empaneled as Zonal SASTRA Head
SASTRA
Resolution Agent, where Balance outstanding of NPA account is
16/2021
above Rs.1 crore to Rs. 5 crore crore Competent Authority will be
Dt. 31.03.2021
______.
For allocation of NPA accounts to SCs/RCs empaneled as Zonal Manager
SASTRA
16/2021
above Rs.5 crore and upto Rs 10 crore Competent Authority will
Dt. 31.03.2021
be ______.
For allocation of NPA accounts to SCs/RCs empaneled as CGM (SASTRA)
SASTRA
16/2021
above 10 crore and upto Rs 50.00 crore Competent Authority will
Dt. 31.03.2021
be ______.
For allocation of NPA accounts having outstanding balance above Circle SASTRA Head
SASTRA
Rs. 10 lacs Upto Rs. 25 lacs to Ex-Employees of PSBs in clerical
16/2021
Cadre empaneled as Resolution Agent, Competent Authority will
Dt. 31.03.2021
be ______.
For allocation of NPA accounts having outstanding balance above Circle SASTRA Head
SASTRA
Rs. 10 lacs Upto Rs. 100 lacs to Ex-Employees of PSBs in officer
16/2021
Cadre Scale-I,II & III empaneled as Resolution Agent, Competent
Dt. 31.03.2021
Authority will be ______.
For allocation of NPA accounts having outstanding balance above Zonal SASTRA Head
SASTRA
Rs. 10 lac Upto Rs. 250 lacs to Ex-Employees of PSBs in officer
16/2021
Cadre (Scale IV & Scale-V) empaneled as Resolution Agent,
Dt. 31.03.2021
Competent Authority will be ______.
For allocation of NPA accounts having outstanding balance above Zonal Manager
SASTRA
Rs. 10 lac Upto Rs. 500 lac to Ex-Employees of PSBs in officer
16/2021
Cadre (Scale-VI and above) empaneled as Resolution Agent,
Dt. 31.03.2021
Competent Authority will be ______.
SASTRA For allocation of NPA accounts having outstanding balance above Zonal SASTRA
16/2021 Rs. 5 crores to SCs/RCs and other firms, ______ will be the Committee (ZSCO)
Dt. 31.03.2021 recommending authority.
Allocation processwill be completed within ______ from the date 15 days
SASTRA
of allotment of Recovery Agency/Resolution Agent for the
16/2021
concerned Branches/ Circle SASTRA Centres/Zonal SASTRA
Dt. 31.03.2021
Centres.
SCs/RCs as Resolution Agent shall be allocated 25 to 50 Rs. 50 Cr
SASTRA
accounts for resolution based on their performance subject to the
16/2021
sum of outstanding balance of all NPA accounts allocated to
Dt. 31.03.2021
resolution agents should not exceed ______, at a time.
Firms as Resolution Agent are to be allotted accounts based on Rs. 50 Cr
the credentials of the agency. However, not more than 200
SASTRA
accounts above the balance of Rs 10.00 lacs be allotted to one
16/2021
Resolution Agent subject to the sum of outstanding balance of all
Dt. 31.03.2021
NPA accounts allocated to resolution agents should not exceed
Rs. ______, at any point of time.
A PSB Retired Employees as Resolution Officer shall be allocated Rs. 50 Cr
SASTRA
maximum 50 accounts subject to the sum of outstanding balance
16/2021
of all NPA accounts allocated to resolution agents should not
Dt. 31.03.2021
exceed Rs.______, at any point of time.
SASTRA ______ may permit to utilize the services of a Recovery Agencies Zonal SASTRA Head
277
16/2021 in any other Circle SASTRA Centre (even outside his jurisdiction)
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA The allocating authority may consider withdrawing allocated 6 (six) months
Page
16/2021 accounts from Recovery/Resolution agencies after ______months (extendable to 12

Dt. 31.03.2021 of allocation , in case no effective result is yielded by them. months)

SASTRA The branch will specifically issue a Job Card to the person Rs. 1.00 lacs
16/2021 working on behalf of Recovery Agency/Resolution Agents for NPA
Dt. 31.03.2021 accounts upto Rs. ______.
State Consumer Forum of New Delhi has given stern warning to one month
SASTRA Banks that if any complaint is received against any Bank alleging
16/2021 use of force by recovery agents, the punishment of minimum
Dt. 31.03.2021 ______ imprisonment shall be imposed under Section 27 of the
Consumer Protection Act 1986
Supporting Agencies engaged should be capable of gathering 5 years
SASTRA proper and genuine purchasers for assisting the Bank for sale of
16/2021 acquired assets, in order to be able to fetch the maximum bid and
Dt. 31.03.2021 as such must have an experience of ______ years of conducting
auction on behalf of Government Departments of PSUs.
For NPAs having ledger balance exceeding Rs.______, bids may Rs. 5 crore
SASTRA
also be invited from reputed Agencies like DTTIL, PWC, Ernst &
16/2021
Young, SICOM, MITCON, ITCOT, SFCs, SIDCs, NITCON etc. if
Dt. 31.03.2021
required.
Concerned ______ shall invite applications from Supporting Circle Head
SASTRA
Agencies, once in a year and Circle Office Committee for
16/2021
Empanelment of Outsourcing Agencies (COCEOA) will be the
Dt. 31.03.2021
competent authority for empanelment of a Supporting Agency.
______ will be the competent authority to empanel any Detective Zonal Office Committee
SASTRA
Agency for Empanelment of
16/2021
Outsourcing Agencies
Dt. 31.03.2021
(ZOCEOA)
SASTRA Once a Detective Agency has been empanelled, ______ will be Circle SASTRA
16/2021 the competent authority to assign any task to the Detective Head/Zonal SASTRA
Dt. 31.03.2021 Agency. Head
To eligible for Detective Agencies, Agency must have 1 year ; 3 years
SASTRA minimum______of experience in this activity and key-person of
16/2021 the Agency should have minimum ______years of the experience
Dt. 31.03.2021 in this activity either worked in Govt. Offices looked after this type
of activity/ other Detective Agency firm.
SASTRA Panel of Detective Agencies shall be valid for ______ (subject to 3 years
16/2021 annual review by Zonal Office Vertical and Zonal Manager).
Dt. 31.03.2021
The empanelled Detective agencies will submit their report along- 30 days ; 15 days
with the supporting papers, photographs, audio/video recording (total time frame will be
SASTRA etc., if any, collected by them. A time frame of maximum ______ 45 days)
16/2021 days will be allowed to the Agency for submission of report.
Dt. 31.03.2021 However, in emergent circumstances, further extension of ______
days may be permitted by the Circle Head (ZM in case of LCBs),
keeping in view complexity of the case.
On receipt of information about whereabouts of the Rs. 7,500/- ; Rs.
SASTRA missing/absconding borrower / guarantor / co-borrower / director 45,000/-
16/2021 etc. subject to production of documentary proof/evidence, the
Dt. 31.03.2021 Detective Agencies will be paid fees @ ______ per person subject
to maximum fee of Rs. 45,000/- under this category, per account.
For locating properties other than details of which are available in Rs. 20,000/- ; Rs.
SASTRA
Bank’s records, the Detective Agencies will be paid fees @ 1.50 lacs
16/2021
______ for each property located, subject to maximum fee of Rs.
Dt. 31.03.2021
______ per account.
For providing any other information, which may be helpful for Rs. 2,500/- ; Rs.
recovery of Bank’s dues e.g information about other businesses, 30,000/-
278
SASTRA credit facilities from other banks, accounts with other banks
16/2021 including verification of present position of properties as per
Dt. 31.03.2021 Bank’s records, the Detective Agencies will be paid fees @
Page
______ per piece of information, with maximum amount of Rs.

30,000/- per account.

SASTRA In case the Detective Agency fails to trace the borrower/ guarantor Rs. 3,000/-
16/2021 etc., Maximum fee of Rs. ______ per account can be paid.
Dt. 31.03.2021
SASTRA In case the Detective Agency fails to trace the property., Rs. 7,000/-
16/2021 Maximum fee of Rs. ______ per account can be paid.
Dt. 31.03.2021
Bank can make use of a power to stop defaulting promoters of Look out Circulars
SASTRA
large value NPA accounts from travelling or moving abroad to (LOCs)
15/2021
escape any legal or punitive action initiated by Banks/enforcement
Dt. 31.03.2021
agencies. This power is called ______.
SASTRA ______ has authorized Heads of Public Sector Banks to issue Ministry of Home Affairs
15/2021 requests for opening Look out Circulars (LOCs) in respect of (MHA)
Dt. 31.03.2021 Indian Citizens and Foreigners.
Request for issuance of Look Out circular against any Rs. 50 crores
SASTRA person/entities may be made by a bank if the Person and all the
15/2021 Entities taken together have combined loan outstanding (fund
Dt. 31.03.2021 based and non- fund based) of not less than Rs. ______ from the
banking system.
SASTRA Authority for issuing request for opening an LOC is ______ and MD & CEO ; Zonal
15/2021 SASTRA Division (HO) will initiate the process based on the SASTRA Committee
Dt. 31.03.2021 recommendations of ______. (ZSCO).
SASTRA As per DFS instructions, data on request for opening of LOCs fortnightly
15/2021 made by the Bank is to be submitted on ______basis to
Dt. 31.03.2021 bo2@nic.in.
SASTRA As per DFS and Central Economic Intelligence Bureau (CEIB), monthly
15/2021 data on LOC is to be submitted on ______ basis to ad14-
Dt. 31.03.2021 ceib@gov.in & addl-dir1-ceib@gov.in.
As per MHA, LOCs are valid for a period of ______ from the date one year ; one year
SASTRA
of issue and name of the subject shall be automatically removed
15/2021
from the LOC thereafter unless the concerned agency requests
Dt. 31.03.2021
for its renewal within a period of ______.
SASTRA After receipt of the entire OTS amount, at the time of closure of COWO
14/2021 the NPA account, entry should be made through menu option
Dt. 23.03.2021 ______
SASTRA Now, all settlement proposals under Special OTS Scheme upto Rs. 5.00 Crore
12/2021 Rs.______ can also be processed through online OTS Module
Dt. 11.03.2021
SASTRA To facilitate real time data availability for monitoring the activities, PNB Pride
11/2021 our Bank has designed an application named ______.PNB Pride
Dt. 10.03.2021
In order to comply with the requirements of EASE 3.0 Agenda and SASTRA Portal
SASTRA
further strengthen the efforts of SASTRA Vertical Officials in
10/2021
monitoring of recovery actions in NPA accounts, our Bank has
Dt. 10.03.2021
developed an in-house online portal named _______.
SASTRA SASTRA Portal is a common portal for monitoring of recovery Wilful Defaulter Module
10/2021 actions in NPA Accounts under five modules i.e. NCLT Module,
Dt. 10.03.2021 DRT Module, SARFAESI Module, OTS Module and ______.
SASTRA A link of “SASTRA Portal” has been provided on Non-CBS https://172.16.134.100
10/2021 Application Home Page. The said application is accessible
Dt. 10.03.2021 through URL______.
All NPA accounts (Agri/ MSME/ Retail) under Sub-standard, Rs 10 lacs
doubtful and loss category up to Rs _______ as well as SMA-II
SASTRA
and written off accounts with ledger outstanding not exceeding Rs
08/2021
10 lacs may also be allocated to Corporate Business
Dt. 26.02.2021
Correspondents / Business Correspondents (CBC/BC) agents for
279
recovering the overdues in those accounts.

SASTRA For NPA Accounts having balance O/s upto Rs. 1 Lac, ______ is Branch Heads
08/2021 empowered to allocate eligible NPA accounts to CBC/BC Agents
Page
Dt. 26.02.2021 on quarterly basis.

For NPA Accounts having balance O/s above Rs. 1 Lac upto Rs. Circle SATSRA Heads
SASTRA
10 Lac, ______ is empowered to allocate eligible NPA accounts
08/2021
to CBC/BC Agents on quarterly basis on the recommendations of
Dt. 26.02.2021
Field Recovery Incharge.
SASTRA For SMA-II Accounts, ______ is empowered to allocate eligible Branch Heads
08/2021 NPA accounts to CBC/BC Agents on quarterly basis.
Dt. 26.02.2021
SASTRA ______ accounts will not be allocated to CBC/BC agents for Suit filed and decreed
08/2021 recovery purpose.
Dt. 26.02.2021
SASTRA Monitoring of allocated accounts to CBC/BC Agent having Circle SASTRA Centre
08/2021 balance outstanding Rs. 1 lc to Rs. 10 lac shall be done by
Dt. 26.02.2021 _______ on a continuous basis.
SASTRA For NPA accounts (non-suit filed & Written off Accounts), The 5.00%
08/2021 Corporate BC will be paid commission @ ______ on the amounts
Dt. 26.02.2021 recovered as under (exclusive of GST).
SASTRA For SMA-II accounts), The Corporate BC will be paid commission 2.50%
08/2021 @ ______ on the amounts recovered as under (exclusive of
Dt. 26.02.2021 GST).
For NPA accounts upto Rs. 1 lac & SMA-II accounts upto Rs. Rs. 10 Lac
SASTRA
______ Incumbent In charge of the branch will be the competent
08/2021
authority to finalize the bill/claim submitted account-wise by the
Dt. 26.02.2021
CBCs/BC agents and its payment
For NPA accounts having balance o/s more than Rs. 1 lac upto Circle SASTRA Head
SASTRA
Rs. 10 lac, ______ will be the competent authority to finalize the
08/2021
bill/claim submitted account-wise by the CBCs/BC agents and its
Dt. 26.02.2021
payment
SASTRA For NPA accounts upto Rs. 1 lac & SMA-II accounts upto Rs. 10 Circle Head
08/2021 Lac, The performance of the CBCs shall be monitored and
Dt. 26.02.2021 reviewed by the ______ on monthly basis.
SASTRA For NPA accounts having balance o/s more than Rs. 1 lac upto Circle SASTRA Head
08/2021 Rs. 10 lac, The performance of the CBCs shall be monitored and
Dt. 26.02.2021 reviewed by the ______on monthly basis.
Security Division
As per RBI directives, FMR-IV and VMR-II Returns have to be 5th
Security
automatically uploaded to RBI server. VMR-II data for any quarter
06/2021
should be completed duly verified by Zonal Office on the portal
Dt. 10.06.2021
latest by ______ of the succeeding month.
Security PNB Security Return Portal was made LIVE in August 2020 to FMR-IV and VMR-II
06/2021 capture ______ from Branches & Currency Chests duly verified by data
Dt. 10.06.2021 respective Circle Offices and Zonal Offices.
PNB Security Return Portal website is compatible with ______. IE9+ (Internet
Security
Explorer), Chrome 30+,
06/2021
Mozilla 27+, Safari 9
Dt. 10.06.2021
etc.
Security VMR-II will be submitted on ______ basis mandatorily by all quarterly
06/2021 Branches and Currency Chests on PNB Security Return Portal
Dt. 10.06.2021 website.
Security FMR-IV is not mandatory on quarterly basis but is incident specific. theft, robbery, dacoity,
06/2021 FMR-IV has to be filled in as and when any security incident of burglary etc
Dt. 10.06.2021 Cash loss happens like ______ in branch/ATM.
Security Bankers’ Indemnity Policy for 2021-22 (i.e. for the period M/s National Insurance
280
05/2021 01/04/2021 to 31/03/2022) has been obtained by our Bank from Co. Ltd
Dt. 07.06.2021 ______.
Security As per our Bankers’ Indemnity Policy for 2021-22, Basic Sum Rs. 200 Lacs
Page
05/2021 Insured coverage will be Rs. ______for anyone accident and in

Dt. 07.06.2021 aggregate

Security As per our Bankers’ Indemnity Policy for 2021-22, Cash at Rs. 500 Lacs
05/2021 Premises Coverage will be Rs. ______for anyone accident and in (Additional to Basic
Dt. 07.06.2021 aggregate Sum insured)
Security05/202 Which of the following accident is not covered under our Bankers’
1 Indemnity Policy for 2021-22?
Dt. 07.06.2021
Security As per our Bankers’ Indemnity Policy for 2021-22, Cash in Transit Rs. 500 Lacs
05/2021 Coverage will be Rs. ______for anyone accident and in aggregate (Additional to Basic
Dt. 07.06.2021 Sum insured)
Security As per our Bankers’ Indemnity Policy for 2021-22, Fidelity / Rs. 200 Lacs (Limited
05/2021 Employee Dishonesty Coverage will be Rs. ______for anyone to physical cash and
Dt. 07.06.2021 accident and in aggregate property only)
Security As per our Bankers’ Indemnity Policy for 2021-22, Registered Rs. 100 Lacs
05/2021 postal sending Coverage will be Rs. ______for anyone accident
Dt. 07.06.2021 and in aggregate
Security As per our Bankers’ Indemnity Policy for 2021-22, Coverage for Rs. 100 Lacs
05/2021 Janta Agents/Pigmie collectors or Similar Schemes of Bank will be
Dt. 07.06.2021 Rs. ______for aPer event and in aggregate.
Security As per our Bankers’ Indemnity Policy for 2021-22, Coverage for Rs. 50 Lacs
05/2021 Loss of keys will be Rs. ______for anyone accident and in
Dt. 07.06.2021 aggregatePer event and in aggregate.
Security Professional Indemnity including but not limited to First Party Loss Rs. 100 Lacs
05/2021 as well and Limited to physical cash due to professional negligence
Dt. 07.06.2021 will be Rs. ______ per event & in aggregate.
As per Physical Security Policy of our Bank for FY: 2021-22, quarter ; a year
Security Security Officials must inspect Currency Chests (CCs) for security
03/2021 arrangements minimum once in a ______ while Circle Heads and
Dt. 27.04.2021 Zonal Heads shall inspect the security arrangements once in
______
As per Physical Security Policy of our Bank for FY: 2021-22, SECCHK
Security Security & Safety equipment and gadgets shall always be
05/2022 maintained in workable state through service contracts and
Dt. 07.06.2022 uninterrupted power supply. At the day end, mainstream officer
responsible for
Security As per Physical Security Policy of our Bank for FY: 2021-22, Each 5th Nov every year
03/2022 Premises’ Incumbent shall submit annual Compliance Certificate
Dt. 27.04.2022 on security equipment as on 31st Oct to Circle Office by ______.
Security As per Physical Security Policy of our Bank for FY: 2021-22, Each 5th Dec every year
05/2023 Circle Head shall submit annual Compliance Certificate as on 31st
Dt. 07.06.2023 Oct to Zonal Office by ______.
Security As per Physical Security Policy of our Bank for FY: 2021-22, Each By 5th Jan every year
03/2023 Zonal Head/Manager shall submit annual Compliance Certificate
Dt. 27.04.2023 as on 31st Oct to Zonal Office by ______.
281Page

Finacle 10: Module-wise Menu Options
Term Deposits:
Menu Option Description

HOAACTD/HOAACVTD Account opening/Verification
HCAACTD/HCAACVTD Account closure/Verification
HACMTD Account modification
HDAM Account modification –Interest related RD a/c penalty parameters and
maturity date maintenance for Notice deposits
HSCFM Scheme Control File Maintenance
HNNTM Next Number Table Maintenance
EXCDM Exception Code Maintenance
HTVSM/HIVSM/HITCM Interest Rate set up
HRRCDM Reference Code Maintenance
HGLSHM/HGLSHR GL Sub head maintenance/Replication
HAPHM/HACMDB/HOACR Account Place holder/Office A/c opening/verification/Office A/c Replication
HILCM/HIMAUM/HIIM/HIMC Inventory related menus
HTDGSPM Term Deposit a/c Scheme Parameter Maintenance
HSRGPM Scheme Register General Parameter Maintenance
HDN Maturity Notice Generation
HDRP/DUDRP/REDRP Deposit Receipt Print/Duplicate/Reprint
HTDREN Renewal of Deposits
HTDEXT Extension of Deposits
HTDRCL Term Deposit Renewal Confirmation Letter
HTDBATCH TD Batch Process for Auto Renewal/Auto Closure/System Verification of
Closure of accounts
HSWOPS Sweeps operation – Automatic A/c opening
HRELACI TD Related Account Inquiry
HFDLD Flexi Deposits Linked Details
HFFDPSP FFD – transaction details statement
HFDOCD TD – Accounts opened/Closed details
HACDET/HGDET TD – Account details/General Details(Similar to ACS)
HRDD/HSDD/HMDD Rate wise / Scheme wise / Maturity Date wise distribution of deposits
HPLIST Pending Instalment list – RD accounts
HIRRDEP Irregular Recurring Deposits
HTXOD Transfer to Overdue Deposits
HACXFRSOL Transfer of Account across SOLS
HACXFRSC Transfer of Account across Scheme codes
HMACM Master Account Maintenance
HCUMI Master and Placement Listing
HCUTDMAT TD Maturities of customer
HUPLMAM Master A/c Upload – General & Document Details Upload
HUPLMAAS Master A/c Upload –Related Party Details upload
HMTOPLU Update Master account to Placement
HMACLS Automatic Closure of Master A/c
Customer Accounts:
MENU OPTION DESCRIPTION

HCUMP Customer Master Print
282
HCUIR Customer Interest Report

HOAAC(SB/CA/CC/OD) Customer A/C Opening
HOAACM(SB/CA/CC/OD) Modification Of Customer A/C Before Opening Is
Page
HOAACV(SB/CA/CC/OD) Verification Of Customer A/C Opening

HACM Customer A/C Maintenance

HLMMAS Maintain Liquidity Management Structure
HLMGRP Maintain Liquidity Management Group
HLMSWP Liquidity Management Balance Sweep
HLMSWPID Intra Day Liquidity Management Balance Sweep
HLMBRST Reset Liquidity Management Balance in Batch
HLMRST Reset Liquidity Management Balance
HLMRSWP Liquidity Management Balance Reverse Sweep
HLMBOOK Book Interest
HLMACCR Accrue Interest
HLMINT Run Interest
HLMALLOC Allocate Interest
HLMI Inquire on Limit Tree Structure
HLMUPLD Liquidity Management Upload
HAALI A/C Abnormal Limits Inquiry
HAALM A/C Abnormal Limit Maintenance
HATOR A/C Turnover Report
HACLI A/C Ledger Inquiry
HACCBAL Components of Account Balance Inquiry
HALM Account Lien Maintenance
HACMP A/C Master Print
HACS A/C Selection
HACTI A/C Turnover Inquiry
HCAAC Close An Account
HCHBM Cheque Book Maintenance
HCHBIR Cheque Book Issued Register
HCHQUPLD Cheque Book Upload
CBP Cheque Book Printing (Range of Accounts)
HCOTA Charge off of Transaction Accounts
HUCS Update Cheque Status
HUPLOAD Customer / A/C Master Upload
HACLPCA Customer A/C Ledger Print
HAITINQ Inquire AIT table For A Given A/C Number
HINQACHQ Inquire A/C Number For A Given Cheque
HICHB Issue Cheque Book
HICHB Issue Cheque Book – Verification
HJHOLDER List Joint Holders Of An A/C
HPBP Passbook Printing
HPSP Pass sheet Printing
HADVC Print Dr/Cr. Advice To Customer
VCHR Print Dr/Cr. Voucher
HABMR Report Of A/Cs Below Minimum Balance
HSPP Stop Payment Processing
HSPPAU Stop Payment Processing – Verification
HSPRG Stop Payment Register Print
HSEL Super ceding Expired Limits
HTARACO Recovery after charge off of Transaction accounts
HXFCHBAC Transfer Of Cheques Between Two A/C’s Of The Same
XFCHACAU Transfer Of Cheques Between Two A/Cs Of The Same
HCUSBALP Customer Balance Printing
HCIPPRPT Customer Interest Pref And Peg Report
HCCA Change cust_id for an account
283
CBP Cheque Book Printing For A Range Of Accounts

HCAMC Change Account Manager Of Customer
HINTTM Interest Table Maintenance
Page
HAFSM Account Freeze Status Maintenance

HCBM Customer Becoming Major

HSWEEPS Pool of fund maintenance
HUCS Update cheque status
HACXFRSC Transfer of accounts Between Schemes
HACXFSOL Transfer of Accounts Between SOL
HTACHOFI Inquiry on charge off & non accrual of transaction
HCUPSD Portfolio statement of customer
HCUSB Savings accounts of customer
HCUCA Current accounts of customer
HCUOD OD accounts of customer
HCUSWP Sweep details of customer
HNRDCSR Non resident deposit comprehensive single report
SRCDR Sweeps Regularisation Charges Details Report
HFEPM Freeze Exception parameter Maintenance
Inland/Foreign Bills:

HBICN Calculate and Collect interest
HIBIBOOK Calculate Interest
APCHCOLL Collect Charges
HRRETURN Generate R Returns
HXOSSTMT Generate XOS Statement
HFBENC Generate ENC Statement
HFBEF Generate BEF Statement
HFBCS Generate Foreign Bills Covering Schedule
HFBER Generate Export Register Report
HFBDLNK Generate Foreign Bills Delinked Statement
HFBPADB Generate List of Pending and Dishonoured Bills
HFBADVP Print Transaction Advice
HFBECGC Generate ECGC Charge Details
HMTBP Print Multi-tenor Bill
HBINTRPT Generate Interest Collected or Paid on Bill Report
HBIODIC Generate Report on Batch Interest Collection on Bills
HBIREIC Generate Rear-end Interest Collected on Foreign Bills Report
HFBDISCR Generate Foreign Bills Containing Discrepancies Report
HFBAIC Generate Foreign Bills Advance Interest Calculated Report
HFBBR Print Foreign Bills Balancing Register
HFBERC Generate Exports Claim Report
HFBFCS Generate Disbursement Statement to Export Sector
HFBIR Print Import Bills Register
HFBOIB Generate Overdue Import Bills Statement
HFBPS Generate Foreign Bills Purchased Subsidiary Report
HFBRPR Generate Report on Bills Negotiated under Reserve
HFBSNC Generate Bill Collection or Negotiation Statement
HFBUBR Generate Undrawn Balance Register
HFXPSRG Generate Purchase or Sale Report
HFXTR Generate Forex Turnover Report
HXOSCHRG Generate Report on Charges Collected on Overdue Export Bills
HFBEXTD Generate Extended Foreign Bills Statement
HEXPRPT Generate Export Orders Report
HPMEMO Generate Presentation Memo of Foreign Bills
284
HFBICS Generate Report on Interest Collected on Foreign Bills

HIMPBILI Inquire on Inward Bills
HPLR Generate Party wise Liability Register
Page
HMTBP Generate Report on Multi-tenor Foreign Bills

HEXPBILI Inquire on Outward Bills

HRRET5 Generate R Return5 Report
HBKFBI Inquire on Foreign Bills
Inventory Management:
HUPM User profile maintenance
HEXCDM Exception code maintenance
HSCFM System control file maintenance
HRRCDM Reference codes creation
HIMAUM Inventory movement authorisation mainteance
HILCM Inventory location code maintenance
HIIM Inventory item maintenance
HIMC Inventory movement between locations
HISAI Inventory inquiry and split– for the user (employee) logged in only.
HISIA Inventory inquiry, split - all locations
HIMAI Inventory inquiry and merge – for the employee logged in location only
HIMIA Inventory inquiry and merge – for all Location
HISR Inventory status report – for the user (employee) logged in only.
HISRA Inventory status report – all
HIMI Inventory movement inquiry
HIMR Inventory movement report
HIIA Inventory inquiry all
HIMAUI Inventory movement authorisation inquiry
HILCI Inventory location code inquiry
Standing Instructions:

HSSIM Standing instruction maintenance
HSIM Standing instruction maintenance
HSIE Standing instructions execution
HSIETR Sis executed today report
HSIRP Standing instructions register printing
HSIADVC Print si advice to customer
HCFLM Carry-forward list maintenance
HSICL Print si covering letter to customer
HSII Standing instructions inquiry
HFCTMPL Template creation and maintenance
HPSTIN Scheduling of standing instructions
HPSPMT Scheduled payment run
Limits & Collaterals:

HLNM Limit node maintenance
HLNI Limit node inquiry
HLTL Limit tree lookup
HLNDI Limit Node Detail Inquiry
HLIMXFR Transfer of available Limits
285
HLIMRXFR Re-Transfer of Limits

HRLH Limit Contingent Accounting
HLIMITCR Reversal of Limit Contingent
Page
HACLHM Account Limit History Maintenance

HACLHM Account Limit History Maintenance Authorization

HACLHI Account Limit History Inquiry
HLNREV Limit Node Revaluation
LNHTIR Limit Node History/Tran Inquiry/Report
HPULNTH Purge Limit Node Transaction History
HPULN Purge Limit Node
HRLH Rebuild Limit Node History
HSEL Supercede expired limits
HUPLDHT Upload Drawing Power History
HUPLLHT Upload Limit History
HCMM Collateral Master Maintenance
HCLM Collateral Linkage Maintenance
HSCLM Standalone Collateral Linkage Maintenance
HCLL Collateral Look-up
HSSC System Substitution of Collateral
HCLMRPTS Collateral Module Reports
HCLDPLRE Collateral DP/Lien Updation and Revaluation
HCMMUPL Mass Collateral Upload
Loan Litigation:

HRRCDM Reference code definition
HLLDM Loan Litigation detail capturing
HCUSEL CRV Inquiry
HACMLA Loan account inquiry
HCLM Collateral Linkage
Bank Guarantee:

GTPM Guarantee parameter maintenance
OGM Outward Guarantee master maintenance
IGM Inward Guarantee Master Maintenance
HBGPRINT Printing of guarantee
HGPLM General purpose letter maintenance
HGILR Guarantee issued and liability report
HPRR11A Quarterly statement of guarantee
HPRR11B Monitoring of guarantees
HPRR11C Statement of guarantee
HGODCH Guarantee Overdue Charges
HBGCLOSE Guarantee Close
HBGLIMIT Guarantee LIMIT
HBMARGIN BG Margin Printing
HBGSTMNT Statement of Guarantee
HCAM BG/DC Charges Amortization Process
APCHCOLL Calculation of Miscellaneous Charges
HDCC Collection of Deferred Charges.
HBNKGI CRV based Bank Guarantee Inquiry
HBKGURI Bank Guarantee Query
286
HGPLM General purpose letter maintenance

Page
Asset Classification:


HSASCL System asset classification
HMEAC Modify effective asset classification
HASPROV Asset provisioning
HCTRA Credit transaction report for an account
HASSCR Asset classification report
HCUSEL CRV menu for inquiry on Customer/Accounts
HCPR Customer Provisioning
HCPI Customer provisioning inquiry
Transactions:

HOCST Open Cash Transactions
HOXFT Open Transfer transcations
HSCST Stop cash transactions
HSXFT Stop transfer transactions
HCXFT Close transfer transactions
HTM Transaction Maintenance
HCASHDEP Cash Deposit
HCASHDPI Cash Deposit Inquiry
HCASHWD Cash Withdrawal
HCASHWDI Cash Withdrawal Inquiry
HXFER Transfer Transaction
HXFERI Transfer Transaction Inquiry
HBTP Batch Transaction Posting
HTI Transaction Inquiry
HHBTM Back dated transaction maintenance
HPTM Post dated transaction maintenance
HTD Deletion of posted transaction
HTTM Transaction template maintenance
HTEA Transaction exception approval
HTEI Transaction exception inquiry
HATI Abnormal transaction inquiry
HFTI Financial transaction inquiry
HTV Transaction verification
HFTR Financial transaction inquiry/Report
HTTUM Transfer transaction upload maintenance
HTTUMP Transfer transaction upload maintenance
HIOT Inquire on Transactions
GTID Generate Transaction ID Report
HPSTTUM Payment System Tran Upload Maintenance (Applicable for Inter Bank Payment
System)
HCRT Create and update reversal transaction
HDTE Delete transaction in entered status
HPPT Proxy post transactions in entered status
HRINBX Referral Inbox
HEXTRPT Exception Report
HREFRPT Referral Report
HBBOTC Batch Back Office Transaction Creation
REVAL Revaluation
287
HPV Print voucher

Page
Partition Accounts:


HRRCDM Reference Code Maintenance
HGLSHM GL Subhead Maintenance
HGLSHR GL Sub Head Code Replication
HOAGSPM General Scheme Parameter Maintenance
HACMDB Office Account Maintenance
HTM Transaction Maintenance
HTD Transaction Deletion
HACS Customer Account Selection
HPARTINQ Inquiry on Partitioned Accounts
HPHINQ Inquiry on Partitioned Account History
HACLINQ Account Ledger Inquiry
HROTM Report Option Table Maintenance
HCASHDEP Cash Deposit
HCRT Create and Update Reversal Transaction
HFTI Financial transaction Inquiry
Office Accounts:

HACMDB Office account maintenance
HACZDB Closure of office accounts
HACLPOA Office account ledger print
HACLINQ Account ledger inquiry
HIOT Inquire on transaction
HIEARP Income and expenditure analysis report
HIEMRP Income and expenditure monitor report
HMSGIORP Outstanding item report
HMSIORP Minor subsidiary outstanding item report
HMSTRP Minor subsidiary transaction report
HOACR Office account replication
HACLCM Account label maintenance
Demand Draft:

HDDMI Mass issue of DD
HDDMP Mass payment of DD
HDDXMI Issue of Mass DD’s in Foreign Currency
HDDPRNT Printing of single DD
HPFDDM Payment of forex demand drafts in mass
HDDPALL Printing of all unprinted DD
HDDBP DD batch printing
HDDREPRNT Reprinting of DD
HDDC DD cancellation
HDDD Issue of duplicate draft
HCFDDS Cancellation of forex demand drafts
HHDDLOST Marking of DD as LOST
HDDNPADV Marking DD as not paid
288
HDDADV Marking DD as paid

HDDPADV Marking receipt of advice in case of ex-advice payment
HDDR Rectification of DD
Page
HDDII Specific DD issue inquiry

HDDIP Specific DD paid inquiry

HDDIC DD credit inquiry

HDDID DD debit inquiry
HDDIR DD issue register
DDREM Demand Draft Reminder
HBCREPORT Banker cheque reconciliation report
HDDP Printing of various DD reports
HDDSUMF summary of demand draft transactions as a file on a disk
HDDT Transfer from DD account
HDDMOD Modification of DD
HDDSM DD Status Maintenance
HUPLDST DD status upload
HDDPRPT To print Demand Draft Report
HBCREPRT Genarate Bankers cheque recon report
HDDXFR DD transfer to head office
Temporary Overdrafts:

HACTODM Account TOD inquiry, maintenance and authorisation menu
HTM Transaction maintenance for granting of Instant TOD
HICTM Inward clearing transaction maintenance – granting of instant TOD in inward
clearing
HACTODI Inquiry on TODs granted
HTODCS Criteria based inquiry on TODs granted
HTODRP TOD register print
HLASPAY Loan Schedule Payment
Remittances:

HIRM Maintain Inward Remittance
HORM Maintain Outward Remittance
HGRST Generate Remittance for Standing Instruction or Term Deposit
REMPRINT Print a Foreign Outward DD
PIHBR Purging of Interest History for Bills or Remittances
RMACCR Interest Accrual on Remittances
RMBOOK Booking of Interest on Remittances
RMRIEC Interest on Remittances – Rear EndCollection
RMODIC Interest Collection on Overdue Remittances
HFBCCS Generate Foreign Cheques Covering Schedule Report
HFCTCR Print Foreign Currency Traveler Cheque Issued Report
PFIRC Print Foreign Inward Remittance Certificate
IEC Issue Encashment Certificate
HFCTCSR Generate Foreign Currency Traveler Cheque Sale Report
HFBSTAT6 Generate STAT6 Report
HDTMR Generate Foreign DD or TT or MT Issued Register Report
HINWREMI Generate Inward Remittance Details Report
IRS Inquire on Remittances
289
HOUTREMI Generate Outward Remittance Details Report

HFBACS Generate Agency Commission Remittances Report
HFCNPS Generate Foreign Currency Purchase Sale Report
Page
HFCNR Generate Foreign Currency Notes Issued Report

HFCNRSUB Generate FCNR Subsidiary Report

HPORDM Maintain Payment Order Details

HPOOTC Create OTC Payment Order
FTCREP Generate Issued or Purchased Traveler Cheque Report
HPAYSYS Define Payment System
HCCORM Maintain Currency Correspondent
TDS:

HTDSCALC For calculation of TDS
HRFTDS Refund of TDS
HRECSHF For recovering shortfall amount – TDS
HRMTDS For entry of remittance details
HREGFLOW Batch flow regeneration for term deposit accounts
HTDSM TDS table maintenance
HTDSIP TDS inquiry and printing
HTDSPROJ TDS projections for the Financial year
HUPLTDS1 Upload for TDS – Phase 1
HUPLTDS2 Upload for TDS – Phase 2
HUPLIAR Upload for IAR table
INTTDADV Generates Reports and TDS advices
Documentary Credit:

ODCM Issue a Documentary Credit
ODCM Amend a Documentary Credit
ODCM Modify a Documentary Credit
ODCM Reinstate a Documentary Credit
ODCM Copy a Documentary Credit
IDCM Advise Inward Documentary Credit
IDCM Link Packing Credits to Documentary Credits
IDCM Assign Proceeds
IDCM Transfer Documentary Credits
APCHCOLL Recover Charges
HCAM Amortize Charges
HDCCLOSE Close DCs in Batch
HSMI Inquire on SWIFT Messages
DCQRY Inquire on Documentary Credits
DCPTM Documentary Credit Parameter Type Maintenance
HDCGPR Generate General Purpose DC Report
HDCREG Generate Documentary Credits Register
HDCLIABR Generate Documentary Credits Liability Register
HDCSTMT Generate Statement of Documentary Credit
HCHRGADV Print Transaction Advice DC
HDCXFRPT Generate Report on Transferred DCs
DCRPTS Generate DC Reports and Advises
HDCEXPRP Generate Report on Expiring Documentary Credits
HBKDCI Query on Documentary Credits
HEXPDCI Inquire on Export DC
HINDCI Inquire on Inland Inward DC
HINODCI Inquire on Inland outward DC
290
MTT Create Templates - Text Maintenance for DC

Page

Pre shipment Credit:

MPOD Purchase Order Details Maintenance
HECGCPC/HECGCRPC ECGC Premium Calculation
GIPCR Report on Irregular Packing Credits
HPSR14 Statement on Exporters Assisted
GOPCR Party-wise Overdue Packing Credits
HPLR Party-wise Liability Register
HDEFPC Default Packing Credits under WTPCG/ PCG
HPCYCS Statement on PCs in Default/Limits
HDLYPCFC Daily PCFC Report
HPCFCBAL PCFC Balancing Report
HPRR15B Sector-wise Overdue PCs Statement
HPCLIALS Packing Credit Liability List
HPUDISB Batch Purging Of Disbursements
MPT RPC Transactions Maintenance
HCLSPCA Batch Closure Of PCA Accounts
HCLSEXP Batch Closure Of Export Orders
HPUEXP Batch Purging of Export Orders
HEXPPCI View packing credit details
HRINTRPT Generate RPC Account Interest Report
HRPCRPT Generate RPC Account Report
HEXPRPT Report on Export Orders
HPCARPT Report on Packing Credits
Inter sole Accounts:

HRIST Reconcile intersol transactions
HISTR Intersol transaction report
HISOTR F Trsf of balances from iso a/c to ho a/c
HISAR Intersol audit report
HAPHM Account placeholder maintenance
HACMDB Office account maintenance
HTM Transaction maintenance
HSVALR PT Check EOD validations
HHOS HO Schedule print
General Ledger:

HGLSHM GL subhead maintenance
HGLSHR GL subhead replication
HGSPM General scheme parameter maintenance
HGSPI General scheme parameter inquiry
HRRCDM Reference code maintenance
HIOGLT Inquire on gl transactions
291
HPDB Print day book

RGLSH Replicate gl sub heads across entities
HGSTR Rebuild gl sub head transactions
Page

Event Based Charges:

HPTTM Creating event IDs for each pre-defined event type
HCLCM Discounts (concessions) to customers/specific accounts of the customer can
be given, making use of the CLCM menu option
HASTM Event based charge calculation may be based on amount slabs set through
HASTM code
HSCFM Setting up the events, linking the event IDs across products
HGSPM Defining events, setting up min/max charges, closure/maintenance periods for
schemes, linking event IDs at product level
HRRCDM Setting up rate codes for charge calculation
HTCCM Captures one event ID which is used for both originating reversal and
originating credit
HSSIM Event IDs for SI acceptance, Execution and Failures created through
HPTTM are assigned to an SI during SI creation using this menu
HBCCALC Used to calculate the following charges Ledger Folio, A/c Maintenance,
Dormant, Minimum balance, Inactive and Commitment charges
HDEFCALC Collection of deferred charges like Account opening charges, Regular/Ad- hoc
pass sheet charges, Regular/Ad-hoc Combined Statement printing
charges, etc can be initiated through this option
HGCHRG This option is used to collect all kinds of non-system (general) charges
which are not automatically driven or collected by any events and get reports
of such charges by customers and accounts
HCACC This menu option is used to collect account closure charges
HICHB Cheque book issue charge transaction is created during verification process
HACM - ‘General’ tab User can modify the charge/fee level code at the account level using the field
‘Fee Level Code’
HCHGIR Gives customer-wise information (separate or clubbed) about the charges
collected and charges computed depending on the value of the field “Charge
Turnover Required?”, captured in HCUMM
HPUCXL This menu is used to purge charge details. This requires first, that the account
should have been purged and entity creation flag of that
HPUGCH This menu has been provided for purge of general charges records once all
the corresponding charge details records have been purged
SRCDR The report displays account wise details of the charges which have been
levied for using the sweeps facility during regularization
UCT Upload Charge Transactions
UCHGT Upload Charge Transactions (Adjustment)
URPD Upload relationship pricing data
IRPC Inquire Relationship Pricing for Customer
WFAC Waive Failed Analytical charges
BPFAC Batch Process for Failed Analytical charges
Master Data:

HUPM User profile maintenance
HTPM Terminal profile maintenance
HCTM Calender table maintenance
HBCTM Bank calendar tablemaintenance
HCCTM Country calendar tablemaintenance
292
HCALM Currency calendar maintenance

HGCPM Generic calendar parameter maintenance
HMCCE Make calendar change effective
Page
HPDSO Perform date shift operation

HRRCDM Reference code maintenance

HBKTM Bank table maintenance

HBRTM Branch table maintenance
HASTM Ammount slab tablemaintenance
HHTINQ Hot items lookup
HPRTINQ Print queue inquiry
HTCPI Teller wise cash position –self
HTCPIAE Teller wise cash position – employee wise
HTCPIAC Teller wise cash position – currency wise
HPTTM Part tran template manntenance
HETM Error table maintenance
HDCTM Data center calendar maintenance
HPRT Printer table maintenance
HSETM Set id table maintenance
HSSTM Sol set table maintenance
MBS Maintain bank set
HHIM Hot item maintenance
MENU Description
HAFI Audit file inquiry
HAFP Audit file print
HHII Hot items inquiry
MODSETUP Module files set up
MODUSERS Module users maintenance
HDSPLIC Module licence information form
HTEDCS Terminal enable/disable
HTEDDB Terminal enable/disable
HSAC User login maintenance
COMT Cust options maintenance
COINQ Cust options inquiry
HMBPM Multi bank profile maintenance
HPR Print reports
Trade Finance:

HCCFM/CRM/CIF CIF Core Fields Maintenance
HCOUNTRY Maintain Country Details
HMNTFCT Maintain Trade Finance Control Table
HCNCM Country Currency Maintenance
HCYCM Maintain Cross Currency Details
HCBAM Maintain Correspondent Bank Account
HMNTRTM Maintain Rate Master
HMNTRTLM/HMNTRTLH Maintain Rate List / Maintain Home Currency Rate List
HMNRTL Upload Exchange Rates
HMNTRTSQ Maintain Rate Sequence
HRTHQRY Inquire on Rate List Query
HPRRTL Print Rate List
HCLERPM Maintain Customer level exchange rate discount.
HRATEREQ Request Treasury Rate
HHIM Hot Item Table Maintenance
MCY Commodity Maintenance
293
MBIC Maintain Bill Interest Code

MCC Maintain Carrier code
MIC Maintain Instruction code
Page
MTT Maintain Text

HCDPM Maintain Currency Decimal places
Forward Contracts:

FWCTPM Forward Contract Type Parameter Maintenance
MNTFWC Forward Contract Maintenance
IFCH Forward Contract History Inquiry
HFWCRG Forward booking register printing
HFXPSRG Purchase / Sale register printing
HFWCLIAB F/C Liability Register
HFWCODLS List of overdue and matured F/Cs
FWCNOTE Forward contract note printing
FWCRMND Reminder to party about F/C maturity
FWCREVAL Forward Contract Revaluation
HSWPCHRG Swap Charge Collection
HFWCLOSE Closure of Forward Contract
Interest Concepts:

HITCM For creation of interest table code
HBIVSM For creation of versions slabs for base interest table codes
HUPLBISV For upload of base interest table codes
HIVSM For creation of versions and slabs for all modules except Term Deposit
module
HTVSM For creation of versions and slabs for Term Deposit module
HLVSM For creation of versions and slabs for Loan Account module
HCLVSM For creation of versions and slabs for commercial loan accounts
HINTSI Interest slab inquiry
HTVSI Term deposit interest slab inquiry
HINTTM Interest table maintenance
HLINTTM Loan interest table maintenance
HINTTI Interest table inquiry
HACACCR Accrual for accounts
HBIACCR Accrual for Bills
HACBOOK Booking for accounts
HBIBOOK Booking for Bills
HACINT Interest calculation for accounts
HCIPPRPT Customer interest preferential and pegging report
HAICR Advanced interest collected report
HIARM Interest adjustment Register maintenance
HITCI Interest table code inquiry
HAITINQ Account interest details inquiry
SDACH Shift date due to adhoc currency holiday
HAINTRPT Interest report for accounts
AINTPRG Interest purge for accounts
HCUIR Customer interest report
PCINT Packing credit interest calculation
RPCINT Interest For RPC Disbursements
HMINMAX Changing Min and Max interest ceiling limits
294
HINTADV Interest change advice report

HINTPRF Interest proofing report
Page

Clearing:

HACSBIO A/c shadow balance inquiry
HBARINFO Bar information generation
HCB Cancel bar
HCLZCM Clearing zone code maintenance
HIOCLS Inquire on clearing tran.sets
HMARKPEN Mark pending
HMCLZOH Maintain outward clearing zone
HOCTM Outward clearing transaction maintenance – Addition and verification. (not
available)
HOIQ Outward clearing instruments inquiry
HOCI Outward cheques inquiry
HOPQ Outward clearing part transaction inquiry
HOZO Open outward zone
HPCLSO Print a clearing schedule
HPWO Print waste
HREVPEND Revoke pending
HRZFSBO Regularise shadow balance
HRZISBO Release shadow balance
HTROFSET Transfer of sets
HUNLKZ Unlock zone
HCLUPLD Clearing transaction upload maintenance
HCVD Changing value date or reject instrument
HREJREP Rejected instruments report/advice
HAUTOREG Auto regularisation
HVALDTR Outward clearing value date report
HOREJECT To reject outward intruments/
HICRCM Inward clearing reject code maintenance
HICTMO Inward clearing transaction maintenance –
HICZCM Inward clearing zone code maintenance
HMICZ Maintain inward clearing zone
HOICZ Open inward clearing zone
HOICZSET Open inward clearing zone for set
HDTCS Display tran.code summary
HPDML Print / display media list
HPICS Print inward clearing schedule
HPICW Print inward clearing waste
HRMI Read media input
HUNIZ Unlock inward zone
HIICUH Inquiry on inward clearing upload history
ACLSICZ Auto closure of inward clearing zones
ECS:

HEORP ECS Outward Return Processing
HEITU ECS Inward Transaction Upload
HEIRP ECS Inward Return Processing
HEGIR ECS Inward return File generation
HECLA ECS Loan Batch Job
295
HEOSR ECS Outward Suspense reversal

HEDS ECS data segregation
HECSLL ECS Lien Lifting
Page
HECSM ECS mandate maintenance

HSBM Service Branch Maintenance

HEMR ECS Mandate Report
HOTCE Over the Counter ECS
ACH:

HACHCP Initiate ACH customer transaction
HACHRP Initiate ACH Return transaction
HACHSP Initiate ACH Settlement transaction
HASP Initiate ACH Suspense processing
HGARFG Generate ACH return Transaction
HGARFR Regenerate ACH Return transaction
HACHINQD Inquire on ACH display
HACHINQP Inquire on ACH print
HACHHIST Maintain ACH history
HPRCM Maintain ACH reason code
HACHCOD ACH Create outward debit
HACHDAM ACH Debit Authorisation Maintenance
296
Page

EVENTS DIARY 2021- RESERVE BANK OF INDIA

Oct 29, 2021 Opening of Current Accounts by Banks
Regulation The Reserve Bank on October 29, 2021 allowed banks to open current accounts for borrowers
who have availed credit facilities in the form of cash credit (CC)/ overdraft (OD) from the
banking system as per the following provisions:
i) For borrowers, where the exposure of the banking system is less than ₹5 crore, there is no
restriction on opening of current accounts or on provision of CC/OD facility by banks, subject
to obtaining an undertaking from such borrowers that they shall inform the bank(s), as and
when the credit facilities availed by them from the banking system reaches ₹5 crore or more.
ii) In respect of borrowers where exposure of the banking system is ₹5 crore or more, such
borrower can maintain current accounts with any one of the banks with which it has CC/OD
facility, provided that the bank has at least 10 per cent of the exposure of the banking system
to that borrower.
The Reserve Bank clarified that borrowers not availing CC/OD facility from the banking system
shall continue to maintain current accounts as per para 1(v) of the extant regulations.
Oct 28, 2021 Gold Monetization Scheme (GMS), 2015
Regulation In exercise of the powers conferred on the Reserve Bank of India under Section 35A of the
Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the RBI makes the following amendments in the Reserve Bank
of India (Gold Monetization Scheme, 2015) Master Direction
No.DBR.IBD.No.45/23.67.003/2015-16 dated October 22, 2015, with immediate effect.
2. A new sub-paragraph 2.2.2 (f) has been inserted to read as follows:

2.2.2 (f) Interest on premature closure of the deposit in case of death of depositor before and
after lock-in period
The amount payable to the depositor shall be calculated as a sum of (A) and (B), as indicated
below:
(A) Actual market value of the gold deposit on the day of withdrawal.
(B) Interest payable on the value of the gold for the period of deposit at the applicable rate.
(i) Before lock-in period: The applicable interest rate shall be as under:
Type of Lock-in Actual period for which the deposit has run
Deposit period Up to 6 >6 months ≥1 year and <2 ≥2 years and
months and <1 year years <3 years
MTGD 3 years No Applicable rate Applicable rate Applicable rate
interest for MTGD at for MTGD at for MTGD at
the time of the time of the time of
deposit minus deposit minus deposit minus
1.25% 1.00% 0.75%
Deposit period Up to 1 >1 year and <2 ≥2 years and ≥3 years and
year years <3 years <5 years
LTGD 5 years No Applicable rate Applicable rate Applicable rate
1.00% 0.75% 0.25%
(ii) After lock-in period: The applicable interest rate shall be as under:
Type of Lock-in period Actual period for which the deposit has run
297
Deposit
>3 years and < 5 years ≥5 years and < 7 years
Page

MTGD 3 years Applicable rate for MTGD Applicable rate for MTGD
at the time of deposit at the time of deposit
minus 0.25% minus 0.125%
Deposit
>5 years and < ≥ 7 years and < ≥12 years and
7 years 12 years < 15 years
LTGD 5 years Applicable rate Applicable rate Applicable rate
for MTGD at the for LTGD at the for LTGD at the
time of deposit time of deposit time of deposit
minus 0.125% minus 0.25% minus 0.125%
3. A new sub-paragraph 2.2.2 (g) has been inserted to read as follows:
2.2.2 (g) Interest on premature closure of the deposit due to default of loan taken against
MLTGD before and after lock-in period
The amount payable to the depositor shall be calculated as a sum of (A) and (B), as indicated
below:
(A) Actual market value of the gold deposit on the day of withdrawal.
(B) Interest payable on the value of the gold for the period of deposit at the applicable rate.
(i) Before lock-in period: The applicable interest rate shall be as under:
Deposit period Up to 6 >6 months ≥1 year and <2 ≥2 years and
months and <1 year years <3 years
MTGD 3 years No Applicable rate Applicable rate Applicable rate
1.375% 1.125% 0.875%
Deposit period Up to 1 >1 year and <2 ≥2 years and ≥3 years and
year years <3 years <5 years
LTGD 5 years No Applicable rate Applicable rate Applicable rate
1.125% 0.875% 0.375%
(ii) After lock-in period: The applicable interest rate shall be as under:
Deposit
>3 years and < 5 years ≥5 years and < 7 years
MTGD 3 years Applicable rate for MTGD Applicable rate for MTGD
at the time of deposit at the time of deposit
minus 0.375% minus 0.25%
Deposit >5 years and < ≥ 7 years and < ≥12 years and
7 years 12 years < 15 years
LTGD 5 years Applicable rate Applicable rate Applicable rate
298
for MTGD at the for LTGD at the for LTGD at the

time of deposit time of deposit time of deposit
minus 0.25% minus 0.375% minus 0.25%
Page

Oct 22, 2021 SBR Framework for NBFCs

Regulation The Reserve Bank on October 22, 2021 put in place a scale-based regulatory (SBR)
framework for all Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) based on the inputs received
from public on the discussion paper issued on January 22, 2021. The SBR framework
encompasses different facets of regulation of NBFCs covering capital requirements,
governance standards and prudential regulation. These guidelines shall be effective from
October 1, 2022. The instructions relating to ceiling on IPO funding given vide para 3.1(d) of
the Annex shall come into effect from April 01, 2022.
Oct 22, 2021 Prudential Regulation for AIFIs - 2021
Regulation The Reserve Bank on October 22, 2021 issued draft directions to implement the Basel III
capital framework for the four All India Financial Institutions (AIFIs) namely EXIM Bank,
NABARD, NHB, and SIDBI. These directions consolidate and contain suitable modifications to
the existing instructions on exposure norms, classification, valuation and operation of
investment portfolio norms and resource raising norms issued to these institutions. Further, the
Reserve Bank introduced limits for investments by AIFIs in subsidiaries, financial services
companies and non-financial services companies. Feedback on the draft directions may be
submitted by November 30, 2021.
Oct 22, 2021 Format for Furnishing of Credit Information
Regulation The Reserve Bank on October 22, 2021 decided to make mandatory reporting of relationship
segment (RS) data by credit institutions (CIs) to Credit Information Companies (CICs) under
the uniform credit reporting format, from now on. The Reserve Bank observed that there is a
low level of RS details in the databases of CICs. The reporting requirement may be staggered
to ensure implementation in a non-disruptive manner, as indicated below:
i) The reporting would be mandatory in respect of new loan accounts opened after July 1,
2022.
ii) A phased approach shall be followed for reporting of legacy data as detailed below:
a) The accounts opened during the period July 1, 2021 to June 30, 2022 have to be updated
by January 1, 2023.
b) The accounts opened in past three years July 1, 2018 to June 30, 2021 have to be updated
by July 1, 2023.
c) A timeline for reporting of the remainder legacy data would be reviewed by the Technical
Working Group and the CIs would be advised in due course.
The Reserve Bank advised all CIs to commence reporting the aforesaid information to CICs as
per the prescribed timelines.
Oct 08,2021 Monetary Policy
Monetary Resolution of the MPC
Policy On the basis of an assessment of the current and evolving macroeconomic situation, the
Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) at its meeting held on October 8, 2021 decided to keep the
policy repo rate under the liquidity adjustment facility (LAF) unchanged at 4.0 per cent.
Accordingly, the reverse repo rate under the LAF remains unchanged at 3.35 per cent and the
marginal standing facility (MSF) rate and the Bank Rate at 4.25 per cent.
The MPC also decided to continue with the accommodative stance as long as necessary to
revive and sustain growth on a durable basis and continue to mitigate the impact of COVID-19
on the economy, while ensuring that inflation remains within the target going forward. These
decisions are in consonance with the objective of achieving the medium-term target for
consumer price index (CPI) inflation of 4 per cent within a band of +/- 2 per cent, while
supporting growth.
Statement on Developmental and Regulatory Policies
I. Liquidity Measures
On Tap Special Long-Term Repo Operations for Small Finance Banks : –
Recognising the persisting uneven impact of the pandemic on small business units, micro and
small industries, and other unorganised sector entities, the Reserve Bank extended the three-
year special long-term repo operations (SLTRO) facility of ₹10,000 crore at the repo rate to
Small Finance Banks (SFBs) for fresh lending of up to ₹10 lakh per borrower till December 31,
299
2021. Further, the facility will now be available on tap to ensure extended support to SFB’s.
II. Payment and Settlement System
a) Digital Payment Solutions in Offline Mode : –
Page
The Reserve Bank proposed to introduce a framework for carrying out retail digital payments
in offline mode across the country as indicated in the Statement on Developmental and

Regulatory Policies dated August 6, 2020. Three pilots were successfully conducted under the
scheme in different parts of the country involving small-value transactions covering a volume
of 2.41 lakh for value ₹1.16 crore..
b) Enhancing Transaction Limit in IMPS to ₹5 lakh : –
The Reserve Bank proposed to increase the per-transaction limit from ₹2 lakh to ₹5 lakh for
channels other than SMS and IVRS. This will lead to further increase in digital payments and
will provide an additional facility to customers for making digital payments beyond ₹2 lakh. c)
Geo-tagging of Payment System Touch Points : –
To ensure a balanced spread of acceptance infrastructure across the length and breadth of the
country and to ascertain location information of existing payment acceptance infrastructure,
the Reserve bank would lay down a framework for geo-tagging (capturing geographical
coordinates, such as, latitude and longitude) of physical payment acceptance infrastructure,
such as, Point of Sale (PoS) terminals and Quick Response (QR) code used by merchants.
This would complement the Payments Infrastructure Development Fund (PIDF) framework by
ensuring better deployment of acceptance infrastructure and wider access to digital payments.
d) Regulatory Sandbox : –
With a view to preparing the fintech eco-system, the topic for the Fourth Cohort would be
‘Prevention and Mitigation of Financial Frauds’. The focus would be on using technology to
reduce the lag between the occurrence and detection of frauds, strengthening the fraud
governance structure and minimising response time to frauds. In addition, to ensure
continuous innovation and to enable a proactive response to the rapidly evolving FinTech
scenario, the Reserve Bank proposed to facilitate ‘On Tap’ application for themes of cohorts
earlier closed ‘Retail Payments’, ‘Cross Border Payments’ and ‘MSME Lending’.
III. Debt Management
Review of Ways and Means Advances (WMA) Limits and Relaxation in Overdraft (OD) Facility
for State Governments/UTs : -
Considering the uncertainties related to the ongoing pandemic, the Reserve Bank decided to
continue with the enhanced WMA limits of ₹51,560 crore up to March 31, 2022. Further, in
order to help States/UTs manage their cash flows better, the Reserve Bank decided to
continue with the liberalised measures introduced to deal with the pandemic, such as,
enhancement of maximum number of days of OD in a quarter from 36 to 50 days and the
number of consecutive days of OD from 14 to 21 days, up to March 31, 2022.
IV. Financial Inclusion and Customer Protection
a) Priority Sector Lending - Permitting Banks to On-lend through NBFCs : -
Considering the increased traction observed in delivering credit to the underserved/unserved
segments of the economy, it has been decided to extend this facility up to March 31, 2022. b)
Internal Ombudsman for NBFCs : -
With a view to further strengthen the internal grievance redress mechanism of NBFCs, the
Reserve Bank decided to introduce the Internal Ombudsman Scheme (IOS) for certain
categories of NBFCs which have higher customer interface. The IOS for NBFCs, which will be
on the lines of IOS for banks and non-bank payment system participants, will require select
NBFCs to appoint an Internal Ombudsman at the top of their internal grievance redressed
mechanism to examine customer complaints which are in the nature of deficiency in service
and are partly or wholly rejected by the NBFCs.
Oct 07, 2021 Inclusion in the Second Schedule
Regulation The Reserve Bank on October 7, 2021 included Paytm Payments Bank Limited in the second
schedule of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 vide notification dated September 06, 2021
and published in the Gazette of India (Part III - Section 4) dated October 2-October 8, 2021.
Oct 05, 2021 VFT of Government Securities - Guidelines
Banker to A reference is invited to Notification No.78 dated November 16, 2018 on Value Free Transfer
Government (VFT) of Government Securities – Guidelines under which separate guidelines for VFT were
issued to enable more efficient operations in the Government securities market. On a review, it
has been decided to issue revised Value Free Transfer Guidelines to further streamline VFT of
government securities.
2. VFT of the government securities shall mean transfer of securities from one SGL/CSGL to
300
another SGL/CSGL account, without corresponding payment leg in the books of RBI.
Eligible Transactions for VFT:
3. The following transactions shall be eligible for VFT of government securities:
Page
i. Transfers on account of gifts and inheritance, between one CSGL account to another.
ii. Inter-depository transfers (between CSGL accounts of depositories) arising out of the

following:
a) own account transfer of securities by investors/brokers holding accounts in more than one
depository.
b) trades in exchanges between constituents of different depositories.
iii. Transfer from CSGL accounts of clearing corporations to the CSGL account of the
depositories or to other CSGL holders for onward transfer to clients for distribution of securities
allotted during primary auction settlement;
iv. Transfer of securities on account of mergers/demergers, acquisitions and amalgamations;
v. Transfer of securities on account of change of custodians by Foreign Portfolio Investors,
subject to approval by SEBI;
vi. Own account transfer of securities from SGL/CSGL accounts to SGL/CSGL accounts where
there is no change in beneficiary ownership;
vii. Transfer of Gilt Account Holder’s (GAH) securities from one CSGL account to another CSGL
account, in case a GAH decides to close his gilt account with one CSGL account holder and
open a new gilt account with another CSGL account holder.
viii. Transfer of securities pertaining to margin requirement/collateral posting, including in the
following cases:
ix.
a) Transfer of margin/collateral between Clearing Corporation of India Ltd (CCIL) and
members of CCIL.
x. b) Transfer of margin/collateral under the Credit Support Annexes (CSA) and the Global
Master Repurchase Agreement (GMRA)
xi.
PROVIDED that the margin/collateral should be kept in a separate CSGL account opened with
RBI’s specific permission for the purpose. All such transactions should have an RBI regulated
entity at least on one side of the transaction and should be subjected to concurrent and
management audit. Appropriate documentation should be maintained.
PROVIDED FURTHER that the SGL account holders as recipients of Variation Margin (VM)
under CSA/GMRA, may receive the same into their SGL accounts, subject to their obtaining
one-time approval from RBI to accept VM in their SGL accounts.
c) Posting of Government securities as margin/collateral in all segments of the recognized
stock exchanges.
ix. Transfers as below:
a) Deposit/replacement of securities in terms of clause (b) of sub-section (2) of Section 11 of
the Banking Regulation Act, 1949
x. b) Transfers to the Employees' Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) under the Employees’
Provident Funds Scheme, 1952
xi. c) Transfers of securities to the Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC)
under provisions of the Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation Act, 1961.
4. Permission for VFT for any other purpose may be granted on a case-to-case basis by the
Bank. Applications for the same may be submitted to Public Debt Office, Mumbai Regional
Office, RBI, Fort, Mumbai – 400 001 by email.
5. Eligible VFTs (i.e., transactions listed under para 3) and permitted VFTs (in terms of para 4)
can be initiated through Core Banking System of RBI viz., e-Kuber. The VFTs so undertaken
shall be subject to concurrent audit by SGL/CSGL holders on a 100% sampling basis. The
auditor shall verify that the transactions fall under eligible VFT transactions under para 3/para
4 of the Guidelines, as above. Any deviations may be brought to notice of the Bank by the
SGL/CSGL holders immediately.
6. These guidelines are issued by the Bank in exercise of the powers conferred under
Notifications dated September 22, 2021 on Subsidiary General Ledger Account: Eligibility
Criteria and Operational Guidelines and Constituents' Subsidiary General Ledger Account:
Eligibility Criteria and Operational Guidelines and supersede earlier instructions issued on the
subject matter vide Notification No. 78 dated November 16, 2018. Any violations of the
conditions specified therein shall attract provisions of Section 27 of the Act, in addition to
inviting penalties as provided in Section 30 of the Act.
301
Oct 04, 2021 Enhancement in Family Pension

Regulation The Reserve Bank on October 4, 2021 issued guidelines for treatment of additional liability on
account of revision in family pension of the member banks of the Indian Banks’ Association
(IBA) covered by the 11th Bipartite settlement. These banks may take the following course of
Page
action in the matter:

i) The liability for enhancement of family pension shall be fully recognised as per applicable
accounting standards.
ii) The expenditure, may, if not fully charged to the Profit and Loss Account during the financial
year 2021-22, be amortised over a period not exceeding five years beginning with the financial
year ending March 31, 2022, subject to a minimum of 1/5th of the total amount involved being
expensed every year.
iii) Appropriate disclosures of the accounting policy followed in this regard shall be made in the
‘Notes to Accounts’ to the financial statements. The Notes to Accounts shall also disclose the
amount of unamortised expenditure and the consequential net profit if the unamortised
expenditure had been fully recognised in the Profit and Loss Account.
The Reserve Bank of India (Financial Statements - Presentation and Disclosures) Directions,
2021 shall be accordingly updated.
Oct 01, 2021 PDI in Additional Tier 1 Capital
Regulation The Reserve Bank on October 1, 2021 issued clarification on “eligible amount” for the purpose
of issue of Perpetual Debt Instruments (PDIs) in foreign currency as per the Master Circular
‘Basel III Capital Regulations’ dated July 1, 2015. Eligible amount for issue of PDIs would
mean the higher of:
i) 1.5 per cent of Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs) and
ii) Total Additional Tier 1 capital
as on March 31 of the previous financial year.
Not more than 49 per cent of the “eligible amount” as above can be issued in foreign currency
and/or in rupee denominated bonds overseas. All the other terms of the Master Circular shall
remain unchanged.
Sept 29,2021 PCA – Indian Overseas Bank (IOB)
Regulation The Reserve Bank on September 29, 2021 decided to take Indian Overseas Bank (IOB) out of
the Prompt Corrective Action (PCA) restrictions, subject to certain conditions and continuous
monitoring. The performance of IOB, which was under the PCA Framework of the Reserve
Bank, was reviewed by the Board for Financial Supervision (BFS). It was noted that as per its
published results for the year ended March 31, 2021, the bank was not in breach of the PCA
parameters. The bank has provided a written commitment that it would comply with the norms
of minimum regulatory capital, net NPA and leverage ratio on an ongoing basis and has
apprised the Reserve Bank of the structural and systemic improvements that it has put in
place, which would help it in continuing to meet these commitments.
Sept 28,2021 Alternative Reference Rate
Foreign The Reserve Bank on September 28, 2021 permitted Authorised Dealer Category– I banks
Exchange (AD banks) to use any other widely accepted/Alternative Reference Rate in the currency
Department concerned, in view of the impending cessation of London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) as a
benchmark rate for interest payable in respect of export / import transactions. The Reserve
Bank advised AD banks to bring the contents of this circular to the notice of their constituents
concerned. All other instructions in this regard remain unchanged.
Sept 27,2021 WMA Limit for Government of India
Banker to The Reserve Bank of India, in consultation with the Government of India, on September 27,
Government 2021 decided that the limit for Ways and Means Advances (WMA) for the second half of the
financial year 2021-22 (October 2021 to March 2022) be fixed at ₹50,000 crore.
The Reserve Bank may trigger fresh floatation of market loans when the Government of India
utilises 75 per cent of the WMA limit.
The Reserve Bank retains the flexibility to revise the limit at any time, in consultation with the
Government of India, taking into consideration the prevailing circumstances.
The interest rate on WMA/overdraft will be:
i) WMA: Repo Rate
ii) Overdraft: Two percent above the Repo Rate
Sept 24,2021 Transfer of Loan Exposures
Regulation The Reserve Bank on September 24, 2021 issued Master Direction on transfer of loan
exposures, replacing the extant instructions on the matter of sale/transfer of loan exposures,
with immediate effect. The Reserve Bank advised all lending institutions to take necessary
302
steps to ensure compliance with these directions.

Sept 24,2021 Securitisation of Standard Assets
Regulation The Reserve Bank on September 24, 2021 issued Master Direction on Securitisation of
Page
Standard Assets, replacing the extant instructions on securitisation of standard assets with
immediate effect. The Reserve Bank advised all lending institutions to take necessary steps to

ensure compliance with these directions

Sept 22,2021 Investment by Primary UCBs
Regulation The Reserve Bank on September 20, 2021 issued the consolidated and updated Master
Circular on investments by Primary (Urban) Co-operative Banks.
Sept 14,2021 Linkage of Fast Payment Systems
Payment and The Reserve Bank and the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) on September 14, 2021
Settlement announced a project to link their respective fast payment systems, such as, Unified Payments
Systems Interface (UPI) and PayNow. The linkage is targeted for operationalisation by July 2022.
The UPI-PayNow linkage will enable users of each of the two fast payment systems to make
instant, low-cost fund transfers on a reciprocal basis without a need to get onboarded onto the
other payment system.
The UPI-PayNow linkage is a significant milestone in the development of infrastructure for
cross-border payments between India and Singapore, and closely aligns with the G20’s
financial inclusion priorities of driving faster, cheaper and more transparent crossborder
payments. The linkage builds upon the earlier efforts of NPCI International Private Limited
(NIPL) and Network for Electronic Transfers (NETS) to foster crossborder interoperability of
payments using cards and QR codes, between India and Singapore and will further anchor
trade, travel and remittance flows between the two countries. This initiative is also in line with
the Reserve Bank’s vision of reviewing corridors and charges for inbound cross-border
remittances outlined in the Payment Systems Vision Document 2019-21.
UPI is India’s mobile based, 'fast payment' system that facilitates customers to make round the
clock payments instantly using a Virtual Payment Address (VPA) created by the customer.
This eliminates the risk of sharing bank account details by the remitter. UPI supports both
Person to The Person (P2P) and Person to Merchant (P2M) payments, and enables user to
send or receive money.
PayNow is the fast payment system of Singapore which enables peer-to-peer funds transfer
service, available to retail customers through participating banks and Non-Bank Financial
Institutions (NFIs) in Singapore. It enables users to send and receive instant funds from one
bank or e-wallet account to another in Singapore by using just their mobile number, Singapore
NRIC/FIN, or VPA.
Sept 13,2021 Aadhaar e-KYC Authentication License
Regulation The Reserve Bank on September 13, 2021 advised Non-Banking Finance Companies
(NBFCs), Payment System Providers and Payment System Participants desirous of obtaining
Aadhaar Authentication License - KYC User Agency (KUA) License or sub-KUA License (to
perform authentication through a KUA) to submit their application to the Department of
Regulation (DoR), RBI for onward submission to UIDAI. The applications can also be
forwarded over email to cgmaml@rbi.org.in.
Sept 28,2021 Export of Goods and Services
Foreign The Reserve Bank on September 08, 2021 amended the Foreign Exchange Management
Exchange (Export of Goods and Services) Regulations, 2015 (hereinafter referred to as 'the Principal
Department Regulations’).
Accordingly, under Principal Regulations, in Regulation 15, in sub-regulation 1, for clause (ii),
the following shall be substituted, namely: - “ii) the rate of interest, if any, payable on the
advance payment shall not exceed 100 basis points above the London Inter-Bank Offered
Rate (LIBOR) or other applicable benchmark as may be directed by the Reserve Bank, as the
case may be;”.
Sept 07,2021 Regulatory Sandbox - Third Cohort
Payment and The Reserve Bank on September 13, 2021 announced the opening of application window for
Settlement the Third Cohort under the Regulatory Sandbox based on the theme MSME Lending to eligible
Systems entities from October 01, 2021 to November 14, 2021.
Sept 09,2021 Large Exposures Framework – Credit Risk Mitigation
Regulation The Reserve Bank of India on September 09, 2021 permitted Indian branches of foreign banks
to reckon cash/unencumbered approved securities as Credit Risk Mitigation (CRM) for
offsetting the gross exposure of foreign bank branches in India to the Head Office (including
overseas branches) for the calculation of Large Exposures Framework (LEF) limit, subject to
303
the following conditions:

i) The amount so held shall be over and above the other regulatory and statutory requirements
and shall be certified by the statutory auditors.
Page
ii) It shall not be included in regulatory capital. (i.e., no double counting of the fund placed
under Section 11(2) as both capital and CRM). Accordingly, while assessing the capital

adequacy of a bank, the amount will form part of regulatory adjustments made to Common
Equity Tier 1 Capital.
iii) The bank shall furnish an undertaking as on March 31 every year to the Department of
Supervision that the balance reckoned as CRM for the purpose will be maintained
continuously. iv) The CRM shall be compliant with the principles/conditions prescribed in
paragraph 7 of the Master Circular – Basel III Capital Regulations dated July 1, 2015 as
amended from time to time.
The amount held under section 11(2)(b)(i) of the Banking Regulation Act and earmarked as
CRM shall be disclosed by way of a note in Schedule 1: Capital to the Balance Sheet.
Excess amount, over and above the CRM requirements shall be permitted to be withdrawn,
subject to certification by the statutory auditor and approval of the Department of Supervision,
Reserve Bank of India. The onus of compliance with the LEF limit at all times shall be on the
bank.
Further, the Reserve Bank permitted foreign banks to exclude derivative contracts executed
prior to April 1, 2019 while computing the derivative exposures on their Head Office (including
overseas branches).
Sept 09,2021 SGB - Redressal of Customer Complaints
Banker to The Reserve Bank on September 09, 2021 streamlined the process for redressal of customer
Government complaints of investors of Sovereign Gold Bond. The process of redressal shall be as follows:
i) The nodal officer/s of the receiving office (RO) shall be the first point of contact for attending
to the queries/complaints of their customers.
ii) In case the issue is unresolved, an escalation matrix at the ROs shall be used to resolve
customer grievance.
iii) The investor may approach the Reserve Bank at sgb@rbi.org.in, if no reply is received from
the RO within a period of one month of lodging the complaint, or the investor is not satisfied
with the response of the RO.
Accordingly, the Reserve Bank included the details of the nodal officers of all ROs in
paragraph 18 of the circular on Consolidated Procedural Guidelines on SGB dated April 13,
2020.
Sept 08,2021 PCA – UCO Bank
Regulation The Reserve Bank on September 08, 2021 decided to take UCO Bank out of the PCA
restrictions subject to certain conditions and continuous monitoring. The performance of the
UCO Bank, which was under the PCA Framework of the Reserve Bank, was reviewed by the
BFS. It was noted that as per its published results for the year ended March 31, 2021, the
bank was not in breach of the PCA parameters. The bank has provided a written commitment
that it would comply with the norms of minimum regulatory capital, net NPA and leverage ratio
on an ongoing basis and has apprised the Reserve Bank of the structural and systemic
improvements that it has put in place which would help the bank in continuing to meet these
commitments.
Sept 07,2021 Tokenisation – Card Transactions
Payment and The Reserve Bank on September 07, 2021 announced the following enhancements to
Settlement Tokenisation – Card Transactions, by permitting Cardon-File Tokenisation (CoFT) Services.
Systems Measures taken:
i) Extend the device-based tokenisation framework referred to CoF Tokenisation (CoFT) as
well.
ii) Permit card issuers to offer card tokenisation services as Token Service Providers (TSPs).
iii) The facility of tokenisation shall be offered by the TSPs only for the cards issued
by/affiliated to them.
iv) The ability to tokenise and de-tokenise card data shall be with the same TSP.
v) Tokenisation of card data shall be done with explicit customer consent requiring Additional
Factor of Authentication (AFA) validation by card issuer. All Payment System Providers and
Payment System Participants were advised to note the following:
i) With effect from January 1, 2022, no entity in the card transaction/payment chain, other than
the card issuers and/or card networks, shall store the actual card data. Any such data stored
previously shall be purged.
304
ii) For transaction tracking and/or reconciliation purposes, entities can store limited data – last
four digits of actual card number and card issuer’s name – in compliance with the applicable
standards.
Page
iii) Complete and ongoing compliance with the above by all entities involved, shall be the
responsibility of the card networks.

Aug 27,2021 Measures to Enhance Coins Distribution

Currency The Reserve Bank on August 27, 2021 revised the incentive being paid to banks for
Management distribution of coins with the objective to provide a major thrust on alternative avenues to
extend the outreach. An incentive of ₹65/- per bag for distribution of coins will be paid on the
basis of net withdrawal from currency chest without waiting for claims from banks. An
additional incentive of ₹10/- per bag would be paid for coin distribution in rural and semi-urban
areas.
Aug 26,2021 PM SVANidhi Scheme Beneficiaries
Payment and The Reserve Bank on August 26, 2021 decided to include street vendors identified as part of
Settlement the PM Street Vendor’s AtmaNirbhar Nidhi (PM SVANidhi scheme) in tier–1 and tier – 2
Systems centres as beneficiaries under the Payments Infrastructure Development Fund (PIDF) scheme.
The street vendors in tier– 3 to tier– 6 centres will continue to be covered under the scheme.
The decision to expand the targeted beneficiaries under the PIDF scheme would provide a
fillip to the Reserve Bank’s efforts towards promoting the digital transactions at the grass root
level.
Aug 25,2021 Tokenisation of Card Transactions
Payment and On a review of the framework on tokenisation of card transactions and keeping in view
Settlement stakeholder feedback, the Reserve Bank on August 25, 2021 extended the scope of
Systems tokenisation to include consumer devices–laptops, desktops desktops, wearables (wrist
watches, bands, etc.), Internet of Things (IoT) devices, etc. All other provisions of the circular
referred to above shall continue to be applicable. This initiative is expected to make card
transactions more safe, secure and convenient for the users.
Aug 25,2021 Investment Portfolio of Banks
Regulation To enable banks to have current instructions at one place, the Reserve Bank on August 25,
2021 issued a master direction on ‘Classification, Valuation and Operation of Investment
Portfolio of Commercial Banks’. This direction has been issued by the Reserve Bank in
exercise of powers conferred on it under Section 35A of the Banking Regulation Act.
Aug 18,2021 Safe Deposit Locker/Safe Custody Article
Regulation The Reserve Bank on August 18, 2021 revised the instructions pertaining to ‘Safe deposit
locker/Safe custody article facility provided by commercial banks. Accordingly, banks were
advised to frame their own Board approved policy/ operational guidelines with regard to taking
into account the revised instructions. The revised instructions shall come into force with effect
from January 1, 2022 and be applicable to both new and existing safe deposit lockers and the
safe custody of articles facility with the banks.
Salient features of the Customer Due Diligence (CDD) for lockers:
i) The existing customers of a bank who have made an application for locker facility and who
are fully compliant with the CDD criteria may be given the facilities of safe deposit lockers/ safe
custody article subject to on-going compliance.
ii) Customers who are not having any other banking relationship with the bank may be given
the facilities of safe deposit locker / safe custody article after complying with the CDD criteria
and subject to on-going compliance. The due diligence shall be carried out for all the
customers in whatever rights and capacities they may be hiring the locker.
iii) Banks shall incorporate a clause in the locker agreement that the locker-hirer/s shall not
keep anything illegal or any hazardous substance in the safe deposit locker. If the bank
suspects the deposit of any illegal or hazardous substance by any customer in the safe deposit
locker, the bank shall have the right to take appropriate action against such customer as it
deems fit and proper in the circumstances.
iv) The banks shall obtain recent passport size photographs of locker-hirer(s) and individual(s)
authorised by locker hirer(s) to operate the locker and preserve in the records pertaining to
locker-hirer being maintained in the bank’s branch.
Locker Allotment
i) In order to facilitate customers making informed choices, banks shall maintain a branch wise
list of vacant lockers as well as a wait-list in core banking system (CBS) or any other
computerised system compliant with cyber security framework issued by the Reserve Bank for
the purpose of allotment of lockers and ensure transparency in allotment of lockers. The banks
305
shall acknowledge the receipt of all applications for allotment of locker and provide a wait list
number to the customers, if the lockers are not available for allotment.
Model Locker Allotment
Page
i) Banks shall have a board approved agreement for safe deposit lockers. For this purpose,
banks may adopt the model locker agreement to be framed by Indian Banks Association. This

agreement shall be in conformity with these revised instructions and the directions of the
Hon’ble Supreme Court in this regard. Banks shall ensure that any unfair terms or conditions
are not incorporated in their locker agreements. Further, the terms of the contract shall not be
more onerous than required in ordinary course of business to safeguard the interests of the
bank. Banks shall renew their locker agreements with existing locker customers by January 1,
2023.
ii) At the time of allotment of the locker to a customer, the bank shall enter into an agreement
with the customer to whom the locker facility is provided, on a paper duly stamped. A copy of
the locker agreement in duplicate signed by both the parties shall be furnished to the
lockerhirer to know his/her rights and responsibilities. Original agreement shall be retained with
the bank’s branch where the locker is situated.
Locker Rent
i) Banks may face potential situations where the lockerhirer neither operates the locker nor
pays the rent. To ensure prompt payment of locker rent, banks are allowed to obtain a term
deposit, at the time of allotment, which would cover three years’ rent and the charges for
breaking open the locker in case of such eventuality. Banks, however, shall not insist on such
Term Deposits from the existing locker holders or those who have satisfactory operative
account. The packaging of allotment of locker facility with placement of term deposits beyond
what is specifically permitted above will be considered as a restrictive practice.
ii) If locker rent is collected in advance, in the event of surrender of a locker by a customer, the
proportionate amount of advance rent collected shall be refunded to the customer.
iii) If there is any event such as merger / closure / shifting of branch warranting physical
relocation of the lockers, the bank shall give public notice in two newspapers (including one
local daily in vernacular language) in this regard and the customers shall be intimated at least
two months in advance along with options for them to change or close the facility. In case of
unplanned shifting due to natural calamities or any other such emergency situation, banks
shall make efforts to intimate their customers suitably at the earliest.
Aug 10,2021 Cash Availability in ATMs
Currency The Reserve Bank on August 10, 2021 advised the banks/ white label ATM operators
Management (WLAOs) to strengthen their systems/ mechanisms to monitor availability of cash in ATMs and
ensure timely replenishment to avoid cash-outs. Any non-compliance in this regard shall be
viewed seriously and shall attract monetary penalty as stipulated in the “Scheme of Penalty for
non-replenishment of ATMs. The decision was taken after a review of downtime of ATMs due
to cash-outs was undertaken and it was observed that ATM operations affected by cash-outs
lead to non-availability of cash and cause avoidable inconvenience to the members of the
public.
Aug 09,2021 Collateral Free Loans to SHGs
Financial The Reserve Bank on August 9, 2021 amended the paragraph on ‘Security and Margin’ of the
Inclusion master circular on Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana - National Rural Livelihoods Mission (DAY-
NRLM) as follows:
i) For loans to Self Help Groups (SHGs) up to ₹10 lakh, no collateral and no margin will be
charged. No lien should be marked against savings bank account of and no deposits should
be insisted upon while sanctioning loans.
ii) For loans to SHGs above ₹10 lakh and up to ₹20 lakh, no collateral should be charged and
no lien should be marked against savings bank account of SHGs. However, the entire loan
(irrespective of the loan outstanding, even if it subsequently goes below ₹10 lakh) would be
eligible for coverage under Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU).
Aug 09,2021 Financial Inclusion Index
Financial The Reserve Bank has constructed a composite Financial Inclusion Index (FI-Index) to capture
Inclusion the extent of financial inclusion across the country. The FI-Index has been conceptualised as a
comprehensive index incorporating details of banking, investments, insurance, postal as well
as the pension sector in consultation with Government and respective sectoral regulators. The
index captures information on various aspects of financial inclusion in a single value ranging
between 0 and 100, where 0 represents complete financial exclusion and 100 indicates full
financial inclusion. The FI-Index comprises of three broad parameters (weights indicated in
306
brackets) viz., Access (35 per cent), Usage (45 per cent), and Quality (20 per cent) with each
of these consisting of various dimensions, which are computed based on a number of
indicators.
Page
Aug 06,2021 Bi-monthly Monetary Policy Announcement


Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) at its meeting held from August 4-6, 2021 decided to keep
the policy repo rate under the liquidity adjustment facility (LAF) unchanged at 4.0 per cent.
Consequently, the reverse repo rate under the LAF remains unchanged at 3.35 per cent and
the marginal standing facility (MSF) rate and the Bank Rate at 4.25 per cent. The MPC also
decided to continue with the accommodative stance as long as necessary to revive and
sustain growth on a durable basis and continue to mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on the
economy, while ensuring that inflation remains within the target going forward.
I. Liquidity Measures: On Tap TLTRO Scheme – Extension of Deadline Given the nascent
and fragile economic recovery, it was decided to extend the on tap TLTRO scheme further by
a period of three months, that is, till December 31, 2021. The Reserve Bank had announced
the on tap TLTRO scheme on October 9, 2020 for five sectors which was available up to
March 31, 2021 and further extended upto September 30, 2021.
MSF - Extension of Relaxation
The relaxation on the marginal standing facility (MSF) was extended for a further period of
three months upto December 31, 2021. The MSF, which was initially available upto June 30,
2020 was later extended in phases up to March 31, 2021 and again for a further period of six
months till September 30, 2021, providing comfort to banks on their liquidity requirements and
also to enable them to meet their liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) requirements.
II. Regulatory Measures: LIBOR Transition - Review of Guidelines The Reserve Bank
decided to amend the guidelines related to export credit in foreign currency and restructuring
of derivative contracts in view of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) transition, a
significant event that poses challenges for banks and the financial system.
i) Export Credit in Foreign Currency – Benchmark Rate: In view of the impending
discontinuance of LIBOR as a benchmark rate, the Reserve Bank has permitted banks to
extend export credit using any other widely accepted Alternative Reference Rate in the
currency concerned.
ii) Prudential Norms for Off-balance Sheet Exposures of Banks: Since the impending change
in reference rate from LIBOR is a "force majeure" event, banks are being advised that change
in reference rate from LIBOR / LIBOR-related benchmarks to an Alternative Reference Rate
will not be treated as restructuring.
Deferral of Deadline for Achievement of Financial Parameters
Recognising the adverse impact of second wave of COVID-19 on revival of businesses, and
the difficulty it may pose in meeting the operational parameters, the Reserve Bank decided to
defer the target date for meeting the specified thresholds in respect of the above parameters to
October 1, 2022. As regards the parameter Total Outside Liabilities/Adjusted Total Net Worth
(TOL/ATNW), this ratio reflects the revised capital structure (i.e., debt-equity mix) as required
under the implementation conditions for the resolution framework and was expected to be
crystallised upfront as part of the resolution plan. Accordingly, the date for achieving the same
remains unchanged, that is, March 31, 2022.
Minutes of Meeting
The minutes of the thirtieth meeting of the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC), constituted
under section 45 Z B of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, held from August 4 to 6, 2021
were released on August 20, 2021. According to Section 45 Z L of the Reserve Bank of India
Act, 1934, the Reserve Bank shall publish, on the fourteenth day after every meeting of the
Monetary Policy Committee, the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting.
Aug 06,2021 Resolution Framework for COVID-19- related Stress
Regulation In view of the resurgence of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021 and recognising the difficulties it
may pose for the borrowers in meeting the operational parameters, the Reserve Bank on
August 6, 2021 deferred the target date for meeting the specified thresholds in respect of the
four operational parameters, viz. Total Debt / EBIDTA, Current Ratio, DSCR and ADSCR, to
October 1, 2022. The target date for achieving the ratio TOL/ATNW, as crystallised in terms of
the resolution plan, shall remain unchanged as March 31, 2022. The key ratios consisted of
four operational ratios, viz., Total Debt / EBITDA, Current Ratio, Debt Service Coverage Ratio
307
(DSCR) and Average Debt Service Coverage Ratio (ADSCR), along with the ratio Total
Outside Liabilities/Adjusted Tangible Net Worth (TOL/ATNW) representing the debt-equity mix
of the borrower post implementation of the resolution plan.
Aug 06,2021 Export Credit in Foreign Currency
Page
Regulation In view of the impending discontinuance of LIBOR as a benchmark rate, the Reserve Bank on

August 6, 2021 permitted banks to extend export credit using any other widely accepted
alternative reference rate in the currency concerned. As per the extant guidelines, authorised
dealers are permitted to extend Pre-shipment Credit in Foreign Currency (PCFC) to exporters
for financing the purchase, processing, manufacturing or packing of goods prior to shipment at
LIBOR/EURO LIBOR/EURIBOR related rates of interest. All other instructions in this regard
shall remain unchanged.
Aug 06,2021 Restructuring of Derivative Contracts
Regulation The Reserve Bank on August 6, 2021 clarified that change in the terms of a derivative contract
on account of change in reference rate necessitated due to transition from LIBOR to an
alternative reference rate shall not be treated as restructuring of the derivative contract
provided all other parameters of the original contract remain unchanged.
Aug 03,2021 Outsourcing by PSOs
Payment and The Reserve Bank on August 3, 2021 has formulated a framework for outsourcing of payment
Settlement and settlementrelated activities by Payment System Operators (PSOs). The PSOs shall
Systems ensure that all their outsourcing arrangements, including the existing ones, are in compliance
with this framework by March 31, 2022. The framework was notified by the Reserve Bank,
based on the announcement made in the Statement on Developmental and Regulatory
Policies released with the bi-monthly Monetary Policy Statement 2020-21 on February 5, 2021.
Salient features of the framework for outsourcing of payment and settlement activities by
PSOs:
i) This framework is applicable to non-bank PSOs insofar as it relates to their payment and / or
settlement-related activities.
ii) It seeks to put in place minimum standards to manage risks in outsourcing of payment and /
or settlement-related activities (including other incidental activities like onboarding customers,
IT based services, etc.
iii) The framework is not applicable to activities other than those related to payment and / or
settlement services, such as internal administration, housekeeping or similar functions.
iv) This framework is applicable to a service provider, whether located in India or elsewhere.
v) It is essential that the PSO, which is outsourcing its activities, ensures the following:
a) Exercises due diligence, puts in place sound and responsive risk management practices for
effective oversight, and manages the risks arising from such outsourcing of activities.
b) Outsourcing arrangements do not impede its effective supervision by RBI.
vi) Outsourcing of activities by the PSOs shall not require prior approval from RBI.
vii) The PSOs shall not outsource core management functions3, including risk management
and internal audit; compliance and decision-making functions such as determining compliance
with KYC norms. However, while internal audit function itself is a management process, the
auditors for this purpose can be appointed by the PSO from its own employees or from the
outside on contract.
viii) The PSO shall carefully evaluate the need for outsourcing its critical processes and
activities, as also selection of service provider(s) based on comprehensive risk assessment.
The critical processes are those, which if disrupted, shall have the potential to significantly
impact the business operations, reputation, profitability and / or customer service.
Aug 02,2021 State Government Accounts
Banker to With a view to ensure prompt/immediate refund/credit to the government account in the cases
Government of excess put through/ double claim in the payment scrolls by the agency banks, the Reserve
Bank on August 2, 2021 decided in consultation with the office of the Comptroller and Auditor
General of India (C&AG) that penal interest for excess put through/ double claim amount may
be levied by State Government as in the case of delayed credit of receipts. The penal interest
period for such double claim/excess put through may start from the date on which the agency
bank has received the excess put through / double claim amount and upto previous date to
actual date of return of such excess put through / double claim amount by agency banks to
concerned state government account (excluding the date of return of such excess
payment/double claim amount by the agency banks to government account(s)). The rate of
penal interest is Bank rate plus 2 per cent. The procedure for claiming/ recovering of delayed
period interest will remain unchanged and it will be charged irrespective of the amount
308
involved in such excess put through /double claim by agency banks.

July 28,2021 Digital Payments Index - March 2021
Payment and The Reserve Bank on July 28, 2021 announced the figures as part of the Digital Payments
Page
Settlement Index – March, 2021. The index for March 2021 stands at 270.59 as against 207.84 for March
Systems 2020, announced while launching the index on January 1, 2021. The RBI-DPI index has

demonstrated significant growth in the index representing the rapid adoption and deepening of
digital payments across the country in recent years.
July 28,2021 Centralised Payment Systems
Payment and The Reserve Bank on July 28, 2021 announced that authorised non-bank payment service
Settlement providers, viz. prepaid payment instruments issuers, card networks and white label ATM
Systems operators are eligible to participate in Centralised Payment Systems (CPS) as direct members.
The participation will be based on the approach as prescribed in the Reserve Bank‟s circular
on access for non-banks to CPS dated July 28, 2021. The Reserve Bank had announced in
the statement on developmental and regulatory policies released along with the monetary
policy announcement on April 7, 2021 that participation of nonbanks in Reserve Bank of India-
operated CPS viz. RTGS and NEFT systems would be encouraged in a phased manner.
Accordingly, in the first phase, authorised non-bank PSPs shall be eligible to participate in the
CPS.
July 23,2021 Regulatory Restrictions on Loans and Advances
Regulation The Reserve Bank on July 23, 2021 revised the regulatory restrictions on loans and advances
to directors and relatives directors of scheduled commercial banks, small finance banks and
local area banks and their relatives as follows: i)The threshold of Rs. 25,00,000 for personal
loans granted to any director of other banks stands revised Rs. 5,00,000,00. ii)Unless
sanctioned by the Board of Directors/Management Committee, banks should not grant loans
and advances aggregating Rupees five crore and above to (a)Any relative other than spouse
and minor / dependent children of their own Chairmen/Managing Directors or other Directors;
(b)Any relative other than spouse and minor / dependent children of the Chairman/Managing
Director or other directors of other banks; (c)Any firm in which any of the relatives other than
spouse and minor / dependent children as mentioned in (a) & (b) above is interested as a
partner or guarantor; and (d) Any company in which any of the relatives other than spouse and
minor / dependent children as mentioned in (a) & (b) above is interested as a major
shareholder or as a director or as a guarantor or is in control. A relative of a director shall also
be deemed to be interested in a company, being the subsidiary or holding company, if he/she
is a major shareholder or is in control of the respective holding or subsidiary company.
July 20,2021 Master Direction on CRR and SLR
Regulation The Reserve Bank on July 20, 2021 issued the Master Direction on Cash Reserve Ratio
(CRR) and Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) in exercise of the powers conferred on the Reserve
Bank under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 and the RBI Act,1934. The Master Direction has
been placed on the Reserve Bank‟s website.
July 14,2021 Share Capital and Securities -UCBs
Regulation The Reserve Bank on July 14, 2021, released the draft circular on Issue and Regulation of
share capital and securities –primary urban cooperative banks (UCBs). Comments on the draft
circular are invited from UCBs, sector participants and other interested parties are invited by
August 31, 2021. Comments are also invited from State cooperative banks, district credit
cooperative banks, rural co-operative banking sector participants and other interested parties.
Feedback on the draft circular may be forwarded by email to cbcap@rbi.org.in with the subject
line “Feedback on draft circular on issue and regulation of share capital and securities –
primary urban co-operative banks”.
July 14,2021 Supervisory Action on Master card Asia
Payment and The Reserve Bank on July 14, 2021 imposed restrictions on Mastercard Asia/Pacific Pte. Ltd.
Settlement (Mastercard) from onboarding new domestic customers (debit, credit or prepaid) onto its card
Systems network from July 22, 2021. Notwithstanding lapse of considerable time and adequate
opportunities being given, Mastercard Asia was found to be non-compliant with the directions
on storage of payment system data. The order will not impact existing customers of
Mastercard. Mastercard shall advise all card issuing banks and non-banks to conform to these
directions. As per extant regulations, all system providers were directed to ensure that within a
period of six months the entire data relating to payment systems operated by them is stored in
a system only in India.
July 12,2021 Cassette - Swaps in ATMs
Currency The Reserve Bank on July 12, 2021 extended the timeline for implementation of cassette swap
309
Management in all ATMs till March 31, 2022. The timeline was extended based on representations received
from the Indian Banks‟ Association (IBA) on behalf of various banks expressing difficulties in
meeting this timeline. Banks shall however monitor the progress and make the required course
Page
correction at the end of every quarter, at the level of Board /ACB and report the status within
seven days of the quarter end, starting from quarter ended September 2021. The status report

may be sent to the Chief General Manager-in-Charge, Department of Currency Management,

Reserve Bank of India, Central Office.
July 09,2021 Mandatory Leave for Employees Posted in Sensitive Positions
Regulation The Reserve Bank on July 9, 2021 revised the instructions on mandatory leave for employees
posted in sensitive positions or areas of operations dated April 23, 2015 applicable within six
months from July 9, 2021. The revised instructions are as follows: (i) As a prudent operational
risk management measure, banks shall put in place a „mandatory leave‟ policy wherein the
employees posted in sensitive positions or areas of operation shall be compulsorily sent on
leave for a few days (not less than 10 working days) in a single spell every year, without giving
any prior intimation to these employees, thereby maintaining an element of surprise. (ii) Banks
shall ensure that the employees, while on „mandatory leave‟, do not have access to any
physical or virtual resources related to their work responsibilities, with the exception of internal/
corporate email which is usually available to all employees for general purposes. (iii) Banks
shall, as per a Board-approved policy, prepare a list of sensitive positions to be covered under
„mandatory leave‟ requirements and the list shall be reviewed periodically. Implementation of
this policy shall be reviewed under the supervisory process. Accordingly, the earlier
instructions on mandatory leave for employees posted in sensitive areas stand repealed.
July 08,2021 Cessation of LIBOR
Financial banks and other RBI-regulated entities emphasising the need for preparedness for the
Market transition away from London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The key steps to be taken in this
Regulation regard include:
i) Banks and financial institutions are encouraged to cease entering into new financial
contracts that reference LIBOR as a benchmark and instead use any widely accepted
alternative reference rate (ARR), as soon as practicable and in any case by December 31,
2021.
ii) Banks and financial institutions are urged to incorporate robust fall-back clauses in all
financial contracts that reference LIBOR and the maturity of which is after the announced
cessation date of the LIBOR settings.
iii) Banks and financial institutions are encouraged to ensure that new contracts entered into
before December 31, 2021 that reference LIBOR and the maturity of which is after the date on
which LIBOR ceases or becomes nonrepresentative include fall-back clauses.
iv) Banks have also been advised to cease using the Mumbai Interbank Forward Outright Rate
(MIFOR), a benchmark which references the LIBOR, as soon as practicable and in any event
by December 31, 2021. In this context, Financial Benchmarks India Pvt Ltd (FBIL) has started
publishing daily adjusted MIFOR rates from June 15, 2021 and modified MIFOR rates from
June 30, 2021 which can be used for legacy contracts and fresh contracts respectively.
v)Contracts referencing LIBOR / MIFOR may generally be undertaken after December 31,
2021 only for the purpose of managing risks arising out of LIBOR / MIFOR referenced
contracts undertaken on or before December 31, 2021.
Reserve Bank will continue to monitor the evolving global and domestic situation with regard to
the transition away from LIBOR and proactively take steps, as necessary, to mitigate
associated risks in order to ensure a smooth transition.
The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), UK, in a press statement dated March 05, 2021
announced that all LIBOR settings will either cease to be provided by any administrator or no
longer be representative:
Immediately after December 31, 2021, in the case of all Pound sterling, Euro, Swiss franc and
Japanese yen settings, and the 1-week and 2-month US dollar settings; and
Immediately after June 30, 2023, in the case of the remaining US dollar settings.
The transition away from LIBOR and the adoption of ARRs developed in various jurisdictions is
a significant event which needs to be carefully prepared for in order to manage potential
customer protection, reputational and litigation risks as well as avoid disruptions to the safety
and resilience of financial institutions and overall financial stability of the economy. In August
2020, the Reserve Bank had advised banks and financial institutions to assess their LIBOR
exposures which will mature after the cessation of the LIBOR as also frame a Board-approved
plan for the steps to be taken to address the risks arising from the LIBOR transition. The
310
Reserve Bank has also put in place a detailed road map for LIBROR transition.
July 07,2021 Shivalik Small Finance Bank Limited
Regulation The Reserve Bank on July 7, 2021 announced the inclusion of Shivalik Small Finance Bank
Page
Limited in the Second Schedule to the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 vide Notification dated
June 15, 2021 and published in Part – III, section – 4 of the Gazette of India dated July 3- 9,

2021.
July 07,2021 MSMEs – New Definition
Financial The Reserve Bank on July 7, 2021 announced that the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium
Inclusion Enterprises (MSME) has decided to include Retail and Wholesale trade as MSMEs for the
limited purpose of Priority Sector Lending (PSL). The newly included entities would be allowed
to be registered on Udyam Registration Portal for the following NIC Codes and activities
mentioned against them:
45 Wholesale and retail trade and repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles
46 Wholesale trade except of motor vehicles and motorcycles
47 Retail trade except of motor vehicles and motorcycles
The Enterprises having Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum (UAM) under above three NIC Codes
are now allowed to migrate to Udyam Registration Portal or file Udyam Registration afresh.
July 02,2021 Interest on Overdue Domestic Deposits
Regulation The Reserve Bank on July 2, 2021 advised that the rate of interest payable on matured and
unpaid proceeds of term deposit shall be the same rate applicable to savings account or the
contracted rate of interest on the matured TD, whichever is lower. Accordingly, the relevant
sections in the Master Directions on Interest Rate of Deposits dated March 3, 2016 and
Cooperative Banks – Interest Rate on Deposits dated May 12, 2016 have been amended.
July 01,2021 Interest Equalisation Scheme.
Regulation The Reserve Bank on July 1, 2021 notified that the extant operational instructions under the
Interest Equalisation Scheme shall continue to remain in force up to September 30, 2021. This
is following the Government of India‟s approval for extending the Interest Equalisation Scheme
for Pre and Post Shipment Rupee Export Credit, with the same scope and coverage, for a
further period of three months, upto September 30, 2021.
June 25,2021 Appointment of Chief Risk Officer
Regulation The Reserve Bank on June 25, 2021 decided that all primary (Urban) po-operative banks
(UCBs) having asset size of ₹5000 crore or above, shall appoint a Chief Risk Officer (CRO).
UCBs were advised to strictly adhere to the following instructions in this regard:
❑ The CRO shall be a senior official in the bank’s hierarchy and shall have adequate
professional qualification / experience in the area of risk management.
❑ The CRO shall be appointed for a fixed tenure with the approval of the Board.
❑ The Board shall put in place adequate policies to safeguard the independence of the CRO.
❑ The CRO shall not have any reporting relationship with the business verticals and shall not
be given any business targets.
❑ In UCBs that follow committee approach in credit sanction process for high value proposals.
❑ If the CRO is one of the decision makers in the credit sanction process, he/she shall have
voting power and all members who are part of the credit sanction process, shall individually
and severally be liable for all the aspects, including risk perspective related to the credit
proposal.
❑ In UCBs which do not follow committee approach for sanction of high value credits, the
CRO can only be an adviser in the sanction process and shall not have any sanctioning power.
❑ All credit products shall be vetted by the CRO from the angle of inherent and control risks.
June 24,2021 Declaration of Dividends
Regulation The Reserve Bank on June 24, 2021 prescribed guidelines on distribution of dividend by
NBFCs, in order to infuse greater transparency and uniformity in practice. The guidelines are
as below:
❑ The guidelines shall be applicable to all NBFCs regulated by the Reserve Bank.
❑ The guidelines shall be effective for declaration of dividend from the profits of the financial
year ending March 31, 2022 and onwards.
❑ The Board of Directors shall, while considering the proposals for dividend, take into account
the supervisory findings of the Reserve Bank (National Housing Bank for HFCs) on divergence
311
in classification and provisioning for non-performing assets (NPAs), qualifications in the

auditors’ report to the financial statements; and long term growth plans of the NBFC
June 23,2021 Gold (Metal) Loans
Regulation The Reserve Bank on June 23, 2021 notified all scheduled commercial banks that as per the
Page
extant instructions, nominated banks authorized to import gold and designated banks

participating in Gold Monetization Scheme, 2015 (GMS) can extend Gold (Metal) Loans (GML)
to jewellery exporters or domestic manufacturers of gold jewellery. On a review, the Reserve
Bank has decided as under: i) Banks shall provide an option to the borrower to repay a part of
the GML in physical gold in lots of one kg or more, provided;
❑ The GML has been extended out of locally sourced / GMS-linked gold;
❑ Repayment is made using locally sourced IGDS (India Good Delivery Standard)/ LGDS
(LBMA’s Good Delivery Standards) gold;
❑ Gold is delivered on behalf of the borrower to the bank directly by the refiner or a central
agency, acceptable to the bank, without the borrower’s involvement;
❑ The loan agreement contains details of the option to be exercised by the borrower,
acceptable standards and manner of delivery of gold for repayment;
❑ The borrower is apprised upfront, in a transparent manner, of the implications of exercising
the option; ii) Banks shall suitably incorporate the above aspects into the board-approved
policy governing GML along with concomitant risk management measures. Banks shall
continue to monitor the enduse of funds lent under GML.
June 14,2021 Consultative Document
Regulation The Reserve Bank on June 14, 2021 released the Consultative Document on Regulation of
Microfinance for feedback from all stakeholders. The key proposals of the Consultative
Document are enumerated below:
❑ A common definition of microfinance loans for all regulated entities;
❑ Capping the outflow on account of repayment of loan obligations of a household to a
percentage of the household income;
❑ A Board approved policy for household income assessment;
❑ No pre-payment penalty; no requirement of collateral; and greater flexibility of repayment
frequency for all microfinance loans;
❑ Alignment of pricing guidelines for NBFC-MFIs with guidelines for NBFCs;
❑ Introduction of a standard simplified fact sheet on pricing of microfinance loans for better
transparency;
❑ Display of minimum, maximum and average interest rates charged on microfinance loans
on the websites of regulated entities; Comments/observations/suggestions on the Consultative
Document, are invited from banks, NBFCs including NBFC-MFIs, industry associations and
other stakeholders which may be submitted latest by July 31, 2021. To read more,
June 14,2021 BBPS - Addition of Biller Category
Payment and The Reserve Bank on June 14, 2021 permitted ‘mobile prepaid recharges’ as a biller category
Settlement in Bharat Bill Payment System (BBPS), on a voluntary basis. BBPS, started as an
Systems interoperable platform for repetitive bill payments, which covered bills of five categories, such
as Direct to Home (DTH), electricity, gas, telecom and water. The system provided
standardised bill payment experience, centralised customer grievance redressal mechanism,
prescribed customer convenience fee and ensured availability of a bouquet of anytime,
anywhere digital payment options. The scope and coverage of BBPS was expanded to include
all categories of billers which raise recurring bills (except mobile prepaid recharges) as eligible
participants, on a voluntary basis.
June 10,2021 ATMs/Cash Recycler Machines
Payment and ecommendations of the Committee constituted on June 2019 to review the entire gamut of
Settlement Automated Teller Machine (ATM) charges and fees with particular focus on interchange
Systems structure for ATM transactions, the Reserve Bank on June 10, 2021 decided as under:
❑ Allow increase in interchange fee per transaction from ₹15 to ₹17 for financial transactions
and from ₹5 to ₹6 for non-financial transactions in all centres.
❑ Customers are eligible for five free transactions (inclusive of financial and non-financial
transactions) every month from their own bank ATMs. They are also eligible for free
transactions (inclusive of financial and non-financial transactions) from other bank ATMs viz.
three transactions in metro centres and five transactions in non-metro centres.
❑ Applicable taxes, if any, shall be additionally payable.
312
❑ These instructions shall also apply, mutatis mutandis, to transactions done at Cash
Recycler Machines (other than for cash deposit transactions).
June 04,2021 Monetary Policy
Page


Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) at its meeting held on June 04, 2021 decided to keep the
Consequently, the reverse repo rate under the LAF remains unchanged at 3.35 per cent and
the marginal standing facility (MSF) rate and the Bank Rate at 4.25 per cent. The MPC also
decided to continue with the accommodative stance as long as necessary to revive and
sustain growth on a durable basis and continue to mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on the
economy, while ensuring that inflation remains within the target going forward. These
decisions are in consonance with the objective of achieving the medium-term target for
supporting growth
Liquidity Measures
❑ On-tap Liquidity Window for Contact-intensive sectors – To open an on-tap liquidity window
of ₹50,000 crore with tenors of up to three years at the repo rate till March 31, 2022 to boost
provision of immediate liquidity for ramping up COVID-related healthcare infrastructure and
services in the country. It has also been decided to open a separate liquidity window of
₹15,000 crore with tenors of up to three years at the repo rate till March 31, 2022 for certain
contact-intensive sectors.
❑ Special Liquidity Facility to Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) - In order to
meet MSMEs (Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises) shortand medium-term credit needs to
kick start the investment cycle with additional focus on smaller MSMEs and businesses
including those in credit deficient and aspirational districts, it has been decided to provide a
further special liquidity facility of ₹6,000 crore to SIDBI.
Regulation and Supervision
❑ Enhancement of the Exposure Thresholds under Resolution Framework 2.0 - The
Resolution Framework 2.0 announced by the Reserve Bank on May 5, 2021 stipulates a
maximum aggregate exposure of ₹25 crore for considering resolution of COVID-19 related
stress of MSMEs as well as non-MSME small businesses, and loans to individuals for
business purposes. It has been decided to enhance the above exposure threshold to ₹50
crore.
Financial Markets
❑ Placement of Margins for Government Securities Transactions on behalf of Foreign
Portfolio Investor (FPIs) – To permit authorised dealer banks to place margins on behalf of
their FPI clients for their transactions in Government securities, within the credit risk
management framework of banks.
❑ Facilitating Flexibility in Liquidity Management by issuers of Certificates of Deposit (CDs) –
To permit Regional Rural Banks (RRBs) to issue CDs to eligible investors. With a view to
providing issuers with greater flexibility in liquidity management, all issuers of CDs will be
permitted to buy back their CDs before maturity, subject to certain conditions
Payment Systems
❑ Availability of National Automated Clearing House (NACH) on all days of the week - In the
interest of customer convenience, and to take advantage of the availability of RTGS on all
days of the year, it is proposed to make available NACH on all days of the week throughout
the year, effective August 01, 2021.
Minutes of the MPC Meeting
The Reserve Bank on June 18, 2021 placed in the public domain the minutes of the twenty
ninth meeting of the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) held during June 02 to 04, 2021. All
members of the MPC – Dr. Shashanka Bhide, Dr. Ashima Goyal, Prof. Jayanth R. Varma, Dr.
Mridul K. Saggar, Dr. Michael Debabrata Patra and Shri Shaktikanta Das – unanimously voted
to keep the policy repo rate unchanged and to continue with the accommodative stance as
long as necessary to revive and sustain growth on a durable basis and continue to mitigate the
impact of COVID-19 on the economy, while ensuring that inflation remains within the target
going forward.
June 04,2021 Resolution Framework - 2.0: Individuals and Small Businesses
Regulation The Reserve Bank on June 04, 2021 enhanced the limits specified under the circular on
313
“Resolution Framework – 2.0: Resolution of Covid19 related stress of Individuals and Small
Businesses” from ₹25 crore to ₹50 crore. The circular specifies the eligible borrowers who may
be considered for resolution under the framework as follows:
Page
❑ Individuals who have availed of loans and advances for business purposes and to whom

the lending institutions have aggregate exposure of not more than ₹25 crore as on March 31,
2021.
❑ Small businesses, including those engaged in retail and wholesale trade, other than those
classified as MSME as on March 31, 2021, and to whom the lending institutions have
aggregate exposure of not more than ₹25 crore as on March 31, 2021.
June 04,2021 Resolution Framework - 2.0: MSMEs
Regulation The Reserve Bank on June 04, 2021 enhanced the limit specified under the circular on
“Resolution Framework 2.0 – Resolution of COVID-19 related stress of MSMEs” from ₹25
crore to ₹50 crore. The circular specifies the eligibility conditions for MSME accounts to be
considered for restructuring unde accounts to be considered for restructuring under the
framework, which states that the aggregate exposure, including non-fund based facilities, of all
lending institutions to the MSME borrower should not exceed ₹25 crore as on March 31, 2021.
June 04,2021 Payment of Margins by FPIs
Foreign The Reserve Bank on June 04, 2021 decided to allow banks in India having an authorised
Exchange dealer category-1 licence under FEMA, 1999 to lend to foreign portfolio investors (FPIs) in
accordance with their credit risk management frameworks for the purpose of placing margins
with The Clearing Corporation of India Ltd. (CCIL) in respect of settlement of transactions
involving government securities (including treasury bills and state development loans) by the
FPIs.
May 31,2021 Due Diligence for Transactions in VCs
Regulation The Reserve Bank on May 31, 2021 instructed banks/regulated entities not to cite the circular
on virtual currencies dated April 06, 2018 as the circular was no longer valid as per the order
dated March 04, 2020 of the Honourable Supreme Court of India. However, the Reserve Bank
advised banks/regulated entities to continue to carry out customer due diligence processes in
line with regulations governing standards for Know Your Customer (KYC), Anti-Money
Laundering (AML), Combating of Financing of Terrorism (CFT) and obligations of regulated
entities under Prevention of Money Laundering Act, (PMLA), 2002 in addition to ensuring
compliance with relevant provisions under Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) for
overseas remittances.
May 24,2021 Amalgamation of DCCBs with the StCB
Regulation The Reserve Bank on May 24, 2021 notified all State and Central Cooperative Banks that in
order to help the States contemplating delayering their Short-term Cooperative Credit
Structure (STCCS), following guidelines are being issued to bring the requirements and
indicative benchmarks for the amalgamation of District Central Cooperative Banks (DCCBs)
with the State Co-operative Bank (StCB) to the notice of all stakeholders.
The Reserve Bank will consider proposals for amalgamation if the following conditions are
fulfilled:
When the State Government of the State makes a proposal to amalgamate one or more
DCCB/s in the State with the StCB;
When the scheme of amalgamation is approved by the requisite majority of shareholders;
When such proposal of the State Government has been examined and recommended by
NABARD;
Regulatory Criteria
The proposal should be in compliance with the legal requirements, past orders/ rulings of the
Courts, if any.
Financial parameters of the amalgamated entity based on notionally consolidated latest
audited financial statements should be robust.
The StCB should have a satisfactory track record of regulatory and supervisory compliance.
The StCB should have strong governance/management practices.
General considerations governing in-principle approval
The scheme of amalgamation shall be presented to the shareholders of the StCB/ DCCBs.
An memorandum of understanding(MoU) shall be executed by the constituents. Due
diligence on the amalgamating entities shall be carried out by chartered accountants.
In addition to compliance with extant income recognition, asset classification and
314
provisioning norms, full provision shall be made for impairment of assets, if any.
The StCB, post-amalgamation, shall be required to adhere to the CRAR norms prescribed by
the Reserve Bank from time to time.
Page
StCB shall ensure to appropriately configure its IT system to enable system integration with all
DCCBs before applying for final approval.

A new Board of the amalgamated bank shall be constituted within three months of
amalgamation.
The banking licence issued to the StCB shall continue after the process of amalgamation.
DCCBs which are being amalgamated into the StCB shall surrender their licences to the
Reserve Bank.
Existing branches of the DCCBs shall be converted into branches of the StCB and will come
under the purview of Section 23 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 (AACS).
Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC) clearance for the
amalgamation shall be obtained by the StCB before applying for final approval.
The Reserve Bank may prescribe any additional condition/s, as may be considered
necessary.
The proposals for amalgamation which meet the indicative benchmarks would be evaluated
by NABARD and the Reserve Bank on merits and would be subject to additional requirements/
conditions as deemed fit.
Post- amalgamation requirements
A compliance report with reference to the conditions of the final approval for amalgamation
shall be submitted within the prescribed timeframe.
Licences of the transferor banks shall be surrendered.
Disclosures
Pension liabilities pre and post-amalgamation.
Status of vigilance cases and complaints pending in the amalgamating banks as on the date of
amalgamation and details of cases that are closed during the year.
Status of pending fraud cases, outstanding inter-bank adjustments (amalgamating/
amalgamated) and inter branch accounts and other intermediary accounts post– merger and
their impact on the financial statements of the amalgamated bank.
Outstanding claims of the amalgamating banks and their members in respect of allotment of
shares and time frame for settlement of such claims.
Such additional disclosures that may be required by the regulator/ supervisor.
May 19,2021 Central Board Meeting
The Central Board of the Reserve Bank of India virtually held its 589th meeting on May 21,
2021 under the chairmanship of Shri Shaktikanta Das, Governor. The Board reviewed the
current economic situation, global and domestic challenges and recent policy measures taken
by the Reserve Bank to mitigate the adverse impact of the second wave of COVID-19 on the
economy. With the change in the Reserve Bank’s accounting year to AprilMarch (earlier July-
June), the Board discussed the working of the Reserve Bank of India during the transition
period of nine months (July 2020-March 2021) and approved the Annual Report and accounts
of the Reserve Bank for the transition period. The Board also approved the transfer of ₹99,122
crore as surplus to the Central Government for the accounting period of nine months ended
March 31, 2021 (July 2020-March 2021), while deciding to maintain the Contingency Risk
Buffer at 5.50 per cent
May 19,2021 Prepaid Payment Instruments (PPIs)
Payment and The Reserve Bank on May 19, 2021 advised the following to all Bank and Non-Bank Prepaid
Settlement Payment Instrument Issuers, System Providers and System Participants:
Systems It shall be mandatory for Prepaid Payment Instrument (PPI) issuers to give the holders of full-
KYC PPIs (KYCcompliant PPIs) interoperability through authorised card networks (for PPIs in
the form of cards) and UPI (for PPIs in the form of electronic wallets);
Interoperability shall be mandatory on the acceptance side as well;
The interoperability shall be enabled by March 31, 2022; PPIs for Mass Transit Systems
(PPI-MTS) shall remain exempted from interoperability while Gift PPI issuers have the option
to offer interoperability.
The maximum amount outstanding in respect of fullKYC PPIs (KYC-compliant PPIs) has been
increased from ₹1 lakh to ₹2 lakh.
The feature of cash withdrawal shall be permitted in respect of full-KYC PPIs issued by non-
bank PPI issuers as well subject to a maximum limit of ₹2,000 per transaction with an overall
limit of ₹10,000 per month per PPI.
315
The cash withdrawal limit from Points of Sale (PoS) terminals using debit cards and open
system prepaid cards issued by banks in India advised vide circular dated August 27, 2015
has also been rationalised to ₹2,000 per transaction within an overall monthly limit of ₹10,000
Page
across all locations (Tier 1 to 6 centres).

May 12,2021 Sponsor Contribution to an AIF

Foreign The Reserve Bank on May 12, 2021 decided that any sponsor contribution from a sponsor
Exchange Indian Party (IP) to an Alternative Investment Fund (AIF) set up in an overseas jurisdiction,
including International Financial Services Centres (IFSCs) in India, as per the laws of the host
jurisdiction, will be treated as Overseas Direct Investment (ODI). Accordingly, IP, as defined in
regulation 2(k) of the Notification FEMA 120/2004-RB can set up AIF in overseas jurisdictions,
including IFSCs, under the automatic route provided it complies with Regulation 7 of the
Notification FEMA 120/2004-RB.
May 10,2021 Government Agency Business
Banker to the The Reserve Bank on May 10, 2021 informed all scheduled commercial banks that the
Government embargo put in place from September 2012 by Department of Financial Services (DFS),
Ministry of Finance (MoF) on further allocation of Government business to private sector banks
has since been lifted by them vide their communication dated February 24, 2021. Based on
the above developments, the existing guidelines on appointment of scheduled private sector
banks as agency banks of the Reserve Bank have been reviewed and the revised
guidelines/framework are as follows:
Such existing private sector agency bank with whom the Reserve Bank already has agency
banking agreement may continue to do the government agency business for Central and/or
State Governments without taking any fresh approval from the Reserve Bank.
For the purpose of undertaking fresh/additional government agency business by these
existing private sector agency banks, after obtaining approval from Central Government or
State Government they need to obtain approval from Department of Government and Bank
Accounts, Central Office as per the circular dated January 31, 2012.
Scheduled private sector banks, not having agency banking agreement with the Reserve
Bank, but intend to handle Government agency business, may be appointed as agents of the
Reserve Bank upon execution of an agreement with the Reserve Bank.
The choice of accrediting an agency bank for any particular government agency business rests
solely with the concerned Central Government Departments /State Governments.
Once the Reserve Bank authorises a bank for any Government business, separate approval
from the Reserve Bank with regard to mode (physical or e-mode) and area of operations is not
required and the same will be decided by the Office of Controller General of Accounts (for
Central Government) or the Finance Department of the State Government, keeping the
Reserve Bank informed in the matter.
May 07,2021 On-Tap Term Liquidity Facility
Regulation The Reserve Bank on May 07, 2021 decided to open an on-tap liquidity window of ₹50,000
crore with tenors of up to three years at the repo rate till March 31, 2022 to boost provision of
immediate liquidity for ramping up COVID related healthcare infrastructure and services in the
country. Under the scheme, banks can provide fresh lending support to a wide range of
entities including vaccine manufacturers; importers/suppliers of vaccine and priority medical
devices; hospitals/dispensaries; pathology labs and diagnostic centres; manufacturers and
suppliers of oxygen and ventilators; importers of vaccines and COVID-related drugs; COVID-
related logistics firms and also patients for treatment. Banks are being incentivised for quick
delivery of credit under the scheme through extension of priority sector lending (PSL)
classification to such lending up to March 31, 2022.
May 05,2021 Resolution Framework 2.0 -Individuals and Small Businesses
Regulation The resurgence of COVID-19 pandemic in India in the recent weeks and the consequent
containment measures to check the spread of the pandemic may impact the recovery process
and create new uncertainties. With the objective of alleviating the potential stress to individual
borrowers and small businesses, the Reserve Bank of India on May 05, 2021 announced the
following set of measures:
Resolution of advances to individuals and small businesses
Lending institutions are permitted to offer a limited window to individual borrowers and small
businesses to implement resolution plans in respect of their credit exposures while classifying
the same as Standard upon implementation of the resolution plan subject to the conditions
specified hereafter.
316
The following borrowers shall be eligible for the window of resolution to be invoked by the
lending institutions:
i) Individuals who have availed of personal loans (as defined in the Circular dated January 4,
Page
2018 on “XBRL Returns – Harmonisation of Banking Statistics”), excluding the credit facilities

provided by lending institutions to their own personnel/staff.

ii) Individuals who have availed of loans and advances for business purposes and to whom the
lending institutions have aggregate exposure of not more than ₹25 crore as on March 31,
2021. iii) Small businesses, including those engaged in retail and wholesale trade, other than
those classified as micro, small and medium enterprises as on March 31, 2021, and to whom
the lending institutions have aggregate exposure of not more than ₹25 crore as on March 31,
2021. Any resolution plan implemented in breach of the stipulations of this circular shall be
fully governed by the Prudential Framework for Resolution of Stressed Assets issued on June
7, 2019 (“Prudential Framework”), or the relevant instructions as applicable to specific
category of lending institutions where the Prudential Framework is not applicable.
Invocation of resolution process
The lending institutions shall frame Board approved policies at the earliest (but not later than
four weeks from the date of this circular), pertaining to implementation of viable resolution
plans for eligible borrowers under this framework, ensuring that the resolution under this facility
is provided only to the borrowers having stress on account of COVID19. The last date for
invocation of resolution permitted under this window is September 30, 2021.
Permitted features of resolution plans and implementation
The resolution plans implemented under this window may inter alia include rescheduling of
payments, conversion of any interest accrued or to be accrued into another credit facility,
revisions in working capital sanctions and granting of moratorium based on an assessment of
income streams of the borrower.
The moratorium period, if granted, may be for a maximum of two years, and shall come into
force immediately upon implementation of the resolution plan.
Asset classification and provisioning
If a resolution plan is implemented in adherence to the provisions of this circular, the asset
classification of borrowers’ accounts classified as Standard may be retained as such upon
implementation, whereas the borrowers’ accounts which may have slipped into NPA between
invocation and implementation may be upgraded as Standard, as on the date of
implementation of the resolution plan.
The subsequent asset classification for such exposures will be governed by the criteria laid
out in the Master Circular - Prudential norms on Income Recognition, Asset Classification and
Provisioning pertaining to Advances dated July 1, 2015 or other relevant instructions as
applicable to specific category of lending institutions (“extant IRAC norms”).
Disclosures and Credit Reporting
Lending institutions publishing quarterly financial statements shall, at the minimum, make
disclosures as per the prescribed format in their financial statements for the quarters ending
September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021
May 05,2021 Resolution Framework 2.0 - MSMEs
Regulation In view of the uncertainties created by the resurgence of the COVID-19 pandemic, the
Reserve Bank on May 05, 2021 extended the facility in the circular dated August 6, 2020 for
restructuring existing loans without a downgrade in the asset classification subject to the
following conditions: The borrower should be classified as a micro, small or medium
enterprise (MSME) as on March 31, 2021 in terms of the Gazette Notification S.O. 2119 (E)
dated June 26, 2020.
The borrowing entity is GST-registered on the date of implementation of the restructuring.
However, this condition will not apply to MSMEs that are exempt from GST-registration.
The aggregate exposure, including non-fund based facilities, of all lending institutions to the
borrower does not exceed ₹25 crore as on March 31, 2021. The borrower’s account was a
‘standard asset’ as on March 31, 2021.
The borrower’s account was not restructured in terms of the circulars dated August 6, 2020;
February 11, 2020; or January 1, 2019 (collectively referred to as MSME restructuring
circulars). The restructuring of the borrower account is invoked by September 30, 2021.
The restructuring of the borrower account is implemented within 90 days from the date of
invocation.
317
If the borrower is not registered in the Udyam Registration portal, such registration shall be
required to be completed before the date of implementation of the restructuring plan for the
plan to be treated as implemented.
Upon implementation of the restructuring plan, the lending institutions shall keep provision of
Page
10 per cent of the residual debt of the borrower.

It is reiterated that lending institutions shall put in place a Board approved policy on
restructuring of MSME advances under these instructions at the earliest, and in any case not
later than a month from the date of this circular.
All other instructions specified in the circular dated August 6, 2020 shall remain applicable.
In respect of restructuring plans implemented, asset classification of borrowers classified as
standard may be retained as such, whereas the accounts which may have slipped into NPA
category between April 01, 2021 and date of implementation may be upgraded as ‘standard
asset’, as on the date of implementation of the restructuring plan.
In respect of accounts of borrowers which were restructured in terms of the MSME
restructuring circulars, lending institutions are permitted, as a one-time measure, to review the
working capital sanctioned limits and / or drawing power based on a reassessment of the
working capital cycle, reduction of margins, etc. without the same being treated as
restructuring.
The above measures shall be contingent on the lending institutions satisfying themselves that
the same is necessitated on account of the economic fallout from COVID-19.
May 05,2021 Utilisation of Floating Provisions/ Counter Cyclical Provisioning Buffer
Regulation In order to mitigate the adverse impact of COVID-19 related stress on banks, as a measure to
enable capital conservation, the Reserve Bank on May 05, 2021 decided to allow banks to
utilise 100 per cent of floating provisions/countercyclical provisioning buffer held by them as on
December 31, 2020 for making specific provisions for non-performing assets with prior
approval of their Boards
May 05,2021 Periodic Updation of KYC
Regulation The Reserve Bank on May 05, 2021 advised Regulated Entities (REs) that keeping in view the
current COVID-19 related restrictions in various parts of the country, the customer accounts
where periodic updation of KYC (Know Your Customer) is due and pending, no restrictions on
operations of such account shall be imposed till December 31, 2021, for this reason alone,
unless warranted under instructions of any regulator/ enforcement agency/court of law, etc.
May 05,2021 On-lending by SFBs
Financial The Reserve Bank on May 05, 2021 allowed priority sector lending classification to the fresh
Inclusion credit extended by Small Finance Banks (SFBs) to registered Non Banking Financial
Companies - Micro-Finance Institutions (NBFCMFIs) and other MFIs (Societies and Trusts)
which are members of the Reserve Bank recognised ‘Self- Regulatory Organisation’ of the
sector and which have a ‘gross loan portfolio’ of upto ₹500 crore as on March 31, 2021, for the
purpose of on-lending to individuals. Bank credit as above will be permitted up to 10 per cent
of the bank’s total priority sector portfolio as on March 31, 2021. This has been done in view of
the fresh challenges brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic and to address the emergent
liquidity position of smaller MFIs.
Apr 29,2021 Corporate Governance in Banks
Regulation A discussion paper on ‘Governance in Commercial Banks in India’ was issued by the Reserve
Bank on June 11, 2020 to review the framework for governance in the commercial banks.
Based on the feedback received, a comprehensive review of the framework has been done,
and a Master Direction on Governance will be issued in due course. In order to address a few
operative aspects received through such feedback, it has been decided to issue instructions
with regard to the Chair and meetings of the board, composition of certain committees of the
board, age, tenure and remuneration of directors, and appointment of the whole-time directors
(WTDs) of all the private sector banks including small finance banks (SFBs) and wholly owned
subsidiaries of foreign banks.
Chair and meetings of the Board – The Chair of the board shall be an independent director.
In the absence of the Chair of the board, the meetings of the board shall be chaired by an
independent director. The quorum for the board meetings shall be one-third of the total
strength of the board or three directors, whichever is higher. At least half of the directors
attending the meetings of the board shall be independent directors.
Committees of the Board - The Audit Committee of the Board (ACB), Risk Management
Committee of the Board (RMCB), Nomination and Remuneration Committee (NRC) shall meet
with a quorum of 3 members. The Chair of the board should not chair the ACB, RMCB or
318
NRC. The meeting should be chaired by an independent director. The ACB and RMCB shall
meet at least once a quarter. The meeting of NRC may be held as and when required.
Age and tenure of non-executive directors (NEDs) - The upper age limit for NEDs,
Page
including the Chair of the board, shall be 75 years and after attaining the age of 75 years no

person can continue in these positions. he total tenure of an NED, continuously or otherwise,
on the board of a bank, shall not exceed eight years. After completing eight years on the board
of a bank the person may be considered for re-appointment only after a minimum gap of three
years. Remuneration of NEDs - The fixed remuneration for an NED, other than the Chair of
the board, shall not exceed ₹20 lakh per annum.
Tenure of MD and CEO and WTDs - The post of the MD and CEO or WTD cannot be held by
the same incumbent for more than 15 years. It is clarified that the extant instructions on upper
age limit for MD and CEO and WTDs in the private sector banks would continue and no
person can continue as MD and CEO or WTD beyond the age of 70 years. MD and CEO or
WTD who is also a promoter/ major shareholder, cannot hold these posts for more than 12
years.
Apr 27,2021 Guidelines for Appointment of SCAs/SAs
Supervision The Reserve Bank on April 27, 2021 issued the following guidelines under Section 30(1A) of
the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, Section 10(1) of the Banking Companies (Acquisition and
Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1970/1980 and Section 41(1) of SBI Act, 1955; and under
provisions of Chapter IIIB of RBI Act, 1934 for NBFCs:
Applicability - The guidelines will be applicable to the Commercial Banks (excluding RRBs),
UCBs and NBFCs including HFCs (hereinafter referred to as the Entities) for Financial Year
2021-22 and onwards in respect of appointment/reappointment of Statutory Central Auditors
(SCAs)/Statutory Auditors (SAs) of the Entities.
Prior Approval of the Reserve Bank - Commercial Banks (excluding RRBs) and UCBs will
be required to take prior approval of the Reserve Bank (Department of Supervision) for
appointment/reappointment of SCAs/SAs, on an annual basis. While NBFCs do not have to
take prior approval of the Reserve Bank for appointment of SCAs/SAs, all NBFCs need to
inform the Reserve Bank within one month of such appointment.
Number of SCAs/SAs and Branch Coverage - For Entities with asset size of ₹15,000 crore
and above as at the end of previous year, the statutory audit should be conducted under joint
audit of a minimum of two audit firms [Partnership firms/Limited Liability Partnerships (LLPs)].
All other Entities should appoint a minimum of one audit firm (Partnership firm/LLPs) for
conducting statutory audit.
Eligibility Criteria of Auditors - Each Entity is required to appoint audit firm(s) as its
SCA(s)/SA(s) fulfilling the eligibility norms as prescribed in Annex I of the guidelines.
Independence of Auditors – For Commercial Banks (excluding RRBs) and NBFCs, the Audit
Committee of the Board (ACB)/ Local Management Committee (LMC) shall monitor and
assess the independence of the auditors and conflict of interest position in terms of relevant
regulatory provisions, standards and best practices. For UCBs/remaining NBFCs, the Board of
Directors shall monitor and assess the independence of the auditors. Professional Standards
of SCAs/SAs - The SCAs/SAs shall be strictly guided by the relevant professional standards
in discharge of their audit responsibilities with highest diligence.
Tenure and Rotation – In order to protect the independence of the auditors/audit firms,
Entities will have to appoint the SCAs/SAs for a continuous period of three years, subject to
the firms satisfying the eligibility norms each year.
Audit Fees and Expenses - The audit fees for SCAs/SAs of all the Entities shall be decided in
terms of the relevant statutory/regulatory provisions.
Statutory Audit Policy and Appointment Procedure - Each Entity shall formulate a
Board/LMC approved policy to be hosted on its official website/public domain and formulate
necessary procedure there under to be followed for appointment of SCAs/SAs
Apr 23,2021 RBI joins Network for Greening the Financial System
Supervision The Reserve Bank of India has joined the Central Banks and Supervisors Network for
Greening the Financial System (NGFS) as a Member on April 23, 2021. The NGFS is a group
of central banks and supervisors willing to share best practices and contribute to the
development of environment and climate risk management in the financial sector, while
mobilising mainstream finance to support the transition towards a sustainable economy. The
Reserve Bank expects to benefit from the membership of NGFS by learning from and
contributing to global efforts on Green Finance which has assumed significance in the context
319
of climate change.
Apr 22,2021 Declaration of Dividends by Banks
Regulation The Reserve Bank on April 22, 2021 notified all commercial banks and cooperative banks that
Page
in view of the continuing uncertainty caused by the ongoing second wave of COVID-19 in the
country, it is crucial that banks remain resilient and proactively raise and conserve capital as a

bulwark against unexpected losses. Therefore, while allowing banks to pay dividend on equity
shares, it has been decided to review the dividend declaration norms for the year ended March
31, 2021 as below:
Commercial Banks - In partial modification of the instructions contained in circular dated
May 4, 2005, banks may pay dividend on equity shares from the profits for the financial year
ended March 31, 2021, subject to the quantum of dividend being not more than fifty percent of
the amount determined as per the dividend payout ratio prescribed the circular.
Cooperative Banks - Cooperative banks shall be permitted to pay dividend on equity shares
from the profits of the financial year ended March 31, 2021 as per the extant instructions.
General - All banks shall continue to meet the applicable minimum regulatory capital
requirements after dividend payment.
Apr 19,2021 Committee on Functioning of ARCs
Regulation The Reserve Bank on April 19, 2021 constituted a Committee to undertake a comprehensive
review of the working of Asset Reconstruction Companies (ARCs) in the financial sector
ecosystem and recommend suitable measures for enabling such entities to meet the growing
requirements of the financial sector. The Committee has the following composition:
Shri Sudarshan Sen, former Executive Director, Reserve Bank, Chairman Ms. Vishakha
Mulye, Executive Director, ICICI Bank, Member Shri P N Prasad, former Deputy Managing
Director, SBI, Member Shri Rohit Prasad, Professor of Economics, MDI, Gurgaon, Member
Shri Abizer Diwanji, Partner, Ernst & Young, Member Shri R Anand, Chartered Accountant,
Member
The ToR of the Committee will be as under:
Review of existing legal and regulatory framework applicable to ARCs and recommend
measures to improve efficacy of ARCs;
Review of role of ARCs in resolution of stressed assets including under Insolvency &
Bankruptcy Code (IBC), 2016;
Suggestions for improving liquidity in and trading of security receipts;
Review of business models of the ARCs;
Any other matter relevant to the functioning, transparency and governance of ARCs.
The Committee will submit its report within three months from the date of its first meeting. The
Committee invites views and suggestions on the above aspects from ARCs, market
participants and other stakeholders which maybe mailed by May 31, 2021.
Apr 19,2021 Review of Requirement of CCyB
Regulation The Reserve Bank on April 19, 2021 decided that based on the review and empirical testing of
countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB) indicators, it is not necessary to activate CCyB at this
point in time. The framework on CCyB was put in place by the Reserve Bank of India in terms
of guidelines issued on February 5, 2015 wherein it was advised that the CCyB would be
activated as and when the circumstances warranted, and that the decision would normally be
pre-announced.
Apr 15,2021 Constitution of the RRA 2.0
Regulation The Reserve Bank on April 15, 2021 decided to set up a new Regulations Review Authority
(RRA 2.0) for a period of one year from the date of its establishment to review the regulatory
prescriptions internally as well as by seeking suggestions from the Reserve Bank regulated
entities and other stakeholders on their simplification and ease of implementation. The RRA
2.0 will focus on streamlining regulatory instructions, reduce compliance burden of the
regulated entities by simplifying procedures and reduce reporting requirements, wherever
possible. The terms of reference (ToR) of RRA 2.0 would be as under:
To make regulatory and supervisory instructions more effective by removing redundancies
and duplications, if any;
To reduce compliance burden on regulated entities by streamlining the reporting mechanism;
revoking obsolete instructions if necessary and obviating paper-based submission of returns
wherever possible;
To obtain feedback from regulated entities on simplification of procedures and enhancement of
ease of compliance;
Examine and suggest the changes required in dissemination process of the Reserve Bank
320
circulars/ instructions (this would entail suggestions on the areas where the manner of issuing
circulars, their updation and website linkages); and Identify any other issue germane to the
subject matter. Shri M. Rajeshwar Rao, Deputy Governor has been appointed as the
Page
Regulations Review Authority. The Authority would be set up for a period of one year from May

01, 2021, unless its tenure is extended by the Reserve Bank. The RRA will engage internally
as well as externally with all regulated entities and other stakeholders to facilitate the process.
Apr 15,2021 Applicants under the Guidelines for ‘on tap’ Licensing
Regulation The Reserve Bank on April 15, 2021 released the following names of applicants under the
Guidelines for ‘on tap’ Licensing of Universal Banks and Small Finance Banks:
Applicants under Guidelines for ‘on tap’ Licensing of Universal Banks
UAE Exchange and Financial Services Limited The Repatriates Cooperative Finance and
Development Bank Limited (REPCO Bank)
Chaitanya India Fin Credit Private Limited
Shri Pankaj Vaish and others
Applicants under Guidelines for ‘on tap’ Licensing of Small Finance Banks
VSoft Technologies Private Limited
Calicut City Service Co-operative Bank Limited
Shri Akhil Kumar Gupta
Dvara Kshetriya Gramin Financial Services Private Limited
The constitution and composition of Standing External Advisory Committee for evaluating the
applications received under the aforementioned guidelines was announced on March 22,
2021.
Apr 12,2021 Interest Equalisation Scheme - Extension
Regulation The Reserve Bank on April 12, 2021 notified that the Government of India has approved the
extension of Interest Equalisation Scheme for pre and post shipment Rupee export credit, with
same scope and coverage, for three more months i.e., upto June 30, 2021. The extension
takes effect from April 01, 2021 and ends on June 30, 2021 covering a period of three months.
Consequently, the extant operational instructions issued by the Reserve Bank under the
captioned Scheme shall continue to remain in force upto June 30, 2021.
Apr 07,2021 Resolution of the MPC
Monetary On the basis of an assessment of the current and evolving macroeconomic situation, the
Policy Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) at its meeting held on April 07, 2021 decided to keep the
Accordingly, marginal standing facility (MSF) rate and the Bank Rate remains unchanged at
4.25 per cent. The MPC also decided to continue with the accommodative stance as long as
necessary to sustain growth on a durable basis and continue to mitigate the impact of COVID-
19 on the economy, while ensuring that inflation remains within the target going forward.
These decisions are in consonance with the objective of achieving the medium-term target for
supporting growth
Apr 07,2021 Statement on Developmental and Regulatory Policies
Monetary Liquidity Measures
Policy TLTRO on Tap Scheme : The Reserve Bank decided to extend the TLTRO on Tap Scheme
by a period of six months, i.e., till September 30, 2021.
Liquidity Facility for AIFIs : The Reserve Bank decided to extend fresh support of ₹50,000
crore to the all India financial institutions (AIFIs) for new lending in 2021-22.
Enhancement of limit of maximum balance per customer for Payments Banks : The Reserve
Bank decided to enhance the limit of maximum balance at end of the day from ₹1 lakh to ₹2
lakh per individual customer based on a review of performance of payments banks and with a
view to encourage their efforts for financial inclusion and to expand their ability to cater to the
needs of their customers, including MSMEs, small traders and merchants. To read more,
please click here.
ARCs – Constitution of a Committee : The Reserve Bank proposed to constitute a Committee
to undertake a comprehensive review of the working of Asset Reconstruction Companies
(ARCs) in the financial sector ecosystem and recommend suitable measures for enabling such
entities to meet the growing requirements of the financial sector.
Permitting banks to on-lend through NBFCs : The Reserve Bank decided in August 2019 to
allow banks to classify lending to registered NBFCs (other than MFIs) as Priority Sector
321
Lending (PSL) up to 5 per cent of a bank’s total PSL, for on-lending to

Agriculture/MSME/Housing till March 31, 2020. This dispensation was later extended up to
March 31, 2021. The Reserve Bank decided to extend the PSL classification for lending by
Page
banks to NBFCs for ‘on-lending’ to the above sectors for six months, i.e. up to September 30,

2021. To read more, please click here.

PSL guidelines - Enhancement of Loan limit against eNWR/NWR : The Reserve Bank
decided to enhance the loan limit from ₹50 lakh to ₹75 lakh per borrower against the
pledge/hypothecation of agricultural produce backed by Negotiable Warehouse Receipts
(NWRs)/electronic-NWRs(e-NWRs) issued by warehouses registered and regulated by
Warehousing Development and Regulatory Authority. To read more, please click here.
Debt Management
Review of Way and Means Advances (WMA) limits for the State Governments/UTs : The
Advisory Committee (Chairman: Shri Sudhir Shrivastava) has recommended an overall revised
limit of ₹47,010 crore for all states, as against the current limit of ₹32,225 crore (fixed in
February 2016), representing an increase of about 46 per cent. The committee also
recommended the continuation of the enhanced interim WMA limit of ₹51,560 crore (60 per
cent increase in the current limits allowed by the Reserve Bank during the last fiscal to help
states/UTs to tide over the difficulties faced by them during the pandemic) for a further period
of six months i.e., from April 1, 2021 up to September 30, 2021. The Reserve Bank has
accepted both the recommendations.
Financial Inclusion
Financial Inclusion Index : To measure the extent of financial inclusion in the country, the
Reserve Bank will construct and periodically publish a “Financial Inclusion Index” (FI Index).
Payments Systems
RTGS and NEFT – Membership for entities other than banks : The Reserve Bank proposed
to enable, in a phased manner, payment system operators, regulated by the Reserve Bank, to
take direct membership in Centralised Payment Systems (CPSs).
Interoperability of Prepaid Payment Instruments (PPIs), and Increase in account limit to ₹2
lakh : To incentivise the migration of PPIs to full-KYC, it is proposed to increase the limit of
outstanding balance in such PPIs from the current level of ₹1 lakh to ₹2 lakh. Necessary
instructions will be issued separately.
Permitting Cash Withdrawal from Full-KYC PPIs issued by Non-banks : The Reserve Bank
proposed to allow the facility of cash withdrawal, subject to a limit, for full-KYC PPIs of non-
bank PPI issuers as well.
External Commercial Borrowings
Relaxation in the period of parking of ECB proceeds in term deposits : External Commercial
Borrowings (ECB) borrowers are allowed to place ECB proceeds in term deposits with AD
Category-I banks in India for a maximum period of 12 months. In view of the difficulty faced by
borrowers in utilising already drawn down ECBs due to Covid-19 pandemic induced lockdown
and restrictions, the Reserve Bank decided to relax the above stipulation as a one-time
measure, with a view to provide relief. Accordingly, unutilised ECB proceeds drawn down on or
before March 01, 2020 can be parked in term deposits with AD Category-I banks in India
prospectively up to March 01, 2022.
Apr 07,2021 Asset Classification and Income Recognition
Regulation The Supreme Court of India has pronounced its judgement in the matter of Small Scale
Industrial Manufacturers Association vs UoI and Others and other connected matters on March
23, 2021. In this connection, the Reserve Bank on April 07, 2021 advised hereunder:
I. Refund/adjustment of ‘interest on interest’
All lending institutions shall immediately put in place a Board-approved policy to refund/adjust
the ‘interest on interest’ charged to the borrowers during the moratorium period, i.e. March 01,
2020 to August 31, 2020 in conformity with the above judgement.
The above reliefs shall be applicable to all borrowers, including those who had availed of
working capital facilities during the moratorium period, irrespective of whether moratorium had
been fully or partially availed, or not availed, in terms of the circulars dated March 27, 2020
and May 23, 2020 (“Covid-19 Regulatory Package”).
Lending institutions shall disclose the aggregate amount to be refunded/adjusted in respect of
their borrowers based on the above reliefs in their financial statements for the year ending
March 31, 2021.
II. Asset Classification
322
Asset classification of borrower accounts by all lending institutions following the above
judgment shall continue to be governed by the extant instructions as clarified below:
In respect of accounts which were not granted any moratorium in terms of the Covid19
Page
Regulatory Package, asset classification shall be as per the criteria laid out in the Master

Circular - Prudential norms on Income Recognition, Asset Classification and Provisioning

pertaining to Advances dated July 1, 2015 or other relevant instructions as applicable to the
specific category of lending institutions (IRAC Norms).
In respect of accounts which were granted moratorium in terms of the Covid19 Regulatory
Package, the asset classification for the period from March 01, 2020 to August 31, 2020 shall
be governed in terms of the circular dated April 17, 2020, read with circular dated May 23,
2020
Mar 31,2021 Processing of E-mandates
Payment and The Reserve Bank had put in place the framework for registering e-mandates for recurring
Settlement online transactions using cards/wallets/Unified Payments Interface (UPI) vide the circulars
Systems dated August 21, 2019, January 10, 2020 and December 4, 2020.
The framework had ensured that changing payment needs of customers were accommodated
by adequately balancing safety, security and convenience of such transactions. Stakeholders
were given sufficient time by the Reserve Bank to complete the process of migration to the
framework by March 31, 2021.
It was, however, noted that the progress of on boarding existing as well as new mandates of
customers as per the framework is not satisfactory. Keeping in view the requests of some
stakeholders and to prevent any inconvenience to customers, the Reserve Bank decided, as a
one-time measure, to extend the timeline for ensuring full compliance to the framework till
September 30, 2021. During the extended timeline, no new mandate for recurring online
transactions shall be registered by the stakeholders, unless such mandates are compliant with
the framework.
Any further delay in ensuring complete adherence to the framework beyond the extended
timeline will attract stringent supervisory action from the Reserve Bank.
Mar 31,2021 Guidelines on Regulation of Payment Aggregators and Payment Gateways
Payment and The Reserve Bank, on March 31, 2021, issued a directive on the guidelines on regulation of
Settlement Payment Aggregators (PAs) and Payment Gateways. Neither the authorised PAs nor the
Systems merchants onboarded by them can store customer card credentials within their database or
server as per the circular dated March 17, 2020.
Based on the representations received from the industry seeking additional time for
implementing the above instructions, the Reserve Bank decided, as a one-time measure, to
extend the timeline for non-bank PAs by six months, i.e., till December 31, 2021, to enable the
payment system providers and participants to put in place workable solutions, such as
tokenisation, within the framework set out in the circular dated March 17, 2020 and circular
dated January 08, 2019 on “Tokenisation – Card transactions”. All other provisions of the
circular dated March 17, 2020 shall remain unchanged.
Mar 31,2021 FPI Investment Limits
Foreign The Reserve Bank on March 31, 2021 informed that the the limits for Foreign Portfolio
Exchange Investors (FPI) investment in corporate bonds shall remain unchanged at 15% of outstanding
stock of securities for FY 2021-22. The revised limits for FPI investment in Central
Government securities (G-secs) and State Development Loans (SDLs) for FY 2021-22 will be
advised separately.
Mar 30,2021 Bilateral Netting of QFC
Regulation The Bilateral Netting of Qualified Financial Contracts Act, 2020 (hereafter referred to as “the
Act”), has been notified by the Government of India. The Act provides a legal framework for
enforceability of bilateral netting of qualified financial contracts (QFC). In exercise of the
powers conferred the Act, the Reserve Bank, has since notified (a) “derivatives”; and (b) “repo”
and “reverse repo” transactions as defined under Section 45(U) of Chapter III-D of the Reserve
Bank of India Act, 1934 as a QFC.
Mar 26,2021 Special Clearing Operations
Payment and The Reserve Bank on March 26, 2021 informed all banks that normal clearing timings as
Settlement applicable to any working “Wednesday” shall be followed on March 31, 2021.
Systems Further, to facilitate accounting of all the Government transactions for the current financial year
(2020-21) by March 31, 2021, it was decided to conduct Special Clearing exclusively for
Government Cheques across the three CTS grids (New Delhi, Chennai and Mumbai) on
323
March 31, 2021.

It was mandatory for all banks to participate in the special clearing operations on March 31,
2021. All the member banks under the respective CTS Grids were required to keep their
Page
inward clearing processing infrastructure open during the Special Clearing hours and maintain
sufficient balance in their clearing settlement account to meet settlement obligations arising out

of the Special Clearing.

Mar 25,2021 FETERS - Cards
Foreign The Reserve Bank on March 25, 2021 decided to collect more details of international
Exchange transactions using credit card/debit card/unified payment interface (UPI) along with their
economic classification (merchant category code – MCC) through a new return called
‘FETERS-Cards’, using the same web-portal (https://bop.rbi.org.in). Nodal offices of
Authorised Dealers (ADs) may submit FETERS-Cards details on the web-portal in the
following manner :
Sale of forex by AD towards international transaction made by Indian resident (to be reported
by the card issuing / transaction originating AD);
and Purchase of forex by AD under transaction by foreign resident with Indian resident (to be
reported by merchant acquirer AD).
AD Banks need to report all card transactions (e.g., through PoS terminals / e-commerce
(online purchase) / for transferring funds to bank accounts).
ADs shall submit the FETERS-Cards data on the webportal (https://bop.rbi.org.in) by using the
Reserve Bank provided login-name and password, within seven working days from the last
date of the month for which data are being reported. FETERS-Cards reporting will be
implemented for the transactions taking place from April 1, 2021.
Mar 25,2021 Annual Closing of Government Accounts
Banker to the The Reserve Bank on March 25, 2021 notified all agency banks that all government
Government transactions done by agency banks for financial year 2020-21 must be accounted for within the
same financial year. Accordingly, the following arrangements are put in place to report and
account for government transactions for March 31, 2021 :
All agency banks must keep their designated branches open for over the counter transactions
related to government transactions upto the normal working hours on March 31, 2021.
Transactions through National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT) and Real Time Gross
Settlement (RTGS) System will continue upto 2400 hours as hitherto on March 31, 2021.
Special clearing will be conducted for collection of government cheques on March 31, 2021
for which the Department of Payment and Settlement Systems (DPSS), RBI will issue
necessary instructions.
Regarding reporting of Central and State Government transactions to RBI, including
uploading of GST / ereceipts luggage files, the reporting window of March 31, 2021 will be
extended and kept open till 1200 hours on April 1, 2021. Agency banks may take note and
give adequate publicity to the special arrangements made as above.
Mar 23,2021 Amendment to Master Direction on KYC
Regulation The Reserve Bank on March 23, 2021 amended the Master Direction on KYC dated February
25, 2016, in line with the revised order dated February 2, 2021, issued by the Ministry of Home
Affairs (MHA),. Further, Section 54 has been amended to include the following: “The list of
Nodal Officers for UAPA is available on the website of Ministry of Home Affairs.”
Regulated Entities (REs) have been instructed, inter alia, that the procedure laid down in the
Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967, (UAPA) Order dated March 14, 2019, as provided in
the Annex-II to the Master Direction, shall be strictly followed and meticulous compliance with
the order issued by the Government shall be ensured. In this regard, MHA has issued a
revised order dated February 2, 2021, in supersession of the earlier order dated March 14,
2019.
Mar 23,2021 Large Exposures Framework
Regulation The Reserve Bank on March 23, 2021 decided that non centrally cleared derivatives
exposures will continue to be outside the purview of exposure limits till September 30, 2021.
Mar 23,2021 Amalgamation of UCBs
Regulation The Reserve Bank on March 23, 2021 issued the Master Direction - Amalgamation of Urban
Cooperative Banks, Directions, 2020. These guidelines shall cover amalgamation of two or
more Urban Cooperative Banks (UCBs).
The Reserve Bank may consider proposals for merger and amalgamation in the following
circumstances :
(i) When the net worth of the amalgamated bank is positive and the amalgamating bank
324
assures to protect entire deposits of all the depositors of the amalgamated bank.
(ii) When the net worth of amalgamated bank is negative and the amalgamating bank on its
own assures to protect deposits of all the depositors of the amalgamated bank.
Page
(iii) When the net worth of the amalgamated bank is negative and the amalgamating bank

assures to protect the deposits of all the depositors of the amalgamated bank with the financial
support from the State Government extended upfront as part of the process of merger.
Boards of the banks concerned shall play a crucial role in the process, while dealing with the
amalgamation proposals of UCBs. The decision of amalgamation shall be approved by two-
third majority of the total number of Board members, both in number and value of both
amalgamating and amalgamated UCBs and not just of those present and voting.
A dissenting shareholder is entitled, in the event of the amalgamation scheme being
sanctioned by the Reserve Bank, to claim within 3 months from the date of sanction, from the
UCB concerned, in respect of the shares held by him in that UCB, the value as per the scheme
of amalgamation sanctioned by Reserve Bank. However, if certain shareholders of either of
the UCBs who have subscribed to shares as linkage with borrowing have outstanding dues in
respect of credit facilities availed, such shareholders will become entitled for refund of the
value only after full and final settlement of his/her dues to the UCB concerned.
Mar 22,2021 Standing External Advisory Committee
Regulation The Reserve Bank on March 22, 2021 announced the names of the members of the Standing
External Advisory Committee (SEAC) for evaluating applications for Universal Banks as well
as Small Finance Banks. The composition of SEAC is as follows :
i. Smt. Shyamala Gopinath, former Deputy Governor, Reserve Bank of India, Chairperson.
ii. Ms. Revathy Iyer, Director, Central Board, Reserve Bank of India, Member.
iii. Shri B. Mahapatra, former Executive Director, Reserve Bank of India and presently
Chairman, National Payments Corporation of India, Member.
iv. Shri T.N. Manoharan, former Chairman, Canara Bank, Member.
v. Shri Hemant G. Contractor, former Managing Director, State Bank of India and former
Chairman, Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority, Member.
It may be recalled that Guidelines for 'on tap' Licensing of Universal Banks in the Private
Sector dated August 1, 2016 and Guidelines for 'on tap' Licensing of Small Finance Banks in
the Private Sector dated December 5, 2019, indicated that the applications for Universal Banks
and Small Finance Banks will be initially screened by the Reserve Bank to ensure prima facie
eligibility of the applicants. It was also stated that a SEAC comprising eminent persons with
experience in banking, financial sector and other relevant areas, will evaluate the applications
thereafter and that the constitution of the SEAC will be announced by Reserve Bank. The
tenure of this SEAC will be for three years.
Mar 15,2021 Extension of CTS
Payment and The Reserve Bank on March 15, 2021 decided to extend Cheque Truncation System (CTS)
Settlement across all bank branches in the country. To facilitate this, banks shall have to ensure that all
Systems their branches participate in image-based CTS under respective grids by September 30, 2021.
They are free to adopt a model of their choice, like deploying suitable infrastructure in every
branch or following a hub & spoke model among other things and concerned banks shall
coordinate with the respective Regional Offices of the Reserve Bank to operationalise this.
Mar 12,2021 Data Format for Furnishing of Credit Information
Regulation The Reserve Bank on March 12, 2021 modified the three formats given in the two Annexes of
the Uniform Credit Reporting Format. The Annex-I contains two formats for credit reporting,
viz., Consumer Bureau and Commercial Bureau, whereas Annex-II contains credit reporting
format for Micro Finance Institution (MFI) segment. The modified formats are as under:
Consumer Bureau: The label of the field ‘Written off and Settled status’ is modified as ‘Credit
Facility Status’ and it will also have a new catalogue value, viz., ‘Restructured due to COVID-
19’. Commercial Bureau: The existing field ‘Major reasons for restructuring’ will have a new
catalogue value, viz., ‘Restructured due to COVID-19’.
MFI Bureau: The existing field ‘Account status’ will have a new catalogue value, viz.,
‘Restructured due to COVID-19’.
The modifications are being made to enable banks/AIFIs/NBFCs to report the information
relating to restructured loans to CICs as envisaged in circular
DOR.No.BP.BC.3/21.04.048/2020-21 dated August 6, 2020, on the Resolution Framework for
COVID-19 related stress.
Feb 26,2021 Deadline for Umbrella Entity on Retail Payments Extended
325
Payment and The Reserve Bank on February 26, 2021 extended the timeline for making the application for
Settlement authorisation as a pan-India umbrella entity for retail payments up to March 31, 2021, keeping
Systems in view the COVID-19 related disruptions and inconveniences. The Reserve Bank had
Page
released the framework for authorisation of pan-India Umbrella Entity for retail payments on
August 18, 2020 and invited applications from desirous entities. Given the process involved for

complying with the framework prescriptions, a timeline of six months was provided therefore,
i.e., up to February 26, 2021.
Feb 18,2021 Digital Payment Security Controls
Supervision The Reserve Bank on February 18, 2021 released the “Master Direction on Digital Payment
Security Controls”. The Master Direction provides necessary guidelines for the Regulated
Entities (SCBs, small finance banks, payment banks and credit card issuing NBFCs) to set up
a robust governance structure and implement common minimum standards of security controls
for digital payment products and services. The guidelines are technology and platform agnostic
and would create an enhanced and enabling environment for customers to use digital payment
products in a more safe and secure manner.
Feb 17,2021 Exposures to Entities with UFCE
Regulation The Reserve Bank has received representation from banks expressing their inability in
obtaining Unhedged Foreign Currency Exposure (UFCE) certificates from listed entities for the
latest quarter due to restrictions on the disclosure of such information prior to finalisation of
accounts. Keeping this in view, the Reserve Bank on February 17, 2021 decided that banks
may use data pertaining to the immediate preceding quarter for computing capital and
provisioning requirements in case of UCFE
Feb 17,2021 HFC Directions, 2021
Regulation For the purpose of enabling the Reserve Bank to regulate the financial system to the
advantage of the country and to prevent the affairs of any Housing Finance Company (HFCs)
from being conducted in a manner detrimental to the interest of investors and depositors, the
Reserve Bank on February 17, 2021, issued the Master Direction - NonBanking Financial
Company – Housing Finance Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2021. These directions
would cover maintenance of liquidity coverage ratio, risk management, asset classification and
loan-to-value ratio for HFCs.
Feb 16,2021 Remittances to IFSCs under the LRS
Foreign The Reserve Bank on February 16, 2021 decided to permit resident individuals to make
Exchange remittances under Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS) to International Financial Services
Centres (IFSCs) set up in India under the Special Economic Zone Act, 2005, as amended from
time to time. Accordingly, AD category-I banks may allow resident individuals to make
remittances under LRS to IFSCs in India, subject to the following conditions:
i) The remittance shall be made only for making investments in IFSCs in securities, other than
those issued by entities/companies resident (outside IFSC) in India.
ii) Resident individuals may also open a non interest bearing Foreign Currency Account (FCA)
in IFSCs, for making the above permissible investments under LRS.
iii) Resident individuals shall not settle any domestic transactions with other residents through
these FCAs held in IFSC.
AD Category-I banks, while allowing such remittances, shall ensure compliance with all other
terms and conditions, including reporting requirements prescribed under the Scheme.
Feb 15,2021 Expert Committee on UCBs
Regulation The Reserve Bank on February 15, 2021 announced setting up of an Expert Committee on
UCBs to examine the issues and to provide a road map for strengthening the sector,
leveraging on the recent amendments to Banking Regulation Act, 1949 (As Applicable to
Cooperative Societies). The expert committee would be chaired by Shri N.S. Vishwanathan,
former Deputy Governor of the Reserve Bank. The terms of reference of the committee will be
as under:
Take stock of the regulatory measures taken by the Reserve Bank and other authorities in
respect of UCBs.
Review the current regulatory/supervisory approach and recommend suitable
measures/changes to strengthen the sector.
Suggest effective measures for faster rehabilitation/ resolution of UCBs and assess potential
for consolidation in the sector.
Consider the need for differential regulations and examine prospects to allow more leeway.
Draw up a vision document for a vibrant and resilient urban co-operative banking sector. The
committee will submit its report within three months from the date of its first meeting.
326
Feb 15,2021 Margin for Derivative Contracts

Foreign The Reserve Bank on February 15, 2021 issued the following directions to all authorised
Exchange dealer category-I banks (AD cat-1 banks) to allow posting and collection of margin for
Page
permitted derivative contracts between a person resident in India and a person resident

outside India:
i) AD cat-I banks may post and collect margin in India, on their own account or on behalf of
their customers, for a permitted derivative contract entered into with a person resident outside
India in the form of Indian currency; freely convertible foreign currency; debt securities issued
by Indian Central Government and State Governments; Rupee bonds issued by persons
resident in India which are Listed on a recognized stock exchange in India and assigned a
credit rating of AAA issued by a rating agency registered with the Securities and Exchange
Board of India. If different ratings are accorded by two or more credit rating agencies, then the
lowest rating shall be reckoned.
ii) AD cat-I banks may post and collect such margin outside India in the form of freely
convertible foreign currency; and debt securities issued by foreign sovereigns with a credit
rating of AA- and above issued by S&P Global Ratings/Fitch Ratings or Aa3 and above issued
by Moody’s Investors Service. iii) AD cat-I banks may receive and pay interest on margin
posted and collected on their own account or on behalf of their customers for a permitted
derivative contract entered into with a person resident outside India. iv) AD cat-I banks shall
maintain a separate account in the name of persons resident outside India for the purpose of
posting and collecting cash margin in India, and transactions incidental thereto.
Feb 12,2021 Investment in NBFCs
Regulation The Reserve Bank on February 12, 2021 advised NBFCs and Asset Reconstruction
Companies that a jurisdiction whose name does not appear in the list of the Financial Action
Task Force (FATF) publications shall be referred to as a FATF compliant jurisdiction.
Investments in NBFCs from FATF non-compliant jurisdictions shall not be treated at par with
that from the compliant jurisdictions. Investors in existing NBFCs holding their investments
prior to the classification of the source or intermediate jurisdiction/s as FATF non-compliant,
may continue with the investments or bring in additional investments as per extant regulations
so as to support continuity of business in India.
Feb 08,2021 Financial Literacy Week 2021
Financial The Reserve Bank observed Financial Literacy Week (FLW) from February 8-12, 2021. The
Inclusion theme selected for current year FLW is “Credit Discipline and Credit from Formal Institutions”.
This theme is one of the strategic objectives of the National Strategy for Financial Education
2020-2025. Focus was on a) responsible borrowing; b) borrowing from formal institutions and
c) timely repayments.
During the Financial Literacy Week, banks were advised to disseminate the information and
create awareness among its customers and general public. Further, the Reserve Bank
undertook a centralised mass media campaign during the month of February 2021 to
broadcast essential financial awareness messages to general public.
Feb 05,2021 Resolution of the MPC
Monetary On the basis of an assessment of the current and evolving macroeconomic situation, the
Policy Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) at its meeting held on February 5, 2021 decided to keep
the policy repo rate under the liquidity adjustment facility (LAF) unchanged at 4.0 per cent.
Accordingly, marginal standing facility (MSF) rate and the Bank Rate remains unchanged at
4.25 per cent.
The MPC also decided to continue with the accommodative stance as long as necessary – at
least during the current financial year and into the next financial year – to revive growth on a
durable basis and mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on the economy, while ensuring that
inflation remains within the target going forward. These decisions are in consonance with the
objective of achieving the medium-term target for consumer price index (CPI) inflation of 4 per
cent within a band of +/- 2 per cent, while supporting growth.
Feb 05,2021 Statement on Developmental and Regulatory Policies
Monetary Liquidity Measures
Policy TLTRO on tap Scheme – Inclusion of NBFCs : It is proposed to provide funds from banks
under the on tap targeted long-term repo operations (TLTRO) to non-banking financial
companies (NBFCs) for incremental lending to the sectors as indicated in the Reserve Bank
press release 2020-2021/763 dated December 11, 2020. In view of the important role played
by NBFCs as well recognised conduits for reaching credit out to the last mile and acting as a
327
force multiplier in expanding credit to various sectors, the Reserve Bank issued a notification
on February 05, 2021 in this regard.
Restoration of CRR : The Reserve Bank decided to gradually restore the cash reserve ratio
Page
(CRR) in two phases in a non-disruptive manner. Banks would now be required to maintain the
CRR at 3.5 per cent of net demand and time liabilities (NDTL) effective from the reporting

fortnight beginning March 27, 2021 and 4.0 per cent of NDTL effective from fortnight beginning
May 22, 2021. The Reserve Bank on February 05, 2021 issued the notification in this regard.
MSF - Extension of Relaxation : The Reserve Bank decided to continue with the MSF
relaxation for a further period of six months, that is, up to September 30, 2021. The Reserve
Bank on February 05, 2021 issued the notification in this regard.
SLR Holdings in HTM category : The Reserve Bank decided to extend the dispensation of
enhanced held-to-maturity (HTM) of 22 per cent up to March 31, 2023 to include securities
acquired between April 1, 2021 and March 31, 2022.
Credit to MSME entrepreneurs : Scheduled commercial banks (SCBs) will be allowed to
deduct credit disbursed to ‘New MSME borrowers’ from their NDTL for calculation of the CRR.
Accordingly, the Reserve Bank on February 05, 2021 advised all SCBs to report the exemption
availed at the end of a fortnight, in prescribed format as per Master Circular on Cash Reserve
Ratio (CRR) and Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) dated July 1, 2015.
Basel III Capital Regulations : The Reserve Bank decided to defer the implementation of
the last tranche of the Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB) of 0.625 per cent from April 1, 2021
to October 1, 2021.
Deferment of the implementation of NSFR : The Reserve Bank decided to defer the
implementation of Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) to October 1, 2021 in view of the ongoing
stress on account of COVID-19. Accordingly, the NSFR guidelines shall come into effect from
October 1, 2021.
Review of the Regulatory Framework for Micro finance : The Reserve Bank proposed to
review the regulatory framework for non-banking financial company-micro finance institutions
(NBFC-MFIs).
Constitution of an Expert Committee : The Reserve Bank decided to set up an Expert
Committee on primary urban co-operative banks (UCBs) involving all stakeholders in order to
provide a medium-term road map to strengthen the sector, enable faster
rehabilitation/resolution of UCBs, as well as to examine other critical aspects relating to these
entities.
Remittances to IFSCs under the LRS : The Reserve Bank decided to permit resident
individuals to make remittances to International Financial Services Centres (IFSCs)
established in India under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS).
Deepening Financial Markets
Allowing Retail Investors to Open Gilt Accounts : The Reserve Bank decided to move
beyond aggregator model and provide retail investors online access to the government
securities market – both primary and secondary - along with the facility to open their gilt
securities account (‘Retail Direct’) with the Reserve Bank.
FPIs Investment in Defaulted Bonds : Foreign portfolio investors (FPI) can invest in
security receipts and debt FPI investment in defaulted corporate bonds will be exempted from
the short-term limit and the minimum residual maturity requirement under the medium term
framework.
Payment and Settlement Systems
Setting up of a 24x7 Helpline : The major payment system operators would be required to
facilitate setting-up of a centralised industry-wide 24x7 helpline for addressing customer
queries in respect of various digital payment products and give information on available
grievance redress mechanisms by September 2021.
Guidelines on Outsourcing for Operators and Participants of Authorised Payment
Systems : To manage the attendant risks in outsourcing and ensure that a code of conduct is
adhered to while outsourcing payment and settlement related services, the Reserve Bank shall
issue guidelines to operators and participants of authorised payment systems.
Enabling participation in CTS Clearing : It is observed that about 18,000 bank branches are
still outside any formal clearing arrangement. In order to bring operational efficiency in paper-
based clearing and make the process of collection and settlement of cheques faster resulting
in better customer service, it is proposed to bring all such branches under the Cheque
Truncation System (CTS) clearing mechanism by September 2021.
328
Consumer Protection
Integrated Ombudsman Scheme : The Reserve Bank decided to implement, inter alia,
integration of the three Ombudsman schemes and adoption of the ‘One Nation One
Page
Ombudsman’ approach for grievance redressal.

Feb 05,2021 Loans and Advances to Directors

Regulation The Reserve Bank on February 05, 2021 advised the heads of all UCBs that the extant
directions on the subject issued to UCBs have been reviewed keeping in view The Banking
Regulation Act, 1949 (“the Act”) amended by the Banking Regulation (Amendment) Act, 2020.
The revised directions issued are as under :
UCBs shall not make, provide or renew any loans and advances or extend any other financial
accommodation to or on behalf of their directors or their relatives, or to the
firms/companies/concerns in which the directors or their relatives are interested.
The directors or their relatives or the firms/companies /concerns in which the directors or their
relatives are interested shall also not stand as surety/guarantor to the loans and advances or
any other financial accommodation sanctioned by UCBs
Feb 03,2021 RBIA in NBFCs/UCBs
Supervision The Reserve Bank on February 03, 2021 issued a circular on Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA)
covering all deposit taking NBFCs; all non-deposit taking NBFCs (including Core Investment
Companies) with asset size of ₹5,000 crore and above; and primary UCBs with asset size of
₹500 crore and above. The circular intends, inter alia, to provide the essential requirements for
a robust internal audit function, which include sufficient authority, stature, independence,
resources and professional competence, so as to align these requirements in larger
NBFCs/UCBs with those stipulated for SCBs.
Jan 27,2021 Grievance Redress Mechanism in Banks
Consumer The Reserve Bank on January 27, 2021 released a comprehensive framework with a view to
Education and strengthen and improve the efficacy of the grievance redress mechanism of banks. The
Protection framework comprises of
i) enhanced disclosures on complaints to be made by the banks;
ii) recovery of the cost of redress of maintainable complaints from the banks against whom the
number of complaints received in the Offices of Banking Ombudsman (OBOs) are in excess of
their peer group averages; and
iii) Intensive review by RBI of the grievance redress mechanism of banks having persisting
issues in their redress mechanism.
The framework intends to, inter-alia, provide greater insight into the volume and nature of
complaints received by the banks as also the quality and turnaround time of redressal,
promote satisfactory customer outcomes and improved customer confidence, and identify
remedial steps to be taken by the banks having persisting issues in grievance redress
mechanism.
Jan 21,2021 Discussion Paper on Revised Regulatory Framework for NBFCs
Regulation Discussion Paper on Revised Regulatory Framework for NBFCs I. Regulation The Reserve
Bank on January 21, 2021 released the Discussion Paper on Revised Regulatory Framework
for NBFCs- A Scale-Based Approach on its website (www.rbi.org.in) for comments from
NBFCs, market participants and other stakeholders within one month from the released date.
The highlights of the discussion paper are as follows :
The regulatory and supervisory framework of NBFCs shall be based on a four-layered
structure– Base Layer, Middle Layer, Upper Layer and a possible Top Layer. NBFCs in lower
layer will be known as NBFC-Base Layer (NBFC-BL). NBFCs in middle layer will be known as
NBFC-Middle Layer (NBFC-ML) and NBFC in the Upper Layer will be known as NBFC-Upper
Layer (NBFC-UL) and will invite a new regulatory superstructure. In order to identify NBFCs in
the Upper Layer, a range of parameters can be considered; viz., size, leverage,
interconnectedness, substitutability, complexity, nature of activity of the NBFC, among other
things.
Base Layer
The Base Layer will consist of NBFCs currently classified as non-systemically important
NBFCs (NBFC-ND) besides Type I NBFCs, NOFHC NBFC-P2P and NBFC-AA.
The current threshold for systemic importance is ₹500 crore. This threshold needs
recalibration, taking into account increase in general price levels as well as increase in real
GDP since 2014. Accordingly, threshold is proposed to be revised to ₹1000 crore.
Based on increase in prices, real GDP and regulatory judgement, the entry point norms will be
revised from ₹2 crore to ₹20 crore. The extant NPA classification norm of 180 days will be
329
harmonised to 90 days.
The NPA norm of 90 days overdue status would, therefore, not interfere with the business of
the NBFC clientele.
Page
Middle Layer
The Middle Layer shall consist of all non-deposit taking NBFCs classified currently as NBFC-

ND-SI and all deposit taking NBFCs. This layer will exclude NBFCs which have been identified
to be included in the Upper Layer.
The extant credit concentration limits prescribed for NBFCs for their lending and investment
can be merged into a single exposure limit of 25 per cent for single borrower and 40 per cent
for group of borrowers anchored to the NBFC’s Tier 1 capital.
As in banks, NBFCs shall be subject to the requirement of having a Board approved policy on
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP).
A uniform tenure of three consecutive years can be made applicable for statutory auditors
(SA) of the NBFC. The SA/firm after completion of continuous audit tenure of three years, shall
not be eligible for re-appointment as SA of the same NBFC for a period of six years.
While there is a limit of ₹10 lakh for banks for IPO financing, there is no such limit for NBFCs.
Taking in to account the unique business model of NBFCs, it is proposed to fix a ceiling of ₹1
crore per individual for any NBFC.
It is suggested that NBFCs with 10 and more branches shall mandatorily be required to adopt
Core Banking Solution.
Upper Layer
The Upper Layer of the scale based regulatory framework shall consist of only those NBFCs
which are specifically identified as systemically significant among NBFCs, based on a set of
parameters. Number for NBFCs which will reside in this layer would be dependent upon the
composite score thrown by the parametric analysis.
It is expected that a total of not more than 25 to 30 NBFCs will occupy this layer. It is felt that
CET 1 could be introduced for NBFC-UL to enhance the quality of regulatory capital. It is
proposed that CET 1 may be prescribed at 9 per cent within Tier I capital.
Top Layer
Top Layer is supposed to remain empty. The layer can get populated in case the Reserve
Bank takes a view that there has been an unsustainable increase in the systemic risk spill-
overs from specific NBFCs in the Upper Layer. NBFCs in this Layer will be subject to higher
capital charge, including Capital Conservation Buffers
Jan 13,2021 Working Group on Digital Lending
Regulation The Reserve Bank on January 13, 2021 set up a Working Group (WG) to study all aspects of
digital lending activities in the regulated financial sector as well as by unregulated players so
that an appropriate regulatory approach can be put in place. The terms of reference for the
WG would be as follows:
Evaluate digital lending activities and assess the penetration and standards of outsourced
digital lending activities in RBI regulated entities;
Identify risks posed by unregulated digital lending to financial stability, regulated entities and
consumers;
Suggest regulatory changes, if any, to promote orderly growth of digital lending; Recommend
measures, if any, for expansion of specific regulatory or statutory perimeter and suggest the
role of various regulatory and government agencies;
Recommend a robust Fair Practices Code for digital lending players, insourced or
outsourced;
Suggest measures for enhanced Consumer Protection; Recommend measures for robust
data governance, data privacy and data security standards for deployment of digital lending
services.
The group has been advised to submit its report within three months.
Jan 13,2021 FSDC Sub-Committee meeting
Financial Shri Shaktikanta Das, Governor, Reserve Bank of India, chaired the 26th meeting of the Sub-
Stability Committee of the Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC) held on January 13,
2021 in Mumbai through video conference. The Sub-Committee reviewed the major
developments in the global and domestic economy as well as financial markets that impact
financial stability. The Sub-Committee, inter-alia, discussed scope for improvements in
insolvency resolution under IBC, utilisation of data with the Central KYC Records Registry and
changes in the regulatory framework relating to Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) set up in
the International Financial Services Centre (IFSC), among others. The Sub-Committee also
330
reviewed the activities of various technical groups under its purview and the functioning of
State Level Coordination Committees (SLCCs) in various states / UTs. The regulators
reaffirmed their resolve to be alert and watchful of emerging challenges to financial stability.
Page
Jan 11,2021 Financial Stability Report

Financial The Reserve Bank on January 11, 2021 released the 22nd issue of the Financial Stability
Stability Report (FSR), which reflects the collective assessment of the Sub-Committee of the Financial
Stability and Development Council (FSDC) on risks to financial stability and the resilience of
the financial system in the context of contemporaneous issues relating to development and
regulation of the financial sector.
Highlights of FSR:
In the initial phase of the COVID-19 pandemic, policy actions were geared towards restoring
normal functioning and mitigating stress; the focus is now being oriented towards supporting
the recovery and preserving the solvency of businesses and households.
Positive news on vaccine development has underpinned optimism on the outlook, though it is
marred by second wave of the virus including more virulent strains.
Policy measures by the regulators and the government have ensured the smooth functioning
of domestic markets and financial institutions; managing market volatility amidst rising
spillovers has become challenging especially when the movements in certain segments of the
financial markets are not in sync with developments in the real sector.
Bank credit growth has remained subdued, with the moderation being broad-based across
bank groups.
Performance parameters of banks have improved significantly, aided by regulatory
dispensations extended in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The capital to risk-weighted
assets ratio (CRAR) of Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs) improved to 15.8 per cent in
September 2020 from 14.7 per cent in March 2020, while their gross non-performing asset
(GNPA) ratio declined to 7.5 per cent from 8.4 per cent, and the provision coverage ratio
(PCR) improved to 72.4 per cent from 66.2 per cent over this period.
Macro stress tests incorporating the first advance estimates of gross domestic product
(GDP) for 2020-21 released on January 7, 2021 indicate that the GNPA ratio of all SCBs may
increase from 7.5 per cent in September 2020 to 13.5 per cent by September 2021 under the
baseline scenario; the ratio may escalate to 14.8 per cent under a severe stress scenario. This
highlights the need for proactive building up of adequate capital to withstand possible asset
quality deterioration.
Network analysis reveals that total bilateral exposures among entities in the financial system
increased marginally during the quarter-ended September 2020.
Jan 07,2021 RBIA – Strengthening Governance
Supervision In order to bring uniformity in approach followed by the banks, as also to align the expectations
on internal audit function with the best practices, the Reserve Bank on January 07, 2021
advised banks as under:
Authority, Stature and Independence - The internal audit function must have sufficient
authority, stature, independence and resources within the bank, thereby enabling internal
auditors to carry out their assignments with objectivity.
Competence - Requisite professional competence, knowledge and experience of each
internal auditor is essential for the effectiveness of the bank's internal audit function.
Staff Rotation - Except for the entities where the internal audit function is a specialised
function and managed by career internal auditors, the Board should prescribe a minimum
period of service for staff in the Internal Audit function.
Tenor for appointment of Head of Internal Audit (HIA) - Except for the entities where the
internal audit function is a specialised function and managed by career internal auditors, the
HIA shall be appointed for a reasonably long period, preferably for a minimum of three years.
Reporting Line - The HIA shall directly report to either the Audit Committee of the Board
(ACB) / MD and CEO or Whole Time Director (WTD).
Remuneration - The independence and objectivity of the internal audit function could be
undermined if the remuneration of internal audit staff is linked to the financial performance of
the business lines for which they exercise audit responsibilities.
The internal audit function shall not be outsourced. However, where required, experts,
including former employees, could be hired on contractual basis subject to the ACB being
assured that such expertise does not exist within the audit function of the bank.
Jan 06,2021 College of Supervisors
331
Supervision The Reserve Bank on January 06, 2021 announced that the College of Supervisors (CoS)
which was functioning in a limited way in virtual mode since May 2020, is now being fully
operationalised. As part of the measures to further strengthen supervision over regulated
Page
entities, the Reserve Bank had set up a College of Supervisors (CoS) to augment and

reinforce supervisory skills among its regulatory and supervisory staff both at entry level and
on a continuous basis. CoS would be headed by former Deputy Governor of the Reserve Bank
, Shri N.S. Viswanathan. The CoS will have a full-time Director supported by an Academic
Advisory Council (AAC). Dr. Rabi Narayan Mishra, former Executive Director, Reserve Bank
has been appointed as the Director of CoS. The AAC will identify areas where skill building/up-
skilling are required, plan and develop curricula of all programmes, benchmark the
programmes with international standards best practices, develop appropriate teaching
methods, etc.
Jan 05,2021 Operationalisation of PIDF Scheme
Payment and The Reserve Bank has constituted an Advisory Council (AC) under the Chairmanship of the
Settlement Deputy Governor, Reserve Bank of India, for managing the Payments Infrastructure
Systems Development Fund (PIDF). PIDF will be operational for a period of three years from January
01, 2021 and may be extended for two more years depending upon the progress. PIDF is
intended to subsidise deployment of payment acceptance infrastructure in Tier-3 to Tier-6
centres with special focus on North-Eastern States of the country. It envisages creating 30
lakh new touch points every year for digital payments. All stakeholders were requested to co-
operate in this endeavour by – a) making their contributions to PIDF within the timelines, and
b) deploying acceptance infrastructure and seeking reimbursement from PIDF
Jan 05,2021 Introduction of LEI
Payment and The Reserve Bank on January 05, 2021 decided to introduce the Legal Entity Identifier (LEI)
Settlement system for all payment transactions of value ₹50 crore and above undertaken by entities (non-
Systems individuals) using Reserve Bank-run Centralised Payment Systems, viz., Real Time Gross
Settlement (RTGS) and National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT). In preparation for the
wider introduction of LEI across all payment transactions, member banks should:
• advise entities who undertake large value transactions (₹50 crore and above) to obtain
LEI in time, if they do not already have one;
• include remitter and beneficiary LEI information in RTGS and NEFT payment
messages.
• maintain records of all transactions of ₹50 crore and above through RTGS and / or
NEFT.
Entities can obtain LEI from any of the Local Operating Units (LOUs) accredited by the Global
Legal Entity Identifier Foundation (GLEIF), the body tasked to support the implementation and
use of LEI.
Jan 01,2021 RBI-Digital Payments Index
Payment and The Reserve Bank has constructed a composite Digital Payments Index (DPI) to capture the
Settlement extent of digitisation of payments across the country. The RBI-DPI comprises of five broad
Systems parameters that enable measurement of deepening and penetration of digital payments in the
country over different time periods. These parameters are – i) Payment Enablers (weight 25
per cent), ii) Payment Infrastructure – Demand-side factors (10 per cent), iii) Payment
Infrastructure – Supply-side factors (15 per cent), iv) Payment Performance (45 per cent) and
v) Consumer Centricity (5 per cent). Each of these parameters have subparameters which, in
turn, consist of various measurable indicators.
332 Page


Finger Tips 2022 - Part - 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Finger Tips 2022 - Part - 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FINGER TIPS FOR PROMOTION TEST 2022

FINGER TIPS IN YOUR HANDS

PART - 1 ONE LINER

PROMOTION TEST 2022

[Type a quote from the document or

KNOW YOUR CIRCULARS

A.K.SINGH, CHIEF MANAGER, STAFF TRAINING CENTRE, NOIDA

IMPORTANT POINTS OF CIRCULARS

(along with the source link/reference for the correction).

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Board and Coordination Division

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Dt. 06.04.2021 of ______. Manager

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Corporate Communication Division

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

aggregating up to _______ per cent of the published profit of the

Credit Audit And Review Division

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

disbursed) of the bank with aggregate Credit facilities with

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Credit Card Division: Credit Card

implementation (b) ______. accounts.

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

of the Available Cash Limit.

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

The Officers in MMG Scale-IV & V of sponsored RRBs of Rs.5,00,000 ;

Dt. 25.05.2021 issued to the customer and is available on ______.

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Rs.______ and maximum upto Rs. ______ with ______% Cash

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Credit Card Division: Merchant Aquiring Bisiness

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Credit Review and Monitoring Division

______on Quarterly basis (CRMD), Head Office

sanctioned to Senior Officers (Scale-IV & above) and their

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

accounts with PMS rank 5 continuously for ______ months and

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

the internal risk rating of the account is ______ or below.

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Dt.22.01.2021 Multiple Banking, The forensic audit must be completed within a

Customer Acquisition Division

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Dt.18.10.2021 Insurance Company Ltd. (BAGIC) has introduced a mechanism

Our Bank provides Depository Services (Demat) as a Depository DP Secure Plus

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Depository application has been migrated on ______ for PNB 2.0

ASBA is an application made by an investor, containing an Application Supported

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

subscribing to an Issue, to the extent of application money, till

Dt.25.03.2021 being provided through DpSecure Plus application by ______.

Dt.25.03.2021 accessed through “Non-CBS” tab on CBS homepage under

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

______ by all Branches

Compiled by A.K.Singh , Chief Manager, Staff Training Centre, Noida

Minimum Maturity Age under CHOICe Guaranteed Income4Life 18 years ; 75 years

Rs. and maximum upto Rs. with __% Cash